Skip to main content

Full text of "The Graduate catalog"

See other formats 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2010  with  funding  from 

Lyrasis  Members  and  Sloan  Foundation 


http://www.archive.org/details/graduatecatalog1978univ 


GRADUATE  CATALOG  1976/1979 


niversity  oj  Maryland  at  College  Par< 


GRADUATE  CATALOG 
1978/1979 

University  of  Maryland 
at  College  Park 


Coo-  Design  by  Tom  Siaey 


Academic  Resources 

Near  the  University  of 

Maryland 

College  Park 


Baltimore 

Johns  Hopkins 

University 

UM  Professional 

Schools 


Johns  Hopkins 

Applied  Physics  Laboratory 

□ 


□  Atomic  Energy 
Commission 


National  Bureau  D 
of  Standards 


National  Institutes 

of  Health  □ 
National 
Medical  Library 


Naval  Ordnance 
Laboratory 


Bethesda  National 
Naval  Medical  XNational 

]  Center  x     Agriculture^ 

Library 


'Baltimore 
Washington 
Parkway 


G  Goddard  Space 
Flight  Center 


Baltimore 
Washington 
International 
Airport 


College! 
kPark 


.  Beltway:  495 


Washington.  DC 


Smithsonian 
Ecological 
.  Center 


Annapolis 

US.  Naval 
Academy 


Dulles  International 
Airport 


National 
Airport  □ 


Resources  Located  In 
Washington 

American  University 
Catholic  University 
Corcoran  Gallery 
Folger  Shakespeare  Library 
Freer  Gallery 
Georgetown  University 


George  Washington  University 
Howard  University 
Library  of  Congress 
National  Archives 
National  Gallery  of  Art 
Naval  Observatory 
Naval  Research  Laboratory 
Phillips  Collection 
Smithsonian  Institution 


Chesapeake  Bay 


Contents 


ACADEMIC  RESOURCES  MAP/ii 
THE  UNIVERSITY 

Academic  Calendar/1 

University  Officers/2 

Graduate  School  Officers  and  Staff /3 

Graduate  Council  Committees/4 

Plan  of  Academic  Organ izat ion /5 

University  Policy  Statement /5 

Policies  on  Non-discrimination/5 

GENERAL  INFORMATION 

History,  National  Organizations,  Major 

Role/6 
Governance/6 
Location/7 
Special  Research  Resources,  Special 

Opportunities  for  the  Artist/7,  8 
Libraries/8 

Institutes,  Centers,  and  Bureaus/8 
Consortia/10 

FEES  AND  EXPENSES 

Graduate  Fees/11 

Determination  of  in-State  Status  for  Admis- 
sion, Tuition,  and  Charge-differential 
Purposes/11 

FINANCIAL  ASSISTANCE 

Fellowships/12 

Assistantships/12 

Loans  and  Part-time  Employment/13 

Veteran  Benefits/14 

STUDENT  SERVICES 

Housing/14 

Food    Services/14 

Career  Development   Center /1 4 

Counseling  Center/14 

Health  Care/15 

Health  Insurance/15 

Publications  of  Interest  to  Graduate 

Students/15 
Student  Data/Information  Policy/15 

ADMISSION  TO  GRADUATE 
SCHOOL 

Graduate  Programs/18 
Administrative  Offices/19 
General /1 9 

Criteria  for  Admission/19 
Categories  of  Admission  to  Degree 

Prog  rams  120 
Non-degree  Admission  Categories/21 
Offer  of  Admission/22 
Admission  Time  Limits/22 
Change  of  Objective,  Status,  Termination 

of  Admission /22 
Admission  of  Faculty /22 
Application  Instructions/22 
Foreign  Student  Applications/23 
Records'  Maintenance  and  Disposition /23 

REGISTRATION  AND  CREDITS 

Schedule  of  Classes/24 
Developing  a  Program /24 
Course  Numbering  System/24 
Designation  of  Full  and  Part-time 

Students/24 
Grades  for  Graduate  Students/24 
Minimum  Registration  Requirements/ 

Dissertation  Research/Continuous 

Registration /25 
Partial  Credit  Course  Registration  for 

Handicapped  Students/25 


Graduate  Credit  for  Senior 

Undergraduates/25 
Undergraduate  Credit  for  Graduate  Level 

Courses/26 
Credit  by  Examination/26 
Transfer  of  Credit/26 
Criteria  that  Courses  Must  Meet  to  be 

Accepted  for  Graduate  Credit/26 
The  Inter-campus  Student /26 

DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS 

Graduate  School  Requirements  Applicable 

to  all  Master's  Degrees/26 
Graduate  School  Requirements  for  the 

M.A.,  M.S.,  Thesis  Option,  Non-thesis 

Option/27 
Requirements  for  the  M.Ed.  Degree/27 
Requirements  Applicable  to  Other  Master's 

Degrees/28 
Graduate  School  Requirements  Applicable 

to  All  Doctoral  Degrees/28 
Graduate  School  Requirements  for  the 

Degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy/29 
Requirements  for  the  Degree  of  Doctor  of 

Education/29 
Requirements  for  Other  Doctoral 

Degrees/29 
Commencement  /29 

THE  GRADUATE  FACULTY/30 

GRADUATE  PROGRAMS 

Administration,  Supervision  and  Curricu- 
lum Program /48 
Aerospace  Engineering  Program/50 
Agricultural  and  Extension  Education 

Program /52 
Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics 

Program /53 
Agricultural  Engineering  program/55 
Agronomy  Program/56 
American  Studies  Program/58 
Animal  Sciences  Program /59 
Applied  Mathematics  Program /62 
Art  Program /65 
Astronomy  Program /68 
Biochemistry  Program/69 
Botany  Program /70 

Business  and  Management  Program/72 
Chemical  Engineering  Program/80 
Chemical  Physics  Program /82 
Chemistry  Program /82 
Civil  Engineering  Program/85 
Comparative  Literature  Program/88 
Computer  Science  Program /89 
Counseling  and  Personnel  Services 

Program /92 
Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology 

Program /94 
Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 

Program /96 
Economics  Program /99 
Electrical  Engineering  Program/102 
Engineering  Materials  Program/108 
English  Language  and  Literature 

Program/109 
Entomology  Program /1 11 
Family  and  Community  Development 

Program/112 
Food,  Nutrition,  and  Institution 

Administration  Program/114 
Food  Science  Program/116 
French  Language  and  Literature 

Program/118 
Geography  Program /1 20 
German  Language  and  Literature 

Program/123 
Government  and  Politics  Program /1 25 


Health  Education  Program/128 

Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences  Program/129 

History  Program/131 

Concentration  in  the  History  and 
Philosophy  of  Science/136 

Course  of  Directed  Study  Leading  to  the 
M.A.  in  History  and  the  M.LS./136 
Horticulture  Program/137 
Human  Development  Education  Program 

(Institute  for  Child  Study)/138 
Industrial  Education  Program/141 
Journalism  Program/143 
Library  and  Information  Services 

Program/ 144 
Marine-Estuarine- Environmental 

Science  Program  /1 47 
Mathematical  Statistics  Program/148 
Mathematics  Program /1 49 
Measurement  and  Statistics  Program/154 
Mechanical  Engineering  Program/156 
Meteorology  Program/160 
Microbiology  Program/162 
Music  Program/163 
Nuclear  Engineering  Program/167 
Nutritional  Sciences  Program/169 
Philosophy  Program/170 
Physical  Education  Program/172 
Physics  Program /1 75 
Poultry  Science  Program/179 
Psychology/180 
Recreation  Program/184 
Secondary  Education  Program/185 
Social  Foundations  of  Education 

Program /1 89 
Sociology  Program/190 
Spanish  Language  and  Literature 

Program/193 
Special  Education  Program/195 
Speech  and  Dramatic  Art  Program/197 
Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics 

Program /201 
Urban  Studies  Program /203 
Zoology  Program /205 

ADDITIONAL  GRADUATE  LEVEL 
COURSE  OFFERINGS 

Afro-American  Studies  Courses/209 
Applied  Design  Courses/209 
Agriculture  Courses/209 
Anthropology  Courses/209 
Architecture  Courses/210 
Chinese  Courses/211 
Crafts  Courses/212 
Dance  Courses/212 
Engineering  Cooperative  Education 

Courses/212 
Engineering  Science  Courses/212 
Engineering  Technology  Fire  Service 

Courses/213 
Fire  Protection  Engineering  Courses/213 
Foreign  Language  Courses/213 
Geology  Courses/213 
Greek  Courses/214 
Hebrew  Courses/214 

Housing  and  Applied  Design  Courses/215 
Human  and  Community  Resources 

Courses/215 
Information  Systems  Management 

Courses/215 
Japanese  Courses/216 
Latin  Courses/216 
Women's  Studies  Courses/216 

Other  University  of  Maryland 
Campuses /21 7 

Index/218 


WV" 


*v: 


■  r**  '    ■-■  v' 


&£**- :  '  *  '. 


"MM*/... 


>-M. 


?**■ 


mmm 


^ 


:n>: 


jr% 


& 


■ .  JS^V.r^ 


University  of  Maryland,  College  Park 


Academic  Calendar 


Spring  Semester,  1979 


January  16,  17 

Tuesday,  Wednesday 

Registration 

January  18 

Thursday 

Classes  Begin 

March  18-25 

Sunday-Sunday 

Spring  Recess 

May  9 

Wednesday 

Last  Day  of  Classes 

May  10 

Thursday 

Examination  Study  Day 

May  11-18 

Friday-Friday 

Final  Examination  Period 

May  18 

Friday,  2:00  P.M. 

Commencement 

Summer  Session,  1979  (tentative  schedule) 


Session  I 

May  21 
May  22 
May  28 
June  29 

Session  II 

July  2 
July  3 
July  4 
August  10 


Monday 
Tuesday 
Monday 
Friday 


Monday 
Tuesday 
Wednesday 
Friday 


Registration 
Classes  Begin 
Memorial  Day 
Classes  End 


Registration 
Classes  Begin 
Independence  Day 
Classes  End 


Fall  Semester,  1979  (tentative  schedule) 


August  20-21 
August  22 
September  3 
November  21-23 
December  7 
December  8-9 
December  10-17 
December  18,  10:00  A.M. 


Monday-Tuesday 

Wednesday 

Monday 

Wednesday-Friday 

Friday 

Saturday  &  Sunday 

Monday- Monday 

Tuesday 


Registration 
Classes  Begin 
Labor  Day 

Thanksgiving  Recess 
Classes  End 
Exam  Study  Days 
Finals 
Commencement 


Spring  Semester,  1980  (tentative  schedule) 

January  14,  16  Monday,  Wednesday 

January  15  Tuesday 

January  17  Thursday 

March  9-16  Sunday-Sunday 

May  7  Wednesday 

May  8  Thursday 

May  9-16  Friday-Friday 

May  16,  10:00  A.M.  Friday 


Registration 

Martin  Luther  King  Day 

Classes  Begin 

Spring  Break 

Classes  End 

Exam  Study  Day 

Finals 

Commencement 


The  University  /  1 


University  Officers 


Board  of  Regents 

Chairman 

Dr.  B.  Herbert  Brown 

Vice  Chairman 

Mr.  Hugh  A.  McMullen 

Secretary 

Dr.  Samuel  H.  Hoover 

Treasurer 

Mr.  N.  Thomas  Whittington,  Jr. 

Assistant  Secretary 
Mrs.  Mary  H.  Broadwater 

Assistant  Treasurer 
Mr.  John  C.  Scarbath 

Members: 

Mr.  Percy  M.  Chaimson 

Mr.  Ralph  W.  Frey 

The  Hon.  Young  D.  Hance,  ex  officio 

Mr.  A.  Paul  Moss 

Mr.  Peter  F.  O'Malley 

Mr.  Jeffrey  J.  Silver 

The  Hon.  Joseph  D.  Tydings 

Mr.  Wilbur  G.  Valentine 

Mr.  Samuel  M.  Witten 


Central  Administration 
of  the  University 

President 
John  S.  Toll 

Vice  President  for  General  Administration 
Donald  W.  O'Connell 

Vice  President  for  Academic  Affairs 
R.  Lee  Hornbake 

Vice  President  for  Graduate  Studies  and 

Research 

David  S.  Sparks  (Acting) 

Vice  President  for  Agricultural  Affairs  and 
Legislative  Relations 
Frank  L  Bentz,  Jr. 

Vice  President  for  Development 
Robert  Smith 


College  Park  Campus 
Administration 

Chancellor 

Robert  L.  Gluckstern 

Vice  Chancellor  for  Academic  Affairs 
Nancie  L.  Gonzalez 

Vice  Chancellor  for  Administrative  Affairs 
Darryl  W.  Bierly 

Vice  Chancellor  for  Student  Affairs 
William  L.  Thomas,  Jr. 

Provosts  at  College 
Park 

Division  of  Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences 
Francis  C.  Stark 

Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities 
Robert  A.  Corrigan 

Division  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences 
Murray  Polakoff 

Division  of  Human  and  Community  Resources 
George  J.  Funaro 

Division  of  Mathematical  and  Physical 
Sciences  and  Engineering 
Frank  Kerr  (Acting) 


Deans  at  College  Park 

School  of  Architecture 
John  W.  Hill 

College  of  Agriculture 
Francis  C.  Stark  (Acting) 

College  of  Business  Management 
Rudolph  P.  Lamone 

College  of  Education 
Dean  C.  Corrigan 

College  of  Engineering 
George  E.  Dieter,  Jr. 

College  of  Human  Ecology 
John  R.  Beaton 

College  of  Journalism 
Ray  E.  Hiebert 

College  of  Library  and  Information  Services 
Kieth  C.  Wright 

College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and 

Health 

Marvin  H.  Eyler 

Administrative  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies 
Robert  E.  Menzer  (Acting) 

Administrative  Dean  for  Summer  Programs 
Melvin  N.  Bernstein 

Administrative  Dean  for  Undergraduate 

Studies 

Robert  E.  Shoenberg 


2  /  The  University 


Graduate  School 
Officers  and  Staff 


Dean  for  Graduate  Studies 

Robert  E.  Menzer  (Acting  Dean),  B.S.  Universi- 
ty of  Pennsylvania,  1960;  M.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
1964. 

Associate  Dean  for  Graduate 
Studies 

Marie  S.  Davidson  (Acting  Associate  Dean), 
B.S.,  Dillard  University,  1959;  M.S.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1967;  Ph.D.,  1971. 


Assistant  Dean  for  Graduate 
Studies 

Archie  L.  Buffkins,  B.S.,  Jackson  State  Univer- 
sity, 1956;  M.A.,  1961;  Ed.D.,  Columbia  Univer- 
sity, 1963. 

Assistants  to  the  Dean 

Alice  M.  Piper,  B.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh, 

1941. 
Joanna  F.  Schmeissner,  B.A.,  Agnes  Scott 

College,  1960;  M.A.,  Yale  University,  1962. 


Director  of  Graduate  Records 

Carl  L.  Seidel,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1963. 


Assistant  Director 


Lois  M.  Lyon,  B.A.,  University  of  Michigan, 
1952. 


Graduate  Council 


Ex-officio  Councillors 

Chancellor,  Robert  L.  Gluckstern 

Vice  Chancellor,  Nancie  L.  Gonzalez 

Acting  Dean,  Robert  E.  Menzer 

Acting  Associate  Dean,  Marie  S.  Davidson 

Appointed  Councillors 

Dr.  William  L.  Klarman 
Dr.  Elizabeth  Pemberton 
Dr.  Dudley  Dillard 
Dr.  David  Clark 
Dr.  William  Hornyak 


Elected  Councillors 

Ms.  Nan  Booth 

Dr.  Mark  Keeney 

Dr.  Dean  Tuthill 

Dr.  Bernard  A.  Twigg 

Dr.  Roger  Meersman 

Dr.  Herman  Belz 

Ms.  Sylvia  S.  Wagonheim 

Dr.  John  D.  Russell 

Mr.  Michael  Massagli 

Dr.  Don  C.  Piper 


Dr.  Irwin  L.  Goldstein 
Dr.  Alan  Nash 
Dr.  Rachel  Dardis 
Dr.  Robert  W.  Ridky 
Ms.  Beverly  Ann  Hogg 
Dr.  Robert  Huebner 
Mr.  David  Kramer 
Dr.  Patrick  F.  Cunniff 
Dr.  Bruce  Reinhart 
Dr.  David  Matthews 


The  University  /  3 


Committees  of  the 
Graduate  Council 

COMMITTEE  ON  ACADEMIC 
STANDARDS 

Prof.  Beatrice  C.  Fink,  Chairman,  French  & 

Italian,  1979 
Prof.  Theodore  W.  Cadman,  Chemical  Engi- 
neering, 1979 
Prof.  Martin  Gannon,  Business  &  Manage- 
ment, 1980 
Prof.  Marshall  L.  Ginter,  IPST,  1978 
Prof.  Irwin  L.  Goldstein,  Psychology,  1978 
Prof.  J.  Norman  Hansen,  Chemistry,  1978 
Prof.  Elizabeth  Pemberton,  Art,  1979 
Prof.  Marie  B.  Perinbam,  History,  1978 
Prof.  Robert  W.  Ridky,  Secondary  Education, 

1980 
Prof.  Arthur  Thompson,  Horticulture,  1979 
Prof.  Robert  M.  Wilson,  Early  Childhood- 
Elementary  Education,  1980 
Mr.  Gregory  Nenstiel,  Graduate  Student, 

Secondary  Education,  1978 
Mr.  Winston  Scott  Jones,  Graduate  Student, 

Nuclear  Engineering,  1979 
Dr.  Robert  E.  Menzer,  ex  officio 

COMMITTEE  ON  ADMISSIONS 

Prof.  Mark  Keeney,  Chairman,  Chemistry, 

1980 
Prof.  Pedro  Albrecht,  Civil  Engineering,  1979 
Prof.  Esther  K.  Birdsall,  English,  1978 
Prof  Antonio  F.  Chaves,  Geography,  1978 
Prof.  Lindley  Darden,  Philosophy,  1979 
Prof.  Jean  R.  Hebeler,  Special  Education,  1979 
Prof.  J.  Dan  Knifong,  Early  Childhood- 
Elementary  Education.  1980 
Prof.  Paul  A.  Meyer,  Economics,  1978 
Prof.  Charles  W.  Reynolds,  Horticulture,  1978 
Prof.  Peter  Wolfe,  Mathematics,  1980 
Mr.  Karl  Wright,  Graduate  Student, 

Agricultural  &  Resource  Economics,   1978 
Mr.  Michael  Courlander,  Graduate  Student, 
Criminal  Justice  &  Criminology.  1979 
Mr.  Carl  L.  Seidel,  ex  officio 

COMMITTEE  ON  ELECTIONS 

Prof.  John  H.  Vandersall,  Chairman, 

Dairy  Science,  1979 
Prof.  Otto  Best,  Germanic  &  Slavic  Lang.,  1980 
Prof.  Jomills  H.  Braddock,  Sociology,  1979 
Prof.  John  Eliot,  Human  Development  Ed., 

1980 
Prof.  Henry  A.  Lepper,  Jr.,  Civil  Engineering, 

1978 
Mrs.  Alice  M.  Piper,  ex  officio 

COMMITTEE  ON  FELLOWSHIPS 

Prof.  Edward  Z.  Dager,  Chairman, 

Sociology,  1978 
Prof.  Roger  A.  Bell,  Astronomy,  1980 
Prof.  C.  Rose  Broome,  Botany.  1978 
Prof.  Robert  F.  Carbone,  Admin.,  Supervision 

&  Curriculum,  1980 
Prof.  Marie  S.  Davidson,  Inst,  for  Child 

Study,  1978 
Prof.  Douglas  J.  Farquhar,  Art,  1978 
Prof.  Parris  N.  Glendening,  Government  & 

Politics,  1980 
Prof.  James  Haley,  Zoology,  1980 
Prof.  James  A.  Hummel,  Mathematics,  1979 
Prof.  Henry  Mendeloff,  Spanish  & 

4  /  The  University 


Portuguese.  1979 
Ms.  Ruth  Gordner.  Graduate  Student.  Urban 

Studies,  1978 
Mr.  David  C.  Leonard,  Graduate  Student, 

English,  1979 
Dr.  Archie  L.  Buffkins,  ex  officio 

COMMITTEE  ON  GRADUATE 
FACULTY 

Prof.  Patrick  Cunniff,  Chairman,  Mechanical 

Engineering,  1980 
Prof.  Louise  M.  Berman,  Admin.,  Supervision 

&  Curriculum,  1978 
Prof.  Sherod  M.  Cooper,  Jr.,  English,  1978 
Prof.  Rachel  Dardis,  Textiles  &  Consumer 

Economics,  1979 
Prof.  Clifford  M.  Foust.  History,  1979 
Prof.  John  A.  Haslem,  Business  & 

Management,  1979 
Prof.  Billy  V.  Lessley,  Agricultural  & 

Resource  Economics,  1980 
Prof.  Jack  Minker,  Computer  Science,  1978 
Prof.  Glenn  W.  Patterson,  Botany,  1980 
Prof.  George  Ritzer,  Sociology,  1980 
Dr.  Robert  E.  Menzer,  ex  officio 

COMMITTEE  ON  PROGRAMS  AND 
COURSES 

Prof.  Bernard  A.  Twigg.  Chairman,  Horti- 
culture, 1980 
Prof.  Audrey  Barnett,  Zoology,  1979 
Prof.  Douglas  G.  Currie,  Physics  &  Astronomy 

1979 
Prof.  Patricia  Florestano,  Urban  Studies,  1978 
Prof.  Karen  Kirby,  Mathematics,  1980 
Prof.  David  Lockard.  Secondary  Education, 

1979 
Prof.  Leonard  I.  Lutwack,  English,  1978 
Prof.  Roger  L.  Meersman,  Speech  &  Dramatic 

Arts,  1979 
Prof.  Roger  C.  Pfaffenberger,  Business  & 

Management,  1980 
Prof.  Don  C.  Piper,  Government  &  Politics 

1978 
Prof.  James  M.  Stewart,  Chemistry,  1978 
Prof.  Cyril  P.  Svoboda,  Human 

Development,  1980 
Prof.  Eugene  W.  Troth,  Music,  1978 
Ms.  Barbara  Williams,  Graduate  Student, 

Astronomy,  1978 
Mrs.  Barbara  Sadowski,  Graduate  Student, 

Early  Childhood  Elementary  Ed.,  1979 
Dr.  Robert  E.  Menzer.  ex  officio 

COMMITTEE  ON  PROGRAM 
REVIEW 

Prof.  William  L.  Klarman,  Chairman. 

Botany,  1979 
Prof.  Herman  J.  Belz,  History,  1980 
Prof.  Everett  C.  Carter,  Civil  Engineering,  1980 
Prof.  Marjorie  H.  Gardner,  Science  Edu- 
cation, 1978 
Prof.  Albert  Gomezplata,  Chemical 

Engineering,  1980 
Prof.  Ramon  E.  Henkel,  Sociology,  1978 
Prof.  Myron  O.  Lounsbury,  American  Studies, 

1978 
Prof.  Gerald  R.  Miller,  Chemistry,  1980 
Prof.  Ellen  Skolnick,  Psychology,  1979 
Prof  Betty  F.  Smith,  Textiles  &  Consumer 


Economics,  1979 
Mr.  James  Beall,  Graduate  Student.  Physics. 

1978 
Ms.  Linda  J.  Cades.  Graduate  Student, 

English,  1979 
Dr.  Robert  E.  Menzer,  ex  officio 

COMMITTEE  ON  PUBLICATIONS 

Prof.  John  Duffy,  Chairman,  History,  1979 
Prof.  William  S.  Benedict,  IMP,  1979 
Prof.  Kenneth  C.W.  Kammeyer.  Sociology, 

1978 
Prof.  John  W.  Kinnaird,  English,  1979 
Prof.  Allen  L.  Steinhauer.  Entomology.  1978 
Prof.  Hans  Wellisch.  Library  &  Information 

Services,  1980 
Ms.  Adrienne  Gray,  Graduate  Student, 

Journalism,  1978 
Mr.  Mark  S.  Stemitz,  Graduate  Student, 

History,  1979 
Mrs.  Joanna  F.  Schmeissner,  ex  officio 

COMMITTEE  ON  RESEARCH 

Prof.  Rita  Colwell,  Chairman, 

Microbiology,  1979 
Prof.  Manoj  K.  Banerjee,  Physics,  1978 
Prof.  James  E.  Barrett.  Psychology,  1980 
Prof  Dudley  Dillard,  Economics,  1978 
Prof.  Richard  B.  Imberski,  Zoology,  1978 
Prof.  Everett  Jones,  Aerospace  Engineering, 

1980 
Prof.  David  L.  Matthews,  IPST.  1979 
Prof.  George  B.  Macready,  Measurement 

&  Statistics,  1980 
Prof.  Marlene  Mayo.  History,  1979 
Prof.  John  R.  Moore.  Agricultural  & 
Resource  Economics,  1978 
Prof.  Merrill  J.  Roberts,  Business  &  Manage- 
ment, 1980 
Prof.  Carol  Seefeldt,  Early  Childhood- 
Elementary  Education,  1979 
Prof.  Calhoun  Winton,  English,  1979 
Mr.  David  Abercrombie.  Graduate  Student, 

Chemistry.  1978 
Mr.  James  Isenberg,  Graduate  Student, 

Physics,  1979 
Dr.  Robert  E.  Menzer.  ex  officio 

COMMITTEE  ON  STUDENT  LIFE 

Prof.  Eldon  Lanning.  Chairman,  Government 
&  Politics,  1979 

Prof.  John  D.  Anderson,  Aerospace  Engi- 
neering, 1979 

Prof.  Walter  W.  Deshler.  Geography,  1980 

Prof.  Alan  W.  DeSilva,  Physics,  1978 

Prof.  Larry  W  Douglass.  Dairy  Science.  1979 

Prof.  Guenter  G.  Pfister,  Germanic  &  Slavic 
Lang.,  1978 

Prof.  John  D.  Russell.  English.  1978 

Prof.  Dean  Tuthill,  Agricultural  & 
Resource  Economics.  1980 

Prof.  Franklin  D.  Westbrook,  Counseling  & 
Personnel  Services.  1980 

Prof.  David  L  Williams,  Early  Childhood- 
Elementary  Education,  1978 

Mr.  Leo  Robert  LaSota,  Graduate  Student, 
Horticulture,  1978 

Mr.  Paul  Noga,  Graduate  Student.  Speech 
&  Dramatic  Art,  1979 

Dr.  Archie  L.  Buffkins,  ex  officio 


Plan  of  Academic 
Organization 


Division  of  Agricultural  and  Life 
Sciences: 

College  of  Agriculture: 

Agricultural  and  Extension  Education 

Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics 

Agricultural  Engineering 

Agronomy 

Animal  Science 

Dairy  Science 

Horticulture 

Institute  of  Applied  Agriculture 

Poultry  Science 

Veterinary  Science 

Other  Units  within  the  Division: 
Biochemistry  Program 
Botany 
Chemistry 
Entomology 
Geology 
Microbiology 
Zoology 

Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities: 

School  of  Architecture 
College  of  Journalism 

Other  Units  within  the  Division: 
American  Studies  Program 
Art 

Classics 
Dance 
English 

French  and  Italian 
Germanic  and  Slavic 
History 
Music 


Oriental  and  Hebrew  Program 

Philosophy 

Spanish  and  Portuguese 

Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

Division  of  Behavioral  and  Social 
Sciences: 

College  of  Business  and  Management 

Other  Units  within  the  Division: 
Afro-American  Studies 
Anthropology 
Bureau  of  Business  and  Economic 

Research 
Bureau  of  Governmental  Research 
Economics 
Geography 

Government  and  Politics 
Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences 
Information  Systems  Management 
Institute  for  Urban  Studies 
Institute  of  Criminal  Justice  and 

Criminology 
Linguistics  Program 
Psychology 
Sociology 

Division  of  Human  and  Community 
Resources 

College  of  Education: 
Administration  Supervision  and  Curriculum 
Counseling  and  Personnel  Services 
Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 
Industrial  Education 
Institute  for  Child  Study 
Measurement  &  Statistics 
Secondary  Education 
Special  Education 


College  of  Human  Ecology: 

Family  and  Community  Development 
Foods,  Nutrition  and  Institution 

Administration 
Housing  and  Applied  Design 
Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics 

College  of  Library  and  Information  Services 

College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and 
Health: 
Health  Education 
Physical  Education 
Recreation 

Division  of  Mathematical  and 
Physical  Sciences  and  Engineering 

College  of  Engineering: 
Aero-Space  Engineering 
Chemical  Engineering 
Civil  Engineering 
Electrical  Engineering 
Fire  Protection  Curriculum 
Mechanical  Engineering 

Other  Units  within  the  Division: 
Applied  Mathematics  Program 
Center  for  Materials  Research 
Computer  Science 
Institute  for  Physical  Sciences  and 

Technology 
Meteorology  Program 
Mathematical  Statistics  Program 
Mathematics 
Physics  and  Astronomy 


University  Policy  Statement 

The  provisions  of  this  publication  are  not  to 
be  regarded  as  an  irrevocable  contract  be- 
tween the  student  and  the  University  of  Mary- 
land. Changes  are  effected  from  time  to  time 
in  the  general  regulations  and  in  the  academic 
requirements.  There  are  established  proce- 
dures for  making  changes,  procedures  which 
protect  the  institution's  integrity  and  the  in- 
dividual student's  interest  and  welfare.  A  cur- 
riculum or  graduation  requirement,  when 
altered,  is  not  made  retroactive  unless  the  al- 
teration is  to  the  student's  advantage  and  can 
be  accommodated  within  the  span  of  years 
normally  required  for  graduation.  When  the  ac- 
tions of  a  student  are  judged  by  competent 
authority,  using  established  procedure,  to  be 
detrimental  to  the  interests  of  the  university 


community,  that  person  may  be  required  to 
withdraw  from  the  university. 

It  is  university  policy  that  smoking  in 
classrooms  is  prohibited  unless  all  partici- 
pants agree  to  the  contrary.  Any  student  has 
the  right  to  remind  the  instructor  of  this  policy 
throughout  the  duration  of  the  class. 


Policies  on  Nondiscrimination 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  an  equal  oppor- 
tunity institution  with  respect  to  both  educa- 
tion and  employment.  The  University's  poli- 
cies, programs,  and  activities  are  in  conform- 
ance with  pertinent  federal  and  state  laws  and 
regulations  on  non-discrimination  regarding 
race,  color,  religion,  age,  national  origin,  sex 
and  handicap.  Inquiries  regarding  compliance 


with  Title  VI  of  the  Civil  Rights  Act  of  1964,  as 
amended.  Title  IX  of  the  1972  Education 
Amendments,  Section  504  of  the  Rehabilita- 
tion Act  of  1973,  or  related  legal  requirements 
should  be  directed  to  the  appropriate  in- 
dividual designated  below. 

Director,  Human  Relations  Program 

Main  Administration  Building 

UMCP 


Gender  Reference 

The  masculine  gender  whenever  used  in  this 
document  is  intended  to  include  the  feminine 
gender  as  well. 


The  University  /  5 


General  Information 


History 

The  history  of  the  Graduate  School  at  the  University  of 
Maryland,  College  Park  has  been  one  of  rapid,  at  times 
almost  explosive,  growth.  Established  in  1919  with  an 
enrollment  of  13,  the  Graduate  School  has  developed  into 
one  of  the  nation's  largest.  In  the  fall  of  1977,  there  were 
approximately  7,800  graduate  students  enrolled  in  the  more 
than  65  graduate  programs  and  departments.  In  the 
academic  year  1977-1978,  334  doctoral  degrees  and  1,284 
master's  degrees  were  awarded. 

The  Graduate  School  has  matched  its  tremendous 
growth  in  size  by  an  even  more  significant  growth  in  its  role 
as  a  center  for  the  advancement  of  knowledge.  The 
Graduate  School  has  increasingly  sought  scholars  of  the 
highest  quality,  and  today  it  numbers  among  its  faculty 
men  and  women  who  have  achieved  national  recognition 
and  eminence  in  their  fields.  Active  in  scholarship  in  every 
area,  students  and  faculty  members  of  the  Graduate  School 
have  designed  equipment  for  the  lunar  space  flights,  ex- 
cavated the  gardens  in  Pompeii,  performed  important 
research  in  the  unique  ecological  systems  of  the  Chesa- 
peake Bay,  and  won  national  awards  for  their  creative  work 
in  fiction,  poetry,  and  the  arts. 

The  history  of  the  Graduate  School  has  been  a  history  of 
growth  in  service  as  well  as  scholarship.  Graduate  pro- 
grams at  the  University  have  always  reflected  the  mission 
of  the  School  as  a  servant  to  the  State  of  Maryland.  That 
mission  is  continued  today  more  vigorously  than  ever  in  the 
numerous  programs,  centers,  and  special  research  projects 
through  which  graduate  faculty  and  students  address  di- 
rectly the  needs  of  the  residents  of  Maryland. 

In  the  last  two  decades,  the  national  impact  of  the 
Graduate  School  has  become  of  major  importance  as  well, 
with  the  ever  increasing  involvement  of  talented  faculty  and 
graduate  students  in  the  work  of  the  many  federal  agen- 
cies, institutions,  libraries,  and  programs  in  the  nation's 
Capital. 

Finally,  the  University  of  Maryland  Graduate  School  is 
especially  aware  today  of  its  mission  to  the  wider  com- 
munity of  man.  The  Graduate  School  not  only  has  a  large 
number  of  students  and  faculty  from  other  countries,  but  it 
also  is  well  represented  in  international  conferences  and 
symposia  by  faculty  members  who  participate  on  a  regular 
basis.  In  several  divisions,  there  are  specific  projects  and 
programs  undertaken  jointly  with  foreign  universities,  and 
the  results  of  faculty  research  are  published  in  international 
journals. 

The  Graduate  School  today  is  active  and  vital,  conscious 
of  its  past  growth  and  achievements  and  eager  to  develop 
more  fully  its  potential  as  a  leading  educational  and 
research  institution.  Its  goal  is  to  sustain  and  strengthen  in 
every  area  the  intellectual  quality  and  commitment  to  ser- 
vice and  significant  scholarship  that  characterize  the 
foremost  graduate  institutions. 

National  Organizations 

In  order  to  shape  and  participate  in  national  policies  and 
developments  in  graduate  education,  the  Graduate  School 
maintains  close  contact  with  other  graduate  schools  and  is 
a  member  of  the  following  national  organizations:  the 
Association  of  American  Universities,  the  Association  of 

6  /  General  Information 


Graduate  Schools,  and  the  Council  of  Graduate  Schools  in 
the  United  States. 

Major  Role 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  keenly  aware  of  the 
challenges  facing  graduate  education  today.  The  Graduate 
School  has  sought  innovative  and  productive  ways  to  adjust 
to  the  problems  created  by  restricting  financial  realities  and 
fluctuating  opportunities  for  professionals  in  every  field.  In 
addition,  the  Graduate  School  has  channelled  many  of  its 
resources  into  a  variety  of  academic  services  that  meet  the 
increasing  demands  of  our  society  on  universities. 

In  all  of  its  activities,  however,  the  Graduate  School  is 
guided  by  the  belief  that  it  can  best  serve  society  and  res- 
pond to  current  challenges  by  a  consistent  and  firm  com- 
mitment to  its  traditional  principles.  Accordingly,  the  major 
role  of  the  Graduate  School  is  to  provide  for  the  education 
of  students  in  the  scholarly  methods  of  intellectual  inquiry 
and  critical  analysis;  to  train  them  in  the  discipline  and 
skills  necessary  for  beneficial  research;  and  to  foster  in 
them  a  dedication  to  creative  thought  and  the  search  for 
knowledge. 

Not  simply  an  extension  of  the  colleges,  schools,  or  divi- 
sions, the  Graduate  School  is  specifically  designed  to 
prepare  those  who  will  dedicate  themselves  to  individual  in- 
quiry and  service.  To  achieve  this  goal,  it  promotes  the 
freedom  and  intellectual  environment  necessary  to  stimu- 
late research  and  scholarship  of  the  highest  quality  for  both 
students  and  faculty. 

Governance 

The  Graduate  Faculty 

In  1956  the  Graduate  Faculty  adopted  a  formal  constitution 
to  "provide  a  means  for  the  Graduate  Faculty  to  discharge 
its  functions  with  respect  to  educational  policies  and  pro- 
cedures of  the  Graduate  School  on  this  campus."  That  Con- 
stitution, as  amended  in  1968  and  1974,  continues  to 
govern  the  policies  and  procedures  of  the  Graduate  School 
on  the  College  Park  Campus. 

The  Graduate  Faculty,  working  through  the  Assembly 
and  the  Graduate  Council,  establishes  policies  governing 
admission  to  graduate  study  and  minimum  requirements  to 
be  met  by  all  students  seeking  advanced  degrees  in  more 
than  sixty-five  graduate  departments  and  programs  leading 
to  degrees  awarded  by  the  Graduate  Faculty  on  the  College 
Park  Campus.  The  faculties  of  the  individual  academic 
departments  and  interdisciplinary  graduate  programs  may 
establish  additional  requirements  for  admission  or  for 
degrees  above  the  minima  established  by  the  Graduate 
Council. 

The  Assembly  of  the  Graduate  Faculty  consists  of  all  full 
and  associate  members  of  the  Graduate  Faculty  who, 
through  their  participation  in  research  and  graduate  instruc- 
tion, have  displayed  a  capacity  for  individual  research  or 
creative  and  scholarly  work  at  the  highest  levels. 

The  Graduate  Council  consists  of  members  of  the  Gradu- 
ate Faculty  elected  by  the  Assembly,  as  well  as  appointed 
and  ex  officio  members.  It  is  charged  with  the  formulation 
of  the  policies  and  procedures  for  the  Graduate  School  of 
College  Park  including  admission  standards,  the  review  of 
individual  student  programs,  the  review  of  all  new  programs 


and  courses  submitted  by  members  of  the  Graduate  Facul- 
ty, graduate  student  theses  and  dissertations,  and  the 
periodic  review  of  all  graduate  degree  programs.  It  meets 
approximately  eight  times  a  year  to  conduct  its  regular 
business  and  may  be  called  into  special  session  as  the 
need  arises. 

In  its  work  the  Graduate  Council  is  aided  and  advised  by 
ten  standing  committees.  Included  are  committees  on: 
Academic  Standards,  Admissions,  Elections,  Fellowships, 
Program  Review,  Graduate  Faculty,  Programs  and  Courses, 
Publications,  Research,  and  Student  Life.  Membership  on 
these  committees  is  limited  to  members  of  the  Graduate 
Faculty  and  graduate  students.  Members  are  appointed  by 
the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  for  terms  of  three  years. 

Graduate  Students 

The  value  of  student  opinion  and  participation  in  deter- 
mining matters  of  policy,  procedure,  and  administration  is 
appreciated  and  encouraged.  In  addition  to  their  appoint- 
ment to  the  Committees  of  the  Graduate  Council,  graduate 
students  serve  on  many  divisional  and  departmental 
committees. 

Established  in  1970,  the  Chancellor's  Graduate  Student 
Advisory  Council  (CGSAC)  meets  periodically  with  the 
Chancellor  of  the  College  Park  campus  and  regularly  on  its 
own  to  discuss  a  wide  range  of  issues  affecting  the  gradu- 
ate community  (e.g.  the  role  and  mission  of  higher  educa- 
tion; stipends  for  fellows,  assistants,  and  researchers;  part- 
time  graduate  student  problems;  redress  of  grievances;  soc- 
ial activities;  etc.).  The  Council  also  meets  with  ad- 
ministrative leaders  from  all  fields  and  divisions  as  perti- 
nent to  problem  solving  and  alternatives.  In  addition,  the 
Council  serves  as  a  source  of  information  to  State  Legis- 
lators and  members  of  the  Board  of  Regents.  Membership 
is  open  to  all  interested  students.  For  additional  informa- 
tion, contact  the  Office  of  the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies. 

Location 

In  location,  faculty  and  students  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  enjoy  the  best  of  all  possible  worlds.  Situated  on 
1,300  acres  in  Prince  Georges  County,  the  College  Park 
Campus  is  a  part  of  the  larger  metropolitan  area  of 
Washington,  D.C.,  which  is  rapidly  becoming  the  nation's 
capital  of  cultural  and  intellectual  activity  as  well  as  for 
political  power.  The  Kennedy  Center  for  the  Performing 
Arts,  the  Filene  Center,  and  the  many  fine  area  theaters 
regularly  present  performances  by  the  world's  most  exciting 
and  renowned  artists.  The  Smithsonian  Museums  and  the 
National  Gallery  of  Art,  among  others,  sponsor  standing 
collections  and  special  exhibits  that  attract  national  atten- 
tion. In  addition  to  cultural  activities,  the  nation's  Capital 
provides  interested  students  the  opportunity  to  observe  at 
first  hand  the  work  of  federal  institutions;  to  sit  in  the 
galleries  of  Congress;  to  watch  the  Supreme  Court  in  ses- 
sion; and  to  attend  public  Congressional  hearings.  The 
possibilities  for  personal  enrichment  offered  in  this  exciting 
cosmopolitan  area  are  indeed  enormous. 

Outside  the  metropolitan  area,  and  just  minutes  from  the 
campus,  the  scene  in  Maryland  countryside  is  pleasantly 
rural.  Maryland  offers  a  great  variety  of  recreational  and 
leisure  activities  in  its  many  fine  national  and  state  parks, 


from  the  Catoctin  Mountains  in  Western  Maryland  to  the 
Assateague  Island  National  Seashore  on  the  Atlantic  bound 
Eastern  Shore,  all  within  a  pleasant  drive  from  the  campus. 
Historic  Annapolis,  the  state  capital,  is  only  a  short  drive 
away,  and  the  city  of  Baltimore,  with  its  rich  variety  of 
ethnic  heritages,  its  cultural  and  educational  institutions, 
and  its  impressive  urban  transformation,  is  only  thirty  miles 
from  College  Park. 

Special  Research  Resources 

The  College  Park  Campus  is  in  the  midst  of  one  of  the 
greatest  concentrations  of  research  facilities  and  intellec- 
tual talent  in  the  nation,  if  not  in  the  world.  Libraries  and 
laboratories  serving  virtually  every  academic  discipline  are 
within  easy  commuting  distance.  There  is  a  steady  and 
growing  interchange  of  ideas,  information,  technical  skills, 
and  scholars  between  the  university  and  these  centers.  The 
libraries  and  facilities  of  many  of  these  centers  are  open  to 
qualified  graduate  students  at  the  university.  The  resources 
of  many  more  are  available  by  special  arrangement. 

In  the  humanities,  the  Library)of  Congress  and  the  Folger 
Shakespeare  Library,  with  its  extensive  collection  of  rare 
manuscripts,  are  among  the  world's  most  outstanding 
research  libraries.  In  addition,  Dumbarton  Oaks;  the  Na- 
tional Archives;  the  Smithsonian  Institution;  the  World 
Bank;  the  National  Library  of  Medicine;  the  National 
Agricultural  Library;  the  Enoch  Pratt  Free  Library  of  Balti- 
more; the  libraries  of  the  Federal  Departments  of  Labor: 
Commerce;  Interior;  Health,  Education,  and  Welfare;  Hous- 
ing and  Urban  Development;  and  Transportation,  and  ap- 
proximately 500  other  specialized  libraries  are  all  within  a 
few  minutes  drive  of  the  College  Park  Campus.  These 
resources  make  the  University  of  Maryland  one  of  the  most 
attractive  in  the  nation  for  scholars  of  all  disciplines. 

The  proximity  of  the  Beltsville  Agricultural  Research 
Center  of  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture  has 
stimulated  the  development  of  both  laboratories  and  oppor- 
tunities for  field  research  in  the  agricultural  and  life- 
sciences.  The  National  Institutes  of  Health  offer  unparal- 
leled opportunities  for  collaboration  in  biomedical  and 
behavior  research.  Opportunities  are  also  available  for  col- 
laborative graduate  study  programs  with  other  major 
government  laboratories,  such  as  the  National  Bureau  of 
Standards  and  the  Naval  Research  Laboratory. 

The  long-standing  involvement  of  the  State  of  Maryland 
in  the  development  of  the  commercial  and  recreational  re- 
sources of  the  Chesapeake  Bay  has  resulted  in  the  estab- 
lishment of  outstanding  research  facilities  for  the  study  of 
marine  science  at  the  University  of  Maryland  Center  for  En- 
vironmental and  Estuarine  Studies,  with  research  facilities 
at  Horn  Point  near  Cambridge,  at  Crisfield,  and  at 
Solomons  Island,  Maryland. 

Campus  facilities  are  also  excellent  for  research  in  every 
discipline.  Work  in  the  behavioral  sciences,  particularly  in 
learning,  is  centered  in  laboratories  equipped  for  fully 
automated  research  on  rats,  pigeons,  and  monkeys. 

Exceptional  research  facilities  in  the  physical  sciences 
include  a  160  MeV  cyclotron;  two  small  Van  de  Graaff  ac- 
celerators; an  assortment  of  computers,  including  a  PDP 
11/45,  a  UNIVAC  1108  and  a  UNIVAC  1100/41;  a  10  KW 
training  nuclear  reactor;  a  full  scale  low  velocity  wind  tun- 
nel; several  small  hypersonic  helium  wind  tunnels;  spec- 
General  Information  /  7 


ialized  facilities  in  the  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and 
Technology;  a  psychopharmacology  laboratory;  shock 
tubes;  a  quiescent  plasma  device  (Q  machine)  for  plasma 
research;  and  rotating  tanks  for  laboratory  studies  of 
meteorological  phenomena. 

Students  also  have  access  to  research  farms,  green- 
houses, and  even  laboratory-equipped  vessels  for  research 
in  the  Chesapeake  Bay.  The  University  also  owns  and  oper- 
ates one  of  the  world's  largest  and  most  sophisticated 
long-wavelength  radio  telescopes  located  in  Clark  Lake, 
California  and  a  cosmic  ray  laboratory  located  in  New 
Mexico. 

Special  Opportunities  for  Artists 

Advanced  work  in  the  creative  and  performing  arts  at  Col- 
lege Park  is  concentrated  in  the  Tawes  Fine  Arts  Building 
and  the  recently  completed  Art-Sociology  Building.  Creative 
work  is  greatly  stimulated  by  the  close  interaction  that  has 
developed  between  the  students  and  faculty  of  the  Univers- 
ity and  the  artists  and  scholars  at  the  National  Gallery,  the 
Corcoran  Gallery,  the  Hirshhorn  Museum,  the  Phillips  Gal- 
lery, the  Museum  of  Modern  Art,  the  Smithsonian  Institu- 
tion, as  well  as  the  musicians  of  the  National  Symphony 
Orchestra  and  small  musical  groups.  The  Kennedy  Center 
for  the  Performing  Arts  and  the  Filene  Center  (Wolf  Trap 
Farm  Park)  have  further  enhanced  the  climate  for  creative 
artists  attending  the  University. 

Outstanding  work  on  campus  in  theater,  dance,  radio, 
and  television  is  aided  by  the  proximity  of  the  campus  to 
the  National  Theater,  the  Arena  Stage,  the  Morris  Mechanic 
Theater,  and  numerous  little  theater  groups  in  the  Washing- 
ton and  Baltimore  area.  There  is  a  frequent  and  steady  in- 
terchange of  ideas  and  talent  between  students  and  faculty 
at  the  University  and  both  educational  and  commercial 
radio  and  television  media  as  a  consequence  of  the  large 
professional  staffs  which  are  maintained  in  the  Washington 
area. 


Libraries 

The  University  library  system  includes  major  research 
libraries  on  both  the  College  Park  and  Baltimore  Campuses. 

The  Libraries  on  the  College  Park  Campus  contain  nearly 
2,000,000  volumes,  and  they  subscribe  to  more  than  15,000 
periodicals  and  newspapers.  Additional  collections  of 
research  materials  are  available  on  microfilm,  microfiche, 
phonorecords,  tapes,  and  films. 

The  Theodore  R.  McKeldin  Library  is  the  largest  library 
on  campus  and  the  principal  library  for  graduate  use. 
Special  collections  include  those  of  Richard  Von  Mises  in 
mathematics  and  applied  mechanics;  Max  Born  in  the  phys- 
ical sciences;  Thomas  I.  Cook  in  political  science;  Romeo 
Mansueti  in  the  biological  sciences;  Katherine  Anne  Porter; 
Maryland;  U.S.  government  publications  (for  which  the 
University  is  a  regional  depository);  documents  of  the 
United  Nations,  the  League  of  Nations  and  other  interna- 
tional organizations,  agricultural  experiment  station  and  ex- 
tension service  publications;  maps  from  the  U.S.  Army  Map 
Service;  the  files  of  the  Industrial  Union  of  Marine  and  Ship- 
building Workers  of  America;  the  Wallenstein  collection  of 
musical  scores;  and  research  collections  of  the  American 

8  /  General  Information 


Bandmasters  Association,  the  National  Association  of  Wind 
and  Percussion  Instructors,  and  the  Music  Educators  Na- 
tional Conference.  In  addition,  the  collections  include 
microfilm  productions  of  government  documents,  rare 
books,  early  journals,  and  newspapers. 

Within  the  East  Asia  Collection  is  the  world's  largest 
repository  of  published  and  unpublished  Japanese-language 
materials  from  the  Allied  Occupation  period. 

Graduate  students  at  UMCP  are  not  served  by  McKeldin 
alone.  Several  departments  and  colleges  maintain  special- 
ized libraries  for  student  use,  with  collections  of  impor- 
tance to  advanced  students.  These  include  the  Library  of 
the  College  of  Library  and  Information  Services,  which  con- 
tains materials  for  library  science  and  a  Juvenile  Teaching 
Materials  Collection,  and  the  Engineering  and  Physical 
Sciences  Library,  which  houses  the  Technical  Report 
Center  with  over  400,000  items  from  NASA,  ERDA,  and 
other  U.S.  and  foreign  governmental  agencies. 

Our  libraries  have  several  exciting  recent  acquisitions 
which  will  be  of  special  interest  to  graduate  students.  One 
new  collection,  to  be  known  as  the  International  Piano 
Archives  at  Maryland,  contains  more  than  17,000  tapes, 
records  and  piano  rolls,  several  thousand  pieces  of  sheet 
music  and  scores,  and  important  documents,  letters  and 
other  materials  relating  to  pianists  Joseph  Hofmann,  Anton 
Rubinstein  and  others. 

The  University  has  also  recently  acquired  an  exceptional 
collection  in  astronomy:  the  entire  library  of  the  George- 
town University  Observatory,  which  contains  numerous 
catalogs,  journals,  and  observatory  bulletins  dating  back  to 
the  1800's.  Much  of  this  material  has  never  been  published 
commercially,  and  when  cataloguing  is  completed, 
Maryland  will  have  one  of  the  most  interesting  and  exten- 
sive astronomy  collections  in  the  country. 

Institutes,  Centers,  and  Bureaus 

Acknowledging  the  importance  of  an  interdisciplinary  ap- 
proach to  knowlege,  the  University  maintains  organized 
research  units  outside  the  usual  department  structures. 
These  institutes,  centers,  and  bureaus  offer  valuable  oppor- 
tunities for  faculty  and  students  to  engage  in  research  and 
study  in  specialized  areas  and  in  public  service  activities. 
Institute  for  Child  Study:  Director:  H.  Gerthon  Morgan.  In 
its  program  the  institute  collects,  interprets,  and  syn- 
thesizes the  scientific  findings  in  various  fields  that  are 
concerned  with  human  growth,  development,  learning  and 
behavior.  The  Institute  offers  graduate  programs  leading  to 
the  Master  of  Education,  Master  of  Arts,  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  and  Doctor  of  Education  degrees,  and  the  Ad- 
vanced Graduate  Specialist  Certificate  in  the  area  of 
human  development. 

Institute  for  Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology:  Director: 
Peter  P.  Lejins.  The  purpose  of  the  Institute  is  to  provide  an 
organizational  and  administrative  unit  for  the  interests  and 
activities  of  the  University,  its  faculty  and  students  in  the 
areas  of  the  law  enforcement,  criminology  and  corrections. 
Through  the  Institute,  the  University  became  a  member  of 
the  seven-university  National  Criminal  Justice  Educational 
Development  Consortium.  The  Institute  offers  the  M.A. 
degree  with  options  in  criminology  or  criminal  justice  and 
the  Ph.D.  degree  in  criminal  justice  and  criminology. 


Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology:  Director: 
Joseph  Silverman.  The  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and 
Technology  is  a  center  for  interdisciplinary  research  in  pure 
and  applied  science  problems  that  lie  between  those  areas 
served  by  the  academic  departments.  These  interdisciplin- 
ary problems  afford  challenging  opportunities  for  thesis 
research  and  classroom  instruction.  Current  topics  of  in- 
terest are:  atomic  physics,  a  wide  variety  of  problems  in 
plasma  physics,  statistical  mechanics  of  physical  and  living 
systems,  physics  of  the  upper  atmosphere  and  magneto- 
sphere,  fluid  dynamics,  physical  oceanography,  various 
aspects  of  space  and  planetary  science,  theoretical  and  ap- 
plied numerical  analysis,  control  theory,  epidemiology  and 
biomathematics,  chemical  processes  induced  by  ionizing 
radiation,  and  the  history  of  science.  They  also  include 
analysis  of  a  number  of  current  problems  of  interest  to 
society  such  as  mathematical  models  applied  to  public 
health  and  many  diverse  efforts  in  basic  mathematics. 

Courses  and  thesis  research  guidance  by  the  faculty  of 
the  Institute  are  provided  through  the  graduate  programs  in 
the  academic  departments  of  the  Division  of  Mathematical 
and  Physical  Sciences  and  Engineering.  The  Institute  spon- 
sors a  wide  variety  of  seminars.  Of  principal  interest  are 
general  seminars  in  plasma  physics,  applied  mathematics, 
fluid  dynamics,  and  in  atomic  and  molecular  physics.  Infor- 
mation about  these  can  be  obtained  by  writing  the  Director 
or  by  calling  (301)  454-2636. 

Institute  for  Urban  Studies:  Director:  Thomas  P.  Murphy. 
The  Institute  aims  at  developing  students  knowledgeable 
both  in  the  technical  competencies  which  constitute  the 
skills  of  "urban  manpower"  and  in  the  professional 
understanding  of  the  urban  community  as  an  object  of  in- 
terdisciplinary analysis. 

The  Institute  for  Urban  Studies  is  a  multi-campus  inter- 
disciplinary B.A.  and  M.A.  degree  granting  program.  It  was 
created  to  offer  a  teaching  program  to  educate  urban  ad- 
ministrators and  specialists  to  manage  existing  com- 
munities as  well  as  to  plan  the  development  of  new  ones. 
The  Washington-Baltimore  urban  corridor  provides  an  ex- 
cellent teaching  and  research  setting  for  faculty  and 
students.  Since  contemporary  urban  problems  must  be 
solved  by  a  multi-disciplinary  approach,  the  master's  pro- 
gram supplements  the  Institute  core  courses  with  the 
specialized  problem  solving  methods  of  the  diverse  depart- 
ments and  professional  schools  of  the  University. 
Center  on  Aging:  Director:  Jody  K.  Olsen.  The  Center  on 
Aging,  focuses  its  efforts  on  stimulating  interest  in  aging 
within  existing  departments,  colleges,  and  schools 
throughout  the  University  through  research  and  teaching.  In 
addition,  it  has  developed  and  maintains  contact  with 
students  in  the  general  field  of  gerontology  and  helps  them 
to  devise  educational  programs  to  meet  their  goals.  The 
Center  sponsors  an  ongoing  colloquium  series  on  aging 
and  community  training  progrms  based  primarily  on  psy- 
chosocial needs  of  the  elderly.  The  Center  and  the  College 
of  Library  and  Information  Services  also  maintain  the 
Robert  N.  Butler  Library,  which  contains  an  extensive  col- 
lection of  Materials  on  aging  and  developmental  psy- 
chology. In  conjunction  with  participating  departments  and 
schools,  the  Center  offers  a  certificate  of  concentration  at 
the  master's  degree  level,  which  requires,  in  addition  to  for- 
mal coursework,  a  practicum  experience  in  aging. 


Arithmetic  Center  Director:  Robert  Ashlock.  The  Arithmetic 
Center  facilitates  a  graduate  program  in  elementary  school 
mathematics  education  —  a  program  with  an  integrated 
focus  relating  mathematics,  psychology,  and  learning.  The 
faculty  of  the  Center  believe  that  crucial  to  the  kind  of 
research  effort  envisioned  is  a  milieu  conducive  to  such  an 
effort  —  a  physical-psychological  locale  in  which  students, 
faculty,  participating  children,  parents,  and  appropriate 
visitors  can  become  involved  in  the  formal  and  informal  in- 
teractions so  essential  to  integrative  research. 

Center  for  Educational  Research  and  Development:  Director 
(UMCP):  James  Dudley.  The  Center  is  committed  to  provide 
service  to  the  State  in  the  form  of  policy  studies  and 
analysis  and  to  provide/sponsor  special  educational  training 
programs  and  workshops  for  legislators,  board  members, 
executive  and  legislative  staff  and  agency  personnel.  The 
entire  range  of  University  programs  and  personnel  are  com- 
mitted to  these  two  tasks  in  an  effort  to  provide  an  inter- 
disciplinary approach  to  the  Center's  research  and  develop- 
ment activities.  The  Center  acts  as  a  facilitator  and  liaison 
between  the  external  public  agencies  and  bodies  and  the 
internal  University  resources.  In  so  doing,  it  provides 
research  and  project  opportunities  for  faculty  and  graduate 
students  in  education,  the  social  sciences,  business  and  a 
variety  of  other  fields,  to  engage  in  issues  of  educational 
policy. 

Computer  Science  Center  Director:  John  P.  Menard.  The 
Computer  Science  Center  provides  the  academic  commu- 
nity of  the  University  with  ready  access  to  large-scale  com- 
puter facilities.  The  Center's  primary  function  is  the  effec- 
tive operation,  maintenance,  and  management  of  these 
facilities  so  as  to  provide,  as  nearly  as  possible,  uninter- 
rupted computer  services  to  the  University  community.  The 
Center  also  carries  on  an  active  program  of  basic  and  ap- 
plied research  in  computer  science. 

Graduate  students  and  faculty  with  programming  prob- 
lems can  bring  them  to  a  group  of  programmer  consultants 
who  work  on  an  individualized  basis  to  assist  in  applying 
appropriate  computer  techniques.  The  Center  also  has  a 
staff  of  systems  analysts  to  assist  in  debugging  programs, 
to  adapt  software  developed  elsewhere  to  use  the  Center's 
equipment,  and  to  devise  original  software  to  meet  user 
needs.  There  is  a  well-stocked  program  library,  keypunch 
and  digitek  services  are  available,  and  the  Center  offers 
several  non-credit  short  courses  for  new  users  or  those 
with  specialized  needs. 

The  Center's  basic  hardware  consists  of  a  UNIVAC  1108 
Shared  Processor  System  and  a  UNIVAC  1100/41  system, 
along  with  other  associated  hardware.  Two  terminal  rooms 
and  two  keypunch  areas  with  reproducer,  interpreter  and 
lister  are  maintained  in  the  Computer  Science  Center.  Term- 
inals owned  or  leased  by  other  departments  can  also  ac- 
cess the  Center's  large-scale  equipment. 

Science  Teaching  Center.  Director:  John  W.  Layman.  The 
Science  Teaching  Center  has  been  designed  to  serve  as  a 
representative  facility  of  its  type  to  fulfill  its  functions  of 
undergraduate  and  graduate  science  teacher  education, 
science  supervisor  training,  basic  research  in  science 
education,  aid  to  inservice  teachers  and  supervisors,  and 
consultative  services,  on  all  levels,  kindergarten  through 
community  college.  Its  reference  library  features  relevant 

General  Information  /  9 


periodicals,  science  and  mathematics  textbooks,  new  cur- 
riculum materials,  and  works  on  science  subjects  and  their 
operational  aspects.  Its  fully  equipped  research  laboratory, 
in  addition  to  its  teaching  laboratories  for  science  methods 
courses,  provides  project  space  for  both  faculty  and 
students. 

Since  1962  the  Science  Teaching  Center  has  served  as 
the  headquarters  for  the  activities  of  the  Science  Teaching 
Materials  Review  Committee  of  the  National  Science 
Teachers  Association.  The  Information  Clearinghouse  on 
Science  and  Mathematics  Curricular  Developments,  the  In- 
ternational Clearinghouse  for  A.A.A.S,  N.S.F.  and  UNESCO, 
started  here  that  year  also.  Within  the  center  is  gathered 
the  "software"  and  "hardware"  of  science  education  in 
what  is  considered  to  be  one  of  the  most  comprehensive 
collections  of  such  materials  in  the  world. 

Transportation  Studies  Center  Director:  Everett  C.  Carter. 
Housed  in  the  Division  of  Mathematical  and  Physical 
Sciences  and  Engineering,  the  Center  acts  as  a  catalyst  to 
foster  research  and  development  and  interdisciplinary 
studies  in  transportation  and  to  provide  the  means  for  in- 
vestigators from  different  disciplines  to  work  together  on  a 
wide  range  of  transportation  related  problems.  Objectives  of 
the  Center  are  to  identify  potential  research  projects  by 
establishing  a  dialogue  and  rapport  with  sponsoring  agen- 
cies and  offices;  to  provide  coordination  between  the  var- 
ious disciplines  engaged  in  or  having  potential  to  engage  in 
transportation  research  and  between  potential  research 
sponsors  and  University  researchers;  to  facilitate 
cooperation  between  the  University  of  Maryland  and  other 
universities  and  industry,  for  joint  undertakings;  to  promote 
and,  where  appropriate,  to  supervise  specific  educational 
programs  of  an  interdisciplinary  nature. 

Among  the  areas  identified  as  having  interest  and 
research  potential  are  transportation  systems  management, 
transportation  planning,  public  policy,  public  utilities, 
systems  economics,  multiple  uses  of  rights-of-way,  mass 
transit  systems,  conservation  of  energy,  terminal  siting, 
bridge  and  pavement  design,  traffic  flow  coordination,  traf- 
fic safety  and  efficiency,  transportation  economics,  aero- 
space transportation,  meteorological  factors,  noise  control; 
highway  landscaping,  environmental  considerations,  and  air, 
rail,  water  and  highway  alternatives. 

Water  Resources  Research  Center:  Coordinator:  Robert  L 
Green.  The  Water  Resources  Research  Center  sponsors  and 
coordinates  research  on  all  aspects  of  water  supply,  de- 
mand, distribution,  utilization,  quality  enhancement  or 
degradation,  and  allocation  or  management.  A  committee  of 
water  resource  research  information  users  including 
representatives  from  management,  planning  and  regulatory 
federal,  state  and  local  governments  and  citizens  groups 
has  been  formed  to  advise  on  research  needs  of  Maryland. 
Basic  funding  is  from  the  annual  allotment  of  the  Water 
Resources  Research  Act  of  1964  as  amended.  The  Center 
also  assists  faculty  members  in  developing  matching  fund 
proposals  and  in  seeking  other  research  funds.  Currently, 
there  are  twelve  research  projects  in  progress  in  five  dif- 
ferent departments,  including  one  in  UMCEES  and  two  at 
UMBO 

Bureau  of  Business  and  Economic  Research:  Director:  Dr. 
John  H.  Cumberland.  The  Bureau  of  Business  and  Eco- 


nomic Research  conducts  research  in  the  areas  of  regional, 
urban  and  environmental  economics.  Projects  are  funded  by 
the  University,  and  by  State  and  Federal  Government  agen- 
cies. Research  is  conducted  by  Bureau  faculty  members, 
who  hold  joint  appointments  with  the  Department  of 
Economics,  and  by  advanced  graduate  students  working  on 
degree  programs. 

Bureau  of  Educational  Research  and  Field  Services:  Direc- 
tor: Gerald  V.  Teague.  The  Bureau  of  Educational  Research 
and  Field  Services  was  established  to  serve  in  a  con- 
sultative capacity  in  implementing  research  designs  of 
faculty  members,  graduate  students  and  public  school 
systems.  It  acts  as  a  coordinating  agency  between  the 
University  and  public  school  systems  for  both  research  and 
field  services.  The  Bureau  also  serves  as  a  source  of  infor- 
mation and  assistance  regarding  federal  and  non-federal 
research  support  that  is  available. 

Bureau  of  Governmental  Research:  Director:  Davis  B. 
Bobrow.  The  Bureau  engages  in  research  about  Maryland 
state  and  local  government  with  a  central  focus  on  urban 
affairs.  It  also  makes  numerous  administrative  studies  at 
the  request  of  county  and  municipal  governments. 

Consortia 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  a  member  of  a  number  of  na- 
tional and  local  consortia  concerned  with  advanced  educa- 
tion and  research.  They  offer  a  variety  of  opportunities  for 
senior  scholar  and  gradute  student  research. 

OAK  RIDGE  ASSOCIATED  UNIVERSITIES,  INC.  (ORAU), 
is  a  non-profit  educational  and  research  corporation  formed 
in  order  to  broaden  the  opportunities  for  member  institu- 
tions collectively  to  participate  in  many  fields  of  education 
and  research  in  the  natural  sciences  related  to  nuclear 
energy.  Educational  programs  range  from  short  term 
courses  or  institutes,  conducted  with  ORAU  facilities  and 
staff,  to  fellowship  programs  administered  by  ORAU  for  the 
U.S.  Department  of  Energy. 

The  National  Center  for  Atmospheric  Research  (NCAR), 
in  Boulder,  Colorado,  was  created  in  1960  to  serve  as  a 
focal  point  of  a  vigorous  and  expanding  national  research 
effort  in  the  atmospheric  sciences.  NCAR  is  operated  under 
the  sponsorship  of  the  National  Science  Foundation  by  the 
UNIVERSITY  CORPORATION  FOR  ATMOSPHERIC  RE- 
SEARCH (UCAR),  made  up  of  44  U.S.  and  Canadian  univers- 
ities with  graduate  programs  in  the  atmospheric  sciences 
or  related  fields.  The  scientific  staff  includes  meteorolo- 
gists, astronomers,  chemists,  physicists,  mathematicians, 
and  representatives  of  other  disciplines. 

UNIVERSITIES  RESEARCH  ASSOCIATION  (URA),  a  group 
of  52  universities  engaged  in  high  energy  research,  is  the 
sponsoring  organization  for  the  Fermi  National  Accelerator 
Laboratory,  funded  by  the  U.S.  Department  of  Energy.  The 
accelerator,  located  near  Batavia,  Illinois,  is  the  world's 
highest-energy  proton  accelerator. 

The  INTER-UNIVERSITY  COMMUNICATIONS  COUNCIL 
(EDUCOM)  provides  a  forum  for  the  appraisal  of  the  current 
state  of  the  art  in  communications  science  and  technology 
and  their  relation  to  the  planning  and  programs  of  colleges 
and  universities.  The  council  particularly  fosters  inter- 
university  cooperation  in  the  area  of  communications 
science. 


10  /  General  Information 


The  UNIVERSITIES  SPACE  RESEARCH  ASSOCIATION 
(USRA)  was  designed  to  promote  cooperation  between 
universities,  research  organizations,  and  the  government  in 
the  development  of  space  science  and  technology,  and  in 
the  operation  of  laboratories  and  facilities  for  research, 
development,  and  education  in  these  fields. 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  a  member  of  the  INTER- 
UNIVERSITY  CONSORTIUM  FOR  POLITICAL  SCIENCE  RE- 
SEARCH. One  purpose  of  the  Consortium  is  to  facilitate 
collection  and  distribution  of  useful  data  for  social  science 
research.  The  data  include  survey  data  from  the  University 
of  Michigan  Survey  Research  Center  and  from  studies  con- 
ducted by  other  organizations  or  by  individuals,  census  data 
for  the  United  States,  election  data,  legislative  roll  calls, 
judicial  decision  results,  and  biographical  data. 

The  University  of  Maryland  jointly  participates  in  the 
CHESAPEAKE  RESEARCH  CONSORTIUM,  INC.,  a  wide 
scale  environmental  research  program,  with  the  Johns  Hop- 
kins University,  the  Virginia  Institute  of  Marine  Science,  and 
the  Smithsonian  Institution.  The  Consortium  coordinates 
and  integrates  research  on  the  Chesapeake  Bay  region  at 
the  Chesapeake  Bay  Center  for  Environmental  Studies  and 
is  compiling  a  vast  amount  of  scientific  data  to  assist  in 
the  management  and  control  of  the  area.  Each  participating 
institution  calls  on  faculty  expertise  in  a  diversity  of 
disciplines  including  biology,  chemistry,  physics,  engineer- 
ing, geology,  and  the  social  and  behavioral  sciences. 
Through  this  interdisciplinary  research  program  a  com- 
puterized Management  Resource  Bank  is  being  developed 
containing  a  biological  inventory  of  the  Chesapeake  Bay 
region,  a  legal  survey,  and  socioeconomic  data  of  the  sur- 
rounding communities.  The  Consortium  provides  research 
opportunities  for  faculty  members,  graduate  students,  and 
undergraduate  students  at  the  University. 

Officially  chartered  in  1969,  the  ASSOCIATION  OF  SEA 
GRANT  PROGRAM  INSTITUTIONS  is  a  growing  organiza- 
tion concerned  with  the  development  and  wise  use  of 
ocean  and  Great  Lakes  resources.  Composed  of  the 
nation's  major  colleges,  universities  and  institutions  with 
ocean  programs,  the  Association  works  for  the  betterment 
of  the  management  and  utilization  of  marine  resources. 

The  University  of  Maryland  was  awarded  its  first  institu- 
tional Sea  Grant  funding  by  the  Department  of  Commerce 
for  the  calendar  year  1977.  Although  forty-six  universities, 
colleges  and  non-profit  organizations  hold  either  regular  or 
associate  memberships  in  SGA,  Maryland  is  one  of  only 
about  a  dozen  who  have  comprehensive  institutional  pro- 
grams and  who  are  or  are  eligible  to  become  Sea  Grant 
Colleges. 

The  goal  of  the  CONSORTIUM  ON  HUMAN  RELATION- 
SHIPS IN  EDUCATION  is  to  involve  all  interested  agencies 
in  the  State  of  Maryland  in  the  identification,  development, 
and  utilization  of  the  human  resources  of  the  State  for  the 
purpose  of  improving  human  relationships  in  education. 
Fourteen  agencies,  including  local  school  systems  and  in- 
stitutions of  higher  education,  are  currently  active  in  the 
project. 

Established  in  1965,  the  UNIVERSITIES  COUNCIL  ON 
WATER  RESOURCES  (UCOWR),  is  a  national  consortium 
with  approximately  80  members.  UCOWR  was  created  to 
provide  a  forum  for  interchange  of  information  pertaining  to 
water  resources  research  in  academic  communities.  Mem- 


ber institutions  also  exchange  information  on  special  con- 
ferences, seminars,  symposia  and  graduate  study 
opportunities. 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  an  associate  member  of  the 
UNIVERSITY-NATIONAL  OCEANOGRAPHIC  LABORATORY 
SYSTEM  (UNOLS)  established  to  improve  coordinated  use 
of  federally  supported  oceanographic  facilities,  bringing 
together  the  Community  of  Academic  Oceanographic  Insti- 
tutions which  operate  those  facilities,  and  creating  a  mech- 
anism for  such  coordinated  utilization  of  and  planning  for 
oceanographic  facilities.  As  an  associate  member,  the 
University  of  Maryland  has  a  very  active  graduate  level 
researach  program  in  the  marine  sciences  and  operates 
facilities  through  the  Chesapeake  Bay  Center  for  En- 
vironmental Studies. 

The  purpose  of  the  SOUTH-EAST  CONSORTIUM  FOR  IN- 
TERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT  is  to  respond  to  the  eco- 
nomic and  social  needs  of  limited  resource  peoples  and 
less  developed  countries.  Membership  in  the  organization  is 
open  to  universities,  research  institutions  and  other 
organizations  with  capabilities  related  to  rural  and  urban 
development  and  technology  transfer. 

Fees  and  Expenses 

Payment  of  Fees 

All  Students  Who  Pre-Register  Incur  a  Financial  Obligation 
to  the  University.  Those  students  who  pre-register  and 
subsequently  decide  not  to  attend  must  notify  the  Registra- 
tion Office,  Room  1130A,  North  Administration  Building,  in 
writing,  prior  to  the  first  day  of  classes.  If  this  office  has 
not  received  a  request  for  cancellation  by  4:30  p.m.  of  the 
last  day  before  classes  begin,  the  University  will  assume 
that  the  student  plans  to  attend  and  accepts  his  financial 
obligation. 

After  classes  begin,  students  who  wish  to  terminate 
their  registration  must  follow  the  withdrawal  procedures 
and  are  liable  for  charges  applicable  at  the  time  of 
withdrawal. 

State  of  Maryland  legislation  has  established  a  State 
Central  Collections  Unit,  and  in  accordance  with  State  law 
the  University  is  required  to  turn  over  all  delinquent  ac- 
counts to  that  office  for  collection  and  legal  follow-up. 
Delinquent  accounts  are  automatically  identified  and  col- 
lected on  a  monthly  basis  by  computer  readout. 

Graduate  Fees* 

Application  fee 

This  fee  is  not  refundable $15.00 

Tuition  Per  Credit  Hour 

Resident  Student  $50.00 

Non-Resident  Student $95.00 

Students  admitted  to  the  Graduate 

School  must  pay  graduate  tuition  fees 

whether  or  not  the  credit  will  be  used  to 

satisfy  program  requirements.  A  grad- 
uate student  who  wishes  to  audit  a  course 

must  pay  the  usual  graduate  tuition. 

Continuous  Registration  Fee $10.00 

Registration  Fee $  5.00 


General  Information  /  11 


Recreation  Fee 

(Summer  School  Only) $  4.00 

Vehicle  Registration  Fee $12.00 

Graduation  Fee, 

Master's  Degree  $15.00 

Graduation  Fee, 

Doctor's  Degree  $60.00 

Health  Fee  (Per  Semester) $  5.00 

(Part-time  Student) 
Health  Fee  (Per  Semester) $10.00 

(Full-time  Student) 
Athletic  Fee  (Per  Semester) $  5.00 

(Students  taking  4  or  more  credits) 

•The  fees  listed  here  are  those  charged  at  the  time  this  Catalog  went  to 
press  and  are  offered  as  a  general  guide.  They  are  subject  to  change.  Fees 
charged  in  a  particular  semester  are  published  in  the  Schedule  ol  Classes 
for  that  semester. 


Determination  of  In-State  Status 
for  Admission,  Tuition  and 
Charge-Differential  Purposes 

An  initial  determination  of  in-state  status  for  admission,  tui- 
tion and  charge-differential  purposes  will  be  made  by  the 
University  at  the  time  a  student's  application  for  admis- 
sion is  under  consideration.  The  determination  made  at  that 
time,  and  any  determination  made  thereafter  shall  prevail  in 
each  semester  until  the  determination  is  successfully  chal- 
lenged. The  deadline  for  meeting  all  requirements  for  an  in- 
state status  and  for  submitting  all  documents  for  reclas- 
sification is  the  last  day  of  registration  for  the  semester  the 
student  wishes  to  be  classified  as  an  in-state  student. 

The  volume  of  requests  for  reclassification  may  necessi- 
tate a  delay  in  completing  the  review  process.  It  is  hoped 
that  a  decision  in  each  case  will  be  made  within  ninety  (90) 
days  of  a  request  for  determination.  During  this  period  of 
time,  or  any  further  period  of  time  required  by  the  Universi- 
ty, fees  and  charges  based  on  the  previous  determination 
must  be  paid.  If  the  determination  is  changed,  any  excess 
fees  and  charges  will  be  refunded. 

Persons  who  are  interested  in  obtaining  a  copy  of  the 
regulations  or  who  wish  assistance  with  their  classification 
should  contact:  The  Graduate  School  Office  of  Graduate 
Records,  Room  2117,  South  Administration  Building,  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742  —  phone 
(301)  454-4004. 


Financial  Assistance 

The  University  of  Maryland  recognizes  the  high  cost  of  edu- 
cation today  and  makes  every  effort  to  offer  financial 
assistance  to  qualified  students  through  a  variety  of  pro- 
grams. Approximately  one-half  of  all  full-time  graduate 
students  receive  financial  support,  which  includes  remis- 
sion of  tuition  fees,  through  teaching  and  research 
assistantships  and  University  and  state  fellowships.  In  addi- 
tion, education  loans  are  available  through  the  University  at 
very  reasonable  terms,  and  short-term,  interest-free 
emergency  loans  may  be  obtained  if  needed.  Referrals  for 
on-campus  or  area  employment  opportunities  for  students 


and  students'  spouses  are  also  available  in  various  depart- 
ments and  in  specific  student  service  centers  on  campus. 

Fellowships 

A  fellowship  is  an  award  bestowed  on  a  student  who 
displays  academic  merit  and  promise  to  assist  him  in 
devoting  full  time  to  scholarly  pursuits.  All  applicants  for 
fellowships  must  be  admitted  to  the  Graduate  School  on  a 
full-time  basis  to  be  eligible.  Inquiries  and  requests  for  ap- 
propriate forms  should  be  directed  to  the  Fellowships  and 
Finance  Office,  Room  2126,  South  Administration  Building, 
University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742. 

The  Maryland  Fellowship  Program,  established  by  the  State 
Legislature  and  administered  by  the  Graduate  School,  pro- 
vides a  limited  number  of  fellowships  to  qualified  ap- 
plicants who  are  enrolled  in  doctoral  programs  and  who 
agree  to  teach  in  a  public  institution  of  higher  learning  in 
the  State  of  Maryland  for  a  period  of  three  years  following 
receipt  of  their  doctoral  degree,  if  a  suitable  position  is  of- 
fered. The  stipend  is  $2,500  for  the  academic  year,  with 
remission  of  tuition.  Although  renewable  annually,  these 
fellowships  normally  carry  a  three  year  non-renewable 
tenure.  Deadline  for  the  application,  which  is  available  from 
the  Fellowship  Office  of  the  Graduate  School  is  February 
15. 

The  Graduate  School  Fellowships  are  awarded  annually  on 
a  competitive  basis.  The  stipend  is  $1,000  for  the  academic 
year,  with  remission  of  tuition.  The  standard  application  for 
financial  aid  will  serve  as  an  application  for  this  fellowship 
program  and  must  be  submitted  by  February  1.  Awards  are 
based  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  department 
chairman. 

Other  Race  Grants  have  been  established  to  provide  finan- 
cial assistance  to  qualified  graduate  students  who  meet  the 
following  criteria:  1.  The  applicant  must  be  a  member  of  a 
minority  race  as  defined  by  the  racial  composition  of  the 
College  Park  Campus  graduate  student  body.  2.  The  appli- 
cant must  be  a  legal  resident  of  Maryland.  3.  The  applicant 
must  be  admitted  as  a  full-time  graduate  student  in  a 
degree  program.  4.  The  applicant  must  be  a  first-time 
graduate  student.  5.  The  applicantmust  be  able  to  demon- 
strate financial  need  as  determined  by  the  College  Park 
Graduate  School.  The  individual  fellowship  shall  not  exceed 
$1,000.  Tuition  is  also  waived  in  most  cases.  Students  may 
apply  for  reappointment  on  a  yearly  basis.  Additional  details 
and  application  materials  are  available  from  the  Fellowships 
and  Finance  Office  of  the  Graduate  School. 

Assistantships 

Offers  of  assistantships  are  made  contingent  upon  the  ap- 
plicant's acceptance  as  a  graduate  student  by  the  Graduate 
School. 

Graduate  Teaching  Assistantships  are  available  to  qualified 
graduate  students  in  many  departments  and  programs.  In 
addition  to  remission  of  tuition,  these  carry  ten-month 
stipends  ranging  from  $4,050  to  $6,000.  Applications  for 
assistantships  should  be  made  directly  to  the  department 
in  which  the  applicant  will  study. 


12  /  General  Information 


Graduate  Research  Assistantships,  with  comparable 
stipends,  are  available  in  some  departments  on  a  ten  or 
twelve  month  basis.  For  information  inquire  in  the  in- 
dividual department  or  program. 

Resident  Graduate  Assistantships,  in  limited  number,  are 
also  available.  The  stipend  begins  at  $4,050  per  year,  plus 
remission  of  tuition,  in  exchange  for  part-time  work  in 
undergraduate  residence  halls  as  Residence  Halls  staff 
members.  These  Resident  Assistantships  are  open  to  both 
men  and  women.  Applications  for  a  Resident  Graduate 
Assistantship  should  be  made  to  the  Office  of  Human 
Resources,  Department  of  Resident  Life,  Cumberland  Hall, 
University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742. 

Loans  and  Part-Time  Employment 

National  Direct  Student  Loan  Funds  are  available  to 
graduate  students  of  the  University  of  Maryland.  Applicants 
must  be  United  States  nationals  (citizens  and  permanent 
resident  status).  Loans  are  approved  based  upon  financial 
need;  the  average  loan  is  $1,500  per  year.  Repayment 
begins  nine  months  after  the  borrower  leaves  school,  and 
no  interest  is  charged  until  the  beginning  of  the  repayment 
schedule.  Interest  after  that  date  is  charged  at  the  rate  of 
three  percent  per  annum.  Repayment  of  the  loan,  including 
interest,  is  deferred  during  the  time  the  borrower  may  be  in 
military  service,  the  Peace  Corps,  VISTA,  and  ACTION,  up 
to  a  period  of  three  years  as  well  as  during  time  of  con- 
tinued study  on  at  least  a  half-time  basis.  Applications 
should  be  directed  to  the  Director,  Office  of  Student  Finan- 
cial Aid,  North  Administrative  Building,  University  of 
Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742,  by  May  1  for  the 
fall  semester. 

Guaranteed  Student  Loan  programs  which  have  been 
established  for  State  of  Maryland  residents  through  the 
Maryland  Higher  Education  Loan  Corporation,  permit 
students  to  borrow  money  from  their  hometown  banks  or 
other  local  financial  institutions.  Graduate  students  in  good 
standing  may  borrow  up  to  $5,000  per  year,  but  state  agen- 
cies and  individual  banks  may  set  their  own  limits  up  to 
this  amount.  Notes  may  not  bear  more  than  seven  percent 
simple  interest.  Monthly  repayments  begin  ten  months  after 
graduation  or  withdrawal  from  school.  The  federal  govern- 
ment will  pay  the  interest  for  eligible  students  while  the 
student  is  in  school.  Further  details  regarding  this  program 
for  Maryland  residents  may  be  secured  from  the  Office  of 
Student  Financial  Aid.  For  prospective  non-Maryland  bor- 
rowers unable  to  obtain  information  concerning  the  par- 
ticular loan  programs  of  their  states,  the  Office  of  Student 
Financial  Aid  can  provide  necessary  information. 

Student  Emergency  Loans  are  available,  in  case  a  student 
has  a  financial  emergency,  from  the  Office  of  Student 
Financial  Aid.  If  the  funds  have  not  been  depleted, 
students  may  borrow  with  no  interest  up  to  $75.00  ($300.00 
if  the  student  specifies  that  the  loan  is  to  help  pay 
registration  debts).  Emergency  loans  must  be  repaid  within 
one  semester. 

AAUW  Loan:  The  College  Park  Maryland  Branch  of 
American  Association  of  University  Women  has  established 
a  small  AAUW  loan  fund  for  graduate  women  students  at 


the  University  of  Maryland.  The  amount  loaned  will  be 
based  on  need  and  on  the  amount  of  funds  available. 
Repayment  of  the  loan  shall  begin  within  one  year  of  leav- 
ing the  University,  and  the  note  will  carry  4  per  cent  per 
annum  simple  interest  to  be  charged  on  the  unpaid 
balance,  beginning  when  the  borrower  leaves  the  University. 
For  information  and  application  forms,  please  contact  the 
Fellowship  and  Finance  Office  in  the  Graduate  School. 

The  Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid,  located  in  the  North 
Administration  Building,  serves  without  charge  as  a  clear- 
inghouse for  students  seeking  part-time  work  and 
employers  seeking  help.  Many  jobs  are  available  in  the 
residence  halls,  libraries,  laboratories,  and  elsewhere  on 
and  off  campus.  All  full-time  students  seeking  work  are 
welcome  to  visit  the  office  and  consult  referral  lists. 

Work-Study  Program.  The  University  has  in  operation  a  Col- 
lege Work-Study  Program  provided  under  Title  1-C  of  the 
Economic  Opportunity  Act  of  1964  and  subsequent 
amendments. 

The  purpose  of  the  College  Work-Study  Program  is  to  ex- 
pand part-time  employment  opportunities  for  students  who 
are  in  need  of  the  earnings  from  part-time  employment  in 
order  to  continue  their  education.  Preference  is  given  to 
students  with  the  greatest  financial  need. 

Employment  under  the  College  Work-Study  Program  is 
available  to  a  student  who  meets  the  following  qualifica- 
tions: (1)  is  in  need  of  employment  in  order  to  pursue  a 
course  of  study  at  this  University;  (2)  is  capable  of  maintain- 
ing good  standing  in  the  course  of  study  while  employed; 

(3)  is  a  citizen  of  the  United  States  or  a  permanent  resident; 

(4)  is  enrolled  or  has  been  accepted  for  enrollment  as  either 
an  undergraduate,  graduate,  or  professional  student  on  a 
full-time  basis. 

Students  employed  through  the  College  Work-Study  Pro- 
gram are  assigned  to  most  of  the  departments  on  campus 
and  a  few  departments  off-campus.  Students  may  be 
employed  up  to  40  hours  per  week  during  the  summer, 
semester  break,  and  Spring  holidays.  During  the  school 
year,  to  include  examination  week,  students  may  work  up  to 
15  hours  per  week.  Minimum  pay  for  graduate  students  is 
$3.75  per  hour  during  this  school  year. 

Additional  information  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office 
of  Student  Financial  Aid,  Student  Employment  Section, 
located  in  Room  2114,  North  Administration  Building 
Telephone:  454-4592. 

Golden  Identification  Card 
for  Senior  Citizens  of  Maryland 

The  purpose  of  this  status  is  to  make  available  without 
charge  courses  and  services  of  the  University's  campuses 
to  citizens  who  are  60  years  of  age  or  older,  who  are 
residents  of  the  State  of  Maryland  and  who  are  retired  (a 
retired  person  will  be  considered  one  who  affirms  that  he  is 
not  engaged  in  gainful  employment  for  more  than  20  hours 
per  week).  People  meeting  these  requirements  may  apply 
for  graduate  admission,  either  as  degree  or  nondegree 
students,  and  must  meet  the  same  admissions  criteria  per- 
taining to  either  category  as  do  all  applicants.  Once  ad- 
mitted and  having  been  issued  the  Golden  Identification 
Card,  such  persons  may  register  for  courses  in  any  session, 


General  Information  / 13 


subject  to  the  same  restrictions  as  any  other  student,  and 
use  the  library  and  other  campus  facilities  during  the  time 
they  are  enrolled  in  courses.  Tuition  fees  will  be  waived  for 
holders  of  the  Golden  Identification  Card. 

Veterans  Benefits 

Recent  federal  legislation  has  had  significant  impact  on  the 
veteran-graduate  student.  People  who  originally  were  enti- 
tled to  36  months  of  V.A.  Educational  Benefits  now  have  a 
total  of  45  months  of  educational  benefits.  The  new  com- 
plement of  benefits  can  be  used  for  graduate  work. 

See  the  Veterans  Section  of  the  current  Schedule  of 
Classes  for  other  current  information. 

Veterans  Administration  counselors  work  on  campus  full- 
time  to  assist  veterans,  their  dependents,  and  servicemen 
with  all  V.A.  related  questions  and  problems.  These 
representatives  can  offer  you  help  in  getting  your  monthly 
educational  assistance  checks,  as  well  as  other  less  known 
but  available  benefits.  Some  of  these  are  compensation  for 
service  connected  disabilities,  guaranteed  home  loans,  and 
vocational  rehabilitation  services  for  disabled  veterans. 

Related  information,  such  as  facts  on  individual  state 
bonuses,  removal  of  derogatory  SPN  codes  from  your 
military  discharge  (DD214),  and  University  of  Maryland 
Veterans  Club  activities,  is  also  available. 

The  counselors  are  available  on  a  walk-in-basis  during 
normal  office  hours  in  Room  1130  North  Administration 
Building.  Telephone  454-5276. 


Student  Services 

Housing 

There  is  no  on-campus  housing  provided  for  unmarried 
graduate  students.  The  Off-Campus  Housing  Office  (Room 
1295,  Student  Union,  454-3645),  in  cooperation  with  many  of 
the  local  landlords  and  apartment  managers,  maintains  an 
extensive  and  up-to-date  list  of  vacancies  under  several 
headings  (Rooms,  Unfurnished  Apartments,  Houses  to 
Share,  etc.).  This  office  can  also  provide  students  with  con- 
venient maps  of  the  College  Park  area  and  with  lists  of 
local  motels,  trailer  and  mobile  home  parks,  real  estate 
agents,  and  furniture  rental  companies. 

Current  rates  for  housing  in  the  area  are  about  $85-$125 
per  month  for  a  room  in  a  private  home,  $175-$250  per 
month  for  an  efficiency  or  one  bedroom  apartment; 
$250/month  for  a  furnished  apartment,  $90-$1307month  for 
a  shared  apartment,  and  $300-$350/month  for  a  two- 
bedroom  house. 

The  University  itself  maintains  two  apartment  complexes 
for  married  graduate  students  and  for  a  limited  number  of 
single  graduate  students.  Both  Lord  Calvert  Apartments  and 
University  Hills  Apartments  are  within  walking  distance  of 
campus,  which  means  that  there  is  usually  a  waiting  list, 
especially  during  the  period  immediately  preceding  the  fall 
semester.  Priority  for  housing  in  these  complexes  is  cur- 
rently given  to  married  full-time  graduate  assistants,  then 
married  full-time  graduate  non-assistants. 

Rent  for  a  one-bedroom  apartment  is  $150/month,  with 
two-bedroom  apartments  costing  about  twenty-five  dollars 

14  /  General  Information 


more;  a  limited  number  of  efficiencies  are  available  to 
single  students  for  a  slightly  lower  monthly  rent.  Students 
must  sign  a  one  year  lease  and  pay  a  security  deposit  of 
$50  (payable  when  the  applicant's  name  is  added  to  the 
waiting  list).  There  is  a  nonrefundable  application  fee  of  $10 
for  adding  a  name  to  the  waiting  list.  After  the  initial  lease 
expires,  residence  in  the  apartments  is  on  a  monthly  basis. 
Graduate  students  who  maintain  full-time  status  are  permit- 
ted to  live  in  the  apartments  for  a  maximum  of  five  years. 
Information  and  applications  for  University-owned  hous- 
ing can  be  obtained  from  the  Rental  Office,  3424  Tulane 
Drive,  Hyattsville,  Maryland  20783  (422-7445). 

University  Food  Services 

The  University  Food  Service  offers  three  dining  contract  op- 
tions which  are  available  to  graduate  students.  One  plan  of- 
fers the  diner  19  meals  per  week,  the  second  offers  any  15 
per  week,  and  the  third  offers  a  choice  of  any  10  meals  per 
week.  The  1977-1978  cost  of  contract  dining  plans  ranged 
from  $387  to  $437  per  semester.  University  affiliated  people 
can  obtain  guest  meal  tickets  for  individual  meals  in  con- 
tract dining  halls  for  fairly  reasonable  prices  (unlimited 
quantities  for  $2.00  at  breakfast,  $2.60  at  lunch,  and  $3.10  at 
dinner).  More  information  about  contract  dining  can  be  ob- 
tained from  Mr.  John  Goecker  (454-2901). 

In  addition  to  the  services  offered  by  the  contract  dining 
halls,  graduate  students  may  wish  to  take  advantage  of  the 
cash  line  services  available  at  the  Hill  Dining  Hall  or  the 
various  restaurants  and  snack  bars  at  the  Student  Union. 

Hillel  Kosher  Dining  Club,  housed  in  Hillel  House,  7505 
Yale  Avenue,  College  Park  (779-7370),  provides  Kosher 
meals  on  either  a  regular  or  occasional  basis. 

Career  Development  Center 

The  Career  Development  Center,  located  in  Terrapin  Hall, 
offers  a  wide  variety  of  services  to  graduate  students.  The 
goal  of  the  Center  is  to  assist  students  in  exploring  career 
opportunities  and  planning  their  careers.  Services  include 
career  advising,  the  Career  Library,  the  credentials  service, 
and  the  on-campus  interview  program. 

The  career  advising  program  includes  both  individual  and 
group  advising  sessions  and  workshops  on  jobseeking 
skills,  resume  preparation,  and  interviewing  skills.  The 
Career  Library  contains  occupational  information,  full-time 
job  listings,  employer  directories,  and  other  reference 
sources. 

Graduate  students  are  eligible  to  participate  in  the  on- 
campus  interview  program,  which  involves  campus  visits  by 
representatives  from  business,  government,  and  education. 
Students  interested  in  employment  in  the  fields  of  educa- 
tion and  library  science  will  find  the  credentials  service 
especially  valuable. 

Certain  services  of  the  Center  are  also  available  to 
students'  spouses. 

Counseling  Center 

The  Counseling  Center  offers  consultation  on  education/ 
psychological  concerns;  an  open  educational-vocational  in- 
formation library;  recorded  interviews  with  department 


heads  on  the  characteristics  of  graduate  majors  offered  on 
the  campus;  and  a  weekly  Research  and  Data  series  of 
presentations  on  current  educational/psychological  topics. 

Available  services  include  the  following:  the  Counseling 
Service,  which  offers  initial  consultation  on  any  problems 
and  provides  further  counseling  services  or  referral  services 
to  appropriate  individuals  or  agencies  in  the  area;  the 
Reading  and  Study  Skills  Laboratory,  for  those  interested  in 
improving  any  of  their  educational  skills  including  special 
assistance  for  students  for  whom  English  is  a  second 
language;  the  Parent  Consultation  and  Child  Evaluation  Ser- 
vice, providing  a  variety  of  services  to  the  parents  of  young 
children  with  learning  or  behavior  problems;  and  the 
Testing,  Research  and  Data  Processing  Division,  which 
serves  as  the  testing  and  census  taking  arm  of  the  campus. 

The  Center  provides  consultation  to  a  variety  of  groups 
and  individuals  concerning  organizational  development  and 
group  productivity.  Other  programs  include  a  series  of  self- 
understanding  and  development  groups  for  interested 
students  and  staff. 

The  Center  provides  a  wide  variety  of  research  reports  on 
characteristics  of  students  and  campus  environment. 

National  testing  programs  (GRE,  Miller  Analogies,  etc.) 
are  administered  by  the  Counseling  Center  as  well  as  test- 
ing for  counseling  purposes.  Office  location;  Shoemaker 
Building.  Telephone:  Counseling  Services  454-2931;  Reading 
and  Study  Skills  Lab  454-2935. 

Health  Care 

The  University  Health  Center  is  located  on  Campus  Drive 
directly  across  from  the  Student  Union.  Both  graduate  and 
undergraduate  students  are  eligible  for  health  care  at  the 
Health  Center.  Services  provided  include  both  emergency 
and  routine  medical  care,  mental  health  evaluation  and 
treatment,  health  education,  laboratory,  x-ray,  gynecological 
services,  and  upon  referral  from  a  Health  Center  physician, 
dermatological  services  and  orthopedic  services. 

Students  requiring  service  should  call  the  Health  Center 
for  an  appointment.  Students  who  are  injured  or  are  too  ill 
to  wait  for  an  appointment  will  be  seen  on  a  walk-in  basis. 
Emergencies  always  receive  highest  priority. 

The  Health  Center  is  open  8:00  a.m.-6:00  p.m.  weekdays 
and  11:00  a.m. -3:00  p.m.  on  weekends  with  acute  illnesses 
taking  priority  on  evenings  and  weekends.  Emergencies  are 
seen  24  hours  a  day. 

Upon  payment  of  the  health  fee  registration,  a  student 
becomes  eligible  for  routine  medical  care  and  professional 
services  at  the  Health  Center.  Charges  however,  are  made 
for  certain  laboratory  tests,  all  x-rays,  casts  and  allergy  in- 
jections. It  should  be  noted  that  the  mandatory  health  fee  is 
not  a  form  of  health  insurance.  For  information  and 
emergencies,  call  454-3444;  Appointments,  454-4923;  Mental 
Health,  454-4925;  Women's  Health,  454-4921;  Health  Educa- 
tion, 454-4922. 

Health  Insurance 

Because  the  mandatory  health  fee  is  not  a  form  of  health 
insurance  and  many  students  do  not  have  adequate  cover- 
age, a  voluntary  group  insurance  policy  is  available  to 
students.  This  policy  provides  benefits,  at  very  reasonable 


rates,  for  hospital,  surgery,  emergency,  laboratory,  and  x-ray 
purposes;  some  coverage  for  mental  and  nervous  problems; 
and  contains  a  major  hospital  provision.  Students  may 
enroll  at  mid-year  for  a  half-yearly  rate,  and  they  may  elect 
to  have  family  coverage.  Enrollment  periods  for  the  policy 
are  August  15-October  1  and  January  1-March  1.  For  addi- 
tional information  and  application  forms,  see  the  brochure 
available  in  the  Health  Center  or  in  the  Office  of  Student 
Affairs. 

Publications  of  Interest 
to  Graduate  Students 

In  addition  to  the  Catalog  and  Bulletin,  the  Graduate  School 
prepares  the  following  publications: 

Guide  to  Graduate  Life.  This  handbook,  designed  to  provide 
the  new  graduate  student  with  an  introduction  to  the  cam- 
pus and  the  College  Park  area,  is  available  from  the  office 
of  the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies. 

Important  Dates  for  Advisors  and  Students.  This  calendar 
card  of  dates  for  submission  of  final  documents  is  available 
from  the  various  departmental  graduate  offices,  as  well  as 
from  the  office  of  the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies. 

Graduate  Student  Academic  Handbook.  This  manual  con- 
tains the  instructions  for  preparation  of  theses  and  disser- 
tations and  is  available  at  a  nominal  cost  from  the  Univer- 
sity book  store. 

Graduate  Assistant  Handbook.  This  handbook  sets  forth 
policies,  procedures,  and  services  of  interest  to  graduate 
assistants  and  is  available  from  the  departmental  graduate 
offices  and  the  office  of  the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies. 


University  Policy  on  Disclosure  of 
Student  Records 

(Buckley  Amendment) 

The  University  of  Maryland  adheres  to  a  policy  of  com- 
pliance with  the  Family  Educational  Rights  and  Privacy  Act 
(Buckley  Amendment).  As  such,  it  is  the  policy  of  the  Uni- 
versity (1)  to  permit  students  to  inspect  their  education 
records,  (2)  to  limit  disclosure  to  others  of  personally  identi- 
fiable information  from  education  records  without  students' 
prior  written  consent,  and  (3)  to  provide  students  the  oppor- 
tunity to  seek  correction  of  their  education  records  where 
appropriate. 
I.  Definitions 

A.  "Student"  means  an  individual  who  is  or  who  has 
been  in  attendance  at  the  University  of  Maryland.  It 
does  not  include  any  applicant  for  admission  to  the 
University  who  does  not  matriculate,  even  if  he  or 
she  previously  attended  the  University.  (Please  note, 
however,  that  such  an  applicant  would  be  con- 
sidered a  "student"  with  respect  to  his  or  her 
records  relating  to  that  previous  attendance.) 

B.  "Education  records"  include  those  records  which 
contain  information  directly  related  to  a  student  and 
which  are  maintained  as  official  working  files  by  the 
University.  The  following  are  not  educational  records: 

(1)  records  about  students  made  by  professors  and 


General  Information  /  15 


administrators  for  their  own  use  and  not  shown 
to  others; 

(2)  campus  police  records  maintained  solely  for  law 
enforcement  purposes  and  kept  separate  from 
the  education  records  described  above; 

(3)  employment  records,  except  where  a  currently 
enrolled  student  is  employed  as  a  result  of  his 
or  her  status  as  a  student; 

(4)  records  of  a  physician,  psychologist,  or  other 
recognized  professional  or  paraprofessional 
made  or  used  only  for  treatment  purposes  and 
available  only  to  persons  providing  treatment. 
However,  these  records  may  be  reviewed  by  an 
appropriate  professional  of  the  student's 
choice; 

(5)  records  which  contain  only  information  relating 
to  a  person's  activities  after  that  person  is  no 
longer  a  student  at  the  University. 

It  is  the  policy  of  the  University  of  Maryland  to  permit 
students  to  inspect  their  education  records. 

A.  Right  of  Access 

Each  student  has  a  right  of  access  to  his  or  her 
education  records,  except  confidential  letters  of 
recommendation  received  prior  to  January  1,  1975, 
and  financial  records  of  the  student's  parents. 

B.  Waiver 

A  student  may,  by  a  signed  writing,  waive  his  or  her 
rights  of  access  to  confidential  recommendations  in 
three  areas:  admission  to  an  educational  institution, 
job  placement,  and  receipt  of  honors  and  awards. 
The  University  will  not  require  such  waivers  as  a 
condition  for  admission  or  receipt  of  any  service  or 
benefit  normally  provided  to  students.  If  the  student 
chooses  to  waive  his  or  her  right  of  access,  he  or 
she  will  be  notified,  upon  written  request,  of  the 
names  of  all  persons  making  confidential  recommen- 
dations. Such  recommendations  will  be  used  only 
for  the  purpose  for  which  they  were  specifically  in- 
tended. A  waiver  may  be  revoked  in  writing  at  any 
time,  and  the  revocation  will  apply  to  all  subsequent 
recommendations,  but  not  to  recommendations 
received  while  the  waiver  was  in  effect. 

C.  Types  and  Locations  of  Education  Records, 

Titles  of  Records  Custodians 
Please  note  that  all  requests  for  access  to  records 
should  be  routed  through  the  Registrations  Office 
(see  II.  D.  below). 

(1)  Admissions 

Applications  and  transcripts  from  institutions 
previously  attended. 

a.  Undergraduate  —  Director  of  Undergraduate 
Admissions,  North  Administration. 

b.  Graduate  —  Director  of  Graduate  Records, 
South  Administration 

(2)  Registrations 

All  on-going  academic  and  biographical 
records.  Graduate  and  Undergraduate  —  Direc- 
tor of  Registrations,  North  Administration. 

(3)  Departments 

Departmental  offices;  Chairmen  (Check  first 
with  the  Director  of  Registrations.) 


(Miscellaneous  records  kept  vary  with  the 
department.) 

(4)  Deans  and  Provosts 

Deans  and  Provosts  offices  of  each  school. 
Miscellaneous  records. 

(5)  Resident  Life 

North  Administration,  Director  of  Resident  Life 
Student's  housing  records. 

(6)  Advisors 

Pre-law  Advisor:  Undergraduate  Library 
Pre-Dental  Advisor:  Turner  Laboratory 
Pre-Medical  Advisor:  Turner  Laboratory 
Letters  of  evaluation,  personal  information 
sheet,  transcript,  test  scores  (if  student 
permits). 

(7)  Judicial  Affairs 

North  Administration  Building,  Director  of 
Judicial  Affairs.  Students'  judicial  and 
disciplinary  records. 

(8)  Counseling  Center 
Shoemaker  Hall,  Director. 

Biographical  data,  summaries  of  conversations 
with  student,  test  results.  (Where  records  are 
made  and  used  only  for  treatment  purposes, 
they  are  not  education  records  and  are  not  sub- 
ject to  this  policy.) 

(9)  Financial  Aid 

a.  Undergraduate  —  North  Administration, 
Director  of  Financial  Aid. 

b.  Graduate  and  Professional  Schools  — 
Located  in  Dean's  Offices. 

Financial  aid  applications,  need  analysis 
statements,  awards  made  (no  student  access  to 
parents'  confidential  statements). 

(10)  Career  Development  Center 
Terrapin  Hall,  Director. 
Recommendations,  copies  of  academic 
records,  (unofficial)  (note  WAIVER  section). 

(11)  Business  Services 

South  Administration  Building,  Director. 

All  student  accounts  receivable,  records  of 

students'  financial  charges,  and  credits  with 

the  University. 
D.  Procedure  to  be  Followed 

Requests  for  access  should  be  made  in  writing  to 
the  Office  of  Registrations.  The  University  will  com- 
ply with  a  request  for  access  within  a  reasonable 
time,  at  least  within  45  days.  In  the  usual  case, 
arrangements  will  be  made  for  the  student  to  read 
his  or  her  records  in  the  presence  of  a  staff  member. 
If  facilities  permit,  a  student  may  ordinarily  obtain 
copies  of  his  or  her  records  by  paying  reproduction 
costs.  The  fee  for  copies  is  $.25  per  page.  No  cam- 
pus will  provide  copies  of  any  transcripts  in  the  stu- 
dent's records  other  than  the  student's  current 
University  transcript  from  that  campus.  Official 
University  transcripts  (with  University  seal)  will  be 
provided  at  a  higher  charge. 

It  is  the  policy  of  the  University  of  Maryland  to  limit 
disclosure  of  personally  identifiable  information  from 
education  records  unless  it  has  the  student's  prior  writ- 


16  /  General  Information 


ten  consent,  subject  to  the  following  limitations  and 
exclusions. 

A.  Directory  Information 

(1)  The  following  categories  of  information  have 
been  designated  directory  information: 

Name 

Address 

Telephone  listing 

Date  and  place  of  birth 

Photograph 

Major  field  of  study 

Participation  in  officially  recognized  activities 

and  sports 
Weight  and  height  of  members  of  athletic 

teams 
Dates  of  attendance 
Degrees  and  awards  received 
Most  recent  previous  educational  institution 

attended 

(2)  This  information  will  be  disclosed  even  in  the 
absence  of  consent  unless  the  student  files 
written  notice  informing  the  University  not  to 
disclose  any  or  all  of  the  categories  within 
three  weeks  of  the  first  day  of  the  semester  in 
which  the  student  begins  each  school  year. 
This  notice  must  be  filed  annually  within  the 
above  alloted  time  to  avoid  automatic  dis- 
closure of  directory  information.  The  notice 
should  be  filed  with  the  campus  registrations 
office.  See  II.  C. 

(3)  The  University  will  give  annual  public  notice  to 
students  of  the  categories  of  information 
designated  as  directory  information. 

(4)  Directory  information  may  appear  in  public 
documents  and  otherwise  be  disclosed  without 
student  consent  unless  the  student  objects  as 
provided  above. 

B.  Prior  Consent  not  Required 

Prior  consent  will  not  be  required  for  disclosure  of 
education  records  to  the  following  parties: 

(1)  School  officials  of  the  University  of  Maryland 
who  have  been  determined  to  have  legitimate 
educational  interests; 

a.  "School  officials"  include  instructional  or 
administrative  personnel  who  are  or  may 
be  in  a  position  to  use  the  information  in 
furtherance  of  a  legitimate  objective; 

b.  "legitimate  educational  interests"  include 
those  interests  directly  related  to  the  aca- 
demic environment; 

(2)  Officials  of  other  schools  in  which  a  student 
seeks  or  intends  to  enroll  or  is  enrolled.  Upon 
request,  and  at  his  or  her  expense,  the  student 
will  be  provided  with  a  copy  of  the  records 
which  have  been  transferred; 

(3)  Authorized  representatives  of  the  Comptroller 
General  of  the  U.S.,  the  Secretary  of  HEW,  the 
Commissioner  of  the  Office  of  Education,  the 
Director  of  the  National  Institute  of  Education, 
the  Administrator  of  the  Veterans'  Administra- 
tion, the  Assistant  Secretary  of  HEW  for  Educa- 
tion, and  State  educational  authorities,  but  only 


in  connection  with  the  audit 
federally  supported  educate 
connection  with  the  enforce! 
pliance  with  federal  legal  requ 
to  these  programs.  Subject  to 
eral  law  or  prior  consent,  th 
protect  information  received  so  i 
personal  identification  of  studei 

(4)  Authorized  persons  and  organ i 
are  given  work  in  connection  with 
application  for,  or  receipt  of,  finan 
only  to  the  extent  necessar 

as  determining  eligibility,  am 
and  enforcement  of  terms  and  con 

(5)  State  and  local  officials  to  which  such 
tion  is  specifically  required  to  be  rep 
effective  state  law  adopted  prior  I 

19,  1974; 

(6)  Organizations  conducting  educatio 
for  the  purpose  of  developii 
ministering  predictive  tests,  administi 
dent  aid  programs,  and  impro. 

The  studies  shall  be  conducted  sc 
permit  personal  identification  of  studei 
outsiders,  and  the  information  will  t 
when  no  longer  needed  for  these  pur 

(7)  Accrediting  organizations  for  p 
necessary  to  carry  out  their  funct 

(8)  Parents  of  a  student  who  is  a 
come  tax  purposes.  (Note:  Th 
require  documentation  of  dept 
such  as  copies  of  income  ta> 

(9)  Appropriate  parties  in  connect 
emergency,  where  knowlerJ; 

tion  is  necessary  to  protect  the  he 
of  the  student  or  other  individuals; 
(10)  In  response  to  a  court  order  oi 
University  will  make  reasonable  e 
the  student  before  complying 
order. 

C.  Prior  Consent  Required 

In  all  other  cases,  the  University  w 
sonally  identifiable  information  in  ei 
or  allow  access  to  those  records  wi 
sent  of  the  student.  Unless  disclos  . 
dent  himself  or  herself,  the  consenl 
signed,  and  dated,  and  must  specify  the 
be  disclosed,  the  identity  of  the  recipier 
purpose  of  disclosure.  A  copy  of  th 
closed  will  be  provided  to  the  student  u| 
and  at  his  or  her  expense. 

D.  Record  of  Disclosures 

The  University  will  maintain  with  the  stu 
education  records  a  record  for  each  req> 
each  disclosure,  except  for  the  following: 

(1)  disclosures  to  the  student  himself  oi 

(2)  disclosures  pursuant  to  the  writl 
the  student  (the  written  consent  its 
fice  as  a  record); 

(3)  disclosures  to  instructional  or  admini; 
ficials  of  the  University; 


General  Intorm, 


(4)  disclosures  of  directory  information. 
This  record  of  disclosures  may  be  inspected  by  the 
student,  the  official  custodian  of  the  records,  and 
other  University  and  government  officials. 

IV.  It  is  the  policy  of  the  University  of  Maryland  to  provide 
students  the  opportunity  to  seek  correction  of  their 
education  records. 

A.  Request  to  Correct  Records 

A  student  who  believes  that  information  contained  in 
his  or  her  education  records  is  inaccurate,  mislead- 
ing, or  violative  of  privacy  or  other  rights  may  submit 
a  written  request  to  the  Office  of  Registrations 
specifying  the  document(s)  being  challenged  and  the 
basis  for  the  complaint.  The  request  will  be  sent  to 
the  person  responsible  for  any  amendments  to  the 
record  in  question.  Within  a  reasonable  period  of 
time  of  receipt  of  the  request,  the  University  will 
decide  whether  to  amend  the  records  in  accordance 
with  the  request.  If  the  decision  is  to  refuse  to 
amend,  the  student  will  be  so  notified  and  will  be  ad- 
vised of  the  right  to  a  hearing.  He  or  she  may  then 
exercise  that  right  by  written  request  to  the  Office  of 
the  Chancellor. 

B.  Right  to  a  Hearing 

Upon  request  by  a  student,  the  University  will  pro- 
vide an  opportunity  for  a  hearing  to  challenge  the 
content  of  the  student's  records.  A  request  for  a 
hearing  should  be  in  writing  and  submitted  to  the 
Office  of  Registrations.  Within  a  reasonable  time  of 
receipt  of  the  request,  the  student  will  be  notified  in 
writing  of  the  date,  place,  and  time  reasonably  in  ad- 
vance of  the  hearing. 
(1)  Conduct  of  the  hearing 

The  hearing  will  be  conducted  by  a  University 
official  who  does  not  have  a  direct  interest  in 
the  outcome.  The  student  will  have  a  full  and 
fair  opportunity  to  present  evidence  relevant  to 
the  issues  raised  and  may  be  assisted  or 
represented  by  individuals  of  his  or  her  choice 
at  his  or  her  own  expense,  including  an 
attorney. 
(2)     Decision 

Within  a  reasonable  period  of  time  after  the 
conclusion  of  the  hearing,  the  University  will 
notify  the  student  in  writing  of  its  decision.  The 
decision  will  be  based  solely  upon  evidence 
presented  at  the  hearing  and  will  include  a  sum- 
mary of  the  evidence  and  the  reasons  for  the 
decision.  If  the  University  decides  that  the  infor- 
mation is  inaccurate,  misleading,  or  otherwise 
in  violation  of  the  privacy  or  other  rights  of 
students,  the  University  will  amend  the  records 
accordingly. 

C.  Right  to  Place  an  Explanation  in  the  Records 

If,  as  a  result  of  the  hearing,  the  University  decides 
that  the  information  is  not  inaccurate,  misleading,  or 
otherwise  in  violation  of  the  student's  rights,  the 
University  will  inform  the  student  of  the  right  to 
place  in  his  or  her  record  a  statement  commenting 
on  the  information  and/or  explaining  any  reasons  for 
disagreeing  with  the  University's  decision.  Any  such 


explanation  will  be  kept  as  part  of  the  student's 
record  as  long  as  the  contested  portion  of  the  record 
is  kept  and  will  be  disclosed  whenever  the  contested 
portion  of  the  record  is  disclosed. 

V.  Right  to  File  Complaint 

A  student  alleging  University  noncompliance  with  the 
Family  Educational  Rights  and  Privacy  Act  may  file  a 
written  complaint  with  the  Family  Educational  Rights 
and  Privacy  Act  Office  (FERPA),  Department  of  HEW, 
330  Independence  Avenue,  S.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 
20201. 

Admission  to 
Graduate  School 

Graduate  Programs 

Programs  Degrees  Offered 

Administration,  Supervision  and  Curriculum6 M.Ed., 

M.A.,  A.G.S.,  Ed.D.,  Ph.D. 

Aerospace  Engineering M.S.",  Ph.D. 

Agricultural  and  Extension  Education2 M.S.*, 

A.G.S.,  Ph.D. 

Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics3 M.S.*,  Ph.D. 

Agricultural  Engineering M.S.*,  Ph.D. 

Agronomy M.S.*,  Ph.D. 

American  Studies3 M.A.*,  Ph.D. 

Animal  Sciences M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Applied  Mathematics M.A.*,  Ph.D. 

Art M.A.*,  M.F.A.,  Ph.D. 

Astronomy" M.S.*,  Ph.D. 

Biochemistry M.S.*,  Ph.D. 

Botany M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Business  and  Management1 M.B.A.6,  D.B.A. 

Chemical  Engineering M.S.*,  Ph.D. 

Chemical  Physics M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Chemistry M.S.*,  Ph.D. 

Civil  Engineering M.S.*,  Ph.D. 

Comparative  Literature M.A.*,  Ph.D. 

Computer  Science3 M.S.*,  Ph.D. 

Counseling  and  Personnel  Services2 M.Ed.,  M.A., 

A.G.S.,  Ph.D. 

Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology3 M.A.*,  Ph.D. 

Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education2 M.Ed.,  M.A. 

A.G.S.,  Ed.D.,  Ph.D. 

Economics3 M.A.*,  Ph.D. 

Electrical  Engineering M.S.*,  Ph.D. 

Engineering  Materials M.S.*,  Ph.D. 

English  Language  and  Literature M.A.*,  Ph.D. 

Entomology M.S.*,  Ph.D. 

Family  and  Community  Development3 M.S. 

Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution  Administration3  ....  M.S.* 
Food  Science M.S.*,  Ph.D. 


French  Language  and  Literature5 


M.A.*,  Ph.D. 


Geography3 M.A.*,  Ph.D. 

Germanic  Language  and  Literature M.A.*,  Ph.D. 

Government  and  Politics3 M.A.*,  Ph.D. 

Health  Education3 M.A.*,  Ed.D.,  Ph.D. 

Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences3 M.A.*,  Ph.D. 

History3  M.A.7,  Ph.D. 


18  /  General  Information 


Horticulture M.S.-,  Ph.D. 

Human  Development  Education2 M.Ed.,  M.A., 

A.G.S.,  Ed.D.,  Ph.D. 

Industrial  Education2 M.Ed.,  M.A.,  A.G.S.,  Ed.D.,  Ph.D. 

Journalism3   M.A.* 

Library  and  Information  Services3 M.LS.7,  Ph.D. 

Marine-Estuarine-Environmental  Science  ....    M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Mathematical  Statistics M.A.*,  Ph.D. 

Mathematics MA",  Ph.D. 

Measurement  and  Statistics2 M.Ed.,  M.A.*,  A.G.S., 

Ed.D.,  Ph.D. 

Mechanical  Engineering M.S.*,  Ph.D. 

Meteorology  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Microbiology"  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Music5 M.M.,  D.M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Nuclear  Engineering M.S.*.  Ph.D. 

Nutritional  Sciences M.S.*,  Ph.D. 

Philosophy3 M.A.*,  Ph.D. 

Physical  Education3 M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Physics4 M.S.*,  Ph.D. 

Poultry  Science M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology5 M.A.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Recreation3 M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Ph.D. 

Secondary  Education2 M.Ed.,  M.A.*,  A.G.S. 

Ed.D.,  Ph.D. 

Social  Foundations  of  Education2 M.A.*,  Ph.D. 

Sociology3 M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Spanish  Language  and  Literature M.A.*,  Ph.D. 

Special  Education2 M.Ed.,  M.A.,  A.G.S.,  Ed.D.,  Ph.D. 

Speech  and  Dramatic  Art3 M.A.* 

Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics3 M.S.*,  Ph.D. 

Urban  Studies5 M.A.* 

Zoology M.S.*,  Ph.D. 

'  GMAT  (Graduate  Management  &  Admissions  Test). 
'  Miller  Analogies  Test  required  for  admission. 
1  Graduate  Record  Examination  Aptitude  Test  required. 
'  Graduate  Record  Examination  Advanced  Test  required. 

5  Both  Aptitude  and  Advanced  Graduate  Record  Examinations  required. 

6  Either  the  GRE  Aptitude  or  the  Miller  Analogies  Test  is  required. 

'  History  and  Library  and  Information  Services  offer  a  directed  course  of 

study  leading  to  both  the  M.A.  and  M.LS.  degrees. 
'  The  College  of  Business  and  Management  offers  a  joint  program  with  the 

Law  School  of  the  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore  leading  to  both  the 

M.B.A.  and  J.D.  degrees. 
•Non-thesis  option  available  for  M.A.  or  M.S. 

For  further  details  on  entrance  examinations  see  Admis- 
sion to  Graduate  School  below. 

Administrative  Offices 

The  administrative  offices  of  the  Graduate  School  are 
located  on  the  second  floor  of  the  South  Administration 
Building,  and  the  Dean,  Associate  Dean,  and  Assistant 
Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  their  staff  may  be  found  in 
Suite  2133.  Other  offices  to  which  students  may  go  for  ad- 
ministrative assistance  are  listed  below: 

Office  of  the  Director  of  Graduate  Records:  Room  2125, 
South  Administration  Building.  The  Director  of  Records  of 
the  Graduate  School  is  the  person  in  charge  of  graduate  ad- 
missions and  records  of  degree  progress  for  all  prospective 
and  admitted  students. 

Office  of  Graduate  Admissions:  Room  2107,  South  Ad- 
ministration Building.  This  office  receives  and  maintains  all 


files  of  students  applying  for  admission  and  answers  all  in- 
quiries regarding  the  admission  process. 

Office  of  Graduate  Records:  Room  2117,  South  Administra- 
tion Building.  This  office  maintains  all  files  for  graduate 
students  after  they  have  been  admitted  and  provides  infor- 
mation on  registration  procedures.  Students  may  obtain  the 
"Continuous  Registration  Form"  and  the  "Intercampus 
Enrollment  Form"  here,  and  petitions  and  information  on  in- 
state classification  for  tuition  and  charge-differential  pur- 
poses are  handled  by  this  office. 

Fellowships  and  Finance  Office:  Room  2126,  South  Admin- 
istration Building.  The  Fellowships  and  Finance  Office 
serves  as  a  clearinghouse  for  information  on  available 
fellowships  which  are  sponsored  by  the  Graduate  School. 

Office  of  the  Assistant  to  the  Dean:  Room  2114,  South  Ad- 
ministration Building.  The  Assistant  to  the  Dean  is  gener- 
ally responsible  for  assuring  that  the  academic  programs 
and  accomplishments  of  graduate  students  fulfill  the  re- 
quirements for  degrees  established  by  the  Graduate  Coun- 
cil. The  following  forms  are  received  and  processed  by  this 
office:  1.  "Doctoral  Candidacy  Forms";  2.  "Request  for  Ap- 
pointment of  Doctoral  Examining  Committee";  3.  "Master's 
Approved  Program  Form";  4.  "Certification  of  Completion  of 
the  Non-thesis  Master's  Option";  5.  "Certification  of  Com- 
pletion of  the  Master's  Thesis."  It  is  to  this  office  that 
copies  of  the  thesis  and  dissertation  must  be  submitted, 
and  it  is  the  Assistant  to  the  Dean  who  prepares  official 
commencement  lists.  In  addition,  students  submit  to  this 
office  registration  forms  for  foreign  language  examinations 
and  requests  for  approval  of  transfer  of  credit  for  the 
Masters'  programs. 

General 

Responsibility  for  admitting  applicants  to  graduate  pro- 
grams rests  with  the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  his 
staff,  who  regularly  seek  the  advice  of  the  chairmen  and 
graduate  admission  committees  of  the  academic  programs 
in  making  their  decisions.  In  the  case  of  foreign  student  ap- 
plicants, the  University's  Director  of  International  Education 
is  also  consulted.  Standards  applied  by  the  Graduate 
School  and  individual  programs  are  to  insure  that  students 
admitted  have  high  qualifications  and  a  reasonable  expecta- 
tion of  successfully  completing  a  graduate  program.  Stan- 
dards for  admission  to  doctoral  programs  are  frequently 
higher  than  those  for  admission  to  master's  programs.  In 
many  degree  programs  applications  by  qualified  students 
for  admission  to  graduate  study  regularly  exceed  the 
number  of  students  who  can  be  accommodated.  In  order  to 
maintain  programs  of  outstanding  quality,  the  number  of 
spaces  in  each  program  is  limited  according  to  the  avail- 
ability of  faculty,  special  resources,  and  funds  for  students 
requiring  financial  assistance.  The  Graduate  School  admits 
the  most  highly  qualified  applicants  up  to  the  limit  of  the 
number  of  spaces  in  each  program. 


Criteria  for  Admission 

The  decision  to  admit  an  applicant  to  a  program  is  based 
primarily  on  results  from  a  combination  of  the  following 


General  Information  /  19 


criteria,  according  to  requirements  of  the  specific  program 
or  department. 

1 .  Quality  of  previous  undergraduate  and  graduate  work. 

The  Graduate  School  requires  as  a  minimum  standard  a 
B  average  or  3.0  on  a  4.0  scale,  in  a  program  of  study 
resulting  in  the  award  of  a  baccalaureate  degree  from  a 
regionally  accredited  college  or  university.  In  addition, 
the  student's  undergraduate  program  should  include 
completion  of  the  prerequisites  for  graduate  study  in 
his  chosen  field.  In  individual  programs,  where 
resources  are  available,  a  few  applicants  who  do  not 
meet  this  minimum  standard  for  undergraduate  work 
may  be  provisionally  admitted  if  there  is  compelling 
evidence  on  the  basis  of  other  criteria  of  a  reasonable 
likelihood  of  success  in  the  program  the  person  desires 
to  enter.  If  an  applicant  has  studied  at  the  graduate 
level  elsewhere,  lesE  weight  may  be,  but  is  not  neces- 
sarily, placed  on  the  quality  of  the  undergraduate 
academic  record.  Some  programs  may  require  a  higher 
minimum  grade  average  for  admission. 

2.  Strength  of  letters  of  recommendation  from  persons 
competent  to  judge  the  applicant's  probable  success  in 
graduate  school.  Usually  these  letters  are  from  the  ap- 
plicant's former  professors  who  are  able  to  give  an  in- 
depth  evaluation  of  the  applicant's  strengths  and  weak- 
nesses with  respect  to  academic  work.  Additional 
recommendations  may  come  from  employers  or  super- 
visors who  are  familiar  with  the  applicant's  work  ex- 
perience. Applicants  should  instruct  their  references  to 
send  all  letters  of  recommendation  directly  to  the  pro- 
gram in  which  they  desire  entrance.  Some  departments 
do  not  require  letters  of  recommendation.  (See  applica- 
tion form.) 

3.  Scores  on  a  nationally  standardized  examination. 

Because  the  predictive  utility  of  these  scores  may  vary 
from  one  group  of  applicants  to  another,  a  discrimi- 
nating use  of  all  relevant  materials  will  be  made  in  each 
applicant's  case.  The  three  most  widely  used  standard- 
ized examinations  are  the  Graduate  Record  Exam- 
inations, Graduate  Management  Admissions  Test,  and 
the  Miller  Analogies  Test. 

GRADUATE  RECORD  EXAMINATIONS  (GRE):  Al- 
though many  graduate  programs  do  not  require  the 
GRE,  almost  all  will  use  such  test  scores  as  an  addi- 
tional measure  of  an  applicant's  qualifications.  The 
GRE  may  be  taken  in  either  or  both  of  two  forms:  The 
Aptitude  Test  and  The  Advanced  Test.  Applicants  can 
take  this  test  in  their  senior  year  or  when  filing  for  ad- 
mission. For  details,  applicants  should  write  directly  to 
Graduate  Record  Examinations,  Educational  Testing 
Service,  Box  955,  Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540. 

GRADUATE  MANAGEMENT  ADMISSIONS  TEST 
(GMAT):  Details  about  this  test,  required  when  applying 
to  a  program  in  Business  and  Management,  can  be  ob- 
tained by  writing  to  the  Educational  Testing  Service, 
Box  966,  Princeton,  N.J.  08540. 

THE  MILLER  ANALOGIES  TEST  (MAT):  Details  about 
the  graduate  form  of  this  test  can  be  obtained  by  writ- 
ing to  the  Director,  Counseling  Center,  University  of 
Maryland,  College  Park,  Md.  20742. 

For  information  on  the  programs  requiring  one  of 


these  tests,  please  see  the  List  of  Graduate  Programs 
in  this  catalog  and  the  instructions  accompanying  ap- 
plication forms. 

4.  Statement  by  the  applicant  of  his  academic  career  ob- 
jectives and  their  relation  to  the  program  of  study  he 
wishes  to  pursue.  These  statements  help  the  depart- 
ment or  program  identify  students  whose  objectives  are 
consonant  with  the  objectives  of  the  program. 

5.  Other  evidence  of  graduate  potential.  Some  programs 
require  other  evidence  of  graduate  potential,  such  as 
samples  from  portfolios  of  creative  work,  completion  of 
specialzied  examinations,  or  personal  interviews. 

In  addition  to  the  above  criteria,  special  consideration  will 
be  given  to: 

1.  Residence  of  the  applicant.  While  the  University  desires 
to  maintain  a  geographically  diverse  graduate  student 
population,  it  also  recognizes  its  responsibility  to  legal 
residents  of  the  state.  Every  effort  will  be  made  to  ac- 
commodate qualified  Maryland  residents. 

2.  Sex  and  minority  group  membership.  The  University  of 
Maryland,  its  Graduate  School  and  each  of  its  academic 
components  have  strong  affirmative  action  programs 
for  increasing  the  participation  of  minority  groups  and 
women  among  its  students,  staff  and  faculty. 

Categories  of 

Admission  to  Degree  Programs 

Full  Graduate  Status 

For  admission  in  this  category  an  applicant  must  have 
received  a  baccalaureate  degree  from  a  regionally  ac- 
credited institution  and  be  otherwise  fully  qualified  in  every 
respect. 

Provisional  Graduate  Status 

This  designation  may  be  used  when  1)  the  quality  of  the 
previous  academic  record  at  a  regionally  accredited  institu- 
tion is  lower  than  established  standards  or  when  there  is  a 
lack  of  adequate  prerequisite  course  work  in  the  chosen 
field;  2)  when  the  applicant  has  majored  in  another  area 
with  a  creditable  record  but  there  is  some  doubt  about  his 
ability  to  pursue  the  program  of  study  in  question;  3)  when 
the  applicant  is  engaged  in  graduate  study  at  another  insti- 
tution but  is  not  able  to  furnish  a  transcript  indicating  com- 
pletion of  course  work  or  degree  requirements,  or  4)  when 
the  applicant  is  a  senior  in  his  final  semester  of  work  for  a 
bachelor's  degree  and  is  not  able  to  furnish  a  final 
transcript  indicating  the  completion  of  all  requirements  and 
the  award  of  the  degree. 

Students  admitted  provisionally  because  of  incomplete 
official  supporting  documents  must  have  a  complete  of- 
ficial record  of  all  previous  work  sent  to  the  Graduate 
School  within  three  months  following  the  completion  of 
such  study  and  the  award  of  the  degree,  or  they  face 
cancellation  of  admission. 

A  program  to  correct  any  deficiencies  in  preparation  will 
be  outlined  by  the  faculty,  and  the  student  is  expected  to 
become  fully  qualified  within  a  specified  time  limit.  When 
all  conditions  have  been  met  the  department  may  recom- 


20  /  General  Information 


mend  admission  of  the  student  to  full  status.  Students  who 
are  unable  to  qualify  for  full  admission  under  the  conditions 
specified  may  have  their  admission  terminated. 

Non-degree  Admission  Categories 

Advanced  Graduate  Specialist  Certificate  Status 

The  Advanced  Graduate  Specialist  program  is  designed  to 
promote  a  high  level  of  professional  competence  in  an  area 
of  specialization  in  the  field  of  education.  The  candidate 
must  be  able  to  show  that  he  or  she  can  operate  as  an  ef- 
fective counselor,  administrator,  teacher  or  skilled  person  in 
his  major  field  of  professional  endeavor.  The  Advanced 
Graduate  Specialist  Certificate  is  offered  through  most  of 
the  programs  in  the  College  of  Education  and  the 
Agricultural  and  Extension  Education  program  in  the  Col- 
lege of  Agriculture.  The  Certificate  is  awarded  by  the  Col- 
lege of  Education  or  by  the  College  of  Agriculture.  Require- 
ments are  as  follows: 

1.  Applicants  must  meet  the  same  general  criteria  for  ad- 
mission as  are  prescribed  for  degree  seekers.  Addi- 
tionally, the  applicant  must  have  completed  a  master's 
degree  or  the  equivalent  in  credits  earned  either  at  the 
University  of  Maryland  or  at  another  regionally  ac- 
credited institution.  The  Miller  Analogies  Test  scores 
are  required  at  the  time  of  application. 

2.  Coursework  totaling  not  more  than  30  credits  with 
grades  of  at  least  a  "B"  from  an  accredited  institution 
may  be  transferred  to  the  program  at  the  University  of 
Maryland. 

3.  The  program  must  be  developed  in  cooperation  with  an 
advisor  and  filed  with  the  Graduate  Studies  office  in  the 
College  of  Education. 

4.  The  Advanced  Graduate  Specialist  Certificate  program 
requires  a  minimum  of  60  semester  hours  of  credit  with 
not  less  than  30  semester  hours  of  credit  completed 
with  the  University  of  Maryland.  At  least  one  half  of  the 
credits  earned  either  at  other  institutions  or  at  the 
University  of  Maryland  must  be  in  courses  comparable 
to  those  in  the  600-800  series.  The  student  may  be  re- 
quired to  take  a  substantial  portion  of  the  program  in 
departments  other  than  those  in  the  College  of  Educa- 
tion or  the  College  of  Agriculture.  Registration  in  cer- 
tain kinds  of  field  study,  field  experience,  appren- 
ticeship or  internship  may  also  be  required. 

5.  There  will  be  a  written  examination  of  not  less  than  six 
hours.  A  "B"  average  with  no  "D"  or  "F"  grades  will  be 
required  before  the  certificate  can  be  awarded. 

For  additional  details  see  "Statement  of  Policies  and 
Procedures'.  Advanced  Graduate  Specialist  Program  in 
Education."  issued  by  the  College  of  Education. 

Advanced  Special  Student  Status 

The  Advanced  Special  Student  Status  is  designed  to  pro- 
vide an  opportunity  to  individuals  who  do  not  have  an  im- 
mediate degree  objective  in  mind  to  take  graduate  level 
courses.  Although  the  primary  mission  of  the  Graduate 
School  is  to  conduct  programs  of  graduate  instruction 
leading  to  advanced  degrees,  the  Graduate  Faculty  wel- 
comes, to  the  extent  that  available  resources  allow. 


qualified  students  who  have  no  degree  objectives. 

Applicants  for  admission  to  Advanced  Special  Student 
Status  must  satisfy  at  least  one  of  the  following  criteria: 

1.  Hold  a  baccalaureate  degree  from  a  regionally  ac- 
credited institution  with  an  overall  "B"  (3.0)  average.  Ap- 
plicants must  submit  official  transcripts  covering  all 
credits  used  in  satisfying  the  baccalaureate  degree 
requirements. 

2.  Hold  a  master's  or  doctoral  degree  from  a  regionally  ac- 
credited institution.  Applicants  must  submit  an  official 
transcript  showing  the  award  of  a  master's  or  doctoraJ 
degree. 

3.  Hold  a  baccalaureate  degree  from  a  regionally  ac- 
credited institution  and  have  at  least  four  years  of  suc- 
cessful post-baccalaureate  work  or  professional  expe- 
rience. Applicants  must  submit  an  official  transcript 
showing  the  award  of  the  baccalaureate  degree  and  a 
signed  statement  summarizing  successful  post- 
baccalaureate  work  or  professional  experience.  Letters 
from  employers  or  professional  organizations  to  sup- 
port the  statement  of  successful  professional  expe- 
riences are  also  required. 

4.  Achieve  a  score  that  places  the  applicant  in  the  upper 
50  percentile  of  appropriate  national  standardized  apti- 
tude examinations  such  as  the  Graduate  Record  Ex- 
amination Aptitude  Test,  the  Miller's  Analogies  Test, 
the  Graduate  Management  Admissions  Test.  Where  dif- 
ferent percentiles  are  possible  the  Graduate  School  will 
determine  which  score  is  acceptable. 

Admission  to  Advanced  Special  Student  status  will  con- 
tinue for  five  years.  If  there  is  no  registration  in  three  con- 
secutive academic  year  semesters,  the  admitted  status  will 
lapse,  after  which  a  new  application  will  be  required. 

Advanced  Special  Students  must  maintain  a  2.75  grade 
point  average. 

Advanced  Special  Students  must  pay  all  standard  grad- 
uate fees.  Students  in  this  status  are  not  eligible  to  hold 
appointments  as  Graduate  Teaching  or  Research  Assistants 
or  Fellows.  All  other  services,  e.g.  parking,  library  privileges, 
etc..  are  the  same  as  those  accorded  to  other  graduate 
students. 

Admission  to  Advanced  Special  Student  status  is  not  in- 
tended to  be  used  as  a  preparatory  program  for  later  admis- 
sion to  a  doctoral  or  master's  program  nor  to  the  Advanced 
Graduate  Specialist  Certificate  program.  Credits  earned 
while  in  this  status  may  be  applicable  to  a  degree  or  certifi- 
cate program  at  a  later  time  only  with  the  approval  of  the 
faculty  in  the  desired  program,  if  the  student  is  subse- 
quently accepted  for  degree  or  certificate  study.  For  con- 
sideration of  admission  to  a  degree  program  at  a  later  time, 
the  student  must  submit  an  application  in  the  standard  for- 
mat, with  a  new  application  fee.  to  the  Graduate  School. 

Visiting  Graduate  Student  Status 

A  graduate  student  matriculated  in  another  graduate 
school,  who  wishes  to  enroll  in  the  Graduate  School  of  the 
University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  and  who  intends 
thereafter  to  return  to  the  graduate  school  in  which  he  is 
matriculated,  may  be  admitted  as  a  Visiting  Graduate 
Student. 

Criteria  for  enrollment  as  a  visitor  are  admission  to  and 


General  Information  /  21 


good  standing  in  another  recognized  graduate  school.  The 
applicant  need  not  submit  full  transcripts  of  credits,  but  he 
must  apply  for  admission  to  the  UMCP  Graduate  School 
and  pay  the  application  fee.  In  lieu  of  transcripts,  a  student 
may  have  his  own  graduate  dean  certify,  in  writing,  to  the 
Graduate  School  that  he  is  in  good  standing  and  that  the 
credits  will  be  accepted  toward  his  graduate  degree.  Unless 
otherwise  specified,  admission  will  be  offered  for  one  year 
only. 

Non-degree  Student  Status  —  Undergraduate 

This  is  an  undergraduate  classification  and  may  be  as- 
signed by  the  Director  of  Admissions  (undergraduate  divi- 
sion) to  those  applicants  who  have  received  the  bac- 
calaureate or  an  advanced  degree  from  a  regionally  ac- 
credited institution  but  who  do  not  desire  or  who  do  not 
qualify  for  graduate  admission.  Non-degree  seeking 
students  who  do  not  have  a  baccalaureate  degree  or  an 
R.N.  must  submit  transcripts  and  meet  regular  admission 
standards.  Transcripts  are  not  required  from  students  with 
baccalaureate  degrees  or  an  R.N. 

Application  for  Non-degree  Student  Status  —  Undergrad- 
uate must  be  made  directly  to  the  Office  of  Admissions, 
not  to  the  Graduate  School. 

Students  often  need  permission  from  the  deans  of  the 
various  schools  and  colleges  of  the  university  to  enroll  as  a 
Non-degree  Student.  Non-degree  Students  may  enroll  for 
courses  through  the  500  numbered  series  for  which  they 
possess  the  necessary  prerequisites.  Courses  numbered 
600  or  above  are  intended  for  admitted  graduate  students 
only. 

The  student  is  warned  that  no  credit  earned  while  in  a 
Non-degree  Student  Status  —  Undergraduate  may  be  ap- 
plied at  a  later  date  to  a  degree  program. 

Offer  of  Admission 

A  written  offer  of  admission  is  made  to  all  accepted  appli- 
cants and  specifies  the  date  of  entrance,  which  will  nor- 
mally coincide  with  the  date  requested  in  the  application. 
The  student  must  accept  or  decline  the  offer  of  admission 
by  the  date  indicated  in  the  offer,  or  it  lapses  and  the  space 
is  reassigned  to  another  applicant.  An  individual  whose  of- 
fer of  admission  has  lapsed  must  submit  a  new  application 
and  fee,  if  he  wants  to  be  reconsidered  for  admission  at  a 
later  date. 

The  offer  of  admission  is  also  a  permit-to-register  for 
courses  and  must  be  presented  by  the  student  at  the  time 
of  his  first  registration.  Identification  as  a  graduate  student, 
to  be  used  thereafter,  will  be  issued  at  the  time  of  first 
registration. 

Admission  Time  Limits 

For  master's  degree  candidates.  Advanced  Graduate  Spe- 
cialist Certificate  seekers,  and  Advanced  Special  Students, 
admission  terminates  five  years  from  the  entrance  date. 
Visiting  Graduate  Students  and  NSF  Institute  students  are 
admitted  for  specified  periods. 

A  doctoral  student  must  be  admitted  to  candidacy  within 
five  years  after  entrance  and  must  complete  all  remaining 


requirements  within  four  years  after  admission  to  candi- 
dacy. Admission  to  the  doctoral  program  terminates  if 
these  conditions  are  not  met. 

Change  of  Objective,  Status 
Termination  of  Admission 

Students  are  admitted  only  to  a  specified  program  and 
within  that  program  only  for  the  specified  objective:  e.g., 
master's  degree,  doctoral  degree,  or  Advanced  Graduate 
Specialist  Certificate.  If  the  student  wishes  to  change  either 
the  program  or  his  status  (for  example,  from  Advanced 
Special  Student  to  degree  status),  he  must  submit  a  new 
application  and  fee  for  admission.  Admission  in  the  new 
status  is  not  granted  automatically. 

The  student's  admission  also  terminates  when  the  origi- 
nal objective  has  been  attained;  for  example,  the  admission 
terminates  when  a  student  who  is  admitted  for  the  master's 
degree  completes  the  requirements  for  that  degree.  If  the 
student  wishes  to  continue  for  the  doctorate,  a  new  ap- 
plication for  admission  to  the  doctoral  program  must  be 
submitted;  requests  for  admission  to  the  doctoral  program 
are  subject  to  the  same  review  process  applied  to  others 
seeking  admission  to  that  program. 

A  student  can  be  admitted  to  only  one  graduate  program 
at  any  one  time.  Application  for  and  acceptance  of  an  offer 
of  admission  in  a  second  graduate  program  automatically 
terminates  the  student's  admission  to  the  first  program. 

Students  must  maintain  an  average  grade  of  B  or  better 
in  all  graduate  courses  taken  and  must  otherwise  satisfy  all 
additional  departmental  and  Graduate  School  program  re- 
quirements. The  admission  of  all  students,  both  degree  and 
non-degree,  is  continued  at  the  discretion  of  the  major  pro- 
fessor, the  department  or  program  director,  and  the  Dean 
for  Graduate  Studies. 

Admission  of  Faculty 

No  member  of  the  faculty  employed  by  the  University  of 
Maryland  having  the  rank  of  Assistant  Professor  or  above  is 
permitted  to  take  work  leading  to  an  advanced  degree  at 
this  institution. 

Application  Instructions 

To  apply  you  must  send  both  the  completed  application 
and  complete,  official  transcripts  covering  all  credits  earned 
at  any  institution,  in  duplicate,  to  the  Office  of  the  Dean  for 
Graduate  Studies,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park, 
Maryland  20742. 

Decisions  on  admission  and  financial  aid  for  either  sum- 
mer terms  and  for  fall  semester  will  first  be  made  for  those 
whose  completed  applications  and  supporting  material  have 
been  received  by  the  Graduate  School  on  or  before  March 
1.  Qualified  applicants  whose  completed  applications  and 
supporting  material  are  received  after  March  7,  but  on  or 
before  May  1,  will  be  granted  admission  and  financial  aid 
on  a  first-come,  first-served  basis,  up  to  the  limits  of 
available  space  in  the  program. 

Applications  for  entry  for  the  Spring  semesters  must  be 
received  by  November  1. 


22  /  General  Information 


Application  deadlines  for  non-U. S.  citizens  —  please  see 
"Foreign  Student  Applications"  below. 

It  is  in  general  to  the  student's  advantage  to  apply  before 
the  deadline,  since  in  many  programs,  no  space  will  be 
available  to  those  who  apply  after  March  1  due  to  heavy  de- 
mand for  admission.  Applicants  who  require  financial  sup- 
port and  wish  to  be  among  those  first  considered  should 
submit  their  applications  by  February  1. 

The  application  should  arrive  before  the  arrival  of  trans- 
cripts and  other  supporting  evidence  of  preparation,  if  these 
materials  cannot  be  attached  to  the  application. 

Applicants  are  solely  responsible  for  making  certain  that 
their  transcripts  have,  in  fact,  been  received  by  the 
Graduate  School  and  not  by  the  Registrar's  Office  or  the 
graduate  program  desired,  since  no  follow-up  action  can  be 
taken  by  the  Graduate  School. 

Students  who  apply  in  their  senior  year  in  college  must 
have  a  transcript  sent  to  the  Graduate  School  of  all 
coursework  completed  up  to  the  time  of  application.  In  ad- 
dition, senior  year  first  semester  grade  reports  should  be 
forwarded,  if  they  are  not  on  the  current  transcript,  since  no 
final  decision  will  be  possible  without  such  grades.  Seniors 
should  also  submit  with  the  application  a  list  of  the 
courses  in  which  they  are  currently  enrolled. 

An  official  transcript  is  defined  as  a  record  which  bears 
the  signature  of  the  registrar  and  the  seal  of  the  institution. 

A  complete  and  separate  application  and  fee  must  be 
submitted  for  each  program  in  which  entrance  is  sought.  A 
new  application  is  also  required  if  there  is  a  change  in  the 
objective  or  program. 

A  fee  of  $15.00  must  accompany  the  application  for  ad- 
mission. This  fee  is  not  refundable  under  any  circum- 
stances. Payment  must  be  made  by  check  or  money  order 
payable  to  the  University  of  Maryland.  Do  not  send  stamps 
or  cash. 

Students  applying  for  entrance  in  either  of  the  two  sum- 
mer sessions  are  urged  to  check  the  Summer  Sessions  Bul- 
letin to  determine  if  the  courses  they  wish  to  take  will  be 
offered  in  a  particular  session.  To  obtain  this  publication, 
write  to  Summer  Sessions  Office,  University  of  Maryland, 
College  Park,  Maryland  20742. 

Foreign  Student  Applications 

No  foreign  student  seeking  admission  to  the  University  of 
Maryland  should  plan  to  leave  his  country  before  receiving 
an  official  offer  of  admission  from  the  Director  of  Graduate 
Records  of  the  Graduate  School. 

Academic  Credentials 

The  complete  application  and  official  academic  credentials 
—  beginning  with  secondary  school  records  —  should  be 
received  by  the  Graduate  Admissions  Office  by  February  1 
for  the  Fall  Semester  and  by  June  1  for  the  Spring 
Semester.  Space  available  for  foreign  students  may  have 
been  filled  prior  to  this  deadline,  and  all  qualified  students 
may  not  be  accepted. 

English  Proficiency 

In  addition  to  meeting  academic  requirements,  the  foreign 


student  applicant  must  demonstrate  proficiency  in  English 
by  taking  the  Test  of  English  as  a  Foreign  language 
(TOEFL).  Because  TOEFL  is  given  only  five  times  a  year 
throughout  various  parts  of  the  world,  as  soon  as  a  student 
contemplates  study  at  the  University  of  Maryland,  he 
should  make  arrangements  to  take  the  test.  For  test  infor- 
mation, write  to  TOEFL  Director,  Educational  Testing  Ser- 
vice, Box  899,  Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540.  When  the  appli- 
cant is  ready  to  begin  his  studies,  he  will  be  expected  to 
read,  speak,  and  write  English  fluently,  to  understand  lec- 
tures and  to  take  pertinent  notes. 

Financial  Resources 

A  statement  regarding  the  applicant's  financial  support  is 
required  by  the  Office  of  International  Education  Services. 
The  Office  must  be  assured  that  an  applicant  has  sufficient 
financial  resources  to  meet  educational  and  living  expenses 
of  approximately  $7,400  per  year  for  the  entire  period  of 
study  at  the  University  of  Maryland. 

Immigration  Documents 

It  is  necessary  for  students  eligible  for  admission  to  secure 
from  the  university's  Director  of  International  Education 
Services  the  immigration  form  required  for  obtaining  the  ap- 
propriate visa.  Students  already  studying  in  the  United 
States  who  wish  to  transfer  to  the  University  of  Maryland 
must  also  secure  proper  immigration  documents  to  request 
the  Immigration  and  Naturalization  Service  to  grant  permis- 
sion for  transfer. 

Reporting  Upon  Arrival 

Every  foreign  student  is  expected  to  report  to  the  Office  of 
International  Education  Services,  North  Administration 
Building,  as  soon  as  possible  after  he  arrives  at  the  Univer- 
sity. This  Office  will  be  able  to  assist  not  only  with  various 
problems  regarding  immigration,  housing,  and  fees,  but 
also  with  problems  relating  generally  to  orientation  to 
university  and  community  life. 

Questions  concerning  criteria  and  requirements  for 
foreign  applicants  should  be  addressed  to  the  Director,  In- 
ternational Education  Services,  University  of  Maryland,  Col- 
lege Park,  Md.  20742. 


Records  Maintenance  and  Disposition 

All  records,  including  academic  records  from  other  institu- 
tions, become  part  of  the  official  file  and  can  neither  be 
returned  nor  duplicated  for  any  purpose.  A  student  should 
obtain  an  additional  copy  of  his  official  credentials  to  keep 
in  his  possession  for  advisory  purposes  and  for  other  per- 
sonal requirements. 

The  admission  credentials  and  the  application  data  of  ap- 
plicants who  do  not  register  for  courses  at  the  time  for 
which  they  have  been  admitted  or  whose  applications  have 
been  disapproved  or  who  do  not  respond  to  the  departmen- 
tal requests  for  additional  information  or  whose  applica- 
tions are  not  complete  with  respect  to  the  receipt  of  all 
transcripts  or  test  results  are  retained  for  18  months  only 
and  then  destroyed. 


General  Information  /  23 


stration  and  Credits 

Schedule  of  Classes 

ts  are  expected  to  be  thoroughly  familiar 
le  of  Classes,"  a  publication  issued  prior 
of  each  semester,  available  in  the  libraries, 
.ration  Building,  and  the  Student  Union, 
ession  publication,  with  information  on  both 
ssions,  is  available  in  the  Turner  Laboratory 
r  School  Offices.  The  "Schedule  of  Classes"  lists 
jlations  governing  all  aspects  of  registration, 
es;  procedures  for  dropping  or  adding  a 
ther  changes  in  registration;  procedures 
lent  of  tuition  and  fees;  information  about  the 
laces  classes  will  be  offered;  and  the  names  of 

or  instructors  who  will  be  teaching  a  par- 
se or  section.  It  also  contains  the  names, 
jmbers,  and  office  locations  of  persons  who 
'.dditional  information. 

Developing  a  Program 

jent  is  responsible  for  ascertaining  and  complying 
3  rules  and  procedures  of  the  Graduate  School  and 
le  department  or  graduate  program  requirements 
rn  the  individual  program  of  study. 
:>n  for  the  newly  admitted  graduate  student 
a  degree  or  certificate  begins  with  a  visit  to  the 
demic  advisor  in  the  graduate  program  or  de- 
to  which  the  student  has  been  admitted.  There 

btain  information  about  specific  degree  or 
requirements,  which  supplement  those  of  the 

consult  the  "Schedule  of  Classes"  and 
t  consultation  with  a  graduate  faculty  advisor. 
.«l  program  of  study  and  research. 
its  admitted  to  Advanced  Special  Student  Status 
from  the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and 
torn  appropriate  faculty  members. 
>t  questions  normally  raised  by  graduate 
id  most  problems  they  meet,  will  be  answered 
by  the  faculty  advisor  or  a  departmental  com- 

idents  should  remember  that  the  staff  of  the 
100I  is  specifically  charged  with  the  respon- 
'  assisting  graduate  students  who  need  additional 
ice.  or  assistance.  Further,  the  Dean  for 

:ne  individual  to  whom  requests  or 
lions  or  waivers  of  regulations  or 
equirements  should  be  addressed  and  to 
s  from  decisions  of  departmental  or  program 
rs  should  be  directed. 

Course  Numbering  System 

->ated  as  follows: 
Non-credit  courses. 
Primarily  freshman  courses. 
Primarily  sophomore  courses. 
Junior  and  senior  courses  not  acceptable 
for  credit  toward  graduate  degrees. 


400-499  Junior  and  senior  courses  acceptable  for 

credit  toward  some  graduate  degrees. 

500-599  Professional  school  courses  (Dentistry, 

Law,  Medicine)  and  post-baccalaureate 
courses  not  for  graduate  degree  credit. 

600-898  Courses  restricted  to  graduate  students. 

799  Master's  thesis  credit. 

899  Doctoral  dissertation  credit. 

The  first  character  of  the  numeric  position  determines 
the  level  of  the  course  and  the  last  two  digits  are  used  for 
course  identification.  Courses  ending  with  an  8  or  9  are 
courses  that  are  repeatable  for  credit.  All  non-repeatable 
courses  must  end  in  0  through  7. 

Graduate  credit  will  not  be  given  unless  the  student  has 
been  admitted  to  the  Graduate  School. 

Designation  of  Full  and  Part-time 
Graduate  Students 

In  order  to  accurately  reflect  the  involvement  of  graduate 
students  in  their  programs  of  study  and  research  and  the 
use  of  University  resources  in  those  programs,  the 
Graduate  Council  uses  the  graduate  unit  in  making  calcula- 
tions to  determine  full  or  part-time  student  status  in  the  ad- 
ministration of  the  minimum  registration  requirements 
described  below  and  in  responding  to  student  requests  for 
certification  of  full-time  student  status.  The  number  of 
graduate  units  per  semester  credit  hour  is  calculated  in  the 
following  manner: 

Courses  in  the  series:  000-399  carry  2  units/credit  hour. 
Courses  in  the  series:  400-499  carry  4  units/credit  hour. 
Courses  in  the  series:  500-599  carry  5  units/credit  hour. 
Courses  in  the  series:  600-898  carry  6  units/credit  hour. 
Research  course:  799  carries  12  units/credit  hour. 
Research  course:  899  carries  18  units/credit  hour. 

To  be  certified  as  a  full-time  student  a  graduate  student 
must  be  officially  registered  for  a  combination  of  courses 
equivalent  to  48  units  per  semester.  A  graduate  assistant 
holding  a  regular  appointment  is  a  full-time  student,  if  he  is 
registered  for  at  least  24  units  in  addition  to  the 
assistantship. 

Grades  for  Graduate  Students 

A  minimum  grade  point  average  of  3.0  is  required  for 
graduation  with  a  graduate  degree. 

Grading  Systems 

The  conventional  A  through  F  grading  system  is  used  in 
graduate  level  courses. 

A  "Satisfactory  or  Failure"  (S-F)  grading  system  may  be 
used,  at  the  discretion  of  the  department  or  program,  for 
certain  types  of  graduate  study.  These  include  courses 
which  require  independent  field  work,  special  projects,  or 
independent  study.  Departmental  seminars,  workshops,  and 
departmental  courses  in  instructional  methods  may  also  be 
appropriate  for  the  S-F  grading  system. 

The  "Pass-Fail"  grade  option,  which  may  be  elected  by 


iformation 


undergraduates,  is  not  available  to  students  at  the  graduate 
level. 

Thesis  and  dissertation  research,  and  courses  labelled 
"Independent  Study"  or  "Special  Problems,"  may  use  either 
the  A-F  or  the  S-F  grading  system. 

Only  one  grading  system  will  be  used  for  a  single  course 
in  a  particular  semester.  The  grading  system  will  be 
designated  by  the  department  or  program  offering  the 
course. 

Computation  of  Grade  Point  Average 

The  A  is  calculated  at  4  quality  points,  B  at  3  quality  points 
and  C  at  2  quality  points.  The  grades  of  D,  F,  and  I  receive 
no  quality  points.  After  a  student  is  matriculated  as  a 
graduate  student,  all  courses  he  takes  numbered  400  and 
above,  except  500-level  courses,  those  numbered  799  or 
899,  and  those  graded  with  an  S,  will  be  used  in  the 
calculation  of  the  grade  point  average.  A  student  may 
repeat  any  course  in  an  effort  to  earn  a  better  grade.  The 
later  grade,  whether  higher  or  lower,  will  be  used  in  com- 
puting the  grade  point  average.  No  course  taken  after 
August  23,  1974,  will  be  considered  "not  applicable"  for  the 
purpose  of  computing  the  grade  point  average  of  a  gradu- 
ate student.  No  graduate  credit  transferred  from  another  in- 
stitution will  be  included  in  the  calculation  of  the  grade 
point  average. 

Minimum  Registration  Requirements 

All  graduate  students  making  any  demand  upon  the 
academic  or  support  services  of  the  university,  whether  tak- 
ing courses,  using  university  libraries,  laboratories,  com- 
puter facilities,  office  space,  housing,  or  consulting  with 
faculty  advisors,  taking  comprehensive  or  final  oral  ex- 
aminations, must  register  for  the  number  of  graduate  units 
which  will,  in  the  judgment  of  the  faculty  advisor,  accur- 
ately reflect  the  student's  involvement  in  graduate  study 
and  use  of  university  resources.  In  no  case  will  registration 
be  for  less  than  one  credit. 

Minimum  Registration  Requirements  for 
Doctoral  Candidates 

Doctoral  students  who  have  been  advanced  to  candidacy 
must  register  each  semester,  excluding  summer  sessions, 
until  the  degree  is  awarded. 

Dissertation  Research 

Those  who  have  not  completed  the  required  12  semester 
credit  hours  of  Dissertation  Research  (899),  or  its 
equivalent,  must  register  for  a  minimum  of  18  graduate 
units  each  semester.  Doctoral  candidates  whose  demands 
upon  the  University  are  greater  than  that  represented  by 
this  minimum  registration  will,  of  course,  be  expected  to 
register  for  the  number  of  units  which  reflect  their  use  of 
University  resources. 

Continuous  Registration 

Doctoral  candidates  who  have  completed  the  required 
minimum  of  12  credit  hours  of  Dissertation  Research  (899), 


or  its  equivalent,  and  who  are  making  no  use  of  University 
resources,  must  meet  a  Continuous  Registration  require- 
ment, in  each  semester,  except  for  summer  sessions,  until 
the  degree  is  awarded.  This  requirement  is  met  by  submit- 
ting the  Continjous  Registration  Form  and  paying  the 
$10.00  Continuous  Registration  fee,  in  person  or  by  mail, 
directly  to  the  Graduate  School.  Forms  and  fees  must  be 
received  before  the  end  of  the  eighth  week  of  classes  dur- 
ing the  fall  and  spring  semesters.  Continuous  Registration 
forms  may  be  obtained  from  the  Graduate  School,  Room 
2117,  South  Administration  Building,  University  of  Maryland, 
College  Park,  Maryland  20742. 

Failure  to  comply  with  the  requirement  for  maintaining 
Continuous  Registration  will  be  taken  as  evidence  that  the 
student  has  terminated  his  doctoral  program,  and  admitted 
status  to  the  Graduate  School  will  be  terminated.  A  new  ap- 
plication for  admission,  with  the  consequent  reevaluation  of 
the  student's  performance,  will  be  required  of  a  student 
wishing  to  resume  a  graduate  program,  whose  admission 
has  been  terminated  under  this  regulation. 

Partial  Credit  Course  Registration  for 
Handicapped  Students 

The  Graduate  School  recognizes  that  physically  handi- 
capped students  may  derive  considerable  educational 
benefit  from  courses  which  include  laboratories  or  other 
non-classroom  activities  in  which  the  student  is  prevented 
from  participating  because  of  the  handicap.  It  is,  therefore, 
the  policy  of  the  Graduate  School  to  allow  handicapped 
students  to  enroll  in  such  courses,  complete  only  those 
parts  of  the  course  that  their  physical  capabilities  permit, 
and  receive  credit  for  the  course  proportionate  to  their 
levels  of  participation. 

Physically  handicapped  graduate  students  wishing  to 
enroll  in  such  courses  but  participate  only  in  certain 
aspects  of  them,  should  consult  the  Assistant  to  the  Dean 
of  the  Graduate  School  (Room  2114  South  Administration 
Building).  That  person  will  assist  the  student  in  making  the 
necessary  arrangements  with  the  department  offering  the 
course,  the  department  supervising  the  student's  graduate 
program,  and  the  Registration  Office.  The  final  agreement 
as  to  the  student's  level  of  participation  and  the  amount  of 
credit  to  be  awarded  will  be  specified  in  an  agreement  to 
be  drawn  up  by  the  Graduate  School  and  signed  by  all  par- 
ties concerned. 

Graduate  Credit  for  Senior  Undergraduates 

A  senior  in  his  final  semester  at  the  University  of  Maryland 
at  College  Park  who  is  within  seven  credit  hours  of  com- 
pleting the  requirements  for  an  undergraduate  degree  may, 
with  the  approval  of  his  undergraduate  dean,  the  provost  of 
his  division,  the  department  or  program  offering  the 
course,  and  the  Graduate  School,  register  for  graduate 
courses.  These  may  later  be  counted  for  graduate  credit 
toward  an  advanced  degree  at  the  University,  if  the  student 
has  been  approved  for  admission  to  the  Graduate  School. 
The  total  of  undergraduate  and  graduate  courses  must  not 
exceed  15  credits  for  the  semester.  Excess  credits  in  the 
senior  year  cannot  be  used  for  graduate  credit  unless  pro- 
per prearrangement  is  made.  Seniors  who  wish  to  register 


General  Information  /  25 


for  graduate  credit  should  inquire  at  the  Graduate  School, 
Office  of  the  Director  of  Records,  for  information  about  the 
procedure. 

Undergraduate  Credit  for 
Graduate  Level  Courses 

Subject  to  requirements  determined  by  the  graduate  facul- 
ty members  of  the  department  or  program  offering  the 
course,  undergraduate  students  may  register  for  graduate 
level  courses,  i.e.,  those  numbered  from  600  to  898,  with 
the  exception  of  799,  for  undergraduate  credit. 

A  student  seeking  to  utilize  this  option  will  normally  be 
in  the  senior  year,  have  earned  an  accumulated  grade  point 
average  of  3.0,  have  successfully  completed,  with  a  grade 
of  B  or  better,  the  prerequisite  and  correlative  courses,  and 
be  a  major  in  the  appropriate  or  a  closely  related  depart- 
ment. The  student  will  be  required  to  obtain  prior  approval 
of  the  department  offering  the  course. 

Enrollment  in  a  graduate  level  course  does  not  in  any 
way  imply  subsequent  departmental  or  Graduate  School 
approval  for  admission  into  a  graduate  program,  nor  may 
the  course  be  used  as  credit  for  a  graduate  degree  at  the 
University  of  Maryland. 

Credit  by  Examination 

A  graduate  student  may  obtain  graduate  credit  by  examina- 
tion in  courses  at  the  400  level  previously  identified  by  the 
appropriate  department  or  program.  As  a  general  rule, 
credit  by  examination  is  not  available  for  courses  at  the 
600,  700,  or  800  levels  for,  in  the  judgment  of  the  Graduate 
Council,  courses  at  these  levels  require  a  continuing  in- 
teraction between  faculty  and  students  to  achieve  the 
educational  goals  of  advanced  study. 

A  student  may  receive  credit  by  examination  only  for  a 
course  for  which  he  is  otherwise  eligible  to  receive 
graduate  credit.  The  department  or  program  in  which  he  is 
enrolled  may  establish  a  limit  on  the  number  of  credits 
which  may  be  earned  in  this  manner.  Graduate  students 
seeking  credit  by  examination  must  obtain  the  consent  of 
their  advisor  and  of  the  instructor  currently  responsible  for 
the  course.  Once  the  student  begins  the  examination,  the 
grade  earned  will  be  recorded. 

The  Graduate  School  maintains  a  list  of  courses  for 
which  examinations  are  available  or  will  be  prepared.  The 
fee  for  credit  by  examination  for  full-time  graduate 
students  is  $30.00  per  course  regardless  of  the  number  of 
credits  or  units  to  be  earned.  Part-time  graduate  students 
will  be  charged  the  same  fee  per  credit  hour  they  would 
pay  if  taking  the  course  in  the  usual  manner. 

Transfer  of  Credit 

A  maximum  of  six  semester  hours  of  graduate  level  course 
credits  earned  at  regionally  accredited  institutions  prior  to, 
or  after,  matriculation  in  the  Graduate  School  may  be  ap- 
plied toward  master's  degrees  at  the  University  of 
Maryland.  Proportionately  larger  amounts  of  credit  may  be 
applied  toward  doctoral  degrees. 

All  graduate  study  credits  offered  as  transfer  credit  must 
meet  the  following  criteria: 


1.  They  must  have  received  graduate  credit  at  the  institu- 
tion where  earned. 

2.  They  must  not  have  been  used  to  meet  the  re- 
quirements for  any  degree  previously  earned. 

3.  They  must  have  been  taken  within  the  time  limits  ap- 
plicable to  degrees  awarded  by  the  Graduate  School. 

4.  The  department  or  program  to  which  the  student  has 
been  admitted  at  Maryland  must  certify  the  courses 
are  appropriate  to  the  degree  program  the  student  is 
pursuing  at  Maryland. 

5.  The  student  must  have  earned  a  B  or  better  in  the 
courses  offered  for  transfer  credit. 

6.  Transfer  work  normally  satisfies  only  the  400  level  re- 
quirements for  the  master's  degree  and  6o$s  not  apply 
to  the  upper  level  requirement. 

A  student  seeking  acceptance  of  transfer  credit  is  ad- 
vised to  submit  the  necessary  transcripts  and  certification 
of  department  or  program  approval  to  the  Graduate  School 
as  promptly  as  possible  for  its  review  and  decision. 

Criteria  that  Courses  Must  Meet  to  be 
Accepted  for  Graduate  Credit 

Any  courses,  workshops,  or  seminars  planned  to  take 
place  in  a  span  of  time  less  than  a  normal  academic 
semester  or  summer  session  and  offering  graduate  credit 
to  the  participants  must  meet  the  following  criteria: 

1.  There  must  be  15  "contact  hours"  per  graduate  credit. 

a.  Lectures:  1  contact  hour  per  50  minutes  lecture. 

b.  Non-lecture  contact  (laboratory,  workshops,  discus- 
sion and  problem  working  sessions,  etc.):  1  contact 
hour  per  2  or  3  hour  session. 

2.  No  more  than  three  "contact  hours"  per  day  will  be  per- 
mitted. (Three  "contact  hours"  are  equivalent  to  0.2 
credits) 

3.  Credit  may  be  accumulated  at  the  rate  of  no  more  than 
one  credit  per  week. 

The  Inter-Campus  Student 

A  student  admitted  to  the  Graduate  School  on  any  campus 
of  the  University  is  eligible  to  take  courses  on  any  other 
campus  of  the  University  with  the  approval  of  his  academic 
advisor  and  the  graduate  deans  on  the  home  and  host  cam- 
puses. Credits  earned  on  a  host  campus  are  resident  credit 
at  the  home  campus  and  meet  all  degree  requirements. 
Transcripts  of  work  taken  at  another  campus  will  be  main- 
tained on  the  home  campus,  and  fees  will  be  paid  to  the 
home  campus.  Forms  for  registration  as  an  inter-campus 
student  may  be  obtained  from  the  Graduate  School  offices 
on  any  campus  of  the  University. 

DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS 

Graduate  School  Requirements  Applicable 
to  all  Master's  Degrees. 

Programs 

The  entire  course  of  study  undertaken  for  any  master's 


26  /  General  Information 


degree  must  constitute  a  unified,  coherent  program  which 
is  approved  by  the  student's  advisor  and  by  the  Graduate 
School. 

A  minimum  of  thirty  semester  hours  in  courses  accept- 
able for  credit  towards  a  graduate  degree  is  required;  in  cer- 
tain cases  six  of  the  thirty  semester  hours  must  be  thesis 
research  credits.  The  graduate  program  must  include  at 
least  12  hours  of  course  work  at  the  600  level  or  higher.  If 
the  student  is  inadequately  prepared  for  the  required 
graduate  courses,  additional  courses  may  be  required, 
which  may  not  be  considered  as  part  of  the  student's 
graduate  program. 

Grade-point  Average 

The  student  seeking  any  master's  degree  must  maintain  an 
average  grade  of  B  over  all  courses  taken  for  graduate 
credit. 

Time  Limitation 

All  requirements  for  the  master's  degree  must  be  com- 
pleted within  a  five  year  period.  This  time  limit  applies  to 
any  transfer  work  from  other  institutions  to  be  included  in  a 
student's  program. 

Residence  Requirements 

A  minimum  residence  of  one  year  of  full-time  study,  or  its 
equivalent,  at  this  university  is  required. 

Additional  Requirements 

In  addition  to  the  above  requirements,  special  departmental 
or  collegiate  requirements  may  be  imposed,  especially  for 
degrees  which  are  offered  only  in  one  department,  college, 
or  division.  For  these  special  requirements  consult  the 
descriptions  which  appear  under  the  departmental  or  col- 
legiate listing  in  this  catalog  or  the  special  publications 
which  can  be  obtained  from  the  department  or  college. 

Graduate  School  Requirements  for 
the  Degrees  of  Master  of  Arts 
and  Master  of  Science 

THESIS  OPTION 
Course  Requirements 

A  minimum  of  30  semester  hours  including  six  hours  of 
thesis  research  credit  (799)  is  required  for  the  degrees  of 
Master  of  Arts  and  Master  of  Science.  Of  the  24  hours  re- 
quired in  graduate  courses,  no  less  than  12  must  be 
earned  in  the  major  subject.  No  less  than  one-half  of  the 
total  required  course  credits  for  the  degree,  or  a  minimum 
of  twelve,  must  be  selected  from  courses  numbered  600  or 
above. 

Thesis  Requirement 

A  thesis  is  required  for  the  Master  of  Arts  and  Master  of 
Science  degrees  except  for  those  programs  in  which  a 
non-thesis  option  has  been  approved  by  the  Dean  for  Grad- 
uate Studies  in  conformity  with  the  policy  of  the  Graduate 
Council.  Approval  of  the  thesis  is  the  responsibility  of  an 
examining  committee  appointed  by  the  Dean  for  Graduate 
Studies.  The  student's  advisor  is  the  chairman  of  the  com- 
mittee, and  the  remaining  members  of  the  committee  are 
members  of  the  graduate  faculty  who  are  familiar  with  the 
student's  program  of  study.  The  chairman  and  the  can- 


didate are  informed  of  the  membership  of  the  examining 
committee  by  the  Dean. 

Directions  for  the  preparation  and  submission  of  theses 
will  be  found  in  the  Graduate  Student  Academic  Hand- 
book, which  may  be  purchased  at  the  university  book 
store. 

Oral  Examination 

A  final  oral  examination  on  the  thesis  shall  be  held  when 
the  student  has  completed  his  thesis  to  the  satisfaction  of 
his  advisor,  providing  he  has  completed  all  other  re- 
quirements for  the  degree  and  has  earned  a  3.0  grade 
average,  computed  in  accordance  with  the  regulations 
described  under  "Grades  for  Graduate  Students." 

The  examining  committee,  with  a  minimum  of  three 
members,  conducts  the  oral  examination  (an  additional 
comprehensive  written  examination  may  be  required  at  the 
option  of  the  department  or  program).  The  chairman  of  the 
examining  committee  selects  the  time  and  place  for  the 
examination  and  notifies  other  members  of  the  committee 
and  the  candidate.  Members  of  the  committee  must  be 
given  a  minimum  of  seven  school  days  in  which  to  read 
the  thesis. 

The  duration  of  the  examination  is  normally  about  an 
hour,  but  it  may  be  longer  if  necessary  to  insure  an  ade- 
quate examination.  The  report  of  the  committee,  signed  by 
each  member,  must  be  submitted  to  the  Dean  for  Graduate 
Studies  no  later  than  the  appropriate  date  listed  in  the  "Im- 
portant Dates  for  Advisors  and  Students,"  if  the  student  is 
to  receive  a  diploma  at  the  Commencement  in  the 
semester  in  which  the  examination  is  held. 

NON-THESIS  OPTION 

The  requirements  for  Master  of  Arts  and  Master  of  Science 
degrees  without  thesis  vary  slightly  among  departments 
and  programs  in  which  this  option  is  available.  Standards 
for  admission  are,  however,  identical  with  those  for  admis- 
sion to  any  other  master's  program.  The  quality  of  the 
work  expected  of  the  student  is  also  identical  to  that  ex- 
pected in  the  thesis  programs. 

The  general  requirements  for  those  on  the  non-thesis 
program  are  a  minimum  of  30  semester  credit  hours  in 
courses  approved  for  graduate  credit  with  a  minimum 
average  grade  of  B  in  all  course  work  taken;  a  minimum  of 
18  semester  credit  hours  in  courses  numbered  600  or 
above;  the  submission  of  one  or  more  scholarly  papers; 
and  successful  completion  of  a  comprehensive  final  ex- 
amination, a  portion  of  which  must  be  written. 

A  student  following  a  non-thesis  master's  program  will 
be  expected  to  meet  the  same  deadlines  for  application  for 
a  diploma  and  for  final  examination  reports  established  for 
all  other  degree  programs. 

For  information  on  programs  which  offer  the  non-thesis 
option,  see  the  list  of  Graduate  Programs  in  this  Catalog. 

Requirements  for  the  Degree  of 
Master  of  Education 

Nearly  all  departments  in  Education  offer  the  Master  of 
Education  (M.Ed.)  degree  with  the  following  requirements: 
1.  A  minimum  of  30  semester  hours  in  coursework  with  a 
grade  average  of  B.  Grades  for  courses  not  a  part  of 


General  Information  /  27 


the  program  but  taken  in  graduate  status  will  be  com- 
puted in  the  average. 

2.  A  minimum  of  15  hours  in  courses  numbered  600-800 
with  the  remainder  at  least  in  the  400  series.  Some  de- 
partments require  courses  in  departments  outside  of 
those  in  Education. 

3.  A  comprehensive  written  examination  taken  at  the  end 
of  coursework.  A  part  of  the  examination  may  be  oral. 

4.  EDMS  646  or  MUED  690  and  one  seminar  paper;  or 
two  seminar  papers. 

5.  EDMS  446  or  EDMS  451. 

6.  Test  battery. 

For  further  details,  see  "Statement  of  Policies  and  Pro- 
cedures: Master's  Degrees  in  Education,"  issued  by  the 
College  of  Education,  and  descriptions  of  departmental 
programs. 

Requirements  Applicable  to 
Other  Master's  Degrees 

The  particular  requirements  for  the  degrees  of  Master  of 
Business  Administration,  Master  of  Library  Science,  Master 
of  Music,  and  Master  of  Fine  Arts  are  given  under  the  indi- 
vidual Graduate  Program  entries  in  those  fields. 

Graduate  School  Requirements 
Applicable  to  All  Doctoral  Degrees 

Credit  Requirements 

The  Graduate  School  requires  that  every  student  seeking 
the  doctoral  degree  register  for  a  minimum  of  12  research 
credits,  but  the  number  of  research  and  other  credit  hours 
required  in  the  program  varies  with  the  degree  and  pro- 
gram in  question. 

Residence 

The  equivalent  of  three  years  of  full-time  graduate  study 
and  research  is  the  minimum  required.  Of  the  three  years, 
the  equivalent  of  at  least  one  year  must  be  spent  at  the 
University  of  Maryland.  On  a  part-time  basis  the  time 
needed  will  be  increased  correspondingly.  All  work  at  other 
institutions  offered  in  partial  fulfillment  of  the  re- 
quirements for  any  doctoral  degree  must  be  submitted, 
with  the  recommendation  of  the  department  or  program 
concerned,  to  the  Graduate  School  for  approval  at  the  time 
of  application  for  admission  to  candidacy.  Official 
transcripts  of  the  work  must  be  filed  in  the  Graduate 
School. 

Admission  to  Candidacy 

Preliminary  examinations,  or  such  other  substantial  tests 
as  the  departments  may  elect,  are  frequently  prerequisite 
for  admission  to  candidacy. 

A  student  must  be  admitted  to  candidacy  for  the  doc- 
torate within  five  years  after  admission  to  the  doctoral  pro- 
gram and  at  least  one  academic  year  before  the  date  on 
which  the  degree  will  be  conferred. 

It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  student  to  submit  his  ap- 


plication for  admission  to  candidacy  when  all  the  re- 
quirements for  candidacy  have  been  fulfilled.  Applications 
for  admission  to  candidacy  are  made  in  duplicate  by  the 
student  and  submitted  to  the  major  department  for  further 
action  and  transmission  to  the  Graduate  School.  Applica- 
tion forms  may  be  obtained  at  the  office  of  the  Assistant 
to  the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies. 

Time  Limitation 

The  student  must  complete  the  entire  program  for  the 
degree,  including  the  dissertation  and  final  examination, 
during  a  four  year  period  after  admission  to  candidacy.  Ex- 
tensions of  time  are  granted  only  under  the  most  unusual 
circumstances.  If  a  student  fails  to  complete  all  re- 
quirements within  the  time  allotted,  he  must  submit 
another  application  for  admission  to  the  Graduate  School 
and,  if  readmitted,  another  application  for  Advancement  to 
Candidacy,  after  satisfying  the  usual  program  prerequisites 
prior  to  Advancement  to  Candidacy. 

Dissertation 

A  dissertation  or  its  equivalent  is  required  of  all  candidates 
for  a  doctoral  degree.  The  topic  of  the  dissertation  must  be 
approved  by  the  department  or  program  committee. 

During  the  preparation  of  the  dissertation,  all  candidates 
for  any  doctoral  degree  must  register  for  the  prescribed 
number  of  semester  hours  of  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research  (899)  at  the  University  of  Maryland. 

Directions  for  the  preparation  and  submission  of  disser- 
tations will  be  found  in  the  Graduate  Student  Academic 
Handbook,  which  may  be  purchased  at  the  university  book 
store. 

Publication  of  the  Dissertation 

If  a  student  wishes  to  publish  all  or  a  portion  of  his  thesis 
or  dissertation  prior  to  its  defense  and  approval  by  the 
Graduate  Faculty  examining  committee,  he  must  first  seek 
the  approval  of  the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies.  This  ap- 
proval is  sought  through  a  letter  to  the  Dean,  endorsed  by 
the  dissertation  advisor,  containing  an  explanation  of  the 
need  for  early  publication. 

Final  Examination 

The  final  oral  defense  of  the  dissertation  is  conducted  by  a 
committee  of  the  Graduate  Faculty  appointed  by  the  Dean 
for  Graduate  Studies.  Nominations  for  membership  on  the 
committee  are  submitted  by  the  student's  major  professor 
by  the  third  week  of  the  semester  in  which  the  student  ex- 
pects to  complete  all  requirements,  but  no  later  than  two 
months  prior  to  the  examination,  on  the  designated  form. 

The  major  professor  serves  as  chairman  of  the  commit- 
tee, which  will  consist  of  a  minimum  of  five  voting 
members,  all  of  whom  hold  the  doctoral  degree.  At  least 
one  of  the  five  must  be  a  faculty  member  in  a  department 
or  Graduate  Program  at  UMCP  external  to  the  one  in  which 
the  student  is  seeking  the  degree.  A  minimum  of  three 
members  of  the  committee  must  be  regular  members  of 
the  Graduate  Faculty  of  the  University  of  Maryland. 

One  or  more  members  of  the  committee  may  be  persons 
from  other  institutions  who  hold  the  doctorate  and  who  are 


28  /  General  Information 


distinguished  scholars  in  the  field  of  the  dissertation. 

The  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  designates  one  member 
of  the  committee  as  his  representative.  In  addition  to  hav- 
ing the  normal  responsibility  of  a  faculty  examiner,  the 
Dean's  representative  has  the  responsibility  of  assuring 
that  the  examination  is  conducted  according  to  established 
procedures.  Any  disagreement  over  the  examination  pro- 
cedures is  referred  to  the  Dean's  representative  for 
decision. 

The  time  and  place  of  the  examination  are  established 
by  the  chairman  of  the  committee.  The  student  is  responsi- 
ble for  distributing  a  complete  copy  of  the  dissertation  to 
each  member  of  the  committee  at  least  ten  days  before 
the  examination. 

All  final  oral  examinations  are  open  to  all  members  of 
the  Graduate  Faculty.  After  the  examination  the  committee 
deliberates  and  votes  in  private.  Two  or  more  negative 
votes  constitute  a  failure.  The  student  may  be  examined  no 
more  than  twice. 

Additional  Requirements 

In  addition  to  the  above  requirements,  special  departmental 
or  collegiate  requirements  may  be  imposed,  especially  for 
those  degrees  which  are  offered  in  only  one  department, 
college,  or  division.  For  these  special  requirements,  con- 
sult the  descriptions  which  appear  under  the  departmental 
or  collegiate  listing  in  this  catalog  or  the  special  publica- 
tions which  can  be  obtained  from  the  department,  college, 
or  division. 


Graduate  School  Requirements  for 
the  Degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosphy 

The  Doctor  of  Philosophy  Degree  is  granted  only  upon  suf- 
ficient evidence  of  high  attainment  in  scholarship  and  the 
ability  to  engage  in  independent  research.  It  is  not  awarded 
for  the  completion  of  course  and  seminar  requirements  no 
matter  how  successfully  completed. 

Residence 

See  requirements  for  all  doctoral  degrees. 

Foreign  Language  Requirement 

A  number  of  departments  have  a  foreign  language  require- 
ment for  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree.  The  student 
should  inquire  in  the  department  regarding  this  require- 
ment. The  student  must  satisfy  the  departmental  or  pro- 
gram requirement  before  he  can  be  admitted  to  candidacy 
for  the  doctorate. 

Program 

There  is  no  Graduate  School  requirement  for  a  specific 
number  of  course  credits  in  either  a  major  or  a  minor  sub- 
ject. It  is  the  policy  of  the  Graduate  School  to  encourage 
the  development  of  individual  programs  for  each  student 
who  seeks  the  Ph.D.  To  that  end  the  academic  depart- 
ments and  interdisciplinary  programs  have  been  directed  to 
determine  major  and  minor  requirements,  levels  or  se- 
quences of  required  courses,  and  similar  requirements  for 
submission  to  the  Graduate  Council  for  approval. 


Admission  to  Candidacy 

See  requirements  for  all  doctoral  degrees. 

Dissertation 

The  ability  to  do  independent  research  must  be 
demonstrated  by  an  original  dissertation  on  a  topic  ap- 
proved by  the  department  or  program. 

During  the  preparation  of  the  dissertation,  all  candidates 
for  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  must  register  for  a 
minimum  of  12  semester  hours  of  doctoral  research  (899) 
at  the  University  of  Maryland. 

Final  Examination 

See  requirements  for  all  doctoral  degrees. 

Requirements  for  the  Degree  of 
Doctor  of  Education 

The  requirements  for  the  Doctor  of  Education  (Ed.D.) 
degree  are  for  the  most  part  the  same  as  those  for  the 
Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  in  education  departments  in 
the  Graduate  School.  The  only  difference  lies  in  the 
amount  of  credit  for  the  Ed.D.  project  (6-9  hours)  as  com- 
pared to  that  required  for  the  Ph.D.  dissertation  (12-16 
hours).  For  details  see  "Statement  of  Policy  and  Pro- 
cedures: Doctoral  Degrees  in  Education,"  issued  by  the 
College  of  Education,  as  well  as  requirements  for  the 
Ph.D.,  see  above,  and  departmental  regulations. 

Requirements  for 
Other  Doctoral  Degrees 

The  particular  requirements  for  the  degrees  of  Doctor  of 
Business  Administration  and  Doctor  of  Musical  Arts  are 
given  under  the  corresponding  program  descriptions. 

Commencement 

Applications  for  the  diploma  must  be  filed  with  the  Office 
of  Admissions  and  Registrations  within  the  first  three 
weeks  of  the  semester  in  which  the  candidate  expects  to 
obtain  a  degree,  except  during  summer  session.  During  the 
summer  session,  the  application  must  be  filed  during  the 
first  week  of  the  second  summer  session.  Exact  dates  are 
noted  for  each  semester  and  the  summer  sessions  in  "Im- 
portant Dates  for  Advisors  and  Students." 

If,  for  any  reason,  a  student  does  not  graduate  at  the 
end  of  the  semester  in  which  he  applies  for  the  diploma, 
he  must  re-apply  for  it  in  the  semester  in  which  he  expects 
to  graduate. 

Academic  costume  is  required  of  all  candidates  at  com- 
mencement exercises.  Those  who  so  desire  may  purchase 
or  rent  caps  and  gowns  at  the  University  of  Maryland  stu- 
dent supply  store.  Orders  must  be  filed  eight  weeks  before 
the  date  of  commencement  but  may  be  cancelled  later  if 
the  student  finds  himself  unable  to  complete  the  re- 
quirements for  the  degree. 


General  Information  /  29 


The  Graduate  Faculty 


Aaron,  Henry  J.,  Professor  of  Economics 
B.A.,  University  of  California.  Los  Angeles.  1958;  MA,  Har- 
vard University.  1960;  Ph  D..  1963. 


Adams,  William  W.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.A .  University  of  California.  Los  Angeles.  1959;  Ph.D..  Col- 
umbia University,  1964. 


Adkins.  Arthur  J..  Associate  Professor  of  Secondary 

Education 

B.S.,  Saint  Cloud  State  College,  1942;  MA.  University  of 

Minnesota.  1947,  Ph.D.  1958 

Adler.  Isidore,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B  A  ,  Brooklyn  College.  1942;  B  S.,  New  York  University, 

1943.  M.S.,  Polytechnic  Institute  of  Brooklyn,  1947,  Ph  D 

1952 

Aggour.  Mohamed  S„  Assistant  Professor.  Civil  Engineering 
B  S..  Cairo  University  (Egypt).  1964.  M  S..  1966.  Ph  D  ,  Univer- 
sity of  Washington,  1972 


Agre.  Gene  P.,  Associate  Professor  of  Social  Foundations  of 

Education 

B.A.,  Macalester  College,  1951,  BS .  University  of  Minnesota, 

1953.  MA,  Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois,  1964. 

A'Heam.  Michael  F.,  Associate  Professor  of  Astronomy 
BS,  Boston  College,  1961.  Ph.D..  University  of  Wisconsin, 
1966. 

Ahem,  Dennis  M„  Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy 

B.A ,  Cornell  University,  1968;  Ph.D..  University  of  California. 

1973. 

Ahrens.  Richard  A.,  Professor  of  Food  and  Nutrition  and  In- 
stitutional Administration 

B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin.  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
California,  Davis,  1963. 

Albert,  Thomas  F„  Associate  Professor  of  Veterinary 

Science 

BS.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1958;  VMD.  University  of 

Pennsylvania,  1962;  Ph  D.,  Georgetown  University,  1972. 

Albrecht,  Pedro  A„  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 
Dipt  Ing.,  Federal  Institute  of  Technology,  Switzerland,  1962; 
Ph.D.  Lehigh  University.  1972. 

Alexander,  James  C,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

and  Statistics 

B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1964.  Ph  D  ,  1968 

Allan.  J.  David.  Assistant  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.Sc.  University  of  British  Columbia.  1966,  MS,  University 

of  Michigan.  1968;  Ph.D..  1971 

Allan.  Thomas,  Associate  Professor  of  Counseling  and  Per- 
sonnel Services 

BS.  Northwestern  University.  1950;  MA..  University  of 
Maryland,  1964,  Ph.O..  1966. 

Allen,  Redfield  W„  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
B  S  .  University  of  Maryland,  1953;  M  S  .  1949;  Ph  D  .  Univer- 
sity of  Minnesota,  1959. 

Alley.  Carroll  O..  Jr..  Professor  of  Physics 
B  S..  University  of  Richmond,  1948;  MA.  Princeton  Univer- 
sity 1951.  Ph.D..  1962 

Almenas,  Kazys  K..  Associate  Professor  of  Nuclear 

Engineering 

B.S..  University  of  Nebraska.  1957;  Ph.D..  University  and 

Polytechnic  of  Warsaw.  1968. 

Almon,  Clopper.  Jr..  Professor  of  Economics 
A.B..  Vanderbill  University.  1956;  MA.  Harvard  Univer- 
sity.1961,  Ph  D_.  1962. 

Alt.  Frank  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  and 
Management 

B.E.S..  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1967;  MS.,  Georgia  In- 
stitute of  Technology.  1974,  Ph.D.,  1977 

Althoff,  Sally  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Health  Education 
BS..  Bowling  Green  State  University,  1966,  M.Ed  .  University 
of  Toledo.  1968.  PhD.  1971 

Amershek.  Kathleen  G..  Associate  Professor  of  Early 
Childhood  and  Elementary  Education 
B.S..  State  Teachers  College.  1951,  M  Ed..  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  1957;  Ph  D.,  University  of  Minnesota.  1965. 

Ammon.  Herman  L..  Professor  of  Chemislry 

Sc  B  .  Brown  University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Washington,  1962. 

Anand,  Davinder  K„  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
BS .  George  Washington  University.  1959;  MS  .  1961  D.Sc 
1965 

Anastos.  George.  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  University  of  Akron,  1942.  MA.  Harvard  University 

1947;  Ph  D  ,  1949 


Anderson,  Carl  R„  Associate  Professor  of  Business  and 

Management 

BS.  The  Pennsylvania  State  Universily,  1969;  MBA..  1971: 

PhD..  1974 

Anderson.  Charles  R..  Associate  Professor  of  Secondary 
Education  and  Assistant  Dean  of  the  College  of  Education 
BS.  University  of  Maryland.  1957;  M  Ed..  1959;  Ed.D,  1969. 

Anderson.  Henry,  Professor  of  Business  and  Management 
B.A  ,  University  of  London,  1939.  MBA.,  Columbia  Univer- 
sity. 1948;  Ph  D..  1959 

Anderson,  J.  Paul.  Professor  of  Administration,  Supervision 

and  Curriculum 

BS  .  University  of  Minnesota.  1942;  MA,  1948,  Ph  D  .  1960 


Anderson,  John  D„  Jr.,  Professor  and  Chairman  of 

Aerospace  Engineering 

B.S.,  University  of  Florida.  1959;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University, 

1966 

Anderson,  Nancy  S.,  Professor  of  Psychology 
B.A..  Universily  of  Colorado,  1952.  MA  ,  Ohio  State  Univer- 
sity. 1953;  Ph  D  .  1956. 

Anderson,  Stephen  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Recreation 
BS.,  Indiana  State  University,  1969.  M.S..  Appalachian  State 
University,  1973;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland,  1976. 

Anderson,  Thornton  H..  Professor  of  Government  and 
Politics 

A.B.  University  of  Kentucky,  1937;  MA.  1938;  PhD..  Univer- 
sity of  Wisconsin.  1948. 

Antman,  Stuart  S.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute.  1961,  M.S..  University 

of  Minnesota,  1963;  Ph.D..  1965 

Armstrong,  Earlene,  Assistant  Professor,  Entomology 
B.S..  North  Carolina  Central  University,  1969;  M.S..  1970; 
Ph.D..  Cornell  University,  1975 

Armstrong,  Ronald  W.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.ES.  The  Johns  Hopkins  Universily,  1955;  M.Sc,  Carnegie- 
Mellon  University.  1957.  PhD.  1958 

Arrighi,  Margante  A„  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical 

Education 

B.S..  Westhampton  College,  1958;  M.S..  University  of 

Maryland.  1962  ED..  University  of  North  Carolina  at 

Greensboro,  1974 

Arsenault,  Richard  J„  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 
and  Engineering  Materials 

BS  ,  Michigan  Technological  University,  1957;  Ph  D.,  North- 
western University.  1962. 

Ashlock,  Robert  B.,  Professor  of  Early  Childhood  and 
Elementary  Education 

BS.  Butler  University.  1957;  MS..  1959;  Ed.D.  Indiana 
University,  1965. 

Ashmen,  Roy,  Associate  Professor  of  Business  and 

Management 

B.S..  Drexel  Institute  of  Technology,  1935;  MS,  Columbia 

University,  1936.  Ph.D..  Northwestern  University.  1950 

Atchison,  William  F„  Professor  of  Computer  Science 
A.B..  Georgetown  College  IKy  ).  1936;  MA..  University  of 
Kentucky.  1940;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois.  1943, 

Auslander,  Joseph,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B  S  ,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1952; 

M.S.University  of  Pennsylvania.  1953;  Ph.D..  1957. 

Austing,  Richard  H..  Associate  Professor  of  Computer 

Science 

BS..  Xavier  University.  1953.  M.S.,  Saint  Louis  University, 

1955  Ph  0.,  Catholic  University  of  America.  1963. 

Avery.  William  T..  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Classical 

Languages  and  Literatures 

B.A..  Western  Reserve  University.  1934;  MA.,  1935;  Ph.D., 

1937. 


Avars,  James  E„  Assistant  Professor.  Agricultural 
Engineering 

B.A.E..  Cornell  University.  1965.  M.S.,  Colorado  State  Univer- 
sity. 1973;  Ph.D..  1976. 

Aycock,  Marvin  K.,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Agronomy 

BS.  North  Carolina  State  University.  1959;  M.S.  1963;  Ph.D., 

Iowa  State  University.  1966 

Aylward.  Thomas  J..  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Speech  and 

Dramatic  Art 

BS.  University  of  Wisconsin.  1947;  M.S.,  1949;  Ph.D.  1960. 

Babuska.  Ivo,  Research  Professor,  Institute  for  Physical 
Science  and  Technology  and  Mathematics 
Dipl.  Ing.,  Technical  University  of  Prague,  1949;  Ph.D..   1951. 
Ph.D.,  Czechoslovak  Academy  of  Sciences.  1955,  Ph  D . 


Baer,  Ferdinand.  Professor  and  Director  of  Meteorology 
B  A  ,  University  of  Chicago.  1950;  M  S..  1954;  Ph.D..  1961. 


Bagchi.  Amitabha.  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 
B  Sc.  Calcutta  University,  1964;  M.S.,  University  of  Califor- 
nia. San  Diego,  1967.  Ph.D.  1970. 

Bailey,  Martin  J„  Professor  of  Economics 

BA,.  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles,  1951;  M.A.  The 

Johns  Hopkins  University.  1953;  Ph  0.,  1956 

Bailey.  William  J„  Research  Professor  of  Chemistry 
B.Chem..  University  of  Minnesota,  1943;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Illinois,  1946 

Baird.  Janet  R..  Assistant  Professor  of  Secondary  Education 

and  Spanish  and  Portuguese. 

BS.  University  of  Kansas.  1966.  MA  .  1971;  Ph.D..  1973. 

Baker.  Donald  J..  Associate  Professor  of  Hearing  and 

Speech  Sciences 

BS   Ed..  Ohio  State  University.  1954;  M.A..  1956:  Ph.D..  1962 

Baker,  Robert  L.  Associate  Professor  of  Horticulture 
B  A.  Swarthmore  College.  1959:  MS.  University  of 
Maryland,  1962,  PhD.  1965 


Banerjee.  Manoj  K.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Patna  University,  1949:  M.S.,  Calcutta  University.  1952; 

Ph.D.,  1956 

Bankson,  Nicholas  W„  Associate  Professor  and  Acting 

Chairman  of  Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences 

BS,  University  of  Kansas.  1960:  MA,  1961:  Ph.D.,  1970 

Baras.  John  S..  Assistant  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Diploma,  National  Technical  University  of  Athens.  1970: 
S  M  .  Harvard  University.  1971;  PhD,,  1973. 

Barbarin.  Oscar.  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

A  B..  St.  Joseph  s  Seminary  College.  1968:  M.A .  New  York 

University.  1971.  M   S  .  Rutgers  University,  1973;  Ph.D..  1975 

Barber.  Willard  F..  Lecturer  in  Government  and  Politics 
A.B..  Stanford  University.  1928;  MA,  1929;  Diploma.  The 
War  College.  1948 

Bardasis.  Angelo,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 
A.B,.  Cornell  University.  1957.  M  S,  University  of  Illinois. 
1959:  Ph.D.  1962 

Barlow.  Jewel  B..  Associate  Professor  of  Aerospace 

Engineering 

B.S..  Auburn  University.  1963;  MS ,  1964;  Ph.D..  University  of 

Toronto.  1970. 

Barnes.  Jack  C,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Duke  University.  1939;  M.A..  1947;  Ph.D..  University  of 

Maryland.  1954. 

Barnett,  Audrey  J..  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 

BA..  Wilson  College.  1955;  M.A..  Indiana  University.  1957; 

Ph  D_,  1962. 


Barrett.  James  E..  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A .  University  of  Maryland.  1966;  Ph.D..  Pennsylvania  State 

University.  1971 

Barry.  Jackson  G..  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B  A  .  Yale  College.  1950:  MA..  Columbia  University.  1951: 

M.F.A  ,  Western  Reserve  University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

Bartlett.  Claude  J„  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Psychology 
B  S.,  Denison  University.  1954;  M.A.,  Ohio  Stale  University, 
1956:  Ph.D..  1958 

Bartol.  Kathryn  M..  Associate  Professor  of  Business  and 

Management 

BA.  Marygrove  College,  1963;  M.A  ,  University  of  Michigan. 

1966;  Ph.D..  Michigan  State  University.  1972  . 

Barton.  Robert,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic 


Basham.  Ray  S..  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical 

Engineering 

BS,,  US,  Military  Academy,  1945.  MS.  University  of  Illinois. 

1952;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Basili,  Victor  R„  Associate  Professor  of  Computer  Science 
B.S.,  Fordham  College.  1961:  M.S.,  Syracuse  University.  1963. 
Ph  D..  University  of  Texas.  1970. 


Bean,  George  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Botany 

B.S..  Cornell  University,  1958:  MS.,  University  of  Minnesota, 

1960:  Ph.D..  1963. 

Beasley,  Maunne  H.,  Assistant  Professor.  College  of 

Journalism 

B.A.,  University  of  Missouri.  1958;  B.J..  1958:  MS.,  Columbia 

University,  1963;  PhD .  George  Washington  University,  1974. 

Beaton.  John  R..  Dean,  College  of  Human  Ecology  and  Pro- 
fessor, Food.  Nutrition  and  Institutional  Administration 
B.A.,  University  of  Toronto.  1949.  MA..  1950;  PhD..  1952. 


30  /  Graduate  Faculty 


Beatty.  Charles  J..  Associate  Professor  of  Industrial 

Education 

B.S.,  Northern  Michigan  University.  1959:  MA.  Michigan 

State  University.  1963.  Ph  0,  Ohio  State  University.  1966 

Beckmann,  Robert  B..  Dean  of  the  College  of  Engineenng 
and  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 
B.S  .  University  of  Illinois.  1940;  Ph  D .  University  of  Wiscon- 
sin. 1944 

Bedingfield.  James  P.  Associate  Professor  of  Business  and 

Management 

B.S.  University  of  Maryland.  1966;  MBA.  1968.  DBA.  1971 

Beicken.  Peter  U..  Associate  Professor.  Germanic  and  Slavic 
Languages 

Mag.  Art..  University  of  Munich  (Germany!.  1968:  Ph  D..  Stan- 
ford University.  1971 

Belcher,  Ralph  L.  Lecturer  and  Reactor  Director.  Nuclear 

Engineering 

B.S..  Marshall  University,  1941;  M.S.,  University  of  Kentucky. 

1947;  PhD.  University  of  Maryland.  1966. 

Bell,  Roger  A,,  Professor  of  Astronomy 
B.S..  University  of  Melbourne,  1957;  Ph.D..  Australian  Na- 
tional University.  1961. 

Bellama.  Jon  M„  Professor  of  Chemistry 
A.B..  Allegheny  College.  1960;  Ph.D..  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania, 1966 

Bellows,  William,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agnculturai  and 
Resource  Economics 

A.B..  Harvard  College.  1959;  M.S..  University  of 
Massachusetts,  1968,  Ph.D..  1971. 

Belt  Herman  J,  Associate  Professor  of  History 
BA .  Princeton  University,  1959;  MA.  University  of 
Washington.  1963;  Ph  D„  1966. 

Bender.  Filmore  E..  Professor  of  Agnculturai  and  Resource 

Economics 

B.S..  University  of  California,  Berkeley,  1961;  M.S..  North 

Carolina  State  University  at  Raleigh.  1965:  Ph.D..  1966 

Benedetto.  John  J„  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Boston  College.  1960.  MA.  Harvard  University.  1962 

Ph.D..  University  of  Toronto,  1964. 

Benedict,  Philip  J„  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

BA,  Cornell  University,  1970;  MA.  Princeton  University. 

1972;  Ph  D„  1975. 

Benedict.  William  S.,  Professor.  Institute  for  Physical 
Science  and  Technology 

B.A,  Cornell  University.  1928;  MA.  Ph.D..  Massachusetts  In- 
stitute of  Technology.  1933. 

Benesch.  William,  Adiunci  Professor.  Institute  for  Physical 
Science  and  Technology 

BA..  Lehigh  University.  1942;  M.A..  The  Johns  Hopkins 
University.  1950;  PhD  .  1952. 

Bennett  Lawrence  H„  Adjunct  Professor  of  Physics 
B.A,  Brooklyn  College.  1951:  MS,  University  of  Maryland. 
1955:  Ph  0..  Rutgers  University.  1958. 


Bennett  Stanley  W„  Associate  Professor,  Institute  tor  Child 

Study 

B.S,  Iowa  State  University.  1959  MA.  State  University  of 

Iowa.  1961;  Ph  D .  University  of  Michigan.  1970 

Bennett,  Suzanne,  Assistant  Professor  of  Hearing  and 
Speech  Sciences 

BA.,  Southern  Illinois  University.  1965;  MA.  Western 
Michigan  University.  1969;  PhD..  Purdue  University.  1977. 

Berensteln,  Carlos  A.  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 
Licendiado  en  Matematicas.  University  of  Buenos  Aires 
1966;  M  S,  New  York  University,  1969   Ph  D    1970 


Berger,  Bruce  S..  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineenng 
B.S..  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1954;  M  S,  1958  Ph  D 
1962 

Bergeron,  Raymond.  Assistant  Professor,  Chemistry 

A.B.,  Clark  University.  1967;  Ph.D..  Brandeis  University.  1973 

Bergmann,  Barbara  R„  Professor  of  Economics 

BA.  Cornell  University.  1948.  MA,  Harvard  University,  1955, 

Ph.D..  1959 


Berman,  Joel  H.,  Professor  of  Music 
B.S..  Juilliard  School  of  Music.  1951:  MA,  Columbia  Univer- 
sity. 1953;  DMA ,  University  of  Michigan.  1961 

Berman,  Louise  M„  Professor  of  Administration,  Supervision 
and  Curriculum  and  Director  of  Nursery-Kindergarten  School 
A.B..  Wheaton  College,  1950;  MA.  Columbia  University. 
1953:  Ed  D..  Columbia  University,  1960. 

Bernstein.  Allen  R„  Professor  of  Mathematics 

BA.  California  Institute  ot  Technology.  1962:  MA,  Univer- 

sity  of  California  at  Los  Angeles,  1964;  Ph.D..  1965 


Bernstein.  Melvin.  Administrative  Dean  tor  Summer  Pro- 
grams and  Professor  of  Music 

A.B..  Southwestern  at  Memphis.  1947;  B  Music.  1948:  M. 
Music.  University  of  Michigan.  1949.  MA.  University  of 
North  Carolina.  1954;  Ph.D..  1964 

Bemthal.  John  E-,  Assistant  Professor  of  Hearing  and 
Speech  Sciences 

B  FA,  Wayne  State  College.  1962  MA.  Kansas  University. 
1964.  Ph  D..  University  of  Wisconsin.  Madison,  1971. 

Best  Otlo  F-,  Professor  of  Germanic  and  Slavic  Languages 
Abitur,  Reaigymnasium.  1948:  Certificate.  Unrversite  de 
Toulouse.  1951.  Doctor  of  Philosophy.  University  of  Munich, 
1963 


Betancourt,  Roger  R..  Associate  Professor  of  Economics 
B.A..  Georgetown  University.  1965;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1969 

Bhagat,  Satindar  M„  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A,  Jammu  and  Kashmir  University  of  India,  1950  MA. 

University  of  Delhi.  1953:  Ph.D..  1956 

Bickley.  William  E..  Professor  ot  Entomology 

B.S..  University  of  Tennessee.  1934.  MS.  1936;  Ph.D.. 

University  of  Maryland,  1940 

Billig,  Frederick  S„  Lecturer  in  Aerospace  Engineering 
B.E..  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1955;  M.S..  University  of 
Maryland.  1958;  PhD    1964 


Birdsall.  Esther  K-,  Associate  Professor  of  English 
B.A..  Central  Michigan  College.  1947;  M.A..  University  ot 
Arizona.  1950:  PhD .  University  of  Maryland.  1959. 

Birk.  Janice  M„  Associate  Professor  of  Counseling  and  Per- 
sonnel Services  and  Counselor.  Counseling  Center 
BA.  Sacred  Heart  College.  1963.  MA .  Loyola  College,  1966; 
PhD  .  University  ot  Missoun,  1970. 

Birkner.  Francis  B„  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 
B.S..  Newark  College  of  Engineenng.  1961;  M.S.E..  University 
of  Flonda  1962  Ph.D..  1965 

Bish.  Robert  L..  Associate  Professor  of  Urban  Studies 
B.A.,  University  of  Southern  California,  1964.  M.A..  Indiana 
University.  1966:  Ph.D.,  1968 

Blair.  Donald  James,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemical 

Engineering 

BS.  Bradley  Universitv.  1957;  M.S..  University  of  Florida 

Gainesville.  1962:  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1969. 

Blair,  John  D„   Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  Gustavus  Adolphus  College,  1966.  M  A  .  University  of 

Michigan.  1972  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Blair.  Nancy.  Assistant  Professor  ot  Special  Education 
B.S,  Ohio  State  University,  1964;  M  Ed.,  Kent  State  Univer- 
sity. 1973;  Ph.D..  1975 

Block,  Ira,  Assistant  Professor  of  Textile  and  Consumer 

Economics 

BS.  University  of  Maryland.  1963;  Ph.D.  1971. 

Bloom,  Paul  N„  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  and 
Management 

B.S,  Lehigh  University.  1968;  MBA,  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania. 1970:  Ph  D,.  Northwestern  University.  1974. 

Bobko,  Philip.  Assistant  Professor.  Psychology 

B.S,  Massachusetts  Institute  ot  Technology.  1970  M.S. 

Bucknell  University.  1972.  Ph  D .  Cornell  University.  1976 

Bobrow.  Davis  B..  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Government 
and  Politics 

B  A,  University  of  Chicago.  1955;  BA.  1956;  BA  Oxford 
University.  1958:  Ph.D..  Massachusetts  Institute  ot 
Technology,  1961. 

Bode.  Carl,  Professor  of  English 

Ph  B..  University  of  Chicago,  1933;  MA.  Northwestern 

University.  1938:  Ph.D.,  1941. 

Bodin.  Lawrence.  Associate  Professor  of  Business  and 

Management 

A  B,  Northeastern  University.  1962;  M.S..  University  of 

California  Berkeley.  1966.  Ph.D..  1967. 

Bodwell,  C.E^  Adjunct  Professor  ot  Food.  Nutntion.  and  In- 
stitutional Administration 

BS.,  Oklahoma  State  University.  1957;  M.Sc..  University  of 
Cambndge.  1959:  PhD.  Michigan  State  University.  1964. 

Boisaitis.  Peter  P..  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 
B.S,  California  Institute  of  Technology.  1960:  MS..  1961: 
Ph.D..  Delaware  State  College.  1964. 

Bonar.  Dale  B..  Assistant  Professor,  Zoology 

BA.  Whitman  College.  1967;  MS.  University  ot  the  Pacific. 

1970:  Ph.D.,  University  of  Hawaii.  1973 

Bottino,  Paul  J-,  Associate  Professor  of  Botany 
B  S..  Utah  State  University.  1964;  M.S..  1965.  Ph.D.. 
Washington  State  University.  1969. 


Boughner.  Robert  F„  Assistant  Professor  ot  Classical 
Languages  and  Literature 

B.A.,  Duke  University.  1968;  MA.  Johns  Hopkins  University, 
1969:  Ph  D,  1975 


Boyd.  Alfred  C.  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 
BS.  Camsius  College.  1951:  MS,  Purdue  University.  1953. 
PhD,  1957 

Boyd.  Derek  A_  Assistant  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy 
B.S,  University  of  Cape  Town  (S  Africa).  1964;  B  S..  (Hons) 
1965;  M.Sc..  1967;  Ph.D..  Stevens  Institute  of  Technology. 


Boyd.  Vivian  S.,  Assistant  Professor.  Counseling  and  Per- 
sonnel Services 

BA,  Antioch  College.  1961:  MA.  University  of  Colorado. 
1968,  MA,  University  of  Maryland.  1972  Ph.D..  1975 

Brabble.  Elizabeth  W..  Associate  Professor.  Family  and 
Community  Development 

BS,  Virginia  State  College.  1960:  M.S..  Pennsylvania  State 
University.  1966;  Ed  D  .  1969 

Brace.  John  W„  Professor  of  Mathematics 

BA.  Swarthmore  College.  1949:  A.M.  Cornell  University. 

1951.  Ph.D..  1953 


Brandt  John  C,  Adjunct  Professor  of  Astronomy 
A.B,  Washington  University.  1956;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Chicago.  1960 

Brannigan.  Vincent.  Lecturer  of  Textiles  and  Consumer 

Economics 

B.A .  University  of  Maryland.  1973;  Juns  Doctor.  Georgetown 

University  Law  Center.  1975. 

Brauth.  Steven  E..  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.S..  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute.  1967:  PhD,  New  York 

University.  1973. 

Brestow.  Marvin  A_  Associate  Professor  of  History 

B.A,  University  of  Nebraska  1957:  MA.  Harvard  University. 

1958;  PhD,  1963. 

Brewster.  Premala  E,.  Assistant  Professor  of  Secondary 
Education 

BS  .  Isabella  Thobum  College.  1956;  B.T .  Jabalpur  Univer- 
sity. 1957:  MA.  New  York  University.  1961;  Ph.D.  Cornell 
University.  1968 

Brigham.  Bruce  W,  Associate  Professor  ot  Secondary 

Education 

BS,  State  University  of  New  York.  1949;  MS.  Temple 

University.  1967;  Ph.D..  1967. 


Brinkley.  Howard  J,  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.S,  West  Virginia  University.  1958:  M.S..  University  of 

Illinois,  1960.  Ph.D..  1963. 

Brodsky.  Harold.  Associate  Professor  of  Geography 
BS,  Brooklyn  College.  1954;  M.S..  University  of  Colorado. 
I960  Ph.D..  University  ot  Washington.  1966 

Broome.  C.  Rose.  Assistant  Professor  of  Botany 

B.S .  University  of  Miami.  1965:  AM.  University  of  South 

Florida  1968;  PhD,  Duke  University.  1974. 

Brown,  Charles  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 
B.A..  Boston  College.  1970  MA,  1970  Ph.D..  Harvard 
University.  1974 


Brown,  Joshua  R.C..  Professor  of  Zoology 

A  B..  Duke  University.  1948:  MA,  1949;  Ph  D .  1953. 

Brown.  Lee  M..  Associate  Professor  of  Journalism 

BA.  Long  Beach  State  College.  1960.  M  A .  University  of 

Iowa  1961;  Ph.D..  1970. 

Brown.  Richard  H_  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 

B  A  ,  University  of  California  Berkeley.  1961.  MA,  Columbia 

University.  1965:  Ph.D..  University  of  California  at  San  Diego. 


Brown.  Robert  A.  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

BA,  University  of  Richmond.  1953:  M.A..  University  of  Iowa 

1961.  Ph.D.  1962. 

Brown.  Samuel  E..  Associate  Professor  of  English 
AB..  Indiana  University.  1934:  MA.  1946:  PhD,  Yale  Univer- 
sity. 1955. 

Brush.  Stephen  G..  Professor  of  History  and  Research 

Professor 

B.A,  Harvard  University.  1955:  D.PhM.  Oxford  University. 

1958 

Bryan.  Carter  R..  Professor  of  Journalism 

BA,  University  of  California  Berkeley.  1937:  Rer.Pol.D, 

University  of  Vienna  1940. 


Graduate  Faculty  /  31 


Bryer,  Jackson  R.,  Professor  of  English 

B  A  .  Amhersl  College.  1959;  MA,  Columbia  University, 

I960;  Ph.D..  University  of  Wisconsin.  1965. 

Buchler.  Edward  R..  Assistant  Professor  of  Zoology 
B  S .  California  State  Polytechnic  College.  1964;  MS  .  Univer- 
sity of  California.  1966;  Ph  D .  University  of  Montana, 
Missoula.  1972 

Buck.  Allen  C,  Associate  Professor  of  Textile  and  Con- 
sumer Economics 

as .  Michigan  Stale  University,  1939.  M.S..  Western  Reserve 
University.  1942;  Ph.D..  1947. 

Buckley.  Frank  T..  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical 

Engineering 

B.S..  University  Of  Maryland.  1959;  Ph  D .  1968 

Bundy.  Mary  Lee.  Professor,  College  of  Library  and  Informa- 
tion Services 

BE.  State  University  of  New  York  at  Potsdam.  1948,  M  A  , 
University  of  Denver,  1951;  Ph  D  ,  University  of  Illinois,  1960 

Burger,  Mary  M.W..  Assistant  Professor  of  English  B  A, 
A.M.  and  N.  College.  1959.  MA  .Colorado  State  University. 
1961,  Ph  D  ,  Washington  University.  1973. 

Buric,  John,  Associate  Professor  of  Animal  Science 
B.S.,  West  Virginia  University.  1948;  M.S.,  University  of 
Maryland.  1952;  Ph  D,  University  of  Illinois,  1960 

Burl,  Gordon  W„   Associate  Professor  of  Agronomy 
B.S.,  Tennessee  Technological  Institute.  1961;  M  S,  Cornell 
University.  1964.  PhD .  Washington  State  University.  1967, 

Burt,  John  J.,  Professor  and  Chairman.  Department  of 
Health  Education 

B.A,  Duke  University.  1955;  M.Ed.,  University  of  North 
Carolina.  1956.  MS.  Oregon  State  University.  1960; 
Ed  D.  1963 

Butler.  Lillian  C.  Associate  Professor  of  Food  and  Nutrition 
B.S,  University  of  Illinois.  1941;  MS,  University  of  Texas, 
1945,  Ph  D .  University  of  California,  Berkeley,  1953. 

Butterworth.  Charles  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Government 
and  Politics 

B.A,  Michigan  State  University,  1959;  Doctorat.  University  of 
Nancy.  France,  1961;  MA.  University  of  Chicago,  1962: 
PhD,  1966 

Byrne,  Richard  H„  Professor  of  Counseling  and  Personnel 

Services 

A.B..  Franklin  &  Marshall  College.  1938:  M.A,  Columbia 

University.  1947;  Ed  D,  1952. 

Cadman.  Theodore  W.,  Professor  and  Director  of  Chemical 

Engineering 

fl.S,  Carnegie-Mellon  University.  1962;  MS.,  1964:  PhD. 

1966. 

Cain.  Jarvis  L..  Professor  of  Agricultural  and  Resource 

Economics 

BS,  Purdue  University,  1955;  MS.  Ohio  State  University, 

1956;  PhD,  1961 

Cairns,  Gordon  M,  Dean.  College  of  Agriculture  and  Pro- 
fessor of  Dairy  Science 
B.S,  Cornell  University.  1936;  M.S..  1938;  Ph  D,  1940. 

Callcott.  George  H,  Professor  of  History 

A  B  .  University  of  South  Carolina.  1950;  MA  .  Columbia 

University,  1951;  PhD,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1956 

Cambridge.  Milton  H,  Assistant  Professor,  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services 

B.A,  Queens  College.  1969;  M.S..  University  of  Southern 
Mississippi    1973.  PhD,  1976 

Campagna,  Andrew  F,  Assistant  Professor.  French  and 

Italian 

A  B  .  Dartmouth  College,  1966,  M  A  ,  University  of 

Rochester.  1967;  Ph  D  ,  Washington  University.  1975 


Campbell,  Donald  L.,  Assistant  Professor.  Veterinary 

Science 

D.V.M,  Umversily  of  Georgia.  1968  M  S  .  Texas  Agricultural 

and  Mechanical  University.  1972 

Campbell,  Elwood  G,  Professor  of  Secondary  Education 
BS.  Northeast  Missouri  State  College.  1949;  MA. 
Northwestern  University.  1952:  Ph.D.,  1963 

Campbell.  Kenneth,  Associate  Professor  of  Art 
Massachusetts  College  of  Art;  National  Academy  of  Design; 
Art  Students  League;  Lowell  Institute 

Carbone.  Robert  F,  Professor  of  Administration,  Supervision 
and  Curriculum 

B.S,  East  Montana  College.  1953.  M.Ed,  Emory  University, 
1958;  PhD .  University  of  Chicago,  1961 

Caron,  Dewey  M„  Associate  Professor  of  Entomology 
B  A.  University  of  Vermont.  1964,  M.S.,  University  of  Ten 
nessee.  1966.  Ph  0,  Cornell  University,  1970 

Can.  John  C,  Professor  of  Secondary  Education 

B.S,  Wilson  Teachers  College,  1952:  M  FA.  Catholic  Umver 

sity  of  America.  1953:  Ph  0  .  1965 


Carroll.  Stephen  J.,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Business  and 

Management 

B  S    University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles.  1957;  MA, 

University  of  Minnesota.  1959;  Ph.D..  1964. 

Carter,  Everett  C.  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Civil 
Engineering 

B.SC.E.Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute.  1958:  M.SCE,  Univer- 
sity of  California.  Berkeley,  1959,  Ph  D  .  Northwestern 
University.  1969. 

Carter,  Thomas.  Assistant  Professor  of  Poultry  Science 
B.S,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1960:  MS.  1969;  Ph  D, 
1971. 

Castellan,  Gilbert  w.,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S,  Regis  College.  1945:  Ph.D.,  The  Catholic  University  of 

America,  1949;  Sc  D,  Regis  College.  1967 

Cate.  George  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B  A,  Rutgers  Umversily.  1960;  MA.  Duke  University.  1962; 

Ph.D.  1968 

Causey.  George  D„  Research  Professor  of  Hearing  and 

B.A,  University  of  Maryland.  1950;  M  A,  1951;  PhD,  Purdue 
University.  1954. 

Celaner,  James  L,  Associate  Professor  of  Philosophy 
A.B..  University  of  Illinois.  1956;  MA.  1958.  Ph.D..  University 
of  Pennsylvania.  1960. 

Celotta.  Beverly  Kay,  Assistant  Professor  of  Counseling  and 

A.B..  Oueens  College.  1965;  MA,  Brooklyn  College.  1967; 
PhD,  University  of  Colorado,  1971 

Chang.  Chia-Cheh.  Assistant  Professor.  Physics  and 

Astronomy 

BS  .Tughai  University  (Taiwan),  1961.  MA.  University  of 

Southern  California.  1966.  PhD,  1968 

Chang.  Chung-Yun,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 
B  S  .National  Taiwan  University.  1954.  Ph.D.,  Columbia 
University.  1965 

Chang,  Sunyung  Alice,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.A,  National  Taiwan  University  1970;  Ph.D..  University  of 
California.  Berkeley,  1974. 

Chant.  Nicholas.  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 
B  A,  University  of  Cambridge.  1962;  MA.  1966.  Ph  D  ,  Lin- 
coln College.  Oxford.  1966 

Chapin,  John  L„  Professor,  Institute  for  Child  Study 
A.B  .  Denison  University,  1939;  Ph.D..  Um/ersity  of 
Rochester.  1950. 

Chaves,  Antonio  F,  Associate  Professor  of  Geography 
Doctor,  Law.  University  of  Havana.  1941.  Doctor  of  Filosofia 
&  Letras,  1946;  MA,  Northwestern  University,  1948. 

Chen.  Hsing-Hen.  Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 
and  Astronomy 

BS .  National  Taiwan  University.  1968;  MA.  Columbia 
University,  1970;  PhD,  1973 

Chow,  Garland.  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  and 
Management 

B.S,  University  of  Maryland,  1970.  MBA.  1972.  DBA,  In- 
diana University.  1977 

Chnstensen,  Abel  Cheryl  J,  Assistant  Professor.  Govern- 
ment and  Politics 

B.A,  University  of  Minnesota.  1968.  Ph.D..  Massachusetts  In- 
stitute of  Technology.  1975. 

Christian.  Charles  M„  Assistant  Professor  of  Geography  and 
Urban  Studies 

B.A,  Northeastern  State  College.  1966;  MA,  University  of  Il- 
linois. 1968;  PhD,  1975. 

Chu.  Hsin,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S,  Hupeh  Teachers  College.  1948,  MS.  Tulane  University. 

1957.  Ph  D,  University  ot  Pennsylvania,  1959 

Chu,  Yaohan,  Professor  of  Computer  Science  and  Electrical 
Engineering 

B.S,  Chiao-tung  University.  1942.  MS,  Massachusetts  In- 
stitute of  Technology,  1945,  Sc  D,  1953 

Churaman.  Charlotte  V,  Assistant  Professor  ot  Family  and 
Community  Development 

BS.  Berea  College.  1942.  M.Ed,  Penn  State  University. 
1964;  Ed.D,  1969 

Church.  Kenneth  R,   Associate  Professor  of  Physical 

Education 

B  S    University  of  Northern  Iowa.  1946;  MS,  University  of 

Iowa.  1955;  Ph.D..  Indiana  University,  1963. 

Church.  Marilyn  G,  Associate  Professor.  Early  Childhood 

and  Elementary  Education 

B  S  ,  Indiana  University.  1962;  M  S  .  1963;  Ed  D  ,  1969 

Churchill.  John  W,  Associate  Professor  of  Recreation 
B.S,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Cortland.  1958;  MS, 
University  of  Illinois.  1959:  Ph  D .  university  of  Wisconsin. 


Cirrincione.  Joseph  M,  Associate  Professor  of  Secondary 
Education  and  Geography 

BS.  State  University  of  New  York  at  Oswego.  1962.  MA. 
Ohio  State  University.  1967   PhD.  1970 


Clague.  Monique  W,  Assistant  Professor  of  Adminstration. 

Supervision  and  Curriculum 

B.A  .  Swarthmore  College.  1959.  Ph.D..  Harvard  University. 


Clark.  Eugenie.  Professor  ot  Zoology 

B.A,  Hunter  College.  1942:  MA.  New  Yor*  University   1946: 

Ph  D.  1951 

Clark.  Thomas.  Associate  Professor  of  Physics  and 

Astronomy 

B.S,  University  of  Colorado,  1961:  PhD,  1967 

Clarke.  David  H,  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

B.S,  Springfield  College.  1952.  MS,  1953.  Ph.D..  University 

of  Oregon.  1959 

Claude.  Richard  P,  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and 

Politics 

B  A  .  College  of  St  Thomas.  1956:  M.S.,  Fionda  State 

University.  1960.  Ph  D .  University  of  Virginia.  1964 

Clearwater.  Harvey  E,  Associate  Professor,  Health 

Education 

A.B,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Albany.  1955:  MA 

Michigan  State  University.  1967,  Ed  D ,  1970 

Clemson.  Barry  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Administration 
Supervision  and  Curriculum 

BS,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1965:  MA.  1968 
Ph  D .  1975. 


Cohen.  Joel.  Associate  Professor.  Mathematics 

ScB.  Brown  University,  1963;  PhD,  Massachusetts  Institute 

of  Technology,  1966 

Cole,  Wayne  S,  Professor  of  History 

B.A  .  Iowa  State  Teachers  College,  1946:  M  S  ,  University  of 

Wisconsin.  1948;  Ph.D.,  1951 

Colletta.  Nancy  Donohue.  Assistant  Professor,  Institute  for 
Child  Study 

BA,  Michigan  State  University.  1972:  M.S.  State  University 
ot  New  York  at  Buffalo.  1974;  Ph  D,  Cornell  University,  1977 


Colvile.  Georgiana  M.M,  Assistant  Professor  of  French  and 

Italian 

Licence-es-Lettres.  Universite  d  Aix-Marseiile  I964;  M.A, 

University  of  California  Berkeley.  I968;  PhD,  I973. 

Colville.  James.    Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 
B  S  .  Purdue  University,  I959;  M  S  ,  I960;  Ph  D,  University  of 
Texas,  1970 

Colwell.  Rita  Rossi.  Professor  of  Microbiology 

B  S  .  Purdue  University.  1956.  M  S,  1958:  Ph.D..  University  of 

Washington.  1961 

Conn,  Alex  Paul,  Assistant  Professor  of  Electncal 

Engineering 

A.B,  Dartmouth  College,  1968,  B  E,  1969;  ME,  1971;  PhD, 

University  of  California.  Berkeley.  1977. 


Conway.  Mary  M,  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and 

Politics 

B.S,  Purdue  University,  1957:  M.A,  University  of  California. 

Berkeley.  I960;  Ph.D..  Indiana  University.  1965. 

Coogan.  Robert,   Associate  Professor  of  English 

BA,  lona  College.  1954;  M.A,  DePaul  University.  1958:  PhD, 

Loyola  University.  1967 

Cook.  Clarence  H,  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.A,  State  University  of  Iowa.  1948;  M.S.,  1950.  Phd,  Univer- 
sity of  Colorado.  1962 

Cook.  Craig  M,  Assistant  Professor  of  Information  Systems 
Management 

B.S,  University  of  Pittsbugh,  I968:  M.S.,  University  of 
Maryland.  I970;  Ph  D  .  I974. 

Cook,  Thomas  M,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Microbiology 
B  S,  University  of  Maryland.  I955;  MS.  I957;  Ph.D..  Rutgers 
University.  I963. 

Cooney.  Joseph  J,  Professor  ot  Microbiology 

B.S,  LeMoyne  College.  I956,  MS,  Syracuse  University.  I958. 

Ph  D,  I96I 

Cooney,  Stephanie  Heatwole,  Assistant  Professor  of  Secom 
dary  Education 

B  S .  Radford  College,  I967;  MS.  University  ot  Maryland. 
I972,  PhD  .  1975 

Cooper.  Jeffrey  M,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B  A  ,  Haverford  College,  I962.  MS.  University  of  Illinois. 
I964,  Ph  D  .  I967 


32  /  Graduate  Faculty 


Cooper,  Sherod  M.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 
B.S.,  Temple  University,  1951;  MA,  1953;  Ph.D.,  University  ol 
Pennsylvania,  I963. 

Coplan,  Michael,  Research  Associate  Professor,  Institute  for 

Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 

B.A,  Williams  College,  I960;  M.S.,  Yale  University,  I96I;  PhD 

I963. 

Corbett,  M.  Kenneth,  Professor  of  Botany 

B.S..  McGill  University.  1950.  Ph  D  .  Cornell  University.  1954 

Codiss,  John  0„  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Zoology 

B.S ,  University  of  Chicago,  1944;  B.A .  University  of  Vermont. 

1947;  Ph.D.,  New  York  University,  1951 

Coming,  Gerald  D.,  Professor  of  Aerospace  Engineering 
B.S.,  New  York  University,  1937;  MS,  Catholic  University. 
I954. 

Correl,  Ellen,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Douglass  College,  1951,  M.S.,  Purdue  University   1953 

Ph.D.,  1958. 

Corrigan,  Dean  C,  Professor  of  Administration,  Supervision 
and  Curriculum  and  Dean.  College  of  Education 
B.Ed.,  Keene  State  College.  I953;  MA..  Columbia  University 
1954;  Ed.D.,  1961. 

Corrigan,  Robert  A„  Provost,  Division  of  Arts  and 
Humanities  and  Professor  of  American  Studies 
A.B ,  Brown  University.  I957;  M  A..  University  of  Penn 
sylvania,  1959;  Ph  D.,  1967. 

Corsi,  Thomas  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  and 

Management 

B.A.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University.  1971,  M.A.,  Kent 

State  University.  1974;  PhD,  University  of  Wisconsin  at 

Milwaukee,  1976 


Coursey,  Robert  D„  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 
B.S ,  Spring  Hill  College.  1966,  Ph  D  ,  University  of 
Rochester,  I970 

Courtwright,  Benjamin  l„  Associate  Professor  of  Information 

Systems  Management 

B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1939;  Ph  D..  1968 

Cox,  Evelyn  M„  Associate  Professor  of  Food.  Nutrition  and 

Institution  Adminstration 

M.S.,  Syracuse  University,  1948;  Ph.D..  Iowa  State  University 

1960. 

Craft,  Ann  Harrell,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical 
Education 

B.S.,  East  Carolina  University,  1962;  M.A..  1966;  Ed.D.,  Univer- 
sity of  North  Carolina  at  Greensboro.  1977. 

Craft,  Carolyn  F„  Assistant  Professor  of  Veterinary  Science 
B.A.,  Bucknell  University,  1970;  DVM,  University  of  Georqia 
1974.  S 

Craig,  Randall  J„  Associate  Professor  of  Secondary 
Education 

B.S.,  Morgan  State  University,  1955;  M.F.A.,  Temple  Univer- 
sity, 1963;  Ph  D„  University  of  Maryland,  1974 

Crites,  John  0„  Professor  of  Psychology 

A.B  ,  Princeton  University.  I950;  Ph.D..  Columbia  University 

1957.  ' 

Crosson,  Patricia  H„  Adiunct  Assistant  Professor  of 

Administration,  Supervision,  and  Curriculum 

M  Ed.,  University  of  Massachusetts.  I972.  Ed.D,  1974. 

Cumberland,  John  H.,    Professor,  Bureau  of  Business  and 
Economic  Research 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1947,  MA.,  Harvard  University 
1949;  Ph  D..  1951. 

CunniM,  Patrick  F.,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Mechanical 
Engineering 

B.S.,  Manhattan  College,  1955;  M.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  In- 
stitute, 1956;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Currie,  Douglas  G„  Professor  of  Physics 

B.E.P.,  Cornell  University,  1958.  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Rochester,  1962. 

Currier,  Albert  W„  Assistant  Professor  ol  Mathematics 
B.A..  State  University  ot  Iowa,  1954;  MA..  The  Johns 
Hopkins  University,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1968 

Curtis,  John  M.,  Professor  of  Agricultural  and  Resource 

Economics 

B.S..  North  Carolina  State  College.  1947;  M.S..  1949;  Ph.D., 

University  of  Maryland,  1961 

Cussler,  Margaret  T„  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 
B.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Albany,  I93I;  MA 
1933;  MA.,  Harvard  University.  1941;  Ph.D.,  1943. 

Dachler,  H.  Peter,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.S.,  Richmond  Professional  Institute.  1963;  MA    University 

of  Illinois.  1968;  Ph.D..  1969. 

Dagalakis.  Nicholas  G.,  Assistant  Professor,  Mechanical 

Engineering 

Dipt  of  Mech  Engr ,  National  Technical  University  (Greece), 

1969;  M.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1971. 

Eng.D..  1973;  Ph.D..  1975. 


Dager,  Edward  Z„  Professor  of  Sociology 
BA.,  Kent  State  University,  1950,  MA,  Ohio  State  Univer- 
sity, 1951;  Ph.D..  1956. 

Dainis,  Andrew,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  University  of  Adelaide,  South  Australia,  1962;  Ph.D., 
1967;  MA,  University  of  North  Carolina,  Chapel  Hill.  1972. 

Daisson,  Lee  D„  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
BSE.,  Princeton  University,  1958;  M  S.E..  University  of 
California  at  Los  Angeles,  1961,  Ph  D  ,  1964 

Dally,  James  W„  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
BS.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  1951,  MS,  1953 
Ph  D ,  Illinois  Institute  of  Technology,  1958. 

Dancis,  Jerome,  Associate  Professor  ot  Mathematics 

BS,  Polytechnic  Institute  of  Brooklyn,  1961;  MS  .University 

of  Wisconsin,  1963;  PhD,  1966 

Daniel,  Sandra  F„  Assistant  Professor  of  French  and  Italian 
B.A.,  Talladega  College.  1965.  M  A  ,  University  ol  Rochester 
1968;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Darden,  Lindley,  Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy  and 

History 

B.A  ,  Southwestern  at  Memphis,  1968.  MA.  University  of 

Chicago.  1969;  SM..  1973;  PhD.  1974. 

Dardis,  Rachel,  Prolessor  of  Textiles  and  Consumer 
Economics  and  Lecturer  in  Economics 
BS.,  St   Mary's  College.  Dublin,  1949;  MS..  University  of 
Minnesota,  1963,  Ph  D  ,  1965 

Darrah,  Charles  Howard,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agronomy 
B.S.,  University  ot  Delaware,  1969;  MS,  University  of 
Maryland,  1972;  PhD,  Cornell  University,  1977 

Davey,  Belh  H„  Associate  Professor  of  Secondary 

Education 

B.S..  Miami  University  ot  Ohio,  1965.  MA.  University  of 

Rochester,  1969;  Ph  D.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University 

1971 

Davidson,  James  P.,   Assistant  Professor  of  Veterinary 

Science 

B.S..  Michigan  State  University,  1964;  DVM,  1966.  M  S . 

1974;  Ph.D.,  1977. 

Davidson,  John  A„  Professor  of  Entomology 

B.A.,  Columbia  Union  College,  1955,  M.S..  University  of 

Maryland,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1960 

Davidson,  Marie  S.,  Acting  Associate  Dean  for  Graduate 

Studies 

B.S.,  Dillard  University,  1959;  M.S..  University  of  Maryland, 

1967;  PhD,  1971 

Davidson,  Neil,  Associate  Prolessor  of  Secondary  Education 
and  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.S.,  Case  Institute  of  Technology,  1961,  M.S..  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1963.  Ph.D..  1970 

Davidson,  Ronald  C,  Professor  of  Physics 
B.Sc  ,  McMaster  University,  1963;  PhD,  Princeton  Univer- 
sity. 1966. 

Davis,  Christopher  C,  Assistant  Professor,  Electrical 
Engineering 

B.A.,  Cambridge  University,  1965;  M.A.,  1970,  Ph.D.,  Man- 
chester University  (England),  1970. 

Davis,  Richard  F„  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Dairy  Science 
and  Animal  Science 

BS,  University  of  New  Hampshire,  1950;  MS.,  Cornell 
University,  1952;  Ph.D.  1953 

Davis,  Shelley,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 
BA,  Washington  Square  College  of  New  York  University, 
1957.  M.A..  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences  of  New 
York  University.  1960;  Ph  D  ,  1971 

Dawkins,  Marvin  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Afro- 
American/Urban  Studies 

B.S ,  Edward  Waters  College,  1970;  M.S.,  Florida  State 
University,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1975 

Dawson,  Townes  L.,  Professor  of  Business  and 
Management 

B.B.A.,  University  of  Texas,  1943,  B.S.,  United  States  Mer- 
chant Marine  Academy,  1946,  MBA,  University  of  Texas. 
1947;  PhD..  1950;  J.D.  1954 

Dawson,  Victor,  CD.,  Lecturer  in  Mechanical  Engineering 
B  S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  ol  Technology.  1948.  M.S., 
Harvard  University.  1951,  M  E .  California  Institute  ot 
Technology,  1959;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1963 

Dayton,  Chauncy  M.,  Professor  of  Measurement  and 

Statistics 

A.B.,  University  of  Chicago,  1955;  M  A  ,  University  Of 

Maryland,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1964 


Debro,  Julius,  Assistant  Professor.  Institute  of  Criminal 

Justice  and  Criminology 

B  S..  University  of  San  Francisco.  I953;  M.A..  San  Jose  State 

College.  1967;  DCnm  .  University  of  California.  Berkeley.  1975 

Decker.  A.  Morris  Jr..  Professor  of  Agronomy 

B  S..  Colorado  A&M.  1949,  M  S  ,  Utah  State  College.  1951, 

Ph.D.,  University  ot  Maryland,  1953. 


Decker,  William  A„  Assistant  Professor  of  Health  Education 
B.A.,  State  University  ol  California  at  San  Diego,  1967   M  A 
Wayne  State  University,  1969;  PhD .  University  ol  Connec- 
ticut, 1975 

DeClaris.  Nicholas,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
B.S,  Texas  A&M  University,  1952,  SM  ,  Massachusetts  In- 
stitute ot  Technology,  1954;  Sc.D.,  1959. 

DeLeiris,  Alain,  Professor  of  Art 

B.F  A.,  Rhode  Island  School  of  Design,  1948;  AM    Harvard 

University,  1952;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

DeLorenzo,  William  E„  Associate  Professor  of  Secondary 

Education 

B  A..  Montclair  State  College,  1959,  M  A.,  1964,  PhD   Ohio 

State  University.  1971, 

Demaitre,  Ann.  Associate  Professor  ot  French  and  Italian 
B  A  ,  Columbia  University  1950.  MA  ,  University  of  Califor- 
nia. Berkeley,  1951,  M.S.,  Columbia  University,  1952;  Ph  D 
University  of  Maryland,  1960 

DeMonte,  Claudia  A„  Lecturer,  Art 

BA,  College  of  Notre  Dame  of  Maryland,  1969.  M  F  A . 

Catholic  University  of  America,  1971 


Denny,  Don  W„  Professor  of  Art 

B.A.,  University  of  Florida,  1959.  M  A  .  New  York  University 

1961;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

DeRocco,  Andrew  G„  Professor  of  Institute  of  Physical 
Science  and  Technology 

B.S..  Purdue  University.  1951,  M.S..  University  of  Michiqan 
1953;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

Derrick,  Frederick  W„  Assistant  Professor,  Textiles  and  Con- 
sumer Economics 
B.S..  North  Carolina  State  University,  1972;  MS .  1974;  Ph  D 

1976. 

DeRucher,  Kenneth  N.,  Assistant  Prolessor,  Civil 

Engineering 

B.S.C.E.,  Tn-State  College,  1971.  M  S  .  University  of  North 

Dakota,  1973;  Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute.  I976. 

Deshier,  Walter  w„  Professor  of  Geography 

B.S..  Lafayette  College,  1943.  MA.  University  of  Maryland. 

1953;  Ph.D..  1957. 

DeSilva.  Alan  W..  Professor  of  Physics 

B  S..  University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles.  1954,  Ph.D.. 

University  of  California.  Berkeley.  1961. 

Dessaint,  Alain,  Assistant  Professor  of  Anthropology 
BA.  University  of  Chicago.  1961;  MA,  Stanford  University 
1962;  Ph.D..  University  of  Hawaii. 1972. 

Destler,  William  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Electrical 

Engineering 

B.S.,  Stevens  Institute  ot  Technology,  1968;  Ph  D.,  Cornell 

University,  1972. 

Devine,  Donald  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and 

Politics 

BBA„  Saint  Johns  University,  1959;  M.A.,  Brooklyn  College, 

1965;  Ph  D  ,  Syracuse  University.  1967. 

DeVoe.  Howard  J..  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 
BA,  Oberlm  College,  1955;  PhD.,  Harvard  University,  1960. 

Dies,  Robert  R„  Associate  Professor  ot  Psychology 
B.S..  Carroll  College.  1962;  MA.  Bowling  Green  State 
University.  1964;  Ph.D..  University  of  Connecticut.  1968. 

Dieter,  George  E.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering  and 
Dean.  College  of  Engineering 

B  S„  Drexel  University,  1950;  D  Sc  ,  Carnegie-Mellon  Univer 
sity.  1953 

Dietz,  Maureen  A„  Associate  Professor  of  Early  Childhood 
and  Elementary  Education 

BS.  Creighton  University.  1964;  M  S  .  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania 1965;  Ph.D..  1968. 

DiFederico,  Frank  Robert,  Associate  Professor  of  Art 
B  A  .  University  of  Massachusetts  1955;  M.A..  Boston  Univer- 
sity, 1961;  Ph.D.  New  York  University,  1970. 

Diggs.  Charles  C,  Assistant  Professor.  Hearing  and  Speech 
Sciences 

;  M.S..  Purdue  University  1972; 


Dillard.  Dudley,  Professor  of  Economics  and  Provost,  Div.  of 

Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences 

B.S .  University  of  California,  Berkeley,  1935,  Ph  D .,  1940 

Dingwall,  William  Orr,  Associate  Professor  and  Director, 

Linguistics  Program 

B.S,  Georgetown  University.  1957;  Ph.D.  1964 

Dittman.  Laura  L.,  Professor  Institute  lor  Child  Study 
BS..  University  ol  Colorado,  I938;  MA.  University  of 
Maryland.  1963;  Ph.D..  1967 

Dively.  Galen  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Entomology 
B.S,  Juniata  College.  1966.  M  S.  Rutgers  University,  I968; 
Ph.D.  1971. 


Graduate  Faculty  /  33 


Dixon,  Jack  R.,  Adjunct  Associate  Professor  ot  Physics 
BS.  Western  Reserve  University,  1948.  M.S..  1950;  PhD, 
University  of  Maryland,  1956. 

Dodge,  Norton  T„  Associate  Professor  of  Economics 

AB    Cornell  University.  1948;  MA,  Harvard  University,  1951; 

Ph.D.,  1960. 

Doetsch.  Raymond  N„  Professor  of  Microbiology 

B.S.,  University  ot  Illinois,  1942;  A.M.,  Indiana  University, 

1943;  Ph  D„  University  of  Maryland,  1948. 

Dombeck,  Thomas  W..  Assistant  Professor,  Physics  and 

Astronomy 

B.A..  Columbia  University.  1967;  Ph  D..  Northwestern  Univer 

sity,  1972 

Donaldson,  Bruce  K.,  Associate  Professor  of  Aerospace 
Engineering 

B.S..  Columbia  University,  1955.  MS,  Wichita  Stale  Univer- 
sity. 1962,  M.S.,  1963;  Ph.D..  University  ol  Illinois  at  Urbana, 
1968 

Dortman,  J.  Robert,  Professor  of  Physics  and  Institute  for 

Physical  Science  and  Technology 

B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1957;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

Dorman,  Gary  J.,  Assistant  Professor,  Economics 
AB.  University  of  Michigan.  1972;  PhD.  University  of 
California.  1976. 

Dotson,  Charles  0„  Associate  Professor  of  Physical 

Education 

B.A.,  Morehead  Stale  University,  1963;  M.S.,  Purdue  Univer 

sity.  1964;  Ph.D..  1968. 

Doudna,  Mark  E„  Assistant  Professor  of  Hearing  and 

Speech  Sciences 

B.S..  Ohio  Stale  University,  1948;  MA,  1956;  Ph.D..  1962. 

Douglass,  Larry  w..  Associate  Profesor  of  Dairy  Science 
BS  Purdue  University.  1963;  M.A.,  1966,  PhD,  Oregon 
State  University.  1969 

Douglis,  Avron.  Professor  of  Mathematics 

AB ,  University  of  Chicago.  1938;  MA.  New  York  University, 

1949;  PhD  .  1949 

Dowdy.  Lawrence  W.,  Assistant  Professor  ol  Computer 

Science 

B.S.,  Florida  Stale  University,  1974;  MA,  Duke  University 

1976.  Ph.D.,  1977. 

Dragt.  Alexander  J.,  Protessor  of  Physics 

A  B  ,  Calvin  College.  1958;  Ph.D..  University  of  California. 

Berkeley,  1963. 

Drew,  Howard  Dennis,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 
B.S..  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1962;  Ph.D..  Cornell  University. 


Driskell,  David  C,  Professor.  Art 

AB,  Howard  University.  1955;  M  FA,  Catholic  University  ol 
America,  1962.  Rijksbureau  voor  Kunslhistonsches 
Documentatie,  Den  Haag  (Holland),  1964. 

Dudley,  James,  Professor  of  Administration,  Supervision  and 

Curriculum 

B.A..  Southern  Illinois  University.  I9SI;  M  S  Southern    Illinois 

University.  1957;  Ed  D.  University  of  Illinois.  1964. 

Duffey.  Dick,  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering  and 
Nuclear  Engineering 

B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1939;  M  S .  Univprsily  ol  Iowa,  1940; 
Ph  D  ,  University  ol  Maryland.  1956. 

Duffey,  Robert  v.,  Professor  of  Early  Childhood  and  Elemen- 
tary Education 

B.S..  Millersviile  Slate  College,  1938;  Ed.M  ,  Temple  Univer- 
sity. 1948,  Ed.D.,  1954. 

Duffy,  John,  Professor  ot  History 

B.A    Louisana  State  Normal  College.  1941,  M  A  ,  1943  Ph  D 

University  ol  California.  1946 

Dunn.  Norma  E..  Assistant  Professor,  English 
B.A.,  Madison  College,  1946;  MA  ,  University  ot  Penn- 
sylvania, 1953;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Dutta,  Sukanta  K„  Associate  Professor  of  Veterinary 

Science 

B.Sc.  (Vet.)  Bombay  University.  India.  1956;  M.S.,  University 

ol  Minnesota.  1960;  Ph  D..  1962. 

Dworzecka,  Maria  Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 
M.Sc.  Warsaw  University,  1964;  Ph  D.,  1969. 

Earl,  James  A.,  Professor  of  Physics 

BS,  Massachusetts  Institute  ol  Technoloqy    1953   Ph  D 

1957 

Edmisier.  Robert  O.,  Associate  Professor  of  Business  and 

Management 

BS.  Miami  University.  1964;  MBA..  University  of  Michigan 

1965.  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University,  1970. 

Edmundson,  Harold  P..  Professor  of  Mathematics  and  Com- 
puter Science 

8. A,  University  ol   California,  Los  Angeles,  1946  M  A    1948 
Ph.D.,  1953 

Ehrlich.  Gertrude.  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B  S  .  Georgia  State  College  for  Women,  1943;  MA..  Univer- 
sity of  North  Carolina.  1945;  Ph.D..  University  of  Tennessee. 


Einstein.  Theodore  L..  Assistant  Professor,  Physics  and 

Astronomy 

BA,  Harvard  University,  1969,  MA.,  1969;  PhD,  University 

of  Pennsylvania,  I973 

Eisenberg,  John,  Adjunct  Professor  of  Zoology 

B  S..  Washington  Stale  University.  1957.  MA    University  of 

California  Berkeley,  1959,  Ph.D..  1962. 

Eley,  George,  Associate  Professor  of  Early  Childhood 

Elementary  Education 

BS,  Ohio  State  University.  I952;  M.Ed..  1957;  Ph.D..  1966. 

Eliot.  John,  Associate  Professor,  Institute  tor  Child  Study 
A  B  ,  Harvard  University,  1956;  A.M.T  .  1958;  Ed.D.,  Stanford 
University,  1966. 

Elkin.  Stephen  L„  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and 

Politics 

BA,  Alfred  University,  1961.  MA.  PhD..  Harvard  University 


Elkins,  Richard  L„  Assistant  Professor  of  Industrial 

Education 

B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1953.  MA,  1958;  Ed.D.,  1972 

Ellingson.  Robert  G„  Assistant  Professor  ol  Meteorology 
B.S.,  Florida  State  University,  1967;  M.S.,  1968,  Ph.D.,  1972. 

Elliott,  Gregory  C.  Assistant  Protessor  of  Sociology 
A.B.,  Boston  College.  1968:  M.S..  University  ol  North 
Carolina.  1970;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1974  Ph  D 
1977, 

Elliott,  Teresa  G.,  Assistant  Protessor,  Speech  and  Dramatic 

Art 

BA,,  Catholic  University  ot  America,  1950,  MCA..  1970. 

Ellis.  Robert  L..  Assistant  Protessor  ol  Mathematics 

B.A .  Miami  University,  1960,  Ph.D..  Duke  University.  1966. 

Emad.  Fawzi  P.,  Associate  Professor  ol  Electrical 
Engineering 

BS..  American  University  (Beirut),  1961;  M.S..  Northwestern 
University.  1963,  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Emerson,  Peter  M.,  Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of  Textiles 
and  Consumer  Economics 

BS,  Cornell  University,  1967;  MS,  1968;  PhD.  Purdue 
University,  1972. 

Ephremides,  Anthony.  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical 

Engineering 

B  S  ,  National  Technical  University  of  Athens,  1967;  MA, 

Princeton  University,  1969;  PhD,  1971 


Evans,  Emory,  Prolessor  and  Chairman  of  History 

B.A .  Randolph-Macon  College,  1950;  MA.  University  of 

Virginia.  1954,  Ph  D.,  1957. 

Ewert,  D.  Merrill,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agricultural  and 
Extension  Educalion 

BA,  Tabor  College,  1967,  MA,  University  ot  Wisconsin- 
Madison,  1971;  Ph.D.,  1977. 

Eyler,  Marvin  H.,  Dean  and  Professor,  College  of  Physical 
Education,  Recreation  and  Health 

A.B.,  Houghton  College,  1942;  M.S.,  1942;  M.S..    University 
of  Illinois  I948.  Ph  D..  1956 

Falcione,  Raymond  L„  Associate  Professor  of  Speech  and 
Dramatic  Art 

B.A..  Akron  University.  1965;  MA..  1967;  Ph.D..  Kent  State 
University.  1972. 

Falk.  David  S.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.  Eng   Phys ,  Cornell  University,  1954,  MS,  Harvard  Univer- 
sity, 1955,  Ph.D..  1959. 

Faller.  Alan  J„  Professor,  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and 
Technology  and  Meteorology 

SB.  Massachusetts  Institute  for  Technology,  1951   M  S 
1953;  Sc.D,  1957. 

Fanning,  Delvin  S.,  Professor  of  Agronomy 

B.S.,  Cornell  University.  1954;  MS.,  1959;  Ph.D..  University  ol 

Wisconsin,  1964, 

Farquhar,  Douglas  James,  Associate  Professor  of  Art 
BA,  Washington  and  Lee  University.  1963;  M  A.,  University 
of  Chicago.  1966;  Ph.D.,  1972. 

Farrell,  Richard  T.,  Associate  Prolessor  ol  Secondary  Educa- 
tion and  History 
A.B.,  Wabash  College,  1954,  M.S..  Indiana  University,  1958: 


Feiton,  Kenneth  E.,  Associate  Prolessor  of  Agricultural 
Engineering 

BS.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950;  B.S..  1951.  M.S.  Penn- 
sylvania State  University,  1962. 

Ferrell,  Richard  A„  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  California  Institute  ol  Technology,  1948,  M.S..  1949; 

Ph.D.,  Princeton  University,  1952. 

Fey,  James  T.,  Associate  Prolessor  of  Secondary  Education 
and  Mathematics 

B.S.,  University  ol  Wisconsin.  1962;  M.S..  1963;  Ph.D..  Colum- 
bia University,  1968 


Fink,  Beatrice  C.  Associate  Prolessor  ol  French  and  Italian 
B.A.,  Bryn  Mawr  College.  1953;  MA.  Yale  University.  1956; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh.  1966. 

Finkelstein,  Barbara  J„  Associate  Prolessor,  Social  Founda- 
tions of  Education 

B.A.,  Barnard  College.  1959;  MA.,  Teachers  College,  Colum- 
bia University,  1960;  Ed.D..  1970 

Finsterbusch,  Kurt,  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 
BA,  Princeton  University,  1957;  B.D  ,  Grace  Theological 
Seminary,  1960,  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1969 

Fish,  Gertrude  S„  Assistant  Professor  of  Housing  and 

Applied  Design 

B.S.,  Cornell  University.  1968;  MA.  1970;  Ph.D.,  1973. 


Filzpatrick,  Patrick  M„  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
BA.  Rutgers  University.  1966;  PhD.,  1971. 


Flack,  James  K.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  History 
B.A.,  Albion  College,  1959;  MA.,  Wayne  Stale  University, 
1963.  Ph.D.,  1968 

Flatter,  Charles  H„  Associate  Professor,  Institute  for  Child 

Study 

B.A.,  DePauw  University,  1961;  E.Ed.,  University  of  Toledo, 

1965;  Ed.D..  University  of  Maryland,  1968. 

Fleck,  Jere,  Associate  Professor  of  Germanic  and  Slavic 

Languages 

Ph.D.  University  ol  Munich,  1968. 

Fleig,  Albert  J„  Jr.,  Lecturer  in  Aerospace  Engineering 
B.S.E.S.,  Purdue  University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  Catholic  University 
of  America,  1968. 


Folsom,  Kenneth  E„  Associate  Prolessor  ol  History 
B.A.,  Princeton  University.  1943;  BA.  University  of  Califor- 
nia. Berkeley.  1955;  M.A.,  1957;  Ph.D..  1964. 

Folslrom,  Roger  J.,  Professor  of  Music  and  Secondary 
Education 

BS.  College  ol  SI  Thomas,  1956;  M.Ed..  1959;  MM.,  North- 
western University.  1963;  Ph.D..  1967. 

Fonaroff,  L.  Schuyler,  Professor  of  Geography 

B.A.,  University  of  Arizona,  1955;  Ph  D ,  The  Johns  Hopkins 

University,  1961. 


Ford,  Gary  T.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  and 

Management 

B.B.A..  Clarkson  College  of  Technology,  1966:  MBA.  State 

University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo,  1968;  Ph  D..  1973 

Foss,  John  E.,  Professor  of  Agronomy 

B.S..  Wisconsin  State  University,  1957,  M.S.,  University  of 

Minnesota.  1959;  Ph.D..  1965. 

Foster.  Phillips  W.,  Professor  of  Agricultural  and  Resource 

Economics 

B.S.,  Cornell  University.  1953;  MS  ,  University  ol  Illinois 

1956;  Ph  D„  1958 

Foumey,  William  L„  Prolessor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S.A.E..  West  Virginia  University.  1962;  M.S.,  1963:  PhD, 
University  of  Illinois.  1966 

Foust,  Clifford  M.,  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  Syracuse  University.  1949;  MA.,  University  of  Chicago, 

1951,  PhD..  1957. 

Frank,  Susan,  Assistant  Professor,  Psychology 

BA,  New  York  University,  1971;  Ph.D.  Yale  University  1976 

Frederiksen,  Elke  P.,  Assistant  Prolessor,  Germanic  and 
Slavic  Languages 

MA .  University  of  Kiel  (Germany).  1962;  MA,  University  ol 
Wisconsin,  1965;  PhD,  University  ol  Colorado,  1973. 

Freedman,  Morris,  Professor  of  English 

B.A ,  Cily  University  ol  New  York,  1941;  MA,  Columbia 

University,  1950;  Ph.D.,  1953 

Freeman,  David  H.,  Professor  of  Chemistry 
B.S.,  University  of  Rochester,  1952;  M.S..  Carnegie  Institute 
of  Technology,  1954;  PhD .  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology  1957. 

Freeman,  Robert,  Associate  Prolessor  of  Psychology  and 
Counseling  and  Personnel  Services 
B.A,  Havertord  College,  1951;  MA,  Wesieyan  University 
1954;  Ph  D  .  University  ol  Maryland.  1964. 

Freimuth.  Vicki  S..  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and 
Dramatic  Art 

B  S..  Eastern  Illinois  University.  1966.  MA,  University  of 
Iowa,  1967;  Ph.D..  Florida  State  University,  1974. 

Freti  Bruce  R„  Adjunct  Professor  ot  Psychology 

B.A..  Gettysburg  College.  1961;  MA.  Ohio  Slate  University 

1963;  Ph  D..  1965. 


34  /  Graduate  Faculty 


Friedman.  Herbert  Adjunct  Professor  of  Physics 

BA,  Brooklyn  College  1336;  Ph.O,  The  Johns  Hopkins 

University.  1940 

Fritz.  Sigmund.  Visiting  Professor  of  Meteorology 

B.S..  Brooklyn  College.  1934;  US,  Massachusetts  Institute 

of  Technology.  1941:  Sc  D,  1953 

Fromovitz.  Stan.  Associate  Professor  of  Business  and 

Management 

BA    Sc    Unnrersity  Of  Toronto   I960;  MA    1961:  Ph.D.. 

Stanford  University.  1965 

Fry.  Gladys  M,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

BA.  Howard  University.  1952:  MA.  1954:  Ph.D..  Indiana 

University.  1967 

Fuegi.  John  B,  Professor  and  Director.  Comparative 
_  ■e-~:--a  Program 

BA.  Pomona  College.  1961:  Ph  D,  University  of  Southern 
California  1967 

Funaro.  George  J,  Ptjvosi  Division  of  Human  and  Com- 
munity Resources  and  Associate  Professor  of  Secondary 
Education 

BA.  Amencan  International  College.  1956:  MA.  University 
of  Connecticut.  1961:  Ph.D..  1965 

Funt.  Richard.  Assistant  Professor  of  Horticulture 

B  S    Delaware  Valley  College.  1968.  M  S    Pennsylvania 

State  University.  1971:  Ph.D..  1974 

Galletta.  Gene  J,  Adjunct  Professor  of  Horticulture 

B.S,  University  of  Maryland.  1951:  MS..  Rutgers  University. 

1953:  Ph.D..  University  of  California.  1959 


Gambreil.  Linda  B_  Assistant  Professor  of  Early  Childhood— 

Elementary  Education 

B.S,  University  of  Maryland.  1966:  M  Ed,  1970:  Ph.D..  1973. 

Gammon.  Robert  w_  Assistant  Professor  of  Institute  of 
Physical  Science  and  Technology 

BA.  The  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1961:  M.S..  California  In- 
stitute of  Technology.  1963;  Ph.D..  The  Johns  Hopkins 
University.  1967 

Gannon.  John  D,  Assistant  Professor  of  Computer  Science 
:  -     =-:a-   .-  .ersity,  1970.  M.S..  1972:  University  of 
Toronto.  1975 

Gannon.  Martin  J-  Professor  of  Business  and  Management 
BA  University  of  Scranton.  1961;  Ph.D..  Columbia  Univer- 
s  '.    1969 

Garbanati.  Dennis.  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
BA,  Spring  Hill  College.  1967:  MA.  University  of  California 

Sa"'.a  Barbara  1969:  Ph.D..  1972 


Gardner.  Albert  H_  Associate  Professor.  Institute  for  Child 

Study 

B.S..  State  University  of  New  York.  Cortland.  1958:  MA. 

Syracuse  University.  1964;  Ph.D..  1967. 

Gardner.  Marjorie  H,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

BS    Utah  State  Unrversity.  1946:  MA  Ohio  State  University 

1958  PhD.  1960. 

Garrison.  Martha  U  Assistant  Professor  of  Family  and  Com- 
munity Development 

B.S..  Michigan  State  Unrversity   1938:  MS..  University  of 
Maryland.  1963. 

Garst.  Ronald  D,  Assistant  Professor  of  Geography 
BS..  Arizona  State  University.  Tempe.  1963:  MA.  1966: 
Ph  D .  Michigan  State  Unrversity.  East  Lansing.  1972 

Garvey.  Evertyn  F.  Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.S..  Temple  University.  1943:  MM..  University  of  Rochester 

1946 

Gasner.  Larry  U  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemical 
E-;  nee'  ~: 

B.S,  University  of  Minnesota  1965:  M.S..  Massachusetts  in- 
stitute of  Technology.  1967:  PhD,  1971 

Gass.  Saul  L,  Professor  of  Business  and  Management 

B  S  .  Boston  University.  1949:  MA.  1949:  Ph  D,  University  of 

California  1965 

Gatz.  Margaret  J,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 
5~    S:  _•"  a  es:e-  at  Memphis    I9GE   --  Z    I,--\-  .-- 
sity.  1972 

Gaylin.  Ned  l_  Professor  and  Chairman.  Department  of 

Family  and  Community  Development 

BA    University  of  Chicago.  1956.  MA.  1961:  PhD,  1965. 

Gelman.  Blen  F_  Associate  Professor  of  Art 

AB,  Brandeis  University.  1961:  M  FA.  Columbia  University. 


Geiso.  Charles  J,  Assocate  Professor  of  Psychology 
=  ■      5  : :  --:  .•;  E'a'e  C:  e;e   -363   '.'  S    -  :•  la'State 
University.  1964:  Ph    D,  Ohio  State  University.  1970 

Gemmill.  Perry  R,  Assistant  Professor.  Industrial  Education 
BS.  Miiiersville  State  College.  1968:  MAE,  Ball  State  Col- 
ore tan 


Gentry.  James  W,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemical 
E~;  -~-  rig 

BS,  Oklahoma  State  University.  1961:  MS.  University  of 
Birmingham.  1963:  Ph.D,  University  of  Texas  1959 

Giblette  John  F.  Professor  Measurement  and  Statistics 
BA.  George  Washington  University.  1947:  MA.  Unrversity 
of  Minnesota  1952  Ph  D ,  University  of  Pennsylvania  i960 

Giffin.  Donald  W_  Associate  Professor  of  History  and  Direc- 
tor of  Admissions  and  Registrations 
BA.  University  of  California  Santa  Barbara  1950  MA 
Vanderbm  University.  1956:  Ph.D,  1962 

Gilbert  James  B,  Professor  of  History 

BA,  Caneton  College.  1961:  MA.  University  of  Wisconsin 

1963:  Ph.D,  1966 

Gill.  Douglas  E_  Assistant  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.S .  Marietta  College.  1965:  MA.  University  of  Michigan 

1967:  PhD    1971 

Ginter.  Marshall  L,  Professor.  Institute  for  Physical  Science 

and  'a-:--:  ::. 

B.S,  Chico  State  College.  1958:  PhD,  Vanderbilt  Unrversity 

1961 

Girdano.  Daniel  A,  Associate  Professor  of  Health  Education 
BA.  West  Liberty  State  College.  1964:  MA.  Kent  State 
Unrversity.  1965:  Ph.D,  University  of  Toledo.  1970 

Girdano.  Dorothy  D„  Associate  Professor  of  Health 
E:,:=-  :.- 

BS,  Unrversity  of  Nebraska  I960:  MA.  Colorado  State  Col- 
lege 1964:  Ph.D..  University  of  Toledo.  1969 

Glass.  James  M,  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and 

Politics 

BA,  Unrversity  of  California  at  Berkeley.  1961:  MA    1964 


Glasser.  Robert  G,  Professor  of  Physics 

AB,  Unrversity  of  Chicago.  1948:  B.S,  1950  M  S    1952 

=-  :  •  »4 

Glee.  Ulysses  S,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agricultural  and 
;■  r'j  ;■  =:_:=■     - 

aS_  Florida  ASM  University.  1967:  MS,  University  of 
Maryland.  1970.  Ph  D,  1975. 

Glendening.  Parris  N,  Associate  Professor  of  Government 

and  ::  •  es 

BA,  Florida  State  Unrversity.  1964;  MA.  1965:  Ph  0 .  1967 

Glick.  Arnold  J.  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

BA.  Brooklyn  College.  1955:  PhD,  Unrversity  of  Maryland. 

1961 

Gligor.  Virgil  D,  Assistant  Professor.  Computer  Science 
BS,  University  of  California  (Berkeley).  1972.  MS.  1973 
Ph  D,  1976 

Gtoeckler.  George.  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 
8S„  Unrversity  of  Chicago.  1960.  MS,  1961:  PhD    1965 

Glover  III,  Roife  E.  Professor  of  Physics 

-==■•■.:        I:   -:-     '---.    E5    '.' assachusetts   nstftute 

of  Technology.  1948:  Ph.D..  Unrversity  of  Goettingen.  1953 

Gluckstem.  Robert  l_  Chancellor  and  Professor  of  Physics 
and  Astronomy 

BEE,  City  College  of  New  York.  1944;  Ph  D. 
Massachusetts  Instrute  of  Technology.  1948. 

Goering.  Jacob  D.  Professor.  Institute  for  Child  Study 
BA.  Bethel  College.  1941:  Ph  D,  University  of  Maryland. 
1959 

Goldberg.  Seymour.  Professor  of  Mathematics 

AB,  Hunter  College.  1950:  MA.  Ohio  State  University.  1952 

PhD,  Unrversity  of  California  at  Los  Angeles.  1958. 

Golden.  Bruce  L,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  and 

Management 

BA.  Unrversity  of  Pennsylvania  1972  S.M,  Massachusetts 

Institute  of  Technology.  1974:  Ph  D,  1976. 

GokJenbaum.  George  C,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 
BS    Muhlenberg  College.  1957;  Ph D,  University  of 
Maryland.  1966 


.  Jacob  K,  Professor  and  Chairman  of 
Mathematics 

BA.  Brooklyn  College.  1944;  MA.  Harvard  University.  19*5: 
PhD,  Unilversrty  of  Wisconsin.  1950 

Goldman,  David  T,  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineenng 
BA,  Brooklyn  College.  1952:  MS,  Vanderbilt  Unrversity. 
1954:  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1958 

Goldman.  Harvey.  Associate  Professor  of  Administration 
Supervision  and  Curriculum 

BA.  University  Of  Rhode  Island.  I960  MA.  John  Carroll 
Unrversity.  1962:  Ed.D,  Michigan  State  University.  1966. 

Goldsby.  Richard  Allen.  Professor  of  Chemistry 
BA.  University  of  Kansas.  1957;  Ph.D,  University  of  Califor- 
nia 1961 

Goldstein.  Irwin  U  Professor  of  Psychology 

BA.  City  College  of  New  York.  1959:  MA.  University  of 

Maryland.  1962  PhD.  1964 


Goldstein.  Larry  l_  Professor  of  Mathematics 

BA,  Unrversity  of  Pennsylvania  1965:  MA,  1965.  M  A 

Pnnceton  University.  1967;  Ph.D..  1967 

Goiiub.  Lewis  R,  Professor  of  Psychology 

A.B  ,  University  of  Pennsylvania  1955:  Ph  D    Harvard  Univer- 

=-  • .    ■  366 

Gomezplata.  Albert  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineenng 
B.Ch.E,  Brooklyn  Polytechnic  institute,  1952:  M  Che  E, 
Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute.  1954;  Ph.D..  1958 

Good.  Richard  A  Professor  of  Mathematics 

AB,  Ashland  College.  1939  MA.  University  of  Wisconsin 

1940  Ph.D..  1945 

Goode.  Mehryn  Dennis.  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 
B.S,  University  of  Kansas.  1963:  Ph  D .  Iowa  State  Univer 
sity   1967. 

Goodin.  Robert  Edward,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government 

and  Politics 

BA.  Indiana  University.  1972  Ph.D..  Oxford  University.  1974 

Goodwyn.  Frank.  Professor  of  Spanish 

BA,  College  of  Arts  and  industnes.  1940.  MA.  1941;  Ph  D, 

University  of  Texas.  1946. 

Gordon.  Donald  C,  Professor  of  History 

AB,  College  of  William  and  Mary.  1934:  MA.  Columbia 

University.  1937;  Ph.D,  1947 

Gordon.  Glen  E,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S,  Unrversity  of  Illinois.  1956;  Ph.D..  University  of  Califor- 

-  a    E~--a  a.    •  X'. 

Gordon.  Stewart  L,  Professor  of  Music 
BA.  University  of  Kansas.  1953:  MA.  1954;  DMA,  Univer- 
sity of  Rochester,  1965. 

Gormally.  James.   Assistant  Professor.  Psychology 

BA.  Marirt  College.  1969:  MA.  Southern  Illinois  University. 

1972  PhD .  1974. 

Gorovitz.  Samuel.  Professor  and  Chairman  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Philosophy 

B.S,  Massachuetts  institute  of  Technology,  i960  Ph  D. 
Stanford  University.  1963 

Gouin.  Francis  R,  Associate  Professor  of  Horticulture 
B.S,  University  of  New  Hampshire.  1962  MS.  University  of 
Maryland.  1965:  Ph.D..  1969 

Gould.  Murray  J,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 
B.Mus,  Manhattan  School  o<  Music.  1956:  M  Mus    1958 
PhD,  New  York  University.  1972 

Gould.  William  Jr_  Assistant  Professor  of  Horticulture 
AB,  Albion  College.  194ft  M  LA.  University  of  Georgia 


Gramberg.  Edvard.  Professor  of  Spanish 
BA.  University  of  Amsterdam.  1946.  MA.  University  of 
California  Los  Angeles.  1949;  Ph.D,  University  of  California 
Berkeley.  1956. 

Grambs,  Jean  D„  Professor  of  Secondary  Education 
A  =    =a^:  ::   a:a    'i::    V  -     3'a-'ord  Jn  rers  h    1941 
Ed  D,  1948 

Grant.  Lee  P„  Assistant  Professor,  Agncultunal  Engineenng 
B.S,  University  of  Connecticut.  1962  MS.  Pennsylvania 
State  University.  1971:  Ph  D    1974 

Gray.  Alfred.  Professor  of  Mathematics 

BA.  University  of  Kansas.  1960:  MA   1961.  Ph.D.  University 

of  California  Los  Angeles.  1964 

Green.  Eleanor  B,  Assistant  Professor  of  Art 
AB .  Vassar  College  1949.  MA  George  Washington  Unrver- 
sity. 1971;  PhD,  1973 

Green.  Harry  B_  Jr,  Assistant  Professor,  institute  for  Child 

5-.:. 

BA,  University  of  Virginia  1959:  M.Ed,  1963:  Ph.D..  1965 

Green.  Paul  S,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

BA.  Cornell  University,  1959:  M  A,  Harvard  University,  196ft 

Ph.D,  Cornell  Unrversity.  1964 


Greenberg.  Kenneth  R_  Associate  Professor  of  Counseling 
and  Personnel  Services 

B.S,  Ohio  State  University.  1951   MA.  1952  Ph.D,  Western 
Reserve  University.  I960 

Greenberg.  Leon.  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S,  City  College  of  New  York.  1953:  MA.  Yale  University 

1955:  Ph.D,  1958 

Greenberg.  Louis  M,  Associate  Professor  of  History 

5  A    3-:c ■:.-;:  eae    'SJ   V  -     -a-.  -,■-.  .  -    a •;  ■       rr~ 
Ph  0,  1963 

Greenberg.  Oscar  W,  Professor  of  Physics 

55    P.t-e-s  w," '.e-s  •.    'Jt:   - '.'    ='  -:?■:-  ,-  .5-5  -. 
1954:  Ph.D,  1956. 

Greene.  James  B,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  and 

Management 

BA.  Duke  Unrversity.  1969:  Ph  D,  University  of  Michigan 

1975. 


Graduate  Faculty  /  35 


Greenwood,  David  C,  Associate  Professor  of  English 
B  A ,  University  of  London,  1949;  Certificate  in  Education, 
Nottingham.  1953;  Ph.D..  University  of  Dublin.  1968 

Greer,  Thomas  V.,  Professor  of  Business  and  Management 
B.A.,  University  of  Texas,  1953;  M  B  A,  Ohio  State  Univer- 
sity, 1957;  Ph  D..  University  of  Texas.  1964 

Griem,  Hans,  Professor  of  Physics 

Arbiture.  Max  Planck  Schule.  1949,  Ph  D   University  of  Kiel. 

1954, 

Griffin.  James  J.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S .  Villanova  College,  1952,  MS,  Princeton  University. 

1955;  PhD,  1956. 

Grim,  Samuel  0„  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S..  Franklin  and  Marshall  College,  1956,  Ph.D.. 

Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1960 

Grimsted,  David  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  History 

A.B  ,  Harvard  University.  1957,  MA.,  University  of  California, 

Berkeley,  1958.  Ph  D  .  1963 


Groves,  Paul  A..  Associate  Professor  of  Geography 
B.Sc,  University  of  London.  1956;  MA.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1961,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  Berkeley 
1969. 

Gruchy,  Allan  G.,  Professor  of  Economics 

B.A..  University  of  British  Columbia,  1926;  MA.,  McGill 

University,  1929,  Ph  D.,  University  of  Virginia.  1931 

Grunig,  James  E„  Associate  Professor  of  Journalism 
B  S  .  Iowa  Slate  University,  1964;  M  S  ,  University  of  Wiscon- 
sin. 1966;  Ph.D.  1968 

Guernsey.  Ralph  L„  Research  Associate  Professor,  Institute 
for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
BA..  Miami  University,  1952.  M.S.  1954,  Ph.D.  University  of 
Michigan,  1970. 

Gulick,  Sidney  L.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

BA.  Oberlm  College.  1958;  MA.  Yale  University.  1960; 

PhD. 1963 

Haber,  Francis  C  Professor  of  History 

BA,  University  of  Connecticut.  1948;  MA.  The  Johns 

Hopkins  University.  1952,  Ph.D..  1957. 

Hacklander.  Effie,  Assistant  Professor  of  Textiles  and  Con- 


Haley.  A.J.,  Professor  ol  Zoology 

B.S.,  University  of  New  Hampshire.  1949;  M.S..  1950;  Sc.D., 

The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1955 

Hall.  John  Raymond,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agronomy 
BS.  University  of  Illinois,  1964,  M.S.  1965;  PhD.  Ohio  State 
University.  1971 

Hamilton.  Donna  B„  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B  A.,  St  Olaf  College,  1963;  Ph  D..  University  of  Wisconsin. 

Madison,  1968. 

Hamilton,  Gary  D„  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B  A  ,  St  Olaf  College,  I962;  MA  ,  University  of  Wisconsin 

1965,  PhD,  1968 

Hamlet.  Richard  Graham.  Assistant  Professor  of  Computer 

Science 

B.S..  University  of  Wisconsin.  1959;  MS.  Cornell  University. 

1964;  Ph.D..  University  ol  Washington,  1971. 

Hamlet.  Sandra  L„  Associate  Professor  of  Hearing  and 
Speech  Sciences 

B  A,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1959,  M.A..  University  of 
Washington,  1967;  Ph.D..  1970. 

Hammond.  Allen  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and 
Dramatic  Art 

BA.  Gnnneli  College,  1972;  Juris  Doctor,  University   of 
Pennsylvania,  1975;  MA,  1977 

Hammond.  Robert  C,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Veterinary 

Science 

B  S  ,  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1943;  D.V.M  .  University 

of  Pennsylvania.  1948. 

Hannemann.  Robert  J.,  Assistant  Professor,  Mechanical 

Engineering 

BS,  Illinois  Institute  of  Technology,  1970;  M.S.,  New  York 

University,  1972;  Sc.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of 

Technology.  1975 

Hansen,  J.N.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B  A  ,  Drake  University.  1964.  Ph.D.,  University  of  California, 

Los  Angeles,  1968 

Harfcer.  Jean  R„  Assistant  Professor  of  Special  Education 
BA,  State  University  of  New  York.  1969,  M  Ed.,  Temple 
University,  1971,  EdD.,  1975. 

Hardgrave.  Walter  Terry,  Assistant  Prolessor,  Information 

Systems  Management 

B  S  .  University  of  Texas.  1967.  MA  ,  1970.  Ph.D.,  1972. 

Hardie.  Ian  W„  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  and 
Resource  Economics 

B.S  ,  University  of  California,  Davis.  1960;  Ph.D..  University  of 
California.  Berkeley.  I965 


Hardin,  Russell,  Associate  Professor,  Government  and 
Politics 

BA  and  BS,  University  of  Texas,  1963;  BA,  Oxford  Univer- 
sity, PhD,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1971 

Hardy,  Robert  C,  Associate  Professor,  Institute  For  Child 

Study 

B.S.Ed  ,  Bucknell  University.  1961;  M  S.Ed ,  Indiana  Univer- 

sity.1964;  EdD,  1969 

Harger,  Robert  0„  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Electrical 

Engineering 

BSE.  University  of  Michigan.  1955,  MSE,  1959.  PhD. 

1961 

Harlan,  Louis  R„  Professor  of  History 

B  A.,  Emory  University,  1943;  MA,  Vanderbilt  University, 

1947;  Ph.D.  The  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1955 


Harper,  Robert  A.,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Geography 
Ph  B  .  University  of  Chicago.  1946.  B  S  ,  1947;  M  S  ,  1948; 
PhD..  1950. 

Harrington,  J.  Patrick,  Associate  Professor  of  Astronomy 
B.S.,  University  of  Chicago,  1961;  MS,  Ohio  Slate  University. 
1964;  PhD  ,  1967 


1959;  PhD.  1960 

Harris.  James  F.,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

BS,  Loyola  University,  1962;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin, 

1964.  PhD.  1968 

Harris.  Wesley,  L.,  Professor  of  Agricultural  Engineering 
BS.A.E.  University  of  Georgia.  1953;  MS.  1958;  Ph.D., 
Michigan  State  University,  1960. 

Harrison,  Floyd  P.,  Professor  of  Entomology 

B.S.,  Louisiana  State  University,  1951,  MS,  1953,  Ph.D., 

University  of  Maryland,  1955 

Harrison,  Horace  V„  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 
BA  .  Trinity  University.  1932;  MA  ,  University  of  Texas.  1941; 
Ph.D.,  1951 

Harrison.  Paul  E„  Jr.,  Professor  of  Industrial  Education 
B.Ed ,  Northern  Illinois  State  College,  1942;  MA.,  Colorado 
State  College.  1947,  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1955. 

Hart,  Michael  H„  Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of 

Meteorology 

BA.  Cornell  University.  1952;  M.S.,  Adelphi  University.  1969; 

Ph  D  ,  Princeton  University,  1972. 

Harvey.  James  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  and 

Management 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1966,  MBA.,  University  ol  Miami. 

1968;  PhD .  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1977 

Hasenauer,  Edward  J.,  Assistant  Professor,  Speech  and 

Dramatic  Art 

B.A..  lona  College.  1971 

Haslem,  John  A..  Professor  of  Business  and  Management 
A  B  ,  Duke  University,  1956,  M  BA,  University  of  North 
Carolina.  1961.  Ph.D.,  1967 

Hatch,  Randolph  Thomas.  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemical 

Engineering 

B.S..  University  of  California,  Berkeley.  1967,  MS., 

Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1969;  Ph.D.,  1973 

Hatfield,  Agnes  B.,  Associate  Professor,  Institute  for  Child 

Study 

BA.,  University  of  California,  1948,  MA.  University  of 

Denver,  1954;  Ph  D  .  1959. 

Hathom,  Guy  B„  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 
A.B..  University  of  Mississippi.  1940;  MA,  1942;  PhD.  Duke 
University.  1950, 

Hauptman.  William,  Assistant  Professor  of  Art 

BA,  The  George  Washington  University,  1968;  MA.,  1970; 

Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1975. 

Hayleck,  Charles  R„  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical 

Engineering 

B  S .  University  of  Maryland,  1943;  M.S.,  1949. 

Hayward,  Raymond  W.,  Adiunct  Professor  of  Physics 
B  S .  Iowa  Stale  College,  1943;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Califor- 
nia. Berkeley.  1950 


Heath,  James  L.,  Associate  Prolessor  of  Poultry  Science 
BS..  Louisiana  State  University.  1963;  MS.  1968;  PhD.. 
1970 

Hebeler,  Jean  R.,  Professor  of  Special  Education 

BS,  Buffalo  State  Teachers  College,  1953,  MS.  University 

of  Illinois.  1956.  Ed  D.,  Syracuse  University,  1960 

Heidelbach,  Ruth.  Associate  Prolessor  of  Early  Childhood 
Elementary  Education  and  Associate  Director,  Office  of 
Laboratory  Experiences 

BS.,  University  of  Maryland.  1949;  M  Ed  ,  University  of 
Florida.  1958;  Ed  D  .  Columbia  University,  1967 


Heikkinen,  Henry  Wendell,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 
and  Secondary  Education 

B  Eng„  Yale  University,  1956;  MA,  Columbia  University. 
1962;  PhD.  University  of  Maryland,  1973. 

Heilpnn  Laurence  B„  Professor  of  Library  and  Information 
Services 

BS..  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1928;  MA,  1931,  Ph.D..  Har- 
vard University.  1941 

Heim,  Norman,  Professor  of  Music 

B  M  Ed..  Evansville  College,  1951;  MM..  University  of 

Rochester.  1952.  DMA.  1962 

Heins,  Conrad  P.,  Jr.,  Professor,  Civil  Engineering 
B.S..  Drexel  Institute  of  Technology,  1960;  MS.,  Lehigh 
University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1967. 

Heisler,  Martin  0„  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and 

Politics 

B.A.,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles,  1960;  MA,  1962; 

Ph.D..  1969 


Helm,  E.  Eugene,  Professor  of  Music 
B.M.E.,  Southeastern  Louisiana  College.  1960;  M.M.E.,  Loui- 
siana State  University.  1955.  Ph.D.,  North  Texas  State 
University,  1958. 

Helz,  George  R„  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

A.B.,  Princeton  University.  1964;  PhD,  Pennsylvania  State 

University.  1971 

Helzer,  G.A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 
BA ,  Portland  State  College.  1959;  MA.,  Northwestern 
University,  1962,  Ph.D..  1964. 


Henkel,  Donald  D..  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of 
Recreation 

B  S .,  Indiana  University.  1947  M  S  ,  George  Williams  Col- 
lege. 1955;  Ph  D.,  University  of  Illinois.  1967. 


Henkelman,  James,  Associate  Professor  of  Secondary 
Education  and  Mathematics 

BS.  Miami  University.  1954.  M.Ed..  1955;  EdD,  Harvard 
University.  I965. 

Herb,  Rebecca  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
BA,  University  of  Oregon,  1969;  M.A.,  1970;  PhD,  Univer- 
sity of  Washington.  1974. 

Hering,  Christoph  A„  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Germanic 

and  Slavic  Languages 

Ph.D..  Rhein-Fnednch-Wilhelms  Universitat,  1950. 

Herman.  Harold  J.,  Associate  Professor,  English 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland.  1952;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania, 1960. 

Herman,  Wayne  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Early  Childhood 
and  Elementary  Education 

BA..  Ursinus  College.  1955,  M.Ed.,  Temple  University,  i960; 
Ed.D..  1965. 

Herschbach,  Dennis  R„  Associate  Professor  of  Industrial 

Education 

A  B ,  San  Jose  State  College.  1960;  M.S.,  University  of 

Illinois.  1968.  Ph.D.,  1972. 

Hesse,  Michael  Bernard,  Assistant  Professor  of  Journalism 
A  B  ,  University  of  Cincinnati,  I965,  MA,  American  Universi- 
ty. 1967,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1974. 

Hetrick,  Frank  M„  Professor  of  Microbiology 

B.S.,  Michigan  State  University,  1954,  M  S .  University  of 

Maryland.  1960;  Ph.D..  1962. 

Hiebert,  Ray  Eldon,  Professor  and  Dean  of  the  College  of 


Higgins.  William  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  Boston  College,  1969;  Ph  D„  Florida  State  University, 

1973. 

Highton,  Richard,  Professor  of  Zoology 

A  B ,  New  York  University,  1950;  M.S.,  University  ot  Florida, 

1953;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

Hill,  Clara  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

BA,  Southern  Illinois  University,  1970;  MA.,  1972.  Ph.D. 

1974 

Hill,  Kathy  Jean,  Assistant  Professor  of  Elementary  Educa- 


Hirzel.  Robert  K.,  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 

BA,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1946,  MA.,  1950;  Ph.D., 

Louisiana  State  University,  1954. 

Hochuli.  Urs  E..  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 

B.S.,  Technikum  Biel,  Switzerland,  1952,  MS.  University  ol 

Maryland.  1955;  PhD  ,  Catholic  University  of  America.  1962. 


36  /  Graduate  Faculty 


Hodos,  William.  Professor  ol  Psychology 
B.S.,  Brooklyn  College,  1955;  MA,  University  ol  Penn- 
sylvania, 1957,  Ph.D..  1960. 

Hoffman,  Mary  Ann,  Assistant  Professor  of  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services 

B.A..  Macalester  College,  1971;  Ph.D..  University  of  Min- 
nesota, 1975. 

Hoffman,  Ronald,  Associate  Professor  of  History 

B.A .  George  Peabody  College,  1964,  MA  ,  University  of 

Wisconsin,  1965,  Ph  D  .  1969. 

Holdaway,  P.K.,  Assistant  Professor.  Dairy  Science 
B.S.,  Bngham  Young  University,  1966.  M  S  ,  1969.  Ph.D.. 
Ohio  State  University.  1973. 

Holloway,  David  C,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical 

Engineering 

B.S..  University  of  Illinois,  1966;  MS.,  1969;  PhD..  1971. 

Holmgren,  Harry  D.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.Phys,  University  of  Minnesota.  1949;  MA,  1950;  PhD, 

1954 

Holmlund,  Chester  E.,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S,  Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute,  1943;  M.S..  1951, 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1954 

Holton,  William  Milne,  Associate  Professor  ol  English 
A.B.,  Dartmouth  College.  1954,  L.L.B.,  Harvard  University. 
1957;  MA.,  Yale  University,  1959;  PhD,  1965. 

Holum,  Kenneth  G.,  Assistant  Prolessor  of  History 

B  A.,  Augstana  College.  1961,  MA,  University  of  Chicago, 

1969;  PhD,  1973. 

Holvey,  Samuel  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Housing  and  Ap- 
plied Design 

B.F.A ,  Syracuse  University,  1957,  M.A.,  American  University. 
1969 

Hopkins,  Richard  L„  Associate  Professor,  Social  Founda- 
tions of  Education 

B.S  .  Stanford  University.  1962;  M.S..  1963,  Ph.D.,  University 
of  California,  Los  Angeles.  1969 

Hombake,  R.  Lee,  Vice  President  tor  Academic  Affairs  and 
Professor  of  Industrial  Education 

B.S.  Pennsylvania  State  Teachers  College.  1934.  MA.  Ohio 
State  University.  1936.  PhD.  1942.  LLD,  Eastern  Michigan 
University,  1963. 

Homung,  Carlton,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 
B.A..  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo.  1967;  M.A., 
Syracuse  University.  1970;  Ph.D.,  1972 

Homyak,  William  F„  Professor  of  Physics 

BEE..  City  University  of  New  York.  City  College,  1944;  M.S., 

California  Institute  of  Technology.  1946;  Ph.D..  1949 


Houpperl.  Joseph  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 
Ph.B.,  University  of  Detroit.  1955.  MA,,  University  of 
Michigan,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1964 

Hovey,  Richard  B.,  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  University  of  Cincinnati,  1942;  MA.  Harvard  University, 

1943,  Ph.D.,  1950. 

Howard,  John  D.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 
B.A.,  Washington  College,  1956.  MA..  University  of 
Maryland,  1962;  Ph  D..  1967 

Howard,  Lawrence  V.,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of 

Microbiology 

B.A.,  Emory  University.  1963;  M.S..  University  of  North 

Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill.  I966;  Ph  D  .  1970. 

Howe,  Jean,  Assistant  Professor  of  Food,  Nutrition,  and  In- 
stitutional Administration 

B.S,,  St.  Francis  College,  1953,  M.S..  Purdue  University. 
1957;  Ph  D..  1965. 

Hoyt,  Richard  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Journalism 

B.S.,  University  of  Oregon.  1963;  M.S..  1967;  Ph.D.,  University 

of  Hawaii,  1972. 

Hsu,  Shao  T.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S ,  Chiao-Tung  University,  1937;  MS.,  Massachusetts  In- 
stitute of  Technology,  1944;  Sc  D ,  Swiss  Federal  Institute  of 
Technology,  1954 

Hsueh,  Chun-tu,  Professor  of  Governmenl  and  Politics 
L.L.B..  Chaoyang  University  Law  School,  1946;  MA..  Colum- 
bia University.  1953.  Ph.D.,  195B, 

Hu,  Charles  Y.,  Professor  of  Geography 
B.S.,  University  of  Nanking.  1930;  MA.  University  of  Califor- 
nia, Berkeley.  1936;  Ph.D..  University  of  Chicago.  1941 

Hubbard.  Bert  E.,  Research  Professor.  Institute  for  Physical 
Science  and  Technology,  and  Mathematics 
B.S.,  Western  Illinois  University.  1949;  M.S.,  State  University 
of  Iowa,  1952,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960. 

Hubbe,  Rolf  0.,  Associate  Professor  of  Classical  Languages 
and  Literature 

A.B ,  Hamilton  College,  1947;  A.M.,  Princeton  University, 
1950;  Ph.D.,  1950. 


Huden,  Daniel  P.,  Associate  Professor  and  Chairman,  Social 
Foundations  of  Education 

B.S .  University  of  Vermont,  1954;  MA.  Columbia  Teachers 
College,  1958;  Ed.D..  1967 

Hudson,  William,  Professor  of  Music 

B  Mus ,  Philadelphia  Conservatory  ol  Music,  1954;  B.A,, 

University  of  Pennsylvania,  1957,  M  Mus .  Yale  School  of 

Music,  1961 

Huebner,  Robert  W..  Associate  Professor.  Institute  for  Child 

Study 

B.S ,  Concordia  Teachers  College.  1957.  M  A  .  1960,  Ph  D  . 

University  of  Maryland,  1969 

Huenecke.  Dorothy  M.,  Visiting  Associate  Professor  ol  Ad 

ministration.  Supervision  and  Curriculum 

B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin.  1961.  MS.  1967.  PhD..  1969. 

Huheey,  James  E..  Professor  of  Chemistry 
B.S.  University  of  Cincinnati.  1957,  MS,  1959;  PhD.  Univer- 
sity of  Illinois.  1961 

Hull,  Joan  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education 
B.S ,  Indiana  University,  1954,  M.Ed  ,  University  of  North 
Carolina.  1957,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern  California,  1967 

Hummel,  James  A.,  Professor  of  Mathematics  and  Statistics 
B.S.,  California  Institute  ol  Technology.  1949,  MA  ,  Rice  In 
stitute,  1953;  PhD,  1955. 

Humphrey,  Fred,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Recreation 
B.A ,  Tarkio  College,  1946;  M  A.,  University  of  Iowa,  1953. 
Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  Slate  University,  1973. 

Humphrey,  James  H.,  Professor  of  Physical  Education 
B  A  ,  Denison  University,  1933;  MA.,  Western  Reserve 
University,  1946,  Ed.D ,  Boston  University.  1951. 

Hunt,  Edith  J„  Assistant  Professor,  Institute  for  Child  Study 
A.B.,  University  of  Redlands.  1954,  MA..  Fresno  State  Col 
lege,  1964,  Ed  D  .  University  of  Maryland,  1967 

Hunt,  Janet  Gibbs,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  University  of  Redlands.  1962;  MA.  Indiana  University. 

1966;  Ph.D..  1973. 

Hunt,  Larry  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.S..  Ball  State  University,  1961,  MA,  Indiana  University, 

1964,  Ph  D  ,  1968 

Hurdis,  David  A„  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical 

Engineering 

B.S.  University  of  Rhode  Island,  1962;  MS,  1964.  Ph.D.. 

Catholic  University,  1973. 

Husman,  Bums  F„  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Physical 

Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois.  1941;  MS.,  1948.  Ed.D.,  University 

ol  Maryland.  1954 

Hynes  Cecil  V.,  Associate  Professor  of  Business  and 

Management 

B.A.,  Michigan  State  University.  1948,  MA.  1949;  Ph.D., 

1965. 

Igel,  Regina,  Assistant  Professor  of  Spanish  and  Portuguese 
B.A  ,  Universidade  de  Sao  Paulo.  1964.  MA,  University  of 
Iowa,  1970;  Ph.D.,  University  of  New  Mexico,  1973. 


Ingling.  Allen  L„  Assistant  Professor,  Veterinary  Science 
BS.E.E..  University  of  Maryland,  1963;  V.M.D..  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1969 

Ingraham.  Barton  L„  Associate  Professor  of  Criminal  Justice 
and  Criminology 

A.B,,  Harvard  University,  1952,  L.L.B.,  Harvard  Law  School 
1957,  M  Crim  ,  University  of  California,  Berkeley.  1968. 
D.Cnm..  1972. 

Ingram.  Anne  G.,  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

A.B.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1944;  MA,  University  of 

Georgia,  1948;  Ed  D  .  Columbia  University,  1962. 

Inouye,  David  W„  Assistant  Professor,  Zoology 

B.A.,  Swarthmore  College.  1971,  Ph.D.,  University  of  North 

Carolina,  1976 

Irwin,  George  R„  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
A.B.,  Knox  College.  1930;  M.S..  University  ol  Illinois,  1933; 
Ph.D..  1937. 

Isaacs,  Neil  D.,  Professor  of  English 

A.B..  Dartmouth  College,  1953;  A.M.,  University  of  California, 

Berkeley,  1956;  Ph.D.,  Brown  University.  1959 

Ishee,  Sidney.  Prolessor  of  Agricultural  and  Resource 

Economics 

B.S  .  Mississipai  State  College,  1950.  M  S  .  Pennsylvania 

State  University,  1952;  Ph  D.,  1957. 

Jachowski,  Leo  A„  Jr..  Professor  ol  Zoology 

B.S.,  University  of  Michigan.  1941;  M  S .  1942;  Sc.D  .  The 

Johns  Hopkins  University,  1953. 


James,  Edward  F„  Assistant  Professor  of  English  and 
Secondary  Education 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954;  MA,  1955,  Ph.D., 
Catholic  University  of  America,  1969. 


Jamieson,  Kathleen,  Associate  Prolessor  ol  Speech  and 
Dramatic  Art 

BA„  Marquette  University,  1967.  MA,  University  of  Wiscon- 
sin, 1968;  Ph  D..  1972. 

Janes,  Robert  W„  Professor  of  Sociology 

A  B  ,  University  of  Chicago,  1938;  M  A  ,  1939;  PhD  ,  Univer 

sity  of  Illinois.  1942 

Jantz,  Richard  K„  Associate  Professor  of  Early  Childhood- 
Elementary  Education 

B.S..  Indiana  University  at  Fort  Wayne.  1968;  MS..  1970; 
Ed.D  .  Ball  State  University,  1972. 

Jaquith,  Richard  H„  Prolessor  of  Chemistry  and  Assistant 
Vice-Chancellor  for  Academic  Affairs 
8S..  University  of  Massachusetts,  1940;  M.S..  1942;  Ph.D.. 
Michigan  State  University,  1955. 

Jarvis,  Bruce  B„  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 
B.A..  Ohio  Wesleyan  University.  1963;  Ph  D.,  University  of 
Colorado.  1966 

Jashemski.  Wilhelmina  F„  Professor  of  History 

A  B .  York  College.  1931;  A.M..  University  of  Nebraska.  1933. 

Ph  D..  University  of  Chicago,  1942 

Jellema.  Roderick  H„  Associate  Professor  of  English 
B  A  ,  Calvin  College,  1951,  Ph.D..  University  of  Edinburgh, 
1962. 

Johns,  Elizabeth  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Art 

B  A.,  Birmingham-Southern  College,  1959;  M  A.,  University  of 

California.  Berkeley.  1965;  Ph.D.,  Emory  University,  1974. 

Johnson.  Arthur  T.,  Assistant  Professor,  Agricultural 

Engineering 

BSAE.  Cornell  University.  1964;  M.S.  1967;  Ph.D..  1969 

Johnson.  Bruce  H.,  Assistant  Prolessor,  Institute  of  Criminal 
Justice  and  Criminology 

AB,  Wheaton  College.  1959;  B.D..  Tilles  Theological 
Seminary.  1962;  MA.  University  of  Illinois.  1968;  Ph.D..  1973 


Johnson.  Conrad  D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Philosophy 
A  B .  Stanford  University,  1965,  AM,.  University  of  Michigan. 
1966;  Ph.D..  1969. 

Johnson.  Elton  L„  Associate  Professor  of  Poultry  Science 
B.S  A..  Oklahoma  State  University,  1940;  M  S  ,  Purdue 
University,  1942;  Ph.D..  1948. 

Johnson,  Everett  R„  Associate  Dean  and  Professor  of 
Chemical  Engineering 

B  A  ,  State  University  of  Iowa,  1937;  M  A  ,  Harvard  University. 
1940;  Ph.D..  University  of  Rochester.  1949. 


Johnson.  Jerry  Wayne,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agronomy 
AS.,  Abraham  Baldwin  Agricultural  College.  1968;  B.S.. 
University  of  Georgia.  1970;  MS.  Purdue  University,  1972. 
Ph.D.,  1974. 

Johnson,  Kerry  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Library  and 
Information  Services 

AB.,  Gettysburg  College.  1962;  M.S.,  Queens  College.  1967; 
Ph.D..  Syracuse  University,  1976 

Johnson,  Martin  L„  Associate  Professor  of  Early  Childhood- 
Elementary  Education 

A.A.  Friendship  Junior  College,  1960;  BS,  Morris  College. 
1962;  M  Ed.,  University  of  Georgia.  1968,  Ed.D..  1971 


Johnson,  Ronald  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical 

Education 

BS..  Baylor  University.  1957.  M  S  ,  1958,  Ed  D .  1970. 


Johnson.  Warren  R„  Professor  ol  Health  Education 

B.A.,  University  of  Denver,  1942;  M.A..  1946;  Ed.D..  Boston 

University,  1950. 

Jolson.  M.A..  Associate  Professor  of  Business  and 

Management 

B  E.E.,  George  Washington  University,  1949,  M  B  A  ,  Univer 

sity  of  Chicago,  1965;  DBA.,  University  of  Maryland,  1969 

Jones,  Everett,  Associate  Professor  of  Aerospace 

Enoineering 

BA.E,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,  1965;  M.A.E..  1960, 

Ph.D..  Stanford  University.  1968. 

Jones.  George  F„  Professor  of  Germanic  and  Slavic 

Languages 

AB,  Emory  University.  1938;  MA,  Oxford  University.  1943, 

Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1951 

Jones,  G.  Stephen,  Research  Professor.  Institute  for 
Physical  Science  and  Technology 

A.B.,  Duke  University,  1952,  Navy  Certificate,  Naval  Post- 
graduate School,  1955.  MS..  University  of  North  Carolina, 
1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Cincinnati.  1960. 


Graduate  Faculty  /37 


Jones.  Jack  C.  Professor  of  Entomology 

BS.  Alabama  Polyiecnnic  Institute.  1939:  MS,  1947;  PhD. 

Iowa  State  University    1950 


Kammeyer.  Kenneth  C.W..  Professor  and  Chairman  of 
Sociology 

B.A..  University  of  Northern  Iowa.  1953.  MA..  State  Univer- 
sity of  Iowa.  1958.  Ph  D  .  1960 

Kanal.  Laveen  N..  Professor  of  Computer  Science 

B.SEE.. University  of  Washington,  1951:  M.S.E.E..1953;  PhD., 

University  of  Pennsylvania.  1960 


Kariander.  Edward  P..  Associate  Professor  of  Botany 
B  S  ,  University  of  Vermont,  1960;  M.S..  University  ot 
Maryland.  1962;  Ph.D..  1964 

Kartovitz.  Les,  A.,  Research  Professor.  Institute  for  Physical 

Science  and  Technology,  and  Mathematics 

BS    Yale  University   1959:  Ph.D..  Carnegie-Mellon  University. 


Kaufman.  Stuart  B..  Associate  Professor  of  History 

B  A  .  University  of  Florida.  1962;  M  A..  1964;  Ph.D..  Emory 

University.  1970 

Kedem.  Benjamin.  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.S,  Roosevelt  University.  1968:  M.S.,  Carnegie-Mellon 
University,  1970:  Ph.D..  1972 

Keeney.  Mark.  Chairman.  Nutritional  Sciences  and  Professor 
of  Chemistry  and  Dairy  Science 

BS.  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1942;  M.S..  Ohio  State 
University,  1947:  Ph  D.  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1950. 

Kelejian,  Harry  H..  Professor  of  Economics 

B  A..  Hofstra  College.  1962;  MA,  University  of  Wisconsin, 

1965,  Ph  D  .  1968 

Keller.  Paul  F.G.,  Assistant  Professor.  College  of  Library 
Science  and  Information  Services 
B  S .  Manfieid  State  College.  1963.  M.S..  Elmira  College. 
1967:  Ph.D..  Southern  Illinois  University,  1977, 

Kelley.  David  L,  Professor  of  Physical  Education 
A.B.  San  Diego  State  College.  1957.  M.S..  University  of 
Southern  California.  1958.  Ph.D..  1962 

Kellogg.  R.  Bruce.  Research  Professor.  Institute  for  Physical 
Science  and  Technology,  and  Mathematics 
B.S..  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1952;  MS, 
University  of  Chicago.  1953;  Ph  D„  1959 

Kelsay.  June,  Adjunct  Associate  Professor  of  Food.  Nutri- 
tion and  Institutional  Administration 
B.S .  North  Texas  State  College,  1946;  M.S..  1947:  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Wisconsin    1967 

Kelsey.  Roger  R„  Associate  Professor  ot  Administration. 
Supervision  and  Curriculum 

BA ,  Saint  Olaf  College.  1934;  MA.  University  ot  Minnesota. 
1940;  Ed  D  .  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers.  1954 

Kenny,  Shirley  S..  Professor  and  Chairman  of  English 
BA,  University  of  Texas.  1955;  MA.  University  of  Min- 
nesota. 1957:  Ph  D  ,  University  of  Chicago.  1964. 

Kent.  George  O..  Professor  of  History 

BS.  Columbia  University.  1948;  MA.  1950:  PhD,  Oxford 

University.  1958 

Kenworlhy,  William  J..  Assistant  Professor,  Agronomy 
BS..  Purdue  University.  1970;  M.S..  North  Carolina  State 
University.  1972 

Kerley.  Ellis  R..  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Anthropology 
B  S  .  University  of  Kentucky.  1950:  MS,  University  ol 
Michigan.  1956;  PhD,  1962 

Kerr.  Frank  J„  Professor  and  Director  of  Astronomy 
B.S..  University  of  Melbourne.  1938;  M  S  .  1940,  MA  ,  Har- 
vard University.  1951:  DSc,  University  of  Melbourne.  1962 


Kidd.  Jerry  S.,  Professor,  College  of  Library  and  Information 

Services 

B.S,  Illinois  Wesleyan  University.  1950;  MA,  Northwestern 

University.  1954;  Ph  0,  1956. 

Kim.  Young  S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 
BS.  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology.  1958:  Ph.D.. 
Princeton  University.  1961. 


King,  Henry  C,  Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics 

A.B,  Brown  University.  1969;  PhD .  University  of  California 

(Berkeley).  1974 

King.  Raymond  L,  Director,  Food  Science  and  Professor  of 

Dairy  Science 

A  B .  University  of  California.  Berkeley.  1955;  Ph.D..  1958. 


King.  William  E,  Jr,  Assistant  Professor.  Chemical 

Engineering 

B.S..  University  of  Pittsburgh.  1965  M  S  .  Carnegie-Mellon 

University.  1968 

Kinnaird.  John  W,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

BA    University  of  California.  Berkeley.  1944;  MA,  Columbia 

University.  1949:  Ph.D..  1959 

Kirk.  James  A,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical 
Engineering 

B.SEE,  Ohio  University.  1967;  M  S.M.E..  Massachusetts  In- 
stitute of  Technology.  1969;  Sc.D,  1972. 

Kirkley,  Donald  H,  Jr..  Associate  Professor  of  Speech  and 
Dramatic  Art 

BA  .  University  of  Maryland.  1960:  MA.  1962:  Ph.D..  Ohio 
University.  1967. 

Kirwan.  William  E,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

A.B,  University  of  Kentucky.  1960;  M  S .  Rutgers  University 

1962:  PhD,  1964. 

Kissida.  John  E..  Assistant  Professor  of  Horticulture 
BS.  Rutgers  University.  1971;  ML  A,  University  of 
Massachusetts.  1974. 

Klank.  Richard  E..  Associate  Professor  of  Art 
BA.  Catholic  University.  1962;  M  FA,  1964. 

Klarman.  William  L..  Professor  ot  Botany 
B.S,  Eastern  Illinois  University,  1957.  M.S.  University  of  Il- 
linois. 1960;  PhD,  1962. 

Klavon.  Albert  J,  Assistant  Professor  ot  Agricultural  and  Ex- 
tension Education 
B  S .  University  of  Maryland.  1968;  MS,  1973;  Ph.D..  1975. 

Kleine.  Don  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 
8  A.  University  of  Chicago.  1950;  MA,  1953;  PhD,  Univer- 
sity of  Michigan,  1961. 

Kleppner.  Adam.  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S,  Yale  University.  1953:  MA.  University  of  Michigan, 

1954.  Ph.D..  Harvard  University.  1960. 

Knefelkamp.  L.  Lee.  Assistant  Professor  of  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services 

BA,  Macaiester  College,  1967;  MA,  University  of  Min- 
nesota. 1973;  PhD.  1974 

Kntfong,  James  Dan.  Assistant  Professor  of  Elementary 
Education 

BS.  Northern  Illinois  University,  1964;  M.S..  University  of  Il- 
linois. 1968:  PhD,  1971. 

Knight.  Robert  E.L,  Associate  Professor  of  Economics 
A.B.  Harvard  University.  1948:  Ph.D..  University  of  California. 
Berkeley.  1958. 

Kobayaski.  Takao.  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical 
Engineering 

B.S  .  Nagoya  Institute  of  Technology,  1966;  M.S..  Illinois  In- 
stitute of  Technology,  1969:  Ph.D.  1972. 

Koch,  E  James.  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Horticulture 

BS.  Iowa  State  University.  1947:  MS.  North  Carolina  State 

University.  1949 

Kolker,  Robert  P,  Associate  Professor  of  Speech  and 
Dramatic  Art 

BA,  Queens  College.  1962:  MA.  Syracuse  University.  1964; 
Ph  D  .  Columbia  University.  1969. 

Konan.  Mildred  A.M,  Research  Associate.  Agricultural  and 
Extension  Education 

B.Sc,  University  of  Toronto.  1964.  MS.  Cornell  University. 
1967:  Ph.D..  1971. 

Koopman.  David  W..  Research  Professor.  Institute  for  Fluid 
Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
B  A,  Amherst  College.  1957;  M.S ,  University  of  Michigan. 
1959:  Ph.D..  1964. 

Koopman.  Elizabeth  Janssen,  Assistant  Professor  of  Human 
Development  Education 

A.B  .  University  of  Michigan,  1960;  MA,  1963;  Ph.D..  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland.  1973. 

Korenman,  Victor,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 
BA,  Princeton  University.  1958:  MA,  Harvard  University 
1959  Ph.D..  1966. 

Koury.  Enver  M,  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and 

Politics 

BA,  George  Washington  University.  1953.  PhD,  Amencan 

University.  1958 


Kramer.  George  F,  Professor  ot  Physical  Education 
B.S,  University  ol  Maryland,  I953.  MA.  1956;  Ph.D..  Loui- 
siana State  University,  1967. 

Krisher.  Lawrence  C,  Professor,  institute  for  Physical 
Science  and  Technology 

AB,  Syracuse  University,  1955:  AM.  Harvard  University. 
1957;  Ph  D,  1959. 

Krusberg,  Lorin  R„  Professor  of   Botany 

B.S,  University  of  Delaware,  1954.  M.S.,  North  Carolina  State 

College.  1956;  PhD,  1959, 


Kudla.  Stephen  S,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
BA.  Harvard  University.  1972:  MA,  State  University  of  New 
York  at  Stony  Brook.  1971;  Ph.  D,  1975. 

Kuehl.  Phillip  G,  Associate  Professor  of  Business  and 

Management 

BBS.  Miami  University.  1965:  MBA.  Ohio  State  University, 

1967.  Ph.D..  1970. 

Kueker.  David  W..  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 
AB,  University  of  California  Los  Angeles.  1964.  MA.  1966, 
PhD.  1967 

Kuenzel.  Wayne  J,  Assistant  Professor  of  Poultry  Science 
B.S,  Bucknell  University.  1964;  M.S.  1966.  Ph.D..  University 
of  Georgia.  1969 

Kugelman.  Alan  M,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemical 
Engineering 

B.S,  Columbia  University.  1964.  MS,  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania, 1966;  Ph.D..  1969. 

Kuhn.  Terry  Lee,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B  S  .  University  of  Oregon.  1963;  MM  E.  1967:  Ph  D,  Florida 

State  University.  1972 

Kumar.  Parmeswar  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  and 
Management 

B.Sc,  University  of  Bombay,  1956  M.S..  University  ol  Banda. 
1960:  D  B.Sa.  University  of  Madras.  1971,  PhD,  Penn- 
sylvania State  University,  1975. 

Kundt,  John  F„  Associate  Professor  of  Horticulture 

B  S.F,  West  Virginia  University.  1952;  PhD,  North  Carolina 

State  University.  1972. 

Kundu.  Mukul  R,  Professor  of  Astronomy 
BSc  .  Calcutta  University.  1949;  M.Sc,  1951;  DSc.  Universi- 
ty ol  Pans.  1957. 


Kuss,  Frederick  R,  Associate  Professor.  Recreation 

BS,  University  of  New  Hampshire.  1948;  MS.  1950;  Ph.D. 

Cornell  University.  1968. 

Kyle.  David  G,  Associate  Professor.  Institute  for  Child  Study 
B  A  ,  University  ot  Denver.  1952;  MA,  1953;  Ed.D.,  University 
of  Maryland.  1961 

Lakshmanan.  Sitarama.  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 
B.Sc,  University  of  Annamalai.  1946;  MA,  1949:  PhD, 
University  of  Maryland,  1954. 

Lamone.  Rudolph  P,  Professor  and  Dean  of  the  College  of 

Business  and  Management 

B.S,  University  of  North  Carolina  1960;  PhD,  1966. 

Lampe.  John  R,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

BA ,  Harvard  University,  1957;  MA,  University  of  Minnesota. 

1964:  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin.  1971. 

Landry.  L.  Bartholomew.  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 
A  A,  St  Michael  s  Seminary.  1959;  BA,  1961;  BA,  Xavier 
University.  1966;  Ph.D.  Columbia  University.  1971. 

Lanning,  Eldon  W,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and 

Politics 

B.S,  Northwestern  University,  1960:  Ph.D.  University  of 

Virginia  1965. 


Larkin,  Willard  D,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 
B.S.  University  of  Michigan.  1959:  MA.  University  ol  Penn- 
sylvania. 1963:  Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois.  1967 

Lashinsky.  Herbert.  Research  Prolessor,  Institute  for 
Physical  Science  and  Technology 
B.Sc,  City  College  ot  New  York.  1950;  Ph.D.  Columbia 
University.  1961. 

Lawrence.  Richard  E,  Associate  Professor  of  Counseling 

and  Personnel  Services 

B.S .  Michigan  State  University.  1955:  MA,  1957;  PhD, 


Lawrence.  Robert  G.,  Associate  Professor.  Agricultural  and 
Resource  Economics 

BSc.  University  of  Oklahoma  1957.  MBA,  1960:  PhD, 
Texas  A&M  University.  1970. 

Lawson,  Lewis  A..  Professor  of  English 

B S .  East  Tennessee  State  College.  1957;  MS,  1959  PhD, 

University  of  Wisconsin.  1964. 

Lay.  David  D„  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

BA,  Aurora  College.  1962;  MA,  University  of  California.  Los 

Angeles.  1965:  Ph  D.  1966 

Layman.  John  W,  Associate  Professor  of  Secondary  Educa- 
tion and  Physics 

BA,  Park  College.  1955:  M.S.  Temple  University,  1962; 
Ed.D.  Oklahoma  State  University.  1970. 

Lea.  John  K,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic 


Lee.  Chi  H„  Associate  Professor  ol  Electrical  Engineering 
B.S,  National  Taiwan  University,  1959;  MS,  Harvard  Univer- 
sity. 1962;  PhD,  1968 


38  /  Graduate  Faculty 


Lee.  Richard  W..  Assistant  Professor  of  Journalism 
B.S.,  University  ol  Illinois,  1956.  M.A.,  Southern  Illinois 
University.  1964.  Ph  D .  University  of  Iowa,  1972 

Lee.  Young  Jack,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.S  E  .  Seoul  National  University.  1964;  M  S,  Ohio  State 
University.  1972;  PhD.  1974. 

Leedy.  Charlotte  A..  Assistant  Professor.  Recreation 

BS.  University  of  Maryland,  1961:  MA,,  1966,  Ed  D  .  Temple 

University.  1975. 

Leete.  Burl  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Business  and 

Management 

B  S .  Juniata  College.  1962;  MBA..  University  of  Maryland. 

1964;  J.D..  American  University,  1969 


Legg.  Joseph  O..  Adiunct  Professor  of  Agronomy 
BS,.  University  of  Arkansas,  1950;  M.S..  1951;  PhD.  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland.  1957. 

Lehner,  Guydo  R..  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S    Loyola  University.  1951;  M  S  ,  University  of  Wisconsin. 

1953;  Ph.D..  1958. 

Lejins.  Peter  P.,  Professor  and  Director,  Institute  of  Criminal 
Justice  and  Criminology 

Ph  M,  University  of  Latvia,  1930;  L.L.M..  1933;  Ph.D..  Univer- 
sity of  Chicago.  1938 

Lembach,  John,  Professor  of  Education  and  Art 
B.A..  University  of  Chicago.  1934.  M  A .  Northwestern  Univer- 
sity. 1937;  Ed.D,  Columbia  University.  1946. 

Lengermann.  Joseph  J..  Professor  and  Acting  Chairman  of 
Sociology 

AB.  University  of  Notre  Dame.  1958;  MA,  1964;  Ph.D.,  Cor- 
nell University.  1969 

Leonard.  Mary  Margaret.  Assistant  Professor  of  Counseling 
and  Personnel  Services 

B.S,  R.N  .  Boston  College,  1968.  MA,  University  of  Minn- 
esota. 1970;  Ph  D,  1974 

Leone,  Mark  P.,  Associate  Professor  of  Anthropology 

A.B..  Tufts  University,  1963;  MA,  University  of  Arizona,  1965; 

Ph.D..  1968. 

Lepper,  Henry  A..  Jr..  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 

B.S,  George  Washington  University,  1936;  MS,  University  of 

Illinois.  1938.  D.Eng.  Yale  University.  1947 

Lesher.  James  H..  Associate  Professor  of  Philosophy 
B.A..  University  of  Virginia.  1962;  Ph  D  ,  University  of 
Rochester.  1966. 

Lessley.  Billy  V..  Professor  and  Acting  Chairman. 
Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics 
B.S .  University  of  Arkansas,  1957;  M  S .  1960;  Ph  D„  Univer- 
sity of  Missouri.  1965. 

Levine.  Charles  H..  Associate  Professor  of  Urban  Studies 
BS    University  of  Connecticut.  1964;  MB. A. .Indiana  Univer- 
sity. 1966;  M.P.A..1968;  Ph.D..  1971 

Levine.  Marvin  J..  Professor,  Business  and  Management 
B.A    University  of  Wisconsin.  1952;  J  D,  1954;  M  A„  1959; 
Ph.D..  1964. 

Levine.  Stephen.  Assistant  Professor  of  Counseling  and  Per- 
sonnel Services 

A.B.,  Hunter  College.  1967;  M.S.E ,  1969;  Ph.D..  Hofstra 
University.  1972. 

Levine.  William  S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical 

Engineering 

B.S,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1962;  MS 

1965.  Ph.D..  1969. 


Levitine,  George,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Art 

BA,  University  of  Paris.  1938;  MA,  Boston  University,  1946; 

PhD ,  Harvard  University.  1952. 

Leviton.  Daniel.  Professor  of  Health  Education 

B.S,  George  Washington  University.  1953;  M  S  ,  Springfield 

College.  1956.  PhD.  University  of  Maryland.  1967. 

Lieberman.  Charles,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 
B.S..  Massachusetts  institute  of  Technology,  1970;  AM., 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  1972;  Ph  D...  1974. 

Liesener.  James  W.,  Professor,  College  of  Library  and  Infor- 
mation Services 

B.A,  Wartburg  College.  1955;  M.A.,  University  of  Northern 
Indiana.  1960,  A  M  LS.University  of  Michigan.  1962;  Ph.D., 
1967. 

Ligomenides,  Panos  A.,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Diploma.  University  of  Athens,  1951;  Gr.  Spec   D .  1952; 
MS,  Stanford  University,  1956.  Ph.D.,  1958. 

Lin.  Hung  Chang,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
B.S,  Chiao-Tung  University.  1941.  M.S.E., University  of 
Michigan.  1948:  DEE..  Polytechnic  Institute  of  Brooklyn, 


Linder.  Harris  J..  Associate  Protessor  of  Zoology 

BS    Long  Island  University,  1951;  M.S.  Cornell  University, 

1955;  Ph.D.  1958. 

Lindsay.  Rao  H..  Associate  Protessor,  Social  Foundations  of 

Education 

B.A,  Brigham  Young  University,  1954.  MA.  1958.  MA. 

University  of  Michigan.  1963:  Ph.D..  1964. 


Lipsman.  Ronald  L..  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S  ,  City  College  of  New  York.  1964.  Ph  D  .  Massachusetts 

Institute  of  Technology.  1967 

Liu.  Chuan  Shen,  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy 
Tunghai  University  (Taiwan),  1960;  MA.  University  of  Califor- 
nia (Berkeley).  1964.  Ph  D  .  1968 

Liu.  Tai-Ping.  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.  National  Taiwan  University.  1968.  M.S..  Oregon  State 

University.  1970.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan.  1973. 

Lockard.  J.  David,  Professor  of  Secondary  Education  and 

Associate  Professor  of  Botany 

B.S,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1951;  M  Ed  ,  1955;  Ph.D.. 


Locke,  Edwin  A„  Protessor  of  Business  and  Management 
and  Psychology 

B  A..  Harvard  University.  1960;  MA,  Cornell  University,  1962: 
Ph.D.,  1964, 

Loeb.  Stephen  E..  Professor  of  Business  and  Management 
BS.  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1961  MBA.  University  of 
Wisconsin.  1963;  Ph.D..  1970 

Longest.  James  W..  Professor  of  Agricultural  and  Extension 

Education 

B.S,  University  of  Illinois.  1951:  MS.  1953;  Ph.D.  Cornell 

University.  1957. 

Longley,  Edward  L.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Secondary 
Education 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland.  1950:  MA,  Columbia  Univer- 
sity. 1953.  Ed.D,  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1967. 

Lopez-Escobar.  Edgar  G..  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.A ,  University  of  Cambridge.  1958,  MA,  University  of 
California,  Berkeley,  1961.  Ph.D.  1965 

Lounsbury,  Myron  O..  Associate  Professor  and  Chairman  of 
American  Studies 

BA,  Duke  University,  1961:  MA,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 
1962;  Ph.D..  1966 

Love.  Nancy  Kate,  Assistant  Professor  of  Zoology 
BA,  Vanderbilt  University.  1967.  MS.,  University  of 
Alabama.  1970;  Ph.D.,  Baylor  College  of  Medicine,  1975. 

Luetkemeyer.  Joseph  F..  Professor  of  Industrial  Education 
B.S..  Stout  State  College.  1953;  M.S..  1954:  Ed.D.,  University 
of  Illinois.  1961. 

Lutwack.  Leonard  I.,  Professor  of  English 

B.A..  Weselyan  University.  1939:  M.A..  1940;  PhD.  Ohio 

State  University.  1950. 


Lynn,  Jeffrey  W..  Assistant  Protessor.  Physics  and 

Astronomy 

B.S,  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology.  1969;  MS.  1970; 

Ph.D.,  1974. 

MacBain,  William.  Professor.  French  and  Italian  Language 

and  Literature 

M.A..  University  of  Saint  Andrews.  1952:  Ph.D..  1955. 

MacDonald.  William  M..  Professor  of  Physics 
BA,  University  of  Pittsburgh.  1950;  Ph  D„  Princeton,  Univer- 
sity, 1955. 


Macklin,  Eleanor  D..  Assistant  Professor.  Family  and  Com- 
munity Development 

B.A,  Oberlm  College.  1954.  MA,  Cornell  University.  1959; 
Ph.D.,  1973. 

MacLeod.  Anne  S..  Assistant  Professor  of  Library  and  Infor- 
mation Services 

B.A,  University  of  Chicago,  1948:  MLS,  University  of 
Maryland.  1966;  Ph.  D,  1973. 

MacQuillan.  Anthony  M.,  Associate  Professor  of 

Microbiology 

B.S.A..  University  of  British  Columbia.  1956.  MS.  1958; 

PhD,  University  of  Wisconsin.  1962. 

MacReady.  George  B„  Associate  Professor  of 
Measurements  and  Statistics 

B.A  .  Williamette  University.  1965.  MA,  University  ol 
Oregon.  1967;  Ph.D..  University  of  Minnesota  1972. 


Madison.  John  P,  Assistant  Professor.  Early  Childhood. 
Elementary  Education 

BS,  State  University  College  of  New  York  (Geneseo),  1962: 
MS,  1965;  Ed.D,  University  of  Illinois,  1972. 

Magoon.  Thomas  M,  Professor  of  Psychology  and  Counsel- 
ing and  Personnel  Services.  Director.  Counseling  Center 
B  A,  Dartmouth  College.  1947.  M  A  ,  University  of  Mm 
nesota.  1951.  Ph.D..  1954. 

Maida.  Peter  R,  Associate  Professor  of  Criminal  Justice  and 

Criminology 

B.A,  St  Vincent  College.  1960:  MA,  Fordham  University. 

1962;  PhD,  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1969 

Majeska.  George  P,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

AB,  Brooklyn  College.  1961;  MA.  Indiana  University,  1964, 

Ph.D..  1968. 

Majeskie.  J.  Lee.  Assistant  Professor.  Dairy  Science 
B.S .  University  of  Wisconsin.  1964.  MS,  1966.  PhD ,  Kan- 
sas State  University.  1970. 

Male.  George  A,  Professor,  Social  Foundations  of 

Education 

B.A,  University  of  Michigan.  1948;  MA,  1949.  Ph  D.  1952 

Mafey.  Donald.    Professor  and  Chairman  of  Industrial 

Education 

B.S,  California  State  College  of  Pennsylvania.  1943.  MS 

University  of  Maryland.  1947;  PhD,  1949. 

Malouf.  David  B„  Assistant  Professor  of  Special  Education 
B.A,  University  of  Utah,  1968;  M  Ed,  1970:  PhD .  University 
of  Oregon.  1976. 

Marando.  Vincent  L,  Associate  Professor,  Acting  Director, 
Institute  for  Urban  Studies 

BS,  State  University  College.  Buffalo,  i960,  MA,  Michigan 
State  University,  1964;  Ph  D,  1967. 

Marchello.  Joseph  M,  Provost.  Division  of  Mathematical  and 
Physical  Sciences  and  Engineering  and  Professor  of 
Chemical  Engineering 

BS,  University  of  Illinois,  1955;  PhD,  Carnegie  Institute  of 
Technology.  1959 

Marcinkowski,  M.  John,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineer- 
ing. Engineering  Material 

B.S,  University  of  Maryland.  1953:  MS,  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania. 1955,  Ph.D..  1959. 

Marcus.  Robert  F.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Human  Develop- 
ment Education 

BA,  Montclair  State  College.  1965.  MA.  New  York  Univer- 
sity. 1967;  Ph.D..  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1973 

Marion,  Jerry  B..  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A,  Reed  College,  1952;  M  S  .  Rice  University.  1953;  PhD, 

1955. 

Markley.  Nelson  G,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 
and  Statistics 

B.A,  Lafayette  College.  1962,  MA,  Yale  University.  1964; 
Ph.D..  1966. 

Marks.  Colin  H,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical 


Marquardt.  Warren  W,  Associate  Professor  of  Veterinary 

Science 

B.S,  University  of  Minnesota.  1959.  D.V.M.,  1961.  PhD, 


Martin.  David  L„  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 
B.S,  University  of  Minnesota.  1963.  M  S,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1968 

Martin.  James  G,  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.S.  University  of  North  Dakota  1951;  MA,  University  of 

Minnesota,  1958;  PhD,  1960. 

Martin.  L,  John,  Professor  of  Journalism 

B  A.   American  University  of  Cairo,  1947,  MA  University  of 

Minnesota.  1951;  PhD,  1955. 

Martin.  Raymond  F,  Associate  Professor  of  Philosophy 
BA,  Ohio  State  University.  1962,  MA,  1964,  Ph.D..  Univer- 
sity of  Rochester,  1968. 

Marx,  George  L,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Counseling  and 

B.A,  Yankton  College,  1953;  MA,  State  University  of  Iowa, 
1958.  Ph.D..  State  University  of  Iowa.  1959. 

Mather.  Ian  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Dairy  Science 
B.Sc,  University  College  of  North  Wales.  1966.  Ph  D ,  1969 

Matossian.  Mary  K,  Associate  Professor  of  History 

B  A,  Stanford  University.  1951.  MA,  American  University  of 

Beirut.  1952;  PhD,  Stanford  University.  1955. 

Matteson.  Richard  l_  Associate  Professor.  Institute  For 
Child  Study 

B.A,  Knox  College  1952,  MA,  University  of  Maryland,  1955; 
Ed  D,  1962 


Graduate  Faculty  /  39 


Matthews,  David  L,  Research  Associate  Professor,  Institute 

for  Physical  Science  and  Technology 

B.S,  Queens  University,  1949;  Ph  D ,  Princeton  University 

1959. 

Matthews,  Thomas  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Astronomy 
BA .,  University  of  Toronto.  1950:  M.S..  Case  Institute  of 
Technology.  1951;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University.  1956 

Mattick,  Joseph  F.,  Professor  of  Dairy  Science 

B.S..  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1942;  Ph.D.,  1950. 

Mayer-Sommer.  Alan  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business 
and  Management 

BA,  Columbia  University.  1963:  M.B.A., Harvard  University 
1965,  M.P.A.,  Georgia  State  University.  1974,  Ph.D..  1976. 

Mayes,  Sharon  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 
B.A.,  Michigan  Slate  University.  1970;  M.  Phil .  Yale  Univer- 
sity. 1972;  Ph.D..  1974 

Mayo,  Marlene  J„  Associate  Professor  of  History 

BA.  Wayne  University.  1954;  MA.  Columbia  University. 

1957;  Ph  D..  1961 

Mazzocchi.  Paul  H„  Professor  of  Chemistry, 

B.S,  Queens  College.  1961,  Ph  D,  Fordham  University,  1966 

McArdle.  James  V„  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 
Sc.B,  Brown  University.  1972.  Ph.D..  California  Institute  of 
Technology.  1975 

McCaleb.  Joseph  Lee,  Assistant  Professor  of  Secondary 

Education 

B.A..  Abilene  Christian  College.  1969:  M.Ed.,  University  of 

Texas,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

McCall,  Gerald  N,  Professor  of  Hearing  and  Speech 

Sciences 

B.S.  Florida  State  University.  1959;  MA,  Northwestern 

University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1964 

McCall,  James  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Animal   Science 
B.S.,  Texas  A  &  M  University.  1966;  M.S..  1969;  Ph.D.,  1972. 

McCarrick,  Earteen  M„  Assistant  Professor  of  Government 
and  Politics 

BA,  Louisiana  State  University.  1953;  MA,  1955   Ph  D 
Vanderbilt  University.  1964 

McClure,  L.  Morris,  Professor  of  Administration,  Supervision 
and  Curriculum 

BA..  Western  Michigan  University,  1940;  MA,,  University  of 
Michigan.  1946;  Ed  D  .  Michigan  University,  1953 

McClurg,  Charles  A„  Assistant  Professor  of  Horticulture 
BS    Iowa  State  University.  1966,  MS.  Pennsylvania  State 
University.  1968,  Ph  D,  1970 

McCrank,  Lawrence  J„  Assistant  Professor  of  Library  and 
Information  Services 

BA ,  Moorshead  State  University.  1967;  MA ,  University  of 
Kansas,  1970.  MLS  ,  University  of  Oregon,  1976;  Ph  D  . 
University  of  Virginia,  1974 

McCuen.  Richard  H„  Associate  Professor  of  Civil 

Engineering 

B.S,  Carnegie-Mellon  University,  1967;  M.S.,  Georgia 

Institute  of  Technology,  1969;  PhD.  1971 

McCusker,  John  J„  Assistant  Professor  of  History 
BA,  St    Bernard's  College,  1961;  MA..  University  of 
Rochester.  1963;  PhD .  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1970 

McDonald,.  Frank  B„  Adiunct  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S..  Duke  University.  1948.  M  S .,  University  of  Minnesota 

1952;  Ph.D..  1955. 

McDonald,  James,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  Morningside  College.  1962.  MA.  University  of  Iowa 

1964;  DMA..  1974. 

McElreath,  Mark  P.,  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Jour- 
nalism, BA,  University  of  Houston,  1969;  M  A,,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1972;  Ph.D..  1975 


Mcllrath,  Thomas  J„  Associate  Professor  of  Physics  and  In- 
stitute tor  Physical  Science  and  Technology 
B.S  ,  Michigan  State  University,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1966 

Mclntire,  Roger  W„  Professor  of  Psychology 

BA,  Northwestern  University.  1958;  MA,  Louisiana  State 

University,  1960;  PhD .  1962. 

Mclntyre.  Jennie  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 
B.A..  Howard  College.  1960.  MS .  Florida  State  College 
1962;  PhD,  1966. 

McLoone,  Eugene  P.,  Associate  Professor  of  Administration. 
Supervision  and  Curriculum  and  Economics 
BA,  LaSalle  College.  1951.  M.S..  University  of  Denver.  1952 
Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois,  1961. 

McMullan,  Yvonne  0..  Assistant  Professor  of  Counseling  & 
Personnel  Services 

B  A    Emory  University.  1969,  M  Ed,  Georgia  Slate  Univer- 
sity. I970;  Ph.D..  1973. 

McNelly.  Charles  H„  Assistant  Professor  of  Special 

Education 

B.A.,  Earlham  College.  1964,  MA.  Ohio  State  University 

1966,  Ph  D  ,  University  of  Michigan.  1973. 


McNelly,  Theodore  H„  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 
B.S..  University  of  Wisconsin.  1941;  M.A..  1942;  PhD,  Co- 
lumbia University.  1952. 


McWhinnie.  Harold  J„  Lecturer  in  Applied  Design  and  Crafts 
and  Associate  Professor  of  Secondary  Education 
B.A.E..  Art  Institute  of  Chicago.  1953,  M  F  A.University  of 
Chicago.  1957;  Ed.D,  Stanford  University,  1965 

Measday,  Walter  S.,  Lecturer  of  Economics 
A  B  .  College  of  William  and  Mary.  1941.  Ph.D., 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1955. 

Medvene,  Arnold,  Associate  Professor  of  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services  and  Counselor,  Counseling  Center 
8S,  Temple  University,  1959.  M  E.  1963;  Ed  D .  University  of 
Kansas.  1968. 

Meeker,  Barbara  F.,  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 
BA,  University  of  Kansas,  1961.  M  A  .  Stanford  University 
1963;  Ph.D..  1966. 

Meersman,  Roger  L,  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Ad 
BA.,  St.  Ambrose  College.  1952;  MA  .  University  of  Illinois 
1959;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Mehl,  Jane,  Assistant  Professor  of  German  and  Slavic 
Languages  and  Literature 

BA,  Douglas  College.  1967;  M.A.,  Middleburg  College,  1968 
Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York.  1974. 

Mehlman,  Myron,  Visiting  Lecturer.  Food.  Nutrition,  and  In- 
stitutional Administration 

B.S..  City  College  of  New  York,  1957;  M.S.,  University  of  Il- 
linois. 1962:  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology, 
1964. 

Meljer,  Marianne  S.,  Associate  Professor  of  French  and  Italian 
Baccalaureat  de  L'Enseignement  Secondaire  Francais,  1944, 
Candidaats  Romaanse  Taal-en  Litterkrunde,  Leiden,  1948; 
MA.  Catholic  University.  1960;  Ph.D.,  1972. 

Melnick,  Daniel,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and 

Politics 

B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin.  1963;  MA.,  1964;  Ph  D„  1970. 


Meltzer,  Richard  H„  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 
BA,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1968,  Ph.D.,  University  of 
California,  San  Diego,  1971 

Mendeloft,  Henry,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Spanish  and 

Portuguese 

B.S,  City  College  of  New  York.  1936;  M.S..  1939;  Ph.D.. 

Catholic  University  of  America,  1960 

Menzer,  Robert  E.,  Professor  of  Entomology  and  Acting 
Dean  for  Graduate  Studies 

B.S,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1960;  M.S.,  University  of 
Maryland.  1962;  Ph  D .  University  of  Wisconsin.  1964 

Merkel.  James  A..  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural 

Engineering 

B.S.  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1962;  M.S.,  Iowa  Slate 

University,  1965;  Ph.D..  1967 

Merkowitz,  David,  Lecturer  of  Journalism 

B.A..  New  York  University.  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Michigan.  1971 

Merrill,  Horace  S„  Professor  of  History 

BE.,  Wisconsin  State  University.  1932;  Ph  M,  University  of 

Wisconsin,  1933,  Ph.D.,  1942 

Messersmith,  Donald  H.,  Professor  of  Entomology 
B  Ed  .  University  of  Toledo,  1951;  M  S  .  University  of 
Michigan,  1953;  Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1962. 

Metcalf,  John  T.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical 

Engineering 

B.S..  United  States  Naval  Academy,  1949;  M  S , 

Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1957;  Ph  D    Catholic 

University.  1974 


Meyer,  Paul  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Economics 
BA,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1961;  MA.,  Stanford 
University.  1963.  Ph.D..  1966 

Mielus.  Walter  S„  Associate  Professor  of  Industrial 

Education 

B.S.,  Chicago  Teachers  College.  1957;  M.Ed,  1959;  Ed  D . 

Loyola  University,  1966. 


Mikulski,  Piolr  W.,  Professor  of  Matnematics 

Diploma,  Main  School  of  Planning  and  Statistics.  Warsaw. 

1951;  Master's,  1952.  Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  1962 

Milazzo,  Tony  C,  Associate  Professor  of  Special  Education 
B.S.,  Indiana  State  University.  1955,  MS  ,  1957,  Ed  D  . 
George  Peabody  College,  1963, 

Milhollan,  Frank,  Associate  Professor,  Institute  For  Child 

Study 

B.A..  Colorado  College.  1949;  MPS  .University  of  Colorado 

1951;  PhD,  University  of  Nebraska,  1966. 


Miller.  Catherine  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Health 
Education 

B.S ,  Illinois  State  University.  1956,  MA,  Colorado  State  Col- 
lege, 1959;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  Stale  University,  1967 

Miller,  Douglas  R„  Associate  Professor  of  Entomology 
B.S .  University  of  California,  Davis,  1964;  M.S.,  1965;  Ph  D 
1969 


Miller,  Gerald  Ray,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 
BS..  University  of  Wisconsin,  1958;  MS,  University  of 
Illinois,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1962. 


Miller,  Mary  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

BA,  University  of  Iowa,  1941;  MA,  University  of  Denver, 

1959.  Ph.D..  Georgetown  University,  1969 

Mills,  David  H„  Professor  of  Psychology  and  Assistant 
Director,  Counseling  Center 

B.S .  Iowa  State  University.  1955;  M.S.,  1957;  Ph.D.,  Michigan 
State  University.  1964. 

Mills,  Judson  R„  Professor  of  Psychology 
B.S.  University  of  Wisconsin.  1953;  Ph.D..  Stanford  Univer- 
sity. 1958 

Minker,  Jack,  Professor  of  Computer  Science 

BA.  Brooklyn  College.  1949;  M.S..  University  of  Wisconsin, 

1950;  Ph  D„  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1959. 

Minor,  W.  William,  Assistant  Professor,  Institute  of  Criminal 
Justice  and  Criminology 

B.S..  Michigan  State  University.  1968;  M.S..  Florida  State 
University,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Mintz,  Lawrence  E„  Associate  Professor  of  American 

Studies 

BA,  University  of  South  Carolina.  1966;  MA,  Michigan 

State  University.  1967;  Ph  D .  1969. 

Mish,  Charles  C,  Professor  of  English 

B.S .  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1936;  M.A..  1946;  Ph.D.. 

1951 

Misner,  Charles  W.,  Professor  of  Physics 
B  S,  University  of  Notre  Dame,  1952;  MA,  Princeton  Univer- 
sity. 1954;  Ph.D..  1957. 

Mitchell,  Robert  D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Geography 
M  A  ,  University  of  Glasgow.  1962;  Ph  D,  University  of 
Wisconsin.  1969 

Mohanty,  Sashi  B„  Professor  of  Veterinary  Science 
B.V.Sc.  &  AH,  Bihar  University.  India,  1956.  M.S..  University 
of  Maryland,  1961;  Ph  D,  1963 


Montgomery,  William.  Associate  Professor  of  Music 
B.M.E..  Cornell  College  of  Iowa,  1953;  MM,  Catholic  Univer- 
sity of  America.  1957.  Ph.D.,  1972. 

Moore,  John  H„  Jr.,  Associate  Prolessor  of  Chemistry 
B.S,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology.  1963;  M.S.,  Johns 
Hopkins  University,  1965;  PhD,  1967 

Moore,  John  R„  Professor  of  Agricultural  and  Resources 

Economics 

B.S,  Ohio  State  University,  1951,  MS,  Cornell  University, 

1955;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1959. 

Moore,  Michael  R,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and 
Dramatic  Art 

B.S.  Southern  Illinois  University.  1966;  MS,  University  of 
Missouri,  1970;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Moore,  Robert,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

BA,  Davidson  College,  1962;  MA,  University  of  North 

Carolina.  1964;  Ph  D .  University  of  Wisconsin,  1972. 

Morgan,  Delbert  T„  Jr.,  Professor  of  Botany 

B.S,  Kent  State  University,  1940;  MA.  Columbia  University. 

1942;  Ph.D..  1948. 

Morgan,  H.  Gerthon,  Acting  Dean,  College  of  Education  and 
Professor,  Institute  tor  Child  Study 

BA,  Furman  University,  1940;  MA,  University  of  Chicago, 
1943;  Ph.D.,  1946. 

Morris,  Alfred  E,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor,  Physical 

Education 

BA,  University  of  Massachusetts.  1964;  MA,  University  of 

Maryland,  1966;  Ph  D  ,  University  of  Massachusetts,  1976. 

Morse,  Douglass  H,  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 

B  S  ,  Bates  College.  1960.  M  S  ,  University  of  Michigan,  1962; 

Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  University.  1965 

Morse,  Frederick  H„  Adjunct  Professor  of  Mechanical 
Engineering 

B.S,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,  1957;  M.S.. 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1959,  Ph.D.,  Stan- 
ford University,  1969 

Morton,  Eugene  S,  Assistant  Professor  of  Zoology 

BS.  Denison  University,  1962,  MS,  Yale  University,  1966; 

PhD,  1969. 


40  /  Graduate  Faculty 


Moss.  Lawrence  K.,  Professor  of  Music 

B  A    University  ol  California.  Los  Angeles.  1949;  M.A, 

University  of  Rochester.  1951.  Ph.D..  University  of  Southern 

California,  1957. 

Motta  Jerome  F„  Associate  Professor  of  Botany 

B.A..  San  Francisco  State  College.  1959;  MA.  1964.  Ph  D  . 

University  of  California,  Berkeley.  1968 

Mueller.  Dennis  C.  Professor  of  Economics 

B  S   Colorado  College.  1962:  Ph.D..  Pnnceton  University. 

1966 

Mulchi.  Charles  L..  Associate  Professor  of  Agronomy 

B  S    North  Carolina  State  University.  1964:  MS  .  1966,  Ph  D„ 

1970. 

Mulinazzi.  Thomas  E..  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil 

Engineering 

BS.  Noire  Dame.  1964.  M.S.  Purdue  University.  1966:  Ph  D. 

1973. 


Munno,  Frank  J.,  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineenng.  Direc- 
tor, Nuclear  Engineering 

B.S,  Waynesburg  College.  1957;  M.S.,  University  of  Florida 
1962.  PhD,  1964 

Murphy.  Charles  D„  Professor  of  English 

B.A..  University  of  Wisconsin.  1929.  M.A,  Harvard  University. 

1930;  Ph  D.   Cornell  University.  1940. 

Murphy.  Thomas  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

BS    Fordham  University.  1963;  Ph.D.  Rockefeller  University. 

1968. 

Murphy.  Thomas  P..  Professor.  Urban  Studies  Institute 
B.A .  Queens  College,  1952;  M.A..  Georgetown  University. 
1960.  Ph.D..  St   John's  University.  1963. 


Murray.  Ray  A,.  Professor  of  Agnculture  and  Resource 

Economics 

B.S,  University  of  Nebraska  1934:  M.A,  Cornell  University. 

1938;  PhD  .  1949 

Murreii.  Peter.  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 

BS ,  London  School  of  Economics.  1971:  M.S..  1972:  Ph.D.. 

University  ol  Pennsylvania  1977 


Myers,  Robert  Manson  Professor  of  English 
B  A  ,  Vanderbilt  University.  1941:  MA,  Columbia  University. 
1942,  M  A  ,  Harvard  University.  1943;  Ph.D..  Columbia  Univer- 
sity, 1948. 

Myricks.  Noel,  Associate  Professor  of  Family  and  Communi- 
ty Development 

BA.  San  Francisco  State  University.  1965;  MS.,  1967:  J.D, 
Howard  University.  1970:  Ed.D,  Amencan  University.  1973. 


Nelson.  Clifford  L,  Professor  of  Agncultural  and  Extension 

Education 

BS..  Washington  State  University.  1957:  M.S..  1962;  Ph.D.. 

University  of  Minnesota  1966. 


Nemes.  Graciela  P...  Professor  of  Spanish 

BS,  Trinity  College,  1942;  M.A,  University  of  Maryland. 

1946.  PhD,  1952 


Neumann,  Walter.  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
BA.  Adelaide  University,  1953;  MA,  1966:  PhD.  Bonn 
University.  1969 

Newby.  Hayes  A.,  Professor  of  Speech  and  Heanng 

Sciences 

A.B,  Ohio  Wesleyan  University.  1935:  MA .  University  of 

Iowa.  1939;  Ph.D..  1947. 

Newcomb.  Robert  W..  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineenng 
BS .  Purdue  University,  1955;  M.S..  Stanford  University.  1957; 
Ph.D..  University  of  California  Berkeley.  1960 

Newell.  Clarence  A.,  Professor  of  Administration.  Supervi- 
sion and  Cumculum 

A  B,  Hastings  College.  1935;  A.M.,  Columbia  University. 
1939;  Ph.D..  1943. 

Newsom.  D.  Earl.  Professor  of  Journalism 

B.S.,  Oklahoma  State  University.  1948;  MS  J..  Northwestern 

University.  1949;  Ed.D..  Oklahoma  State  University.  1957 

Ng,  Timothy,  Assistant  Professor  of  Horticulture 

B.S,  University  of  California  1969;  M.S..  Purdue  University. 

1972;  Ph.D..  1976. 

Nickels,  William  G.,  Associate  Professor  of  Business  and 

Management 

BS,  Ohio  State  University.  1962;  MBA..  Western  Reserve 

University.  1966;  Ph.D..  Ohio  State  University.  1969 


Nicklason.  Fred.  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

B  S .  Gustavus  Adolphus  College.  1953:  M  A .  University  of 

Pennsylvania  1955.  Ph.D..  Yale  University.  1967 

Niese.  Henry  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Art 
Cert,  The  Cooper  Union.  1949:  Academie  Grande 
Chaumiere.  1949:  B.F.A,  Columbia  University.  1955 

Niles,  Lyndrey  A^  Lecturer  in  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
A  A,  Caribbean  Union  College.  1956:  B.A  ,  Columbia  Col- 
lege. 1963:  M.A,  University  of  Maryland.  1955;  Ph.D..  Temple 
University.  1973. 


BA,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1954;  M.S..  1962;  PhD, 


ol  C 


University  of  Chicago.  1965 

Norland,  Douglas  L,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  and 
Management 

B  B  A    University  of  Michigan.  1967.  M  8  A  .  1968:  DBA,  In- 
diana University.  1977. 

Norman.  Kent  L,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 
BA,  Southern  Methodist  University.  1969:  M.A,  University 
of  Iowa  1971:  Ph.D..  1973. 

Nunamaker.  Anne.  Assistant  Professor  of  Journalism 

B  A    Middle  Tennessee  State  University.  1955;  MA,  1959. 

Ed.S,  George  Peabody  College.  1973.  Ph  D .  1977. 

O'Connell.  Donald  W,  Professor  of  Economics  and  Vice 

President  for  General  Administration 

B.A,  Columbia  University.  1937;  M.A,  1938;  Ph.O,  1953. 

Odell.  Stanley  Jack.  Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy 
B  A    University  of  Kansas,  i960:  M.A.  University  of  Illinois. 
1962.  Ph.D.  1967 

O'Haver.  Thomas  C.  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 
BS,  Spnng  Hill  College.  1963;  Ph.D.  University  of  Flonda 
1968 

O'Leary.  Ronald  T..  Associate  Professor  of  Speech  and 
Dramatic  Art 

BS.  Bowling  Green  State  University.  1960.  MA.  1961: 
M.F.A,  University  of  Wisconsin.  1964.  Ph.D..  1966 

Oliver,  James  H..  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and 

Politics 

B.A,  University  of  Washington,  1959:  M.A  .  1962,  PhD, 

University  of  Wisconsin,  1968. 

Olsen.  Bonnie  G,  Assistant  Professor  of  Housing  and  Ap- 
plied Design 

BS,  University  of  Georgia.  1965.  MS.  Oklahoma  State 
University    1966.  PhD.  Cornell  University,  1976 

Olson.  Alison  Gilbert.  Professor  of  History 

B  A    University  of  California  1952:  M.A  .  1953;  PhD,  Oxford 

University.  1956. 

Olson.  Edwin  E^  Professor.  College  of  Library  and  Informa- 
tion Services 

B  A    SI  Olaf  College.  1959.  MA.  Amencan  University.  1961: 
PhD.  1966 

Olson.  Keith  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  History 

B.A,  State  University  of  New  York.  Albany.  1957;  M.A,  1959: 

PhD,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1964 

Olson,  Mancur  L,  Jr..  Professor  of  Economics 

BS,  North  Dakota  State  University.  1954,  B.A  .  Oxford 

University.  1956:  M.A,  1960;  Ph.O,  Harvard  University,  1960 

Olver.  Frank  W.J..  Research  Professor.  Institute  for  Physical 

Science  and  Technology,  and  Mathematics 

B.Sc,  University  ol  London.  1945;  M.Sc,  1948;  D.Sc .  1961 

Oneda.  Sadao.  Professor  of  Physics 

BS,  Tohoku  University,  1946;  M.Sc,  1948;  PhD.  Nagoya 

University,  1953. 

O'Neill.  Leo  W,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Early  Childhood  and 
Elementary  Education 

B.A,  University  of  Chicago.  1938;  M.A,  University  of  Kansas. 
1953.  Ed  D  .  University  of  Colorado.  1955 

Opik.  Ernst,  J.,  Professor  of  Astronomy 

Cand.  Astro.  Moscow  Impehal  University.  1916:  DPhil.Nat, 

National  University  of  Estonia  1923 

Oppenheimer.  Joe  A,  Associate  Professor.  Government  and 

Politics 

A.B,  Cornell  University.  1953:  M.A,  University  of  Michigan, 

1964.  PhD,  Pnnceton  University.  1971 

Orvedal.  Ruth.  Assistant  Professor.  Family  and  Gommty 

Development 

B.S,  Middle  Tennessee  State  College.  1937;  M.S..  University 

of  Tennessee.  1941 


Ostrowski.  Paul  P,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical 

Engineenng 

BS,  University  of  Maryland.  1963:  ME,  McGiM  University, 

1970;  Ph.D..  1974. 

Otts.  Louis  E-.  Jr..  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 

B.A.  East  Texas  Stale  University.  1933:  BS.  Texas  A&M 

University.  1946.  MS.  1946. 


Ousby.  Ian.  Assistant  Professor.  English 

B  A  .  Cambndge  University  (England).  1968;  MA,  1972; 

Ph  D    Harvard  University.  1973 

Owings.  James  C ,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B  S    Dartmouth  College.  1962:  Ph.D..  Cornell  University. 

1966 

Paez.  Mario  D,  Assistant  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineenng 
BS  .  Instituto  Tecnologica  de  Monterrey.  1959:  MS 
Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  1965;  Ph.D..  North 
Carolina  State  University.  1972. 

Pai.  Shih-I.  Research  Professor.  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics 

and  Applied  Mathematics 

B.S,  National  Central  University.  1935.  MS,  Massachusetts 

Institute  of  Technology,  1938;  Ph.D..  California  Institute  of 

Technology.  1938:  Ph.D..  California  institute  of  Technology. 

1940 

Paine,  Frank  T„  Professor  of  Business  and  Management 
B.S,  Syracuse  University.  1951:  MBA,  1956:  Ph  D  .  Stanford 
University.  1963. 

Panichas.  George  A.,  Professor  of  English 
B.A,  American  International  College.  1951;  M.A  .  Trinity  Col- 
lege, 1952:  PhD,  Nottingham  University.  1961. 

Papadopoulos,  Konstantinos.  Adiunct  Professor  of  Physics 
B.S,  University  of  Athens.  1960:  MS,  Massachusetts  in- 
stitute of  Technology.  1965:  PhD  .  University  of  Maryland. 
1968 

Park.  Robert  L,  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy.  Director. 
Center  tor  Materials  Research 

B.S,  University  of  Texas  lAustin).  1958:  M.A,  1960.  PhD, 
Brown  University.  1964. 


Parochetti.  James  V.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agronomy 
BS,  University  of  Illinois.  1962:  MS.  Purdue  University. 
1964:  PhD.  1967 

Pasch,  Alan,  Professor  of  Philosophy 

B.A,  University  of  Michigan.  1949:  MA,  New  School  for 

Social  Research.  1952:  PhD,  Princeton  University.  1955 

Pati.  Jogesh  C„  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S,  Ravenshaw  College.  1955:  M.Sc,  Delhi  University.  1957; 

Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1960. 

Patrick.  Lawrence.  Assistant  Professor  of  Journalism 
B.A,  University  of  Kentucky.  1972:  MS,  University  of  Ten- 
nessee. 1973:  PhD,  Ohio  University.  1975. 

Patterson.  Glenn  W,  Professor  of  Botany 

BS.  North  Carolina  State  University.  1960;  M.S.  University 

of  Maryland.  1963;  Ph.D..  1964. 

Patterson.  William  V,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and 
Dramatic  Art 

B.F.A,  University  of  Oklahoma  197a.  M.F.A,  University  of 
Utah,  1972 

Paver,  Dennis.  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic 


Peart,  Martin  Herbert,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B A,  Brooklyn  College.  1950:  MA,  University  of  Michigan. 

1951:  PhD  .  University  of  Wisconsin.  1955 

Pease.  John.  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.S,  Western  Michigan  University.  1960:  M.A,  Michigan 

State  University.  1963;  Ph.O,  1968. 

Pechacek.  Robert  E.,  Adiunct  Associate  Professor  of 
Physics 

B.S,  California  Institute  of  Technology.  1954;  MS.  Univer- 
sity of  California  Berkeley.  1963:  PhD,  1966. 

Pelcovitz.  Michael  D,  Assistant  Professor.  Economics 
B.A,  University  of  Rochester.  1972;  Ph.D..  Massachusetts  In- 
stitute of  Technology.  1976. 

Pemberton,  Elizabeth  G,  Professor  of  Art 

BA,  Mt  Holyoke  College.  1961;  MA,  Columbia  University. 

1964;  PhD,  1968. 

Penner.  Memlynn  J,  Associate  Professor.  Psychology 
BA.  Harvard  University.  1966;  Ph.D..  University  of  California 
(San  Diego].  1970 

Pennington.  Kenneth  D,  Associate  Professor  of  Music 

A  B  .  Fnends  University.  1950:  B  Mus,  195a.  M.A  .  New  York 

University.  1953:  D  Mus,  Indiana  University.  1961. 

Perinbam,  B,  Marie.  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

B  A    London  University.  1954:  M.A .  University  of  Toronto. 

1959:  Ph.D..  Georgetown  University.  1969 

Perkins.  Hugh  V,  Professor  and  Acting  Chairman.  Institute 
For  Child  Study 

A.B,  Oberim  College.  1941.  AM,  University  of  Chicago. 
1946   Ph  D    1949;  Ed.D,  New  York  University.  1956. 


Perotf.  Kathleen.  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and 

Politics 

B.A,  Holy  Names  College,  1965:  Diplome  Annuel  SorOonne. 

1968  M  A,  University  of  Wisconsin.  Madison.  197a  Ph.D.. 

1975 


Graduate  Faculty  /  41 


Peters,  Robert  M.,  Associate  Professor  ot  Secondary 
Education 

B.S..  Mankato  State  College.  1955;  M.S..  1958;  Ph  D  .  Univer- 
sity of  Minnesota,  1965. 

Peterson,  William  S„  Professor  of  English 
BA.  Walla  Walla  College.  1961;  MA.  University  of  Wiscon- 
sin. 1962;  Ph  D  .  Northwestern  University,  1968. 


Pfister.  Guenier  G  .  Associate  Professor  of  German  and 
Secondary  Education 

B.S.,  Bowling  Green  State  University.  1963;  MA.  Michigan 
Slate  University.  1965.  Ph.D..  University  of  Kansas.  1970 

Phillips.  Robert  A.,  Assistant  Professor,  Family  and  Com- 
munity Development 

BA.  Ottawa  University.  1964;  MA..  Colgate  Rochester 
Divinity  School,  1970.  Ph  D  .  University  of  Minnesota.  1977. 

Phillips,  Warren  R„  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 
B  A  .  Northwestern  University,  1963;  M.A  ,  San  Francisco 
State  University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Hawaii,  1969. 

Philport.  Joseph  C„  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and 
Dramatic  Art 

B  A  ,  William  Patterson  College.  1970;  MA.  1971.  Ph.D.. 
Bowling  Green  State  University.  1975. 

Pierce.  Sidney  K..  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 
B.Ed,,  University  of  Miami,  1966,  Ph.D..  Florida  State  Univer- 
sity, 1970 

Pinker,  Rachel,  Assistant  Professor  of  Meteorology 
M  Sc  .  Hebrew  University.  1965;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Maryland.  1976 

Piper,  Don  C,  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 
BA,  University  of  Maryland,  1954.  M.A,  1958;  PhD..  Duke 
University,  1961. 


Pirages.  Dennis  Clark.  Associate  Professor  of  Government 
and  Politics 

BA,  State  University  of  Iowa.  1964.  Ph.D..  Stanford  Univer- 
sity. 1969 

Pitt,  David.  Assistant  Professor  of  Horticulture 
BA,  Syracuse  University,  1970;  M.L.A.,  University  of 
Massachusetts,  1974. 

Pitter,  Richard  L„  Assistant  Professor  ot  Meteorology 
A.B .  University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles.  1969;  M.S., 
1970;  C.  Phil  .  1972;  PhD,  1973. 

Plischke.  Elmer,  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

Ph  B..  Marquette  University,  1937;  M.A,,  American  University, 

1938;  PhD,  Clark  University,  1943. 

Plotkin.  Allen,  Associate  Professor  of  Aerospace 

Engineering 

B  S  .  Columbia  University,  1963.  M  S  .  1964;  PhD  .  Stanford 

University.  1968. 

Poffenberger,  Paul  R„  Associate  Dean.  College  ot 

Agriculture.  Acting  Chairman,  Agricultural  and  Extension 

Education,  and  Professor.  Agricultural  and  Resource 

Economics 

B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1935;  M.S..  1937;  Ph.D., 

American  University,  1953. 

Poist.  Richard  F.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Business  and 

Management 

B.S..  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1965;  MBA,  University 

of  Maryland.  1967;  Ph.D..  Pennsylvania  State  University, 


Polakoft.  Murray  E„  Professor  of  Business  and  Management 
and  Provost,  Division  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences 
BA,  New  York  University.  1946;  M.A.,  Columbia  University, 
1949;  Ph  D  .  1955 

Ponnamperuma.  Cyril,  Professor  of  Chemistry 
B.A..  University  of  Madras.  1948;  B.Sc .  Birkbeck  College, 
University  ot  London,  1959;  Ph.D .  University  of  California. 
Berkeley,  1962. 

Poplai,  Bina  B„  Assistant  Professor,  Food,  Nutrition  and  In- 
stitution Administration 

B A,  Puniab  University  (India),  1949;  M.S..  Baroda  University 
(India),  1966;  Ph.D..  Texas  Women's  University,  1971 

Poriz,  John,  Associate  Professor  of  English  and  Director  of 
Honors  Program 

BA,  Duke  University.  1937;  M.A,.  Harvard  University.  1941. 
Ph  D  .  1957 

Postbrief,  Samuel,  Assistant  Professor,  Government  and 

Politics 

A.B.,  City  College  of  New  York  (Brooklyn  College).  1969; 

MA.  Indiana  University.  1971;  Ph  D.,  1975. 


Prather,  Elizabeth  S„  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Food  Nutri- 
tion and  Institution  Administration 

BS.  Auburn  University.  1951.  MS.  1955;  Ph.D..  Iowa  State 
University.  1963 

Pressor,  Harriet,  Professor,  Sociology 
B  A  .  George  Washington  University,  1959;  MA,  University 
of  North  Carolina,  1962,  Ph.D..  University  of  California 
(Berkeley),  1969 

Prindle,  Allen  M„  Assistant  Professor  of  Agricultural  and 
Resource  Economics 

B.S..  Wisconsin  State  University.  1959,  M.S..  Purdue  Univer 
sity.  1972;  Ph  D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1977. 

Pugliese,  Rudolph  E..  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B  A    Miami  University,  1947;  M  FA.  .Catholic  University  of 
America.  1949;  Ph  D„  Ohio  State  University.  1961 

Pugsley,  James  H„  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical 

Engineering 

B  A    Oberlin  College,  1956;  M.S.  University  of  Illinois,  1958 

Ph  D_.  1963. 

Pumroy.  Donald  K.,  Professor  of  Counseling  and  Personnel 
Services  and  Psychology 

BA,  University  of  Iowa,  1949;  M.S..  University  of  Wisconsin, 
1951;  Ph.D..  University  of  Washington,  1954. 

Punch,  Jerry  L„  Research  Professor  of  Hearing  and  Speech 

BA.  Wake  Forest  College.  1965.  MS..  Vanderbilt  University. 
1967;  Ph.D..  Northwestern  University,  1972. 


Rado.  George  T„  Adiunct  Professor  of  Physics 

SB,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1939;  S.M.. 

1941;  Ph.D.,  1943. 

Ragan,  Robert  M„  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 
B.S.,  Virginia  Military  Institute,  1955;  M.S.,  Massachusetts  In- 
stitute of  Technology.  1959;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1965. 

Ranald.  Ralph  A..  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and 

Politics 

BA,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles.  1952;  MA,  1954; 

MA,  Princeton  University.  1958;  Ph.D..  1961. 


Ray.  Phillip  B..  Associate  Professor  of  Counseling  and  Per- 
sonnel Services 

BA,  Antioch  College,  1950;  M.S.  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
1955;  PhD,,  University  of  Minnesota.  1962 


Reaka,  Marjorie  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Zoology 

BA,  University  ot  Kansas,  1965;  M.S.,  1967;  Ph.D..  University 

of  California.  Berkeley.  1975 

Rearick,  William  R..  Professor  of  Art 

BA,  New  York  University.  1953;  M.A .  1958;  Ph.D..  Harvard 

University,  1968. 

Redish.  Edward  F.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 
A.B .  Princeton  University.  1963;  Ph.D..  Massachusetts  In- 
stitute of  Technology.  1968 

Reeve.  E.  Wilkins,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S..  Drexel  Institute  of  Technology.  1936;  Ph.D..  University 

of  Wisconsin.  1940. 

Reeves,  Mavis  M„  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and 

Politics 

BA,  West  Virginia  University,  1942;  MA,  1943;  Ph.D., 

University  of  North  Carolina,  1947. 


Reichelderler,  Charles  F.,  Associate  Professor  of 

Entomology 

BS,,  St,  Cloud  College,  1961;  MA,  University  of 

Washington.  1963;  PhD..  University  of  Washington,  1963; 

Ph.D..  University  of  California  at  Riverside,  1968 

Reid,  James,  Assistant  Professor  of  Art 
B  FA,  Maryland  Institute  College  of  Art,  1966;  MA,  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1970 

Reiger,  Charles  Joseph,  III,  Assistant  Professor  of  Computer 

Science 

B.S..  Purdue  University,  1970;  Ph.D..  Stanford  University, 

1974. 

Reinhart,  Bruce  L.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Lehigh  University.  1952;  M.A  .  Princeton  University, 

1954;  Ph.D.,  1956, 

Reiser,  Martin  P..  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering  and 

Physics 

B  Sc  ,  Johannes  Gutenberg  Universitat.  Mainz,  1957,  Ph.D., 

1960. 

Reiser.  Sheldon,  Adjunct  Professor  of  Food.  Nutrition,  and 
Institutional  Administration 

BS,  City  College  of  New  York,  1953;  M.Sc.,  University  of 
Wisconsin.  1957;  Ph.D..  1959. 


Reveal.  James  L„  Associate  Professor  of  Botany 

B.S..  Utah  State  University.  1963;  MS  .  1965.  Ph.D..  Bngham 

Young  University,  1969 

Reynolds.  Charles  W..  Professor  of  Horticulture 

A.B..  University  of  Alabama,  1941,  B.S..  Auburn  University. 

1947;  M.S..  1949.    Ph  D..  University  of  Maryland,  1954 

Rbee,  Moon-Jhong.  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical 

Engineering 

B.S.,  Seoul  National  University.  1958.  M.S..  1960;  Ph.D..  The 

Catholic  University  of  America,  1970. 

Rhoads.  David  J..  Associate  Professor  of  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services 

B.A.,  Temple  University,  1954;  MA,  1958;  Ed.D,  University 
ot  Maryland,  1963. 

Richard,  Jean-Paul,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B  es  Arts.  University  Laval,  1956;  BeS    1960;  Doctorat  3e 

Cycle.  Universite  de  Paris.  1963;  Doctorat  d'Etat.  1965 

Ridgeway,  Whitman  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 
A.B..  Kenyon  College,  1963;  MA.  San  Francisco  State  Col- 
lege. 1967;  Ph  D  .  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1973. 

Ridky,  Robert  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Secondary  Educa- 
tion and  Geology 

B.S..  State  University  ot  New  York  at  Cortland.  1966.  M.S., 
Syracuse  University.  1970;  Ph.D..  1973. 


1947;  Ed.D .  University  of  Colorado.  1955. 

Ritzer.  George,  Professor  of  Sociology 

BA,  City  College  of  New  York.  1962:  M  BA.  University  of 

Michigan,  1964,  Ph.D..  Cornell  University.  1968. 


Roberts,  Men-ill  J„  Professor  of  Business  and  Management 
BA.  University  of  Minnesota,  1938;  MBA.  University  of 
Chicago,  1939;  Ph.D..  1951. 

Robertson-Tchabo.  Elizabeth  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of 
Human  Development 

BA ,  University  of  Calgary.  1966:  M  Sc .  1967;  Ph.D..  Univer- 
sity of  Southern  California,  1972 

Robock,  Alan,  Assistant  Professor  of  Meteorology 
BA,  University  ot  Wisconsin,  1970;  S  M.,  Massachusetts  In- 
stitute of  Technology.  1974;  Ph.D..  1977. 

Rodenhuis,  David  R„  Associate  Professor  of  Meteorology 
BS..  University  of  California.  Berkeley,  1959:  B.S..  Penn- 
sylvania State  University,  1960;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Washington,  1967. 

Roderick,  Jessie  A  Associate  Professor,  Early  Childhood 
and  Elementary  Education 

B.S.,  Wilkes  College,  1956;  MA.  Columbia  University.  1957; 
Ed.D..  Temple  University,  1967. 

Roesner,  Edward,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B  Mus  ,  University  of  Cincinnati.  1962:  M.Mus  ,  1964;  Ph.D., 

New  York  University.  1974. 

Rogers,  Benjamin  L..  Professor  of  Horticulture 
B.S    Clemson  University.  1943;  M.S.,  University  of  Min- 
nesota, 1947;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1950. 

Rogolsky.  Saul.  Associate  Professor,  Institute  for  Child 

Study 

B  A.,  Harvard  University.  1948;  M.A..  University  of  Chicago. 

1953;  Ed.D..  Harvard  University.  1963 

Rollinson,  Carl  L,  Professor  of  Chemistry 
B.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1933;  Ph  D..  Unrversity  of  Il- 
linois. 1939. 

Roos,  Phillip  G„  Professor  ot  Physics 

BA,  Ohio  Wesleyan  University,  i960;  Ph.D..  Massachusetts 

Institute  ot  Technology,  1964. 


Rosebrough,  Robin,  Assistant  Professor  of  Food.  Nutrition, 
and  Institutional  Administration 

B.S..  Michigan  State  University,  1968:  M.P.H.,  University  of 
Michigan.  1970;  MS..  University  of  Kentucky,  1973;  Ph.D., 


Rosenberg,  Morris,  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A..  Brooklyn  College.  1946;  MA.  Columbia  University, 

1950;  Ph.D..  1953. 

Rosenberg,  Theodore  J,.  Research  Professor,  Institute  for 
Physical  Science  and  Technology 
BEE.,  City  University  of  New  York  (City  College),  1960; 
Ph.D..  University  of  California  (Berkeley).  1965. 

Rosenteld,  Azriel,  Research  Professor,  Computer  Science 
BA.  Yeshiva  College,  1950;  MA,  Columbia  University,  1951, 
Ph.D..  1957. 


42  /  Graduate  Faculty 


Rosenlield,  Leonora  C,  Professor  of  French  and  Italian 
B.A.,  Smith  College.  1930;  AM.  Columbia  University.  1931. 
Ph  D  ,  1940 

Roswell,  Charles  Alfred,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of 

Geography 

BA,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1963;  MA..  University  of 

Maryland.  1969;  Ph.D.,  1974 

Roush,  Marvin  L,  Associate  Professor  of  Nuclear  Engineer 

ing  and  Physics 

B.Sc  .  Ottawa  University.  1956;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 


Rovner,  Phillip,  Associate  Professor  of  Spanish 

BA.  George  Washington  University.  1948;  MA.  1949.  Ph.D. 

University  of  Maryland.  1958. 

Rowan,  Robert,  III,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B  A ,  Pomona  College.  1968.  MA.,  Harvard  University.  I970; 

Ph  D ,  1974 

Royer,  L.  Gayle,  Assistant  Professor,  Family  and  Community 

Development 

B.S  .  Louisiana  State  University,  1969;  M  S.,  Purdue  Univer 

sity,  1970;  Ph.D..  1972. 

Rubin,  Roger  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Family  and  Com- 
munity Development 

B.A.,  Brooklyn  College  of  the  City  University  of  New  York, 
1965;  M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1966;  PhD.  1970 

Ruchkin.  Judith  P..  Associate  Professor  of  Secondary 

Education 

B.A.,  Swarthmore  College,  1956.  MA,  Yale  University,  1957. 

Ed.D..  Columbia  University  Teachers  College.  1972 

Ruderman,  David  B..  Assistant  Professor  of  History 
B.A..  City  College  of  New  York,  1966.  MA,  Columbia  Univer- 
sity, 1968;  Ph.D.,  Hebrew  University,  Jerusalem,  1975. 

Rundell,  Walter,  Jr.,  Professor  of  History 

B.S..  University  of  Texas,  1951;  MA.,  American  University. 

1955;  Ph.D..  1957 

Russell.  Charles  C.  Assistant  Professor  of  French  and 

Italian 

B.A  .  Oberlm  College.  1956.  MA  .  Bryn  Mawr  College.  1964. 

Ph  D  .  Harvard  University,  1970- 

Russell.  John  D.,  Professor  of  English 

A  B.  Colgate  University,  1951;  MA,  University  of 

Washington,  1956;  Ph.D.,  Rutgers  University,  1959. 

Rutherford,  Charles  S„  Assistant  Professor  of  English 
B.A.,  Carleton  College,  1962.  MA.  Indiana  University.  1966, 
Ph  D , 1970 

Sadowski.  Robert  P..  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and 
Dramatic  Art 

B.A..  Michigan  State  University,  1968;  MS.  Syracuse  Univer- 
sity. 1969;  Ph  D_.  University  of  Iowa.  1973. 

Salamanca,  Jack  R.,  Professor  of  English 
Diploma,  Royal  Academy  of  Dramatic  Art,  1952;  Lie   Deg  . 
University  of  London,  1953;  Licentiate,  Royal  Academy  of 
Music,  1954. 

Sallet,  Dirse   VV„  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S..  George  Washington  University.  1961.  MS.  University  of 
Kansas   1963;  Ph.D..  Technische  Hochschule,  Stuttgart. 
1966. 

Saltzman,  Harold.  Assistant  Professor  of  Textiles  and    Con- 
sumer Economics 

B.A..  State  University  ot  New  York  at  Stony  Brook.  1971. 
MA,  1974.  Ph.D..  1977 

Samet,  Hanan,  Assistant  Professor  of  Computer  Science 
B.S..  University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles,  1970,  M  S 
(Computer  Science).  Stanford  University,  1974;  MS..  (Opera- 
tions Research).  1975;  Ph.D..  1975. 


Santa  Maria,  D.  Laine,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical 
Education 

B.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1954;  M.Ed..  Temple  Univer- 
sity. 1962;  Ed.D..  University  of  Oregon,  1968. 


Sayani.  Hasan,  Assistant  Professor  of  Information  Systems 

Management 

B.S.E.,  University  of  Michigan.  1965;  M.S.E.,  1966;  Ph.D.. 

1973. 

Sayre,  Clifford  L„  Jr.,  Associate  Dean.  College  of  Engineer- 
ing and  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S..  Duke  University,  1947.  M  S  ,  Stevens  Institute  of 
Technology.  1950;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1961. 

Schaeffer,  Hany  G.,  Associate  Professor  of  Aerospace 

Engineering 

B.S.,  University  of  Washington.  1958;  MS,  Arizona  State 

University.  1962;  Ph.D..  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute.  1967 

Schafer,  James  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.S .  University  of  Rochester.  1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Chicago.  1965. 


Schafer,  William  D..  Associate  Professor  of  Measurement 

and  Statistics 

B  A  .  University  ot  Rochester.  1964.  MA  ,  1965.  Ed  D  .  1969 

Schaies,  Franklin  D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Horticulture 
B.S..  Louisiana  State  University.  1959,  MS.  Cornell  Univer- 
sity, 1962;  Ph.D..  1963. 

Schelling,  David  R.,  Assistant  Professor,  Civil  Engineering 
B.SC.E.,  Lehigh  University.  1961;  M.S.M.E..  Drexel  Institute 
of  Technology,  1964.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland.  1968 

Schlaretzki,  Walter  E„  Professor  of  Philosophy 

A.B.,  Monmouth  College.  1941.  A.M..  University  of  Illinois, 

1942:  Ph.D..  Cornell  University.  1948 


Schlossberg,  Nancy  K.,  Professor,  Counseling  and  Person- 
nel Services 

B.A..  Bernard  College,  1951,  M.A.,  Columbia  University 
(Teachers  College).  Ed.D.,  1961. 

Schmidt,  Dieter  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
Diplom,  Technische  Hockschule,  1966,  Ph.D..  University  of 
Minnesota,  1970 

Schmidt.  Margaret  N.,  Assistant  Professor.  Physical 

Education 

B.S..  University  of  North  Carolina.  1957.  MA..  University  of 

Michigan  1961.  Ph  D .  University  of  Maryland.  1972 

Schneider,  Benjamin,  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A..  Alfred  University,  1960;  MBA.,  City  University  of  New 

York.  1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland.  1967. 

Schneider.  David  T.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 
BA,  Oberlm  College,  1959;  PhD.  Massachusetts  Institute 
of  Technology,  1964. 

Schneier.  Craig  Eric.  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  and 
Management 

B.S..  Ohio  State  University.  1969,  MS .  University  of  Col- 
orado. 1972;  D.B.A.,  1975. 

Schoenbaum,  Samuel,  Professor  of  English 

B  A..  Brooklyn  College,  1947;  M  A .  Columbia  University, 

1949;  Ph.D..  1953 

Scholnick,  Ellin  K.,  Professor  of  Psychology 

BA,  Vassar  College,  1958;  Ph.D..  University  of  Rochester. 

1963, 


Schultze,  Charles  L.,  Professor  of  Economics 
B.A..  Georgetown  University    1948;  M.A..  1950;  Ph.D..  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1960. 

Schumacher.  Elisabeth,  Assistant  Professor  of  Early 
Childhood  and  Elementary  Education 
B.S..  Newark  State  College,  1942;  M  Ed  ,  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  1962;  D.Ed.,  1965. 

Schumacher.  Thomas,  Associate  Professor  of  Music 
B.Mus.,  Manhattan  School  of  Music.  1958;  M.S.,  Juilliard 
School  of  Music.  1962. 

Schweitzer,  Howard  Christopher.  Research  Associate  Pro- 
fessor, Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences 
B.A.,  Northern  Illinois  University.  1968:  MA  .  University  of 
Maryland,  1971;  Ph.D..  1974. 

Scott,  John  S..  Assistant  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy 
B.S.,  Michigan  State  University,  1972:  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Arizona,  1975 

Sedlacek,  William  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Measurement 
and  Statistics 

B.S..  Iowa  State  University,  i960:  MS,  1961;  Ph.D..  Kansas 
State  University.  1966 

Seefeldt.  Carol  A..    Associate  Professor  of  Early  Childhood 
and  Elementary  Education 

B.A..  University  of  Wisconsin,  1956;  M.A.,  University  of 
South  Florida.  1968;  Ph.D.,  Florida  State  University.  1971. 

Segal.  David  R„  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A..  Harpur  College.  1962;  MA..  University  of  Chicago. 

1963;  Ph.D..  1967 

Segal.  Mady  Wechsler.  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 
B.A.,  Queens  College,  City  University  of  New  York.  1965; 
M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1967;  Ph.D..  1973 

Seibel,  Ronald  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agricultural  and 
Extension  Education 

B.S..  University  of  Illinois,  Urbana,  1957;  M  S  .  1958  Ph  D 
University  of  Maryland,  1972. 

Seidman,  Eric,  Associate  Professor  of  Special  Education 
B.S..  New  York  University.  1947;  M.A.,  1948;  PhD..  University 
of  Connecticut,  1964. 

Sengers,  Jan  V.,  Professor  of  Institute  of  Physical  Science 

and  Technology 

Doctorandus.  University  of  Amsterdam.  1955;  PhD,  1962 

Senkevitch.  Anatole,  Assistant  Professor  of  Architecture 
B.S..  University  of  Texas,  1967;  M.A.H..  University  of  Virginia. 
1970;  Ph.D..  Cornell  University..  1974. 


Serwer.  Howard  J..  Associate  Professor  of  Music 
B.A,  Yale  University.  1949.  MBA.  Columbia  University, 
1950;  Ph.D..  Yale  University,  1969 

Shaffner,  Clyne  S..  Professor  of  Poultry  Science 
B.S..  Michigan  State  University.  1938;  M  S .  1940;  Ph.D..  Pur- 
due University    1947 


Sheaks,  O.  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Nuclear  Engineering 

and  Chemical  Engineering 

B  S ,  North  Carolina  State  College.  1964,  PrVD.,  1969 

Shearer,  Jane  K„  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Housing  and 
Applied  Design 

B.S .  University  of  Tennessee.  1940,  M  S„  1950.  Ph  D  . 
Florida  State  University,  1960 

Sherwood,  A.  Wiley.  Professor  of  Aerospace  Engineering 
M.E.,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,  1935;  MS.  University 

of  Maryland,  1943 

Schneiderman.  Ben  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Information 
Systems  Management 

B.S  .  City  College  of  New  York,  1968.  M  S    State  University 
of  New  York,  1972.  PhD.  1973, 

Shreeve,  Charles  A.,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Mechanical 

Engineering 

BE..  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1935.  M.S..  University  of 

Maryland,  1943. 

Shroyer.  Charlotte  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of    Special 
Education 

B  A ,  Ohio  Slate  University,  1961;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Pitts- 
burgh. 1972.  Ph  D  ,  1975 

Sibley.  Edgar  H.,  Professor  of  Information  Systems 
Management 

B.Sc.  University  of  London.  1946,  S.M..  Massachusetts  In- 
stitute of  Technology.  1962;  Sc.D.,  1967 

Sigall,  Harold.  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.S..  City  College  of  New  York.  1964;  Ph.D..  University  of 

Texas  (Austin),  1968 

Signed.  Karl  L..  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 
B.S..  Juilliard  School  of  Music,  1962;  MA .  Columbia  Univer- 
sity. 1963;  Ph.D..  University  of  Washington,  1973. 

Silio,  Charles  B .  Jr..  Associate  Professor  of  Electncal 

Engineering 

B.S.E.E..  MS.E.E.  University  of  Notre  Dame.  1967;  Ph.D.. 

1970. 

Silverman,  Joseph,  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering  and 
Director.  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology 

B.A  ,  Brooklyn  College.  1944,  AM  ,  Columbia  University. 
1948;  Ph.D..  1951 

Simms,  Betty  H.,  Professor  of  Special  Education 
B.A,  Hams  Teachers  College,  1947;  M  A,.  University  of 
Michigan,  1955;  Ed  D ,  University  of  Maryland.  1962. 

Simons,  David  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical 

Engineering 

B.S.  University  of  Maryland.  1949;  M.S..  1951. 

Singer,  Neil  M..  Associate  Professor  of  Economics 
BA..  Harvard  University.  1960;  MA.  Stanford  University. 
1961;  PhD.  1965. 


Skoinick.  Leonard  P.,  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 
B.S .  University  of  Rochester.  1953;  M.S..  New  York  Univer 
sity,  1955;  D.Sc  .  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology. 


Skuja,  Andris.  Assistant  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy 
BS..  University  of  Toronto.  1966.  Ph.D..  University  of  Califor- 
nia (Berkeley),  1972 

Slawsky,  Zaka  I..  Professor  of  Physics  and  Astronomy 
B.S..  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,  1933,  M.S.,  California 
Institute  of  Technology,  1935:  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan. 


Slud,  Eric  V.,  Assistant  Professor.  Mathematics 
BA,  Harvard  University.  1972;  Ph.D..  Massachusetts  Insti- 
tute of  Technology,  1976. 

Small.  Eugene  B.,  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 
B.A..  Wayne  State  University.  1953;  MS.  1958;  Ph.D..  Univer- 
sity of  California  at  Los  Angeles.  1966, 

Smith.  8any  D„  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 
B.S..  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1962:  M.A.,  Bucknell 
University,  1964,  PhD.  University  of  Massachusetts.  1967 

Smith,  Betty  F.,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Textiles  and 
Consumer  Economics 

B.S..  University  of  Arkansas.  1951,  MS.  University  of  Ten- 
nessee, 1956.  Ph  D ,  University  of  Minnesota,  1960;  Ph.D.. 
1965 


Graduate  Faculty  /  43 


Smith.  Efcert  B,  Professor  oi  History 

AB ..  Maryviile  College.  1940.  A.M,  University  ot  Chicago 

1947;  Ph  D-.  1949. 


Smith.  Gayle  S_  Associate  Professor  of  English 

-- 5    j-  .e-s  ty  of  Chicago     V--.   -i     ata  Stale  Unmet 

sity.  1948:  MA.  Cornell  University.  1951.  Ph  D.  1958 

Smith.  Harold  D,  Associate  Director  of  Extension  Education 
and  Pfljfesso'  :'  --■:_•_'=  i'z  -es^j'ce  E:.  —  ~  :s 
BA,  Bndgewater  College.  1943:  MS.  University  of 
Maryland.  1947.  Ph.D..  Amencan  University.  1952 

Smith,  Hilda  U  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

B  S..  Southwest  Missoun  State  University.  1963:  MA, 

University  of  Missouri.  1964;  Ph.D..  University  of  Chicago. 

1975. 

Smith.  Kenwyn  IC  Assistant  Professor.  Psychology 

BA..  University  of  Queensland  (Australia).  1965.  1967;  MA. 

1970:  MA.  Yale  University.  1973:  Ph  D,  1974 

Smith.  Pamela  2,  Assistant  Professor  of  Computer  Science 
BA.  Cornell  University.  1970:  M.S.  University  of  Wisconsin, 
1972:  Ph.D..  1976. 

Smith,  Paul,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.S .  Drexel  University.  1965.  MS..  Case  Institute  of 
Technology.  1967:  Ph.D..  Case  Western  Reserve  Un  .-■ 
1969 

Smith.  Theodore  G.  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 
B  ES,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1956:  M  ES  .1958; 
D.Sc,  Washington  University.  1960. 

Snow.  George  A.  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S..  College  of  the  City  of  New  York.  1945:  MA.  Pnnceton 

University.  1947  Ph.D..  1949 

Snower.  Dennis  J..  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 
BA   Oxford  University.  MA..  1971;  MA.  Princeton 
University.  1973;  Ph.D..  1975 

Scares.  Jr_  Joseph  H„  Associate  Professor  of  Poultry 

Sc  ence 

BS,  University  of  Maryland.  1964;  MS    1966   Ph.D..  1968 

Soergel.  Dagobert,  Professor.  College  of  Library  and  Infor- 
mation Services 
BS.  University  of  Freiburg.  1960:  MS.  1954;  Ph.D..  1970 

Solomos.  Theophanes.  Assistant  Professor  ot  Horticulture 
MA   College  of  Agriculture.  Athens.  Greece.  1957:  Ph  D 
University  of  Cambridge.  1962 

Sommer.  Michael.  Associate  Professor  of  Journalism 
AB.  University  of  California  1957:  MS.  1958:  Ph.D..  Univer- 
sity of  Southern  California.  1969 

Sommer.  Sheldon  E-,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 
BS,  Oty  College  Of  New  York.  1959.  MA,  City  University  of 
New  York.  1961:  MS    Texas  A&M  University    1964:  Ph.D.. 
Pennsylvania  State  University.  1969 

Sosnowski.  Saul.  Professor  of  Spanish 

A.B..  University  of  Scranton.  1967;  MA.  University  of 

Virginia  1968;  Ph  D,  1970 

Spain.  Ian  L,  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering  and  Direc- 

"--  :■  E"  '—-  ";  Va*e-  =  = 

BS,  Imperial  College  of  Science.  1961:  PhD,  1964 

Spangjer.  Paul  J,  Lecturer  in  Entomology 

A.B..  Lebanon  Valley  College.  1949:  MS,  Ohio  University. 

1951:  Ph.D..  University  of  Missouri   1960 

Sparks.  David  S_  Professor  ot  History  and  Acting  Vice- 
Pnes  --.-■  ■;■  Gfaduale  Stud  eg  and  Resea-:- 
A.B..  Gnnneii  College.  1944;  A.M ,  University  of  Chicago. 
1945:  Ph.D..  1951 

Spekman.  Nancy  J..  Assistant  Professor  ot  Special 
E:  .:s"  :■ 

B  S,  University  of  Massachusetts.  1969:  M.Ed,  Boston  Col- 
lege. 1973:  Ph.D..  Northwestern  University.  1977 

Spekman.  Robert.  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  and 

Management 

BA.  University  of  Massachusetts.  1969  M  BA    Syracuse 

University.  1971.  Ph.D.  Northwestern  University.  1977. 

Spiegel.  Gabnelle.  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

B A    Bryn  Mawr  College.  1964:  MAT .  Harvard  University 

1965   MA.   The  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1969.  Ph  D..  1974 

Spiro.  Marie.  Assistant  Professor.  Art 

BA    Wilson  College    1957:  MA,  New  York  University.  1961. 

Ph  D    institute  ot  Fine  Arts.  New  York  University 

Sprvak.  Steven  M_  Associate  Professor  of  Textiles  and  Con- 
sumer Economics 

B  S  .  Philadelphia  College  ot  Textiles  and  Sciences  1963 
M  S    Georgia  institute  of  Technology.  1965:  PhD    University 
ol  Manchester.  1967 

Splaine.  John  £_  Assistant  Professor  of  Administration. 
Supervision  and  Curriculum 

BA  University  ot  New  Hampshire.  1963:  MA  1965  Ed  D . 
Boston  University.  1973 

Stadtman.  Earl  R_  Lecturer  m  Microbiology 

Betfceley    1942  PhD .  1949 


Stagliano.  Anthony.  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  and 

Management 

B.S,  University  of  Pennsylvania  1967;  MBA,  University  of 

Michigan.  1968:  Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois.  1977 

Stark.  Francis  C  Jr..  Professor  of  Horticulture  and  Provost. 
Division  of  Agriculture  and  Life  Sciences 
B.S,  Oklahoma  A&M  College.  1940.  M.S..  University  of 
Maryland.  1941;  Ph.D..  1948 

Starkweather.  Kendall  N.,  Assistant  Professor  ot  Industrial 

Education 

B  S,  Western  Illinois  University.  1967;  MA.  Eastern 

Michigan  University.  1969;  PhD,  University  of  Maryland. 


Statom.  Jodellano  Johnson.  Ass'stant  Professor  ot  Ad- 
ministration. Supervision  and  Curriculum 
B.S..  Miner  Teachers  College.  1954:  M.Ed  .  University  of 
Maryland.  1968:  AGS.  1968:  Ed  D    1972 

Steel.  Donald  H,  Professor  of  Physical  Education 
B  -    Trenton  State  College.  1955:  MA,  University  of 
Maryland.  1957:  Ph.D..  Louisiana  State  University.  1964. 

Steele.  Robert  E,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 
BA .  Morehouse  College.  1965;  M.Div,  Episcopal 
Theological  School.  1958:  M.P.H..  Yale  University  School  of 
Medicine.  1971.  MS.  Yale  University.  1974;  Ph.D..  1975. 

Steinberg.  Phillip  H_  Professor  of  Physics 

BS    University  of  Cincinnati.  1954;  Ph.D.  Northwestern 

University.  1959 

Steinhauer.  Allen  L_  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Entomology 
B S    University  of  Manitoba  1953:  MS,  Oregon  State  Col- 
lege. 1955:  Ph.D..  1958 

Steinman.  Robert  M,  Professor  of  Psychology 

D D S,  St.  Louis  University.  1968:  MA.  New  School  for 

Social  Research.  1962:  Ph.D..  1954 

Stephens.  E  Robert.  Professor.  Administration.  Supervision, 
and  Cumculum 

BS-  Momingside  College.  1952  M.S..  Drake  University. 
1958:  Ph.D..  University  of  Iowa  1966 

Stem.  Guy.  Professor  of  German  and  Slavic  Languages  and 

Literature 

BA.  Hofstra  College.  1948:  MA.  Columbia  University.  1950 

PhD,  1953. 

Stem,  William  L.  Professor  of  Botany 

B.S,  Rutgers  University.  1950:  MS,  University  of  Illinois. 

1951:  PhD,  1954 

Sternberg.  Yaron  M_  Professor  of  Civil  Engineehng 

B.S,  University  of  Illinois.  1961:  MS,  University  ofCalifomia 

at  Davis.  1963;  Ph.D.  1965 

Stemheim.  Charles  E,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 
BS.  Brooklyn  College.  1961:  PhD.  University  of  Rochester. 
1967. 

Stevens.  George  A..  Professor  of  Agricultural  and  Resource 

Economics 

BS..  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute.  1941:  PhD.  University  of 

Maryland.  1957 

Stevenson.  John  C..  Assistant  Professor  of  Botany 
B.S..  Brooklyn  College.  1966:  Ph.D..  University  of  North 
Carolina.  1972 


Stewart.  James  M..  Professor  of  Chemistry 

£  -     .'.este-   .'.35'  ngtOTi  C:   e:e    1952    D"  '-     Jn  tea  I)   :' 

Washington.  1958 

Stiles.  Herbert  D,  Assistant  Professor  of  Horticulture 
BS,  Rutgers  University    1965.  MS.  1967:  PhD.  University 
of  Florida  1974 

Stone.  Clarence  N^  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and 
Politics,  and  Director.  Urban  Research  Group.  Bureau  of 
Governmental  Research 

AB .  University  of  South  Carolina  1957;  MA.  Duke  Univer- 
sity. I960;  Ph.D.  1963. 

Stone.  Stephen  F_  Assistant  Professor  of  Health  Education 
B  S    Lock  Haven  state  College.  1962  M  Ed,  East 
Stroudsburg  State  College.  1969,  Ph.D..  Texas  A&M  Univer- 
sity. 1973 

Slough.  Kenneth  F„  Associate  Professor  of  Industnal 

Education 

B.S,  Miliersviiie  State  College.  1954  M  Ed  .  Pennsylvania 

Stale  University.  1961;  PhD.  University  of  Maryland.  1968 


Strand,  tvar  E.  Jr,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agricultural  and 
Resource  Economics 

BA.  University  of  Rochester.  1967;  MA.  University  of 
Rhode  Island.  1971:  Ph.D..  1975 

Straszheim,  Mahlon  R.,  Professor  ot  Economics 

B.S,  Purdue  University.  1961:  PhD.  Harvard  University 

1965 

Strickling.  Edward.  Professor  of  Agronomy 
B.S,  Ohio  State  University.  1937;  PhD    1949 


Striffler.  Charles  D_  Assistant  Professor  of  Electncal 

Engineering 

BSE.  University  of  Michigan.  1961,  MS.F,  1963:  PhD, 


Strobell.  Adah  P,  Associate  Professor  of  Recreation 

A.B,  San  Francisco  State  College.  1953:  MS,  University  of 

California  Los  Angeles.  1958;  PhD,  University  of  Illinois. 


Strouse.  James  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and 
Politics 

BA.  University  ot  Maryland.  1956,  M  A,  1967;  PhD  .  Univer- 
sity of  North  Carolina  1970. 

Stuart,  William.  Assistant  Professor  of  Anthropology 

BA,  George  Washington  University,  1961:  Ph.D..  University 

of  Oregon.  1971 

Stunkard.  Clayton,  u  Professor  and  Acting  Chairman  of 

Measurement  and  Statistics 

BS.  University  of  Minnesota.  1948.  MA.  1951.  PhD    1959 


Sublet!  Henry  L.  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Early 
Childhood  Elementary  Education 
A.B,  Duke  University  1951;  M.Ed..  University  of  Virginia. 
1953:  Ed  D,  1959 

Sucher.  Joseph.  Professor  of  Physics  and  Astronomy 
B.S,  Brooklyn  College.  1952:  PhD,  Columbia  University, 
1957 

Supoe.  Frederick  R„  Associate  Professor  of  Philosophy 
AB,  University  of  California  Riverside.  1962  AM,  Univer- 
sity of  Michigan.  1954;  Ph.D..  1967 

Svenonius.  Lars  S,  Professor  of  Philosophy 

Fil.  Kand  .  Uppsala  University.  1950.  Fil.  Mag,  1955:  Fil.  Lie  . 

1955:  Fil.  Dr    1960 

Svoboda.  Cyril  P,  Assistant  Professor  of  Human  Develop- 
ment Education 

BA.  St.  Coiumban  s  Major  Seminary.  1954;  B.Th,  1958; 
B .Ph..  Gregorian  University  (Rome  Italy!,  1959;  LPh,  1960, 
PhD,  1961:  PhD,  University  of  Wisconsin.  1973 

Swartz.  B.  Kamerine.  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 
B.S,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1972  M.S.. 
University  of  Wisconsin.  1974:  Ph.D..  1976. 

Sweet.  Daniel.  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.S..  Fairleigh  Dickinson  University,  1965:  Ph.D..  Brown 
University.  1969 

Syski.  Ryszard.  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S,  University  of  London.  1954;  Ph  D,  Chelsea  College. 

1960. 

Szepesi.  Bela.  Adjunct  Associate  Professor  of  Food.  Nutn- 
tion,  and  Institutional  Administration 
BA.  Albion  College.  1961:  M.S..  Colorado  State  University. 
1964:  PhD,  University  of  California  1968. 

TaH.  Charles  A..  Professor  of  Business  and  Management 
B.S,  University  of  Iowa  1937;  MA  1941;  PhD,  University 
of  Maryland.  1952 

Talaat.  Mostata  E-.  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineehng 
B.S,  University  of  Cairo.  1946;  MS,  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania 1947:  Ph.D..  1951. 

Tarica.  Ralph.  Associate  Professor  of  French  and  Italian 
B.A..  Emory  University.  1954.  MA,  1958;  PhD,  Harvard 
University.  1966. 

Taylor.  Dalmas  A..  Professor  of  Psychology 
B.S,  Western  Reserve  University.  1959;  M.S..  Howard  Univer- 
sity. 1961:  Ph  D .  University  of  Delaware.  1965 

Taylor.  Leonard  S,  Professor  ot  Electrical  Engineering 
AB,  Harvard  University.  1951:  MS,  New  Mexico  State 
University.  1956   Ph.D..  I960 

Tennyson.  Ray  A„  Associate  Professor  of  Criminology 
B.S..  Washington  State  University.  1951;  MA,  1957:  PhD  . 
1965 

Terchek.  Ronald  J,  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and 
Politics 

B  A .  University  of  Chicago.  1958;  MA,  1950;  PhD,  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland.  1955 

Themen,  Madeleine  B..  Professor  and  Chairman.  French  and 
Italian 

Cert  University  of  Fneburg  (Switzerland).  1952,  Cert.  Univer- 
sity of  Athens  iGreecei.  1956:  Lie .  University  of  Paris 
(France).  1959:  Ph.D..  Michigan  State  University.  1956. 

Thieblot.  Armand  J..  Jr..  Associate  Professor  of  Business 
and  Management 

B.S,  Princeton  University.  1961  M  BA  .  University  ot  Penn- 
sylvania 1955:  Ph.D..  1969. 

Thomas.  Owen  Pestetl.  Professor  and  Chairman.  Poultry 

BSc.  University  of  Natal.  1954;  M.Sc,  1962  Ph.D.  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland.  1966 

Thomas.  William  L-  Assistant  Professor  of  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services.  Vice  Chancellor  for  Student  Affairs 
BS.  The  Univeisity  of  Tennessee.  Knoxville   1955:  MS, 
1965.  Ph.D..  Michigan  State  University.  1970 


44  /  Graduate  Faculty 


Thompson,  Arthur  H.,  Professor  ol  Horticulture 

B.S,  University  ol  Minnesota;  1941;  Ph.D.,  University  ol 

Maryland.  1945. 

Thompson,  Derek,  Associate  Professor  of  Geography 

B.A.,  Manchester  University,  1960;  MA.  1962;  Ph.D..  Indiana 

University,  1969. 

Thompson,  Harvey  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and 
Dramatic  Art 

B.S,  Wayne  State  University,  1966.  M.F.A.,  Columbia  Univer- 
sity,  1972. 

Thompson,  James  Clinton.  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of 

Recreation 

B.A.,  Mississippi  State  University,  1967,  M.S..  Colorado  State 

University,  1970;  Ph.D.,  1974. 

Thompson,  Owen  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Meteorology 
B.S,  University  of  Missouri,  1961;  M.S.,  1963;  Ph  D,  1966. 

Thorberg,  Raymond,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A,  University  of  Alaska.  1939;  MA,  University  of  Chicago, 

1946;  Ph  D„  Cornell  University,  1954. 

Thorn,  Colin  Edward,  Assistant  Professor  of  Geography 
B.A .,  University  of  Nottingham,  1967;  M  Sc„  McGill  Univer- 
sity, 1970;  PhD,  University  of  Colorado,  Boulder,  1974 

Tidman,  Derek  A.,  Research  Professor,  Institute  for  Fluid 
Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
B.Sc.  London  University.  1952;  Ph.D..  1956. 

Tiemey,  William  F.,  Associate  Professor  of  Industrial 

Education 

B.S,  Central  Connecticut  State  College,  1941,  M.S..  Ohio 

State  University,  1949;  Ed.D,  University  of  Maryland.  1952 

Tifft.  Margaret  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Health  Education 
B.S,  Ohio  State  University.  1946;  M.A,  Columbia  University. 
1948;  Ed.D,  West  Virginia  University.  1969. 

Toliver,  Edmund,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.Ed..  Illinois  Wesleyan  University,  1970;  M  M  .  University 

of  Michigan,  1972;  DMA.,  1976. 

Tossell,  John  L,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S,  University  of  Chicago,  1966,  M.A.,  Harvard  University, 

1967;  Ph.D.,  1972. 

Traver,  Paul  Professor  of  Music 

B.Mus,  Catholic  University  of  America.  1955,  M.Mus.,  1957; 

DMA..  Stanford  University,  1967. 

Travis,  Irene  Lathrop,  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Library 
andl  Information  Services 

B.A..  Mills  College,  1962;  MLS,  University  of  California, 
1966;  Ph.D.,  1974. 

Tretter,  Steven  A„  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical 
Engineering 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland.  1962;  M.A.,  Princeton  Univer- 
sity, 1964;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Trimble,  Virginia  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Astronomy 
B.A,  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles,  1964,  MS, 
California  Institute  of  Technology,  1965;  Ph  D„  1968;  MA. 
University  of  Cambridge  (England),  1969. 

Troth,  Eugene  W„  Professor  and  Chairman  ol  Music 
DePaul  University,  1947;  MM..  Illinois  Wesleyan  University, 
1950;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1958. 

Trousdale,  Marion  S.,  Assistant  Professor,  English 
B.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1951;  M.A,  Universilty  of 
California  (Berkeley).  1955,  Ph  D,  University  of  London 
(England),  1975 

Trout,  David  L„  Adjunct  Professor.  Food.  Nutrition  and  In- 
stitutional Adminstration 

B.A,  Swarthmore  College,  1951;  M.A,  Duke  University,  1954; 
Ph.D.,  1958. 


Tsui,  Chung  Y..  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical 

Engineering 

ME,  Hong  Kong  Technical  College,  1953;  MS..  Purdue 

University.  1959;  Ph.D..  1967. 

Tuthill.  Dean  F..  Professor  of  Agricultural  and  Resource 

Economics 

B  S„  Cornell  University,  1949;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois, 

1954;  Ph.D..  1958. 


Tyler,  Bonnie  B„  Associate  Professor,  Institute  for  Child 

Study 

B.A,  DePauw  University,  1948,  M.A  ,  Ohio  State  University, 

1949;  Ph.D.,  1954. 

Tyter.  Forrest  B..  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A..  Depauw  University.  1948;  M  A  .  Ohio  State  University. 

1950.  Ph.D..  1952. 

Tyler.  Robert  W..  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 
A.B..  Drury  College.  1957,  M.S..  Pennsylvania  State  Univer- 
sity. 1960;  Ph.D.,  1969 

Ulmer,  Melville  J.,  Professor  of  Economics 

B.S,  New  York  University.  1937;  MA,  1938;  PhD,  Columbii 

University,  1948. 


Undersander,  Daniel  J..  Assistant  Prolessor  of  Agronomy 
B.S,  University  of  Minnesota.  1972;  M.S..  Purdue  University, 
1974,  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Urban,  Louise,  Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.A.,  College  of  Wooster,  1957;  M.A..  Columbia  Teachers 

College,  1959 

Uslaner,  Eric  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and 

Politics 

B.A,  Brandeis  University,  1968.  MA,  Indiana  University. 

1970;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Vaccaro,  Paul,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 
and  Secondary  Education 

B.S,  University  of  Massachusetts,  1970.  MS..  University  of 
Florida.  1973;  Ed.D.,  1976. 

Vandergraft,  James  S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Computer 

Science 

B.S,  Stanford  University,  1959;  M.S.  1963,  PhD,  University 

of  Maryland,  1966. 


Vanderslice,  Joseph  T.,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Boston  College,  1949;  Ph  D„  Massachusetts  Institute 

of  Technology,  1952. 

VanderVelden.  Lee,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical 

Education 

B.S,  University  of  Wisconsin.  1961;  Ph.D.,  1971 

Van  Egmond,  Peter,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 
B.A,  Mississippi  College,  1959,  MA,  University  of 
Mississippi,  1961;  Ph.D..  University  of  North  Carolina.  1966 

Van  Valkenburg,  Shirley  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Botany 
B.A.,  Washington  State  University,  1948;  M.S.,  University  of 
Washington,  1968;  Ph.D.,  1970. 

Vann,  Robert  Lindley,  Assistant  Professor  of  Architecture 
B.A.,  University  of  Texas,  1968;  Ph  D ,  Cornell  University, 
1976 

Vannoy,  Donald  Wayne,  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil 

Engineering 

B.S.,  West  Virginia  Institute  of  Technology.  1970;  ME., 

University  of  Virginia,  1971,  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Vaughn,  III,  Charles  Henry,  Associate  Professor  of  Speech 
and  Dramatic  Art 

B.S,  Edinboro  State  College,  1961,  M.A,  University  of 
Denver,  1962. 

Vavrichek,  Bruce  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 
B.S,  Michigan  State  University,  1971;  M.A.  Northwestern 
University,  1975,  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Verhoven,  Peter  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Recreation 

B.A  .  Moorhead  State  College.  1963;  MS..  Indiana  University, 

1965;  RED.,  1969. 

Vermelj,  Geerat  Jacobus,  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 
A.B,  Princeton  University.  1968;  Ph.M  ,  Yale  University,  1970: 
Ph.D.,  1971 

Vemekar,  Anandu  D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Meteorology 
B.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1955;  B  S„  1956;  M.S..  1959; 
M.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1966 

Vesentini,  Edoardo,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

Laurea  in  scienzse  malematiche,  Universita  di  Milano.  1950; 

Libera  docenza  in  geometra,  Universita  di  Roma,  1956 

Via,  James  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  and 
Resource  Economics 

B.S.,  North  Carolina  State  University  at  Raleigh,  1952;  M.S.. 
1964;  Ph  D,  1967. 

Vijay,  Inder  K.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Dairy  Science 
B.S,  Punjab  University,  India.  1961.  M  S .,  University  of 
Saskatchewan.  1966;  Ph  D.  University  of  California,  Davis. 
1971 

Viola,  Victor  E.,  Jr.,  Prolessor  of  Chemistry 
A.B.  University  of  Kansas,  1957;  PhD,  University  of  Califor- 
nia at  Berkeley.  1961. 

Vitzthum.  Richard  C,  Associate  Professor  of  English 
B  A.,  Amherst  College,  1957,  MAT.,  Harvard  University. 
1958;  Ph.D..  Stanford  University,  1963 

Vlach,  John  M„  Assistant  Professor,  English 

A.B  .  University  of  California  (Davis),  1970;  MA  .  Indiana 

University,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Voll,  Mary  J„  Associate  Professor  of  Microbiology 

B.A.,  Mt.  St.  Agnes  College,  1955.  MS,  The  Johns  Hopkins 

University,  1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1964. 

Wachhaus,  Gustav  E.,  Assistant  Professor,  Music 

B  S  ,  West  Chester  State  College.  1957;  M.A  ,  Columbia 

University,  1966;  Ed.D..  1973 


Wall,  N.  Sanders,  Prolessor  of  Physics  and  Astronomy 
B.S..  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,  1949;  Ph.D., 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1954 


Wallace,  James  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical 

Engineering 

BCE,  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology,  1962.  M.S.,  1964; 

Ph  D„  University  of  Oxford,  1969. 

Wallace,  Stephen  J„  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 
B.S.Eng  .  Case  Institute  of  Technology,  1961.  MS,  Universi- 
ty of  Washington,  1969;  Ph  D„  1971. 

Walston,  William  H.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical 

Engineering 

B.M  E„  University  ol  Delaware.  1959;  M  M.E..  1961;  Ph  D  , 

1964. 

Walters,  William  B.,  Professor  of  Chemistry 
B.S..  Kansas  State  University.  1960;  Ph.D..  University  of  Il- 
linois. 1964 

Wang,  Shih-Ho,  Assistant  Professor  of  Electrical 

Engineering 

BS,  National  Taiwan  University.  1967;  M.S..  University  of 

California,  1970;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

Warner,  Charles  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics  and 

Statistics 

B.A,  University  of  Toronto.  1955;  M  S,  University  of 

Rochester.  1957;  Ph  D„  1962. 

Warren,  J.  Benedict,  Associate  Professor  of  History 

B.A ,  Duns  Scotus  College,  1953;  M.A,  University  of  Mexico, 

1960;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

Washburn,  Wilcomb,  Adjunct  Professor  of  American  Studies 
A.B,  Dartmouth  College,  1948;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University. 
1955 

Wasserman,  Paul,  Professor,  College  of  Library  and  Informa- 

B.B  A„  City  College  ot  New  York.  1948;  M.S.L.S.,  Columbia 
Universily,  1949;  M  S  ,  1950;  Ph  D  ,  University  of  Michigan, 
1960. 

Weaver,  V.  Phillips,  Professor,  Early  Childhood  and  Elemen- 
tary Education 

A  B,  College  of  William  and  Mary,  1951;  M.Ed.,  Pennsylvania 
State  University.  1956.  D.Ed..  1962. 

Weber,  Joseph,  Prolessor  of  Physics 

B.S,  US  Naval  Academy.  1940;  Ph.D.,  Catholic  University  of 

America.  1951 

Wedding.  Presley  A..  Associate  Professor  of  Civil 

Engineering 

B.S,  University  of  Maryland,  1937;  MS..  1952 

Wehner.  David  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agronomy 
BS.,  University  of  Notre  Dame.  1972;  M.S.,  Pennsylvania 
State  University,  1975;  Ph.D..  1978. 

Weigl,  Gail,  Assistant  Professor  of  Art 

B.A ,  Wayne  State  University,  1962;  M.A..  University  ot 

Michigan,  1966. 

Weiner,  Ronald  M„  Associate  Professor  of  Microbiology 
BS.,  Brooklyn  College,  1964;  M.S.,  Long  Island  University, 
1967;  Ph  D,  Iowa  State  University,  1970. 

Weinstein,  Paul  A..  Associate  Professor  of  Economics 
B  A  ,  William  and  Mary  College,  1954;  M.A,  Northwestern 
University.  1958,  Ph.D.,  1961. 

Weiss,  Gene  S..  Associate  Professor  of  Speech  and 
Dramatic  An 

B.A,  Brandeis  University,  1961;  MA,  New  York  University, 
1965,  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University.  1970 

Weiss,  Leonard,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering  and  In- 
stitute of  Physical  Science  and  Technology 
B.S,  City  University  of  New  York,  1956;  MS.  Columbia 
University,  1959;  PhD.  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1962. 

Wellisch,  Hans,  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Library  and 

Information  Services 

MLS,  University  ot  Maryland.  1972;  PhD,  1975 

Wentzel.  Donat  G,  Professor  ot  Astronomy 

B.A.  University  of  Chicago,  1954;  B.S,  1955;  MS,  1956; 

PhD,  1960. 

Werbos,  Paul  John,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and 

Pontics 

B.A,  Harvard  University.  1967.  M.Sc,  London  School  of 

Economics,  1968,  S.M  ,  Harvard  University,  1969;  PhD,  1974 

West,  Robert  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 
B.A,  University  ol  Missouri,  1969;  PhD,  Northwestern 
University,  1973. 

Westbrook.  Franklin,  Assistant  Professor  of  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services,  and  Counselor,  Counseling  Center 
B.S,  Chicago  State  University.  1961;  M.S.  City  College  of 
New  York,  1964.  Ed.D,  Indiana  University.  1971 

Westhoff,  Dennis  C„  Associate  Professor  of  Dairy  Science 
B.S,  University  of  Georgia,  1966;  MS,  North  Carolina  State 
University.  1968;  PhD,  1970. 

Wexler.  Richard.  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 
B  Mus,  University  of  Michigan,  1963;  M.A,  New  York  Univer- 
sity, 1969;  PhD,  1974 

Whaples.  Gene  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agricultural  and 
Extension  Education 

B.S,  University  of  Connecticut,  1960;  MS,  Kansas  State 
University,  1965;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1974. 


Graduate  Faculty  /  45 


Wheatley.  John  Hunter.  Assistant  Professor  of  Agricultural 
and  Extension  Education  and  Secondary  Education 
B.A..  Duke  University.  1963:  MAT.,  1965:  Ph.D.  Ohio  State 
University.  1972. 

Wheaton.  Frederick  W..  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural 

Engineering 

B.S..  Michigan  State  University.  1964:  MS.  1965:  Ph  D.  Iowa 

State  University.  1968. 

Wheelock.  Arthur  K..  Jr..  Assistant  Professor  Part-time.  Art 
B.A.,  Williams  College,  1965.  Ph  D .  Harvard  University.  1973. 

White.  Gregory  L,  Assistant  Professor,  Psychology 

B.A..  Stanford  University,  1971.  MA,  University  of  California 

(Los  Angelesl.  1973:  Ph.D..  1976. 

White,  Marilyn  D.,  Assistant  Professor.  College  of  Library 
and  Information  Services 

B.A .  Our  Lady  of  the  Lake  College.  1962:  MS,  University  ol 
Wisconsin,  1963,  Ph  D..  University  of  Illinois.  1971 


Widhelm.  William  B..  Associate  Professor  of  Business  and 

Management 

B  E  S    The  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1959;  M  S  E  .  1950: 

MS.  1965.  PhD.  1969. 

Wiebold.  William  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agronomy 
B.S..  Iowa  State  University,  1971;  M.S..  1974;  Ph.D..  Univer- 
sity of  Georgia.  1978. 

Wiedel.  Joseph  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Geography 
B  A  .  University  of  Maryland,  1958;  M.A..  1963. 

Wiley.  Robert  C,  Professor  of  Horticulture 

BS.  University  of  Maryland.  1949;  MS.  1950;  Ph.D..  Oregon 

State  University,  1953. 

Wilkenfeld.  Jonathan.  Associate  Professor  of  Government 
and  Politics 

B.S .  University  of  Maryland,  1964;  MA.,  George  Washington 
University.  1966;  Ph.D..  Indiana  University.  1969 

Wilkerson.  Thomas  D.,  Research  Professor,  Institute  for 

Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 

B.S..  University  of  Michigan,  1953;  MS,  1954;  PhD,  1962 

Williams.  David  L..  Associate  Professor  of  Early  Childhood 
and  Elementary  Education 

B.S.,  Bradley  University.  1952   M.Ed..  University  of  Illinois  at 
Urbana.  1956.  Ed.D.,  1964. 

Williams.  Eleanor,  Associate  Professor.  Food,  Nutrition  and 
Institutional  Administration 

B.S.,  Texas  Woman's  University,  1945.  MS.,  Iowa  State 
University,  1947;  Ph.D..  Cornell  University.  1963. 


Williams.  William  H..  Assistant  Professor  of  History 
B  A..  Washington  &  Lee  University.  1956;  M.A.,  Duke  Univer- 
sity. 1960;  Ph.D..  1965. 


Wilson.  Bruce  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.Mus..  University  of  Michigan,  1960;  M.Mus  ,  1964;  Ph  D  , 

1973. 

Wilson,  Gayle  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 
B.A..  Wayne  State  University,  1960;  MA.  University  of 
Rochester.  1963;  Ph.D..  1965. 

Wilson,  John  W„  Professor  of  Early  Childhood  and  Elemen- 
tary Education 

B.A.,  Bowling  Green  State  University,  1951   MA,,  Syracuse 
University.  1953;  PhD  ,  1964 

Wilson.  Leda  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Family  and  Com- 
munity Development 

BS,  Lander  College.  1943,  M.S.,  University  of  Tennessee. 
1950;  Ed  D  ,  1954. 

Wilson.  Robert  M.,  Professor  of  Early  Childhood  and 
Elementary  Education 

B.S.,  California  State  College  (Pennsylvania).  1950:  M.S.. 
University  of  Pittsburgh.  1956;  Ed.D..  1960. 

Winkenkemper,  Horst  E..  Associate  Professor  of 

Mathematics 

B.A..  National  University  of  Mexico.  1963;  MA,.  Princeton 

University,  1965;  Ph.D..  1970 

Winton,  Calhoun.  Professor.  English 

A.B    University  of  the  South  iSewane).  1948;  M.A.,  Vander- 

bilt  University,  1950,  MA,  Princeton  University,  1954,  Ph.D., 

1955. 

Wirth,  Willis  W„  Professor  of  Entomology 

BS..  Iowa  State  University,  1940;  M.S..  Louisiana  State 

University.  1947.  Ph.D..  University  of  California.  Berkeley. 


Wise.  Gene.  Professor  of  American  Studies 

B  A  .  Hanover  College.  1958:  Ph.D..  Syracuse  University, 

1963. 


Witczak,  Matthew  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineer- 
ing 
B.S.C.E..  Purdue  University.  1962;  M.SCE.  1953,  PhD.  1969 

Withers.  Josephine,  Assistant  Professor  of  Art 

B.A.,  Oberlm  College,  1950;  MA.  Columbia  University.  1965; 

PhD,  1971 

Wittreich.  Joseph  A.,  Professor  of  English  Language  and 

Literature 

A.B .  University  of  Louisville.  1961.  MA..  1962;  Ph.D.. 

Western  Reserve  University.  1966. 

Wodarski,  Lois,  Assistant  Professor  of  Food.  Nutntion  and 
Institutional  Administration 

BS    Florida  Stale  University.  1965:  MS..  University  of  Ten- 
nessee. 1967   Ph.D..  1976. 

Wolf.  Duane  Carl.  Associate  Professor  of  Agronomy 
B.S.,  University  of  Missouri.  1968:  Ph  D..  University  of 
California  (Riverside).  1973. 

Wolfe.  Peter,  Professor  of  Mathematics  and  Statistics 
B.S..  St.  Lawrence  University.  1959:  M  S  ,  Northwestern 
University,  1961:  Ph.D..  New  York  University.  1965. 

Wolken,  John  D.,  Assistant  Professor,  Institute  for  Urban 

Studies 

B  A.    University  of  Southern  California.  1968;  MA,  1973: 

Ph.D..  1975. 

Wolpert.  A.  Scott.  Assistant  Professor.  Mathematics 

B  A    The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1972;  M.A..  Stanford 

University.  1974;  Ph  D  .  1976 

Wolvin.  Andrew  D..  Associate  Professor  of  Speech  and 
Dramatic  Art 

BS.  University  of  Nebraska.  1962:  M.A..  1963;  Ph  D..  Purdue 
University.  1968 

Wonnacott,  Paul,  Professor  of  Economics 

B  A    University  of  Western  Ontario.  1955;  M.A.,  Princeton 

University.  1957;  Ph.D..  1959 

Woo.  Ching-Hung,  Professor  of  Physics  and  Astronomy 
B  S..  Lousiana  Technological  Institute.  1958;  M.S..  University 
of  California.  Berkeley.  1959;  Ph  D..  1962. 

Wood,  Francis  E„  Associate  Professor.  Entomology 
BS.  University  of  Missouri.  1958:  M.S..  1962,  PhD..  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1970. 

Woolf.  Leonard.  Professor  of  Secondary  Education 

BS    The  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1942:  M.Ed  .  University 

of  Maryland.  1951:  Ed.D.,  1959. 

Woolpert.  Stephen  B..  Associate  Professor.  Government  and 

Politics 

B  A.,  Gnnneii  College.  1956.  MA.  The  Johns  Hopkins 

University.  1968:  Ph.D..  Stanford  Universitv.  1977 

Wrenn  Jerry  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 
BS.  East  Carolina  College.  1961.  MS..  University  of  Ten- 
nessee. 1963;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1970. 

Wright,  Emmet  L„  Assistant  Professor  of  Agricultural  and 
Extension  Education  and  Secondary  Education 
BS    University  of  Kansas,  1963,  MA.  Wicn.ta  Stale  Univer- 
sity. 1958;  Ph  D..  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1974 

Wright.  Keith  C,  Associate  Professor  and  Dean,  College  of 
Library  and  Information  Services 

B  A    Willamette  University.  1955;  MLS    Columbia  Univer- 
sity. 1968:  Ph.D..  1972. 

Wright,  Winthrop  R„  Associate  Professor  of  History 
B  A    Swarthmore  College,  1958;  M.A..  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania, 1960;  Ph.D.,  1964 

Wu,  Ching-Sheng.  Research  Professor,  Institute  for  Fluid 
Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
BS    National  Taiwan  University.  1954;  M.S.  Virginia 
Polytechnic  Institute.  1956;  Ph  D .  Princeton  University.  1959. 

Wysong.  John  W..  Professor  of  Agricultural  and  Resource 

Economics 

B.S..  Cornell  University.  1953;  M.S..  University  of  Illinois, 

1954;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University.  1957 

Yaney.  George  L„  Professor  of  History 

BMgt.E..  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute.  1952;  M.A., 

University  of  Colorado.  1956;  Ph  D..  Princeton  University. 

1961 

Yang,  Grace  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics  and 

Statistics 

B  A    National  Taiwan  University,  1960;  MA..  University  of 

California,  Berkeley,  1963,  Ph  D..  1966. 


Yarian,  Richard  A..  Assistanl  Professor  of  Health  Education 
B.S.  Ball  State  University,  1971:  M.S..  1972;  Ed  S .  1973 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland.  1976. 

Yeh.  Kwan-Nan,  Assistant  Professor  of  Textiles  and  Con- 
sumer Economics 

BS..  National  Taiwan  University.  1961.  M.S..  Tulane  Universi- 
ty. 1965.  Ph.D..  University  ol  Georgia.  1970. 


Yeni-Komshian.  Grace.  Associate  Professor  of  Linguistics 
B.A.,  American  University  of  Beirut.  1957:  M  S .  Cornell 
University.  1962:  Ph  D  .  McGill  University.  1965 

Yodh.  Gaurang  B..  Professor  of  Physics  and  Astronomy 
BSc  ,  University  of  Bombay.  1948;  M  Sc  .  University  of 
Chicago.  1951:  Ph  D  ,  1955 

Yorke.  James  Alan.  Research  Professor.  Institute  for 
Physical  Science  and  Technology  and  Mathematics 
A  B  ,  ColumDia  University,  1963.  Ph  D .  University  of 
Maryland.  1966 

Yoshioka.  Gary  A..  Assistant  Professor  of  Geography 
B.S..  Lafayette  College.  1966,  Ph.D.,  The  Johns  Hopkins 
University.  1975. 

Young.  Bobby  G_  Professor  of  Microbiology 

B  A.,  Southeast  Missouri  State  College.  1950;  PhD  ,  The 

Johns  Hopkins  University.  1965. 


Young,  Oran  R..  Professor.  Government  and  Politics 
A.B..  Harvard  University.  1962;  M.A.,  Yale  University.  1964; 
PhD.  1965 

Zajac.  Felix  E.  III.  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical 

Engineering 

BEE.  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute.  1962;  M.S.  Stanford 

University.  1965.  PhD.  1958 

Zaki,  Kawthar  A..  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical 
Engineering 

B  S  .  Am-Syams  University,  1962;  M.S..  University  Of  Califor- 
nia, Berkeley.  1965;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

Zalcman.  Lawrence  Allen.  Professor  of  Mathematics 
A.B..  Dartmouth  College.  1954;  Ph.D..  Massachusetts  In- 
stitute of  Technology,  1968. 

Zedek.  Michael.  Professor  of  Mathematics  and  Statistics 
MS..  Hebrew  University  of  Jerusalem.  1952:  Ph.D..  Harvard 
University.  1956. 

Zelkowitz.  Marvin.  Associate  Professor  of  Computer 

B.S..  Renssalaer  Polytechnic  Institute.  1967;  M.S..  Cornell 
University.  1969;  Ph.D..  1971. 

Zilfi.  Madeline  C.  Assistant  Professor  of  History 
A.B..  Mount  Holyoke  College.  1964   MA.  University  of 
Chicago.  1970;  Ph  D  .  1976. 


Zoller.  William  H„  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 
B.S..  University  of  Alaska.  1965;  Ph.D..  Massachusetts  In- 
stitute of  Technology,  1969 


Zom.  Gus  T.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Oklahoma  State  University.  1948;  M.S..  University  of 

New  Mexico.  1953:  Ph.D..  University  of  Padua,  1954. 

Zuckerman.  Benjamin  M..  Professor  of  Astronomy 

B  S..  Massachusetts  institute  of  Technology.  1963.  MS. 

1963.  Ph.D..  Harvard  University.  1968 

Zwanzig.  Robert  W.,  Research  Professor,  Institute  for 
Physical  Science  and  Technology 

B.S..  Brooklyn  Polytechnic  Institute.  1948.  M  S .  University  of 
Southern  California  1950;  Ph.D..  California  Institute  of 
Technology.  1952. 


46  /  Graduate  Faculty 


VSirdQUdlQ   r  rOQrdlTIS    All  requests  for  information  should. be  sent  to  the  appropriate  program  at  the 
University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742. 


Administration, 
Supervision,  and 
Curriculum  Program 

Professor  and  Interim  Chairperson: 

Berman 
Professors:  Anderson,  J. P.,  Anderson, 

V.E.  (Emeritus),  Carbone,  Corrigan, 

Dudley,  McClure,  McLoone,  Newell, 

Stephens,  van  Zwoll  (Emeritus),  Wiggin 

(Emerita) 
Associate  Professors:  Goldman,  Kelsey 
Assistant  Professors:  Clague,  Clemson, 

Selden,  Splaine 
Adjunct  Assistant  Professors:  Crosson, 

Statom 

The  Department  of  Administration, 
Supervision,  and  Curriculum  offers 
programs  of  study  for  the  M.A., 
M.Ed.,  Ed.D.,  and  Ph.D.  degrees  as 
well  as  for  the  Advanced  Graduate 
Specialist  certificate.  Areas  of 
specialization  include:  administra- 
tion, supervision,  curriculum,  higher 
education,  and  educational  tech- 
nology. Programs  in  all  areas  are  in- 
dividually designed  for  public  or 
private  elementary  and  secondary 
school  specialists,  personnel  in 
higher  education  institutions  of 
education  agencies. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Admission  at  the  doctoral  level  is 
based  upon  a  number  of  criteria,  in- 
cluding grade-point  average  and 
standardized  test  scores.  Selective 
screening  of  qualified  applicants  at 
the  master's,  A.G.S.,  and  doctoral 
levels  is  necessary  in  terms  of 
limiting  enrollment  to  the  available 
faculty  resources  of  the  Department. 

The  Department  requires  the 
equivalent  of  at  least  one  year  of 
residence  for  a  doctoral  degree.  A 
field  internship  or  its  equivalency,  is 
required  of  all  A.G.S.  and  Ed.D. 
candidates.  This  internship  is  per- 
formed under  faculty  supervision  in 
schools,  colleges  or  agencies,  in 
roles  that  are  consistent  with  the 
candidate's  program  emphasis. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  has  developed 
close  working  relationships  with 
area  schools,  community  colleges 
and  education  agencies  so  that  they 
may  serve  as  resouces  for  the 
academic  offerings  on  campus.  Pro- 
cedures have  been  established 
which  facilitate  the  use  of  these 
agencies  for  research  and  field  ex- 
periences. The  Educational  Tech- 
nology Center  in  the  College  of 
Education  is  used  extensively  by 
students  in  the  Department,  par- 
ticularly those  in  curriculum. 

48  /  Graduate  Programs 


Financial  Assistance 

Some  Graduate  Assistantships  are 
available  to  qualified  graduate 
students. 

Additional  Information 

For  information  and  a  departmental 
brochure,  please  write  to  the  Direc- 
tor of  the  Graduate  Program. 

Courses 

EDAD  440  Utilization  ot  Educational 
Media.  (3)  Survey  of  classroom  uses  of 
instructional  media.  Techniques  for  inte- 
grating media  into  instruction.  Includes 
preparation  of  a  unit  of  instruction  utiliz- 
ing professional  and  teacher  produced 
media. 

EDAD  441  Graphic  Materials  for  Instruc- 
tion. (3)  Prerequisites:  EDAD  440  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  A  laboratory  course 
which  combines  graphic  and  photo- 
graphic processes  for  education  and 
training  purposes.  Techniques  include 
lettering,  coloring,  transparencies,  il- 
lustrations, converting,  duplicating 
transparent  and  opaque  media.  Emphasis 
is  placed  on  appropriate  media  selection 
for  target  audiences.  Heavy  student  proj- 
ect orientation. 

EDAD  442  Instructional  Media  Services. 

(3)  Prerequisites,  teaching  experience 
and  EDAD  440,  or  equivalent.  Procedures 
for  coordinating  instructional  media  pro- 
grams: Instructional  materials  acquisi- 
tion, storage,  scheduling,  distribution, 
production,  evaluation  and  other  service 
responsibilities:  instructional  materials 
center  staff  coordination  of  research, 
curriculum  improvement  and  faculty 
development  programs. 

EDAD  443  Instructional  Television  Utiliza- 
tion. (3)  Combining  televised  lessons,  on 
campus  seminars,  and  related  workbook 
assignments,  this  course  focuses  upon 
planning  for  the  various  uses  of  instruc- 
tional television  with  students.  State, 
local  school  unit,  school,  and  classroom 
uses  will  be  illustrated  through  film  and 
studio  production.  The  aspects  of  pro- 
ducing ITV  programs  are  developed 
through  the  television  lessons  and 
'Hands-on'  assignments  of  the  seminars. 

EDAD  444  Programmed  Instruction.  (3) 
Analysis  of  programmed  instruction  tech- 
niques: selection,  utilization  and  evalua- 
tion of  existing  programs  and  teaching 
machines:  developing  learning  objectives: 
writing  and  validating  programs. 

EDAD  489  Field  Experience  in  Education. 
(1-4)  Prerequisites,  at  least  six  semester 
hours  in  education  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  plus  such  other  prerequisites 
as  may  be  set  by  the  major  area  in 
which  the  experience  is  to  be  taken. 
Planned  field  experience  may  be  pro- 
vided for  selected  students  who  have 
had  teaching  experience  and  whose  ap- 
plication for  such  field  experience  has 
been  approved  by  the  education  faculty. 
Field  experience  is  offered  in  a  given 
area  to  both  major  and  nonmajor 


students.  NOTE:  The  total  number  of 
credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in 
EDAD  489,  888,  and  889  is  limited  to  a 
maximum  of  20  semester  hours. 

EDAD  494  The  Legal  Rights  and  Obliga- 
tions of  Teachers  and  Students.  (3) 

Selected  state  and  federal  court  deci- 
sions, legislation,  and  executive 
guidelines  regulating  public  education. 
Speech  and  other  forms  of  expression, 
privacy,  suspensions,  expulsions,  search 
and  seizure,  tort  liability  for  negligence 
(including  educational  malpractice),  hir- 
ing, promotion,  dismissal  and  non- 
renewal of  teachers.  No  prior  legal  train- 
ing required. 

EDAD  498  Special  Problems  in  Educa- 
tion. (1-3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor. Available  only  to  mature 
students  who  have  definite  plans  for  in- 
dividual study  of  approved  problems. 

EDAD  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  Institutes. 
(1-6)  The  maximum  number  of  credits 
that  may  be  earned  under  this  course 
symbol  toward  any  degree  is  six  semes- 
ter hours:  the  symbol  may  be  used  two 
or  more  times  until  six  semester  hours 
have  been  reached.  The  following  type  of 
educational  enterprise  may  be  scheduled 
under  this  course  heading:  workshops 
conducted  by  the  College  of  Education 
(or  developed  cooperatively  with  other 
colleges  and  universities)  and  not  other- 
wise covered  in  the  present  course 
listing;  clinical  experiences  in  pupil 
testing  centers,  reading  clinics,  speech 
therapy  laboratories,  and  special  educa- 
tion centers.  Institutes  developed  around 
specific  topics  or  problems  and  intended 
for  designated  groups. 

EDAD  602  The  Junior  College.  (3) 

EDAD  603  Problems  in  Higher  Education. 
(3) 

EDAD  605  Administrative  Foundations. 

(3)  EDAD  605  is  presented  as  the  first  of 
the  four  courses  for  students  majoring  in 
the  field  of  Educational  Administration, 
Supervision,  and  Curriculum  Develop- 
ment. It  attempts  to  structure  a  theoreti- 
cal and  research  base  for  the  study  and 
practice  of  administration  in  the  field  of 
education  by  introducing  the  student  to 
selected  contributors  to  administration, 
and  by  indicating  the  multidisciplinary 
nature  of  administrative  study  as  it 
relates  to  purpose-determination,  policy- 
definition,  and  task-accomplishment. 

EDAD  606  Administrative  Behavior  and 
Organizational  Management.  (3)  A  critical 
analysis  of  organizational  management 
(informal  and  formal  dimensions),  an  as- 
sessment of  the  contributions  from  other 
fields  (Traditional  and  emerging)  to  the 
study  of  administrative  behavior  and  the 
governance  of  organizations,  and  an 
analysis  and  assessment  of  the  ad- 
ministrator's motivations,  perceptions, 
and  sensitivity  as  determinants  of 
behavior  constitute  the  major  units  of 
study  for  EDAD  606.  The  theoretical  and 
research  bases  for  these  areas  and  such 
related  concepts  as  status,  role, 


systems,  interpersonal  relations,  and 
sensitivity  training  are  examined. 

EDAD  607  Administrative  Processes.  (3) 
EDAD  607  is  designed  to  develop  compe- 
tence with  respect  to  selected  adminis- 
trative process  areas.  It  examines  efforts 
to  develop  theories  and  models  in  these 
areas  and  analyzes  research  studies  and 
their  implications  for  administrative  prac- 
tice. In  addition  it  seeks  to  develop  skill 
in  selected  process  areas  through  such 
techniques  as  simulation,  role-playing, 
case  analysis,  and  computer  assisted 
instruction. 

EDAD  608  Administrative  Relationships. 
(3)  EDAD  608  is  structured  to  provide  the 
student  of  educational  administration 
with  an  understanding  of  the  various 
groups  and  subgroups  to  which  an  ad- 
ministrator relates  and  to  the  signifi- 
cance of  these  relationships  for  leader- 
ship behavior.  It  provides  an  opportunity 
to  examine  and  analyze  significant  prin- 
ciples, concepts,  and  issues  in  the  areas 
of  personnel  administration,  public  rela- 
tions, community  state,  and  federal  agen- 
cies. The  human  relations  skills  essential 
to  effective  leadership  in  these  areas 
constitute  the  other  dimension  of  this 
course. 

EDAD  611  The  Organization  and  Ad- 
ministration of  Secondary  Schools.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  The 
work  of  the  secondary  school  principal. 
Includes  topics  such  as  personnel  prob- 
lems, school  community  relationships, 
student  activities,  schedule  making,  and 
internal  financial  accounting. 

EDAD  612  School  Finance  and  Business 
Administration.  (3)  An  introduction  to 
principles  and  practices  in  the  ad- 
ministration of  the  public  school  finance 
activity.  Sources  of  tax  revenue,  the 
budget,  and  the  function  of  finance  in 
the  educational  program  are  considered. 

EDAD  616  Public  School  Supervision.  (3) 
The  nature  and  functions  of  supervision: 
various  supervisory  techniques  and  pro- 
cedures: Human  relationship  factors:  and 
personnel  qualities  for  supervision. 

EDAD  617  Administration  and  Supervi- 
sion in  Elementary  Schools.  (3)  Problems 
in  administering  elementary  schools  and 
improving  instruction. 

EDAD  620  General  Systems  Theory  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  EDAD  607  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Theory  of  complex  systems, 
principles  and  mechanisms  of  regulation, 
control,  and  adaptation  in  physical,  bio- 
logical, social,  and  symbolic  systems. 
Equi-finality.  evolution,  feedback,  hierar- 
chy theory,  homeostasis,  requisite  vari- 
ety, and  self-organization.  Applicants  to 
policy  making,  planning,  and  manage- 
ment in  educational  organizations. 

EDAD  621  General  Systems  Theory  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  EDAD  620  or  permission  of 
instructor.  General  systems  theory  ap- 
plied to  actual  organizational  problems. 
Field  work  and  relevant  social  science 
literature  for  the  definition  of  one  or 


more  key.  long-range  problems  and  the 
development  of  plans  to  solve  the 
problems. 

EDAD  630  Elementary  and  Secondary 
School  Law.  (3)  Selected  court  opinions, 
legislation  and  executive  guidelines 
regulating  elementary  and  secondary 
education.  Equal  educational  opportunity, 
first  and  fourth  amendment  rights  of 
students  and  teachers,  tort  liability  for 
negligence,  equal  protection  in  hiring,  fir- 
ing and  non-renewal  of  teachers,  indi- 
vidual and  institutional  liability  for  federal 
civil  rights  violations  and  common  law 
torts.  No  prior  legal  training  required. 

EDAD  631  Higher  Educational  Law.  (3) 
Selected  court  opinions,  legislation  and 
executive  guidelines  regulating  higher 
education.  First  and  fourth  amendment 
rights  of  students  and  faculty,  procedural 
due  process,  equal  educational  oppor- 
tunity, equal  protection  in  hiring,  promo- 
tion, non-renewal  and  salaries,  individual 
and  institutional  liability  for  civil  rights 
violations  and  common  law  torts.  No 
prior  legal  training  required. 

EDAD  632  Collective  Bargaining  in 
Elementary-Secondary  Education.  (3) 
Evolution  and  impact  of  collective 
bargaining  in  elementary  and  secondary 
education.  Impact  of  collective  bargain- 
ing on  the  educational  power  structure, 
third-party  community  interests  and 
educational  policy  making. 

EDAD  633  Collective  Bargaining  in 
Higher  Education.  (3)  Legal  and  educa- 
tional policy  of  collective  bargaining  in 
higher  education.  Nature  and  scope  of 
the  bargaining  process,  impact  of  collec- 
tive bargaining  on  academic  governance, 
student  interests,  personnel  decisions, 
and  grievance  mechanisms. 

EDAD  634  The  School  Curriculum.  (2-3) 
A  foundations  course  embracing  the  cur- 
riculum as  a  whole  from  early  childhood 
through  adolescence,  including  a  review 
of  historical  developments,  an  analysis 
of  conditions  affecting  curriculum 
change,  an  examination  of  issues  in  cur- 
riculum making,  and  a  consideration  of 
current  trends  in  curriculum  design. 

EDAD  635  Principles  of  Curriculum 
Development.  (3)  Curriculum  planning, 
improvement,  and  evaluation  in  the 
schools:  principles  for  the  selection  and 
organization  of  the  content  and  learning 
experiences:  ways  of  working  in 
classroom  and  school  on  curriculum  im- 
provement. 

EDAD  636  Communication  and  the 
School  Curriculum.  (3)  Curriculum 
development  based  on  communication 
as  the  major  vehicle  for  describing  the 
learner's  interactions  with  persons, 
knowledge,  and  materials  in  the 
classroom  and  school  environment.  (Also 
listed  as  EDEL  636). 

EDAD  641  Selection  and  Evaluation  of  In- 
structional Media.  (3)  Development  of  cri- 
teria for  selection  and  evaluation  of  in- 
structional materials  for  classroom. 


school  and  system  use:  includes 
measures  of  readability,  listenability, 
visual  difficulty,  and  interest  level. 

EDAD  642  Mediated  Instructional 
Systems.  (3)  Prerequisite.  EDAD  440  and 
EDAD  444.  Survey  of  innovative  instruc- 
tional systems.  Comparison  of  effec- 
tiveness of  alternate  teaching-learning 
systems.  System  design  to  improve 
teaching-learning  efficiency  through  in- 
structional media. 

EDAD  644  Practicum  in  Instructional 
Systems.  (2-6)  Prerequisite,  EDAD  444  or 
EDAD  642.  Design  and  development  of 
experimental  instructional  materials  or 
systems  to  solve  a  specific  instructional 
problem  in  the  field. 

EDAD  679  Seminar  in  Educational  Ad- 
ministration and  Supervision.  (2-4)  Prere- 
quisite, at  least  four  hours  in  educational 
administration  and  supervision  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  A  student  may 
register  for  two  hours  and  may  take  the 
seminar  a  second  time  for  an  additional 
two  hours. 

EDAD  718  School  Surveys.  (2-6)  Prere- 
quisite, consent  of  instructor.  Includes 
study  of  school  surveys  with  emphasis 
on  problems  of  school  organization  and 
administration,  finance  and  school  plant 
planning.  Field  work  in  school  surveys  is 
required. 

EDAD  723  The  Human  Dimension  in  Ad- 
ministration. (3)  Prerequisite:  EDAD  605 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Theory, 
research  findings,  and  laboratory  ex- 
periences in  human  skills  in  organiza- 
tions. Goal  setting,  communication,  con- 
flict, decision  making  evaluation,  and 
consultant  intervention. 

EDAD  724  Group  Relationships  in  Ad- 
ministration. (3)  Prerequisite:  EDAD  605 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Group  relation- 
ships and  relevant  administrative  skills  in 
educational  settings.  The  role  of  authori- 
ty, group  maturation,  group  member 
roles,  group  decision  making,  and  intra- 
and  inter-group  conflict. 

EDAD  726  Child  Accounting.  (2)  An  in- 
quiry into  the  record  keeping  activities  of 
the  school  system,  including  an  examina- 
tion of  the  marking  system. 

EDAD  727  Public  School  Personnel  Ad- 
ministration. (3)  A  comparison  of  prac- 
tices with  principles  governing  the 
satisfaction  of  school  personnel  needs, 
including  a  study  of  tenure,  salary 
schedules,  supervision,  rewards,  and 
other  benefits. 

EDAD  738  Scholarly  Thought  and 
Contemporary  Curriculum.  (1-3)  Current 
curricular  trends,  issues,  theory,  and 
research  >n  the  light  of  past  curricular 
and  social  thought.  Linguistic  analysis, 
analysis  of  thinking,  disciplines  as 
modes  of  inquiry,  influence  of  romantic 
thought,  influence  of  the  industrial 
model,  school  as  transformer  of  society, 
and  political  ideologies.  May  be  repeated 
to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 


Graduate  Programs  /  49 


EDAD  750  Organization  and  Administra- 
tion of  Teacher  Education.  (3)  Teacher 
education  today.   Current  patterns  and 
significant  emerging  changes,  particular- 
ly those  involving  teachers  and  schools. 
Deals  with  selection,  curriculum, 
research,  accredition,  and  institution- 
school  relationships. 

EDAD  798  Special  Problems  in  Educa- 
tion. (1-6)  Master's,  AGS,  or  doctoral 
candidates  who  desire  to  pursue  special 
research  problems  under  the  direction  of 
their  advisors  may  register  for  credit 
under  this  number. 

EDAD  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6)  Registration  required  to  the  extent 
of  six  hours  for  master's  thesis. 

EDAD  802  Curriculum  in  Higher  Educa- 
tion. (3)  An  analysis  of  research  in  cur- 
riculum and  of  conditions  affecting  cur- 
riculum change,  with  examination  of 
issues  in  curriculum  making  based  upon 
the  history  of  higher  education  cur- 
riculum development. 

EDAD  803  Organization  and  Administra- 
tion of  Higher  Education.  (3)  Organization 
and  administration  of  higher  education  at 
the  local,  state,  and  federal  levels:  and 
an  analysis  of  administrative  relation- 
ships and  functions  and  their  effects  in 
curriculum  and  instruction. 

EDAD  805  College  Teaching.  (3)  Various 
methods  of  college  instruction  analyzed 
in  relation  to  the  curriculum  and  psycho- 
logical basis.  These  would  include  the 
case  study  method,  the  demonstration 
method,  the  lecture  method,  the  recita- 
tion method,  teaching  machines,  teach- 
ing by  television,  and  other  teaching 
aids. 

EDAD  806  Seminar  in  Problems  of 
Higher  Education.  (3)  Contemporary 
issues  and  problems  in  post  secondary 
education  relevant  to  the  interests  of 
both  administrators  and  college/ 
university  faculty  members.  Problems  of 
individual  interest.  Preparation  of 
publishable  papers  on  post-secondary 
education  topics. 

EDAD  837  Curriculum  Theory  and 
Research.  (2) 

EDAD  857  Adult  Education  Administra- 
tion of  Adult  and  Continuing  Education. 

(3)  An  overview  of  the  field  of  Adulty 
Continuing  Education  focusing  on  the 
administration  of  institutions  and 
organizations  that  provide  both  credit 
and  non-credit  educational  experiences 
for  adult  learners.  Historical  Development 
of  Adult  Education  in  America.  Concepts 
that  have  molded  the  adult  education 
movement,  and  issues  in  financing  and 
delivering  adult  education  programs. 

EDAD  859  Seminar  in  Adult  Education. 
(3) 

EDAD  861  Seminar.  Research  in  School 
Effectiveness.  (3)  Prerequisites,  EDAD 
605,  606,  607,  608,  and  consent  of  in- 
structor. Examination  of  organizational 
effectiveness  and  the  methodologies  for 


assessing  organizational  effectiveness. 
An  individual  research  project  is 
required. 

EDAD  862  Seminar  Theoretical  Basis  of 
Administrative  Behavior.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
EDAD  605,  606,  607,  608,  and  consent  of 
instructor.  Study  of  administrative 
behavior  in  educational  institutions. 
Development  of  a  research  design  for 
the  study  of  administrative  behavior  in 
one  educational  institution. 

EDAD  865  Doctoral  Research  Seminar.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Consent  of  Instructor.  De- 
velopment of  the  dissertation  proposal. 
Definition  of  the  problem,  development 
of  research  design,  design  of  data  collec- 
tion processes,  and  discussion  of  writing 
of  the  dissertation. 

EDAD  879  Seminar  in  Teacher  Education. 
(3-6)  A  problem  seminar  in  teacher 
education.  A  maximum  of  six  hours  may 
be  earned  in  this  course. 

EDAD  888  Apprenticeship  in  Education. 

(1-8)  Apprenticeships  in  the  major  area 
of  study  are  available  to  selected 
students  whose  application  for  an  ap- 
prenticeship has  been  approved  by  the 
education  faculty.  Each  apprentice  is 
assigned  to  work  for  at  least  a  semester 
full-time  or  the  equivalent  with  an  ap- 
propriate staff  member  of  a  cooperating 
school,  school  system,  or  educational  in- 
stitution or  agency.  The  sponsor  of  the 
apprentice  maintains  a  close  working 
relationship  with  the  apprentice  and  the 
other  persons  involved.  Prerequisites, 
teaching  experience,  a  master's  degree 
in  education,  and  at  least  six  semester 
hours  in  education  at  the  University  of 
Maryland.  NOTE:  the  total  number  of 
credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in 
EDAD  489,  888,  and  889  is  limited  to  a 
maximum  of  twenty  (20)  semester  hours. 

EDAD  889  Internship  in  Education.  (3-8) 

Internships  in  the  major  area  of  study 
are  available  to  selected  students  who 
have  teaching  experience.  The  following 
groups  of  students  are  eligible:  (A)  any 
student  who  has  been  advanced  to  can- 
didacy for  the  doctor's  degree:  and  (B) 
any  student  who  receives  special  ap- 
proval by  the  education  faculty  for  an  in- 
ternship, provided  that  prior  to  taking  an 
internship,  such  student  shall  have  com- 
pleted at  least  60  semester  hours  of 
graduate  work,  including  at  least  six 
semester  hours  in  education  at  the 
University  of  Maryland.  Each  intern  is 
assigned  to  work  on  a  full  time  basis  for 
at  least  a  semester  with  an  appropriate 
staff  member  in  a  cooperating  school, 
school  system,  or  educational  institution 
or  agency.  The  internship  must  be  taken 
in  a  school  situation  different  from  the 
one  where  the  student  is  regularly 
employed.  The  intern's  sponsor  main- 
tains a  close  working  relationship  with 
the  intern  and  the  other  persons  in- 
volved. NOTE:  The  total  number  of 
credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in 
EDAD  489,  888,  and  889  is  limited  to  a 
maximum  of  twenty  (20)  semester  hours. 


EDAD  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8)  Registration  required  to  the 
extent  of  6-9  hours  for  an  Ed.D.  project 
and  12-18  hours  for  a  Ph.D.  dissertation. 


Aerospace  Engineering 
Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Anderson 
Professors:  Corning,  Melnik,  Pai, 

Plotkin,  Rivello 
Associate  Professors:  Barlow, 

Donaldson,  Jones,  Schaeffer 
Lecturers:  Billig,  Case,  Fleig, 

Waltrup,  Winklemann 

The  Aerospace  Engineering  Depart- 
ment offers  a  broad  program  of 
graduate  studies  leading  to  the 
degrees  of  Master  of  Science  and 
Doctor  of  Philosophy.  The  curricula 
for  these  degrees  are  adapted  to 
meet  the  objectives  and  background 
of  the  individual  student  and  are 
planned  by  the  student  and  his  ad- 
visor. Applications  for  admission  are 
invited  from  those  holding  a  B.S. 
degree  in  engineering,  the  physical 
sciences,  and  mathematics. 
Aerodynamics  and  Propulsion,  Struc- 
tural Mechanics,  and  Flight 
Dynamics  are  the  major  areas  of 
specialization  available  to  graduate 
students.  Within  these  areas  of 
specialization,  the  student  can  tailor 
programs  such  as  Aircraft  and 
Aerospace  Vehicle  Design,  Naval 
Architecture,  Computational 
Mechanics,  and  High  Temperature 
Gas  Dynamics. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Two  master's  degree  options  are 
available;  thesis  and  non-thesis.  No 
special  departmental  requirements 
are  imposed  beyond  the  Graduate 
School  requirements. 

For  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy 
degree,  the  Aerospace  Engineering 
Department  requires  a  minimum  of 
48  semester  hours  of  course-work 
beyond  the  B.S.  including  (1)  not 
less  than  18  hours  within  one 
departmental  area  of  specialization, 
(2)  not  less  than  9  hours  from 
among  the  other  areas  of  spec- 
ialization in  the  department,  (3)  not 
less  than  12  hours  in  courses  which 
emphasize  the  physical  sciences  or 
mathematics  rather  than  their  ap- 
plications. The  total  in  (2)  plus  that 
in  (3)  must  be  at  least  24  hours  of 
which  no  more  than  6  are  less  than 
600  level.  Written  and  oral  com- 
prehensive examinations  are  also 
required. 


50  /  Graduate  Programs 


Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  research  facilities  of  the  depart- 
ment are  available  to  the  graduate 
student.  The  aerodynamic  facilities 
include  two  subsonic,  two  super- 
sonic, a  hypersonic  wind  tunnel,  a 
GAT-1  flight  simulator,  and  a  F-101 
flight  simulator.  Facilities  are  also 
available  for  static  and  vibration 
testing  of  structures.  An  assortment 
of  computers  including  a  UNIVAC 
1106  and  a  UNIVAC  1108  comple- 
mented by  remote  access  units  on  a 
time-sharing  basis  are  available.  The 
Department  provides  special 
facilities  for  the  use  of  students 
which  include  remote  terminals  and 
mini-computers.  Under  special  cir- 
cumstances, thesis  research  may  be 
accomplished  in  off-campus 
research  facilities. 

Financial  Assistance 

A  number  of  graduate  assistantships 
and  fellowships  are  available  for 
financial  assistance. 

Courses 

ENAE  401  Aerospace  Laboratory  II.  (2) 

Prerequisites,  ENAE  305  and  ENAE  345. 
Corequisites,  ENAE  452  and  ENAE  471. 
Application  of  fundamental  measurement 
techniques  to  experiments  in  aerospace 
engineering,  structural,  aerodynamic,  and 
propulsion  tests,  correlation  of  theory 
with  experimental  results. 

ENAE  402  Aerospace  Laboratory  III.  (1) 

Prerequisites.  ENAE  305  and  ENAE  345. 
Corequisites.  ENAE  452.  ENAE  471.  and 
ENAE  475.  Application  of  fundamental 
measurement  techniques  to  experiments 
in  aerospace  engineering,  structural, 
aerodynamic,  flight  simulation,  and  heat 
transfer  tests.  Correlation  of  theory  with 
experimental  results. 

ENAE  411  Aircraft  Design.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites, ENAE  345.  ENAE  451.  and  ENAE 
371.  Theory,  background  and  methods  of 
airplane  design,  subsonic  and 
supersonic. 

ENAE  412  Design  of  Aerospace  Vehicles. 

(3)  Prerequisites.  ENAE  345  and  ENAE 
371.  Theory,  background  and  methods  of 
space  vehicle  design  for  manned  orbiting 
vehicles,  manned  lunar  and  planetary 
landing  systems. 

ENAE  415  Computer  Aided  Structural 
Design  Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENAE 
452  or  consent  of  instructor.  Introduction 
to  structural  design  concepts  and 
analysis  techniques.  Introduction  to  com- 
puter software  for  structural  analysis 
which  is  utilized  to  verify  exact  solutions 
and  perform  parametric  design  studies  of 
aerospace  structures.  Not  open  to 
students  who  have  earned  credit  in 
ENAE  431. 

ENAE  445  Stability  and  Control  of 
Aerospace  Vehicles.  (3)  Prerequisite, 


ENAE  345  and  ENAE  371.  Stability,  con- 
trol and  miscellaneous  topics  in 
dynamics. 

ENAE  451  Flight  Structures  I  —  In- 
troduction to  Solid  Mechanics.  (4)  Prereq- 
uisite. ENES  220.  An  introduction  to  the 
analysis  of  aircraft  structural  members. 
Introduction  to  theory  of  elasticity, 
mechanical  behavior  of  materials, 
thermal  effects,  finite-difference  approx- 
imations, virtual  work,  variational  and 
energy  principles  for  static  systems. 

ENAE  452  Flight  Structures  II:  Structural 
Elements.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENAE  451.  Ap- 
plication of  variational  and  energy  prin- 
ciples to  analysis  of  elastic  bodies; 
stresses  and  deflections  of  beams  in- 
cluding effects  of  non-principal  axes, 
non-homogeneity,  and  thermal  gradients: 
differential  equations  of  beams,  bars, 
and  cables.  Stresses  and  deflections  of 
torsional  members,  stresses  due  to 
shear.  Deflection  analysis  of  structures. 

ENAE  453  Matrix  Methods  in  Computa- 
tional Mechanics.  (3)  Prerequisite.  ENAE 
452  or  consent  of  instructor.  Introduction 
to  the  concepts  of  computational 
analysis  of  continuous  media  by  use  of 
matrix  methods.  Foundation  for  use  of 
finite  elements  in  any  field  of  continuum 
mechanics,  with  emphasis  on  the  use  of 
the  displacement  method  to  solve  ther- 
mal and  structural  problems. 

ENAE  457  Flight  Structures  III.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, ENAE  452  or  equivalent.  An  ad- 
vanced undergraduate  course  dealing 
with  the  theory  and  analysis  of  the  struc- 
tures of  flight  vehicles.  Stresses  due  to 
shear,  indeterminate  structures,  plate 
theory,  buckling  and  failure  of  columns 
and  plates. 

ENAE  461  Flight  Propulsion  I.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, ENME  216  and  ENAE  471.  Oper- 
ating principles  of  piston,  turbojet,  tur- 
boprop, ramjet  and  rocket  engines, 
thermodynamic  cycle  analysis  and 
engine  performance,  aerother- 
mochemistry  of  combustion,  fuels  and 
propellants. 

ENAE  462  Flight  Propulsion  II.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite. ENAE  461.  Advanced  and  current 
topics  in  flight  propulsion. 

ENAE  471  Aerodynamics  II.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites, ENAE  371  and  ENME  216. 
Elements  of  compressible  flow  with  ap- 
plications to  aerospace  engineering 
problems. 

ENAE  472  Aerodynamics  III.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, ENAE  371.  Theory  of  the  flow  of 
an  incompressible  fluid. 

ENAE  473  Aerodynamics  of  High-Speed 
Flight.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENAE  472  or 
equivalent.  An  advanced  course  dealing 
with  aerodynamic  problems  of  flight  at 
supersonic  and  hypersonic  velocities. 
Unified  hypersonic  and  supersonic  small 
disturbance  theories,  real  gas  effects, 
aerodynamic  heating  and  mass  transfer 
with  applications  to  hypersonic  flight 
and  re-entry. 


ENAE  475  Viscous  Flow  and  Aerody- 
namic Heating.  (3)  Prerequisites,  ENAE 
371,  ENAE  471,  and  ENME  216.  Fun- 
damental aspects  of  viscous  flow, 
Navier-Stokes  equations,  similarity,  boun- 
dary layer  equations:  laminar,  transitional 
and  turbulent  incompressible  flows  on 
airfoils,  thermal  boundary  layers  and  con- 
vective  heat  transfer;  conduction  through 
solids,  introduction  to  radiative  heat 
transfer. 

ENAE  488  Topics  in  Aerospace  Engineer- 
ing. (1-4)  Technical  elective  taken  with 
the  permission  of  the  student's  advisor 
and  instructor.  Lecture  and  conference 
courses  designed  to  extend  the 
student's  understanding  of  aerospace 
engineering.  Current  topics  are 
emphasized. 

ENAE  499  Elective  Research.  (1-3)  May 

be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  three 
credits.  Elective  for  seniors  in  aerospace 
engineering  with  permission  of  the  stu- 
dent's advisor  and  the  instructor.  Original 
research  projects  terminating  in  a  written 
report. 

ENAE  650  Variational  Methods  in  Struc- 
tural Mechanics.  (3)  Prerequisites,  ENAE 
452  or  equivalent.  Review  of  theory  of 
linear  elasticity  with  introduction  to 
cartesian  tensors;  application  of  calculus 
of  variations  and  variational  principles  of 
elasticity;  Castigliano's  theorems:  ap- 
plications to  aerospace  structures. 

ENAE  652  Finite  Element  Method  in 
Engineering.  (3)  Prerequisites,  ENAE  453 
and  ENAE  650,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Development  of  finite  element  represen- 
tation of  continua  using  galerkin  and 
variational  techniques.  Derivation  of  shell 
elements  and  parametric  representation 
of  two  and  three  dimensional  elements. 
Application  to  aerospace  structures, 
fluids  and  diffusion  processes. 

ENAE  653  Nonlinear  Finite  Element 
Analysis  of  Continua.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
ENAE  652.  Finite  element  formulation  of 
nonlinear  and  time  dependent  processes. 
Introduction  to  tensors,  nonlinear 
elasticity,  plasticity  and  creep.  Applica- 
tion to  nonlinear  continua  including 
aerospace  structures,  shells,  radiation 
heat  transfer,  creep. 

ENAE  655  Structural  Dynamics  I.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  Math  246  and  ENAE  452  or 
equivalents:  or  consent  of  instructor.  Ad- 
vanced principles  of  dynamics  necessary 
for  structural  analysis;  solutions  of 
eigenvalue  problems  for  discrete  and 
continuous  elastic  systems,  solutions  to 
forced  response  boundary  value  prob- 
lems by  direct,  modal,  and  transform 
methods. 

ENAE  656  Structural  Dynamics  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ENAE  655  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Topics  in  aeroelasticity:  wing 
divergence;  aileron  reversal;  flexibility  ef- 
fects on  aircraft  stability  derivatives; 
wing,  empennage  and  aircraft  flutter;  air- 
craft gust  response. 


Graduate  Programs  /  51 


ENAE  657  Theory  of  Structural  Stability. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  ENAE  451  or  equivalent. 
Static  and  dynamic  stability  of  structural 
systems.  Classification  of  leading 
systems:  linear  and  nonlinear  post- 
buckling  behavior.  Perfect  and  imperfect 
system  behavior.  Buckling  and  failure  of 
columns  and  plates. 

ENAE  661  Advanced  Propulsion.  (3)  Pre- 
requisites, ENAE  461,  462.  Special  prob- 
lems of  thermodynamics  and  dynamics 
of  aircraft  power  plants;  jet,  rocket  and 
ramjet  engines.  Plasma,  ion  and  nuclear 
propulsion  for  space  vehicles. 

ENAE  662  Advanced  Propulsion.  (3)  Pre- 
requisites, ENAE  461,  462.  Special  prob- 
lems of  thermodynamics  and  dynamics 
of  aircraft  power  plants;  jet,  rocket  and 
ramjet  engines.  Plasma,  ion  and  nuclear 
propulsion  for  space  vehicles. 

ENAE  671  Aerodynamics  of  Incompressi- 
ble Fluids.  (3)  Prerequisite,  Math  463  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Fundamental 
equations  in  fluid  mechanics.  Irrotational 
motion.  Circulation  theory  of  lift.  Thin  air- 
foil theory.  Lifting  line  theory.  Wind  tun- 
nel corrections.  Perturbation  methods. 

ENAE  672  Aerodynamics  of  Incompressi- 
ble Fluids.  (3)  Prerequisite,  Math  463  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Fundamental 
equations  in  fluid  mechanics,  irrotational 
motion.  Circulation  theory  of  lift.  Thin  air- 
foil theory.  Lifting  line  theory.  Wind  tun- 
nel corrections.  Perturbation  methods. 

ENAE  673  Aerodynamics  of  Compressi- 
ble Fluids.  (3)  Prerequisite.  ENAE  472  or 
permission  of  instructor.  One  dimen- 
sional flow  of  a  perfect  compressible 
fluid.  Shock  waves.  Two  dimensional 
linearized  theory  of  compressible  flow. 
Two-dimensional  transonic  and  hyper- 
sonic flows.  Exact  solutions  of  two- 
dimensional  isotropic  flow.  Linearized 
theory  of  three-dimensional  potential 
flow.  Exact  solution  of  axially  sym- 
metrical potential  flow.  One-dimensional 
flow  with  friction  and  heat  addition. 

ENAE  674  Aerodynamics  of  Compressi- 
ble Fluids.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENAE  472  or 
permission  of  instructor.  One  dimen- 
sional flow  of  a  perfect  compressible 
fluid.  Shock  waves.  Two-dimensional 
linearized  theory  of  compressible  flow. 
Two-dimensional  transonic  and  hyper- 
sonic flows.  Exact  solutions  of  two- 
dimensional  isotropic  flow.  Linearized 
theory  of  three-dimensional  potential 
flow.  Exact  solution  of  axially  symetrical 
potential  flow.  One-dimensional  flow  with 
friction  and  heat  addition. 

ENAE  675  Aerodynamics  of  Viscous 
Fluids.  (3)  Derivation  of  Navier  Stokes 
equations,  some  exact  solutions:  boun- 
dary layer  equations.  Laminar  flow-similar 
solutions,  compressibility,  transforma- 
tions, analytic  approximations,  numerical 
methods,  stability  and  transition  of  tur- 
bulent flow.  Turbulent  flow-isotropic  tur- 
bulence, boundary  layer  flows,  free  mix- 
ing flows. 

ENAE  676  Aerodynamics  of  Viscous 
Fluids.  (3)  Derivation  of  Navier  Stokes 


equations,  some  exact  solutions:  boun- 
dary layer  equations.  Laminar  flow-similar 
solutions,  compressibility,  transforma- 
tions, analytic  approximations,  numerical 
methods,  stability  and  transition  to  tur- 
bulent flow.  Turbulent  flow-isotropic  tur- 
bulence, boundary  layer  flows,  free  mix- 
ing flows. 

ENAE  688  Seminar.  (1-3) 

ENAE  757  Advanced  Structural 
Dynamics.(3)  Prerequisite,  ENAE  655  or 
equivalent.  Fundamentals  of  probability 
theory  pertinent  to  random  vibrations,  in- 
cluding correlation  functions,  and  spec- 
tral densities;  example  random  pro- 
cesses; response  of  single  degree  and 
multidegree  of  freedom  systems. 

ENAE  788  Selected  Topics  in  Aerospace 
Engineering.  (1-3) 

ENAE  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

ENAE  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research.  (1-8) 


Agricultural  and 
Extension  Education 
Program 

Chairman:  Nelson 
Professors:  Longest,  Poffenberger 
Associate  Professor:  Seibel 
Assistant  Professors:  Ewert,  Klavon, 
Glee,  Whaples,  Wheatley,  Wright 
Visiting  Associate  Professor:  Walker 

As  a  multidisciplinary  department  of 
several  educational  and  social 
science  specialities,  the  Department 
of  Agricultural  and  Extension  Educa- 
tion services  the  academic  and  con- 
tinuing education  needs  and  inter- 
ests of  the  Cooperative  Extension 
Service,  teachers  of  agriculture  and 
professionals  involved  in  continuing 
education,  community  development, 
and  environmental  education. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  Master  of  Science  and  Doctor 
of  Philosophy  degree  and  the  Ad- 
vanced Graduate  Specialist  Cer- 
tificate (requiring  30  credits  beyond 
the  master's  degree)  may  be  ob- 
tained in  options  in  Agricultural 
Education,  Environmental  Education, 
Extension  and  Continuing  Educa- 
tion, and  Community  Development. 
Specialization  options  in  Agricultural 
Education  include  teacher  educa- 
tion, research  and  administration 
and  supervision.  Specialization  op- 
tions under  Extension  and  Continu- 
ing Education  include  staff  develop- 
ment, program  development,  ad- 
ministration and  supervision,  and 
continuing  education.  The 
multidisciplinary  Community 
Development  program  specialties  in- 
clude various  social  science 


disciplines  with  research,  teaching, 
and  extension  functions;  human  and 
organizational  planning  and  develop- 
ment; and  public  affairs  education. 

In  the  Master  of  Science  pro- 
grams both  thesis  and  non-thesis 
options  are  available.  Applicants  for 
the  Master  of  Science  program  must 
present  transcripts  and  recommen- 
dations for  evaluation. 

No  specific  number  of  credits  is 
required  for  the  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  degree.  Each  student's 
program  is  planned  by  his  commit- 
tee according  to  his  previous  educa- 
tion and  experience,  special  inter- 
ests and  needs,  and  professional 
plans.  No  foreign  language  is  re- 
quired but  is  encouraged  for  those 
interested  in  international  develop- 
ment areas.  Students  are  encour- 
aged to  develop  research  techniques 
through  specific  courses  and  par- 
ticipation in  Department  research 
programs. 

Applicants  should  present  results 
of  the  Miller  Analogies  and/or  GRE 
tests  with  their  applications  for  ad- 
mission, along  with  recommenda- 
tions from  individuals  competent  to 
evaluate  academic  strengths  of  the 
applicant. 

Courses 

RLED  422  Extension  Education.  (3)  The 

agricultural  extension  service  as  an 
educational  agency.  The  history, 
philosophy,  objectives,  policy,  organiza- 
tion, legislation  and  methods  used  in  ex- 
tension work. 

RLED  423  Extension  Communications.  (3) 
An  introduction  to  communications  in 
teaching  and  within  an  organization,  in- 
cluding barriers  to  communication,  the 
diffusion  process  and  the  application  of 
communication  principles  person  to  per- 
son, with  groups  and  through  mass 
media. 

RLED  426  Development  and  Management 
of  Extension  Youth  Programs.  (3)  De- 
signed for  present  and  prospective  state 
leaders  of  extension  youth  programs. 
Program  development,  principles  of  pro- 
gram management,  leadership  develop- 
ment and  counseling;  science,  career 
selection  and  citizenship  in  youth  pro- 
grams, field  experience  in  working  with 
low  income  families'  youth,  urban  work. 

RLED  427  Group  Dynamics  in  Continuing 
and  Extension  Education.  (3)  Concepts 
involved  in  working  with  groups  planning 
extension  and  continuing  education  pro- 
grams. Analysis  of  group  behavior  and 
group  dynamics  related  to  small  groups 
and  development  of  a  competence  in  the 
selection  of  appropriate  methods  and 
techniques. 

RLED  464  Rural  Life  in  Modern  Society. 

(3)  Examination  of  the  many  aspects  of 
rural  life  that  affect  and  are  affected  by 


52  /  Graduate  Programs 


changes  in  technical,  natural  and  human 
resources.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
role  which  diverse  organizations,  agen- 
cies and  institutions  play  in  the  educa- 
tion and  adjustment  of  rural  people  to 
the  demands  of  modern  society. 

RLED  466  Rural  Poverty  in  an  Affluent 
Society.  (3)  Topics  examined  include  con- 
ditions under  which  people  in  poverty  ex- 
ist, factors  giving  rise  to  such  condi- 
tions, problems  faced  by  the  rural  poor, 
and  the  kinds  of  assistance  they  need  to 
rise  out  of  poverty.  Topics  and  issues 
are  examined  in  the  context  of  rural- 
urban  interrelationships  and  their  effects 
on  rural  poverty.  Special  attention  is 
given  to  past  and  present  programs 
designed  to  alleviate  poverty  and  to  con- 
siderations and  recommendations  for 
future  action. 

RLED  487  Conservation  of  Natural 
Resources.  (3)  Designed  primarily  for 
teachers.  Study  of  state's  natural 
resources  —  soil,  water,  fisheries,  wild- 
life, forests,  and  minerals  —  natural 
resources  problems  and  practices.  Exten- 
sive field  study.  Concentration  on  sub- 
ject matter.  Taken  concurrently  with 
RLED  497  in  summer  season. 

RLED  488  Critique  in  Rural  Education.  (1) 

Current  problems  and  trends  in  rural 
education. 

RLED  489  Critique  in  Rural  Education.  (1) 

Current  problems  and  trends  in  rural 
education. 

RLED  497  Conservation  of  Natural 
Resources.  (3)  Designed  primarily  for 
teachers.  Study  of  state's  natural 
resources  —  soil,  water,  fisheries,  wild- 
life, forests,  and  minerals  —  natural 
resources  problems  and  practices.  Exten- 
sive field  study.  Methods  of  teaching 
conservation  included.  Taken  concur- 
rently with  RLED  487  in  summer  season. 

RLED  499  Special  Problems.  (1-3)  Prere- 
quisite: staff  approval. 

RLED  606  Program  Planning  and  Evalua- 
tion in  Agricultural  Education.  (2-3)  Se- 
cond semester.  Analysis  of  community 
agricultural  education  needs,  selection 
and  organization  of  course  content, 
criteria  and  procedures  for  evaluating 
programs. 

RLED  626  Program  Development  in  Ex- 
tension Education.  (3)  Concepts  in  pro- 
gram planning  and  development.  A  con- 
ceptual approach  to  a  tested  framework 
for  programming.  Study  and  analysis  of 
program  design  and  implementation  in 
the  extension  service. 

RLED  628  Seminar  in  Program  Planning. 

(1-5)  The  student  assists  in  the  develop- 
ment of  an  educational  program  in  an  in- 
stitutional or  community  setting.  He  also 
develops  an  individualized  unit  of  study 
applicable  to  the  program.  Seminar  ses- 
sions are  based  on  the  actual  problems 
of  diagnosing  needs,  planning,  conduct- 
ing, and  evaluating  programs.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  five  credits. 


RLED  642  Continuing  Education  in  Ex- 
tension. (3)  Studies  the  process  through 
which  adults  have  and  use  opportunities 
to  learn  systematically  under  the  guid- 
ance of  an  agent,  teacher  or  leader.  A 
variety  of  program  areas  will  be  reviewed 
giving  the  student  an  opportunity  to 
plan,  conduct  and  evaluate  learning  activ- 
ities for  adults. 

RLED  661  Rural  Community  Analysis.  (3) 

First  semester.  Analysis  of  structure  and 
function  of  rural  society  and  application 
of  social  understandings  to  educational 
processes. 

RLED  663  Developing  Rural  Leadership. 
(2-3)  First  semester.  Theories  of  leader- 
ship are  emphasized.  Techniques  of  iden- 
tifying formal  and  informal  leaders  and 
the  development  of  rural  lay  leaders. 

RLED  691  Research  Methods  in  Rural 
Education.  (2-3)  First  semester.  The 
scientific  method,  problem  identification, 
survey  of  research  literature,  preparing 
research  plans,  design  of  studies,  ex- 
perimentation, analysis  of  data  and 
thesis  writing. 

RLED  699  Special  Problems.  (1-3)  Prereq- 
uisite, approval  of  staff. 

RLED  707  Supervision  of  Student 
Teaching.  (1)  Summer  session.  Identifica- 
tion of  experiences  and  activities  in  an 
effective  student  teaching  program, 
responsibilities  and  duties  of  supervising 
teachers,  and  evaluation  of  student 
teaching. 

RLED  789  Special  Topics.  (1-3)  May  be 

repeated  to  a  maximum  of  nine  credits 
provided  content  is  different. 

RLED  798  Seminar  in  Rural  Education. 
(1-3)  Problems  in  the  organization,  ad- 
ministration, and  supervision  of  the  sev- 
eral agencies  of  rural  and/or  vocational 
education.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of 
eight  semester  credits. 

RLED  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

RLED  882  Agricultural  College  Instruc- 
tion. (1) 

RLED  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research.  (1-8) 


Agricultural  and  Resource 
Economics  Programs 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Norton 
Professors:  Bender.  Cain,  Curtis.  Foster. 

Ishee.  Lessley.  Moore.  Murray. 

Poffenberger.  Smith.  Stevens,  Tuthill, 

Wysong 
Associate  Professors:  Hardie,  Lawrence. 

Via 
Assistant  Professors:  Bellows.  Prindle. 

Strand 

The  Department  of  Agricultural  and 
Resource  Economics  offers  a  course 
of  study  leading  to  the  degrees  of 
Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of 


Philosophy.  The  graduate  program 
prepares  students  for  careers  by 
means  of  courses  in  traditional  sub- 
ject matter  areas,  research  ex- 
periences designed  to  give  com- 
petency in  scientific  methodology, 
and  seminar  and  discussion 
opportunities. 

The  Department  provides  for  two 
areas  of  specialization,  agricultural 
economics  and  resource  economics. 
Special  fields  in  agricultural 
economics  include  domestic  and 
foreign  agricultural  development,  in- 
ternational trade,  agricultural 
marketing,  farm  management  and 
production  economics,  agricultural 
policy  and  econometrics.  Special 
fields  in  resource  economics  include 
land  use.  marine  resources,  water 
resources,  and  community  and 
resource  development.  Both  areas  of 
specialization  integrate  opportunity 
for  study  from  a  variety  of 
disciplines  related  to  agricultural 
and  resource  economics. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Thesis  and  non-thesis  options  are 
available  for  the  Master  of  Science 
degree  in  both  areas  of  specializa- 
tion. The  thesis  option  requires  a 
minimum  of  24  hours  course  work 
with  six  hours  of  thesis;  the  non- 
thesis  option  requires  33  hours  of 
course  work.  Students  taking  the 
non-thesis  option,  particularly  in 
resource  economics,  are  urged  to 
participate  in  a  two  to  three  month 
internship  with  a  public  or  private 
planning  or  management  agency. 

Applicants  with  strong  undergrad- 
uate records  in  diverse  fields  are 
considered  for  admittance  to  the 
Master  of  Science  program. 
Necessary  course  prerequisites 
(without  credit)  can  be  completed 
after  admittance.  The  Graduate 
Record  Examination  (GRE)  Aptitude 
Test  scores  are  required  with  the 
application. 

Students  with  a  bachelor's  degree 
generally  enter  the  master's  program 
before  applying  for  the  doctoral  pro- 
gram. Applicants  holding  a  master's 
degree  in  an  equivalent  field  from  an 
accredited  institution  may  be  ad- 
mitted for  immediate  doctoral  study. 
A  minimum  of  48  hours  of  course 
work  beyond  the  bachelor's  degree 
and  12  hours  of  dissertation 
research  are  required  for  the  Ph.D. 
degree.  Qualifying  examinations  are 
administered  on  completion  of  basic 
theory  course  requirements,  and 
written  and  oral  comprehensive  ex- 
aminations are  held  when  all  course 
work  has  been  completed.  A  final 
oral  examination  is  held  for  the  stu- 


Graduate  Programs  /  53 


dent  to  defend  the  dissertation. 
There  is  no  foreign  language  require- 
ment for  any  graduate  degree. 

The  time  required  to  complete  a 
master's  degree  is  generally  two 
years,  although  it  can  be  completed 
in  18  months  of  concentrated  effort. 
The  Ph.D.  adds  a  minimum  of  two 
years  of  fairly  concentrated  efforts. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  actively  employs 
the  resources  of  many  state,  federal, 
and  international  agencies  unique  to 
the  Washington,  D.C.  area  to  offer 
research  and/or  internship  experi- 
ence from  the  world  of  government 
and  business.  The  Library  of  Con- 
gress in  Washington  and  the  Na- 
tional Agricultural  Library  of 
Beltsville  (just  north  of  the  campus) 
greatly  enhance  teaching  and 
research  efforts. 

Financial  Assistance 

Graduate  assistantships  are  offered 
to  qualified  applicants  on  the  basis 
of  past  academic  performance  and 
experience.  A  large  portion  of  the 
full-time  students  in  the  Department 
hold  assistantships  or  some  other 
form  of  financial  aid.  Part-time  and 
summer  work  is  often  available  for 
students  not  receiving  financial  aid. 

Additional  Information 

A  booklet,  Curriculum,  of  the  Depart- 
ment describes  undergraduate  and 
graduate  programs,  and  gives  a 
description  of  all  courses  given  by 
the  Department.  DARE  Policy  Hand- 
book for  the  Graduate  Program  pro- 
vides course  requirements,  examina- 
tion procedures  and  descriptive 
material  on  M.S.  and  Ph.D.  programs 
in  both  areas  of  specialization.  For 
more  specific  information,  contact: 

Dr.  Dean  F.  Tuthill 

Graduate  Coordinator 

Department  of  Agricultural  and 
Resource  Economics 

Courses 

AREC  404  Prices  of  Agricultural  Pro- 
ducts. (3)  An  introduction  to  agricultural 
price  behavior.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
the  use  of  price  information  in  the  deci- 
sion making  process,  the  relation  of  sup- 
ply and  demand  in  determining 
agricultural  prices,  and  the  relation  of 
prices  to  grade,  time,  location,  and 
stages  of  processing  in  the  marketing 
system.  The  course  includes  elementary 
methods  of  price  analysis,  the  concept 
of  parity  and  the  role  of  price  support 
programs  in  agricultural  decisions. 

AREC  406  Farm  Management.  (3)  The 
organization  and  operation  of  the  farm 
business  to  obtain  an  income  consistent 
with  family  resources  and  objectives. 
Principles  of  production  economics  and 


other  related  fields  are  applied  to  the  in- 
dividual farm  business.  Laboratory  period 
will  be  largely  devoted  to  field  trips  and 
other  practical  exercises. 

AREC  407  Financial  Analysis  of  the  Farm 
Business.  (3)  Application  of  economic 
principles  to  develop  criteria  for  a  sound 
farm  business,  including  credit  source 
and  use,  preparing  and  filing  income  tax 
returns,  methods  of  appraising  farm 
properties,  the  summary  and  analysis  of 
farm  records,  leading  to  effective  control 
and  profitable  operation  of  the  farm 
business. 

AREC  410  Horse  Industry  Economics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ANSC  230  and  232.  An 
introduction  to  the  economic  forces  af- 
fecting the  horse  industry  and  to  the 
economic  tools  required  by  horse  farm 
managers,  trainers,  and  others  in  the 
industry. 

AREC  414  Introduction  to  Agricultural 
Business  Management.  (3)  The  different 
forms  of  businesses  are  investigated. 
Management  functions,  business  indica- 
tors, measures  of  performance,  and 
operational  analysis  are  examined.  Case 
studies  are  used  to  show  applications  of 
management  techniques. 

AREC  427  The  Economics  of  Marketing 
Systems  for  Agricultural  Commodities. 

(3)  Basic  economic  theory  as  applied  to 
the  marketing  of  agricultural  products, 
including  price,  cost,  and  financial 
analysis.  Current  developments  affecting 
market  structure  including  effects  of 
contractual  arrangement,  vertical  integra- 
tion, governmental  policies  and 
regulation. 

AREC  432  Introduction  to  Natural 
Resources  Policy.  (3)  Development  of 
natural  resource  policy  and  analysis  of 
the  evolution  of  public  intervention  in  the 
use  of  natural  resources.  Examination  of 
present  policies  and  of  conflicts  between 
private  individuals,  public  interest 
groups,  and  government  agencies. 

AREC  445  World  Agricultural  Develop- 
ment and  the  Quality  of  Life.  (3)  An  ex- 
amination of  the  key  aspects  of  agricul- 
tural development  of  less  developed 
countries  related  to  resources, 
technology,  cultural  and  social  setting, 
population,  infrastructure,  incentives, 
education,  and  government.  Environmen- 
tal impact  of  agricultural  development, 
basic  economic  and  social  character- 
istics of  peasant  agriculture,  theories 
and  models  of  agricultural  development, 
selected  aspects  of  agricultural  develop- 
ment planning. 

AREC  452  Economics  of  Resource 
Development.  (3)  A  study  of  the  ade- 
quacy and  quality  of  the  natural  (land, 
water,  air)  and  human  resources,  the 
economic  and  institutional  arrangements 
which  guide  their  use  and  development, 
and  the  means  for  improving  their  quality 
and  use. 

AREC  453  Economic  Analysis  of  Natural 
Resources.  (3)  Rational  use  and  reuse  of 


natural  resources.  Theory  and  methodol- 
ogy of  the  allocation  of  natural  resources 
among  alternative  uses.  Optimum  state 
of  conservation,  market  failure,  safe 
minimum  standard,  and  cost-benefit 
analysis. 

AREC  484  Introduction  to  Econometrics 
in  Agriculture.  (3)  An  introduction  to  the 
application  of  econometric  techniques  to 
agricultural  problems  with  emphasis  on 
the  assumptions  and  computational  tech- 
niques necessary  to  derive  statistical 
estimates,  test  hypotheses,  and  make 
predictions  with  the  use  of  single  equa- 
tion models.  Includes  linear  and  non- 
linear regression  models,  internal  least 
squares,  discriminant  analysis  and  factor 
analysis. 

AREC  485  Applications  of  Mathematical 
Programming  in  Agriculture,  Business, 
and  Economic  Analysis.  (3)  This  course 
is  designed  to  train  students  in  the  ap- 
plication of  mathematical  programming 
(especially  linear  programming)  to  solve  a 
wide  variety  of  problems  in  agriculture, 
business  and  economics.  The  primary 
emphasis  is  on  setting  up  problems  and 
interpreting  results.  The  computational 
facilities  of  the  computer  science  center 
are  used  extensively. 

AREC  489  Special  Topics  in  Agricultural 
and  Resources  Economics.  (3) 

Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  9  credits. 

AREC  495  Honors  Reading  Course  in 
Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics  I. 

(3)  Selected  readings  in  political  and 
economic  theory  from  1700  to  1850.  This 
course  develops  a  basic  understanding 
of  the  development  of  economic  and 
political  thought  as  a  foundation  for 
understanding  our  present  society  and 
its  cultural  heritage.  Prerequisite,  accept- 
ance in  the  honors  program  of  the 
Department  of  Agricultural  and  Resource 
Economics. 

AREC  496  Honors  Reading  Course  in 
Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics  II. 
(3)  Selected  readings  in  political  and 
economic  theory  from  1850  to  the  pres- 
ent. This  course  continues  the  develop- 
ment of  a  basic  understanding  of  eco- 
nomic and  political  thought  begun  in  the 
AREC  495  by  the  examination  of  modern 
problems  in  agricultural  and  resource 
economics  in  the  light  of  the  material 
read  and  discussed  in  AREC  495  and 
AREC  496.  Prerequisite:  Successful  com- 
pletion of  AREC  495  and  registration  in 
the  honors  program  of  the  Department 
of  Agriculture  and  Resource  Economics. 

AREC  639  Internship  in  Resource 
Management.  (2-4)  Prerequisite:  permis- 
sion of  major  advisor  and  department 
chairman.  Open  only  to  graduate 
students  in  the  AREC  resource  manage- 
meni  curriculum.  Repeatable  to  a  max- 
imum of  four  hours. 

AREC  689  Special  Topics  in  Agricultural 
and  Resource  Economics.  (3)  First  and 
second  semester.  Subject  matter  taught 
will  be  varied  and  will  depend  on  the  per- 
sons available  for  teaching  unique  and 


54  /  Graduate  Programs 


specialized  phases  of  agricultural  and 
resource  economics.  The  course  will  be 
taught  by  the  staff  or  visiting  agricultural 
and  resource  economists  who  may  be 
secured  on  lectureship  or  visiting  pro- 
fessor basis. 

AREC  698  Seminar.  (1)  First  and  second 
semesters.  Students  will  participate 
through  study  of  problems  in  the  field, 
reporting  to  seminar  members  and  de- 
fending positions  adopted.  Outstanding 
leaders  in  the  field  will  present  ideas  for 
analysis  and  discussion  among  class 
members.  Students  involved  in  original 
research  will  present  progress  reports. 
Class  discussion  will  provide  opportunity 
for  constructive  criticism  and  guidance. 

AREC  699  Special  Problems  in 
Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics. 
(1-2)  First  and  second  semesters  and 
summer.  Intensive  study  and  analysis  of 
specific  problems  in  the  field  of 
agricultural  and  resource  economics, 
which  provide  information  in  depth  in 
areas  of  special  interest  to  the  student. 

AREC  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

AREC  804  Advanced  Agricultural  Price 
and  Demand  Analysis.  (3)  Second 
semester.  An  advanced  study  in  the 
theory  of:  (1)  the  individual  consumer,  (2) 
household  behavior,  and  (3)  aggregate 
demand.  The  concepts  of  price  and 
cross  elasticities  of  demand,  income 
elasticity  of  demand,  and  elasticity  of 
substitution  will  be  examined  in  detail. 
The  use  of  demand  theory  in  the  analy- 
sis of  welfare  problems,  market 
equilibrium  (with  special  emphasis  on 
trade)  and  the  problem  of  insufficient 
and  excessive  aggregate  demand  will  be 
discussed. 

AREC  806  Economics  of  Agricultural  Pro- 
duction. (3)  First  semester.  Study  of  the 
more  complex  problems  involved  in  the 
long-range  adjustments,  organization  and 
operation  of  farm  resources,  including 
the  impact  of  new  technology  and 
methods.  Applications  of  the  theory  of 
the  firm,  linear  programming,  activity 
analysis  and  input-output  analysis. 

AREC  824  Food  Distribution  Manage- 
ment. (3)  Theory  and  practice  of  the  com- 
plex functional  and  institutional  aspects 
of  food  distribution  systems  analyzed 
from  the  perspective  of  management 
decision-making  in  the  food  industry. 
Possible  long  range  economic  effects  of 
current  structural  adjustments:  social 
and  ecological  aspects  of  food  industry 
management  decision-making. 

AREC  632  Agricultural  Price  and  Income 
Policy.  (3)  Second  semester,  alternate 
years,  1973.  The  evolution  of  agricultural 
policy  in  the  United  States,  emphazing 
the  origin  and  development  of  govern- 
mental programs,  and  their  effects  upon 
agricultural  production,  prices  and  in- 
come. 

AREC  844  International  Agriculture 
Trade.  (3)  Economic  theory,  policies  and 


practices  in  international  trade  in 
agricultural  products.  Principal  theories 
of  international  trade  and  finance, 
agricultural  trade  policies  of  various 
countries,  and  agricultural  trade  prac- 
tices. 

AREC  845  Agriculture  in  World  Economic 
Development.  (3)  First  semester,  alternate 
years,  1972.  Theories  and  concepts  of 
what  makes  economic  development  hap- 
pen. Approaches  and  programs  for  stim- 
ulating the  transformation  from  a 
primitive  agricultural  economy  to  an 
economy  of  rapidly  developing  commer- 
cial agriculture  and  industry.  Analysis  of 
selected  agricultural  development  pro- 
grams in  Asia,  Africa  and  Latin  America. 

AREC  852  Advanced  Resource 
Economics.  (3)  Second  semester,  alter- 
nate years.  Assessment  and  evaluation 
of  our  natural,  capital,  and  human 
resources;  the  use  of  economic  theory 
and  various  techniques  to  guide  the 
allocation  of  these  resources  within  a 
comprehensive  framework;  and  the  in- 
stitutional arrangements  for  using  these 
resources.  ECON  403  or  equivalent  is  a 
prerequisite. 

AREC  883  Agricultural  and  Resource 
Economics  Research  Techniques.  (3) 

First  semester.  Emphasis  is  given  to  phi- 
losophy and  basic  objectives  of  research 
in  the  field  of  agricultural  and  resource 
economics.  The  course  is  designed  to 
help  students  define  a  research  problem 
and  work  out  logical  procedures  for  ex- 
ecuting research  in  the  social  sciences. 
Attention  is  given  to  the  techniques  and 
tools  available  to  agricultural  and 
resource  economics.  Research 
documents  in  the  field  will  be  appraised 
from  the  standpoint  of  procedures  and 
evaluation  of  the  search. 

AREC  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research.  (1-8) 


Agricultural  Engineering 
Program 

Associate  Professor  and  Chairman: 

Stewart 
Professor:  Green,  Harris 
Associate  Professors:  Felton,  Merket, 

Wheaton 
Assistant  Professor:  Ayars,  Grant 

Johnson 

The  Department  of  Agricultural 
Engineering  offers  a  graduate  pro- 
gram of  study  with  specialization  in 
either  agricultural  or  aquacultural 
engineering  leading  to  the  degree  of 
Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of 
Philosophy.  Courses  and  research 
problems  place  emphasis  on  the 
engineering  aspects  of  the  produc- 
tion, harvesting,  processing  and 
marketing  of  terrestrial  and  aquatic 
food  and  fiber  products,  with  con- 
cern for  the  conservation  of  land 


and  water  resources  and  the  utiliza- 
tion and/or  disposal  of  byproducts 
associated  with  biological  systems 
in  order  to  maintain  and  enhance 
the  quality  of  our  environment  while 
contributing  to  efficient  production 
of  food  and  fiber  to  meet  increasing 
population  demands. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Admission  is  open  to  B.S.  graduates 
in  engineering,  physical  science  or 
biological  science  who  meet  grad- 
uate school  requirements  and  who 
have  satisfactorily  completed  a  core 
of  basic  engineering  courses. 

For  the  M.S.  program,  a  minimum 
of  30  semester  hours  are  required  of 
which  at  least  12  hours  will  be 
agricultural  engineering  courses,  6 
hours  will  be  thesis  research  and  3 
hours  will  be  biometrics. 

A  minimum  of  60  credit  hours 
beyond  a  BS  are  required  for  the 
Ph.D.  program  of  which  at  least  17 
semester  hours  will  be  agricultural 
engineering  courses,  12  hours  will 
be  thesis  research  and  3  hours  will 
be  biometrics. 

Only  the  thesis  option  is  available 
for  the  M.S.  and  Ph.D.  degrees.  The 
Department  has  no  language  re- 
quirements for  either  graduate 
degree.  Except  for  the  above  re- 
quirements a  M.S.  or  Ph.D.  program 
is  planned  on  a  personal  basis  and 
is  oriented  toward  the  intellectual 
and  professional  objectives  of  the 
student. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

In  addition  to  well-equipped 
laboratories  in  the  Department,  the 
facilities  of  the  Agricultural  Experi- 
ment Station,  the  Computer  Science 
Center,  and  the  College  of  Engi- 
neering are  available.  The  new 
University  of  Maryland  Center  for 
Environmental  and  Estuarine  Studies 
enhances  the  aquacultural  phase  of 
the  Department's  graduate  program. 

Financial  Assistance 

Financial  assistance  may  be  avail- 
able to  qualified  candidates. 

Additional  Information 

For  additional  information  contact: 
Chairman 

Agricultural  Engineering 
Department 

Courses 

AGEN  401  Agricultural  Production  Equip- 
ment. (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  AGEN 
100.  Principles  of  operation  and  func- 
tions of  power  and  machinery  units  as 
related  to  tillage;  cutting,  conveying,  and 
separating  units;  and  control 


Graduate  Programs  /  55 


mechanisms.  Principles  of  internal  com- 
bustion engines  and  power  unit  com- 
ponents. 

AGEN  402  Agricultural  Materials  Handl- 
ing and  Environmental  Control.  (3)  Two 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  AGEN  100.  Characteristics 
of  construction  materials  and  details  of 
agricultural  structures.  Fundamentals  of 
electricity,  electrical  circuits,  and  elec- 
trical controls.  Materials  handling  and  en- 
vironmental requirements  of  farm  prod- 
ucts and  animals. 

AGEN  421  Power  Systems.  (3)  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  two  hour  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisites,  ENME  216,  ENEE 
300  and  ENME  340.  Analysis  of  energy 
conversion  devices  including  internal 
combustion  engines,  electrical  and 
hydraulic  motors.  Fundamentals  of 
power  transmission  and  coordination  of 
power  sources  with  methods  of  power 
transmission. 

AGEN  422  Soil  and  Water  Engineering. 

(3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
ENME  340.  Applications  of  engineering 
and  soil  sciences  in  erosion  control, 
drainage,  irrigation  and  watershed  man- 
agement. Principles  of  agricultural 
hydrology  and  design  of  water  control 
and  conveyance  systems. 

AGEN  424  Functional  and  Environmental 
Design  of  Agricultural  Structures.  (3)  Two 

lectures  and  one  hour  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  AGEN  324.  An  analy- 
tical approach  to  the  design  and  plan- 
ning of  functional  and  environmental  re- 
quirements of  plants  and  animals  in 
semi-  or  completely  enclosed  structures. 

AGEN  432  General  Hydrology.  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week.  Qualitative  aspects  of 
basic  hydrologic  principles  pertaining  to 
the  properties,  distribution  and  circula- 
tion of  water  as  related  to  public  interest 
in  water  resources. 

AGEN  433  Engineering  Hydrology.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites: 
MATH  246,  ENCE  330  or  ENME  340. 
Properties,  distribution  and  circulation  of 
water  from  the  sea  and  in  the  atmos- 
phere emphasizing  movement  overland, 
in  channels  and  through  the  soil  profile. 
Qualitative  and  quantitative  factors  are 
considered. 

AGEN  435  Aquacultural  Engineering.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  consent  of  department.  A 
study  of  the  engineering  aspects  of  de- 
velopment, utilization  and  conservation 
of  aquatic  systems.  Emphasis  will  be  on 
harvesting  and  processing  aquatic 
animals  or  plants  as  related  to  other 
facets  of  water  resources  management. 

AGEN  488  Topics  in  Agricultural 
Engineering  Technology.  (1-3)  Prere- 
quisite, permission  of  the  instructor. 
Selected  topics  in  agricultural  engineer- 
ing technology  of  current  need  and  in- 
terest. May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of 
six  credits  if  topics  are  different.  Not  ac- 
ceptable for  credit  towards  major  in  agri- 
cultural engineering. 


AGEN  489  Special  Problems  in  Agricul- 
tural Engineering.  (1-3)  Prerequisite,  ap- 
proval of  department.  Student  will  select 
an  engineering  problem  and  prepare  a 
technical  report.  The  problem  may  in- 
clude design,  experimentation,  and/or 
data  analysis. 

AGEN  499  Special  Problems  in  Agricul- 
tural Engineering  Technology.  (1-3)  Prere- 
quisite, approval  of  department.  Not  ac- 
ceptable for  majors  in  agricultural 
engineering.  Problems  assigned  in  pro- 
portion to  credit. 

AGEN  601  Instrumentation  Systems.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  approval  of  department. 
Analysis  of  instrumentation  requirements 
and  techniques  for  research  and  opera- 
tional agricultural  or  biological  systems. 

AGEN  602  Mechanical  Properties  of 
Biological  Materials.  (3)  Prerequisite,  Dif- 
ferential equations  a  study  of  the 
significance  and  the  utilization  of  the 
mechanical  properties  of  biological 
materials  under  various  conditions  of 
loading.  Emphasis  on  particle  motion:  re- 
lationships between  stress  and  strain, 
force,  velocity  and  acceleration:  prin- 
ciples of  work  and  energy,  and  theories 
of  failure. 

AGEN  603  Biological  Process  Engineer- 
ing. (3)  First  semester.  Prerequisite,  dif- 
ferential equations.  Interrelationships  of 
physical  properties  as  functions  of 
moisture  and  temperature  gradients  in 
agricultural  and  aquacultural  materials. 

AGEN  605  Land  and  Water  Resource 
Development  Engineering.  (3)  First 
semester.  Prerequisite,  AGEN  422  or  ap- 
proval of  department.  A  comprehensive 
study  of  engineering  aspects  of  orderly 
development  for  land  and  water 
resources.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on 
project  formulation,  data  acquisition, 
project  analysis  and  engineering 
economy. 

AGEN  688  Advanced  Topics  in 
Agricultural  Engineering.  (1-4)  Prere- 
quisite, consent  of  instructor.  Advanced 
topics  of  current  interest  in  the  various 
areas  of  agricultural  engineering.  Max- 
imum eight  credits. 

AGEN  698  Seminar.  (1)  First  and  second 
semesters. 

AGEN  699  Special  Problems  in  Agricul- 
tural and  Aquacultural  Engineering.  (1-6) 
First  and  second  semester  and  summer 
school.  Work  assigned  in  proportion  to 
amount  of  credit. 

AGEN  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

AGEN  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research.  (1-8) 


Agronomy  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Miller 
Professors:  Axley,  Aycock,  Bandel, 

Decker,  Fanning,  Foss 

F.P.  Miller,  Strickling 
Associate  Professors:  Burt,  Mulchi, 


Parochetti,  Wolf 
Assistant  Professors:  Darrah,  Kenworthy, 
Sammons,  Wehner,  Wiebold 

The  Department  of  Agronomy  offers 
graduate  courses  of  study  leading  to 
the  degrees  of  Master  of  Science 
and  Doctor  of  Philosophy.  The  stu- 
dent may  pursue  major  work  in  the 
crops  division  or  in  the  soils  divi- 
sion of  the  Department.  Programs 
are  offered  in  cereal  crop  produc- 
tion, forage  management,  turf  man- 
agement, plant  breeding,  tobacco 
production,  crop  physiology,  weed 
science,  soil  chemistry,  soil  physics, 
soil  fertility,  soil  and  water  conserva- 
tion, soil  classification,  soil  survey 
and  land  use,  soil  mineralogy,  soil 
biochemistry,  soil  microbiology,  air 
pollution,  waste  disposal,  and  soil 
environment  interactions. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Thesis  and  non-thesis  options  are 
available  for  the  Master  of  Science 
degree.  A  bachelor's  degree  in  Agro- 
nomy is  not  required  if  the  student 
has  adequate  training  in  the  basic 
sciences.  All  students  must  com- 
plete the  Master  of  Science  degree 
before  admission  to  the  doctoral 
program.  Departmental  regulations 
have  been  assembled  for  the 
guidance  of  candidates  for  graduate 
degrees.  Copies  of  these  regulations 
are  available  from  the  Department  of 
Agronomy. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Agronomy  Department  has  over 
20  well-equipped  laboratories  to 
carry  out  basic  and  applied  research 
in  crop  and  soil  science.  Basic 
equipment  in  the  laboratories  in- 
clude: X-ray  diffraction  and  spec- 
trophotometer, gas  chromatograph, 
isotope  counters,  petrographic 
microscopes,  neutron  soil  moisture 
probe  and  scaler,  and  carbon  fur- 
nace. Growth  chambers,  extensive 
greenhouse  space,  and  five  research 
farms  permit  a  wide  range  of  en- 
vironmental conditions  for  research 
into  plant  growth  processes.  A  com- 
puter center,  located  on  campus,  is 
available  for  use  by  the  Department. 
The  University  and  the  new  National 
Agricultural  Sciences  Libraries,  sup- 
plemented by  the  Library  of  Con- 
gress, make  the  library  resources 
among  the  best  in  the  nation.  Many 
projects  of  the  Department  are  con- 
ducted in  cooperation  with  the  Agri- 
cultural Research  Service  of  the 
United  States  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture with  headquarters  located  three 
miles  from  the  campus. 

Financial  Assistance 

A  limited  number  of  research  assis- 


56  /  Graduate  Programs 


tantships  and  teaching  assistant- 
ships  are  available  for  qualified 
applicants. 


Courses 

AGRO  403  Crop  Breeding.  (3)  Prere- 
quisites, BOTN  414  or  ZOOL  246.  Prin- 
ciples and  methods  of  breeding  annual 
self  and  cross-pollinated  plant  and  peren- 
nial forage  species. 

AGRO  404  Tobacco  Production.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, BOTN  100.  A  study  of  the 
history,  adaptation,  distribution,  culture, 
and  improvement  of  various  types  of 
tobacco,  with  special  emphasis  on  pro- 
blems in  Maryland  tobacco  production. 
Physical  and  chemical  factors  associated 
with  yield  and  quality  of  tobacco  will  be 
stressed. 

AGRO  405  Turf  Management.  (3)  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  period  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  100.  A  study  of 
principles  and  practices  of  managing  turf 
for  lawns,  golf  courses,  athletic  fields, 
playgrounds,  airfields  and  highways  for 
commercial  sod  production. 

AGRO  406  Forage  Crop  Production.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  BOTN  101,  and  AGRO  100; 
or  concurrent  enrollment  in  these 
courses.  A  general  look  at  world 
grasslands;  production  and  management 
requirements  of  major  grasses  and 
legumes  for  quality  hay,  silage  and 
pasture  for  livestock  feed;  new  cultivar 
development  and  release;  seed  produc- 
tion and  distribution  of  improved 
cultivars. 

AGRO  407  Cereal  and  Oil  Crops.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  BOTN  101  and  AGRO  100; 
or  concurrent  enrollment  in  these 
courses.  A  study  of  principles  and  prac- 
tices of  corn,  small  grains,  rice,  millets, 
sorghums,  and  soybeans  and  other  oil 
seed  crops.  A  study  of  seed  production, 
processing,  distribution  and  federal  and 
state  seed  control  programs  of  corn, 
small  grains  and  soybeans. 

AGRO  411  Soil  Fertility  Principles.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  AGRO  202.  A  study  of  the 
chemical,  physical,  and  biological 
characteristics  of  soils  that  are  important 
in  growing  crops.  Soil  deficiencies  of 
physical,  chemical,  or  biological  nature 
and  their  correction  by  the  use  of  lime, 
fertilizers,  and  rotations  are  discussed 
and  illustrated. 

AGRO  412  Commercial  Fertilizers.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  AGRO  202  or  permission  of 
instructor.  A  study  of  the  manufacturing 
of  commercial  fertilizers  and  their  use  in 
soils  for  efficient  crop  production. 

AGRO  413  Soil  and  Water  Conservation. 

(3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory 
period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  AGRO  202 
or  permission  of  instructor.  A  study  of 
the  importance  and  causes  of  soil  ero- 
sion, methods  of  soil  erosion  control, 
and  the  effect  of  conservation  practices 
on  soil-moisture  supply.  Special  em- 
phasis is  placed  on  farm  planning  for 
soil  and  water  conservation.  The  labora- 


tory period  will  be  largely  devoted  to 
field  trips. 

AGRO  414  Soil  Classification  and 
Geography.(4)  Three  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
AGRO  202  or  permission  of  instructor.  A 
study  of  the  genesis,  morphology, 
classification  and  geographic  distribution 
of  soils.  The  broad  principles  governing 
soil  formation  are  explained.  Attention  is 
given  to  the  influence  of  geographic  fac- 
tors on  the  development  and  use  of  the 
soils  in  the  United  States  and  other  parts 
of  the  world.  The  laboratory  periods  will 
be  largely  devoted  to  the  field  trips  and 
to  a  study  of  soil  maps  of  various 
countries. 

AGRO  415  Soil  Survey  and  Land  Use.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a 
week.  An  introduction  to  soil  survey  in- 
terpretation as  a  tool  in  land  use  both  in 
agricultural  and  urban  situations.  The  im- 
plications of  soil  problems  as  delineated 
by  soil  surveys  on  land  use  will  be 
considered. 

AGRO  417  Soil  Physics.  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prere- 
quisite, AGRO  202  and  a  course  in 
physics,  or  permission  of  instructor.  A 
study  of  physical  properties  of  soils  with 
special  emphasis  on  relationship  to  soil 
productivity. 

AGRO  421  Soil  Chemistry.  (3)  One  lec- 
ture and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite.  AGRO  202  or  permission  of 
instructor.  A  study  of  the  chemical  com- 
position of  soils;  cation  and  anion  ex- 
change; acid,  alkaline  and  saline  soil 
conditions;  and  soil  fixation  of  plant 
nutrients.  Chemical  methods  of  soil 
analysis  will  be  studied  with  emphasis 
on  their  relation  to  fertilizer 
requirements. 

AGRO  422  Soil  Biochemistry.  (3)  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  period  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  AGRO  202,  CHEM  104  or 
consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of 
biochemical  processes  involved  in  the 
formation  and  decomposition  of  organic 
soil  constituents.  Significance  of  soil- 
biochemical  processes  involved  in  plant 
nutrition  will  be  considered. 

AGRO  423  Soil-Water  Pollution.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, background  in  biology  and 
CHEM  104.  Reaction  and  fate  of 
pesticides,  agricultural  fertilizers,  in- 
dustrial and  animal  wastes  in  soil  and 
water  will  be  discussed.  Their  relation  to 
the  environment  will  be  emphasized. 

AGRO  451  Cropping  Systems.  (2)  Prereq 
uisite,  AGRO  102  or  equivalent.  The  coor- 
dination of  information  from  various 
courses  in  the  development  of  balanced 
cropping  systems,  appropriate  to  dif- 
ferent objectives  in  various  areas  of  the 
state  and  nation. 

AGRO  453  Weed  Control.  (3)  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  period  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  AGRO  102  or  equivalent.  A 
study  of  the  use  of  cultural  practices 
and  chemical  herbicides  in  the  control  of 
weeds. 


AGRO  499  Special  Problems  in 
Agronomy.  (1-3)  Prerequisites,  AGRO 
202,  406,  407  or  permission  of  instructor. 
A  detailed  study,  including  a  written 
report  of  an  important  problem  in 
agronomy. 

AGRO  601  Advanced  Crop  Breeding.  (2) 

Alternate  years  (offered  1973-74).  Prereq- 
uisite, AGRO  403  or  equivalent.  Genetic, 
cytogenetic,  and  statistical  theories 
underlying  methods  of  plant  breeding.  A 
study  of  quantitative  inheritance, 
herterosis,  heritability,  interspecific  and 
intergeneric  hybridization,  polyploidy, 
sterility  mechanisms,  inbreeding  and  out- 
breeding, and  other  topics  as  related  to 
plant  breeding. 

AGRO  602  Advanced  Crop  Breeding.  (2) 

Alternate  years  (offered  1973-74.)  Prereq- 
uisite, AGRO  601  or  equivalent.  Genetic, 
cytogenetic,  and  statistical  theories 
underlying  methods  of  plant  breeding.  A 
study  of  quantitative  inheritance, 
herterosis,  heritability,  interspecific  and 
intergeneric  hybridization,  polyploidy, 
sterility  mechanisms,  inbreeding  and  out- 
breeding, and  other  topics  as  related  to 
plant  breeding. 

AGRO  608  Research  Methods.  (2)  Second 
semester,  Prerequisite,  permission  of 
staff.  Development  of  research  viewpoint 
by  detailed  study  and  report  on  crop 
research  of  the  Maryland  experiment  sta- 
tion or  review  of  literature  on  specific 
phases  of  a  problem. 

AGRO  722  Advanced  Soil  Chemistry.  (3) 

Second  semester,  alternate  years,  (of- 
fered 1972-73.)  One  lecture  and  two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites, 
AGRO  202  and  permission  of  instructor. 
A  continuation  of  AGRO  421  with  em- 
phasis on  soil  chemistry  of  minor 
elements  necessary  for  plant  growth. 

AGRO  789  Recent  Advances  in 
Agronomy.  (2-4)  First  semester.  Two 
hours  each  year.  Total  credit  four  hours. 
Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  A 
study  of  recent  advances  in  agronomy 
research. 

AGRO  798  Agronomy  Seminar.  (1)  First 
and  second  semesters.  Total  credit 
toward  Master  of  Science  degree,  2; 
toward  Ph.D.  degree,  6.  Prerequisite, 
premission  of  instructor. 

AGRO  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6). 

AGRO  802  Breeding  for  Resistance  to 
Plant  Pests.  (3)  Second  semester,  alter- 
nate years,  (offered  1972-73.)  Prereq- 
uisites, ENTM  252,  BOTN  221.  AGRO 
403,  or  permission  of  instructor.  A  study 
of  the  development  of  breeding  tech- 
niques for  selecting  and  utilizing 
resistance  to  insects  and  diseases  in 
crop  plants  and  the  effect  of  resistance 
on  the  interrelationships  of  host  and 
pest. 

AGRO  804  Technic  in  Field  Crop 
Research.  (2)  Second  semester,  alternate 
years,  (offered  1972-73.)  Field  plot 
technique,  application  of  statistical 


Graduate  Programs  /  57 


analysis  to  agronomic  data,  and  prepara- 
tion of  the  research  project. 

AGRO  805  Advanced  Tobacco  Produc- 
tion. (2)  First  semester,  alternate  years, 
(offered  1973-74.)  Prerequisite,  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  struc- 
tural adaption  and  chemical  response  of 
tobacco  to  environmental  variations.  Em- 
phasis will  be  placed  on  the  alkaloids 
and  other  unique  components. 

AGRO  806  Herbicide  Chemistry  and 
Physiology.  (2)  Second  semester,  alter- 
nate years,  (offered  1972-73.)  Prereq- 
uisites, AGRO  453  and  CHEM  104  or  per- 
mission of  instructor.  Two  lectures  a 
week.  The  importance  of  chemical  struc- 
ture in  relation  to  biologically  significant 
reactions  will  be  emphasized  in  more 
than  10  different  herbicide  groups.  Re- 
cent advances  in  herbicidal  metabolism, 
translocation,  and  mode  of  action  will  be 
reviewed.  Adsorption,  decomposition  and 
movement  in  the  soil  will  also  be 
studied. 

AGRO  807  Advanced  Forage  Crops.  (2) 

First  semester,  alternate  years,  (offered 
1972-73.)  Prerequisite,  BOTN  441  or 
equivalent,  or  permission  of  instructor.  A 
fundamental  study  of  physiological  and 
ecological  responses  of  grasses  and 
legumes  to  environmental  factors,  in- 
cluding fertilizer  elements,  soil  moisture, 
soil  temperature,  humidity,  length  of  day, 
quality  and  intensity  of  light,  wind  move- 
ment, and  defoliation  practices.  Relation- 
ship of  these  factors  to  life  history,  pro- 
duction, chemical  and  botanical  compo- 
sition, quality,  and  persistence  of  forages 
will  be  considered. 

AGRO  821  Advanced  Methods  of  Soil  In- 
vestigation. (3)  First  semester,  alternate 
years,  (offered  1973-74.)  Prerequisites, 
AGRO  202  and  permission  of  instructor. 
An  advanced  study  of  the  theory  of  the 
chemical  methods  of  soil  investigation 
with  emphasis  on  problems  involving  ap- 
plication of  physical  chemistry. 

AGRO  831  Advanced  Soil  Mineralogy.  (3) 

First  semester,  alternate  years,  (offered 
1972-73.)  Prerequisites,  AGRO  202  and 
permission  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the 
structure,  physical-chemical  characteris- 
tics and  identification  methods  of  soil 
minerals,  particularly  clay  minerals,  and 
their  relationship  to  soil  genesis  and 
productivity. 

AGRO  832  Advanced  Soil  Physics.  (3)  Se- 
cond semester,  alternate  years,  (offered 
1973-74.)  Prerequisites,  AGRO  202  and 
permission  of  instructor.  An  advanced 
study  of  physical  properties  of  soils. 

AGRO  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research.  (1-8) 

American  Studies  Program 

Professor  and  Director:  Wise 

Professor:  Corrigan 

Associate  Professors:  Lounsbury,  Mintz, 

Pearson 
Adjunct  Professor:  Washburn 

American  Studies  offers  an  inter- 
58  /  Graduate  Programs 


disciplinary  program  of  study  lead- 
ing to  both  the  M.A.  and  Ph.D.  Grad- 
uate students  in  the  field  take  (1) 
courses  in  the  various  allied  depart- 
ments (e.g.,  anthropology,  education, 
English,  history,  journalism, 
philosophy,  sociology),  and  (2)  in- 
tegrating courses  in  the  core  pro- 
gram taught  by  the  core  American 
Studies  faculty. 

All  students  take  the  introductory 
graduate  proseminar  —  focused  on 
the  history,  theory,  and  methodology 
of  American  culture  studies.  Other 
graduate  seminars  vary  from  semes- 
ter to  semester  —  sometimes  con- 
centrating on  a  cultural  time  period 
(e.g.,  ante-Bellum  America,  the 
1930's,  the  1960's),  a  particular  mode 
of  cultural  expression  (e.g.,  film, 
material  culture,  popular  culture),  an 
individual  with  special  cultural 
resonance  (e.g.,  Mencken),  or  a  par- 
ticular theme  or  movement  (e.g., 
education  in  American  culture, 
literature  considered  in  cultural  con- 
text). A  special  cooperative  venture 
enables  students  interested  in  ma- 
terial culture  to  take  substantial 
course  work  at  the  Smithsonian 
Institution. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Master's  candidates  normally  under- 
take a  full  year  of  course  work  (30 
semester  hours).  All  candidates  are 
required  to  take  at  least  12  hours  of 
core  American  Studies  seminars  — 
6  hours  of  AMST  618  A  and  B,  and  6 
hours  of  AMST  628  and  629.  In  addi- 
tion, candidates  select  an  area  of 
concentration  from  courses  offered 
in  allied  departments  —  Anthro- 
pology, Architecture,  Art,  Econom- 
ics, Education,  English,  Geography, 
Government  and  Politics,  History, 
Journalism,  Music,  Philosophy,  Psy- 
chology, Sociology,  Speech  and 
Dramatic  Arts. 

Before  receiving  the  M.A.,  candi- 
dates take  a  comprehensive  exami- 
nation evaluating  their  ability  to  in- 
tegrate various  perspectives  in  the 
program.  Research  oriented  candi- 
dates may  choose  to  write  a  thesis 
in  place  of  six  hours  of  course 
credit. 

Most  students  accepted  for  the 
doctoral  program  already  have  an 
M.A.  in  American  Studies.  Well 
qualified  candidates  without  an 
American  Studies  M.A.  may  be  ad- 
mitted to  the  doctoral  program,  but 
they  may  be  required  to  make  up 
background  deficiencies. 

Core  program  requirements  for 
the  Ph.D.  are  similar  to  those  for  the 
M.A.  —  12  hours  of  core  American 
Studies  courses,  6  at  the  618  level 


and  6  in  advanced  seminars.  The  re- 
mainder of  the  student's  course 
work  is  taken  from  courses  in  the 
allied  departments,  and  in  other  core 
American  Studies  electives. 

Ph.D.  candidates  must  complete 
at  least  30  semester  hours  beyond 
the  M.A.,  including  an  18-hour  resi- 
dency requirement.  Candidates  must 
also  demonstrate  proficiency  in  a 
tool  (e.g.,  foreign  language,  com- 
puter science),  must  pass  a  compre- 
hensive examination,  and  must  write 
a  dissertation  based  upon  original 
research  and  interpretation. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  proximity  of  many  federal  insti- 
tutions allows  for  a  firsthand  ap- 
preciation of  politics  and  contem- 
porary life,  while  the  facilities  of  the 
National  Archives  and  the  Library  of 
Congress  give  the  historian  access 
to  the  materials  documenting  the 
experiences  of  past  generations.  Im- 
portant galleries,  including  the  Na- 
tional Collection  of  Fine  Arts  and 
the  National  Gallery  of  Art,  exhibit 
the  high  points  of  creative  expres- 
sion in  the  visual  arts.  The  holdings 
of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  pos- 
sess numerous  manifestations  of 
the  native  vernacular  traditions  in  ar- 
chitecture and  technology,  in  the 
folk  arts,  and  in  American  Indian 
culture.  The  District  of  Columbia 
and  its  surrounding  regions  repre- 
sent an  impressive  aggregate  of  as- 
sociations and  communities  —  alter- 
natives to  traditional  politics  such 
as  Common  Cause,  the  focus  upon 
black  cultural  identity  found  in  the 
Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum, 
the  new  cities  of  Columbia, 
Maryland  and  Reston,  Virginia  — 
which  seek  to  transcend  the  crises 
of  urban  America  in  a  creative 
manner. 

The  program,  drawing  upon  the 
resources  of  its  cultural  environ- 
ment, offers  the  individual  an  educa- 
tion in  the  most  meaningful  sense;  a 
personal  confrontation  with  aca- 
demic tradition  related  to  the  proc- 
esses of  immediate  and  contem- 
porary social  change. 
Financial  Assistance 
Some  assistantships  are  available 
through  the  departments  for  quali- 
fied graduate  students. 
Additional  Information 
For  additional  information,  please 
write  to  the  Director  of  Graduate 
Studies,  American  Studies  Program, 
University  of  Maryland. 

Courses 

AMST  426  Culture  and  the  Arts  in 
America  (3)  Prerequisite,  junior  standing. 


A  study  of  American  institutions,  the  in- 
tellectual and  esthetic  climate  from  the 
colonial  period  to  the  present. 

AMST  427  Culture  and  the  Arts  in 
America  (3)  Prerequisite,  junior  standing. 
A  study  of  American  institutions,  the  in- 
tellectual and  esthetic  climate  from  the 
colonial  period  to  the  present. 

AMST  436  Readings  in  American  Studies 

(3)  Prerequisite,  junior  standing.  An 
historical  survey  of  American  values  as 
presented  in  various  key  writings. 

AMST  437  Readings  in  American 
Studies.  (3)  Prerequisite,  junior  standing. 
An  historical  survey  of  American  values 
as  presented  in  various  key  writings. 

AMST  446  Popular  Culture  in  America.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  junior  standing  and  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  A  survey  of  the 
historical  development  of  the  popular 
arts  and  modes  of  popular  entertainment 
in  America. 

AMST  447  Popular  Culture  in  America.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  junior  standing  and  AMST 
446.  Intensive  research  in  the  sources 
and  themes  of  contemporary  American 
popular  culture. 

AMST  498  Special  Topics  in  American 
Studies.  (3)  Prerequisite,  a  course  in 
American  history,  literature,  or  govern- 
ment, or  consent  of  the  instructor. 
Topics  of  special  interest.  Repeatable  to 
a  maximum  of  6  credits  when  topics 
differ. 

AMST  618  Introductory  Seminar  in 
American  Studies.  (3) 

AMST  628  Seminar  in  American  Studies. 
(3) 

AMST  629  Seminar  in  American  Studies. 
(3) 

AMST  638  Orientation  Seminar  — 
Material  Aspects  of  American  Civiliza- 
tion. (3)  Class  meets  at  the  Smithsonian. 

AMST  639  Reading  Course  in  Selected 
Aspects  of  American  Civilization.  (3) 

Class  meets  at  the  Smithsonian. 

AMST  698  Directed  Readings  in 
American  Studies.  (3)  This  course  is 
designed  to  provide  students  with  the 
opportunity  to  pursue  independent,  inter- 
disciplinary research  and  reading  in 
specific  aspects  of  American  culture 
under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of 
six  credits. 

AMST  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

AMST  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research.  (1-8) 


Animal  Sciences  Program 

Professor  and  Program  Chairman:  Davis 
Professors:  (Animal  Science)  Green, 
Flyger,  Leffel,  Young;  (Dairy  Science) 
Cairns,  Keeney,  King,  Mattick, 


Vandersall.  Williams;  (Veterinary 
Science)  Hammond,  Mohanty. 

Associate  Professors:  (Animal  Science) 
Buric,  DeBarthe;  (Dairy  Science) 
Douglass.Westhoff;  (Veterinary 
Science)  Albert,  Dutta,  Marquardt. 

Assistant  Professors:  (Animal  Science) 
McCall.Kunkle;  (Dairy  Science) 
Holdaway,  Majeskie,  Mather,  Vijay; 
(Veterinary  Science)  Campbell, 
Davidson,  Ingling. 

The  Graduate  Program  in  the  Animal 
Sciences  offers  work  leading  to  the 
degrees  of  Master  of  Science  and 
Doctor  of  Philosophy.  Both  the 
thesis  and  non-thesis  options  are 
available  for  the  Master's  Degree. 
Areas  of  concentration  within  the 
Program  include  animal  nutrition, 
physiology,  genetics,  management, 
pathology  and  virology  for  all  of  the 
classes  and  species  of  animals 
listed.  Opportunities  for  study 
related  to  domestic  animals,  marine 
and  wildlife  are  available. 

Degrees  with  research  specialities 
identified  with  meat,  milk  and  other 
dairy  products  may  be  undertaken  in 
this  program  or  in  the  Graduate  Pro- 
gram in  Food  Science,  in  which  ap- 
propriate faculty  of  these  Depart- 
ments also  participate. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Applicants  are  required  to  submit 
scores  of  the  Graduate  Record 
Examination. 

One  course  at  the  graduate  level 
in  biochemistry  and  one  in  bio- 
metrics and  two  credits  of  program 
seminar  are  required  for  the  M.S. 
Degree.  Students  enrolled  in  the 
non-thesis  option  are  expected  to 
defend  their  scholarly  paper  in  an 
oral  examination.  Two  academic 
years,  including  the  summer  for 
research,  are  usually  required  for 
completing  the  M.S.  Entering 
students  should  have  an  academic 
background  commensurate  with  a 
baccalaureate  degree  in  the  Animal 
Sciences.  Those  not  having  a  course 
in  genetics,  nutrition,  general  animal 
physiology,  microbiology  and  animal 
production  or  management  should 
plan  to  take  such  a  course  early  in 
their  graduate  program. 

Ph.D.  students  entering  from 
other  institutions  with  the  Master's 
or  entering  directly  into  the  Ph.D. 
program  are  expected  to  meet  the 
requirements  indicated  above.  Two 
additional  credits  in  the  program 
seminar  are  required.  The  M.S.  is 
not  a  prerequisite  for  admission  to 
Ph.D.  study:  however,  most  students 
find  it  advantageous.  Students 
usually  complete  the  Ph.D.  in  two 
years  after  the  M.S. 


Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Faculty  in  the  program  are  an  out- 
standing group  representing  re- 
search accomplished  in  a  wide  vari- 
ety of  related  fields.  Excellent 
supporting  courses  in  physiology, 
biochemistry  and  microbiology  are 
available  in  the  appropriate  depart- 
ments. Courses  in  biometrics  listed 
in  the  catalog  under  AGRI  provide  a 
strong  background  in  experimental 
design  and  statistical  analysis.  The 
Computer  Science  Center  offers 
courses  in  programming  and  com- 
puter language,  as  well  as  facilities 
for  the  statistical  analysis  of  thesis 
data. 

Outstanding  laboratory  facilities 
are  available  in  the  Animal  Sciences 
Center  which  include  the  combined 
resources  of  the  Departments  of 
Animal,  Dairy  and  Veterinary 
Science.  Instrumentation  is  available 
to  graduate  students  for  gaslipid 
chromatography,  atomic  absorption 
spectrophotometry,  automated  calor- 
imetry,  electron  microscopy,  liquid 
scintillation  radioactivity  measure- 
ments, electrophoresis,  ultra  cen- 
trifugation  and  a  variety  of  microbio- 
logical techniques.  Controlled  en- 
vironment facilities  in  the  Center 
permit  work  with  laboratory  animals 
and  detailed  experiments  on  larger 
animals.  A  gnotobiotic  laboratory  is 
available  and  currently  being  used  in 
ruminent  nutrition  research.  Excel- 
lent surgical  facilities  are  available 
for  research  in  the  areas  of  repro- 
ductive and  nutritional  physiology. 

Herds  and  flocks  of  beef  cattle, 
dairy  cattle,  horses,  sheep  and 
swine  are  readily  available  for  grad- 
uate research.  Limited  numbers  of 
experiments  can  be  conducted  on 
the  campus  with  large  animals.  Ex- 
periments requiring  large  numbers 
of  animals  are  carried  out  at  one  of 
four  outlying  farms. 

A  cooperative  agreement  with  the 
Agricultural  Research  Service  at 
nearby  Beltsville,  Maryland  (BARC) 
makes  available  laboratory,  animal 
and  research  personnel  resources  of 
importance  in  the  graduate  program. 

A  dairy  product  processing  facility 
is  available  for  dairy  product 
research. 

In  addition  to  excellent  library 
facilities  on  the  Campus,  the  Na- 
tional Agricultural  Library,  the  Na- 
tional Library  of  Medicine  and  the 
Library  of  Congress,  all  located 
within  10  miles,  constitute  the  best 
library  resource  for  graduate  study 
available  anywhere. 

Financial  Assistance 

A  number  of  Graduate  Assistant- 


Graduate  Programs  /  59 


ships  are  available  and  awarded  to 
students  presenting  strong  aca- 
demic records  and  a  capability  and 
motivation  to  perform  well  in 
teaching  or  research  assignments. 

Additional  Information 

For  specific  information  on  the  Pro- 
gram, admission  procedures  or 
financial  aid,  contact: 
Dr.  R.F.  Davis,  Chairman 
Department  of  Dairy  Science 

Courses 

ANSC  401  Fundamentals  of  Nutrition  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
CHEM  104;  ANSC  212  recommended.  A 
study  of  the  fundamental  role  of  all 
nutrients  in  the  body  including  their 
digestion,  absorption  and  metabolism. 
Dietary  requirements  and  nutritional  defi- 
ciency syndromes  of  laboratory  and  farm 
animals  and  man  will  be  considered. 

ANSC  402  Applied  Animal  Nutrition  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period 
per  week.  Prerequisites,  MATH  110, 
ANSC  401  or  permission  of  instructor.  A 
critical  study  of  those  factors  which  in- 
fluence the  nutritional  requirements  of 
ruminants,  swine  and  poultry.  Prcctical 
feeding  methods  and  procedures  used  in 
formulation  of  economically  efficient  ra- 
tions will  be  presented. 

ANSC  403  Applied  Animal  Nutrition  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period 
pre  week.  Prerequisites,  MATH  110, 
ANSC  402  or  permission  of  instructor.  A 
critical  study  of  those  factors  which  in- 
fluence the  nutritional  requirements  of 
ruminants,  swine  and  poultry.  Practical 
feeding  methods  and  procedures  used  in 
formulation  of  economically  efficient  ra- 
tions will  be  presented. 

ANSC  406  Environmental  Physiology  (3) 

Prerequisites,  Anatomy  and  Physiology. 
The  specific  anatomical  and  physiologi- 
cal modifications  employed  by  animals 
adapted  to  certain  stressful  environ- 
ments will  be  considered.  Particular  em- 
phasis will  be  placed  on  the  problems  of 
temperature  regulation  and  water  bal- 
ance. Specific  areas  for  consideration 
will  include:  animals  in  cold  (including 
hibernation),  animals  in  dry  heat,  diving 
animals  and  animals  in  high  altitudes. 

ANSC  407  Advanced  Dairy  Production  (1) 

An  advanced  course  primarily  designed 
for  teachers  of  vacational  agriculture  and 
county  agents.  It  includes  a  study  of  the 
newer  discoveries  in  dairy  cattle  nutri- 
tion, breeding  and  management. 

ANSC  411  Biology  and  Management  of 
Shellfish  (4)  Two  lectures  and  two  three- 
hour  laboratory  periods  each  week.  Field 
trips.  Identification,  biology,  manage- 
ment, and  culture  of  commercially- 
important  molluscs  and  Crustacea.  Prere- 
quisite, one  year  of  biology  or  zoology. 
This  course  will  examine  the  shellfisher- 
ies  of  the  world,  but  will  emphasize 
those  of  the  northwestern  Atlantic  Ocean 
and  Chesapeake  Bay. 

60  /  Graduate  Programs 


ANSC  412  Introduction  to  Diseases  of 
Animals  (3)  Prerequisite,  MICB  200  and 
ZOOL  101.  Two  lectures  and  one  labora- 
tory period  per  week.  This  course  gives 
basic  instruction  in  the  nature  of 
disease:  including  causation,  immunity, 
methods  of  diagnosis,  economic  impor- 
tance, public  health  aspects  and  pre- 
vention and  control  of  the  common 
diseases  of  sheep,  cattle,  swine,  horses 
and  poultry. 

ANSC  413  Laboratory  Animal  Manage- 
ment (3)  A  comprehensive  course  in  care 
and  management  of  laboratory  animals. 
Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  physiology, 
anatomy  and  special  uses  for  the  dif- 
ferent species.  Disease  prevention  and 
regulations  for  maintaining  animal  col- 
onies will  be  covered.  Field  trips  will  be 
required. 

ANSC  414  Biology  and  Management  of 
Fish  (4)  Prerequisite,  one  year  of  biology 
or  zoology.  Two  lectures  and  two  three- 
hour  laboratories  a  week.  Fundamentals 
of  individual  and  population  dynamics: 
theory  and  practice  of  sampling  fish  pop- 
ulations; management  schemes. 

ANSC  415  Parasitic  Diseases  of 
Domestic  Animals  (3)  Prerequistite, 
ANSC  412  or  equivalent.  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  per  week.  A  study  of 
parasitic  diseases  resulting  from  proto- 
zoan and  helminth  infection  and  arthro- 
pod infestation.  Emphasis  on  parasites 
of  veterinary  importance:  their  identifica- 
tion; life  cycles,  pathological  effects  and 
control  by  management. 

ANSC  416  Wildlife  Management  (3)  Two 

lectures  and  one  laboratory.  An  introduc- 
tion to  the  interrelationships  of  game 
birds  and  mammals  with  their  environ- 
ment, population  dynamics  and  the  prin- 
ciples of  wildlife  management. 

ANSC  422  Meats  (3)  Two  lectures  and 
one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prere- 
quisite, ANSC  221.  A  course  designed  to 
give  the  basic  facts  about  meat  as  a 
food  and  the  factors  influencing  accep- 
tability, marketing,  and  quality  of  fresh 
meats.  It  includes  comparisons  of  char- 
acteristics of  live  animals  with  their  car- 
casses, grading  and  evaluating  carcasses 
as  well  as  wholesale  cuts,  and  the  distri- 
bution and  merchandising  of  the  nation's 
meat  supply.  Laboratory  periods  are  con- 
ducted in  packing  houses,  meat  distribu- 
tion centers,  retail  outlets  and  university 
meats  laboratory. 

ANSC  423  Livestock  Management  (3) 

One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods 
per  week.  Prerequisite,  ANSC  401.  Ap- 
plication of  various  phases  of  animal 
science  to  the  management  and  produc- 
tion of  beef  cattle,  sheep  and  swine. 

ANSC  424  Livestock  Management  (3) 

One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods 
per  week.  Prerequisite,  ANSC  423.  Ap- 
plications of  various  phases  of  animal 
science  to  the  management  and  produc- 
tion of  beef  cattle,  sheep  and  swine. 

ANSC  425  Herpetology  (3)  Prerequisites, 
ANSC  211  and  ANSC  212;  or  equivalent. 


Study  of  taxonomy,  physiology,  behavior, 
functional  anatomy,  evolution  and  dis- 
tribution of  present  day  amphibians  and 
reptiles.  Common  diseases  and  manage- 
ment under  captive  conditions.  Identifica- 
tion of  poisonous  species  with  ap- 
propriate precautions. 

ANSC  426  Principles  of  Breeding  (3)  Se- 
cond semester.  Three  lectures  per  week. 
Prerequisites,  ANSC  201  or  equivalent, 
ANSC  222,  ANSC  423  or  424.  Graduate 
credit  (1-3  hours)  allowed  with  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  The  practical  aspects 
of  animal  breeding,  heredity,  variation, 
selection,  development,  systems  of 
breeding  and  pedigree  study  are 
considered. 

ANSC  432  Horse  Farm  Management  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ANSC  332  and  AREC  410. 
One  90-minute  lecture  and  one  four-hour 
laboratory  period  per  week.  A  course  to 
develop  the  technical  and  managerial 
skills  necessary  for  the  operation  of  a 
horse  breeding  farm.  Herd  health  pro- 
grams, breeding  programs  and  pro- 
cedures, foaling  activities,  foot  care, 
weaning  programs,  and  the  maintenance 
of  records  incidental  to  each  of  these 
activities. 

ANSC  442  Dairy  Cattle  Breeding  (3)  Two 

lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per 
week.  Prerequisites,  ANSC  242,  and 
ANSC  201.  A  specialized  course  in 
breeding  dairy  cattle.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  methods  of  evaluation  and  selection, 
systems  of  breeding  and  breeding 
programs. 

ANSC  443  Physiology  and  Biochemistry 
of  Lactation  (3)  Prerequisites,  ANSC  212 
or  equivalent  and  CHEM  261  or  CHEM 
461.  Three  lectures  per  week.  The  physi- 
ology and  biochemistry  of  milk  produc- 
tion in  domestic  animals,  particularly  cat- 
tle. Mammary  gland  development  and 
maintenance  from  the  embryo  to  the 
fully  developed  lactating  gland.  Abnor- 
malities of  the  mammary  gland. 

ANSC  444  Analysis  of  Dairy  Production 
Systems  (3)  Prerequisites,  AGEC  406  and 
ANSC  203  or  214,  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. The  business  aspects  of  dairy 
farming  including  an  evaluation  of  the 
costs  and  returns  associated  with  each 
segment.  The  economic  impact  of  perti- 
nent management  decisions  is  studied. 
Recent  developments  in  animal  nutrition 
and  genetics,  agricultural  economics, 
agricultural  engineering,  and  agronomic 
practices  are  discussed  as  they  apply  to 
management  of  a  dairy  herd. 

ANSC  446  Physiology  of  Mammalian 
Reproduction  (3)  Prerequisite,  ZOOL  422 
or  ANSC  212.  Anatomy  and  physiology 
of  reproductive  processes  in  domesti- 
cated and  wild  animals 

ANSC  447  Physiology  of  Mammalian 
Reproduction  Laboratory  (1)  Pre-  or  core- 
quisites,  ANSC  446.  One  three-hour  lab- 
oratory per  week.  Animal  handling,  arti- 
ficial insemination  procedures  and 
analytical  techniques  useful  in  animal 
management  and  reproductive  research. 


Not  open  to  students  who  have  credit 
for  ANSC  446  prior  to  fall  1976. 

ANSC  452  Avian  Physiology  (2)  (Alternate 
even  years)  one  three-hour  laboratory 
period  per  week.  Prerequisites,  a  basic 
course  in  animal  physiology.  The  basic 
physiology  of  the  bird  is  discussed,  ex- 
cluding the  reproductive  system.  Special 
emphasis  is  given  to  physiological  dif- 
ferences between  birds  and  other 
vertebrates. 

ANSC  462  Physiology  of  Hatchability  (1) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period 
per  week.  Prerequisite,  ZOOL  421  or  422. 
The  physiology  of  embryonic  develop- 
ment as  related  to  principles  of  hatch- 
ability  and  problems  of  incubation  en- 
countered in  the  natchery  industry  are 
discussed. 

ANSC  463  Nutrition  Laboratory  (2)  Prere- 
quisite, ANSC/NUSC  401  or  concurrent 
registration.  Six  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Digestibility  studies  with  ruminant 
and  monogastric  animals,  proximate 
analysis  of  various  food  products,  and 
feeding  trials  demonstrating  classical 
nutritional  deficiencies  in  laboratory 
animals. 

ANSC  464  Poultry  Hygiene  (3)  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  period  per 
week.  Prerequisites,  MICB  200  and  ANSC 
101.  Virus,  bacterial  and  protozoan 
diseases,  parasitic  diseases,  prevention, 
control  and  eradication. 

ANSC  466  Avian  Anatomy  (3)  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  period  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  ZOOL  102.  Gross  and 
microscopic  structure,  dissection  and 
demonstration. 

ANSC  467  Poultry  Breeding  and  Feeding 

(1)  This  course  is  designed  primarily  for 
teachers  of  vocational  agriculture  and  ex- 
tension service  workers.  The  first  half 
will  be  devoted  to  problems  concerning 
breeding  and  the  development  of  breed- 
ing stock.  The  second  half  will  be 
devoted  to  nutrition. 

ANSC   477  Poultry  Products  and 
Marketing  (1)  This  course  is  designed 
primarily  for  teachers  of  vocational 
agriculture  and  county  agents.  It  deals 
with  the  factors  affecting  the  quality  of 
poultry  products  and  with  hatchery  man- 
agement problems,  egg  and  poultry 
grading,  preservation  problems  and 
market  outlets  for  Maryland  poultry. 

ANSC  480  Special  Topics  in  Fish  and 
Wildlife  Management  (3)  Three  lectures. 
Analysis  of  various  state  and  federal  pro- 
grams related  to  fish  and  wildlife  man- 
agement. This  would  include:  fish  stock- 
ing programs,  Maryland  deer  manage- 
ment program,  warm  water  fish  manage- 
ment, acid  drainage  problems,  water 
quality,  water  fowl  management,  wild 
turkey  management  and  regulations 
relative  to  the  administration  of  these 
programs. 

ANSC  487  Special  Topics  in  Animal 
Science  (1)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  in- 
structor. This  course  is  designed  primar- 


ily for  teachers  of  vocational  agriculture 
and  extension  service  personnel.  One  pri- 
mary topic  to  be  selected  mutually  by 
the  instructor  and  students  will  be  pre- 
sented each  session. 

ANSC  601  Advanced  Ruminant  Nutrition 

(2)  First  semester.  One  one-hour  lecture 
and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor. 
Physiological,  microbiological  and  bio- 
chemical aspects  of  the  nutrition  of  rum- 
inants as  compared  to  other  animals. 

ANSC  603  Mineral  Metabolism  (3)  Se- 
cond semester.  Two  lectures  per  week. 
Prerequisites.  CHEM  481  and  463.  The 
role  of  minerals  in  metabolism  of  ani- 
mals and  man.  Topics  to  be  covered  in- 
clude the  role  of  minerals  in  energy 
metabolism,  bone  structure,  electrolyte 
balance,  and  as  catalysts. 

ANSC  604  Vitamin  Nutrition  (3)  Prere- 
quisites. ANSC  401  and  CHEM  461.  Two 
one-hour  lectures  and  one  two-hour  dis- 
cussion period  per  week.  Advanced 
study  of  the  fundamental  role  of  vitamins 
and  vitamin-like  cofactors  in  nutrition  in- 
cluding chemical  properties,  absorption, 
metabolism,  excretion  and  deficiency 
syndromes.  A  critical  study  of  the  bio- 
chemical basis  of  vitamin  function,  inter- 
relationship of  vitamins  with  other 
substances  and  of  certain  laboratory 
techniques. 

ANSC  610  Electron  Microscopy  (4)  First 
and  second  semesters.  Two  lectures  and 
two  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prere- 
quisites, permission  of  instructor.  Theory 
of  electron  microscopy,  electron  optics, 
specimen  preparation  and  techniques, 
operation  of  electron  photography,  inter- 
pretation of  electron  images,  related  in- 
struments and  techniques. 

ANSC  612  Energy  Nutrition  (2)  Second 
semester.  Prerequisites.  ANSC  402  or 
NUSC  450,  CHEM  461.  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. One  lecture,  one  2  hour  labor- 
atory per  week.  Basic  concept  of  animal 
energetics  with  quantitative  descriptions 
of  energy  requirements  and  utilization. 

ANSC  614  Proteins  (2)  Second  semester. 
One  lecture  and  one  2  hour  laboratory 
per  week.  Prerequisites,  ANSC  402  and 
CHEM  461  or  consent  of  instructor.  Ad- 
vanced study  of  the  roles  of  amino  acids 
in  nutrition  and  metabolism.  Protein 
digestion,  absorption,  anabolism,  cat- 
abolism  and  amino  acid  balance. 

ANSC  622  Advanced  Breeding  (2)  Second 
semester,  alternate  years.  Two  lectures  a 
week.  Prerequisites,  ANSC  426  or  equiv- 
alent, and  biological  statistics.  This 
course  deals  with  the  more  technical 
phases  of  heredity  and  variation,  selec- 
tion indices,  breeding  systems,  and  in- 
heritance in  farm  animals. 

ANSC  641  Experimental  Mammalian 
Surgery  I  (2)  First  semester.  Prerequisite, 
permission  of  instructor.  A  course 
presenting  the  fundamentals  of 
anesthesia  and  the  art  of  experimental 
surgery,  especially  to  obtain  research 
preparations. 


ANSC  642  Experimental  Mammalian 
Surgery  II  (3)  Second  semester.  Prere- 
quisites. ANSC  641,  Permission  of  in- 
structor. A  course  emphasizing  advanced 
surgical  practices  to  obtain  research 
preparations,  cardiovascular  surgery  and 
chronic  vascularly  isolated  organ  tech- 
niques, experience  with  pump  oxygena- 
tor systems,  profound  hypothermia, 
hemodialysis,  infusion  systems,  implan- 
tation and  transplantation  procedures  are 
taught. 

ANSC  643  Research  Methods  (3)  First 

semester.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory 
periods  per  week.  Prerequisite,  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  The  application  of  bio- 
chemical, physio-chemical  and  statistical 
methods  to  problems  in  biological 
research. 

ANSC  660  Poultry  Literature  (1-4)  First 

and  second  semesters.  Readings  on  indi- 
vidual topics  are  assigned.  Written 
reports  required.  Methods  of  analysis 
and  presentation  of  scientific  material 
are  discussed. 

ANSC  661  Physiology  of  Reproduction 

(3)  First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
ANSC  212  or  its  equivalent.  The  role  of 
the  endocrines  in  reproduction  is  con- 
sidered. Fertility,  sexual  maturity,  egg 
formation,  ovulation,  and  the  physiology 
of  oviposition  are  studied.  Comparative 
processes  in  birds  and  mammals  are 
discussed. 

ANSC  663  Advanced  Nutrition  Laboratory 

(3)  Prerequisite.  ANSC/NUSC  401;  and 
either  CHEM  462  or  NUSC  670.  One  hour 
of  lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Basic  instrumentation  and  tech- 
niques desired  for  advanced  nutritional 
research.  The  effect  of  various  nutritional 
parameters  upon  intermediary  metabo- 
lism, enzyme  kinetics,  endocrinology, 
and  nutrient  absorption  in  laboratory 
animals. 

ANSC  665  Physiological  Genetics  of 
Domestic  Animals  (2)  Second  semester. 
Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites,  a 
course  in  basic  genetics  and  biochem- 
istry. The  underlying  physiological  basis 
for  genetic  differences  in  production 
traits  and  selected  morphological  traits 
will  be  discussed.  Inheritance  of  en- 
zymes, protein  polymorphisms  and  phys- 
iological traits  will  be  studied. 

ANSC  677  Advanced  Animal  Adaptations 
to  the  Environment  (2)  First  semester. 
Two  lectures  or  discussions  per  week. 
Prerequisites.  ANSC  406.  or  permission 
of  instructor.  A  detailed  consideration  of 
certain  anatomical  and  physiological 
modifications  employed  by  mammals 
adapted  to  cold,  dry  heat  or  altitude. 
Each  student  will  submit  for  discussion 
a  library  paper  concerning  a  specific 
adaptation  to  an  environmental  stress. 

ANSC  686  Veterinary  Bacteriology  and 
Mycology  (3)  Prerequisites,  ANSC  412 
and  MICB  440.  Two  lectures  and  one 
two-hour  laboratory  period  per  week. 
Bacterial  and  mycotic  diseases  of 


Graduate  Programs  /  61 


domestic  animals  will  be  considered. 
Emphasis  will  be  given  to  culture  and 
differentiation  of  the  micro-organisms, 
their  pathogenic  properties, 
epizootiology,  mode  of  transmission, 
disease  prevention  and  chemotherapy. 

ANSC  687  Veterinary  Virology  (3)  Prere- 
quisite, MICB  460.  A  detailed  study  of 
virus  and  rickettsial  diseases  of  domestic 
and  laboratory  animals.  Emphasis  on 
viruses  of  veterinary  importance  along 
with  techniques  for  their  propagation, 
characterization  and  identification. 

ANSC  690  Seminar  in  Population 
Genetics  of  Domestic  Animals  (3)  Se- 
cond semester.  Prerequisites,  ZOOL  246 
and  AGRI  401  or  their  equivalents.  Cur- 
rent literature  and  research  dealing  with 
the  principles  of  population  genetics  as 
they  apply  to  breeding  and  selection  pro- 
grams for  the  genetic  improvement  of 
domestic  animals,  population  structures, 
estimation  of  genetic  parameters,  cor- 
related characters,  principles  and 
methods  of  selection,  relationship  and 
systems  of  mating. 

ANSC  698  Seminar  (1)  First  and  second 
semesters.  Students  are  required  to 
prepare  papers  based  upon  current 
scientific  publications  relating  to  animal 
science,  or  upon  their  research  work,  for 
presentation  before  and  discussion  by 
the  class;  (1)  recent  advances;  (2)  nutri- 
tion; (3)  physiology;  (4)  biochemistry. 

ANSC  699  Special  Problems  in  Animal 
Science  (1-2)  First  and  second 
semesters.  Work  assigned  in  proportion 
to  amount  of  credit.  Prerequisite,  ap- 
proval of  staff.  Problems  will  be  assigned 
which  relate  specifically  to  the  character 
of  work  the  student  is  pursuing. 

ANSC  799  Master's  Thesis  Research 
(1-6) 

ANSC  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research  (1-8) 


Applied  Mathematics 
Program 

Professor  and  Director:  Wolfe 

(AERO)  Associate  Professors:  Donaldson, 
Jones,  Plotkin,  Schaeffer. 

(BMGT)  Professor:  Gass.  Associate  Pro- 
fessors: Fromovitz,  Widhelm.  Assistant 
Professor:  Golden. 

(CHE)  Professor:  Cadman.  Associate  Pro- 
fessors: Gentry,  Sheaks. 

(CE)  Professor:  Sternberg.  Associate  Pro- 
fessors: Garber,  Hall. 

(CMSC)  Professors:  Edmundson,  Kanal, 
Minker,  Stewart.  Associate  Professors: 
Agrawala,  Basili,  Vandergraft. 

(ECON)  Professors:  Almon,  Kelejian. 
Associate  Professor:  Betancourt. 

(EE)  Professors:  DeClaris,  Davisson, 
Harger,  Newcomb,  Taylor,  Weiss. 
Associate  Professors:  Ephremides, 
Rao,  Tretter.  Assistant  Professor: 
Baras. 

(MATH)  Professors:  Antman,  Douglis, 
Hummel,  Mikulski,  Osborn,  Pearl, 
Stellmacher,  Wolfe.  Associate  Pro- 


fessors: Berenstein,  Cooper,  Johnson, 
Sather,  Schneider,  Sweet,  Yang.  Assis- 
tant Professors:  Fitzpatrick,  Kedem, 
Liu. 
(ME)  Professors:  Cunniff,  Yang.  Asso- 
ciate Professors:  Marks,  Walston. 
(METEO)  Professor:  Baer.  Associate  Pro- 
fessors: Rodenhuis,  Vernekar.  Assis- 
tant Professor:  Robock. 
(IPST)  Research  Professors:  Babuska, 
Dorfman,  Faller,  Hubbard,  Karlovitz, 
Kellogg,  Lashinsky,  Olver,  Yorke, 
Zwanzig.  Associate  Professor: 
Johnson. 
(PHYS)  Professors:  Banerjee,  Brill,  David- 
son, Dragt,  Ferrell,  Glasser,  Greenberg, 
Griffin,  MacDonald,  Misner,  Prange, 
Sucher,  Woo.  Associate  Professors: 
Fivel,  Glick,  Kim,  Korenman. 
The  Interdisciplinary  Applied 
Mathematics  Program  offers  the 
degrees  of  Master  of  Arts  and  Doc- 
tor of  Philosophy.  These  are 
awarded  for  graduate  study  and 
research  in  mathematics  and  its  ap- 
plications in  the  engineering, 
physical, and  social  sciences.  In  ad- 
dition, the  Applied  Mathematics  Pro- 
gram offers  certified  minors  in  ap- 
plied mathematics  for  graduate 
students  not  enrolled  in  the 
Program. 

The  Program  is  administratively 
affiliated  with  the  Department  of 
Mathematics.  In  particular,  under 
this  arrangement  the  Department  of 
Mathematics  assumes  the  respon- 
sibility for  the  administration  of  the 
applied  mathematics  courses  under 
the  MAPL  label.  Moreover,  the  Grad- 
uate Office  of  the  Department  main- 
tains the  records  of  all  students  in 
the  Applied  Mathematics  Program 
and  handles  correspondence  with 
those  applying  for  admission.  How- 
ever, it  is  important  that  any  applica- 
tion for  admission  indicates  clearly 
whether  a  student  wishes  to  enter 
the  Mathematics  (MATH)  or  the  Ap- 
plied Mathematics  (MAPL)  Program. 
The  faculty  considers  the  primary 
aim  of  applied  mathematics  to  be 
the  understanding  of  a  wide  spec- 
trum of  scientific  phenomena 
through  the  use  of  mathematical 
ideas,  methods,  and  techniques.  The 
applied  mathematician  should  be 
both  a  mathematical  specialist  and 
a  versatile  scientist,  whose  interests 
and  motivations  derive  from  a  strong 
desire  to  confront  highly  complex  or 
descriptive  situations  with  mathema- 
tical analysis  and  ideas.  In  line  with 
this,  at  least  half  of  the  required 
work  is  expected  to  be  in  courses 
with  primarily  mathematical  content, 
and  the  remaining  part  has  to  in- 
clude a  coherent  set  of  courses  in 
some  field  of  application  outside  of 
the  usual  mathematics  curriculum. 


Some  of  the  areas  currently  pursued 
by  graduate  students  in  the  Program 
are  various  areas  of  physics,  infor- 
mation structures,  meteorology, 
operations  research,  pattern  recogni- 
tion, structural  mechanics,  and 
systems  and  control  theory.  Many 
other  areas  of  study  are  available 
through  the  participating  depart- 
ments. It  may  also  be  noted  that  the 
faculty  includes  a  strong  group  in 
numerical  analysis  and  that  many 
students  include  courses  on  numer- 
ical and  scientific  computing  in  their 
programs. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 
In  addition  to  the  general  require- 
ments of  the  Graduate  School,  ap- 
plicants for  admission  to  graduate 
study  in  the  Program  should  have 
completed,  with  at  least  a  B  average 
(3.0  on  a  4.0  scale),  an  undergrad- 
uate program  of  study  which  in- 
cludes a  strong  emphasis  on  mathe- 
matics. The  student's  general  ability 
for  graduate  study  in  the  Program 
and  mathematical  capabilities  will 
be  determined  from  his  or  her 
record  or  by  special  examination. 

A  mathematical  preparation  with 
grades  of  B  or  better  at  least 
through  the  level  of  advanced  calcu- 
lus in  a  school  of  good  academic 
standing  will  normally  be  considered 
sufficient  demonstration  of  the  re- 
quired mathematical  background. 
Previous  education  in  some  part  of 
an  applicant's  area,  such  as  physics, 
one  of  the  engineering  disciplines, 
economics,  etc.,  and  a  basic  com- 
petence in  computational  tech- 
niques will  be  favorably  considered 
in  a  student's  application  for  admis- 
sion to  the  Program,  although  this  is 
not  a  prerequisite. 

When  a  student  has  decided  upon 
an  area  of  specialization,  a  study  ad- 
visory committee  is  appointed  by 
the  Director  of  the  Program.  This 
committee,  working  together  with 
the  student,  is  responsible  for  for- 
mulating a  course  of  study  leading 
toward  the  degree  sought.  This 
course  of  study  must  constitute  a 
unified,  coherent  program  in  an  ac- 
ceptable field  of  specialization  of 
applied  mathematics  and  must  meet 
with  the  approval  of  the  Graduate 
Committee  for  Applied  Mathematics. 

Besides  any  other  requirements 
specified  by  the  Graduate  School, 
the  following  specific  conditions 
must  be  met  for  an  M.A.  degree  in 
Applied  Mathematics: 

(1)  At  least  12  of  the  24  required 
course  credits  for  the  M.A.  degree 
with  thesis  are  in  courses  with 
primarily  mathematical  content 


62  /  Graduate  Programs 


selected  from  a  list  of  such  courses 
maintained  by  the  Graduate  Commit- 
tee for  Applied  Mathematics.  At 
least  6  of  these  12  credits  are  on 
the  600-800  level.  At  least  3  of  the 
12  credits  are  in  a  course  on  numer- 
ical analysis.  At  least  1  of  the  12 
credits  is  in  an  approved  applied 
mathematics  seminar. 

(2)  The  24  required  course  credits 
include  either  6  credits  at  the 
600-800  level,  or  alternatively,  9 
credits  of  which  3  are  at  the 
600-800  level,  in  courses  whose 
content  is  primarily  in  the  student's 
chosen  field(s)  of  application. 

No  course  may  be  used  to  meet 
the  requirements  under  both  (1)  and 
(2)  above. 

(1)  At  least  15  of  the  30  required 
course  credits  for  the  non-thesis 
master's  option  are  in  courses  with 
primarily  mathematical  content 
selected  from  a  list  of  courses  main- 
tained by  the  Graduate  Committee 
for  Applied  Mathematics.  At  least  9 
of  these  15  credits  are  in  a  course 
on  numerical  analysis.  At  least  1  of 
the  15  credits  is  an  approved  ap- 
plied mathematics  seminar. 

(2)  The  30  required  course  credits 
include  either  6  credits  at  the 
600-800  level,  or,  alternately,  9 
credits  of  which  3  are  at  the 
600-800  level,  in  courses  whose 
content  is  primarily  in  the  student's 
chosen  field(s)  of  application. 

No  course  may  be  used  to  meet 
the  requirements  under  both  (1)  and 
(2)  above. 

The  student  must  pass  the  com- 
prehensive examination  for  the  M.A. 
degree  with  thesis.  The  examination 
consists  of  at  least  three  parts,  with 
at  least  one  of  the  parts  in  a  math- 
ematics area,  and  at  least  one  of  the 
parts  in  an  area  of  application.  The 
parts  shall  be  taken  as  closely 
together  as  possible. 

The  student  in  the  doctoral  pro- 
gram must  take  a  minimum  of  36 
hours  of  courses  exclusive  of  disser- 
tation research.  At  least  27  of  these 
36  credits  are  at  the  600-800  level. 

A  transfer  of  at  most  27  credits  of 
graduate-level  work  taken  at  a  reg- 
ionally accredited  institution  prior  to 
or  after  admission  to  the  Ph.D.  Pro- 
gram is  permitted  providing  the  (1) 
the  Graduate  Committee  for  Applied 
Mathematics  has  approved  the 
transfer;  (2)  a  grade  of  B  or  better 
was  earned  in  the  courses  taken  (no 
course  with  pass/fail  grades  will  be 
accepted);  (3)  the  credit  was  earned 
within  the  time  limit  imposed  for 
completing  the  Ph.D.  degree  at  the 
University  of  Maryland. 


Course  Distribution:  1)  at  least  18 
of  the  required  36  credits  are  in 
courses  with  primarily  mathematical 
content  selected  from  a  list  of  such 
courses  maintained  by  the  Graduate 
Committee  for  Applied  Mathematics. 
At  least  9  of  these  18  credits  are  on 
the  600-800  level.  At  least  3  of  the 
18  credits  are  in  numerical  analysis. 
At  least  2  of  the  18  credits  are  in 
approved  mathematics  seminars.  2) 
The  36  credits  include  either  6 
credits  at  the  600-800  level  or  alter- 
nately 9  credits  of  which  3  are  at 
the  600-800  level  in  courses  whose 
conten  is  primarily  in  the  student's 
chosen  field(s)  of  application.  3)  No 
course  may  be  used  to  meet  the  re- 
quirements under  both  items  (1)  and 
(2)  above. 

The  student  must  pass  the 
comprehensive  Examination  for  the 
Ph.D.  The  examination  consists  of 
at  least  three  parts,  with  at  least 
one  of  the  parts  in  an  area  of 
mathematics,  and  at  least  one  of  the 
parts  in  an  area  of  application.  The 
parts  shall  be  taken  as  closely 
together  as  possible. 

In  addition  the  student  must  pass 
the  Candidacy  Examination  for  the 
Ph.D.  degree.  The  Candidacy  Ex- 
amination is  an  oral  examination 
which  serves  as  a  test  of  the  de- 
tailed preparation  of  a  student  in  the 
area  of  specialization  and  seeks  to 
discover  if  he  or  she  has  a  deep 
enough  understanding  to  carry  out 
the  proposed  research.  The  examina- 
tion assumes  further  advanced 
course  work  beyond  the  Comprehen- 
sive Examination. 

Certified  Minors 

The  Applied  Mathematics  Program 
offers  certified  minors  in  applied 
mathematics  to  regular  graduate 
students  who  are  enrolled  in  a 
graduate  degree  program  of  the 
University  of  Maryland  other  than 
the  Program  itself.  The  successful 
completion  of  the  requirements  for 
such  a  minor  will  be  recorded  in  the 
student's  transcripts.  Moreover,  a 
number  of  departments  participating 
in  the  Applied  Mathematics  Program 
permit  the  requirements  for  the  cer- 
tified minor  to  replace  part  of  the 
degree  requirements  of  the  major 
department. 

A  student  wishing  to  pursue  a 
certified  minor  in  applied 
mathematics  must  fill  out  an  ap- 
plication form  for  participation  in 
the  Certified  Minor  Program.  Such 
forms  are  available  from  the  office 
of  the  Director  of  the  Applied 
Mathematics  Program. 


The  Certified  Minor  Program  at 
the  Master's  level  must  contain  at 
least  either  6  semester  hours  in 
400-level  courses  and  3  semester 
hours  in  600-level  courses,  or  6 
semester  hours  in  600-level  courses. 
At  the  doctoral  level  the  Certified 
Minor  Program  must  contain  at  least 
9  semester  hours  of  graduate  credit, 
of  which  at  most  3  hours  may  be  on 
the  400-level. 

Courses 

MAPL  460  Computational  Methods  (3) 

Prerequisites,  MATH  240,  241,  and  CMSC 
110,  or  equivalent.  Basic  computational 
methods  for  interpolation,  least  squares, 
approximation,  numerical  quadrature, 
numerical  solution  of  polynomial  and 
transcendental  equations,  systems  of 
linear  equations  and  initial  value  prob- 
lems for  ordinary  differential  equations. 
Emphasis  on  the  methods  and  their 
computational  properties  rather  than  on 
their  analytic  aspects.  (Listed  also  as 
CMSC  460). 

MAPL  470  Numerical  Mathematics: 
Analysis  (3)  Prerequisites,  MATH  240  and 
241;  CMSC  110  or  equivalent.  This 
course  with  MAPUCMSC  471,  forms  a 
one-year  introduction  to  numerical 
analysis  at  the  advanced  undergraduate 
level.  Interpolation,  numerical  differentia- 
tion and  integration,  solution  of  non- 
linear equations,  acceleration  of  con- 
vergence, numerical  treatment  of  dif- 
ferential equations.  Topics  will  be  sup- 
plemented with  programming  assign- 
ments. (Listed  also  CMSC  470.) 

MAPL  471  Numerical  Mathematics: 
Linear  Algebra  (3)  Prerequisites,  MATH 
240  and  MATH  241;  CMSC  110  or 
equivalent.  The  course,  with  MAPUCMSC 
470,  forms  a  one-year  introduction  to 
numerical  analysis  at  the  advanced 
undergraduate  level.  Direct  solution  of 
linear  systems,  norms,  least  squares 
problems,  the  symmetric  eigenvalue 
problem,  basic  iterative  methods.  Topics 
will  be  supplemented  with  programming 
assignments.  (Listed  also  as  CMSC  471.) 

MAPL  477  Optimization  (3)  Prerequisite, 
CMSC  110  and  MATH  405  or  MATH  474. 
Linear  programming  including  the 
simplex  algorithm  and  dual  linear  pro- 
grams, convex  sets  and  elements  of  con- 
vex programming,  combinatorial  optimi- 
zation integer  programming.  (Listed  also 
as  CSMC  477.) 

MAPL  498  Selected  Topics  in  Applied 
Mathematics  (3)  Prerequisite,  permission 
of  the  instructor.  Topics  in  applied 
mathematics  of  special  interest  to  ad- 
vanced undergraduate  students.  May  be 
repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if 
the  subject  matter  is  different. 

MAPL  600  Advanced  Linear  Numerical 
Analysis  (3)  Prerequisites,  MAPL  470,  471 
and  MATH  405  or  MATH  474;  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Advanced  topics  in 


Graduate  Programs  /  63 


numerical  linear  algebra,  such  as  dense 
eigenvalue  problems,  sparse  elimination, 
iterative  methods,  and  other  topics. 
(Same  as  CMSC  770.) 

MAPL  604  Numerical  Solution  of 
Nonlinear  Equations  (3)  Prerequisites, 
MAPL  470,  471  and  MATH  410;  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Numerical  solution  of 
nonlinear  equations  in  one  and  several 
variables.  Existence  questions.  Minimiza- 
tion methods.  Selected  applications. 
(Same  as  CMSC  772.) 

MAPL  607  Advanced  Numerical  Optimiza- 
tion (3)  Prerequisites,  MATH  410  and 
MAPUCMSC  477;  or  equivalent.  Modern 
numerical  methods  for  solving  uncon- 
strained and  constrained  nonlinear  op- 
timization problems  in  finite  dimensions. 
Design  of  computational  algorithms  and 
on  the  analysis  of  their  properties. 

MAPL  610  Numerical  Solution  of  Or- 
dinary Differential  Equations  (3)  Pre- 
requisites, MAPL/CMSC  470  and  MATH 
414;  or  consent  of  instructor.  Methods 
for  solving  initial  value  problems  in  or- 
dinary differential  equations.  Single  step 
and  multi-step  methods,  stability  and 
convergence,  adaptive  methods.  Shoot- 
ing methods  for  boundary  value 
problems. 

MAPL  612  Numerical  Methods  in  Partial 
Differential  Equations  (3)  Prerequisites, 
concurrent  registration  in  MATH/MAPL 
680  or  in  MAPL  650;  or  consent  of  the 
instructor.  Introduction  to  problems  and 
methodologies  of  the  solution  of  partial 
differential  equations.  Finite  difference 
methods  for  elliptic,  parabolic,  and 
hyperbolic  equations,  first  order  systems, 
and  eigenvalue  problems.  Variational  for- 
mulation of  elliptic  problems.  The  finite 
element  method  and  its  relation  to  finite 
difference  methods. 

MAPL  614  Mathematics  of  the  Finite  Ele- 
ment Method  (3)  Prerequisites,  concur- 
rent registration  in  MATH/MAPL  681  or  in 
MATH/MAPL  685;  or  MAPL  612  and  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Variational  formula- 
tions of  linear  and  nonlinear  elliptic 
boundary  value  problems;  formulation  of 
the  finite  element  method;  construction 
of  finite  element  subspaces;  error 
estimates;  eigenvalue  problems;  time 
dependent  problems. 

MAPL  640  System  Theory  (3)  General 
system  models.  State  variables  and  state 
spaces.  Differential  dynamical  systems. 
Discrete  time  systems.  Linearity  and  its 
implications.  Controllability  and  observ- 
ability. State  space  structure  and 
representation.  Realization  theory  and 
algorithmic  solutions.  Parameterizations 
of  linear  systems;  canonical  forms.  Basic 
results  from  stability  theory.  Stabilizabil- 
ity.  Fine  structure  of  linear  multivariable 
systems;  minimal  indices  and  polynomial 
matrices.  Inverse  nyquist  array.  Geo- 
metric methods  in  design.  Interplay  be- 
tween frequency  domain  and  state  space 
design  methods.  Interactive  computer- 
aided  design  methods.  (Listed  also  as 
ENEE  663.) 


MAPL  641  Optimal  Control  (3)  Prere- 
quisite, ENEE  460  or  consent  of  the 
instructor.  General  optimization  and  con- 
trol problems.  Static  optimization  prob- 
lems. Linear  and  nonlinear  programming 
methods.  Geometric  interpretations. 
Dynamic  optimization  problems.  Discrete 
time  maximum  principle  and  applica- 
tions. Pontryagin  maximum  principle  in 
continuous  time.  Dynamic-programming. 
Feedback  realization  of  solutions.  Exten- 
sive applications  to  problems  in  optimal 
design,  navigation  and  guidance,  power 
systems.  Introduction  to  state  con- 
strained and  singular  optimal  control 
problems.  (Listed  also  as  ENEE  664.) 

MAPL  644  Estimation  and  Detection 
Theory  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENEE  620  or 
equivalent  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Estimation  of  unknown  parameters, 
Cramer-Rao  lower  bound;  optimum  (map) 
demodulation;  filtering,  amplitude  and 
angle  modulation,  comparison  with  con- 
ventional systems;  statistical  decision 
theory;  Bayes,  Minimax,  Neyman/ 
Pearson,  Criteria  68  simple  and  com- 
posite hypotheses;  application  to 
coherent  and  incoherent  signal  detec- 
tion; M-Ary  hypotheses;  application  to 
uncoded  and  coded  digital  communica- 
tion systems.  (Listed  also  as  ENEE  621.) 

MAPL  650  Advanced  Mathematics  for  the 
Physical  Sciences  I  (3)  Prerequisites, 
MATH  240  and  410.  Effective  analytic 
methods  for  the  study  of  linear  and  non- 
linear equations  that  arise  in  the  physical 
sciences;  algebraic  equations,  integral 
equations  and  ordinary  differential  equa- 
tions. (Not  open  to  graduate  students  in 
MATH  or  MAPL  without  special  permis- 
sion from  their  advisor.) 

MAPL  651  Advanced  Mathematics  for  the 
Physical  Sciences  II  (3)  Prerequisite, 
MAPL  650.  Continuation  of  MAPL  650. 
Partial  differential  equations;  linear  and 
non-linear  eigenvalue  problems.  (Not 
open  to  graduate  students  in  MATH  or 
MAPL  without  special  permission  from 
their  advisor.) 

MAPL  655  Asymptotic  Analysis  and 
Special  Functions  I  (3)  Prerequisite, 
MATH  413  or  MATH  463.  Transcendental 
equations,  gamma  function,  orthogonal 
polynomials,  Bessel  functions,  integral 
transforms,  Watson's  lemma,  Laplace's 
method,  stationary  phase,  analytic  theory 
of  ordinary  differential  equations, 
Liouville  Green  (or  WKBJ)  approximation. 
(Cross-listed  with  MATH  655.) 

MAPL  656  Asymptotic  Analysis  and 
Special  Functions  II  (3)  Prerequisite, 
MATH/MAPL  655.  Steepest  descents, 
coalescing  saddle-points,  singular  in- 
tegral equations,  irregular  singularities, 
Bessel,  hypergeometric,  and  Legendre 
functions,  Euler-MacLaurin  formula,  Dar- 
boux's  method,  turning  points,  phase 
shift.  (Cross-listed  with  MATH  656.) 

MAPL  670  Ordinary  Differential  Equa- 
tions I  (3)  Prerequisites,  MATH  405  and 
410  or  the  equivalent.  Existence  and 
uniqueness,  linear  systems  usually  with 


Floquet  theory  for  periodic  systems, 
linearization  and  stability,  planar  systems 
usually  with  Poincare-Bendixson 
theorem.  (Same  as  MATH  670.) 

MAPL  671  Ordinary  Differential  Equa- 
tions II  (3)  Prerequisites,  MATH  630  and 
MATH/MAPL  670  or  equivalent.  The  con- 
tent of  this  course  varies  with  the  in- 
terests of  the  instructor  and  the  class. 
Stability  theory,  control,  time  delay 
systems,  Hamiltonian  systems,  Bifurca- 
tion theory,  and  boundary  value  prob- 
lems. (Same  as  MATH  671.) 

MAPL  673  Classical  Methods  in  Partial 
Differential  Equations  I  (3)  Prerequisite, 
MATH  410  or  equivalent.  Cauchy  problem 
for  the  wave  equation  and  heat  equation, 
Dirichlet  and  Neumann  problem  for  Lap- 
lace's equation.  Classification  of  equa- 
tions, Cauchy-Kowaleski  theorem. 
General  second  order  linear  and  non- 
linear elliptic  and  parabolic  equations. 
(Same  as  MATH  673.) 

MAPL  674  Classical  Methods  in  Partial 

Differential  Equations  II  (3)  Prerequisite, 
MATH/MAPL  673.  General  theory  of  first 
order  partial  differential  equations, 
characteristics,  complete  integrals, 
Hamilton-Jacobi  theory.  Hyperbolic 
systems  in  two  independent  variables, 
existence  and  uniqueness,  shock  waves, 
applications  to  compressible  flow.  (Same 
as  MATH  674.) 

MAPL  680  Eigenvalue  and  Boundary 
Value  Problems  I  (3)  Prerequisite,  MATH 
405  and  410  or  equivalent.  Operational 
methods  applied  to  ordinary  differential 
equations.  Introduction  to  iinear  spaces, 
compact  operators  in  Hilbert  Space, 
study  of  Eigenvalues.  (Same  as  MATH 
680.) 

MAPL  681  Eigenvalue  and  Boundary 
Value  Problems  II  (3)  Prerequisite, 
MATH/MAPL  680.  Boundary  value  prob- 
lems for  linear  differential  equations. 
Methods  of  energy  integrals  applied  to 
Laplace's  equation,  heat  equation  and 
the  wave  equation.  Study  of  Eigenvalues. 
(Same  as  MATH  681.) 

MAPL  685  Modem  Methods  in  Partial 
Differential  Equations  I  (3)  Prerequisite, 
MATH  630  and  631.  Spaces  of  distribu- 
tions, Fourier  transforms,  concept  of 
weak  and  strong  solutions.  Existence, 
uniqueness  and  regularity  theory  for 
elliptic  and  parabolic  problems  using 
methods  of  functional  analysis.  (Same  as 
MATH  685.) 

MAPL  686  Modem  Methods  in  Partial 
Differential  Equations  II  (3)  Prerequisite, 
MATH/MAPL  685.  Emphasis  on  nonlinear 
problems.  Sobolev  embedding  theorems, 
methods  of  monotonicity,  compactness, 
applications  to  elliptic,  parabolic  and 
hyperbolic  problems.  (Same  as  MATH 
686.) 

MAPL  698  Advanced  Topics  in  Applied 
Mathematics  (1-4)  Prerequisite,  consent 
of  instructor.  Repeatable  if  topic  differs. 

MAPL  699  Applied  Mathematics  Seminar 
(1-3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 


64  I  Graduate  Programs 


Seminar  to  acquaint  students  with  a 
variety  of  applications  of  mathematics 
and  to  develop  skills  in  presentation 
techniques.  Repeatable  if  topic  differs. 

MAPL  701  Introduction  to  Continuum 
Mechanics  (3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor. Background  from  algebra  and 
geometry,  kinematics  of  deformation. 
Stress  equations  of  motion,  thermody- 
namics of  deforming  continua.  Theory  of 
constitutive  relations.  Materials  with 
memory.  Initial  boundary  value  problems 
of  nonlinear  solid  and  fluid  ther- 
momechanics.  Boundary  value  problems 
of  linear  theories  of  solids  and  fluids. 

MAPL  710  Linear  Elasticity  (3)  Prereq 
uisite,  MAPL  701,  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Formulation  of  the  equations.  Com- 
patability,  uniqueness,  existence,  repre- 
sentation and  qualitative  behavior  of 
solutions.  Variational  principles.  St.  Ve- 
nant  beam  problems,  plane  strain  and 
plane  stress,  half-space  problems,  con- 
tact problems,  vibration  problems,  wave 
propagation.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  for- 
mulation and  technique  rather  than  on 
specific  examples. 

MAPL  711  Non-Linear  Elasticity  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, MAPL  701,  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Formulation  of  initial  boundary 
value  problems.  Constitutive  restrictions. 
Special  solutions.  Perturbation  methods 
and  their  validity.  Theories  of  rods  and 
shells.  Buckling  and  stability.  Shock 
propagation. 

MAPL  720  Fluid  Dynamics  I  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, consent  of  instructor.  A 
mathematical  formulation  and  treatment 
of  problems  arising  in  the  theory  of  in- 
compressible, compressible  and  viscous 
fluids. 

MAPL  721  Fluid  Dynamics  II  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, consent  of  instructor.  A  continua- 
tion of  MAPL  720. 

MAPL  731  Information  Theory  (3)  Coreq- 
uisite,  ENEE  620.  Prerequisite,  STAT  400 
or  equivalent.  Information  measure,  en- 
trophy,  mutual  information;  source  en- 
coding; noiseless  coding  theorem,  noisy 
coding  theorem;  exponential  error 
bounds;  introduction  to  probalistic  error 
correcting  codes,  block  and  convolu- 
tional  codes  and  error  bounds;  channels 
with  memory;  continuous  channels;  rate 
distortion  function.  (Same  as  ENEE  721.) 

MAPL  732  Error  Correcting  Codes  (3)  In- 
troduction to  linear  codes;  bounds  on 
the  error  correction  capabilities  of  codes; 
convolutional  codes  with  threshold,  se- 
quential and  Viterbi  decoding;  cyclic  ran- 
dom error  correcting  codes;  P-N  se- 
quences; cyclic  and  convolutional  burst 
error  correcting  codes.  (Listed  also  as 
ENEE  722.) 

MAPL  735  Advanced  Methods  and 
Algorithms  in  Detection  and  Filtering  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ENEE  621.  Foundations  of 
random  processes.  Conditional  expecta- 
tions. Markov  processes  and  martingales. 
ITO  calculus.  Detection  and  estimation 
of  continuous  signals  with  continuous 
observations.  Jump  processes.  Detection 


and  estimation  with  discontinuous  obser- 
vations. Discrete  time  case.  Fast 
algorithms  for  digital  filtering  problems. 
(Listed  also  as  ENEE  772.) 

MAPL  740  Mathematical  Methods  in 
Control  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite, 
ENEE  663  or  consent  of  instructor.  Ap- 
plications of  compactness  in  control  and 
communication,  geometric  methods  in 
optimal  control  of  lumped  and  distri- 
buted systems  and  harmonic  analysis  of 
linear  systems.  Applications  to  control 
and  estimation  problems.  (Listed  also  as 
ENEE  760.) 

MAPL  741  Control  of  Distributed 
Parameter  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite,  an 
introductory  course  in  functional  analytic 
methods  at  the  level  of  ENEE  760,  and 
background  in  control  and  system 
theory.  Study  of  systems  governed  by 
partial  differential  equations.  Delay 
systems.  Boundary  and  distributed  con- 
trol, Lyapunov  stability.  Optimal  control 
of  systems  governed  by  partial  differen- 
tial equations  and  of  delay  systems.  Ap- 
plications to  continuum  mechanics, 
distributed  networks,  biology,  economics, 
and  engineering.  (Same  as  ENEE  761.) 

MAPL  742  Stochastic  Control  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, ENEE  620  or  equivalent;  and 
ENEE  663/MAPL  640;  or  consent  of  the 
instructor.  Stochastic  control  systems, 
numerical  methods  for  Ricatti  equation, 
the  separation  principle,  control  of  linear 
systems  with  Gaussian  signals  and 
quadratic  cost,  non-linear  stochastic  con- 
trol, stochastic  stability,  introduction  to 
stochastic  games.  (Same  as  ENEE  762.) 

MAPL  799  Master's  Thesis  Research 
(1-6) 

MAPL  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research  (1-8) 


Art  Program 


Professor  and  Chairman:  Levitine 
Professors:  deLeiris,  Denny,  Driskell, 

Lynch,  Lembach,  Pemberton,  Rearick. 
Associate  Professors:  Campbell, 

DiFederico,  Farquhar,  Forbes,  Gelman, 

Klank,  Lapinski,  Niese. 
Assistant  Professors:  Clapsaddle, 

DeMonte,  Green,  Hauptman,  Johns, 

Puryear,  Reid,  Spiro,  Weigl, 

Wheelock,  Willis,  Withers. 
The  Department  of  Art  offers  pro- 
grams of  graduate  study  leading  to 
the  degrees  of  Master  of  Arts  in  art 
history.  Master  of  Fine  Arts  in 
studio  art  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy 
in  art  history.  Both  disciplines, 
rooted  in  the  concept  of  art  as  a 
humanistic  experience,  share  an  es- 
sential common  aim:  the  develop- 
ment of  the  student's  aesthetic 
sensitivity,  understanding  and 
knowledge.  The  major  in  art  history 
is  committed  to  the  advanced  study 
and  scholarly  interpretation  of  ex- 
isting works  of  art,  from  the  prehis- 
toric era  to  the  present,  while  the 


studio  major  stresses  the  student's 
direct  participation  in  the  creation  of 
works  of  art. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 
For  admission  to  graduate  study  in 
studio  art,  an  undergraduate  degree 
with  an  art  major  from  an  accredited 
college  or  university,  or  its  equiv- 
alent, is  required.  The  candidate 
should  have  approximately  30  credit 
hours  of  undergraduate  work  in 
studio  courses  and  12  credit  hours 
in  art  history  courses.  Other 
humanities  area  courses  should  be 
part  of  the  candidate's  undergradu- 
ate preparation.  In  addition,  special 
departmental  requirements  must  be 
met.  A  candidate  for  the  Master  of 
Fine  Arts  degree  will  be  required  to 
pass  an  oral  comprehensive  exami- 
nation, present  an  exhibition  of  his 
thesis  work,  write  an  abstract  based 
on  the  thesis,  and  present  an  oral 
defense  of  the  thesis. 

For  admission  to  graduate  study 
in  art  history,  in  addition  to  the  ap- 
proved undergraduate  degree,  or  its 
equivalent,  special  departmental  re- 
quirements must  be  met.  Depart- 
mental requirements  for  the  Master 
of  Arts  degree  in  Art  History  include 
ARTH  692;  reading  knowledge  of 
French  or  German  (evidenced  by  an 
examination  administered  by  the  Art 
Department);  a  written  comprehen- 
sive examination  which  tests  the 
candidate's  knowledge  and  compre- 
hension of  principal  areas  and 
phases  of  art  history;  a  thesis  which 
demonstrates  competency  in  re- 
search and  in  original  investigation 
by  the  candidate;  and  a  final  oral  ex- 
amination on  the  thesis  and  the 
field  which  it  represents. 

Requirements  for  the  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  degree  in  Art  History  in- 
clude ARTH  692;  reading  knowledge 
of  French  and  German;  an  oral  ex- 
amination and  a  written  examina- 
tion; a  dissertation  which  demon- 
strates the  candidate's  capacity  to 
perform  independent  research  in  the 
field  of  art  history;  and  a  final  oral 
examination  on  the  dissertation  and 
the  field  it  represents. 

Applicants  are  encouraged  to  sub- 
mit their  applications  by  early  March 
for  entrance  in  the  fall  and  by  early 
October  for  entrance  in  Spring  as 
the  available  spaces  are  usually 
filled  early. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 
The  Middle  Atlantic  Symposium  in 
the  History  of  Art  is  an  annual 
Spring  event  which  is  sponsored  by 
the  University  of  Maryland  and  held 
jointly  at  the  National  Gallery  of  Art 
and  the  University.  This  symposium 


Graduate  Programs  /  65 


provides  the  opportunity  for  ad- 
vanced graduate  students  from  the 
member  institutions  to  present  their 
research  in  professional  form.  From 
time  to  time  the  Department  of  Art 
also  publishes  abstracts  of  the  Sym- 
posium papers  in  Studies  in  Art 
History  presented  at  the  Middle 
Atlantic  Symposium  in  the  History 
of  Art. 

In  the  summer  of  1979,  the  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland  Caesarea  Project 
will  begin  excavations  at  Caesarea 
Maritima,  Israel.  Qualified  graduate 
students  are  eligible  for  participation 
in  the  excavations,  and  work  at  this 
site  may  lead  to  M.A.  or  Ph.D. 
dissertation  subjects. 

The  University  of  Maryland  is 
thirty-five  minutes  from  the  National 
Gallery,  the  National  Collection  of 
Fine  Arts  and  Portrait  Gallery,  the 
Freer  Gallery,  the  Corcoran  Gallery, 
the  Phillips  Gallery,  Dumbarton 
Oaks,  the  Hirshhorn  Collection.  In 
Baltimore,  forty-five  minutes  from 
the  University,  is  the  Museum  of  Art 
and  the  Walters  Gallery. 

Financial  Assistance 

A  limited  number  of  graduate  assis- 
tantships  are  available  in  art. 

Additional  Information 

Description  of  Departmental  re- 
quirements for  the  above  programs 
and  other  information  may  be  ob- 
tained from  the  Department  of  Art. 
For  information  on  work  leading 
to  the  degree  of  Master  of  Educa- 
tion in  art  education,  the  student  is 
referred  to  the  section  devoted  to 
Secondary  Education  in  this  catalog. 

Courses 

Art  Education 

ARTE  600  Advanced  Problems  in  Art 
Education.  (3) 

ARTE  601  Advanced  Problems  in  Art 
Education.  (3) 

ARTE  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

Art  History 

ARTH  401  Greek  and  Roman  Painting.  (3) 

Survey  of  Greek  and  Roman  frescoes 
and  panels;  study  of  extant  paintings 
and  lost  works  known  only  through 
literary  sources. 

ARTH  402  Classical  Art.  (3)  Architecture, 
sculpture  and  painting  in  the  classical 
cultures.  First  semester  will  stress 
Greece. 

ARTH  403  Classical  Art.  (3)  Architecture, 
sculpture  and  painting  in  the  classical 
cultures.  Second  semester  will  stress 
Rome. 

ARTH  404  Bronze  Age  Art.  (3)  Art  of  the 
Near  East,  Egypt  and  Aegean. 


ARTH  405  Japanese  Painting.  (3)  Survey 
of  Japanese  painting  from  the  sixth 
through  the  sixteenth  centuries,  includ- 
ing traditional  Buddhist  painting,  narra- 
tive scrolls,  and  zen-related  ink  painting. 

ARTH  406  Arts  of  the  East  I.  (3)  The  arts 
of  Japan  and  China  from  prehistoric  to 
1400. 

ARTH  407  Arts  of  the  East  II.  (3)  The  arts 
of  Japan  and  China  from  the  1400s  to 
the  present. 

ARTH  410  Early  Christian- Early  Byzan- 
tine Art.  (3)  Sculpture,  painting,  architec- 
ture, and  the  minor  arts  from  about  312 
to  726  A.D. 

ARTH  411  Byzantine  Art:  726-1453.  (3) 

Sculpture,  painting,  architecture  and  the 
minor  arts  from  726  to  1453  A.D. 

ARTH  412  Medieval  Art.  (3)  Architecture, 
sculpture  and  painting  in  the  middle 
ages.  First  semester  will  stress 
romanesque. 

ARTH  413  Medieval  Art.  (3)  Architecture, 
sculpture  and  painting  in  the  middle 
ages.  Second  semester  will  stress  the 
Gothic  period. 

ARTH  416  Northern  European  Painting  in 
the  15th  Century.  (3)  Painting  in  the 
Netherlands,  France  and  Germany. 

ARTH  417  Northern  European  Painting  in 
the  16th  Century.  (3)  Painting  in  the 
Netherlands,  France  and  Germany. 

ARTH  422  Early  Renaissance  Art  in 
Italy.  (3)  Architecture,  sculpture  and  paint- 
ing from  about  1400  to  1430. 

ARTH  423  Early  Renaissance  Art  in 
Italy.  (3)  Architecture,  sculpture  and  paint- 
ing from  about  1430  to  1475. 

ARTH  424  High  Renaissance  Art  in  Italy. 

(3)  Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting 
from  about  1475  to  1500. 

ARTH  425  High  Renaissance  Art  in 
Italy.  (3)  Architecture,  sculpture  and  paint- 
ing from  about  1500  to  1525. 

ARTH  430  European  Baroque  Art.  (3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  of 
the  major  southern  European  centers  in 
the  17th  century. 

ARTH  431  European  Baroque  Art,  (3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  of 
the  major  northern  European  centers  in 
the  17th  century. 

ARTH  434  French  Painting..  (3)  French 
painting  from  1400  to  1600.  From  Fou- 
quet  to  Poussin. 

ARTH  435  French  Painting.  (3)  French 
painting  from  1600  to  1800.  From  Le 
Brun  to  David. 

ARTH  440  19th  Century  European  Art.  (3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  in 
Europe  from  neo-classicism  to 
•omanticism. 

ARTH  441  19th  Century  European  Art.  (3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  in 
Europe.  From  realism,  to  impressionism 
and  symbolism. 


ARTH  445  Impressionism  and  Neo- 

Impressionism.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ARTH 
260,  261  or  consent  of  instructor.  History 
of  impressionism  and  neo-impressionism: 
artists,  styles,  art  theories,  criticism, 
sources  and  influence  on  20th  century. 

ARTH  450  20th  Century  Art.  (3)  Painting, 
sculpture  and  architecture  from  the  late 
19th  century  to  1920. 

ARTH  451  20th  Century  Art.  (3)  Painting, 
sculpture  and  architecture  from  1920  to 
the  present. 

ARTH  452  History  of  Photography.  (3) 

History  of  photography  as  art  from  1839 
to  the  present. 

ARTH  454  Nineteenth  and  Twentieth 
Century  Sculpture.  (3)  Trends  in 
sculpture  from  neo-classicism  to  the  pre- 
sent. Emphasis  will  be  put  on  the 
redefinition  of  sculpture  during  the  20th 
century. 

ARTH  460  History  of  the  Graphic  Arts.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ARTH  100,  or  ARTH  260 
and  261,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Graphic  techniques  and  styles  in  Europe 
from  1400  to  1800;  contributions  of  major 
artists. 

ARTH  462  African  Art.  (3)  First  semester, 
the  cultures  west  of  the  Niger  River  (Ni- 
geria through  Mali)  from  400  B.C.  to  the 
present.  The  art  is  studied  through  its 
iconography  and  function  in  the  culture 
and  the  intercultural  influences  upon  the 
artists,  including  a  study  of  the 
societies,  cults  and  ceremonies  during 
which  the  art  was  used. 

ARTH  463  African  Art.  (3)  Second 
semester,  the  cultures  east  and  south  of 
Nigeria.  The  art  is  studied  through  its 
iconography  and  function  in  the  culture 
and  the  intercultural  influences  upon  the 
artists,  including  a  study  of  the 
societies,  cults  and  ceremonies  during 
which  the  art  was  used. 

ARTH  464  African  Art  Research.  (3) 

Seminar  with  concentration  on  particular 
aspects  of  African  Art.  The  course  is 
given  at  the  Museum  of  African  Art  in 
Washington,  D.C. 

ARTH  470  Latin  American  Art.  (3)  Art  of 

the  pre-hispanic  and  the  colonial  periods. 

ARTH  471  Latin  American  Art.  (3)  Art  of 

the  19th  and  20th  centuries. 

ARTH  476  History  of  American  Art.  (3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  in 
the  United  States  from  the  colonial 
period  to  about  1875. 

ARTH  477  History  of  American  Art.  (3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  in 
the  United  States  from  about  1875  to  the 
present. 

ARTH  489  Special  Topics  in  Art  History 

(3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  department 
head  or  instructor.  May  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits. 

ARTH  498  Directed  Studies  in  Art  His- 
tory I.  (2-3)  For  advanced  students,  by 
permission  of  department  chairman. 


66  /  Graduate  Programs 


Course  may  be  repeated  for  credit  if  con- 
tent differs. 

ARTH  499  Directed  Studies  in  Art 
History  II.  (2-3) 

ARTH  612  Romanesque  Art.  (3)  Painting 
and  sculpture  in  western  Europe  in  the 
11th  and  12th  centuries;  regional  styles; 
relationships  between  styles  of  painting 
and  sculpture;  religious  content. 

ARTH  614  Gothic  Art.  (3)  Painting  and 
sculpture  in  western  Europe  in  the  11th 
and  12th  centuries;  regional  styles;  rela- 
tionships between  styles  of  painting  and 
sculpture;  religious  content. 

ARTH  630  The  Art  of  Mannerism.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Art  423  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. Mannerism  in  Europe  during  the 
16th  century;  beginnings  in  Italy;  ramifi- 
cations in  France,  Germany,  Flanders, 
Spain;  painting,  architecture,  and 
sculpture. 

ARTH  634  French  Painting  from  LeBrun 
to  Gericault  —  1715-1815  Development 
of  iconography  and  style  from  the  Bar- 
oque to  neo-classicism  and  romanticism. 
Trends  and  major  artists. 

ARTH  656  19th  Century  Realism, 
1830-1860.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ART  440  or 
441  or  equivalent.  Courbet  and  the  prob- 
lem of  realism;  precursors,  David, 
Gericault,  landscape  schools;  Manet;  ar- 
tistic and  social  theories;  realism  outside 
France. 

ARTH  662  20th  Century  European  Art.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ART  450,  451  or  equivalent. 
A  detailed  examination  of  the  art  of  an 
individual  country  in  the  20th  century: 
France,  Germany,  Italy,  Spain,  England. 

ARTH  676  20th  Century  American  Art.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ART  450,  451  or  equivalent. 
The  'eight,'  the  Armory  Show,  American 
abstraction,  romantic-realism,  new  deal 
art  projects,  American  surrealism  and 
expressionism. 

ARTH  692  Methods  of  Art  History.  (3) 

Methods  of  research  and  criticism  ap- 
plied to  typical  art-historical  problems; 
bibliography  and  other  research  tools. 
May  be  taken  for  credit  one  or  two 
semesters. 

ARTH  694  Museum  Training  Program.  (3) 

ARTH  695  Museum  Training  Program.  (3) 

ARTH  698  Directed  Graduate  Studies  in 
Art  History.  (3)  For  advanced  graduate 
students,  by  permission  of  head  of  de- 
partment. Course  may  be  repeated  for 
credit  if  content  differs. 

ARTH  699  Special  Topics  in  Art  History 

(3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  department 
head  or  instructor. 

ARTH  702  Seminar  in  Classical  Art.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ARTH  402,  403  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

ARTH  712  Seminar  in  Medieval  Art.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ARTH  412,  413  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

ARTH  728  Seminar  Topics  in  Italian 
Renaissance  Art.  (3)  Problems  selected 


from  significant  themes  in  the  field  of 
Italian  renaissance  art  and  architecture, 
1200-1600.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  if 
content  differs. 

ARTH  736  Seminar  in  18th  Century  Euro- 
pean Art.  (3) 

ARTH  740  Seminar  in  Romanticism.  (3) 

Problems  derived  from  the  development 
of  romantic  art  during  the  18th  and  19th 
centuries. 

ARTH  743  Seminar  in  19th  Century  Euro- 
pean Art.  (3)  Problems  derived  from  the 
period  starting  with  David  and  ending 
with  Cezanne. 

ARTH  760  Seminar  in  Contemporary  Art 
(3) 

ARTH  770  Seminar  in  Latin-American  Art 

(3)  Prerequisite,  ARTH  471  or  permission 
of  instructor. 

ARTH  772  Seminar  in  Modern  Mexican 
Art.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ARTH  471  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  Problems  of  Mexican 
art  of  the  19th  and  20th  centuries;  Mex- 
icanismo;  The  mural  renaissance';  archi- 
tectural regionalism. 

ARTH  774  Seminar  in  19th  Century 
American  Art.  (3)  Problems  in  architec- 
ture and  painting  from  the  end  of  the 
colonial  period  until  1860. 

ARTH  780  Seminar  —  Problems  in  Arch- 
itectural History  and  Criticism.  (3) 

ARTH  784  Seminar  in  Literary  Sources  of 
Art  History.  (3)  Art  historical  sources 
from  Pliny  to  Malraux. 

ARTH  798  Directed  Graduate  Studies  in 
Art  History.  (3) 

ARTH  799  Master's  Thesis  Research 
(1-6) 

ARTH  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research.  (1-8) 


Art  Studio 

ARTS  404  Experiments  in  Visual  Pro- 
cesses. (3)  Six  hours  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisites, either  ARTS  220,  330  or  340.  In- 
vestigation and  execution  of  process 
oriented  art.  Group  and  individual  ex- 
perimental projects. 

ARTS  410  Drawing  IV.  (3)  Six  hours  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  ARTS  310.  Advanced 
drawing,  with  emphasis  on  human  figure, 
its  structure  and  organic  likeness  to 
forms  in  nature.  Compositional  problems 
deriving  from  this  relationship  are  also 
stressed. 

ARTS  420  Painting  IV.  (3)  Six  hours  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  ARTS  324.  Creative 
painting.  Emphasis  on  personal  direction 
and  self-criticism.  Group  seminars. 

ARTS  430  Sculpture  IV.  (3)  Six  hours  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  ARTS  335.  Problems 
and  techniques  of  newer  concepts,  utiliz- 
ing various  materials,  such  as  plastics 
and  metals.  Technical  aspects  of  welding 
stressed. 


ARTS  440  Printmaking  III.  (3)  Six  hours 
per  week.  Prerequisite,  ARTS  340  and 
344.  Contemporary  experimental  tech- 
niques of  one  print  medium  with  group 
discussions. 

ARTS  441  Printmaking  IV.  (3)  Six  hours 
per  week.  Prerequisite,  ARTS  440.  Con- 
tinuation of  ARTS  440. 

ARTS  489  Special  Problems  in  Studio 
Arts.  (3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
hours. 

ARTS  498  Directed  Studies  in  Studio  Art 
(2-3)  For  advanced  students,  by  permis- 
sion of  department  chairman.  Course 
may  be  repeated  for  credit  if  content 
differs. 

ARTS  610  Drawing.  (3)  Sustained  treat- 
ment of  a  theme  chosen  by  student. 
Wide  variety  of  media. 

ARTS  614  Drawing.  (3)  Traditional  mate- 
rials and  methods  including  oriental, 
sumi  ink  drawing  and  techniques  of  clas- 
sical European  masters. 

ART  616  Drawing  (3)  Detailed  anatomical 
study  of  the  human  figure  and  prepara- 
tion of  large  scale  mural  compositions. 

ARTS  620  Painting  (3) 

ARTS  624  Painting  (3) 

ARTS  626  Painting  (3) 

ARTS  627  Painting  (3) 

ARTS  630  Experimentation  in  Sculpture 

(3) 

ARTS  634  Experimentation  in  Sculpture 

(3) 

ARTS  636  Materials  and  Techniques  in 
Sculpture.  (3)  For  advanced  students, 
methods  of  armature  building,  and  the 
use  of  a  variety  of  stone,  wood,  metal, 
and  plastic  materials. 

ARTS  637  Sculpture-Casting  and  Foun- 
dry. (3)  The  traditional  methods  of  plaster 
casting  and  the  complicated  types  involv- 
ing metal,  cire  perdue,  sand-casting  and 
newer  methods,  such  as  cold  metal 
process. 

ARTS  640  Printmaking.  (3)  Advanced 
problems.  Relief  process. 

ARTS  644  Printmaking.  (3)  Advanced 
problems.  Intaglia  process. 

ARTS  646  Printmaking.  (3)  Advanced 
problems.  Lithographic  process. 

ARTS  647  Seminar  in  Printmaking.  (3) 

ARTS  689  Special  Problems  in  Studio 
Art.  (3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
hours. 

ARTS  690  Drawing  and  Painting.  (3) 

Preparation  and  execution  of  a  wall 
decoration. 

ARTS   698  Directed  Graduate  Studies  in 
Studio  Art.  (3)  For  advanced  graduate 
students  by  permission  of  head  of  de- 
partment. Course  may  be  repeated  for 
credit  if  content  differs. 

Graduate  Programs  /  67 


ARTS  798  Directed  Graduate  Studies  in 
Studio  Art.  (3) 

ARTS  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 


Astronomy  Program 

Professor  and  Director:  Kerr 

Professors:  Bell,  Erickson,  Kundu,  Opik 
(part-time),  Rose,  Smith,  Wentzel, 
Zuckerman 

Adjunct  Professors:  Brandt,  Musen 

Associate  Professors:  A'Hearn, 

Harrington,  Matthews,  Trimble  (part- 
time),  Zipoy 

Adjunct  Associate  Professor:  Clark 

Assistant  Professors:  Eichler,  Scott, 
Wilson 

Lecturer:  Deming 

The  Astronomy  Program,  ad- 
ministratively part  of  the  Department 
of  Physics  and  Astronomy,  offers 
programs  of  study  leading  to  the 
degrees  of  M.S.  and  Ph.D.  in 
Astronomy.  The  M.S.  program  in- 
cludes both  thesis  and  non-thesis 
options.  Areas  of  specialization  in- 
clude: galactic  structure,  interstellar 
medium,  extragalactic  astronomy, 
stellar  atmospheres,  stellar  evolu- 
tion, solar  physics,  solar  system, 
celestial  mechanics,  astronomical  in- 
strumentation, and  cometary 
studies. 

A  full  schedule  of  courses  in  all 
fields  of  astronomy  is  offered  in- 
cluding galactic  astronomy,  astro- 
physics, solar  system  astronomy, 
observational  astronomy,  celestial 
mechanics,  solar  physics,  study  of 
the  interstellar  medium  and  ex- 
tragalactic astronomy.  The  faculty 
has  expertise  in  most  major 
branches  of  astronomy.  The 
research  program  is  centered  around 
several  major  areas  of  interest.  The 
first  one  is  the  study  of  our  galaxy; 
its  large-scale  spiral  structure,  detail- 
ed structure  and  theory  of  in- 
terstellar gas  clouds,  the  theory  of 
the  interaction  between  cosmic  rays 
and  the  gas,  and  the  distribution  of 
different  types  of  stars.  The  second 
is  the  study  of  stellar  atmospheres 
and  interiors,  including  also  the 
solar  atmosphere,  stellar  evolution, 
and  planetary  nebulae.  The  third 
area  is  the  structure  of  extragalactic 
radio  sources.  Research  is  also 
done  on  the  physics  of  the  solar 
system. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

No  formal  undergraduate  course 
work  in  astronomy  is  required. 
However,  an  entering  student  should 
have  a  working  knowledge  of  the 

68  /  Graduate  Programs 


basic  facts  of  astronomy  such  as  is 
obtainable  from  one  of  the  many 
elementary  textbooks.  A  more  ad- 
vanced knowledge  of  astronomy  will 
of  course  enable  a  student  to  pro- 
gress more  rapidly  during  the  first 
year  of  graduate  work. 

Normally  a  satisfactory  score  on 
the  GRE  Advanced  Test  in  Physics 
is  required  before  an  applicant's  ad- 
mission to  the  Graduate  School  will 
be  considered.  In  special  cases,  the 
Graduate  Entrance  Committee  may 
waive  this  requirement,  and  set 
other  conditions  as  a  requirement 
for  admission,  to  be  fulfilled  either 
before  admission  or  during  the  first 
year  at  Maryland. 

Qualification  for  the  Ph.D.  pro- 
gram (which  is  decided  in  the  mid- 
dle or  at  the  end  of  the  second  year) 
requires  a  written  examination  on 
basic  astronomy  at  the  end  of  the 
first  year  and  an  extensive  research 
project  during  the  second  year. 
Overall  performance  in  the  exam, 
course  work  and  research  deter- 
mines admission  to  the  Ph.D. 
program. 

All  students  must  demonstrate 
competence  both  in  theoretical 
astrophysics  and  in  radio  and  op- 
tical observing  techniques.  The 
former  can  normally  be  satisfied  by 
taking  ASTR  650,  651  and  the  latter 
by  taking  ASTR  411.  All  students 
must  take  at  least  two  credits  of 
ASTR  698.  No  other  Astronomy 
courses  are  specifically  required,  but 
candidates  for  the  Ph.D.  should  ex- 
pect to  take  a  number  of  courses  at 
the  600  level  according  to  their 
interests. 

Candidates  for  the  Master  of 
Science  Degree  with  thesis  are  re- 
quired to  obtain  24  credits  (exclusive 
of  registration  for  masters  research) 
of  which  at  least  12  are  in  the  major 
area  and  at  least  12  must  be  at  the 
600  level  (not  necessarily  the  same 
12).  In  addition,  at  least  6  credits 
must  be  in  a  related  field  (support- 
ing area). 

To  obtain  the  Master  of  Science 
Degree  without  a  thesis,  6  credits  in 
the  major  at  the  600  level  are  re- 
quired in  addition  to  the  general  re- 
quirements described  above.  That  is, 
a  total  of  30  credits  are  required,  of 
which  18  must  be  in  the  major,  and 
at  least  18  at  the  600  level.  The  stu- 
dent must  also  pass  a  written  ex- 
amination, usually  consisting  of  the 
written  part  of  the  Ph.D.  Qualifying 
Examnation  with  appropriately 
chosen  passing  requirements. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Astronomy  Program  carries  on 


an  extensive  research  program  in 
the  areas  discussed  above  with  the 
graduate  students  playing  an  active 
role  in  this  research.  Approximately 
one-fourth  of  all  research  papers 
published  have  a  graduate  student 
as  one  of  the  authors.  The  Program 
maintains  a  small  optical  obser- 
vatory on  campus.  Due  to  the  site, 
its  main  use  is  to  enable  students 
to  gain  experience  in  observational 
techniques  and  to  test  out  new 
equipment.  There  is  an  important  ef- 
fort in  the  program  devoted  to  the 
development  of  optical  instrumenta- 
tion. A  Fourier  Transform  Spec- 
trometer is  now  essentially  opera- 
tional and  a  photoelectric  Fabry 
Perot  Interferometer  is  being 
developed. 

The  Program  also  operates  a  radio 
observatory  near  Borrego  Springs, 
California.  This  is  designed  to  oper- 
ate at  meter  wavelengths  and  is  one 
of  the  major  long  wavelength  ob- 
servatories in  the  country.  A  major 
commitment  of  this  observatory  will 
be  to  solar  research,  with  the  im- 
mediate aim  of  developing  a  radio 
heliograph  which  can  provide  real 
time  mapping  of  the  radio  sun.  Work 
will  also  go  on  there  in  the  areas  of 
galactic  and  extragalactic  radio 
astronomy. 

The  library  facilities  of  the  Pro- 
gram have  recently  benefited  from 
the  acquisition  of  a  major  new  col- 
lection. Reorganization  of  the  cur- 
rent facilities  is  in  process.  When 
completed,  the  Astronomy  library 
should  be  one  of  the  foremost  col- 
lections in  the  country. 

The  Program  has  strong  interac- 
tion with  the  national  astronomy 
observatories,  and  many  of  the 
students  and  faculty  carry  on 
observing  programs  at  them.  There 
are  also  very  close  ties  with 
neighboring  scientific  institutes.  A 
major  program  of  cooperative 
research  has  been  established  with 
the  Goddard  Space  Flight  Center 
and  a  number  of  graduate  students 
carry  on  research  programs  there. 
There  are  also  close  contacts  with 
the  Naval  Observatory,  the  Naval 
Research  Labs  and  other  govern- 
ment institutes. 

Financial  Assistance 

Essentially  all  eligible  graduate 
students  are  funded.  The  program 
offers  both  Research  and  Teaching 
Assistantships. 

Additional  Information 

For  more  information,  especially  for 
physics  courses  related  to  astron- 
omy, see  the  section  on  Physics.  A 


brochure  entitled  "Graduate  Study  in 
Astronomy,"  describing  the  re- 
quirements, the  courses  and  the 
research  program  in  detail,  is 
available  from  the  department.  All 
correspondence,  including  that  con- 
cerning admission  to  the  Astronomy 
Program,  should  be  addressed  to: 

Astronomy  Program 

University  of  Maryland 

Courses 

ASTR  400  Introduction  to  Astrophysics  I. 

(3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Pre-  or  core- 
quisite,  PHYS  422  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Spectroscopy,  structure  of  the  at- 
mospheres of  the  sun  and  other  stars. 
Observational  data  and  curves  of  growth. 
Chemical  composition. 

ASTR  401  Introduction  to  Astrophysics 

II.  (3)  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
ASTR  400.  A  brief  survey  of  stellar  struc- 
ture and  evolution,  and  of  the  physics  of 
low-density  gasses,  such  as  the  in- 
terstellar medium  and  the  solar  at- 
mosphere. Emphasis  is  placed  on  a  good 
understanding  of  a  few  theoretical  con- 
cepts that  have  wide  astrophysical 
applications. 

ASTR  410  Observational  Astronomy.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  working  knowledge  of  cal- 
culus, physics  through  PHYS  284,  or  263, 
and  3  credits  of  Astronomy.  An  introduc- 
tion to  current  methods  of  obtaining 
astronomical  information  including  radio, 
infrared,  optical,  ultra-violet,  and  x-ray 
astronomy.  The  laboratory  work  will  in- 
volve photographic  and  photoelectric 
observations  with  the  department's  op- 
tical telescope  and  21-cm  line  spec- 
troscopy, flux  measurements  and  inter- 
ferometry  with  the  department's 
radiotelescopes. 

ASTR  411  Observational  Astronomy.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  ASTR  410,  working  knowl- 
edge of  calculus,  physics  through  PHYS 
284,  or  263,  and  3  credits  of  astronomy. 
An  introduction  to  current  methods  of 
obtaining  astronomical  information  in- 
cluding radio,  infrared,  optical,  ultra- 
violet, and  x-ray  astronomy.  The 
laboratory  work  will  involve  photographic 
and  photoelectric  observations  with  the 
department's  optical  telescope  and 
21-cm  line  spectroscopy,  flux  measure- 
ments and  interferometry  with  the 
department's  radiotelescopes.  Obser- 
vatory work  on  individual  projects.  Every 
semester. 

ASTR  420  Introduction  to  Galactic 
Research.  (3)  Prerequisite,  PHYS  192  and 
ASTR  182  or  equivalent,  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Methods  of  galactic  research, 
stellar  motions,  clusters  of  stars,  evolu- 
tion of  the  galaxy,  study  of  our  own  and 
nearby  galaxies. 

ASTR  430  The  Solar  System.  (3)  Prere- 
quisite, MATH  246  and  either  PHYS  263 
or  PHYS  294,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
The  structure  of  planetary  atmospheres, 
radiative  transfer  in  planetary  at- 
mospheres, remote  sensing  of  planetary 


surfaces,  interior  structure  of  planets. 
Structure  of  comets.  Brief  discussions  of 
asteroids,  satellite  systems,  and  solar 
system  evolution. 

ASTR  440  Introduction  of  Extra-Galactic 
Astronomy.  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  192 
and  ASTR  182  or  equivalent,  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Properties  of  normal  and 
peculiar  galaxies,  including  radio  galaxies 
and  quasars:  expansion  of  the  universe 
and  cosmology. 

ASTR  450  Celestial  Mechanics.  (3)  Three 
lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  PHYS  410 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Celestial 
mechanics,  orbit  theory,  equations  of 
motion. 

ASTR  498  Special  Problems  in 
Astronomy.  (1-6)  Prerequisite,  major  in 
physics  or  astronomy  and/or  consent  of 
advisor.  Research  or  special  study. 
Credit  according  to  work  done. 

ASTR  600  Stellar  Atmospheres.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ASTR  650  or  an  equivalent 
brief  introduction  to  stellar  atmospheres, 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Observational 
methods,  line  formation,  curve  or  growth, 
equation  of  transfer,  stars  with  large  en- 
velopes, variable  stars,  novae,  magnetic 
fields  in  stars. 

ASTR  605  Stellar  Interiors.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, ASTR  651  or  an  equivalent  brief 
introduction  to  stellar  interiors,  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  A  study  of  stellar 
structure  and  evolution,  energy  transfer 
and  generation  in  the  interior  of  a  star, 
the  structure  of  stars  including  problems 
of  turbulence,  determination  of  chemical 
composition,  non-homogeneous  stars, 
pulsating  stars,  novae,  evolution  of  both 
young  and  old  stars,  the  final  stages  of 
stellar  evolution. 

ASTR  620  Galactic  Research.  (3)  Prere- 
quisites, astronomy  420,  410,  411,  or  con- 
sent of  the  instructor.  Current  methods 
of  research  into  galactic  structure, 
kinematics,  and  dynamics.  Basic  dynam- 
ical theory.  Optical  and  radio  observa- 
tional methods  and  current  results. 
Review  of  presently-determined  distribu- 
tion and  kinematics  of  the  major  consti- 
tuents of  the  galaxy.  Evolution  of  the 
galaxy. 

ASTR  625  Dynamics  of  Stellar  Systems. 

(3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
PHYS  601  or  ASTR  420.  Study  of  the 
structure  and  evolution  of  dynamical  sys- 
tems encountered  in  astronomy.  Stellar 
encounters  viewed  as  a  two-body  prob- 
lem, statistical  treatment  of  encounters, 
study  of  dynamical  problems  in  connec- 
tion with  star  clusters,  ellipsoidal  galax- 
ies, nuclei  of  galaxies,  high-velocity  stars. 

ASTR  630  Physics  of  the  Solar  System. 

(3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
PHYS  422.  A  survey  of  the  problems  of 
interplanetary  space,  the  solar  wind, 
comets  and  meteors,  planetary  structure 
and  atmospheres,  motions  of  particles  in 
the  earth's  magnetic  field. 

ASTR  650  Survey  of  Astrophysics  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PHYS  411  and  422  or  their 


equivalents,  or  consent  of  instructor.  The 
first  semester  survey  of  the  theoretical 
tools  of  astrophysics.  Gas  and  magneto- 
hydrodynamics  applied  to  interstellar  and 
solar  phenomena.  Radiation  of  high- 
energy  particles.  Introduction  to  stellar 
atmospheres. 

ASTR  651  Survey  of  Astrophysics  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ASTR  650  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Brief  survey  of  stellar  structure 
and  evolution,  and  the  physics  of  the  in- 
terstellar medium  and  the  solar 
atmosphere. 

ASTR  660  Solar  Physics.  (3)  Prere- 
quisites, PHYS  422,  ASTR  400  or  consent 
of  instructor.  A  detailed  study  of  solar 
atmosphere.  Physics  of  solar 
phenomena,  such  as  solar  flares,  struc- 
ture of  the  corona,  etc. 

ASTR  670  Interstellar  Matter.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, ASTR  651  or  an  equivalent  brief 
introduction  to  interstellar  matter,  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  phys- 
ical properties  of  interstellar  gas  and 
dust:  regions  of  ionized  hydrogen, 
regions  of  neutral  hydrogen,  the  prob- 
lems of  interstellar  dust  and  molecules. 

ASTR  688  Special  Topics  in  Modern 
Astronomy.  (1-3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor.  Special  topics  such  as  extra- 
galactic  radio  sources,  plasma  astro- 
physics, the  H.R.  diagram,  chemistry  of 
the  interstellar  medium,  radiophysics  of 
the  sun. 

ASTR  698  Seminar.  (1)  Seminars  on 
various  topics  in  advanced  astronomy 
are  held  each  semester,  with  the  con- 
tents varied  each  year.  One  credit  for 
each  semester.  There  are  weekly  collo- 
quia  by  staff,  astronomers  from  the 
Washington  area,  and  visiting  astron- 
omers, usually  on  topics  related  to  their 
own  work. 

ASTR  699  Special  Problems  in  Advanced 
Astronomy.  (1-6) 

ASTR  788  Selected  topics  in  Modem 
Astronomy.  (1-3) 

ASTR  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

ASTR  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research 
(1-8) 


Biochemistry  Program 

Professor  and  Director:  Keeney 
Professors:  Goldsby,  Holmlund,  Keeney 
Associate  Professors:  Campagnoni, 

Hansen,  Lakshmanan,  Martin, 

Sampugna 

The  Graduate  Program  in 
Biochemistry  is  the  College  Park 
component  of  the  University  of 
Maryland  Graduate  Program  in  Bio- 
chemistry which  also  has  com- 
ponents at  University  of  Maryland 
Baltimore  County  and  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland  Medical  School  and 

Graduate  Programs  /  69 


Dental  School  in  Baltimore.  The  pro- 
gram offers  study  leading  to  Master 
of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy 
degrees,  Research  specialization  at 
College  Park  is  available  in  analyti- 
cal biochemistry,  developmental  bio- 
chemistry, drug  metabolism,  enzyme 
kinetics,  immunochemistry,  lipid 
biochemistry,  marine  biochemistry, 
membrane  structure  and  function, 
metabolic  regulation,  neuro- 
chemistry,  nucleic  acid  biochem- 
istry, and  nutritional  biochemistry. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Both  the  thesis  and  non-thesis  op- 
tions are  offered  for  the  M.S. 
degree.  Applicants  should  have  com- 
pleted an  undergraduate  program  of 
study  with  strong  emphasis  on 
chemistry  and/or  biology  with  appro- 
priate supporting  courses  in  math- 
ematics and  physics.  Before  obtain- 
ing a  degree  in  the  program,  a  stu- 
dent must  demonstrate  adequate 
preparation  in  biochemistry,  and  in 
analytical,  organic  and  physical 
chemistry.  For  this  purpose  diagnos- 
tic examinations  in  these  subjects 
are  offered  to  students  at  the  begin- 
ning of  their  first  semester. 
Students  who  perform  unsatisfac- 
torily on  these  examinations  or  who 
may  not  have  had  undergraduate 
preparation  in  one  or  more  of  these 
areas,  will  be  advised  to  register  for 
appropriate  courses.  Information  on 
course  work,  comprehensive  exami- 
nations and  the  research  interests 
of  the  faculty  is  available  for  the 
guidance  of  degree  candidates. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Biochemistry  research  is  conducted 
in  a  new  building  occupied  in  1975. 
In  addition  to  well-equipped  research 
laboratories,  the  following  central 
facilities  are  available:  animal  col- 
ony, fermentation  pilot  plant,  elec- 
tron microscope,  analytical  ultracen- 
trifuge,  PDP-11  computer,  liquid 
scintillation  counters,  nuclear  mag- 
netic resonance  spectrometers,  and 
a  chemistry-biochemistry  library. 

Financial  Assistance 

Graduate  teaching  assistantships 
are  usually  available  in  the  Chem- 
istry Department.  The  assistantships 
involve  teaching  undergraduate 
laboratory  and  recitation  classes  and 
permit  tuition  waiver  for  a  ten-credit 
program  of  graduate  study  each 
semester. 

Additional  Information 

Information  on  requirements  and 
research  interests  of  the  faculty  may 
be  obtained  from  the  Director  of  the 
Program,  Dr.  Mark  Keeney,  Depart- 
ment of  Chemistry. 


Courses 

BCHM  461  Biochemistry  I.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, CHEM  203-204  or  213-214,  or  per- 
mission of  instructor.  A  comprehensive 
introduction  to  general  biochemistry.  The 
chemistry  and  metabolism  of  carbohy- 
drates, lipids,  nucleic  acids,  and  proteins. 

BCHM  462  Biochemistry  II.  (2)  Prereq- 
uisite, BCHM  461.  A  continuation  of 
BCHM  461. 

BCHM  463  Biochemistry  Laboratory  I.  (2) 

Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per 
week.  Pre-  or  corequisite,  BCHM  461. 

BCHM  464  Biochemistry  Laboratory  II.  (2) 

Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  BCHM  462  or  current 
registration  therein,  and  CHEM  430  or 
CHEM  463. 

BCHM  661  Proteins,  Amino  Acids,  and 
Carbohydrates.  (2)  Prerequisite,  BCHM 
462  or  equivalent. 

BCHM  662  Biological  Energy  Transduc- 
tions, Vitamins,  and  Hormones.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  BCHM  462  or  equivalent. 

BCHM  663  Enzymes.  (2)  Prerequisite, 
BCHM  462  or  equivalent. 

BCHM  665  Biochemistry  of  Lipids.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  BCHM  462  or  equivalent. 
Classification  and  chemistry  of  lipids, 
lipogenesis  and  energy  metabolism  of 
lipids,  structural  lipids,  and  endocrine 
control  of  lipid  metabolism  in  mammals. 

BCHM  666  Biophysical  Chemistry.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  BCHM  461  and  CHEM  482, 
or  consent  of  instructor. 

BCHM  668  Special  Problems  in  Biochem- 
istry. (2-4)  Two  to  four  three-hour 
laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
BCHM  464  or  equivalent. 

BCHM  669  Special  Topics  in  Biochem- 
istry. (2)  Prerequisite,  BCHM  462  or 
equivalent. 

BCHM  799  Master's  Thesis 
Research.  (1-6) 

BCHM  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research.  (1-8) 


Botany  Program 

Professor  and  Acting  Chairman: 

Patterson 
Professors:  Bean,  Corbett,  Galloway, 

Kantzes,  Klarman,  Krusberg,  Sisler, 

Stern. 
Associate  Professors:  Barnett,  Bottino, 

Karlander,  Lockard',  Motta,  Reveal. 
Assistant  Professors:  Barrett,  Broome, 

Stevenson,  Van  Valkenburg. 
'Joint  appointment  with  Secondary 
Education 

The  Department  of  Botany  offers 
graduate  programs  leading  to  the 
degrees  of  Master  of  Science  and 
Doctor  of  Philosophy.  Courses  and 
research  problems  are  developed  on 


a  personal  basis  and  arranged  accor- 
ding to  the  intellectual  and  profes- 
sional needs  of  the  student.  Course 
programs  are  flexible  and  are 
designed  under  close  supervision  by 
the  student's  advisor.  The  objective 
of  the  program  is  to  equip  the  stu- 
dent with  a  background  and  techni- 
ques for  a  career  in  plant  science  in 
academic,  governmental,  industrial 
or  private  laboratories. 

The  areas  of  specialization  are 
anatomy  and  morphology,  plant  bio- 
chemistry, plant  ecology,  physiology 
of  fungi,  genetics  and  molecular 
biology,  marine  botany,  mycology, 
plant  nematology,  plant  pathology, 
phycology,  plant  physiology,  tax- 
onomy, and  virology. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

There  are  no  special  admission  re- 
quirements. A  high  degree  of  intel- 
lectual excellence  is  of  greater  con- 
sequence than  completion  of  a  par- 
ticular curriculum  at  the  undergrad- 
uate level.  The  degree  requirements 
are  flexible.  However,  they  involve 
demonstration  of  competence  in  the 
broad  field  of  botany,  as  well  as 
completion  of  courses  in  other  disci- 
plines which  are  supportive  of 
modern  competence  in  this  field.  A 
foreign  language  may  be  required  if 
deemed  essential  by  the  student's 
Graduate  Advisory  Committee. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  has  laboratories 
equipped  to  investigate  most  phases 
of  botanical  and  molecular  biolog- 
ical research.  Field  and  greenhouse 
facilities  are  available  for  research 
requiring  plant  culture.  Major  pieces 
of  equipment  include  a  transmission 
electron  microscope,  ultracentri- 
fuges,  X-ray  equipment,  low-speed 
centrifuges,  microtomes,  for  cutting 
ultrathin  sections,  infra-red  spec- 
trophotometer, recording  spectro- 
photometers, environmental  con- 
trolled growth  chambers.  Herbarium, 
departmental  reference  room,  en- 
zyme preparation  rooms,  dark 
rooms,  cold  rooms,  special  culture 
apparatus  for  algae,  fungi,  and 
higher  plants,  spectrophotometers, 
and  respirometers  are  among  the 
many  special  pieces  of  equipment 
and  facilities  that  are  available  for 
research. 

Financial  Assistance 

Financial  assistance  is  available  in 
the  form  of  teaching  and  research 
assistantships. 

Additional  Information 

The  Department  has  a  special 
brochure  available  upon  request.  For 
specific  information  on  departmental 


70  /  Graduate  Programs 


programs,  admission  procedures  or 
financial  aid,  contact: 

Chairman,  Department  of  Botany 

University  of  Maryland 

Courses 

BOTN  401  Origins  of  Modern  Botany.  (1) 

Prerequisite,  20  credit  hours  in  biological 
sciences  including  BOTN  100  or  101  or 
equivalent.  History  of  botany  as  a 
science,  from  ancient  Greece  through 
the  18th  century;  emphasis  on  botany  as 
an  intellectual  and  cultural  pursuit. 

BOTN  402  Plant  Microtechnique.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  BOTN  100  or  101,  and  con- 
sent of  instructor.  One  lecture  and  five 
hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Preparation 
of  temporary  and  permanent  mounts,  in- 
cluding selection  of  material,  killing  and 
fixing,  embedding,  sectioning,  and  stain- 
ing methods. 

BOTN  403  Medicinal  and  Poisonous 
Plants.  (2)  Prerequisite,  BOTN  100  or  101 
and  CHEM  104.  Two  lectures  per  week. 
A  study  of  plants  important  to  man  that 
have  medicinal  or  poisonous  properties. 
Emphasis  on  plant  source,  plant  descrip- 
tion, the  active  agent  and  its  beneficial 
or  detrimental  physiological  action  and 
effects. 

BOTN  405  Advanced  Plant  Taxonomy.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period 
per  week.  Prerequisites,  BOTN  202  and 
BOTN  212,  or  equivalents.  A  review  of 
the  history  and  principles  of  plant  tax- 
onomy with  emphasis  on  monographic 
and  floristic  research.  A  detailed 
laboratory  review  of  the  families  of 
flowering  plants. 

BOTN  407  Teaching  Methods  in  Botany. 

(2)  Four  two-hour  laboratory  demonstra- 
tion periods  per  week,  for  eight  weeks. 
Prerequisite,  BOTN  100  or  equivalent.  A 
study  of  the  biological  principles  of  com- 
mon plants,  and  demonstrations,  proj- 
ects, and  visual  aids  suitable  for  teach- 
ing in  primary  and  secondary  schools. 

BOTN  413  Plant  Geography.  (2)  Prere- 
quisite, BOTN  100  or  equivalent.  A  study 
of  plant  distribution  throughout  the 
world  and  the  factors  generally  associ- 
ated with  such  distribution. 

BOTN  414  Plant  Genetics.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, BOTN  100  or  equivalent.  The  basic 
principles  of  plant  genetics  are 
presented;  the  mechanics  of  transmis- 
sion of  the  hereditary  factors  in  relation 
to  the  life  cycle  of  seed  plants,  the 
genetics  of  specialized  organs  and 
tissues,  spontaneous  and  induced  muta- 
tions of  basic  and  economic  significance 
gene  action,  genetic  maps,  the  funda- 
mentals of  polyploidy,  and  genetics  in 
relation  to  methods  of  plant  breeding  are 
the  topics  considered. 

BOTN  415  Plants  and  Mankind.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  BOTN  100  or  equivalent.  A 
survey  of  the  plants  which  are  utilized  by 
man,  the  diversity  of  such  utilization,  and 
their  historic  and  economic  significance. 


BOTN  416  Principles  of  Plant  Anatomy. 

(4)  Two  lectures  and  two  2-hour 
laboratory  periods  per  week.  The  origin 
and  development  of  cells,  tissues,  and 
tissue  systems  of  vascular  plants  with 
special  emphasis  on  seed-bearing  plants. 
Particular  stress  is  given  to  the  com- 
parative, systematic,  and  evolutionary 
study  of  the  structural  components  of 
the  plants.  Prerequisite,  General  Botany. 

BOTN  417  Field  Botany  and  Taxonomy. 

(2)  Prerequisite,  BOTN  100  or  General 
Biology.  Four  two-hour  laboratory  periods 
a  week  for  eight  weeks.  The  identifica- 
tion of  trees,  shrubs,  and  herbs,  em- 
phasizing the  native  plants  of  Maryland. 
Manuals,  keys,  and  other  techniques  will 
be  used.  Numerous  short  field  trips  will 
be  taken.  Each  student  will  make  an  in- 
divual  collection. 

BOTN  419  Natural  History  of  Tropical 
Plants.  (2)  Prerequisite,  one  course  in 
plant  taxonomy  or  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. An  introduction  to  tropical  vascular 
plants  with  emphasis  on  their  morpho- 
logical, anatomical,  and  habital 
peculiarities  and  major  taxonomic 
features,  geographic  distribution  and 
economic  utilization  of  selected  families. 
Two,  one-hour  lectures  per  week. 

BOTN  422  Research  Methods  in  Plant 
Pathology.  (2)  Two  laboratory  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  221  or 
equivalent.  Advanced  training  in  the 
basic  research  techniques  and  methods 
of  plant  pathology. 

BOTN  424  Diagnosis  and  Control  of 
Plant  Diseases.  (3)  Prerequisite,  BOTN 
221.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory 
period  per  week.  A  study  of  the  diag- 
nosis and  control  of  plant  diseases.  Em- 
phasis on  recognizing  the  symptoms  of 
plant  disease  and  control  of  the  causal 
organisms.  Field  trips  and  a  collection  of 
diseased  plant  specimens. 

BOTN  425  Diseases  of  Ornamentals  and 
Turf.  (2)  Prerequisite,  BOTN  221.  Two  lec- 
tures per  week.  Designed  for  those 
students  who  need  practical  experience 
in  recognition  and  control  of  ornamen- 
tals and  turf  diseases.  The  symptoms 
and  current  control  measures  for 
diseases  in  these  crop  areas  will  be 
discussed. 

BOTN  426  Mycology.  (4)  Two  lectures 
and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  Botany  101  or  permis- 
sion of  the  instructor.  An  introductory 
course  in  the  biology,  morphology  and 
taxonomy  of  the  fungi. 

BOTN  427  Field  Plant  Pathology.  (1) 

Summer  Session:  Lecture  and  laboratory 
to  be  arranged.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  221, 
or  equivalent.  The  techniques  of 
pesticide  evaluation  and  the  identifica- 
tion and  control  of  diseases  of  Maryland 
crops  are  discussed.  Offered  in  alternate 
years  or  more  frequently  with  demand. 

BOTN  441  Plant  Physiology.  (4)  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  four-hour  laboratory  period 
a  week.  Prerequisites,  BOTN  100  and 
general  chemistry.  Organic  chemistry 


strongly  recommended.  A  survey  of  the 
general  physiological  activities  of  plants. 

BOTN  462  Plant  Ecology.  (2)  Prerequisite, 
BOTN  100.  Two  lectures  per  week.  The 
dynamics  of  populations  as  affected  by 
environmental  factors  with  special  em- 
phasis on  the  structure  and  composition 
of  natural  plant  communities,  both  ter- 
restial  and  aquatic. 

BOTN  463  Ecology  of  Marsh  and  Dune 
Vegetation.  (2)  Two  lectures  a  week. 
Prerequisites,  BOTN  100.  An  examination 
of  the  biology  of  higher  plants  in  dune 
and  marsh  ecosystems. 

BOTN  464  Plant  Ecology  Laboratory.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  BOTN  462  or  its  equivalent 
or  concurrent  enrollment  therein.  One 
three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  Two 
or  three  field  trips  per  semester.  The  ap- 
plication of  field  and  experimental 
methods  to  the  qualitative  and  quan- 
titative study  of  vegation  and 
ecosystems. 

BOTN  471  Marine  and  Estuarine  Botany. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  BOTN  441  or  equivalent. 
An  ecological  discussion  of  plant  life  in 
the  marine  environment  of  sea  coasts, 
salt  marshes,  estuaries  and  open  seas. 

BOTN  475  General  Phycology.  (4)  One 

lecture  and  two  three-hour  laboratory 
periods  per  week.  Prerequisites,  BOTN 
100  and  BOTN  202,  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. An  introductory  study  of  both 
macro-  and  micro-algae,  including  the 
taxonomy,  morphology,  and  life  cycles  of 
both  fresh  water  and  marine  forms. 

BOTN  612  Vascular  Plant  Morphology.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period 
per  week.  Prerequisites,  BOTN  202. 
BOTN  212,  and  BOTN  416,  or 
equivalents.  A  comparative  study  of  the 
morphology  of  vascular  plants,  with 
special  emphasis  on  the  evolution  and 
morphogenesis  of  plant  organs. 

BOTN  613  Identification  of  Wood  and 
Timbers.  (2)  Prerequisites,  BOTN  416  or 
equivalent  and  permission  of  instructor. 
Methods  and  procedures  for  determina- 
tion of  native  and  exotic  woods  used  in 
commerce.  Use  of  keys  to  and  descrip- 
tions of  timbers,  origins  of  indigenous 
and  imported  woods,  vernacular  and 
trade  names,  properties,  uses,  and 
associated  literature. 
BOTN  615  Plant  Cytogenetics.  (3)  First 
semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  labor- 
atory period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  in- 
troductory genetics.  An  advanced  study 
of  the  current  status  of  plant  genetics, 
particularly  gene  mutations  and  their 
relation  to  chromosome  changes  in  corn 
and  other  favorable  materials. 
BOTN  620  Methods  of  Plant  Tissue 
Culture.  (2)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor. One  lecture  and  one  two-hour 
laboratory  period  each  week.  A 
methodology  and  techniques  course 
designed  to  give  the  student  background 
and  experience  in  plant  tissue  culture. 

BOTN  621  Physiology  of  Fungi.  (2)  First 
semester.  Prerequisites,  organic 


Graduate  Programs  /  71 


chemistry  and  BOTN  441  or  equivalent  in 
bacterial  or  animal  physiology.  A  study 
of  various  aspects  of  fungal  metabolism, 
nutrition,  biochemical  transformation, 
fungal  products,  and  mechanism  of 
fungicidal  action. 

BOTN  623  Physiology  of  Fungi 
Laboratory.  (1)  First  semester.  One 
laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
BOTN  621  or  concurrent  registration 
therein.  Application  of  equipment  and 
techniques  in  the  study  of  fungal 
physiology. 

BOTN  625  Physiology  of  Pathogens  and 
Host-Pathogen  Relationships.  (3)  Three 
lecture  periods  a  week.  A  study  of  en- 
zymes, toxins,  and  other  factors  involved 
in  pathogenicity  and  the  relationship  of 
host-pathogen  interaction  to  disease 
development. 

BOTN  632  Plant  Virology.  (2)  Second 
Semester.  Two  lectures  per  week  on  the 
biological,  biochemical,  and  biophysical 
aspects  of  viruses  and  virus  diseases  of 
plants.  Prerequisites,  bachelor's  degree 
or  equivalent  in  any  biological  science 
and  permission  of  instructor. 

BOTN  634  Plant  Virology  Laboratory.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Two  laboratories  per 
week  on  the  application  and  techniques 
for  studying  the  biological,  biochemical 
and  biophysical  aspects  of  plant  viruses. 
Prerequisites,  bachelor's  degree  or 
equivalent  in  any  biological  science  and 
BOTN  632  or  concurrent  registration 
therein,  and  permission  of  the  instructor. 

BOTN  636  Plant  Nematology.  (4)  Second 
semester.  Two  lectures  and  two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
BOTN  221  or  permission  of  instructor. 
(Not  offered  1970-71.)  The  study  of  plant- 
parasitic  nematodes,  their  morphology, 
anatomy,  taxonomy,  genetics, 
physiology,  ecology,  host-parasite  rela- 
tions and  control.  Recent  advances  in 
this  field  will  be  emphasized. 

BOTN  641  Advanced  Plant  Physiology.  (2) 

Prerequisites,  BOTN  441  or  equivalent 
and  organic  chemistry.  A  presentation  of 
the  metabolic  processes  occurring  in 
plants  with  special  emphasis  on  recent 
literature. 

BOTN  642  Plant  Biochemistry.  (2)  Prereq- 
uisite, BOTN  641  or  CHEM  461  and  462. 
A  treatment  of  those  aspects  of 
biochemistry  unique  to  plants  including 
photosynthesis,  synthesis  of  plant 
macromolecules  and  pertinent  aspects  of 
other  metabolic  processes. 

BOTN  644  Plant  Biochemistry 
Laboratory.  (2)  Pre-  or  corequisite  BOTN 
642.  Use  of  apparatus  and  application  of 
techniques  in  the  study  of  the  chemistry 
of  plants  and  plant  materials. 

BOTN  645  Growth  and  Development.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  BOTN  441.  Physiology  of 
plant  hormones,  control  of  mor- 
phogenesis and  regulation  of  biosyn- 
thesis, photomorphogenesis  and 
photoperiodism. 


BOTN  650  Mineral  Nutrition  of  Plants.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  BOTN  441.  Two  lectures  per 
week.  A  study  of  the  inorganic  nutrients 
required  for  plant  growth  and  develop- 
ment, with  emphasis  on  mechanisms  of 
nutrient  uptake,  translocation,  and 
mineral  metabolism. 

BOTN  652  Plant  Biophysics.  (2)  Prereq- 
uisite, MATH  220,  BOTN  441  plus  one 
year  of  college  physics,  or  their 
equivalents.  An  advanced  course  dealing 
with  physical  and  chemical  phenomena 
associated  with  the  study  of  plants, 
stress  on  problem  solving. 

BOTN  654  Plant  Biophysics  Laboratory. 

(2)  Pre-  or  Corequisite,  BOTN  652. 
Techniques  in  measurement  of  and 
utilization  of  light  and  other  parameters 
associated  with  plants. 

BOTN  661  Advanced  Plant  Ecology.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  a  working  knowledge  of 
elementary  genetics  and  calculus,  or  per- 
mission of  the  instructor.  Population 
dynamics,  evolutionary  mechanisms,  and 
quantitative  aspects  of  the  analysis  of 
natural  communities.  Special  emphasis 
will  be  given  to  recent  theoretical 
developments. 

BOTN  672  Physiology  of  Algae.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  BOTN  642  or  equivalent,  or 
permission  of  the  instructor.  A  study  of 
the  physiology  of  the  algae. 

BOTN  674  Physiology  of  Algae 
Laboratory.  (1)  Pre-  or  corequisites, 
BOTN  672  and  permission  of  instructor. 
Special  laboratory  techniques  involved  in 
the  study  of  algae. 

BOTN  689  Special  Topics  in  Botany. 

(1-3)  Credit  according  to  time  scheduled 
and  organization  of  course.  Maximum 
credit  toward  an  advanced  degree  for  the 
individual  student  at  the  discretion  of  the 
department.  This  course  is  organized  as 
lectures,  discussions  or  literature 
surveys  on  specialized  advanced  topics 
under  the  direction  of  visiting  lecturers 
or  resident  faculty. 

BOTN  698  Seminar  in  Botany.  (1)  Prereq- 
uisite, permission  of  the  instructor. 
Discussion  of  special  topics  and  current 
literature  in  all  phases  of  Botany. 

BOTN  699  Special  Problems  in  Botany. 
(1-3)  Credit  according  to  time  and 
scheduled  and  organization  of  course. 
Maximum  credit  towards  an  advanced 
degree  for  the  individual  student  at  the 
discretion  of  the  student's  advisor.  This 
course  emphasizes  research  on  a 
specialized  advanced  topic  and  may  con- 
sist primarily  of  experimental  procedures 
under  the  direction  of  visiting  lecturers 
or  resident  faculty. 

BOTN  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
'1-6) 

BOTN  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research.  (1-8) 


Business  and  Management 
Program 

Dean:  Lamone 
Associate  Dean:  Gannon 
Assistant  Dean:  Armistead 
Director  of  Graduate  Studies:  Nash 
Director  of  MB. A.  Program:  Ondeck 
Chairpersons:  C.  Anderson,  Gass,  Greer, 

Haslem,  Leete,  Loeb 
Professor  Emeritus:  Clemens 
Professors:  H.  Anderson,  Carroll, 
Dawson,  Gannon,  Gass,  Greer, 
Haslem,  Lamone,  Levine,  Locke,  Loeb, 
Nash,  Paine,  Polakoff,  Roberts,  Taff 
Associate  Professors:  C.  Anderson, 
Ashmen,  Bartol,  Bedingfield,  Bodin, 
Edelson,  Edmister,  Ford,  Fromovitz, 
Hynes,  Jolson,  Kolodny,  Kuehl,  Leete, 
Nickels,  Poist,  Thieblot,  Widhelm 
Assistant  Professors:  Alt,  Bloom,  Cherry, 
Chow,  Corsi,  Golden,  Greene,  Harvey, 
Koehl,  Kumar,  Mayer-Sommer,  Norland, 
Reckers,  Scheier,  Spekman,  Stagliano 

The  College  of  Business  and  Man- 
agement offers  graduate  work 
leading  to  the  degrees  of  Master  of 
Business  Administration  (MBA)  and 
Doctor  of  Business  Administration 
(DBA).  The  College  has  the  only 
MBA  program  in  the  Maryland- 
Washington  metropolitan  area  ac- 
credited by  the  American  Assembly 
of  Collegiate  Schools  of  Business 
(AACSB),  a  reflection  of  the  quality 
of  its  faculty,  programs,  students, 
and  facilities.  Of  the  more  than  500 
graduate  programs,  in  business  and 
management  in  the  country,  only  ap- 
proximately 130  are  accredited  by 
the  AACSB. 

Areas  of  faculty  specialization  in- 
clude accounting;  finance;  manage- 
ment science  and  statistics; 
marketing;  organizational  behavior 
and  industrial  relations;  and 
transportation,  business  and  public 
policy. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Admission  criteria  for  the  MBA  and 
DBA  programs  are  based  on  (1)  a 
"B"  or  better  average  as  an  under- 
graduate and/or  graduate  student 
who  has  completed  a  program  of 
study  from  a  regionally  accredited 
university,  (2)  score  on  the  Graduate 
Management  Admission  Test 
(GMAT),  (3)  letters  of  recommenda- 
tion, and  (4)  other  relevant  informa- 
tion and  professional  experience. 

The  College  of  Business  and  Man- 
agement offers  an  MBA  program 
designed  to  provide  the  educational 
foundation  for  those  students  with 
the  potential  to  exhibit  the  highest 
degree  of  excellence  in  their  future 
careers  as  professional  managers. 
The  MBA  program  varies  in  length 
from  one  to  two  years,  depending 


72  /  Graduate  Programs 


on  the  student's  previous  college 
preparation.  Successful  students  in 
the  program  are  expected  to 
demonstrate  the  following:  (1)  a 
thorough  and  integrated  knowledge 
of  the  basic  tools,  concepts  and 
theories  relating  to  professional 
management;  2)  behavioral  and 
analytical  skills  necessary  to  deal 
creatively  and  effectively  with 
organizations  and  management  prob- 
lems; 3)  an  understanding  of  the 
economic,  political,  technological, 
and  social  environments  in  which  or- 
ganizations operate.  4)  a  sense  of 
professional  and  personal  integrity 
and  social  responsibility  in  the  con- 
duct of  managerial  affairs  both  inter- 
nal and  external  to  the  organization. 
Both  day  and  some  evening  courses 
are  offered. 

If  the  student's  prior  coursework 
did  not  include  the  program  pre- 
requisites, the  following  500-level 
prerequisite  courses  must  be  com- 
pleted with  a  "B"  average  as  early 
as  possible  in  the  student's 
graduate  program:  BMGT  501  (3 
hours),  BMGT  502  (3  hours),  BMGT 
503  (3  hours),  BMGT  504  (4  hours). 
These  basic  knowledge  courses  may 
be  waived  by  the  Director  of  the 
MBA  Program  if  equivalent  courses 
have  been  satisfactorily  completed. 

Students  whose  baccalaureate  de- 
gree is  in  business  administration 
will  ordinarily  have  included  the 
topics  covered  by  these  prerequisite 
courses  in  their  undergraduate  work. 
For  the  MBA  degree  they  will  need 
only  the  35  credit  hours  described 
below.  These  35  hours  must  be 
taken  in  700-level  courses  and  above 
(600-level  and  above  for  courses  in 
other  campus  graduate  programs). 

A  group  of  eight  graduate  courses 
(23  hours)  is  required  of  all  MBA 
students:  BMGT  720  (3  hours): 
BMGT  732  or  734  (4  hours);  BMGT 
740  (3  hours);  BMGT  750  (3  hours); 
BMGT  764  (3  hours):  BMGT  775  (3 
hours);  BMGT  790  or  791  (3  hours); 
and  BMGT  701  (1  hour).  This  com- 
mon core  provides  the  student  with 
a  knowledge  of  behavioral  and  an- 
alytical skills  as  well  as  a  thorough 
understanding  of  managerial 
economics  and  the  functional  fields 
necessary  for  all  professional 
managers. 

The  student  has  the  opportunity 
to  select  a  field  of  concentration 
and/or  relevant  electives  with  the  re- 
maining four  graduate  courses  (12 
credits).  A  field  of  concentration  is 
defined  as  a  minimum  of  six  hours 
and  a  maximum  of  twelve  hours  in 
an  area  including  the  following:  (1) 
Accounting;  (2)  Finance  (minimum  of 


9  hours  required);  (3)  International 
Business;  (4)  Information  Systems 
Management;  (5)  Marketing  (mini- 
mum of  9  hours  required);  (6) 
Management  Science  and  Statistics; 
(7)  Organizational  Behavior  and 
Organization  Theory;  (8)  Personnel 
and  Labor  Relations;  and  (9)  Trans- 
portation and  Physical  Distribution. 
Any  elective  courses  used  to  fulfill 
degree  requirements  should  be  rele- 
vant to  the  student's  area  of  con- 
centration and/or  educational  needs. 
There  is  no  thesis  requirement  for 
MBA  degree. 

Students  accepted  on  the  basis  of 
applications  requesting  full-time 
status  must  maintain  minimum  reg- 
istration requirements  described  in 
this  catalog  under,  "Registration  and 
Credits."  Students  requesting  part- 
time  status  are  required  to  complete 
a  minimum  of  12  credit  hours  per 
calendar  year.  Should  these  require- 
ments not  be  met  or  should  a  stu- 
dent's grade  point  average  fall  below 
3.0,  a  student  will  be  placed  on  pro- 
bation and  granted  a  minimum  of 
one  semester  to  remedy  these 
deficiencies. 

The  DBA  program  is  designed  to 
produce  outstanding  scholars  in 
management  related  disciplines. 
Graduates  of  the  program  are  well- 
qualified  to  take  faculty  profes- 
sional, research,  or  administrative 
positions  in  colleges  and  universi- 
ties, government  agencies,  private 
research  organizations,  or  business 
firms. 

The  Maryland  DBA's  achieve  ex- 
cellence through  (1)  extensive  prep- 
aration in  major  and  related  fields, 
(2)  joint  research  with  faculty  and 
fellow  DBA  students,  (3)  indepen- 
dent research  culminating  in  the 
writing  of  a  doctoral  dissertation, 
and  (4)  the  teaching  of  courses  in 
their  major  field. 

Each  student's  DBA  program 
must  be  approved  initially  by  the 
student's  major  area  faculty  chair- 
man or  his  or  her  representative  and 
reviewed  annually  with  the  student. 
Minor  areas  must  be  approved  ini- 
tially by  the  minor  area  chairman  or 
his  or  her  designated  representative. 

Major  and  minor  areas  in  the  col- 
lege include  the  following:  (1)  Ac- 
counting, (2)  Finance.  (3)  Manage- 
ment Science  and  Statistics,  (4)  Mar- 
keting, (5)  Organizational  Behavior 
and  Organization  Theory,  (6)  Person- 
nel and  Labor  Relations.  (7)  Trans- 
portation and  Physical  Distribution, 
and  (8)  Information  Systems 
Management. 

DBA  requirements  for  the  typical 
student  are  approximately  75  se- 


mester hours,  not  including  disser- 
tation credits.  Thirty-three  of  the  75 
semester  hours  are  devoted  to  ful- 
filling the  general  requirements,  dis- 
cussed below,  with  the  remaining  42 
credits  distributed  among  the  stu- 
dent's major  and  minor  fields  of 
study. 

The  general  requirements  for  all 
DBA  students  are  BMGT  720,  BMGT 
740,  BMGT  750.  BMGT  764,  two 
three-credit  graduate  courses  in 
economics  (BMGT  775  may  be  used 
as  one  of  the  two  courses),  nine 
credits  in  quantitative  methods  at 
the  700  level  or  above  approved  by 
the  student's  faculty  chairman,  and 
BMGT  880  plus  three  additional 
graduate  credits  in  research 
methodology. 

These  general  program  require- 
ments may  be  waived  by  the  Direc- 
tor of  the  Doctoral  Program  if 
equivalent  courses  at  AACSB  ac- 
credited schools  have  been  satisfac- 
torily completed.  Some  of  these 
courses  may  be  included  in  the  ma- 
jor and  minor  course  requirements. 

The  DBA  student  is  placed  on 
academic  probation  after  12  hours 
unless  he  or  she  maintains  at  least 
a  3.25  GPA.  The  probationary  period 
will  last  one  semester,  at  which 
time  the  student  will  be  dismissed 
unless  a  3.25  GPA  level  is  obtained. 

The  DBA  student  may  select  a 
single  major  with  two  minors  or  a 
double  major.  For  a  single  major, 
the  student  takes  18  credits  beyond 
the  bachelor's  degree  in  the  major 
field,  at  least  6  of  which  must  be 
taken  in  graduate  seminars  at  the 
800  level  at  the  University  of  Mary- 
land. The  minors  may  include  areas 
inside  or  outside  the  College  of 
Business  and  Management.  Each 
minor  is  comprised  of  12  credits. 

For  a  double  major,  the  student 
takes  21  credit  hours  in  each  of  two 
major  fields,  one  of  which  may  be  in 
a  discipline  outside  the  College  of 
Business  and  Management. 

Both  the  single  and  the  double 
major  arrangements  comprise  42 
credit  hours  in  total.  Special  permis- 
sion is  required  from  the  College's 
graduate  committee  to  approve  a 
double  major  or  a  single  major  with 
both  minors  in  disciplines  outside 
the  College  of  Business  and  Man- 
agement. Typical  outside  minors  in- 
clude such  areas  as  Computer 
Science.  Economics,  Engineering, 
Mathematics,  Government  and  Pol- 
itics, Psychology,  and  Sociology. 

Students  take  comprehensive  ex- 
aminations in  major  and  minor  sub- 
ject areas.  Following  successful 
completion  of  the  written  examina- 

Graduate  Programs  /  73 


tions,  each  student  must  pass  an 
oral  examination  given  by  a  commit- 
tee of  the  college  graduate  faculty. 
Any  student  receiving  a  "pass  with 
distinction"  in  all  written  examina- 
tions will  be  exempted  from  the  oral 
comprehensive. 

The  dissertation  proposal  is  de- 
fended by  each  DBA  candidate  at  an 
open  meeting.  All  faculty  and  other 
DBA  students  are  invited  to  attend 
and  participate  in  the  proposal 
defense. 

The  dissertation  must  exhibit  the 
candidate's  competence  in  analysis, 
interpretation,  and  presentation  of 
research  findings,  and  should  be  a 
major  contribution  to  the  literature 
of  the  field.  The  candidate  must  de- 
fend his  or  her  dissertation  in  a  final 
oral  dissertation  defense. 

MBA/JD  Joint  Program 

The  College  of  Business  and 
Management  and  the  School  of  Law 
of  the  University  of  Maryland  at  Bal- 
timore offer  a  joint  program  of 
studies  leading  to  MBA  and  JD  de- 
grees. Under  the  terms  of  the  joint 
program,  a  student  may  earn  both 
degrees  in  four  academic  years.  The 
accelerated  program  is  made  possi- 
ble by  permitting  some  courses  to 
be  credited  toward  both  degrees. 
Candidates  must  apply  for  admis- 
sion to  the  Law  School  at  Baltimore 
as  well  as  to  The  Graduate  School 
at  College  Park  and  must  be  ad- 
mitted to  both  programs. 

Under  the  joint  program,  75 
credits  in  law  school  coupled  with 
39  credits  in  business  courses  (or  26 
credits  for  students  who  have  com- 
pleted MBA  program  prerequisites) 
are  required  for  graduation.  Nine 
credits  of  law  will  be  substituted  for 
MBA  elective  coursework.  Grade 
point  averages  in  each  program  will 
be  computed  separately  and  stu- 
dents must  maintain  minimum  stan- 
dards in  each  school  to  continue  in 
the  program.  The  Graduate  School 
will  not  accept  transfer  credit  for 
coursework  taken  outside  the  joint 
program.  Both  programs  must  be 
satisfactorily  completed  for  granting 
of  degrees.  A  student  whose  enroll- 
ment in  either  program  is  terminated 
may  elect  to  complete  work  for  the 
degree  in  which  he  or  she  remains 
enrolled  but  such  completion  must 
be  upon  the  same  conditions  as  re- 
quired of  regular  (nonjoint  program) 
degree  candidates.  Student  pro- 
grams must  be  approved  by  the  law 
school  adviser  for  the  joint  program 
and  the  MBA  Program  Director.  For 
further  discussion  of  admission  and 
degree  requirements,  students 

74  /  Graduate  Programs 


should  see  above  and  consult  the 
entry  in  the  University  of  Maryland 
School  of  Law  catalog. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  faculty  has  been  recruited  from 
the  graduate  programs  of  leading 
universities  in  the  nation.  They  are 
dedicated  scholars,  teachers,  and 
professional  leaders,  unusual  in 
their  comparative  youth,  academic 
excellence,  and  strong  commitment 
to  the  education  of  the  professional 
manager. 

Special  programs  offered  by  the 
College  include  an  Executives-in- 
Residence  Program  and  an  MBA 
practicum  course,  BMGT  791,  in 
which  students  research  a  problem 
of  significant  management  concern 
in  a  participating  firm  or  agency. 
Through  graduate  program  require- 
ments and  faculty  research  activ- 
ities, students  gain  exposure  to 
state  and  federal  agencies  and  to 
the  vast  educational,  research, 
library,  and  cultural  resources  of 
Washington,  D.C. 

The  students  also  have  access  to 
the  exceptional  academic  and  pro- 
fessional resources  of  the  College 
Park  campus  including  excellent 
library  and  computer  facilities.  A  re- 
mote computer  terminal  and  on-line 
teletype  facilities  are  located  in  the 
building. 

Financial  Assistance 

Financial  aid  is  available  to  qualified 
students  in  the  form  of  fellowships 
and  graduate  assistantships,  and, 
for  DBA  students,  assistant 
instructorships. 

Additional  Information 

The  College  has  available  brochures 
which  give  specific  degree  re- 
quirements for  the  MBA  and  DBA 
programs.  Initial  inquiries  regarding 
the  MBA  program  should  be 
directed  to: 

Director  of  the  MBA  Program 
College  of  Business  and  Manage- 
ment and  for  the  DBA  program 
Director  of  the  Doctoral  Program 
College  of  Business  and 
Management 

Courses 

BMGT  401  Introduction  to  Systems 
Analysis.  (3)  Students  enrolled  in  the  Col- 
lege of  Business  and  Management  cur- 
ricula will  register  for  IFSM  436.  For 
detailed  information  on  prerequisites  and 
descriptions  of  the  course,  refer  to  IFSM 
436.  The  credits  earned  in  IFSM  436  may 
be  included  in  the  total  credits  earned  in 
the  area  of  concentration  in  Business 
and  Management. 

BMGT  420  Undergraduate  Accounting 
Seminar.  (3)  Prerequisite,  senior  standing 


as  an  accounting  major  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Enrollment  limited  to  upper  one- 
third  of  senior  class.  Seminar  coverage 
of  outstanding  current  non-text  literature, 
current  problems  and  case  studies  in 
accounting. 

BMGT  421  Undergraduate  Accounting 
Seminar.  (3)  Prerequisite,  senior  standing 
as  an  accounting  major  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Enrollment  limited  to  upper  one- 
third  of  senior  class.  Seminar  coverage 
of  outstanding  current  non-text  literature, 
current  problems  and  case  studies  in 
accounting. 

BMGT  422  Auditing  Theory  and 
Practice.  (3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT  311.  A 
study  of  the  principles  and  problems  of 
auditing  and  application  of  accounting 
principles  to  the  preparation  of  audit 
working  papers  and  reports. 

BMGT  423  Apprenticeship  in 
Accounting.  (0)  Prerequisites,  minimum  of 
20  semester  hours  in  accounting  and  the 
consent  of  the  accounting  staff.  A  period 
of  apprenticeship  is  provided  with  na- 
tionally known  firms  of  certified  public 
accountants  from  about  January  15  to 
February  15. 

BMGT  424  Advanced  Accounting.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  BMGT  311.  Advanced  ac- 
counting theory  to  specialized  problems 
in  partnerships,  ventures,  consignments, 
installment  sales,  insurance,  statement 
of  affairs,  receiver's  accounts,  realization 
and  liquidation  reports,  and  consolidation 
of  parent  and  subsidiary  accounts. 

BMGT  425  CPA  Problems.  (3)  Prere- 
quisite, BMGT  311,  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor, a  study  of  the  nature,  form  and  con- 
tent of  C.P.A.  examinations  by  means  of 
the  preparation  of  solutions  to,  and  an 
analysis  of,  a  large  sample  of  C.P.A. 
problems  covering  the  various  account- 
ing fields. 

BMGT  426  Advanced  Cost  Accounting. 

(2)  Prerequisite,  BMGT  321.  A  continua- 
tion of  basic  cost  accounting  with 
special  emphasis  on  process  costs,  stan- 
dard costs,  joint  costs,  and  by-product 
cost. 

BMGT  427  Advanced  Auditing  Theory 
and  Practice.  (3)    Prerequisite,  BMGT  422. 
Advanced  auditing  theory  and  practice 
and  report  writing. 

BMGT  430  Linear  Statistical  Models  in 
Business.  (3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT  230  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Model  building  in- 
volving an  intensive  study  of  the  general 
linear  stochastic  model  and  the  applica- 
tions of  this  model  to  business  prob- 
lems. The  model  is  derived  in  matrix 
form  and  this  form    is  used  to  analyze 
both  the  regression  and  anova  formula- 
tions of  the  general  linear  model. 

BMGT  431  Design  of  Statistical  Ex- 
periments in  Business.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
BMGT  230  or  231.  Surveys  Anova 
models,  basic  and  advanced  experimen- 
tal design  concepts.  Non-parametric 
tests  and  correlation  are  emphasized.  Ap- 
plications of  these  techniques  to 


business  problems  in  primarily  the  mar- 
keting and  behavioral  sciences  are 
stressed. 

BMGT  432  Sample  Survey  Design  for 
Business  and  Economics.  (3)  Prere- 
quisite, BMGT  230  or  231.  Design  of 
probability  samples.  Simple  random  sam- 
pling, stratified  random  sampling, 
systematic  sampling,  and  cluster  sam- 
pling designs  are  developed  and  com- 
pared for  efficiency  under  varying 
assumptions  about  the  population  sampl- 
ed. Advanced  designs  such  as 
multistage  cluster  sampling  and 
replicated  sampling  are  surveyed.  Im- 
plementing these  techniques  in 
estimating  parameters  of  business 
models  is  stressed. 

BMGT  433  Statistical  Decision  Theory  in 
Business.  (3)  Prerequisite.  BMGT  231  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Bayesian  approach 
to  the  use  of  sample  information  in 
decision-making.  Concepts  of  loss.  risk. 
decision  criteria,  expected  returns,  and 
expected  utility  are  examined.  Applica- 
tion of  these  concepts  to  decision- 
making in  the  firm  in  various  contexts 
are  considered. 

BMGT  434  Operations  Research  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  BMGT  230.  MATH  240  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Designed 
primarily  for  students  majoring  in 
management  science,  statistics,  and  in- 
formation systems  management.  It  is  the 
first  semester  of  a  two  semester  in- 
troduction to  the  philosophy,  techniques 
and  applications  of  operations  research. 
Topics  covered  include  linear  program- 
ming, postoptimality  analysis,  network 
algorithms,  dynamic  programming,  inven- 
tory and  equipment  replacement  models. 

BMGT  435  Operations  Research  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  BMGT  434.  or  permission  of 
instructor.  The  second  semester  of  a 
two-part  introduction  to  operations  re- 
search. The  primary  emphasis  is  on 
stochastic  models  in  management 
science.  Topics  include  stochastic  linear 
programming,  probabilistic  dynamic  pro- 
gramming. Markov  processes,  prob- 
abilistic inventory  models,  queuing 
theory  and  simulation. 

BMGT  436  Applications  of  Mathematical 
Programming  in  Management  Science.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  BMGT  434  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Theory  and  applications  of 
linear,  integer,  and  non-linear  program- 
ming models  to  management  decisions. 
Topics  covered  include  the  basic 
theorems  of  linear  programming;  the 
matrix  formulation  of  the  simplex,  and 
dual  simplex  algorithms:  decomposition, 
cutting  plane,  branch  and  bound,  and  im- 
plicit enumeration  algorithms:  gradient 
based  algorithms:  and  quadratic  pro- 
gramming. Special  emphasis  is  placed 
upon  model  formulation  and  solution  us- 
ing prepared  computer  algorithms. 

BMGT  438  Topics  in  Statistical  Analysis 
for  Business  Management.  (3)  Prere- 
quisite. BMGT  430  and  MATH  240  or  per- 
mission of  the  instructor.  Selected  topics 
in  statistical  analysis  which  are  relevant 


to  management  for  students  with 
knowledge  of  basic  statistical  methods. 
Topics  include  evolutionary  operation 
and  response  surface  analysis,  fore- 
casting techniques,  pathologies  of  the 
linear  model  and  their  remedies,  multi- 
variate statistical  models,  and  non- 
parametric  models. 

BMGT  440  Financial  Management.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  BMGT  340.  Analysis  and 
discussion  of  cases  and  readings  re- 
lating to  financial  decisions  of  the  firm. 
The  application  of  finance  concepts  to 
the  solution  of  financial  problems  is 
emphasized. 

BMGT  443  Security  Analysis  and  Valua- 
tion. (3)  Prerequisite.  BMGT  343.  Study 
and  application  of  the  concepts,  meth- 
ods, models,  and  empirical  findings  to 
the  analysis,  valuation,  and  selection  of 
securities,  especially  common  stock. 

BMGT  445  Commercial  Bank  Manage- 
ment. (3)  Prerequisites.  BMGT  340  and 
ECON  430.  Analysis  and  discussion  of 
cases  and  readings  in  commercial  bank 
management.  The  loan  function  is  em- 
phasized: also  the  management  of  li- 
quidity reserves,  investments  for  income, 
and  source  of  funds.  Bank  objectives, 
functions,  policies,  organization,  struc- 
ture, services,  and  regulation  are 
considered. 

BMGT  450  Marketing  Research 
Methods.(3)  Prerequisites.  BMGT  230  and 
350.  Recommended  that  BMGT  430  be 
taken  prior  to  this  course.  This  course  is 
intended  to  develop  skill  in  the  use  of 
scientific  methods  in  the  acquisition. 
analysis  and  interpretation  of  marketing 
data.  It  covers  the  specialized  fields  of 
marketing  research:  the  planning  of 
survey  projects,  sample  design,  tabula- 
tion procedure  and  report  preparation. 

BMGT  451  Consumer  Analysis.  (3) 

Prerequisites.  BMGT  350  and  351. 
Recommended  that  PSYC  100  and  221 
be  taken  prior  to  this  course.  Considers 
the  growing  importance  of  the  American 
consumer  in  the  marketing  system  and 
the  need  to  understand  him.  Topics  in- 
clude the  foundation  considerations 
underlying  consumer  behavior  such  as 
economic,  social,  psychological  and 
cultural  factors.  Analysis  of  the  con- 
sumer in  marketing  situations — as  a 
buyer  and  user  of  products  and  ser- 
vices— and  in  relation  to  the  various  in- 
dividual social  and  marketing  factors  af- 
fecting his  behavior.  The  influence  of 
marketing  communications  is  also 
considered. 

BMGT  453  Industrial  Marketing.  (3) 

Prerequisites.  BMGT  350  plus  one  other 
marketing  course.  The  industrial  and 
business  sector  of  the  marketing  system 
is  considered  rather  than  the  household 
or  ultimate  consumer  sector.  Industrial 
products  range  from  raw  materials  and 
supplies  to  the  major  equipment  in  a 
plant,  business  office,  or  institution. 
Topics  include  product  planning  and  in- 
troduction, market  analysis  and  forecast- 
ing, channels,  pricing,  field  sales  force 


management,  advertising,  marketing  cost 
analysis,  and  government  relations.  Par- 
ticular attention  is  given  to  industrial, 
business  and  institutional  buying  policies 
and  practice  and  to  the  analysis  of  buyer 
behavior. 

BMGT  454  International  Marketing.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  BMGT  350  plus  any  other 
marketing  course.  A  study  of  the 
marketing  functions  from  the  viewpoint 
of  the  international  executive.  In  addition 
to  the  coverage  of  international 
marketing  policies  relating  to  product 
adaptation,  data  collection  and  analysis, 
channels  of  distribution,  pricing,  com- 
munications, and  cost  analysis,  con- 
sideration is  given  to  the  cultural,  legal, 
financial,  and  organizational  aspects  of 
international  marketing. 

BMGT  455  Sales  Management.  (3)  The 
role  of  the  sales  manager,  both  at  head- 
quarters and  in  the  field,  in  the  manage- 
ment of  people,  resources  and  marketing 
functions.  An  analysis  of  the  problems 
involved  in  sales  organization, 
forecasting,  planning,  communicating, 
evaluating  and  controlling.  Attention  is 
given  to  the  application  of  quantitative 
techniques  and  pertinent  behavioral 
science  concepts  in  the  management  of 
the  sales  effort  and  sales  force. 

BMGT  456  Advertising.  (3)  Prerequisite. 
BMGT  354.  The  role  of  advertising  in  the 
American  economy;  the  impact  of  adver- 
tising on  our  economic  and  social  life. 
the  methods  and  techniques  currently 
applied  by  advertising  practitioners;  the 
role  of  the  newspaper,  magazine,  and 
other  media  in  the  development  of  an 
advertising  campaign,  modem  research 
methods  to  improve  the  effectiveness  of 
advertising  and  the  organization  of  the 
advertising  business,  (not  open  for  credit 
to  students  with  credit  for  BMGT  352.) 

BMGT  457  Marketing  Policies  and 
Strategies.  (3)  Prerequisite,  three  courses 
in  marketing.  Integrative  decision  making 
in  marketing.  Emphasis  on  consumer 
and  market  analysis  and  the  appropriate 
decision  models.  Case  studies  are 
included. 

BMGT  460  Personnel  Management- 
Analysis  and  Problems.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
BMGT  360.  Recommended.  BMGT  230. 
Research  findings,  special  readings,  case 
analysis,  simulation,  and  field  investiga- 
tions are  used  to  develop  a  better 
understanding  of  personnel  problems, 
alternative  solutions  and  their  practical 
ramifications. 

BMGT  462  Labor  Legislation.  (3)  Case 

method  analysis  of  the  modern  law  of  in- 
dustrial relations.  Cases  include  the  deci- 
sions of  administrative  agencies,  courts 
and  arbitration  tribunals. 

BMGT  463  Public  Sector  Labor  Relations 
(3)  Prerequisite.  BMGT  362  or  permission 
of  instructor.  Development  and  structure 
of  labor  relations  in  public  sector 
employment:  federal,  state,  and  local 
government  responses  to  unionization 
and  collective  bargaining. 


Graduate  Programs  /  75 


BMGT  464  Organizational  Behavior.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  BMGT  364.  An  examination 
of  research  and  theory  concerning  the 
forces  which  contribute  to  the  behavior 
of  organizational  members.  Topics 
covered  include:  work  group  behavior, 
supervisory  behavior,  intergroup  rela- 
tions, employee  goals  and  attitudes, 
communication  problems,  organizational 
change,  and  organizational  goals  and 
design. 

BMGT  467  Undergraduate  Seminar  in 
Personnel  Management.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
consent  of  instructor.  This  course  is 
open  only  to  the  top  one-third  of 
undergraduate  majors  in  personnel  and 
labor  relations  and  is  offered  during  the 
fall  semester  of  each  year.  Highlights 
major  developments.  Guest  lecturers 
make  periodic  presentations. 

BMGT  470  Land  Transportation  Systems 

(3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT  370.  Overall  view 
of  managerial  problems  facing  land  car- 
riers; emphasis  on  rail  and  motor  modes 
of  transportation. 

BMGT  471  Air  and  Water  Transportation 
Systems.  (3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT  370. 
Overall  view  of  managerial  problems  fac- 
ing air  and  water  carriers;  emphasis  on 
international  and  domestic  aspects  of  air 
and  water  modes  of  transportation.  Not 
open  for  credit  to  students  who  have 
credit  for  BMGT  472. 

BMGT  473  Advanced  Transportation 
Problems.  (3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT  370.  A 
critical  examination  of  current  govern- 
ment transportation  policy  and  proposed 
solutions.  Urban  and  intercity  managerial 
transport  problems  are  also  considered. 

BMGT  474  Urban  Transport  and  Urban 
Development.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ECON  203 
or  205.  An  analysis  of  the  role  of  urban 
transportation  in  present  and  future  ur- 
ban development.  The  interaction  of 
transport  pricing  and  service,  urban  plan- 
ning, institutional  restraints,  and  public 
land  uses  is  studied. 

BMGT  475  Advanced  Logistics  Manage- 
ment. (3)  Prerequisites,  BMGT  370,  372, 
332.  Application  of  the  concepts  of 
BMGt  372  to  problem  solving  and  special 
projects  in  logistics  management;  case 
analysis  is  stressed. 

BMGT  480  Legal  Environment  of 
Business.  (3)  The  course  examines  the 
principal  ideas  in  law  stressing  those 
which  are  relevant  for  the  modern 
business  executive.  Legal  reasoning  as  it 
has  evolved  in  this  country  will  be  one  of 
the  central  topics  of  study.  Several 
leading  antitrust  cases  will  be  studied  to 
illustrate  vividly  the  reasoning  process  as 
well  as  the  interplay  of  business, 
philosophy,  and  the  various  conceptions 
of  the  nature  of  law  which  give  direction 
to  the  process.  Examination  of  contem- 
porary legal  problems  and  proposed 
solutions,  especially  those  most  likely  to 
affect  the  business  community,  are  also 
covered. 

BMGT  481  Public  Utilities.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, ECON  203  or  205.  Using  the 

76  /  Graduate  Programs 


regulated  industries  as  specific  ex- 
amples, attention  is  focused  on  broad 
and  general  problems  in  such  diverse 
fields  as  constitutional  law,  ad- 
ministrative law,  public  administration, 
government  control  of  business,  ad- 
vanced economic  theory,  accounting, 
valuation  and  depreciation,  taxation, 
finance,  engineering,  and  management. 

BMGT  482  Business  and  Government.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ECON  203  or  205.  A  study 
of  the  role  of  government  in  modern 
economic  life.  Social  control  of  business 
as  a  remedy  for  the  abuses  of  business 
enterprise  arising  from  the  decline  of 
competition.  Criteria  of  limitations  on 
government  regulation  of  private 
enterprise. 

BMGT  485  Advanced  Production  Manage- 
ment. (3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT  385.  A 
study  of  typical  problems  encountered 
by  the  factory  manager.  The  objective  is 
to  develop  the  ability  to  analyze  and 
solve  problems  in  management  control 
of  production  and  in  the  formulation  of 
production  policies.  Among  the  topics 
covered  are  plant  location,  production 
planning  and  control,  methods  analysis, 
and  time  study. 

BMGT  490  Urban  Land  Management.  (3) 

Covers  the  managerial  and  decision- 
making aspects  of  urban  land  and  pro- 
perty. Included  are  such  subjects  as  land 
use  and  valuation  matters. 

BMGT  493  Honors  Study.  (3)  First 
semester  of  the  senior  year.  Prerequisite, 
candidacy  for  honors  in  business  and 
management.  The  course  is  designed  for 
honors  students  who  have  elected  to 
conduct  intensive  study  (independent  or 
group).  The  student  will  work  under  the 
direct  guidance  of  a  faculty  advisor  and 
the  chairman  of  the  honors  committee. 
They  shall  determine  that  the  area  of 
study  is  of  a  scope  and  intensity  deserv- 
ing of  a  candidate's  attention.  Formal 
written  and/or  oral  reports  on  the  study 
may  be  required  by  the  faculty  advisor 
and/or  chairman  of  the  honors  program. 
Group  meetings  of  the  candidates  may 
be  called  at  the  discretion  of  the  faculty 
advisors  and/or  chairman  of  the  honors 
committee. 

BMGT  494  Honors  Study.  (3)  Second 
semester  of  the  senior  year.  Prerequisite, 
BMGT  493,  and  continued  candidacy  for 
honors  in  business  and  management. 
The  student  shall  continue  and  complete 
the  research  initiated  in  BMGT  493,  addi- 
tional reports  may  be  required  at  the 
discretion  of  the  faculty  advisor  and 
honors  program  chairman.  Group 
meetings  may  be  held. 

BMGT  495  Business  Policies.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites, BMGT  340,  350,  364,  and  senior 
standing.  A  case  study  course  in  which 
the  aim  is  to  have  the  student  apply 
what  they  have  learned  of  general 
management  principles  and  their 
specialized  functional  applications  to  the 
overall  management  function  in  the 
enterprise. 


BMGT  496  Business  and  Society.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  one  course  in  BMGT  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Normative  role  of 
business  in  society;  consideration  of  the 
sometimes  conflicting  interests  and 
claims  on  the  firm  and  its  objectives. 

BMGT  498  Special  Topics  in  Business 
and  Management.  (3)  Prerequisite,  per- 
mission of  instructor.  Special  topics  in 
business  and  management  designed  to 
meet  the  changing  needs  and  interests 
of  students  and  faculty.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits  if  the  subject 
matter  is  different. 

BMGT  501  Business  Functions.  (3)  Inten- 
sive review  of  the  management  functions 
in  the  business  enterprise,  the  develop- 
ment of  management  thought,  and  the 
nature  of  the  managerial  process.  Credit 
not  applicable  towards  graduate  degrees. 

BMGT  502  Public  Policy  and  the  En- 
vironments of  Business.  (3)  Intensive 
review  of  the  social,  economic  and  legal 
environments  of  the  business  enterprise. 
Credit  not  applicable  towards  graduate 
degrees. 

BMGT  503  Accounting  and  Information 
Systems.  (3)  Intensive  review  of  the 
technical  and  conceptual  aspects  of 
financial  accounting  and  accounting  in- 
formation systems  as  they  apply  to  the 
business  enterprise.  Credit  not  applicable 
towards  graduate  degrees. 

BMGT  504  Quantitative  Methods  and 
Computer  Laboratory.  (4)  Intensive  review 
of  the  mathematical,  statistical,  and  com- 
puter concepts,  methods  and  skills  req- 
uisite to  the  analysis  of  business  prob- 
lems. Credit  not  applicable  towards 
graduate  degrees. 

BMGT  606  Information  Systems 
Technology.  (3)  Introduction  to  graduate 
courses  in  IFSM,  a  survey  for  interested 
graduate  students  in  other  fields.  The 
concepts,  theory  and  techniques  of  infor- 
mation systems.  The  system  life  cycle. 
The  role  of  information  systems  in  the 
management  and  control  of  the  organiza- 
tion. Effectiveness  measures  of  informa- 
tion systems.  Case  studies  of  informa- 
tion systems  as  developed  by  industry 
and  government.  Societal  impact. 
BMGT  701  Management  Analysis  and 
Communication.  (1)  Analysis  of  business 
problems  through  case  studies  to 
generate  written  and/or  oral  reports  de- 
scribing problem  definition,  alternative 
solutions,  decision  criteria,  and  recom- 
mended solutions. 

BMGT  708  Special  Topics  in  Business 
and  Management.  (3)  Prerequisite,  admis- 
sion to  a  graduate  program  in  business 
and  management  or  approval  of  the  col- 
lege program  director.  Selected  advanced 
topics  in  the  various  fields  of  graduate 
study  in  business  and  management.  With 
permission  of  the  college  program  direc- 
tor, may  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of 
six  credits  provided  the  content  is 
different. 

BMGT  710  Advanced  Accounting  Theory 

I.  (3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT  503  or  permis- 


sion  of  college.  Theoretical  and  concep- 
tual foundations  for  generally  accepted 
accounting  principles  and  practices.  The 
basic  postulates,  assumptions,  and  stan- 
dards which  underlie  the  measurement 
criteria  and  practices  of  financial 
accounting. 

BMGT  720  Managerial  Accounting  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  BMGT  503  or  permission  of 
college.  Use  of  accounting  data  for  finan- 
cial planning  and  control.  Organization 
for  control,  profit  planning,  budgeting, 
relevant  costing,  and  return  on 
investment. 

BMGT  721  Requirements  Analysis  and 
Logical  Design  of  Information  Systems 

(3)  Prerequisite,  IFSM  606  or  permission 
of  instructor.  The  life  cycle  of  an  infor- 
mation processing  system.  The  early  part 
of  the  life  cycle,  i.e.,  the  perception  of 
need  and  the  collection  of  requirements. 
Feasibility  analysis  of  proposed  informa- 
tion processing  systems.  Techniques  for 
statement  of  the  requirements  of  an  in- 
formation processing  system,  ranging 
from  the  early  industrial  engineering 
originated  methods  to  current  computer- 
aided  ones.  Concepts  of  logical  design 
from  the  synthesis  of  requirements. 

BMGT  722  The  Physical  Design  of  Infor- 
mation Systems.  (3)  Prerequisite,  IFSM 
606  or  permission  of  instructor.  Mapping 
the  logical  design  to  the  available  hard- 
ware and  off-the-shelf  software  in  the 
'best'  way  possible.  Human  factors  and 
social  implications. 

BMGT  723  Database  Technology.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  IFSM  606  or  permission  of 
instructor.  The  concepts,  theory  and 
models  of  data,  its  structure,  manipula- 
tion, and  storage.  The  various  architec- 
tures of  data  management  systems. 
Evaluation  and  selection  of  database 
systems. 

BMGT  724  Application  of  Management 
Methods  to  Information  Systems.  (3) 

Prerequisites.  IFSM  606,  BMGT  734  or 
equivalent,  theory  and  practice  of 
management  techniques  from  strategic 
planning  to  system  acquisition  to  opera- 
tion as  applied  to  information  systems. 
Methods  of  organizing  the  information 
center,  allocation  of  chargeback  policies, 
performance  monitoring  and  projection, 
security  and  integrity  evaluation,  project 
selection  and  staffing,  outside  services 
for  resource  leveling. 

BMGT  730  Bayesian  Statistics  and  Deci- 
sion Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT  732 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Concepts  and 
methods  of  Bayesian  Statistical  decision 
theory  with  application  to  business 
problems. 

BMGT  731  Theory  of  Survey  Design.  (3) 

Examines  the  usefulness  of  statistical 
principles  in  survey  design.  Topics  in- 
clude: the  nature  of  statistical  estima- 
tion, the  differential  attributes  of  dif- 
ferent estimators,  the  merits  and 
weaknesses  of  available  sampling 
methods  and  designs,  the  distinctive 
aspects  of  simple  random  samples, 


stratified  random  samples,  and  cluster 
samples,  ratio  estimates  and  the  prob- 
lems posed  by  biases  and  non-sampling 
errors. 

BMGT  732  Management  Statistics  and 
Computer  Laboratory.  (4)  Prerequisite, 
BMGT  504  or  permission  of  college.  Ap- 
plication of  statistical  concepts  to  solu- 
tion of  business  problems;  laboratory 
use  of  computer  packages. 

BMGT  734  Management  Science  and 
Computer  Laboratory.  (4)  Prerequisite, 
BMGT  504  or  permission  of  college.  Ap- 
plication of  management  science  con- 
cepts to  solution  of  business  problems; 
laboratory  use  of  computer  packages. 

BMGT  735  Application  of  Management 
Science.  (3)  Prerequisite.  BMGT  734  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Selected  topics 
and  case  studies  in  the  application  of 
management  science  to  decision  making 
in  various  functional  fields. 

BMGT  736  Philosophy  and  Practice  of 
Management  Science.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
BMGT  734  or  735,  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Critical  examination  of  the 
philosophy  underlining  the  techniques 
and  methodology  of  management 
science  from  a  system  analysis  point  of 
view. 

BMGT  737  Management  Simulation.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  BMGT  734  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Methodology  of  systems 
simulation,  Monte  Carlo  simulation,  and 
discrete  simulation.  Verification  and 
validation  of  simulation  models  with 
computer  applications. 

BMGT  740  Financial  Management.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  BMGT  501,  503  and  504  or 
permission  of  college.  The  role  of  finan- 
cial management  in  the  firm.  Topics  in- 
clude valuation  and  leverage,  capital 
budgeting,  cost  of  capital,  dividend 
policy,  long-term  financing,  working 
capital  management,  short-term  financ- 
ing, intermediate-term  financing  and  leas- 
ing, and  mergers.  Required  of  all  MBA 
students. 

BMGT  741  Advanced  Financial  Manage- 
ment. (3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT  740.  Con- 
cepts underlying  financial  decision  mak- 
ing in  the  firm.  Case  studies,  model 
building  and  applications  in  financial 
theory  and  management. 

BMGT  743  Investment  Management.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  BMGT  740.  Methods  of 
security  selection  and  portfolio  manage- 
ment in  the  debt  and  equity  markets.  In- 
vestment alternatives,  securities  markets, 
bond  and  common  stock  valuation,  op- 
tions, portfolio  theory,  and  behavior  of 
stock  prices. 

BMGT  745  Financial  Institutions  Manage- 
ment. (3)  Prerequisite.  BMGT  740.  The 
role  of  financial  management  in  financial 
institutions.  The  economic  role  and 
regulation  of  financial  institutions, 
analysis  of  risks  and  returns  on  financial 
assets  and  liabilities,  and  the  structure 
of  assets,  liabilities  and  capital. 


BMGT  746  International  Financial 
Management.  (3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT  740. 
The  role  of  financial  management  in  the 
multinational  firm.  The  financing  and 
managing  of  foreign  investments,  assets, 
currencies,  imports  and  exports.  National 
and  international  financial  institutions 
and  markets. 

BMGT  747  Risk  Management.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites, BMGT  720.  732,  740.  Strategies 
for  pure  risk  management,  including 
property,  personnel,  and  liability  ex- 
posures. Quantitative  decision-making 
techniques  applied  to  self-insurance,  in- 
surance, and  noninsurance  transfers  in 
organizations. 

BMGT  750  Marketing  Management.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  BMGT  501  or  permission  of 
college.  Analysis  of  marketing  problems 
and  evaluation  of  specific  marketing  ef- 
forts as  they  contribute  to  a  coordinated 
marketing  program.  Product,  price  and 
service  policies;  market  characteristics; 
channel  selection;  promotion  and 
organization  structure. 
BMGT  751  Marketing  Communications 
Management.  (3)  Required  for  M.B.A.  can- 
didates concentrating  in  marketing.  Con- 
cerned with  the  part  that  advertising, 
promotion,  public  relations  and  related 
efforts  play  in  the  accomplishment  of  a 
firm's  total  marketing  objectives.  Its  pur- 
pose is  to  develop  competence  in  the 
formulation  of  mass  communications, 
objectives  in  budget  optimization,  media 
appraisal,  theme  selection,  program  im- 
plementation and  management,  and 
results  measurement. 
BMGT  752  Marketing  Research  Methods 
(3)  Required  for  M.B.A  candidates  con- 
centrating in  marketing.  Deals  with  the 
process  of  acquiring, classifying  and  in- 
terpreting primary  and  secondary  market- 
ing data  needed  for  intelligent,  profitable 
marketing  decision.  Through  readings, 
discussion,  and  case  studies,  efforts  are 
made  to  develop  skill  in  evaluating  the 
appropriateness  of  alternative  method- 
ologies such  as  the  inductive,  deductive, 
survey,  observational,  and  experimental. 
Consideration  is  also  given  to  recent 
developments  in  the  systematic  recor- 
ding and  use  of  internal  and  external 
data  needed  for  marketing  decisions. 

BMGT  753  International  Marketing.  (3) 

Deals  with  environmental,  organizational, 
and  financial  aspects  of  international 
marketing  as  well  as  problems  of  market- 
ing research,  pricing,  channels  of  distri- 
bution, product  policy,  and  communica- 
tions which  face  U.S.  firms  trading  with 
foreign  firms  or  which  face  foreign  firms 
in  their  operations. 

BMGT  754  Buyer  Behavior  Analysis.  (3)  A 
systematic  examination  and  evaluation  of 
the  literature,  research  tradition  and 
theory  of  buyer  behavior  in  the  market 
place  from  a  fundamental  and  applied 
perspective.  The  cognitive  and 
behavioral  bases  underlying  the  buying 
process  of  individuals  and  institutions  is 
investigated  to  better  understand, 
predict,  and  influence  the  process 

Graduate  Programs  /  77 


through  the  effective  utilization  of  the 
firms'  marketing  resources. 

BMGT  760  Personnel  Administration.  (3) 

Examination  of  the  human  resource  func- 
tion in  organizations.  Human  resource 
planning,  procurement  and  selection, 
training  and  development,  performance 
appraisal,  wage  and  salary  administra- 
tion, and  equal  employment  opportunity. 

BMGT  761  Problems  and  Applications  in 
Personnel  Administration.  (3)  Prere- 
quisite, BMGT  760  or  equivalent,  or  per- 
mission of  instructor.  Applications  in  the 
design,  implementation,  and  evaluation 
of  human  resource  management  pro- 
grams. Experiential  learning  activities 
and  simulations. 

BMGT  762  Problems  and  Issues  in  Col- 
lective Bargaining.  (3)  Current  problems 
and  issues  in  collective  bargaining,  in- 
cluding methods  of  handling  industrial 
disputes,  legal  restrictions  on  various 
collective  bargaining  activities,  theory 
and  philosophy  of  collective  bargaining, 
and  internal  union  problems. 

BMGT  763  Administration  of  Labor  Rela- 
tions. (3)  Analysis  of  labor  relations  at 
the  plant  level  with  emphasis  on  the 
negotiation  and  administration  of  labor 
contracts.  Union  policy  and  influence  on 
personnel  management  activities. 

BMGT  764  Behavioral  Factors  in  Manage- 
ment. (3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT  501  or  per- 
mission of  college.  Analysis  of  the  in- 
fluence of  behavioral  sciences  on  the 
theory  and  practice  of  management. 

BMGT  765  Application  of  Behavioral 
Science  to  Business.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
BMGT  764  or  permission  of  professor. 
Stresses  case  analysis  of  behavioral 
knowledge  applied  to  management  prob- 
lems. Typical  topics  include  analysis  of 
modes  for  introducing  change,  group  ver- 
sus organizational  goals,  organizational 
barriers  to  personal  growth,  the  effect  of 
authority  systems  on  behavior,  and  the 
relationship  between  technology  and 
social  structure. 

BMGT  770  Transportation  Theory  and 
Analysis.  (3)  Examines  the  transportation 
system  and  its  components.  Key  topics 
in  the  development  and  present  form  of 
transportation  in  both  the  United  States 
and  other  countries  are  considered 
together  with  theoretical  concepts 
employed  in  the  analysis  of  transport 
problems 

BMGT  771  Transport  and  Public  Policy 

(3)  An  intensive  study  of  the  nature  and 
consequences  of  relations  between  gov- 
ernments and  agencies  thereof,  carriers 
in  the  various  modes,  and  users  of 
transport  services.  Typical  areas  sub- 
jected to  examination  and  analysis  in- 
clude: the  control  of  transport  firms  by 
regulatory  bodies,  taxation  of  carriers, 
methods  employed  in  the  allocation  of 
funds  to  the  construction,  operation,  and 
maintenance  of  publicly-provided  trans- 
port facilities,  and  the  direct  subsidiza- 
tion of  services  supplied  by  privately- 
owned  entities.  Additional  problems  con- 


sidered include  labor  and  safety.  Com- 
parative international  transport  policies 
and  problems  are  also  examined. 
BMGT  772  Management  of  Physical 
Distribution.  (3)  Focuses  on  managerial 
practices  required  to  fulfill  optimally  the 
physical  movement  needs  of  extractive, 
manufacturing,  and  merchandising  firms. 
Attention  is  given  to  the  total  cost  ap- 
proach to  physical  distribution.  Interrela- 
tions among  purchased  transport  ser- 
vices, privately-supplied  transport  ser- 
vices, warehousing,  inventory  control, 
materials  handling,  packaging,  and  plant 
location  are  considered.  An  understand- 
ing of  the  communications  network  to 
support  physical  distribution  is 
developed  in  conjunction  with  study  of 
the  problems  of  coordination  between 
the  physical  movement  management 
function  and  other  functional  areas 
within  the  business  firm  —  such  as  ac- 
counting, finance,  marketing,  and 
production. 

BMGT  773  Transportation  Strategies.  (3) 

Treats  organization,  structure  policies, 
and  procedures  employed  in  the  adminis- 
tration of  inter-  and  intra-urban  transport 
firms.  Problems  receiving  attention  in- 
clude managerial  development,  opera- 
tional and  financial  planning  and  control, 
demand  analysis,  pricing,  promotional 
policiies,  intra-  and  inter-modal  com- 
petitive and  complementary  relationships, 
and  methods  for  accommodating  public 
policies  designed  to  delimit  the 
managerial  discretion  of  carrier  ex- 
ecutives. Administrative  problems 
peculiar  to  publicly-owned  and  operated 
transport  entities  are  also  considered. 
BMGT  774  Private  Enterprise  and  Public 
Policy.  (3)  Examines  the  executive's 
social  and  ethical  responsibilities  to  his 
employees,  customers  and  to  the  general 
public.  Consideration  is  given  to  the  con- 
flicts occasioned  by  competitive  relation- 
ships in  the  private  sector  of  business 
and  the  effect  of  institutional  restraints. 
The  trends  in  public  policy  and  their 
future  effect  upon  management  are  ex- 
amined. For  comparative  purposes,  sev- 
eral examples  of  planned  societies  are 
considered. 

BMGT  775  Product,  Production  and  Pric- 
ing Policy.  (3)  Required  of  MBA.  can- 
didates. The  application  of  economic 
theory  to  the  business  enterprise  in 
respect  to  the  determination  of  policy 
and  the  handling  of  management  prob- 
lems with  particular  reference  'o  the  firm 
producing  a  complex  line  of  proi.'i. cts, 
nature  of  competition,  pricing  policy, 
interrelationship  of  production  and 
marketing  problems,  basic  types  of  cost, 
control  systems,  theories  of  depreciation 
and  investment  and  the  impact  of  each 
upon  costs. 

BMGT  777  Policy  Issues  in  Public 
Utilities.  (3)  A  critical  analysis  of  current 
developments  in  regulatory  policy  and 
issues  arising  among  public  utilities, 
regulatory  agencies,  and  the  general 
public.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  elec- 
tric, gas.  water,  and  communications  in- 


dustries in  both  the  public  and  private 
sectors  of  the  economy.  Changing  and 
emerging  problems  stressed  include 
those  pertinent  to  cost  analysis,  deprec- 
iation, finance,  taxes,  rate  of  return,  the 
rate  base,  differential  rate-making,  and 
labor.  In  addition,  the  growing  impor- 
tance of  technological  developments  and 
their  impact  on  state  and  federal 
regulatory  agencies  are  explored. 

BMGT  781  International  Business  Ad- 
ministration. (3)  Examines  the  interna- 
tional business  environment  as  it  affects 
company  policy  and  procedures.  Inte- 
grates the  business  functions  under- 
taken in  international  operations  through 
analysis  in  depth  and  comprehensive 
case  studies.  This  course  can  be 
credited  toward  the  18-hour  requirement 
for  a  major  field  in  the  D.B.A.  program. 

BMGT  782  Management  of  the  Multina- 
tional Firm.  (3)  Deals  with  the  problems 
and  policies  of  international  business 
enterprise  at  the  management  level.  Con- 
siders management  of  a  multinational 
enterprise  as  well  as  management  within 
foreign  units.  The  multinational  firm  as  a 
socio-econometric  institution  is  analyzed 
in  detail.  Cases  in  comparative  manage- 
ment are  utilized. 

BMGT  785  Management  Planning  and 
Control  Systems.  (3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT 
501  or  permission  of  college.  Analysis  of 
planning  and  control  systems  as  they 
relate  to  the  fulfillment  of  organizational 
objectives.  Identification  of  organizational 
objectives,  responsibility  centers,  infor- 
mation needs,  and  information  networks. 
Case  studies  of  integrated  planning  and 
control  systems. 

BMGT  786  Development  and  Trends  in 
Production  Management.  (3)  Case  studies 
of  production  problems  in  a  number  of 
industries.  Focuses  attention  on  deci- 
sions concerning  operating  programs 
and  manufacturing  policies  at  the  top 
level  of  manufacturing.  Basic  concepts 
of  process  and  product  technology  are 
covered,  taking  into  consideration  the 
scale,  operating  range,  capital  cost, 
method  of  control,  and  degree  of 
mechanization  at  each  successive  stage 
in  the  manufacturing  process. 

BMGT  790  Total  Enterprise  Strategy.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  BMGT  501,  502,  503  and 
504,  or  permission  of  college.  Case  stud- 
ies and  research  in  the  identification  of 
management  problems,  the  evaluation  of 
alternative  solutions,  and  the  recommen- 
dation for  management  implementation. 

BMGT  791  Total  Enterprise  Strategy- 
Management  Practicum.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
BMGT  501.  502,  503  and  504,  and  permis- 
sion of  director  of  MBA  program   Exper- 
iental  research  project  in  the  identifica- 
tion of  management  problems,  the 
evaluation  of  alternative  solutions,  and 
the  recommendation  for  management. 
BMGT  799  Master's  Thesis  Research 
(1-6) 

BMGT  808  Doctoral  Seminar.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, admission  to  the  D.B.A  program 


78  /  Graduate  Programs 


or  approval  of  the  college  director  of 
graduate  studies.  Selected  advanced 
topics  in  the  various  fields  of  doctoral 
study  in  business  and  management.  With 
permission  of  the  college  director  of 
graduate  studies,  may  be  repeated  pro- 
vided the  content  is  different. 

BMGT  811  Advanced  Accounting  Theory 
II.  (3)  Prerequisite  BMGT  710.  A  study  of 
the  more  controversial,  not  generally  ac- 
cepted ideas  and  concepts,  currently 
proposed  as  suggested  solutions  to  cur- 
rent problems  or  to  improve  the  state  of 
the  art  of  financial  accounting 
measurements. 

BMGT  812  Accounting  in  Regulated  In- 
dustries. (3)  A  study  of  the  accounting 
problems  of  industries  subject  to  cost 
and  price  regulations  of  government 
agencies.  Included  are  government  con- 
tracts and  grants,  rate  regulations  for 
transportation  carriers  and  public  util- 
ities, distribution  cost  analyses  under  the 
Robinson-Patman  Act,  and  cost  regula- 
tions of  the  medicare  program. 

BMGT  813  The  Impact  of  Taxation  on 
Business  Decisions.  (3)  A  study  of  the 
impact  of  tax  law  and  regulations  on  al- 
ternative business  strategies.  Particular 
emphasis  is  given  to  the  large,  multidivi- 
sional  firm.  Problems  of  acquisitions, 
mergers,  spinoffs,  and  other  divestitures 
are  considered  from  the  viewpoint  of 
profit  planning,  cash  flow,  and  tax 
deferment. 

BMGT  814  Current  Problems  of  Profes- 
sional Practice.  (3)  Generally  accepted 
auditing  standards,  auditing  practices, 
legal  and  ethical  responsibilities,  and  the 
accounting  and  reporting  requirements 
of  the  securities  and  exchange 
commission. 

BMGT  815  International  Auditing.  (3)  In- 
ternational accounting,  its  problems  and 
organizations  associated  with  the  study 
of  the  issues  involved;  international  stan- 
dards of  accounting  and  auditing;  na- 
tional differences  in  accounting  thought 
and  practice. 

BMGT  821  Managerial  Accounting  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  BMGT  720.  The  manage- 
ment of  the  controllership  function  in 
the  large,  multidivisional  firm.  Centralized 
and  decentralized  organizations;  manage- 
ment control  systems  in  consolidated 
and  conglomerate  corporations;  alter- 
native strategies  for  profit  maximization; 
acquisitions  and  divestitures  for  in- 
creased investment  return. 

BMGT  828  Independent  Study  in 
Business  and  Management.  (1-9) 

BMGT  830  Operations  Research:  Linear 
Programming.  (3)  Prerequisite,  MATH  240 
or  equivalent,  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Concepts  and  applications  of  linear  pro- 
gramming models,  theoretical  develop- 
ment of  the  simplex  algorithm,  and 
primal-dual  problems  and  theory. 

BMGT  831  Operations  Research:  Exten- 
sion of  Linear  Programming  and  Network 
Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT  830  or 


equivalent,  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Concepts  and  applications  of  network 
and  graph  theory  in  linear  models  with 
emphasis  on  computional  algorithms. 

BMGT  832  Operations  Research:  Op- 
timization and  Non-linear  Programming 

(3)  Prerequisites.  BMGT  830  an  MATH 
241  or  equivalent,  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. Theory  and  applications  of 
algorithmic  approaches  to  solving  un- 
constrained and  constrained  non-linear 
optimization  problems.  The  Kuhn-Tucker 
conditions,  Lagrangian  and  duality 
theory,  types  of  convexity,  and  con- 
vergence criteria.  Feasible  direction  pro- 
cedures, penalty  and  barrier  techniques, 
and  cutting  plane  procedures. 

BMGT  833  Operations  Research:  Integer 
Programming.  (3)  Prerequisites,  BMGT 
830  and  MATH  241  or  equivalent,  or  per- 
mission of  instructor.  Theory,  applica- 
tions, and  computational  methods  of  in- 
terger  optimization.  Zero-one  implicit 
enumeration,  branch  and  bound 
methods,  and  cutting  plane  methods. 

BMGT  834  Operations  Research:  Probab- 
ilistic Models.  (3)  Prerequisites,  MATH 
241  and  STAT  400  or  equivalent,  or  per- 
mission of  instructor.  Theoretical  founda- 
tions for  the  construction,  optimization, 
and  applications  of  probabilistic  models. 
Queuing  theory,  inventory  theory,  Markov 
processes,  renewal  theory,  and  stoch- 
astic linear  programming. 

BMGT  835  Simulation  and  Design  of  Ex- 
periments. (3)  Prerequisites,  knowledge 
of  FORTRAN  programming,  BMGT  732 
and  734  or  equivalent,  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Statistical  design  and  analysis 
of  simulation  experiments. 

BMGT  841  Seminar  in  Corporate 
Finance.(3)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  in- 
structor. Seminar  in  selected  classic  and 
current  theoretical  and  empirical 
research  in  corporate  finance. 

BMGT  843  Seminar  in  Portfolio  Theory.(3) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor. 
Seminar  in  selected  classic  and  current 
theoretical  and  empirical  research  in 
portfolio  theory. 

BMGT  845  Seminar  in  Financial  Institu- 
tions and  Markets.  (3)  Prerequisite,  per- 
mission of  instructor.  Seminar  in 
selected  classic  and  current  theoretical 
and  empirical  research  in  financial  in- 
stitutions and  markets. 

BMGT  850  Marketing  Channels 
Analysis.(3)  Focuses  on  the  fundamen- 
tals explain  alternate  channels  of 
distribution  and  the  roles  played  by 
various  intermediaries,  the  evolution  of 
business  structures  in  marketing, 
reasons  for  change,  and  projected 
marketing  patterns  for  the  future.  M.B.A. 
candidates  may  register  with  permission 
of  instructor. 

BMGT  851  Quantitative  Methods  in 
Marketing— Demand  and  Cost 
Analysis.  (3)  Consideration  is  given  to 
quantitative  methods  in  the  analysis  and 
prediction  of  market  demand  and 


marketing  costs.  Topics  in  connection 
with  demand  incude  market  potentials, 
sales  forecasting,  consumer  analysis, 
promotional  and  pricing  results,  and  the 
like.  Cost  analysis  focuses  on  allocation 
of  costs  by  marketing  functions,  prod- 
ucts, territories,  customers  and 
marketing  personnel.  Statistical  tech- 
niques, mathematics,  models  and  other 
methods  are  utilized  in  the  solution  of 
marketing  problems.  M.B.A.  candidates 
may  register  with  permission  of  instructor. 

BMGT  852  Theory  in  Marketing.  (3)  An  in- 
quiry into  the  problems  and  elements  of 
theory  development  in  general  with 
specific  reference  to  the  field  of 
marketing.  A  critical  analysis  and  evalua- 
tion of  past  and  contemporary  efforts  to 
formulate  theories  of  marketing  and  to 
integrate  theories  from  the  social 
sciences  into  a  marketing  framework.  At- 
tention is  given  to  the  development  of 
concepts  in  all  areas  of  marketing 
thought  and  to  their  potential  application 
in  the  business  firm. 

BMGT  860  Seminar  in  Human  Resource 
Planning  and  Selection.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
BMGT  760  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Seminar  in  selected  theoretical  and  em- 
pirical literature  in  human  resource  plan- 
ning, forecasting,  and  staffing. 

BMGT  861  Seminar  in  Performance  Ap- 
praisal and  Training.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
BMGT  760  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Seminar  in  selected  theoretical  and  em- 
pirical literature  in  performance  appraisal 
and  training. 

BMGT  862  Seminar  in  Compensation  Ad- 
ministration. (3)  Prerequisite.  BMGT  760 
or  permission  of  instructor.  Seminar  in 
selected  theoretical  and  empirical 
literature  in  the  compensation  of  human 
resources. 

BMGT  863  Seminar.  The  Organization 
and  the  Individual.  (3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT 
764  or  equivalent,  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. Seminar  in  the  literature  on  the 
relationship  between  individual  and  or- 
ganizational characteristics. 

BMGT  864  Seminar  in  Interpersonal  Rela- 
tions and  the  Group  Process  in  Organiza- 
tions. (3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT  764  or  equi- 
valent, or  permission  of  instructor.  Em- 
phasis on  the  literature  of  small  group 
behavior  among  industrial  work  groups, 
white-collar  work  groups,  professional 
staff,  and  managerial  units. 

BMGT  865  Seminar  in  Comparative 
Theories  of  Organization.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
BMGT  764  or  equivalent,  or  permission 
of  instructor.  Emphasis  on  the  inter- 
disciplinary literature  on  classical 
management,  systems,  and  contingency 
theories  of  organization. 

BMGT  866  Seminar  in  Organizational 
Conflict  and  Change.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
BMGT  764  or  equivalent,  or  permission 
of  instructor.  Emphasis  on  the  introduc- 
tion of  planned  and  systematic  changes 
in  small  work  groups,  organizational  sub- 
systems, and  the  entire  organization 

Graduate  Programs  /  79 


through  the  use  of  behavioral  science 
techniques. 

BMGT  872  Business  Logistics.  (3)  Con- 
centrates on  the  design  and  application 
of  methods  for  the  solution  of  advanced 
physical  movement  problems  of  business 
firms.  Provides  thorough  coverage  of  a 
variety  of  analytical  techniques  relevant 
to  the  solution  of  these  problems.  Where 
appropriate,  experience  will  be  provided 
in  the  utilization  of  computers  to  assist 
in  managerial  logistical  decision-making. 

BMGT  873  Transportation  Science.  (3) 

Focuses  on  the  application  of  quan- 
titative and  qualitative  techniques  of 
ana'ysis  to  managerial  problems  drawn 
from  firms  in  each  of  the  various  modes 
of  transport.  Included  is  the  application 
of  simulation  to  areas  such  as  the  con- 
trol of  equipment  selection  and  terminal 
and  line  operations.  The  application  of 
advanced  analytical  techniques  to  prob- 
lems involving  resource  use  efficiency 
within  the  transportation  industry  and  be- 
tween transportation  and  other  sectors 
of  the  economy  is  an  integral  part  of  the 
course. 

BMGT  880  Business  Research 
Methodology.  (3)  Covers  the  nature, 
scope,  and  application  of  research 
methodology.  The  identification  and 
formulation  of  research  designs  ap- 
plicable to  business  and  related  fields. 
Required  of  D.B.A.  students. 

BMGT  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research.  (1-8) 

Chemical  Engineering 
Program 

Professor  and  Director:  Gomezplata 
Professor  and  Department  Chairman: 

Cadman 
Professors:  Beckmann,  Birkner!,  Gentry3, 

Marchello',  Regan,  Schroeder',  Smith, 

Spain 
Adjunct  Professors:  Bolsaitis 
Associate  Professors:  Gasner,  Hatch 
Assistant  Professors:  Burka,  Finger', 

King 

'part  time 

2joint  appointment  with  Civil  Engineering 

'joint  appointment  with  Institute  for 

Physical  Science  and  Technology 
'Provost,  Mathematical,  Physical 

Sciences  and  Engineering  Division 

An  individual  plan  of  graduate  study 
compatible  with  the  student's  inter- 
est and  background  is  established 
between  the  student,  his  advisor, 
and  the  Department  Chairman.  The 
general  chemical  engineering  pro- 
gram is  focused  on  five  major  areas; 
applied  polymer  science,  biochem- 
ical engineering,  environmental  and 
energy-related  engineering,  high 
pressure  technology,  process  and 
analysis  simulation. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  programs  leading  to  the  M.S. 


and  Ph.D.  degrees  are  open  to  quali- 
fied students  holding  the  B.S. 
degree.  Admission  may  be  granted 
to  students  with  degrees  in  any  of 
the  engineering  and  science  areas 
from  accredited  programs.  In  some 
cases  it  may  be  necessary  to  re- 
quire courses  to  fulfill  the 
background.  The  general  regulations 
of  the  Graduate  School  apply  in 
reviewing  applications. 

The  candidate  for  the  M.S.  degree 
has  the  choice  of  following  a  plan 
of  study  with  or  without  thesis.  The 
equivalent  of  at  least  three  years  of 
full-time  study  beyond  the  B.S.  de- 
gree is  required  for  the  Ph.D. 
degree.  All  students  seeking  grad- 
uate degrees  in  Chemical  Engi- 
neering must  enroll  in  ENCH  610, 
620,  630,  and  640.  In  addition  to  the 
general  rules  of  the  Graduate  School 
certain  special  degree  requirements 
are  set  forth  by  the  Department  in 
its  departmental  publications. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

A  number  of  special  facilities  are 
available  for  graduate  study  and 
research  and  are  coordinated 
through  the  Laboratory  for  Radiation 
and  Polymer  Science,  the  Laboratory 
for  High  Pressure  Science,  the  Lab- 
oratory for  Process  Analysis  and 
Simulation,  the  Laboratory  for  Bio- 
chemical Engineering  and  Envir- 
onmental Studies,  and  the  Nuclear 
Reactor  Facility.  These  laboratories 
contain  analog  and  digital  process 
control  computers,  a  gamma  radia- 
tion facility,  an  electron  accelerator, 
an  electron  paramagnetic  resonance 
spectrometer,  high  pressure  and 
cryogenic  systems,  crystal  growth 
and  mechanical  testing  equipment, 
and  X-ray  units. 

Courses 

ENCH  425  Transport  Processes  II  — 
Heat  Transfer.  (3)  Pre-  or  corequisite, 
ENCH  280.  Steady  and  unsteady  state 
conduction,  convective  heat  transfer, 
radiation,  design  of  condensers,  heat  ex- 
changers, evaporation,  and  other  types 
of  heat  transfer  equipment. 

ENCH  427  Transport  Processes  III  — 
Mass  Transfer.  (3)  Pre-  or  corequisite, 
ENCH  425.  Steady  and  unsteady  state 
molecular  diffusion,  interphase  transfer, 
simultaneous  heat  and  mass  transfer, 
transfer  and  chemical  reaction.  Design 
applications  in  humidification  gas  ab- 
sorption, distillation,  extraction  adsorp- 
tion and  ion  exchange. 

ENCH  437  Chemical  Engineering 
Laboratory.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENCH  427. 
Application  of  chemical  engineering 
process  and  unit  operation  principles  in 
small  scale  semi-commercial  equipment. 
Data  from  experimental  observations  are 


used  to  evaluate  performance  and  effic- 
iency of  operations.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  correct  presentation  of  results  in 
report  form. 

ENCH  440  Chemical  Engineering 
Kinetics.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENCH  250. 
Fundamentals  of  chemical  reaction 
kinetics  and  their  application  to  the 
design  and  operation  of  chemical  reac- 
tors. Reaction  rate  theory,  homogeneous 
reactions  in  batch  and  flow  systems,  ad- 
sorption, heterogeneous  reactions  and 
catalysis  electrochemical  reactions. 
Catalytic  reactor  design. 

ENCH  442  Chemical  Engineering 
Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisite,  differential 
equations  or  ENCH  453.  Dynamic 
response  applied  to  process  systems. 
Goals  and  modes  of  control,  la  place 
transformations,  analysis  and  synthesis 
of  simple  control  systems,  closed  loop 
response,  dynamic  testing.  Laboratory 
work  on  methods  of  process  control,  use 
of  experimental  analog  and  mathematical 
models  of  control  systems. 

ENCH  444  Process  Engineering 
Economics  and  Design  I.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
ENCH  427.  Principles  of  chemical  engi- 
neering economics  and  process  design. 
Emphasis  on  equipment  types,  equip- 
ment design  principles,  capital  cost 
estimation,  operating  costs,  and  profit- 
ability. Not  open  to  students  who  already 
have  credit  for  ENCH  447. 

ENCH  445  Process  Engineering  and 
Design.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENCH  427. 
Utilization  of  chemical  engineering  prin- 
ciples for  the  design  of  process  equip- 
ment. Typical  problems  in  the  design  of 
chemical  plants.  Comprehensive  reports 
are  required. 

ENCH  446  Process  Engineering  Eco- 
nomics and  Design  II.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
ENCH  444.  Application  of  chemical  engi- 
neering principles  for  the  design  of 
chemical  processing  equipment.  Typical 
problems  in  the  design  of  chemical 
plants.  Not  open  to  students  who 
already  have  credit  for  ENCH  445. 

ENCH  450  Chemical  Process  Develop- 
ment. (3)  Prerequisite,  ENCH  427.  Chem- 
ical process  industries  from  the  stand- 
point of  technology,  raw  materials,  prod- 
ucts and  processing  equipment.  Opera- 
tions of  major  chemical  processes  and 
industries  combined  with  quantitative 
analysis  of  process  requirements  and 
yields. 

ENCH  452  Advanced  Chemical  Engineer- 
ing Analyses.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENCH  425. 
Application  of  digital  and  analog  com- 
puters to  chemical  engineering  problems. 
Numerical  methods,  programming,  differ- 
ential equations,  curve  fitting,  amplifiers 
and  analog  circuits. 
ENCH  453  Applied  Mathematics  in 
Chemical  Engineering.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
MATH  240.  Mathematical  techniques  ap- 
plied to  the  analysis  and  solution  of 
chemical  engineering  problems.  Use  of 
differentiation,  integration,  differential 
equations,  partial  differential  equations 


80  /  Graduate  Programs 


and  integral  transforms.  Application  of 
infinite  series,  numerical  and  statistical 
methods. 

ENCH  454  Chemical  Process  Analysis 
and  Optimization.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
ENCH  427,  440.  Applications  of 
mathematical  models  to  the  analysis  and 
optimization  of  chemical  processes. 
Models  based  on  transport,  chemical 
kinetics  and  other  chemical  engineering 
principles  will  be  employed.  Emphasis  on 
evaluation  of  process  alternatives. 

ENCH  455  Chemical  Process  Laboratory. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  ENCH  427  and  440.  One 
lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Experimental  study  of  various 
chemical  processes  through  laboratory 
and  small  semi-commercial  scale  equip- 
ment. Reaction  kinetics,  fluid  mechanics, 
heat  and  mass  transfer. 

ENCH  461  Control  of  Air  Pollution 
Sources.  (3)  Prerequisite,  senior  standing 
in  engineering  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Theory  and  application  of  methods  for 
the  control  and  removal  of  airborne  ma- 
terials. Principles  of  design  and  perform- 
ance of  air  quality  control  equipment. 

ENCH  468  Research.  (1-3)  Prerequisite, 
permission  of  the  instructor.  Investiga- 
tion of  a  research  project  under  the  di- 
rection of  a  faculty  member.  Compre- 
hensive reports  are  required.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

ENCH  475  Electrochemical  Engineering. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  ENCH  425.  Fundamen- 
tals of  electrochemistry  with  application 
to  engineering  and  commercial  proc- 
esses. Equilibrium  potentials,  reaction 
mechanisms,  cell  kinetics,  polarization, 
surface  phenomena.  Electrorefining,  elec- 
trowinning,  oxidation  and  reduction, 
solid,  liquid  and  gas  systems.  Aspects  of 
design  and  performance  of  electroproc- 
ess  plants. 

ENCH  480  Engineering  Analysis  of 
Physiological  Systems.  (3)  Engineering 
description  and  analysis  of  physiological 
systems.  Survey  of  bioengineering  litera- 
ture and  an  introduction  to  mathematical 
modeling  of  physiological  systems. 

ENCH  482  Biochemical  Engineering.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  senior  standing  in  engineer- 
ing or  consent  of  instructor.  Introduction 
to  biochemical  and  microbiological  appli- 
cations to  commercial  and  engineering 
processes,  including  industrial  fermenta- 
tion, enzymology,  ultrafiltration,  food  and 
pharmaceutical  processing  and  resulting 
waste  treatment.  Enzyme  kinetics,  cell 
growth,  energetics  and  mass  transfer. 

ENCH  485  Biochemical  Engineering 
Laboratory.  (2)  Prerequisite,  or  core- 
quisite,  ENCH  482.  Techniques  of  mea- 
suring pertinent  parameters  in  fermenta- 
tion reactors,  quantification  of  produc- 
tion variables  for  primary  and  secondary 
metabolities  such  as  enzymes  and  an- 
tibiotics, the  insolublization  of  enzymes 
for  reactors,  and  the  demonstration  of 
separation  techniques  such  as  ultrafiltra- 
tion and  affinity  chromatography. 


ENCH  490  Introduction  to  Polymer 
Science.  (3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor. The  elements  of  the  chemistry, 
physics,  processing  methods,  and  engi- 
neering applications  of  polymers. 

ENCH  492  Applied  Physical  Chemistry  of 
Polymers.  (3)  Prerequisite,  CHEM  481. 
Corequisite,  CHEM  482  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Kinetics  of  formation  of  high 
polymers,  determination  of  molecular 
weight  and  structure,  and  applied  ther- 
modynamics and  phase  equilibria  of 
polymer  solutions. 

ENCH  494  Polymer  Technology  Labor- 
atory. (3)  Prerequisite,  ENCH  490  or  492 
or  consent  of  instructor.  One  lecture  and 
two  lab  periods  per  week.  Measurement 
of  mechanical,  electrical,  optical,  thermal 
properties  of  polymers.  Measurement  of 
molecular  weight  by  viscosimetry 
isometric  and  light  scattering  methods. 
Application  of  X-ray,  NMR,  ESR,  spec- 
troscopy molecular  relaxation, 
microscopy  and  electron  microscopy  to 
the  determination  of  polymer  structure, 
effects  of  ultraviolet  light  and  high 
energy  radiation. 

ENCH  495  Rheology  of  Polymer 
Materials.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENCH  490  or 
492  or  consent  of  instructor.  Mechanical 
behavior  with  emphasis  on  the  con- 
tinuum point  of  view  and  its  relationship 
to  structural  types.  Elasticity,  viscoelas- 
ticity,  anelasticity  and  plasticity  of  single 
phase  and  multiphase  materials. 
(Students  who  have  credit  for  ENCH  495 
may  not  take  ENMA  495  for  credit.) 

ENCH  496  Processing  of  Polymer 
Materials.  (3)  Prerequisites,  ENCH  490  or 
492  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  compre- 
hensive analysis  of  the  operations  car- 
ried out  on  polymeric  materials  to  in- 
crease their  utility.  Conversion  opera- 
tions such  as  molding  extrusion,  blend- 
ing, film  forming,  and  calendering. 
Development  of  engineering  skills  re- 
quired to  practice  in  the  high  polymer  in- 
dustry. Students  who  have  credit  for 
ENCH  496  may  not  take  ENMA  496  for 
credit. 

ENCH  609  Graduate  Seminar.  (1) 
ENCH  610  Chemical  Engineering 
Thermodynamics.  (3)  First  semester.  Ad- 
vanced application  of  the  general 
thermodynamic  methods  to  chemical  en- 
gineering problems.  First  and  second  law 
consequences;  estimation  and  correla- 
tion of  thermodynamic  properties;  phase 
and  chemical  reaction  equilibria. 

ENCH  620  Methods  of  Engineering 
Analysis.  (3)  First  semester,  application 
of  selected  mathematical  techniques  to 
the  analysis  and  solution  of  engineering 
problems;  included  are  the  applications 
of  matrices,  vectors,  tensors,  differential 
equations,  integral  transforms  and  proba- 
bility methods  to  such  problems  as 
unsteady  heat  transfer,  transient 
phenomena  in  mass  transfer  operations, 
stagewise  processes,  chemical  reactors, 
process  control,  and  nuclear  reactor 
physics. 


ENCH  630  Transport  Phenomena.  (3) 

First  semester.  Heat,  mass  and  momen- 
tum transfer  theory  from  the  viewpoint  of 
the  basic  transport  equations.  Steady 
and  unsteady  state;  laminar  and  tur- 
bulent flow;  boundary  layer  theory, 
mechanics  of  turbulent  transport;  with 
specific  application  to  complex  chemical 
engineering  situations. 

ENCH  640  Advanced  Chemical  Reaction 
Kinetics.  (3)  Second  semester.  The 
theory  and  application  of  chemical  reac- 
tion kinetics  to  reactor  design.  Reaction 
rate  theory;  homogeneous  batch  and 
flow  reactors;  fundamentals  of  catalysis; 
design  of  heterogeneous  flow  reactors. 

ENCH  648  Special  Problems  in  Chemical 
Engineering.  (1-6) 

ENCH  655  Radiation  Engineering.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  An 
analysis  of  such  radiation  applications  as 
synthesizing  chemicals,  preserving  foods, 
control  of  industrial  processes.  Design  of 
irradiation  installations,  e.g.,  cobalt  60 
gamma  ray  sources,  electronuclear 
machine  arrangement,  and  chemical 
reactors. 

ENCH  656  Radiation  Engineering.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  An 
analysis  of  such  radiation  applications  as 
synthesizing  chemicals,  preserving  foods, 
control  of  industrial  processes.  Design  of 
irradiation  installations,  e.g.,  cobalt  60 
gamma  ray  sources,  electronuclear 
machine  arrangement,  and  chemical 
reactors. 

ENCH  667  Radiation  Effects  Laboratory. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor. 
Effect  of  massive  doses  of  radiation  on 
the  properties  of  matter  for  purposes 
other  than  those  pointed  toward  nuclear 
power.  Radiation  processing,  radiation- 
induced  chemical  reactions,  and  conver- 
sion of  radiation  energy;  isotope  power 
sources. 

ENCH  670  Rheology  of  Engineering 
Materials.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENMA  650. 
Mechanical  behavior  with  emphasis  on 
the  continuum  point  of  view  and  its  rela- 
tionship to  structural  types.  Elasticity, 
viscoelasticity,  anelasticity  and  plasticity 
in  single  phase  and  multiphase 
materials. 

ENCH  720  Process  Analysis  and  Simula- 
tion. (3)  Second  semester.  Prerequisite, 
ENCH  630.  Development  of  mathematical 
models  of  chemical  processes  based  on 
transport  phenomena,  chemical  kinetics, 
and  other  chemical  engineering  methods. 
Emphasis  on  principles  of  model  build- 
ing and  simulation  utilizing  mathematical 
solutions  and  computer  methods. 

ENCH  723  Process  Engineering  and 
Design.  (3)  First  and  second  semesters. 
Coordination  of  chemical  engineering 
and  economics  to  advanced  process  en- 
gineering and  design.  Optimization  of  in- 
vestment and  operating  costs.  Solution 
of  typical  problems  encountered  in  the 
design  of  chemical  engineering  plants. 


Graduate  Programs  /  81 


ENCH  730  Complex  Equilibrium  Stage 
Processes.  (3)  Second  semester.  The 
theory  and  application  of  complex  equi- 
librium stages.  Binary  and  multicompo- 
nent  absorption;  extraction;  liquefaction. 

ENCH  735  Chemical  Process  Dynamics. 

(3)  First  semester.  Prerequisites,  differen- 
tial equations  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Analysis  of  open  and  closed  control 
loops  and  their  elements;  dynamic 
response  of  processes;  choice  of  vari- 
ables and  linkages;  dynamic  testing  and 
synthesis;  noise  and  drift;  chemical  pro- 
cess systems  analysis;  strategies  for  op- 
timum operation. 

ENCH  737  Chemical  Process  Optimiza- 
tion. (3)  Second  semester.  Techniques  of 
moden  optimization  theory  as  applied  to 
chemical  engineering  problems.  Optimi- 
zation of  single  and  multivariable  sys- 
tems with  and  without  constraints.  Ap- 
plication of  partial  optimization  tech- 
niques to  complex  chemical  engineering 
processes. 

ENCH  761  Enzyme  Engineering.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ENCH  640.  Enzyme  science 
and  kinetics;  principles  of  enzyme  in- 
solublization  and  denaturation  with  ap- 
plication to  design,  operation  and  model- 
ing of  enzyme  reactors.  The  relationship 
between  mass  transfer  and  apparent 
kinetics  in  enzyme  systems;  and  tech- 
niques of  separation  and  purification  of 
enzymes. 

ENCH  762  Advanced  Biochemical 
Engineering.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENCH  482 
or  permission  of  instructor.  Advanced 
topics  to  include  use  of  a  digital  com- 
puter for  mathematical  modeling  of  the 
dynamics  of  biological  systems;  separa- 
tion techniques  for  heat  sensitive  biologi- 
cally active  materials;  and  transport 
phenomena  in  biological  systems. 

ENCH  763  Engineering  of  Artificial 
Organs.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENCH  480  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Design  con- 
cepts and  engineering  analysis  of 
devices  to  supplement  or  replace  natural 
functions;  artificial  kidney;  heart  assistor; 
membrane  oxygenator;  materials  prob- 
lems, physiological  considerations. 

ENCH  784  Polymer  Physics.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, ENCH  490  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Application  and  correlation  of 
mechanical  and  dielectric  relaxation, 
NMR,  electron  microscopy,  X-ray  diffrac- 
tion, diffusion  and  electrical  properties  to 
the  mechanical  properties  and  structure 
of  polymers  in  the  solid  state. 

ENCH  786  Polymer  Processing  and  Ap- 
plications. (3)  Prerequisite,  ENCH  490  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Application  of 
theoretical  knowledge  of  polymers  to  in- 
dustrial processes.  An  analysis  of  poly- 
merization, stabilization,  electrical, 
rheological,  thermal,  mechanical  and  op- 
tical properties  and  their  influence  on 
processing  conditions  and  end  use 
applications. 

ENCH  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 


ENCH  818  Advanced  Topics  in  Ther- 
modynamics. (3)  Second  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, CHEM  604. 

ENCH  828  Advanced  Topics  in  Chemical 
Reaction  Systems.  (3)  First  semester.  Of- 
fered in  alternate  years.  Prerequisite 
ENCH  640. 

ENCH  838  Advanced  Topics  in  Transfer 
Theory.  (3)  First  semester.  Offered  in 
alternate  years.  Prerequisite,  ENCH  720. 

ENCH  848  Advanced  Topics  in  Separa- 
tion Processes.  (3)  Second  semester.  Of- 
fered in  alternate  years. 

ENCH  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research.  (1-8) 


Chemical  Physics  Program 

Professor  and  Director:  Benedict 
Professors:  Benesch,  De  Rocco,  Ginter, 

Sengers,  Zwanzig 
Associate  Professor:  Gammon 

This  curriculum  is  under  the  com- 
bined sponsorship  of  the  Institute 
for  Physical  science  and  Technol- 
ogy, Department  of  Chemistry,  and 
the  Department  of  Physics  and  As- 
tronomy. It  is  designed  to  train 
students  for  research  in  this  rapidly 
expanding  interdisciplinary  field. 

Areas  of  study  include:  astrophys- 
ical  spectroscopy,  atmospheric 
physics  and  chemistry,  bioengineer- 
ing,  biophysics,  critical  phenomena, 
infrared  and  Raman  spectroscopy, 
Intermolecular  forces,  Interstellar 
molecules,  laser  spectroscopy,  light 
scattering,  liquid  crystals,  low 
temperature  physics,  microwave  and 
mser  spectroscopy,  molecular  struc- 
ture, NMR  and  ESR  spectroscopy, 
physics  and  chemistry  at  high 
pressure,  quantum  mechanics,  reac- 
tion kinetics,  solid  state  physics, 
statistical  mechanics,  transport 
phenomena,  vacuum  UV  spectro- 
scopy, x-ray  diffraction. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

This  program  is  open  to  graduate 
students  admitted  to  the  Depart- 
ments of  Chemistry  and  Physics 
and  Astronomy  and  offers  a  course 
of  study  leading  to  the  degrees  of 
Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of 
Philosophy.  Entering  students  are 
expected  to  have  an  undergraduate 
degree  in  either  chemistry  or 
physics  with  a  strong  background  in 
the  other  discipline.  However,  a 
mathematics  or  engineering  major 
may  also  be  eligible. 

The  course  program  will  be  ad- 
justed to  the  needs  of  the  individual 
student,  who  is  required  to  pass  a 
qualifying  examination  (a  version  of 
the  Physics  qualifier,  modified  to 


emphasize  the  atomic  properties  of 
matter).  The  successful  Ph.D.  stu- 
dent should  end  with  a  mastery  of 
quantum  mechanics,  and  have  taken 
advanced  courses  in  molecular 
structure  (PHYS  723  or  CHEM  685) 
and  thermodynamics  and  inter- 
molecular forces  (CHEM  687  or  704). 
In  keeping  with  the  interdisciplinary 
nature  of  the  Program,  9  credits  in 
Chemistry  are  required  from  under- 
graduate Physics  majors;  9  credits 
in  Physics  are  required  from 
undergraduate  Chemistry  majors. 
Research  problems  in  chemical  phy 
sics  may  be  supervised  by  the  facul- 
ty in  the  Department  of  Chemistry, 
the  Department  of  Physics  and 
Astronomy,  or  the  Institute  for  Phys- 
ical Science  and  Technology.  The 
program  is  supervised  by  a  commit- 
tee from  the  above  units.  Courses 
will  be  taken  from  other  programs. 
The  program  employs  an  oral  ex- 
amination, subsequent  to  the  writ- 
ten, which  is  the  defense  of  a 
modest  research  proposal.  This 
feature  provides  two  means  for 
gauging  the  student's  level  of 
sophistication  and  understanding. 

Financial  Assistance 

The  degree  is  granted  by  the  depart- 
ment or  program  of  origin,  that  is, 
physics,  chemistry,  meteorology, 
etc.,  and  financial  assistance 
depends  on  assignment  as  teaching 
or  research  assistants  with  in- 
dividual departments  or  research 
groups. 


Chemistry  Program 

Visiting  Professor  and  Acting  Chairman: 
McNesby 

Professors:  Adler,  Ammon,  Bellama, 
Castellan,  Freeman,  Goldsby,  Gordon, 
Grim,  Henery-Logan,  Holmlund, 
Huheey,  Jaquith,  Keeney',  Mazzocchi, 
Munn,  Ponnamperuma,  Reeve, 
Rollinson,  Stewart,  Stuntz,  Vanderslice, 
Viola,  Walters 

Associate  Professors:  Alexander,  Boyd, 
Campagnoni,  DeVoe,  Hansen,  Helz, 
Jarvis,  Kasler,  Khanna,  Lakshmanan, 
Martin,  Miller,  Moore,  Murphy,  O'Haver, 
Sampugna,  Zoller 

Assistant  Professors:  Bergeron, 
Heikkinen,  McArdle,  Rowan,  Tossell 

Research  Professor:  Bailey 

'joint  appointment  with  Dairy  Science 
The  Chemistry  Department  offers 
programs  leading  to  the  Master  of 
Science  or  Doctor  of  Philosophy 
degrees  with  specialization  in  the 
fields  of  analytical  chemistry,  bio- 
chemistry, chemical  physics  (in  co- 


82  /  Graduate  Programs 


operation  with  the  Institute  of  Phys- 
ical Sciences  &  Technology  and  the 
Department  of  Physics  and  Astron- 
omy), environmental  chemistry, 
geochemistry,  inorganic  chemistry, 
nuclear  chemistry,  organic  chem- 
istry, and  physical  chemistry.  The 
graduate  program  has  been  de- 
signed with  maximum  flexibility  so 
that  a  student  can  achieve  a  strong 
background  in  his  chosen  field  of 
specialization. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Both  the  thesis  and  non-thesis  op- 
tions are  offered  for  the  M.S. 
degree.  Departmental  regulations 
concerning  qualifying  (diagnostic) 
examinations,  comprehensive  ex- 
aminations, and  other  matters  per- 
taining to  course  work  have  been 
assembled  for  the  guidance  of  can- 
didates for  graduate  degrees.  Copies 
of  these  regulations  are  available 
from  the  Department  of  Chemistry. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  has  many  special 
research  facilities  to  support  re- 
search in  the  fields  given  above.  The 
new  research  wing  of  the  chemistry 
building  houses  biochemistry 
research,  a  centralized  animal  col- 
ony, and  some  of  the  inorganic  and 
analytical  chemical  research. 
Nuclear  chemistry  facilities  include 
the  140-MeV  cyclotron  housed  in  the 
Physics  Department.  Other  facilities 
include  "clean"  rooms  for  lunar  and 
environmental  sample  analysis,  an 
electron  microscope,  X-ray 
fluorescence  instrumentation,  an 
electron  microprobe,  mass  spec- 
trometers, NMR  spectrometers  in- 
cluding a  100  MHz  Fourier-transform 
NMR  spectrometer,  ultracentrifuges, 
and  analytical  optical  spectrometers. 
Departmental  research  is  supported 
on  two  large  computers  in  the  Com- 
puter Science  Building,  a  UNIVAC 
1100/41  and  a  UNIVAC  1108,  both  of 
which  are  accessible  by  remote 
time-sharing  terminals.  A  variety  of 
facilities  including  a  laser  laboratory, 
other  electron  microscopes,  and  an 
ESCA  spectrometer  are  available 
through  the  Center  of  Materials 
Research  on  campus.  The  Depart- 
ment has  an  excellent  glassblowing 
shop,  a  fine  student  faculty  machine 
shop,  and  access  to  other  campus 
machine  shops.  The  Chemistry  Li- 
brary, located  in  the  new  research 
wing,  has  an  extensive  collection  of 
books,  journals,  and  abstracts  in 
chemistry,  biochemistry  and  allied 
fields.  Included  in  the  Chemistry 
Library  is  a  computer  terminal  for 
literature  searching. 


Financial  Assistance 

Entering  graduate  students  are  nor- 
mally supported  on  graduate  teach- 
ing assistantships.  Their  assistant- 
ships  usually  involve  teaching 
undergraduate  laboratory  and  recita- 
tion classes  and  enable  the  student 
to  pursue  a  ten-credit  program  of 
graduate  study  each  semester. 

Additional  Information 

The  Department  has  a  brochure 
available  describing  its  graduate  pro- 
gram and  the  research  interests  of 
its  faculty.  For  a  copy  of  the 
brochure,  or  for  specific  information 
on  graduate  programs  in  chemistry, 
admissions  procedures,  or  financial 
aid,  contact  Dr.  Gerald  Ray  Miller, 
Associate  Chairman  for  Graduate 
Studies  and  Research,  Department 
of  Chemistry. 

Courses 

CHEM  401  Inorganic  Chemistry.  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM 
481. 

CHEM  403  Radiochemistry.  (3)  Three  lec- 
tures per  week.  Prerequisite,  one  year  of 
college  chemistry  and  one  year  of  col- 
lege physics.  Radioactive  decay;  intro- 
duction to  properties  of  atomic  nuclei; 
nuclear  processes  in  cosmology; 
chemical,  biomedical  and  environmental 
applications  of  radioactivity;  nuclear 
processes  as  chemical  tools;  interaction 
of  radiation  with  matter. 

CHEM  421  Advanced  Quantitative 
Analysis.  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week. 
Prerequisites,  CHEM  430  and  482  or  con- 
current registration.  An  examination  of 
some  advanced  topics  in  quantitative 
analysis  including  nonaqueous  titrations, 
precipitation  phenomena,  complex  equili- 
bria, and  the  analytical  chemistry  of  the 
less  familiar  elements. 

CHEM  423  Organic  Quantitative  Analysis. 

(2)  Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM  203-204,  or 
213-214,  and  consent  of  the  instructor. 
The  semi-micro  determination  of  carbon, 
hydrogen,  nitrogen,  halogen  and  certain 
functional  groups. 

CHEM  430  Chemical  Measurements 
Laboratory  I.  (3)  One  lecture  and  two 
three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week. 
Corequisite,  CHEM  481.  An  introduction 
to  the  principles  and  applications  of 
quantitative  techniques  useful  in 
chemistry,  with  emphasis  on  modern  in- 
strumentation. Computer  programming, 
electronic  circuits,  spectroscopy, 
chemical  separations. 

CHEM  431  Chemical  Measurements 
Laboratory  II.  (3)  One  lecture  and  two 
three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  CHEM  481;  corequisite, 
CHEM  482.  An  introduction  to  the  prin- 
ciples and  applications  of  quantitative 
techniques  useful  in  chemistry,  with  em- 
phasis on  modern  instrumentation.  Com- 


munications techniques,  vacuum  sys- 
tems, thermochemistry,  phase  equilibria, 
chemical  kinetics,  electrochemistry. 

CHEM  433  Chemical  Synthesis.  (3)  One 

lecture  and  two  three-hour  laboratory 
periods  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Chem 
201-202  or  211-212,  and  203-204  or 
213-214. 

CHEM  441  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  Chem  481.  An  advanced 
study  of  the  compounds  of  carbon,  with 
special  emphasis  on  molecular  orbital 
theory  and  organic  reaction  mechanisms. 

CHEM  443  Qualitative  Organic  Analysis. 

(3)  One  lecture  and  two-three  hour  labor- 
atory periods  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
Chem  201-202  or  211-212,  and  203-204  or 
213-214.  The  systematic  identification  of 
organic  compounds. 

CHEM  473  Geochemistry  of  Solids.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
CHEM  482  or  GEOL  422.  Principles  of 
crystal  chemistry  applied  to  structures, 
properties  and  reactions  of  minerals  and 
non-metallic  solids.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  the  relation  of  structural  stability  to 
bonding,  ionic  size,  charge,  order- 
disorder,  polymorphism,  and 
isomorphism. 

CHEM  474  Environmental  Chemistry.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
CHEM  481,  or  equivalent.  The  sources  of 
various  elements  and  chemical  reactions 
between  them  in  the  atmosphere  and  hy- 
drosphere are  treated.  Causes  and  bio- 
logical effects  of  air  and  water  pollution 
by  certain  elements  are  discussed. 

CHEM  481  Physical  Chemistry  I.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
CHEM  203-204  or  213-214,  MATH  141, 
PHYS  142  or  PHYS  263  (PHYS  263  may 
be  taken  concurrently  with  CHEM  481)  or 
consent  of  instructor.  A  course  primarily 
for  chemists  and  chemical  engineers. 

CHEM  482  Physical  Chemistry  II.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
CHEM  481,  or  consent  of  instructor.  A 
course  primarily  for  chemists  and  chem- 
ical engineers. 

CHEM  485  Advanced  Physical  Chemistry. 

(2)  Prerequisite,  CHEM  482.  Quantum 
chemistry  and  other  selected  topics. 

CHEM  486  Advanced  Physical  Chemistry 
Laboratory.  (2)  Two  three-hour  laboratory 
periods  per  week.  Prerequisites,  CHEM 
482  and  consent  of  instructor. 

CHEM  498  Special  Topics  in  Chemistry. 

(3)  Three  lectures  or  two  lectures  and 
one  three-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Pre- 
requisite varies  with  the  nature  of  the 
topic  being  considered.  Course  may  be 
repeated  for  credit  if  the  subject  matter 
is  substantially  different,  but  not  more 
than  three  credits  may  be  accepted  in 
satisfaction  of  major  supporting  area  re- 
quirements for  chemistry  majors. 

CHEM  601  Advanced  Inorganic  Chem- 
istry I.  (3)  Prerequisite,  Chem  401  or 
equivalent.  Three  lectures  per  week.  A 
survey  of  the  fundamentals  of  modern  in- 


Graduate  Programs  /  83 


organic  chemistry  which  serves  as  a 
basis  for  more  advanced  work. 

CHEM  602  Advanced  Inorganic 
Chemistry  II.  (3)  Prerequisite.  CHEM  601. 
Three  lectures  per  week.  A  continuation 
of  CHEM  601  with  more  emphasis  on 
current  work  in  inorganic  chemistry. 

CHEM  603  Advanced  Inorganic  Labor- 
atory. (3)  Prerequisite,  CHEM  601  or  con- 
current registration  therein.  One  lecture 
and  two  three-hour  laboratories  per 
week.  Practice  in  synthesis  and  modern 
experimental  techniques  in  inorganic 
chemistry. 

CHEM  605  Chemistry  of  Coordination 
Compounds.  (3)  Prerequisite.  CHEM  601 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Three  lectures 
per  week.  Structure  and  properties  of 
coordination  compounds  and  the  theoret- 
ical bases  on  which  these  are 
interpreted. 

CHEM  606  Chemistry  of  Organometallic 
Compounds.  (3)  Prerequisite.  CHEM  601 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Three  lectures 
per  week.  An  in-depth  treatment  of  the 
properties  of  compounds  having  metal- 
carbon  bonds. 

CHEM  608  Selected  Topics  in  Inorganic 
Chemmistry.  (1-3)  Prerequisite,  CHEM 
601  and  602.  or  equivalent.  One  to  three 
lectures  per  week.  Topics  of  special  in- 
terest and  current  importance.  Course 
may  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits  if  topics  are  different. 

CHEM  621  Chemical  Microscopy  I.  (2) 

One  lecture  and  one  three-hour  labora- 
tory period  per  week.  Registration 
limited.  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. A  study  of  the  use  of  the  micro- 
scope in  chemistry. 

CHEM  622  Chemical  Microscopy  II.  (2) 

One  lecture  and  one  three-hour 
laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
CHEM  621.  A  study  of  the  optical  proper- 
ties of  crystals. 

CHEM  623  Optical  Methods  of  Quan- 
titative Analysis.  (3)  Two  lectures  and 
one  three-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Pre- 
requisites, CHEM  421  and  482.  The  quan- 
titative applications  of  emission  spec- 
troscopy, atomic  absorption  spectro- 
scopy, ultraviolet,  visible,  and  infrared 
spectrophotometry,  fluorescence,  atomic 
fluorescence,  nephelometry,  and  of  cer- 
tain closely  related  subjects  like  NMR 
and  mass  spectroscopy. 

CHEM  624  Electrical  Methods  of  Quan- 
titative Analysis.  (3)  Two  lectures  and 
one  three-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Pre- 
requisites, CHEM  421  and  482.  The  use 
of  conductivity,  potentiometry,  polar- 
ography.  voltammetry,  amperometry, 
coulometry,  and  chronopotentiometry  in 
quantitative  analysis. 

CHEM  625  Separation  Methods  in  Quan- 
titive  Analysis.  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
three-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisites, CHEM  421  and  482.  The  theory 
and  practical  application  to  quantitative 
analysis  of  the  various  forms  of  chroma- 


tography, ion  exchange,  solvent  extrac- 
tion, and  distillation. 

CHEM  628  Modem  Trends  in  Analytical 
Chemistry.  (2)  Two  lectures  per  week. 
Prerequisites,  CHEM  421  and  482.  A 
study  of  advanced  methods,  including 
topics  such  as  statistical  treatment  of 
analytical  data,  kinetic  methods  in 
analytical  chemistry,  analytical  measure- 
ments based  on  radioactivity,  and  en- 
zymatic techniques. 

CHEM  641  Organic  Reaction  Mechan- 
isms. (3)  Three  lectures  per  week. 

CHEM  642  Physical  Organic  Chemistry. 
(3)  Three  lectures  per  week. 

CHEM  643  Organic  Chemistry  of  High 
Polymers.  (2)  Two  lectures  per  week.  An 
advanced  course  covering  the  synthesis 
of  monomers,  mechanisms  of  polymeri- 
zation, and  the  correlation  between 
structure  and  properties  in  high 
polymers. 

CHEM  644  Molecular  Orbital  Theory.  (2) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  A  partial  quan- 
titative application  of  molecular  orbital 
theory  and  symmetry  to  the  chemical 
properties  and  reactions  of  organic 
molecules.  Prerequisites,  CHEM  441  and 
482. 

CHEM  645  The  Chemistry  of  the 
Steroids.  (2)  Two  lectures  per  week. 

CHEM  646  The  Heterocyclics.  (2)  Two 

lectures  per  week. 

CHEM  648  Special  Topics  in  Organic 
Chemistry.  (1-3)  One  to  three  lecture 
hours  per  week.  Topics  of  special  inter- 
est and  current  importance.  Course  may 
be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  nine 
credits  provided  the  topics  are  different. 

CHEM  664  The  Chemistry  of  Natural 
Products.  (2)  Two  lectures  per  week.  Pre- 
requisite, CHEM  441.  The  chemistry  and 
physiological  action  of  natural  products. 
Methods  of  isolation,  determination  of 
structure  and  synthesis. 

CHEM  678  Special  Topics  in  Environmen- 
tal Chemistry.  (3)  Prerequisite,  CHEM 
474.  In-depth  treatment  of  environmental 
chemistry  problem  areas  of  current  re- 
search interest.  The  topics  will  vary 
somewhat  from  year  to  year.  Repeatable 
to  maximum  of  6  credits.  Provided  sub- 
ject is  different. 

CHEM  681  Infra-red  and  Raman  Spec- 
troscopy. (2)  Two  lectures  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 

CHEM  682  Reaction  Kinetics.  (3)  Three 

lectures  per  week. 

CHEM  683  Electrochemistry.  (3)  Three 

lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM 

684  or  equivalent. 

CHEM  684  Chemical  Thermodynamics. 

(3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 

CHEM  482  or  equivalent. 

CHEM  685  Molecular  Structure.  (3)  Three 

lectures  per  week. 

CHEM  686  Chemical  Crystallography.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 


consent  of  instructor.  A  detailed  treat- 
ment of  single-crystal  x-ray  methods. 

CHEM  687  Statistical  Mechanics  and 
Chemistry.  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  CHEM  684  or  equivalent. 

CHEM  688  Selected  Topics  in  Physical 
Chemistry.  (2)  Two  lectures  per  week. 

CHEM  689  Special  Topics  in  Physical 
Chemistry.  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week. 

CHEM  690  Quantum  Chemistry  I.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
CHEM  485. 

CHEM  691  Quantum  Chemistry  II.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
CHEM  690  or  PHYS  622. 

CHEM  699  Special  Problems  in  Chem- 
istry. (1-6)  Prerequisite,  one  semester  of 
graduate  study  in  chemistry.  Laboratory 
experience  in  a  research  environment. 
Restricted  to  students  in  the  non-thesis 
M.S.  option.  Repeatable  for  a  maximum 
of  6  credits. 

CHEM  702  Radiochemistry  Laboratory. 

(1-2)  One  or  two  four-hour  laboratory 
periods  per  week.  Registration  limited. 
Prerequisites,  CHEM  403  (or  concurrent 
registration  therein),  and  consent  of 
instructor. 

CHEM  703  Advanced  Radiochemistry.  (2) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
CHEM  403  and  CHEM  462.  Utilization  of 
radioisotopes  with  special  emphasis  on 
applications  to  problems  in  the  life 
sciences. 

CHEM  704  Advanced  Radiochemistry 
Laboratory.  (1-2)  One  or  two  four-hour 
laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
CHEM  702  and  consent  of  instructor. 
Laboratory  training  in  the  utilization  of 
radioisotopes  with  special  emphasis  on 
applications  to  problems  in  the  life 
sciences. 

CHEM  705  Nuclear  Chemistry.  (3) 

Nuclear  structure  models,  radioactive 
decay  processes,  nuclear  reactions  in 
complex  nuclei,  fission,  nucleosynthesis 
and  nuclear  particle  accelerators. 

CHEM  718  Special  Topics  in  Nuclear 
Chemistry.  (1-3)  One  to  three  lectures 
per  week.  A  discussion  of  current 
research  problems.  Subtitles  will  be 
given  at  each  offering.  Repeatable  for 
credit  to  a  maximum  of  six  hours. 

CHEM  721  Organic  Geochemistry.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
CHEM  201  or  equivalent.  A  discussion  of 
the  fate  of  natural  organic  products  in 
the  geological  environment.  The  influ- 
ence of  diagenetic  factors,  such  as 
hydrolysis,  heat,  pressure,  etc.,  on  such 
compounds  as  cellulose,  lignin,  proteins, 
and  lipids,  detailed  consideration  of  the 
origin  of  soil  organic  matter,  carbon- 
aceous shales,  coal,  and  crude  oil. 

CHEM  722  Cosmochemistry.  (3)  Three 
lectures  for  one  week.  Prerequisited, 
CHEM  482  or  equivalant.  Current 
theories  of  origin  and  evolution  of  the 
solar  system  with  emphasis  on  the  ex- 


84  /  Graduate  Programs 


perimental  data  available  to  chemists 
from  examination  of  meteorites.  The 
moon,  and  the  earth. 

CHEM  723  Marine  Geochemistry.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
CHEM  481  or  equivalent.  The  geochem- 
ical  evolution  of  the  ocean;  composition 
of  sea  water,  density-chlonnity-salinity 
relationship  and  carbon  dioxide  system. 
The  geochemistry  of  sedimentation  with 
emphasis  on  the  chemical  stability  and 
inorganic  and  biological  production  of 
carbonate,  silicate  and  phosphate  con- 
taining minerals. 

CHEM  727  Geochemical  Differentiation. 

(3)  Distribution  of  the  chemical  elements 
in  the  earth  and  the  mechanisms  by 
which  the  distributions  came  about. 

CHEM  728  Selected  Topics  in  Analytical 
Geochemistry.  (2-3)  One  or  two  lectures 
per  week  and  one  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  This 
course  will  be  subtitled  each  time  it  is 
offered  to  indicate  the  analytical  method 
discussed.  Repeatable  for  credit  to  a 
maximum  of  nine  hours.  Enrollment  will 
be  limited. 

CHEM  729  Special  Topics  in  Geochem- 
istry. (1-3)  One  to  three  lectures  per 
week.  A  discussion  of  current  research 
problems.  Subtitles  will  be  given  at  each 
offering.  Repeatable  for  credit  to  a  max- 
imum of  six  hours. 

CHEM  750  Chemical  Evolution.  (3)  Pre- 
requisites, CHEM  441,  462,  or  721;  or 
ZOOL  446;  or  BOTN  616;  or  consent  of 
instructor.  The  chemical  processes  lead- 
ing to  the  appearances  of  life  on  earth. 
Theoretical  and  experimental  consider- 
ations related  to  the  geochemical, 
organic,  and  biochemical  phenomena  of 
chemical  evolution. 

CHEM  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

CHEM  898  Seminar.  (1) 

CHEM  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research.  (1-8) 


Civil  Engineering  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Ragan 
Professors:  Birkner,  Carter,  Heins,  Lep- 

per,  Otts,  Sternberg. 
Associate  Professors:  Albrecht,  Colville, 

Cournyn,  Garber,  McCuen,  Mulinazzi, 

Piper,  Wedding,  Witczak. 
Assistant  Professors:   Aggour,  Alleman, 

Derucher,  Schelling,  Schoenfeld, 

Vannoy. 
The  Department  of  Civil  Engineering 
offers  graduate  work  leading  to  the 
degrees  of  Master  of  Science  and 
Doctor  of  Philosophy.  All  programs 
are  planned  on  an  individual  basis 
by  the  student  and  his  advisor  to 
consider  the  student's  background 
and  special  interests.  Courses  and 
research  opportunities  are  available 


in  the  general  areas  of  transporta- 
tion and  urban  systems,  environmen- 
tal engineering  and  water  resources, 
structural  engineering,  and  soil 
mechanics.  In  general,  emphasis  is 
on  learning  sound  engineering  prin- 
ciples and  applying  them,  to  provide 
for  the  needs  of  man. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Applicants  for  admission  should 
hold  a  B.S.  degree  in  Civil  Engineer- 
ing. However,  applicants  with  under- 
graduate degrees  in  other  disci- 
plines may  be  accepted  with  the 
stipulation  that  deficiencies  in 
prerequisite  undergraduate  course 
work  be  corrected  before  enrolling 
in  graduate  courses.  There  are  no 
entrance  examinations  required  for 
the  program. 

Two  options  are  available  for  the 
Master  of  Science  degree;  thesis 
and  non-thesis.  The  Department's 
policies  and  requirements  are  the 
same  as  the  requirements  of  the 
Graduate  School. 

The  requirements  for  the  Doctor 
of  Philosophy  degree  are  the  same 
as  those  imposed  by  the  Graduate 
School.  An  individual  program  of 
study  to  suit  the  needs  of  the  stu- 
dent is  developed  by  the  student 
and  his  advisor.  The  equivalent  of 
two  years  of  full-time  study  beyond 
the  Master  of  Science  degree  is  the 
minimum  requirement.  The  student 
must  pass  a  qualifying  examination 
before  being  admitted  to  candidacy. 
Normally,  the  qualifying  exam  is 
taken  one  year  after  the  completion 
of  the  M.S.  degree.  There  is  no 
language  requirement  for  the  Ph.D. 
degree. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  research  facilities  of  the  Depart- 
ment are  available  to  graduate  stu- 
dents. These  include  laboratories  in 
the  following  areas;  transportation, 
systems  analysis,  environmental,  hy- 
draulics, structures,  remote  sensing, 
and  soil  mechanics.  A  UNIVAC  1106 
and  a  UNIVAC  1108,  complemented 
by  remote  access  units  located  in 
the  Department  and  engineering 
building,  are  available. 

The  Washington  and  Baltimore 
Metropolitan  Areas  are  easily  ac- 
cessible for  data.field  studies,  library 
access,  contacts  with  national  orga- 
nizations and  attendance  at  national 
meetings.  The  location  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland  offers  a  unique 
opportunity  to  obtain  an  advanced 
degree  in  Civil  Engineering. 

Financial  Assistance 

Almost  all  full-time  graduate  stu- 
dents receive  financial  assistance. 


Inquiries  about  financial  assistance 
and  program  information  should  be 
directed  to  the  Director  of  Graduate 
Studies,  Department  of  Civil 
Engineering. 

Courses 

ENCE  410  Advanced  Strength  of 
Materials.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENES  220. 
Strength  and  deformation  of  deformable 
bodies,  plane  stress  and  strain.  Torsion 
theory,  unsymmetrical  bending,  curved 
beams.  Behavior  of  beams,  columns, 
slabs,  plates,  and  composite  members 
under  load.  Elastic  and  inelastic  stability. 

ENCE  411  Experimental  Stress  Analysis. 

(4)  Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  ENES  220.  Applica- 
tion of  experimental  data  on  materials  to 
design  problems.  Correlation  of  analyti- 
cal and  experimental  methods  of  analy- 
sis with  design.  Electric  strain  gages, 
photoelasticity,  brittle  laquer  methods 
and  various  analogies. 

ENCE  420  Basic  Civil  Engineering  Plan- 
ning I.  (3)  Prerequisite,  senior  standing  or 
consent  of  the  instructor.  Urban-regional 
physical  planning  from  the  civil  engineer- 
ing viewpoint.  Integration  of  the  planning 
aspects  of  engineering,  environmental, 
structural,  transportation  and  water  re- 
sources into  a  systems  approach  to  the 
practice  of  civil  engineering.  Also  in- 
cluded: site,  construction,  and  engineer- 
ing materials  planning:  engineering  eco- 
nomics and  evaluation;  current  topics. 

ENCE  430  Intermediate  Fluid  Mechanics. 

(4)  Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  ENCE  330.  Applica- 
tion of  basic  principles  to  the  solution  of 
engineering  problems:  ideal  fluid  flow, 
mechanics  of  fluid  resistance,  open 
channel  flow  under  uniform,  gradually 
varied  and  rapidly  varied  conditions,  sedi- 
ment transport,  role  of  model  studies  in 
analysis  and  design. 

ENCE  431  Surface  Water  Hydrology.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  ENCE  330  and  360.  Con- 
current registration  in  ENCE  460  or  per- 
mission of  instructor.  Study  of  the  phys- 
ical processes  of  the  hydrologic  cycle. 
Hydrometology,  concepts  of  weather 
modification,  evaporation  and  transpira- 
tion infiltration  studies,  run  off  computa- 
tions, flood  routing,  reservoir  require- 
ments, emphasis  on  process  simulation 
as  a  tool  in  water  resource  development. 

ENCE  432  Ground  Water  Hydrology  (3) 

Prerequisites,  ENCE  330.  460  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  Concepts  related  to 
the  development  of  the  ground  water  re- 
source, hydrogeology,  hydrodynamics  of 
flow  through  porous  media,  hydraulics  of 
wells,  artificial  recharge,  sea  water  intru- 
sion, basin-wide  ground  water 
development. 

ENCE  433  Environment  Health  Engineer- 
ing Analysis.  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  per  week.  The  theory  and 
analytical  techniques  used  in  evaluating 
man's  environment.  Emphasis  is  given  to 

Graduate  Programs  /  85 


the  areas  of  quantitative,  physical,  elec- 
troanalytical  and  organic  chemistry  as 
applied  to  chemical  analysis  of  water. 

ENCE  434  Air  Pollution.  (3)  Classification 
of  atmospheric  pollutants  and  their  ef- 
fects on  visibility,  inanimate  and  animate 
receptors.  Evaluation  of  source  emis- 
sions and  principles  of  air  pollution  con- 
trol; meteorological  factors  governing  the 
distribution  and  removal  of  air  pollutants; 
air  quality  measurements  and  air  pollu- 
tion control  legislation. 

ENCE  435  Sanitary  Engineering  Analysis 
and  Design.  (4)  Three  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  ENCE 
221  and  ENCE  330.  The  application  of 
sanitary  analysis  and  fundamental  prin- 
ciples to  the  design  and  operation  of 
water  and  waste  treatment  plants  and 
the  control  of  stream  pollution. 

ENCE  440  Advanced  Soil  Mechanics.  (4) 

Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  ENCE  340.  Theories 
of  strength,  compressibility,  capillarity 
and  permeability.  Critical  review  of 
theories  and  methods  of  measuring 
essential  properties.  Planning,  execution 
and  interpretation  of  soil  testing 
programs. 

ENCE  441  Soil-Foundations  Systems.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ENCE  340.  Soil  mechanics 
and  foundation  analysis  are  integrated  in 
a  systems  approach  to  the  analysis  and 
design  soil  foundation-structural  sys- 
tems. Interaction  of  bearing  capacity, 
settlements,  lateral  pressures,  drainage, 
vibrations,  stress  distributions,  etc.,  are 
included  for  a  variety  of  structural 
systems. 

ENCE  450  Design  of  Steel  Structures.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  ENCE  350  and  concurrent 
registration  in  ENCE  351.  Analyses  for 
stresses  and  deflections  in  structures  by 
methods  of  consistent  deformations,  vir- 
tual work  and  internal  strain  energy.  Ap- 
plication to  design  of  plate  girders,  in- 
determinate and  continuous  trusses,  two 
hinged  arches  and  other  structures. 
Elements  of  plastic  analysis  and  design 
of  steel  structures. 

ENCE  451  Design  of  Concrete  Struc- 
tures. (4)  Prerequisites,  ENCE  340  and 
ENCE  351.  Three  lecture  hours  and  one 
laboratory  per  week.  Design  of  reinforced 
concrete  structures,  including  slabs, 
footings,  composite  members,  building 
ferames,  and  retaining  walls.  Approx- 
imate methods  of  analysis:  code  re- 
quirements; influence  of  concrete  proper- 
ties on  strength  and  deflection;  optimum 
design.  Introduction  to  prestressed  con- 
crete design. 

ENCE  460  Modern  Techniques  for  Struc- 
tural Analysis  (3)  Prerequisites,  ENCE 
351,  and  ENCE  360.  Two  lecture  hours 
and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Application 
of  computer  oriented  methods  and 
numerical  techniques  to  analysis  and 
design  of  structural  systems.  Matrix  for- 
mulation of  the  stiffness  and  flexibility 
methods  for  framed  structures.  Introduc- 
tion of  numerical  techniques  to  the  solu- 


tion of  selected  problems  in  such  topics 
as  plates,  structural  stability,  and 
vibrations. 

ENCE  461  Analysis  of  Civil  Engineering 
Systems  I.  (3)  Prerequisite,  senior  stand- 
ing or  consent  of  instructor.  Application 
of  the  principles  of  engineering  economy 
and  statistics  to  the  solution  of  civil 
engineering  problems.  Economic  compar- 
ision  of  alternatives  using  present  worth, 
annual  cost,  rate  of  return  and  cost 
benefit  analyses.  Development  and  use 
of  simple  and  multiple  regression 
models,  and  statistical  decision  theory. 

ENCE  463  Engineering  Economics  and 
System  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite,  senior 
standing  in  engineering,  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Development  and  application  of 
the  principles  of  engineering  economics 
to  problems  in  civil  engineering.  Evalua- 
tion of  design  alternatives,  depreciation 
and  sensitivity  analysis.  Use  of  systems 
analysis  techniques,  including  CPM,  pert 
and  decision  networks. 

ENCE  470  Highway  Engineering  (4)  Three 
lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory 
per  week.  Prerequisite:  ENCE  340.  Loca- 
tion, design,  construction  and  main- 
tainance  of  roads  and  pavements.  In- 
troduction to  traffic  engineering. 

ENCE  471  Transportation  Engineering  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ENCE  370.  A  study  of  the 
principles  of  transportation  engineering 
as  applied  to  the  various  modes  of 
transport.  Consideration  is  given  to  cost 
analysis,  economic  aspects  of  route  and 
site  selection  and  layout.  The  organiza- 
tion and  administration  of  engineering 
functions. 

ENCE  472  Highway  and  Airfield  Pave- 
ment Design  (3)  Prerequisites,  ENCE  340 
and  370.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory 
per  week.  Principles  of  pavement 
analysis  and  design.  Analysis  of  moving 
loads  and  pavement  response.  Subgrade 
evaluation  and  beneficiation.  Flexible  and 
rigid  pavement  design;  related  materials 
specifications  and  tests. 

ENCE  489  Special  Problems.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, senior  standing.  A  course  ar- 
ranged to  meet  the  needs  of  exception- 
ally well  prepared  students  for  study  in  a 
particular  field  of  civil  engineering. 

ENCE  600  Advanced  Engineering 
Materials  Laboratory.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
ENES  220,  221  and  ENCE  300  or  equiva- 
lent. Critical  examination  of  the  methods 
for  testing  engineering  materials  and 
structures  under  static,  repeated,  sus- 
tained and  impact  forces.  Laboratory  ex- 
periments for  the  determination  of 
strength  and  stiffness  of  structural 
alloys,  concrete  and  other  construction 
materials.  Critical  examination  of  the  ef- 
fects of  test  factors  on  the  determination 
of  engineering  properties. 

ENCE  601  Structural  Materials  and 
Design.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENCE  410  and 
411  or  consent  of  instructor.  Relation  of 
structural  analysis,  properties  of 
materials  and  laboratory  study  of  the 


behavior  of  members  to  structural  design 
methods,  codes  and  specifications.  Ef- 
fects of  temperature,  loading  rates  and 
state  of  combined  stress  on  behavior  of 
construction  materials. 

ENCE  603  Theories  of  Concrete  and 
Granular  Materials.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
ENCE  600,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Crit- 
ical reviews  of  analytical  and  experimen- 
tal investigations  of  the  behavior  of  con- 
cretes under  diverse  conditions  of 
loading  and  environment.  Mechanics  of 
granular  aggregates  and  the  chemistry  of 
cements.  Theories  of  the  design  of 
Portland  cement  and  field  experience. 

ENCE  610  Advanced  Strength  of 
Materials.  (3)  Prerequisites,  ENES  220, 
221  and  ENCE  300,  or  equivalent. 
Analysis  for  stress  and  deformation  in 
engineering  members  by  the  methods  of 
mechanics  of  materials  and  elementary 
theories  of  elasticity  and  plasticity.  Prob- 
lems in  flexure,  torison  plates  and  shells, 
stress  concentrations,  indeterminate 
combinations,  residual  stresses,  stability. 

ENCE  612  Structures  Research  Methods 
and  Models  Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
ENCE  450  and  ENCE  451  or  equivalent. 
Instrumentation,  data  analysis;  states  of 
stress;  structural  models,  structural 
similitude;  analogies;  non-destructive 
testing  techniques;  planning  research 
projects,  lab  studies  and  reports. 

ENCE  620  Urban-Regional  Civil  Engineer- 
ing Planning.  (3)  First  semester.  Prereq- 
uisite, degree  in  civil  engineering  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Theory  and 
methodology  for  the  synthesis  of  general 
civil  engineering  aspects  of  urban  and 
regional  planning.  Integration  of  land  use 
conditions  and  capabilities,  population 
factors  and  needs,  engineering  econom- 
ics and  engineering  techologies.  Applica- 
tion to  special  problems  in  urban- 
regional  development.  Preparation  of 
engineering  reports.  Presentation 
methods. 

ENCE  621  Civil  Engineering  Planning.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  ENCE 
620  or  equivalent.  General  to  comprehen- 
sive planning  of  complex  engineering 
facilities  such  as  industrial  plants, 
bridges,  utilities  and  transportation  proj- 
ects. Planning  based  on  the  synthesis  of 
all  applicable  factors.  Emphasis  on  gen- 
eral civil  engineering  planning  including 
site,  structural  and  construction  plann- 
ing. Plan  evaluation  and  feasibility. 

ENCE  622  Urban  and  Regional  Systems 
Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisite  or  corequisite, 
ENCE  461  or  consent  of  instructor.  Cur- 
rent applications  and  research  ap- 
proaches in  land-use  forecasting,  land- 
use  evaluation,  urban  transportation, 
land-use  interrelationships,  and  the  plan- 
ning implementation  process  in  a  sys- 
tems analytic  framework. 

ENCE  630  Analysis  and  Design  of  Water 
Resource  Systems.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
ENCE  461  or  equivalent.  Use  of  ad- 
vanced techniques  for  the  design  and 
analysis  of  complex,  multi-purpose  water 


86  /  Graduate  Programs 


resource  systems:  identification  of  the 
objectives  of  design  and  translation  of 
the  objectives  into  design  criteria;  evalua- 
tion of  alternate  designs  and  the  selec- 
tion of  the  best  design:  special  emphasis 
on  optimization  and  simulation  tech- 
niques which  are  applicable  to  water 
resource  systems. 

ENCE  631  Advanced  Hydrologic  Anal- 
ysis. (3)  Emphasis  is  on  the  analysis  of 
hydrologic  data  for  the  development  of 
information  necessary  for  design  or  for 
the  identification  of  important  processes: 
eigenvalue  and  eigenvector  analysis  of 
linear  hydrologic  systems:  application  of 
multivariant  statistical  methods:  non- 
linear least  squares. 

ENCE  632  Free  Surface  Flow.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite. ENCE  330  or  equivalent.  Applica- 
tion of  fundamentals  of  fluid  mechanics 
to  problems  of  free  surface  flow:  com- 
putation of  steady  and  transient  water 
surface  profiles;  stratified  flows  in  reser- 
voirs and  estuaries:  diffusion:  transition 
structures:  sediment  transport. 

ENCE  633  The  Chemistry  of  Natural 
Waters.  (4)  Prerequisite.  ENCE  433  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Three  lectures,  one 
lab  a  week.  Application  of  principles 
from  chemical  thermodynamics  and 
kinetics  to  the  study  and  interpretation 
of  the  chemical  characteristics  of  natural 
water  systems.  The  chemical  composi- 
tion of  natural  waters  is  rationalized  by 
considering  metal  ion  soluability  con- 
trols. Ph.  carbonate  equilibria,  absorption 
reactions,  redox  reactions,  and  the 
kinetics  of  oxygenation  reactions  which 
occur  in  natural  water  environments. 

ENCE  634  Air  Sampling  and  Analysis.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  ENCE  434  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory 
a  week.  The  theory  and  techniques  used 
in  the  determination  and  measurement  of 
chemical,  radiological,  and  biological 
pollutants  in  the  atmosphere.  Discussion 
of  air  sampling  equipment,  analytical 
methods  and  data  evaluation. 

ENCE  635  Design  of  Water  Purification 
Facilities.  (3)  Corequisite.  ENCE  636  or 
equivalent.  One  lecture  and  two  labo- 
ratory periods  a  week.  Application  of 
basic  science  and  engineering  science  to 
design  of  water  supply  and  purification 
processes:  design  and  economics  of  unit 
operations  as  applied  to  environmental 
systems. 

ENCE  636  Unit  Operations  of  En- 
vironmental Health  Engineering.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite. ENCE  221  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Properties  and  quality  criteria  of 
drinking  water  as  related  to  health  are  in- 
terpreted by  a  chemical  and  biological 
approach.  Legal  aspects  of  water  use 
and  handling  are  considered.  Theory  and 
application  of  aeration,  sedimentation, 
filtration,  centrifugation.  desalinization. 
corrosion  and  corrosion  control  are 
among  topics  to  be  considered. 

ENCE  637  Biological  Principles  of  En- 
vironmental Health  Engineering.  (4)  Pre- 
requisite. MICB  440  or  equivalent.  Three 


lectures  and  one  lab  period  a  week.  An 
exposition  of  biological  principles  di- 
rectly affecting  man  and  his  environ- 
ment; assay,  control  and  treatment  of 
biological  and  virological  agents  in  water, 
sewage,  and  air  microbiology  and  bio- 
chemistry of  aerobic  and  anaerobic  treat- 
ment processes  for  aqueous  wastes. 

ENCE  640  Soil  Mechanics.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites. ENCE  340.  440  or  equivalent. 
Identification  properties  tests  and  clas- 
sification methods  for  earth  materials. 
Strength  and  deformation  characteristics, 
hydraulic  properties  and  permeability, 
shearing  resistance,  compressibility  and 
consolidation,  with  laboratory  tests  for 
these  properties.  Study  of  the  basic 
theories  involved  and  the  development  of 
test  procedures. 

ENCE  641  Advanced  Foundations.  (3) 
Prerequisites.  ENCE  340.  450  and  451  or 
equivalent.  Principles  of  mechanics  ap- 
plied to  engineering  problems  in  founda- 
tion. Earth  pressure  theories,  seepage 
and  drainage  phenomena  stability  of 
footings  and  slopes,  stresses  and  defor- 
mation m  soils,  consolidation  theory  and 
application  to  foundation  settlements. 

ENCE  651  Matrix  Methods  cf  Structural 
Analysis.  (3)  Review  of  basic  structural 
and  matrix  theory.  Development  of  force 
and  displacement  methods  with  empha- 
sis on  the  latter.  Discussion  of  special 
topics  such  as  geometric  non-linearity, 
automated  and  optimum  design  non- 
prismatic  members  and  thin-walled  open 
sections  and  sub-division  of  large  struc- 
tures. Emphasis  on  applications  to  civil 
engineering  structures. 

ENCE  652  Analysis  of  Plate  and  Shell 
Structures.  (3)  Prerequisites.  ENCE  410 
and  ENCE  381  or  equivalent  review  of 
theory  of  elasticity  and  in-plane  forces; 
theory  of  orthotropic  plates:  approximate 
methods;  large  deflection  theory,  buck- 
ling: general  theory  of  shells,  cylindrical 
shells,  domes. 

ENCE  655  Plastic  Analysis  and  Design  of 
Structures.  (3)  Prerequisite,  permission  of 
instructor.  The  study  of  the  factors 
effecting  the  plastic  behavior  of  steel 
structures  and  the  criteria  necessary  for 
design.  The  design  of  beams,  rigid 
frames  and  multi-story  braced  frames  us- 
ing current  specifications.  A  review  of 
current  research  and  practice. 
ENCE  656  Advanced  Steel  Design.  (3) 
Prerequisite.  ENCE  450  and  ENCE  451  or 
equivalent.  Interpretation  of  specifica- 
tions and  codes  for  the  design  of  steel 
buildings  and  bridges.  Discussion  of  the 
behavior  of  steel  connections,  members 
and  structures:  the  relationship  between 
behavior  and  design  specifications. 

ENCE  657  Theory  of  Structural  Design. 
(3)  Prerequisite.  ENCE  656.  Correlation  of 
theory,  experience,  and  experiments  in 
study  of  structural  behavior,  proportion- 
ing, and  preliminary  design.  Special 
design  problems  of  fatique,  buckling, 
vibrations,  and  impact. 

ENCE  660  Engineering  Analysis.  (3) 


ENCE  661  Finite  Element  Techniques  in 
Engineering  Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
consent  of  instructor.  Basic  principles 
and  fundamental  concepts  of  the  finite 
element  method.  Consideration  of  geo- 
metric and  material  nonlinearities,  con- 
vergence, mesh  gradation  and  computa- 
tional procedures  in  analysis.  Applica- 
tions to  plane  stress  and  plane  strain, 
plates  and  shells,  eigenvalue  problems, 
axi-symmetric  stress  analysis,  and  other 
problems  in  civil  engineering. 

ENCE  670  Highway  Traffic 
Characteristics  and  Measurements.  (3) 
Prerequisite.  ENCE  470  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. The  study  of  the  fundamental 
traits  and  behavior  patterns  of  the  road 
user  and  his  vehicle  in  traffic.  The  basic 
characteristics  of  the  pedestrian,  the 
driver,  the  vehicle,  traffic  volume  and 
speed,  stream  flow  and  intersection 
operation,  parking,  and  accidents. 

ENCE  671  Highway  Traffic  Operations. 
(3)  Prerequisite.  ENCE  470.  ENCE  670  or 
consent  of  instructor.  A  survey  of  traffic 
laws  and  ordinances.  The  design,  appli- 
cation and  operation  of  traffic  control 
devices  and  aids,  including  traffic  signs 
and  signals,  pavement  markings,  and 
hazard  delineation.  Capacity,  accident, 
and  parking  analyses. 

ENCE  672  Regional  Transportation  Plan- 
ning. (3)  Prerequisite,  ENCE  471  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Factors  involved  and 
the  components  of  the  process  for  plan- 
ning statewide  and  regional  transporta- 
tion systems,  encompassing  all  mc^s. 
Transportation  planning  studies,  state- 
wide traffic  r.'odels,  investment  models, 
programming  and  scheduling. 

ENCE  673  Urban  Transportation.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite. ENCE  672  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Relationship  of  transportation  to 
the  total  urban  complex,  the  urban 
transportation  planning  process,  the 
models  used  to  achieve  the  various 
steps  in  the  process  and  the  relationship 
of  private  and  public  transportation.  Con- 
sideration of  the  factors  influencing  the 
demand  for  transportation  and  the  socio- 
economic consequences  of  transporta- 
tion. 

ENCE  674  Urban  Transit  Planning  and 
Rail  Transportation  Engineering.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite. ENCE  471  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Basic  engineering  components 
of  conventional  and  high  speed  railroads 
and  of  air  cushion  and  other  high  speed 
new  technology.  The  study  of  urban  rail 
and  bus  transit.  The  characteristics  of 
the  vehicle,  the  supporting  way.  and  the 
terminal  requirements  will  be  evaluated 
with  respect  to  system  performance, 
capacity,  cost,  and  level  of  service. 

ENCE  675  Airport  Planning  and  Design. 
(3)  Prerequisite.  ENCE  471  or  consent  of 
instructor.  The  planning  and  design  of 
airports  including  site  selection,  runway 
configuration,  geometric  and  structural 
design  of  the  landing  area  and  terminal 
facilities.  Methods  of  financing  airports, 
estimates  of  aeronautical  demand,  air 


Graduate  Programs  /  87 


traffic  control,  and  airport  lighting  are 
also  studied. 

ENCE  676  Highway  Traffic  Flow  Theory. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  ENCE  461,  ENCE  462  or 
consent  of  the  instructor.  An  examina- 
tion of  physical  and  statistical  laws  that 
are  used  to  represent  traffic  flow 
phenomena.  Deterministic  models  in- 
cluding heat  flow,  fluid  flow,  and  energy- 
momentum  analogies,  car  following 
models,  and  acceleration  noise. 
Stochastic  approaches  using  indepen- 
dent and  Markov  processes,  queuing 
models,  and  probability  distributions. 

ENCE  677  Quantitative  Methods  in 
Transportation  Engineering.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, ENCE  461  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Theory,  methods  and  applications 
relevant  to  the  study  of  micro-  and 
macro-scale  transportation  systems,  in 
terms  of  their  behavior,  design,  and 
evaluation.  A  selected  overview  of  op- 
timization, multivariate  statistics, 
stochastic  processes  and  the  general 
science  of  systems  decision  processes 
will  form  the  basis  for  a  selected  study 
of  pertinent  examples. 

ENCE  688  Advanced  Topics  in  Civil 
Engineering.  (1-3)  Prerequisite,  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  Advanced  topics 
selected  by  the  faculty  from  the  current 
literature  of  civil  engineering  to  suit  the 
needs  and  background  of  students.  May 
be  taken  for  repeated  credit  when  iden- 
tified by  topic  title. 
ENCE  689  Seminar.  (1-6) 

ENCE  731  Advanced  Ground  Water 
Hydrology.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENCE  432  or 
equivalent.  Theory  and  application  of 
unsteady  flow  in  porous  media.  Analysis 
of  one  and  two  dimensional  unsteady 
flow.  Solutions  of  non-linear  equation  of 
unsteady  flow  with  a  free  surface. 
Development  and  use  of  approximate 
numerical  and  graphical  methods  in  the 
study  of  ground  water  movement. 

ENCE  732  Deterministic  Models  in  Sur- 
face Water  Hydrology.  (3)  A  detained  ex- 
amination of  the  processes  controlling 
the  quantity  and  quality  of  watershed 
runoff:  emphasis  is  on  the  development 
of  deterministic  mathematical  models  for 
process  simulation;  role  of  land-phase 
processes  in  flood  hydrology;  evapora- 
tion and  transpiration;  models  for  urban 
watersheds;  linkage  for  hydrograph  syn- 
theses. 

ENCE  733  Applied  Water  Chemistry  (4). 

Prerequisite.  ENCE  633  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Three  lectures,  one  lab  a  week. 
A  study  of  the  chemistry  of  both 
municipal  and  industrial  water  treatment 
processes.  Among  the  topics  to  be  con- 
sidered are  water  softening,  stabilization, 
chemical  destabilization  of  colloidal 
materials,  ion  exchange,  disinfection, 
chemical  oxidation  and  oxygenation 
reactions. 

ENCE  734  Aerosol  Science  and  Tech- 
nology. (3)  Three  lectures  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  ENCE  430  or  equivalent. 
Physical  properties  of  air-borne  particles. 


Theories  of:  particle  motion  under  the 
action  of  external  forces;  coagulation; 
Brownian  motion  and  diffusion.  Applica- 
tion of  aerosols  in  atmospheric  sciences 
and  industrial  processes. 

ENCE  735  Design  of  Municipal  and  In- 
dustrial Wastes  Treatment  Facilities.  (3) 

Corequisite,  ENCE  736  or  equivalent. 
One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a 
week.  Application  of  basic  science  and 
engineering  science  to  design  of 
municipal  and  industrial  waste  treatment 
processes;  design  and  economics  of  unit 
operations  as  applied  to  environmental 
systems. 

ENCE  736  Theory  of  Aqueous  and  Solid 
Waste  Treatment  and  Disposal.  (3)  Prere 
quisites,  ENCE  221  and  fundamentals  of 
microbiology,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Theory  and  basic  principles  of  treating 
and  handling  waste  products;  hydraulics 
of  sewers;  biological  oxidation;  principles 
and  design  criteria  of  biological  and 
physical  treatment  processes;  disposal 
of  waste  sludges  and  solids. 

ENCE  737  Industrial  Wastes.  (3)  Coreq- 
uisite, ENCE  736  or  equivalent.  A  study 
of  the  characteristics  of  liquid  wastes 
from  major  industries,  and  the  processes 
producing  the  wastes.  The  theory  and 
methods  of  eliminating  or  treating  the 
wastes,  and  their  effects  upon  municipal 
sewage-treatment  plants,  and  receiving 
waters. 

ENCE  738  Selected  Topics  in  Porous 
Media  Flow.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENCE  731. 
Analysis  of  two-liquid  flows  for  immisci- 
ble fluids,  simultaneous  flow  of  two  im- 
miscible fluids  and  miscible  fluids. 
Hydrodynamic  dispersion  theories, 
parameters  of  dispersion  and  solutions 
of  some  problems  with  emphasis  on 
migration  of  pollutants.  A  maximum  of 
six  hours  may  be  earned  in  this  course. 

ENCE  750  Analysis  and  Design  of  Struc- 
tural Systems.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENCE  450 
and  ENCE  451  or  equivalent.  Review  of 
classical  determinate  and  indeterminate 
analysis  techniques;  numerical  tech- 
nique; multistory  buildings;  space  struc- 
tures; suspension  bridges  and  cables 
structures;  arches;  long  span  bridges. 

ENCE  751  Advanced  Problems  in  Struc- 
tural Behavior.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENCE  750 
or  equivalent.  Elastic  and  inelastic 
behavior  of  structural  members  and 
frames;  problems  in  torsion,  stability  and 
bending;  open  and  closed  thin-walled 
sections;  curved  girders. 

ENCE  753  Reinforced  Concrete  Struc- 
tures. (3)  Prerequisite,  ENCE  450  and  451 
or  equivalent.  The  behavior  and  strength 
of  reinforced  concrete  members  under 
combined  loadings,  including  the  effects 
of  creep,  shrinkage  and  temperature. 
Mechanisms  of  shear  resistance  and 
design  procedures  for  bond,  shear  and 
diagonal  tension.  Elastic  and  ultimate 
strength  analysis  and  design  of  slabs. 
Columns  in  multi-story  frames.  Applica- 
tions to  reinforced  concrete  structures. 


ENCE  754  Prestressed  Concrete  Struc- 
tures. (3)  Prerequisite,  ENCE  450  and  451 
or  equivalent.  Fundamental  concepts  of 
prestressed  concrete.  Analysis  and 
design  of  flexural  members  including 
composite  and  continuous  beams  with 
emphasis  on  load  balancing  technique. 
Ultimate  strength  design  for  shear. 
Design  of  post  tensioned  flat  slabs. 
Various  applications  of  prestressing  in- 
cluding tension  members,  compression 
members,  circular  prestressing,  frames 
and  folded  plates. 

ENCE  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

ENCE  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 


Comparative  Literature 
Program 

Professor  and  Director:  Fuegi 
Professors:  Barry,  Best,  Bryer,  Freedman, 

Goodwyn,  Gramberg,  Hering,  Jones, 

MacBain,  Panichas,  J.  Russell.  Sal- 

manca,  Stern,  Whittemore 
Associate  Professors:  Beiken,  Coogan, 

Demaitre,  Fink,  Fleck,  Greenwood, 

Holton,  Mack. 
Assistant  Professors:  Peterson,  C. 

Russell 

The  Program  in  Comparative 
Literature  offers  graduate  work 
leading  to  the  degrees  of  Master  of 
Arts  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

The  CMLT  Program  draws  on  a 
distinguished  faculty  in  several 
departments  and  offers  concen- 
trated work  in  Medieval  and  Ren- 
aissance studies,  and  in  major 
movements  and  genres  of  the  mod- 
ern period  including  the  Eighteenth 
Century.  Though  the  focus  of 
courses  and  seminars  is  usually 
specifically  literary,  interdisciplinary 
work  is  very  much  encouraged  as  is 
practical  criticsm  in  the  arts.  Depart- 
ments cooperating  in  the  Program 
include:  American  Studies,  Classics, 
English,  French  and  Italian,  German 
and  Slavic,  History,  Spanish  and 
Portuguese,  Dramatic  Arts,  Radio- 
Television-Film,  and  the  Women's 
Studies  Programs. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Applicants  should  have  a  strong 
background  in  the  arts  and  human- 
ities. Since  advanced  work  in  Com- 
parative Literature  is  based  on  the 
premise  that  literature  should  be 
read  in  the  original  whenever  possi- 
ble, students  are  expected  to  be 
able  to  read  at  least  one  language 
other  than  English  with  a  high  de- 
gree of  aesthetic  appreciation.  Ph.D. 
students  are  expected  to  use  at 
least  two  foreign  languages  actively 
in  their  work,  and  it  is  assumed  that 


88  /  Graduate  Programs 


efforts  will  be  made  to  develop  an 
acquaintance  with  one  or  two  addi- 
tional languages.  Entrance  examina- 
tions are  not  required,  but  high 
scores  on  GRE  literature  and 
language  examinations  will  add 
weight  to  applications. 

Students  take  courses  in  CMLT 
and  in  two  other  departments  of 
literature.  The  M.A.  degree  requires 
thirty  hours,  either  24  hours  of 
course  work  and  a  thesis,  or  thirty 
hours  of  course  work  and  a  com- 
prehensive examination.  No  specific 
number  of  hours  is  required  for  the 
Ph.D..  as  the  number  will  vary 
according  to  the  preparation  and 
goals  of  the  individual  student;  the 
average  has  been  eight  to  ten 
courses  beyond  the  M.A.  A  Master's 
degree  is  a  required  step  toward  the 
Ph.D.  The  Ph.D.  comprehensive  ex- 
aminations cover  four  major  areas, 
determined  after  consultation  with 
the  individual  student's  committee. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  resources  of  the  Kennedy 
Center,  the  Folger  Library,  the 
American  Film  Institute,  Kennan  In- 
stitute, and  Dumbarton  Oaks  are 
regularly  drawn  upon  as  are  intern- 
ship possibilities  in  the  greater 
Washington  area  and  graduate  ex- 
change programs  with  European 
Universities. 

Financial  Assistance 

Various  assistantships  and  general 
university  fellowships  are  available. 
CMLT  students  may  teach  in  various 
departments  cooperating  in  the 
CMLT  Program  and  may  be  con- 
sidered for  a  year  abroad  as  a 
teacher  at  a  cooperating  European 
university. 

Courses 

CMLT  401  Introductory  Survey  of  Com- 
parative Literature.  (3)  Survey  of  the 
background  of  European  Literature 
through  the  study  of  Greek  and  Latin 
literature  in  English  translations,  discuss- 
ing the  debt  of  modern  literature  to  the 
ancients. 

CMLT  402  Introductory  Survey  of  Com- 
parative Literature.  (3)  Study  of  the 
medieval  and  modern  continental 
literature. 

CMLT  411  The  Greek  Drama.  (3)  The 
chief  works  of  Aeschylus.  Sophocles, 
Euripides,  and  Aristophanes  in  English 
translations.  Emphasis  on  the  historic 
background,  on  dramatic  structure,  and 
on  the  effect  of  the  attic  drama  upon  the 
mind  of  the  civilized  world. 

CMLT  415  The  Old  Testament  as 
Literature.  (3)  A  study  of  sources, 
development  and  literary  types. 


CMLT  416  New  Testament  as  Literature. 
(3)  A  study  of  the  books  of  the  New 
Testament,  with  attention  to  the  relevant 
historical  background  and  to  the 
transmission  of  the  text.  A  knowledge  of 
Greek  is  helpful,  but  not  essential. 

CMLT  421  The  Classical  Tradition  and  its 
Influence  in  the  Middle  Ages  and  the 
Renaissance.  (3)  Emphasis  on  maior 
writers.  Reading  knowledge  of  Greek  or 
Latin  required. 

CMLT  422  The  Classical  Tradition  and  its 
Influence  in  the  Middle  Ages  and  the 
Renaissance.  (3)  Emphasis  on  major 
writers.  Reading  knowledge  of  Greek  or 
Latin  required. 

CMLT  430  Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages. 

(3)  Narrative,  dramatic  and  lyric  literature 
of  the  Middle  Ages  studied  in  transla- 
tion. 

CMLT  433  Dante  and  the  Romance  Tradi- 
tion. (3)  A  reading  of  the  Divine  Comedy 
to  enlighten  the  discovery  of  reality  in 
western  literature. 

CMLT  461  Romanticism  —  Early  Stages. 

(3)  Emphasis  on  England,  France  and 
Germany.  Reading  knowledge  of  French 
or  German  required. 

CMLT  462  Romanticism  —  Flowering 
and  Influence.  (3)  Emphasis  on  England, 
France  and  Germany.  Reading 
knowledge  of  French  or  German  re- 
quired. 

CMLT  469  The  Continental  Novel.  (3)  The 

novel  in  translation  from  Stendhal 
through  the  Existentialists,  selected  from 
literatures  of  France,  Germany.  Italy, 
Russia,  and  Spain. 

CMLT  470  Ibsen  and  the  Continental 
Drama.  (3)  Emphasis  on  the  major  work 
of  Ibsen,  with  some  attention  given  to 
selected  predecessors,  contemporaries 
and  successors. 

CMLT  479  Major  Contemporary  Authors. 
(3) 

CMLT  488  Genres.  (3)  A  study  of  a 
recognized  literary  form,  such  as  tradegy. 
epic,  satire,  literary  criticism,  comedy, 
tragicomedy,  etc.  The  course  may  be 
repeated  for  cumulative  credit  up  to  six 
hours  when  different  material  is 
presented. 

CMLT  489  Major  Writers.  (3)  Each 

semester  two  major  writers  from  dif- 
ferent cultures  and  languages  will  be 
studied.  Authors  will  be  chosen  on  the 
basis  of  significant  relationships  of 
cultural  and  aesthetic  contexts, 
analogies  between  their  respective 
works,  and  the  importance  of  each  writer 
to  his  literary  tradition. 

CMLT  496  Conference  Course  in  Com- 
parative Literature.  (3)  Second  semester. 
A  tutorial  type  discussion  course,  cor- 
relating the  courses  in  various  literatures 
which  the  student  has  previously  taken 
with  the  primary  themes  and  master- 
pieces of  world  literature.  This  course  is 
rec  iired  of  undergraduate  majors  in 


comparative  literature,  but  must  not  be 
taken  until  the  final  year  of  the  student's 
program. 

CMLT  498  Selected  Topics  in  Com- 
parative Literature.  (3) 

CMLT  601  Problems  in  Comparative 
Literature. (3) 

CMLT  610  Folklore  in  Literature.  (3) 

CMLT  631  The  Medieval  Epic.  (3) 

CMLT  632  The  Medieval  Romance.  (3) 

CMLT  639  Studies  in  the  Renaissance. 
(3)  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  nine 
hours. 

CMLT  640  The  Italian  Renaissance  and 
its  Influence.  (3) 

CMLT  642  Problems  of  the  Baroque  in 
Literature.  (3) 

CMLT  649  Studies  in  Eighteenth  Century 
Literature.  (3)  Studies  in  eighteenth  cen- 
tury literature:  as  announced.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  9  hours. 

CMLT  658  Studies  in  Romanticism.  (3) 

Studies  in  Romanticism:  as  announced. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  9  hours. 

CMLT  679  Seminar  in  Modem  and  Con- 
temporary Literature.  (3)  Seminar  in 
modern  and  contemporary  literature:  as 
announced.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of 
9  hours. 

CMLT  681  Literary  Criticism  —  Ancient 
and  Medieval.  (3) 

CMLT  682  Literary  Criticism  — 
Renaissance  and  Modem.  (3) 

CMLT  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

CMLT  801  Seminar  in  Themes  and 
Types.  (3) 

CMLT  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research.  (1-8) 


Computer  Science 
Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Minker 
Professors:  Atchison,  Chu!, 

Edmundson3.  Kanal.  Stewart' 
Associate  Professors:  Agrawala.  Austing, 

Basili.  Hamlet.  Rieger, 

Vandergraft,  Zelkowitz 
Assistant  Professors:  Dowdy,  Gannon, 

Gligor,  Jacobs,  O'Leary.  Privitera. 

Samet,  Tripathi,  Zave 
Research  Professor:  Rosenfeld' 
Adjunct  Professor:  Mills,  H 

'joint  appointment  with  Computer 

Science  Center, 
'joint  appointment  with  Electrical 

Engineering. 

Jjoint  appointment  with  Mathematics 
'joint  appointment  with  Insitute  for 

Physical  Science  and  Technology. 

The  Department  of  Computer 
Science  offers  graduate  programs 
leading  to  the  degrees  of  Master  of 


Graduate  Programs  /  89 


Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy  in 
the  following  areas:  applications,  ar- 
tificial intelligence,  computer  sys- 
tems, information  processing,  nu- 
merical analysis,  programming 
languages,  and  theory  of  computing. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Admission  and  degree  requirements 
specific  to  the  graduate  programs  in 
computer  science  are  described  in  a 
brochure  available  through  the  De- 
partmental Education  Office.  There 
are  two  options  for  the  master's 
degree:  24  hours  of  course  work 
plus  the  completion  of  a  thesis;  or 
33  hours  of  course  work,  a  compre- 
hensive examination  plus  the  com- 
pletion of  a  scholarly  paper.  There  is 
no  minimum  course  requirement  in 
the  doctoral  program.  The  number 
and  variety  of  courses  offered  each 
semester  enables  students  and  their 
advisors  to  plan  individualized 
degree  programs. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  maintains  a  labor- 
atory consisting  of  several  PDP 
11/45  computer  systems,  display 
devices,  peripheral  equipment,  and 
utilizes  the  UNIVAC  1108/1100  com- 
puter system  maintained  by  the 
Computer  Science  Center. 

Additional  Information 

For  information  on  degree  programs 
and  graduate  assistantships,  con- 
tact: Dr.  Richard  H.  Austing,  Depart- 
ment of  Computer  Science. 

Courses 

CMSC  400  Introduction  to  Computer 
Languages  and  Systems.  (3)   Prereq- 
uisite, MATH  241  or  equivalent.  A  ter- 
minal course  suitable  for  non-CMSC  ma- 
jors with  no  programming  background. 
Organization  and  characteristics  of  com- 
puters. Procedure  oriented  and  assembly 
languages.  Representation  of  data,  char- 
acters and  instructions.  Introduction  to 
logic  design  and  systems  organization. 
Macro  definition  and  generation.  Program 
segmentation  and  linkage.  Extensive  use 
of  the  computer  to  complete  projects  il- 
lustrating programming  techniques  and 
machine  structure.  (CMSC  400  may  not 
be  counted  for  credit  in  the  graduate 
program  in  computer  science.) 

CMSC  411  Computer  System  Architec- 
ture. (3)   Prerequisite,  CMSC  311  or 
equivalent.  Input/output  processors  and 
techniques.  Intra-system  communication, 
buses,  caches.  Addressing  and  memory 
hierarchies.  Microprogramming,  parallel- 
ism, and  pipeling. 

CMSC  412  Operating  Systems.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, CMSC  311  or  equivalent.  An  intro- 
duction to  batch  systems,  spooling  sys- 
tems, and  third-generation  multiprogram- 
ming systems.  Description  of  the  parts 


of  an  operating  system  in  terms  of  func- 
tion, structure,  and  implementation. 
Basic  resource  allocation  policies. 

CMSC  415  Systems  Programming.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  CMSC  220,  410.  Basic 
algorithms  of  operating  system  software. 
Memory  management  using  linkage  edi- 
tors and  loaders,  dynamic  relocation  with 
base  registers,  paging.  File  systems  and 
input/output  control.  Processor  allocation 
for  multiprogramming,  timesharing.  The 
emphasis  of  the  course  is  on  practical 
systems  programming,  including  projects 
such  as  a  simple  linkage  editor,  a  stand- 
alone executive,  a  file  system,  etc. 

CMSC  420  Data  Structures.  (3)    Prereq- 
uisite, CMSC  220  or  equivalent.  Descrip- 
tion, properties,  and  storage  allocation  of 
data  structures  including  lists  and  trees. 
Algorithms  for  manipulating  structures. 
Applications  from  areas  such  as  data 
processing,  information  retrieval,  symbol 
manipulation,  and  operating  systems. 

CMSC  426  Image  Processing.  (3)   Prereq 
uisite,  CMSC  420  or  equivalent.  An  intro- 
duction to  basic  techniques  of  analysis 
and  manipulation  of  pictorial  data  by 
computer.  Image  input/output  devices, 
image  processing  software,  enhance- 
ment, segmentation,  property  measure- 
ment, fourier  analysis.  Computer  encod- 
ing, processing,  and  analysis  of  curves. 

CMSC  430  Theory  of  Language  Transla- 
tion. (3)   Prerequisites,  CMSC  120  and 
250,  or  equivalent;  CMSC  330  recom- 
mended. Formal  translation  of  program- 
ming languages,  program  Syntax  and 
semantics.  Finite  state  grammars  and 
recognizers.  Context  free  parsing  tech- 
niques such  as  recursive  descent, 
precedence,  LL(K),  LR(K)  and  SLR(K). 
Machine  independent  code  improvement 
and  generation,  Syntax  directed  transla- 
tion schema.  Not  open  to  students  who 
have  credit  for  CMSC  440. 

CMSC  445  Compiler  Writing.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites, CMSC  220,  440.  A  detailed  exam- 
ination of  a  compiler  for  an  algebraic 
language  designed  around  the  writing  of 
a  compiler  as  the  major  part  of  the 
course.  Topics  covered  in  the  course  in- 
clude a  review  of  scanning  and  parsing, 
the  examination  of  code  generation,  op- 
timization and  error  recovery,  and 
compiler-writing  techniques  such  as 
bootstrapping  and  translator  writing 
systems. 

CMSC  450  Elementary  Logic  and 
Algorithms.  (3)   Prerequisite,  MATH  240 
or  consent  of  instructor.  This  is  the 
same  course  as  MATH  444.  An  elemen- 
tary development  of  propositional  logic, 
predicate  logic,  set  algebra,  and  Boolean 
algebra,  with  a  discussion  of  Markov 
algorithms,  turing  machines  and  recur- 
sive functions.  Topics  include  post  pro- 
ductions, word  problems,  and  formal 
languages. 

CMSC  452  Elementary  Theory  of  Com- 
putation. (3)    Prerequisites,  CMSC  120, 
250.  This  course  is  intended  to  serve  two 
purposes:  (1)  an  introduction  to  the 


theory  of  computation,  and  (2)  a  tie  be- 
tween many  abstract  results  and  their 
concrete  counterparts.  This  course  es- 
tablishes a  theoretical  foundation  for  the 
proper  understanding  of  the  inherent 
limitations  and  actual  power  of  digital 
computers.  Also,  it  provides  a  relatively 
uniform  way  of  stating  and  investigating 
problems  that  arise  in  connection  with 
the  computation  of  particular  functions 
and  certain  classes  of  functions.  Topics 
covered  include  an  introductory  treat- 
ment of  classes  of  computable  func- 
tions, computability  by  register 
machines,  computability  by  turing 
machines,  unsolvable  decision  problems, 
concrete  computational  complexity,  and 
complexity  of  loop  programs. 

CMSC  455  Elementary  Formal  Language 
Theory.  (3)    Prerequisites  CMSC  120,  250. 
This  course  is  intended  to  serve  as  an 
introduction  to  the  theory  of  formal 
languages.  This  theory  is  encountered  in 
the  study  of  both  programming 
languages  and  natural  languages,  and 
consequently  will  be  useful  in  numerous 
other  courses  in  computer  science  at  the 
undergraduate  and  graduate  levels. 
Topics  covered  include  the  highlights  of 
Chomsky's  hierarchy  of  grammars  and 
Chomsky's  hierarchy  of  languages,  a 
summary  treatment  of  acceptors  related 
to  these  languages,  and  a  brief  introduc- 
tion to  the  theory  of  transformational 
grammars. 

CMSC  460  Computational  Methods.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  MATH  240,  241  and  CMSC 
110,  or  equivalent.  Basic  computational 
methods  for  interpolation,  least  squares, 
approximation,  numerical  quadrature, 
numerical  solution  of  polynomial  and 
transcendental  equations,  systems  of 
linear  equations  and  initial  value  prob- 
lems for  ordinary  differential  equations. 
Emphasis  on  the  methods  and  their 
computational  properties  rather  than  on 
their  analytic  aspects.  (Listed  also  as 
MAPL  460.) 

CMSC  470  Numerical  Mathematics: 
Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisites,  MATH  240 
and  241;  CMSC  110  or  equivalent.  This 
course  with  MAPUCMSC  471,  forms  a 
one-year  introduction  to  numerical 
analysis  at  the  advanced  undergraduate 
level.  Interpolation,  numerical  differentia- 
tion and  integration,  solution  of 
nonlinear  equations,  acceleration  of  con- 
vergence, numerical  treatment  of  dif- 
ferential equations.  Topics  will  be  sup- 
plemented with  programming 
assignments.  (Listed  also  as  MAPL  470.) 

CMSC  471  Numerical  Mathematics: 
Linear  Algebra.  (3)    Prerequisites,  MATH 
240  and  241;  CMSC  110  or  equivalent. 
The  course,  with  MAPUCMSC  470,  forms 
a  one-year  introduction  to  numerical 
analysis  at  the  advanced  undergraduate 
level.  Direct  solution  of  linear  systems, 
norms,  least  squares  problems,  the  sym- 
metric eigen-value  problem,  basic 
iterative  methods.  Topics  will  be  sup- 
plemented with  programming  assign- 
ments. (Listed  also  as  MAPL  471.) 


90  /  Graduate  Programs 


CMSC  475  Combinatorics  and  Graph 
Theory.  (3)    Prerequisites.  MATH  240  and 
MATH  241.  General  enumeration 
methods,  difference  equations,  gener- 
ating functions.  Elements  of  graph 
theory,  matrix  representations  of  graphs, 
applications  of  graph  theory  to  transport 
networks,  matching  theory  and  graphical 
algorithms.  (Also  listed  as  MATH  475.) 

CMSC  477  Optimization.  (3)    Prereq- 
uisites. CMSC  110  and  MATH  405  or 
MATH  474.  Linear  programming  including 
the  simplex  algorithm  and  dual  linear 
programs,  convex  sets  and  elements  of 
convex  programming,  combinatorial  op- 
timization integer  programming.  (Listed 
also  as  MAPL  477.) 

CMSC  480  Simulation  of  Continuous 
Systems.  (3)   Prerequisite,  CMSC  280  or 
equivalent.  Introduction  to  digital  simula- 
tion; simulation  by  mimic  programming, 
simulation  by  fortran  programming: 
simulation  by  DSU90  (or  CSMP)  program- 
ming: logic  and  construction  of  a  simula- 
tion processor:  similarity  between  digital 
simulations  of  continuous  and  discrete 
systems. 

CMSC  498  Special  Problems  in  Com- 
puter Science.  (1-3)    Prerequisite,  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  An  individualized 
course  designed  to  allow  a  student  or 
students  to  pursue  a  specialized  topic  or 
project  under  the  supervision  of  the 
senior  staff.  Credit  according  to  work 
done. 

CMSC  612  Computer  Systems  Theory.  (3) 
Prerequisites.  CMSC  411.  CMSC  412, 
CMSC  250.  and  STAT  400.  or  equivalent. 
Basic  theoretical  results  in  computer 
systems,  including  synthetic  models  of 
system  structure,  analytical  (probabilistic) 
models  of  system  structure,  analysis  of 
computer  system  mechanisms,  analysis 
of  operating  system  mechanisms,  and 
analysis  of  resource  allocation  policies. 

CMSC  620  Problem  Solving  Methods  in 
Artificial  Intelligence.  (3)    Prerequisites, 
CMSC  420  and  450.  Underlying  theoreti- 
cal concepts  in  solving  problems  by 
heuristically  guided  trial  and  error  search 
methods.  State-space  problem  reduction, 
and  first-order  predicate  calculus 
representations  for  solving  problems. 
Search  algorithms  and  their  'optimality' 
proofs. 

CMSC  630  Theory  of  Programming 
Languages.  (3)    Prerequisite.  CMSC  440. 
Syntactic  and  semantic  models  of  pro- 
gramming languages.  Finite  state  proces- 
sors and  their  application  to  lexical 
analysis.  Context  free  languages.  LR(K). 
precedence  languages  as  models  of  pro- 
gramming languages.  Extensions  to  con- 
text free  grammars  such  as  property 
grammars,  inherited  and  synthesized  at- 
tributes, Van  Wijngaarden  grammars 
(ALGOL  68),  abstract  Syntax,  the  Vienna 
definition  language,  graph  models.  Trans- 
lator writing  systems. 

CMSC  640  Computability  and  Automata. 
(3)   Prerequisite.  CMSC  450  or  equivalent. 
Introduction  to  formal  treatment  of 


abstract  computing  devices  and  the  con- 
cept of  effective  procedure'.  Major 
topics:  (1)  finite-state  automata.  Finite- 
state  transducers  and  acceptors,  finite- 
state  languages,  regular  expressions  and 
sets.  (2)  Turing  machines,  computability. 
and  partial  recursive  functions.  The  tur- 
ing  formalism  as  a  model  of  the  compu- 
tation process:  (3)  representative  models 
of  digital  computers. 

CMSC  660  Algorithmic  Numerical 
Analysis.  (3)    Prerequisites.  MATH/CMSC 
460  or  470.  and  CMSC  110.  Detailed 
study  of  problems  arising  in  the  imple- 
mentation of  numerical  algorithms  on  a 
computer.  Typical  problems  include 
rounding  errors,  their  estimation  and 
control:  numerical  stability  considera- 
tions: stopping  criteria  for  converting 
processes;  parallel  methods.  Examples 
from  linear  algebra,  differential  equa- 
tions, minimization.  (Also  listed  as  MATH 
684). 

CMSC  700  Translation  of  Programming 
Languages.  (3)    Prerequisites.  CMSC  420 
and  440.  Application  of  theoretical  con- 
cepts developed  in  formal  language  and 
automata  theory  to  the  analytic  design  of 
programming  languages  and  their  proc- 
essors. Theory  of  push-down  automata, 
precedence  analysis,  and  bounded- 
context  syntactic  analysis  as  models  of 
syntactic  portion  of  translator  design. 
Design  criteria  underlying  compiler 
techniques,  such  as  backtracking  and 
lookahead.  Methods  for  analyzing 
translator  operation  in  terms  of  esti- 
mating storage  space  and  translation 
time  requirements.  Current  version  of 
Backus-Naur  form.  Associated  semanic 
notions  for  specifying  the  operation  of 
programming  language  translators. 

CMSC  710  Simulation  of  Computers  and 
Software.  (3)    Prerequisite.  CMSC  410  or 
equivalent.  Computer  simulation 
language.  Macro  and  Micro  simulation. 
Boolean  translation,  software-hardware 
transformation,  description  and  simula- 
tion of  a  microprogrammed  computer, 
construction  and  simulation  of  an 
assembler,  project  for  unified  hardware- 
software  design. 

CMSC  720  Information  Retrieval.  (3) 
Prerequisite.  CMSC  420.  Designed  to  in- 
troduce the  student  to  computer  tech- 
niques for  information  organization  and 
retrieval  of  natural  language  data.  Tech- 
niques of  statistical,  syntactic  and  logi- 
cal analysis  of  natural  language  for 
retrieval,  and  the  extent  of  their  success. 
Methods  of  designing  systems  for  use  in 
operational  environments.  Applications  to 
both  data  and  document  systems. 

CMSC  723  Computational  Linguistics.  (3) 
Prerequisite.  CMSC  420.  Introductory 
course  on  applications  of  computational 
techniques  to  linguistics  and  natural- 
language  processing.  Research  cycle  of 
corpus  selection,  pre-editing,  key  punch- 
ing, processing,  post-editing,  and  evalua- 
tion. General-purpose  input,  processing, 
and  output  routines.  Special-purpose  pro- 
grams for  sentence  parsing  and  genera- 


tion, segmentation,  idiom  recognition, 
paraphrasing,  and  stylistic  and  discourse 
analysis.  Programs  for  dictionary, 
thesaurus,  and  concordance  compilation, 
and  editing.  Systems  for  automatic 
abstracting,  translation,  and  question- 
answering. 

CMSC  725  Mathematical  Linguistics.  (3) 
Prerequisites.  CMSC  640  and  STAT  400. 
Introductory  course  on  applications  of 
mathematics  to  linguistics.  Elementary 
ideas  in  phonology,  grammar,  and 
semantics.  Automata,  formal  grammars 
and  languages.  Chomsky's  theory  of 
transformational  grammars.  Yngve's 
depthhypothesis  and  syntactic  complexi- 
ty. Markov-chain  models  of  word  and 
sentence  generation.  Shannon's  informa- 
tion theory.  Carnap  and  Bar-Hillel's 
semantic  theory,  lexicostatistics  and 
stylostatistics.  Zopf's  law  of  frequency 
and  Mandelbrot's  rank  hypothesis.  Math- 
ematical models  as  theoretical  founda- 
tion for  computational  linguistics. 

CMSC  730  Artificial  Intelligence.  (3) 
Prerequisites.  CMSC  620  and  STAT  401. 
Heuristic  programming;  tree  search  pro- 
cedures. Programs  for  game  playing, 
theorem  finding  and  proving,  problem 
solving;  multiple-purpose  programs.  Con- 
versation with  computers;  question- 
answering  programs.  Trainable  pattern 
classifiers-linear,  piecewise  linear, 
quadratic.  O'.  and  multilayer  machines. 
Statistical  decision  theory,  decision  func- 
tions, liklihood  ratios:  mathematical  tax- 
onomy, cluster  detection.  Neural  models, 
computational  properties  of  neural  nets, 
processing  of  sensory  information,  repre- 
sentative conceptual  models  of  the  brain. 

CMSC  733  Computer  Processing  of  Pic- 
torial Information.  (3)    Prerequisite. 
CMSC  420.  Input,  output,  and  storage  of 
pictorial  information.  Pictures  as  informa- 
tion sources,  efficient  encoding,  sampl- 
ing, quantization,  approximation. 
Position-invariant  operations  on  pictures, 
digital  and  optical  implementations,  the 
Pax  language,  applications  to  matched 
and  spatial  frequency  filtering.  Picture 
quality,  'image  enhancement'  and  image 
restoration'.  Picture  properties  and  pic- 
torial pattern  recognition.  Processing  of 
complex  pictures:  'figure'  extraction, 
properties  of  figures.  Data  structures  for 
pictures  description  and  manipulation: 
'picture  languages'.  Graphics  systems  for 
alphanumeric  and  other  symbols,  line 
drawings  of  two-  and  three-dimensional 
objects,  cartoons  and  movies. 

CMSC  737  Topics  in  Information  Science 

(3)    Prerequisite,  permission  of  the  in- 
structor. This  is  the  same  course  as 
LBSC  721.  Definition  of  information 
science,  relation  to  cybernetics  and  other 
sciences,  systems  analysis,  information, 
basic  constraints  on  information  sys- 
tems, processes  of  communication, 
classes  and  their  use.  optimalization  and 
mechanization. 

CMSC  740  Automata  Theory.  (3)   Prereq- 
uisite. CMSC  640.  This  is  the  same 
course  as  ENEE  652.  Introduction  to  the 


Graduate  Programs  /  91 


theory  of  abstract  mathematical 
machines.  Structural  and  behavioral 
classification  of  automata.  Finite-state 
automata;  theory  of  regular  sets. 
Pushdown  automata.  Linear-bounded 
automata.  Finite  transducers.  Turing 
machines;  universal  turing  machines. 

CMSC  745  Theory  of  Formal  Languages. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  CMSC  640.  Formal  gram- 
mars; Syntax  and  semantics.  Post  pro- 
ductions; Markov  algorithms.  Finite-state 
languages,  parsing,  trees,  and  ambiguity. 
Theory  of  regular  sets.  Context-free 
languages;  pushdown  automata.  Context- 
sensitive  languages;  linear-bounded 
automata.  Unrestricted  rewriting  sys- 
tems; turing  machines.  Closure  prop- 
erties of  languages  under  operations. 
Undecidability  theorems. 

CMSC  750  Theory  of  Computability.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  CMSC  640.  Algorithms; 
Church's  thesis.  Primitive  recursive  func- 
tions; Godel  numbering.  General  and  par- 
tial recursive  functions.  Turing  machines; 
Turings'  thesis.  Markov  algorithms. 
Church's  Lamda  calculus.  Grzegorczyk 
hierarch;  Peter  hierarchy.  Relative  recur- 
siveness. Word  problems,  Post's  cor- 
respondence problem. 

CMSC  755  Theories  of  Information.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  CMSC  620  and  STAT  401. 
Mathematical  and  logical  foundations  of 
existing  theories  of  information.  Topics 
include  Fisher's  theory  of  statistical  in- 
formation, Kullback  and  Leibler's  theory 
of  statistical  information,  Shannon's 
theory  of  selective  information,  and  Car- 
nap  and  Bar-Hillel's  theory  of  semantic 
information.  The  similarities  and  dif- 
ferences of  these  and  other  theories  are 
treated. 

CMSC  770  Advanced  Linear  Numerical 
Analysis.  (3)   Prerequisites,  MAPL  470, 
471  and  MATH  405  or  MATH  474;  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Advanced  topics  in 
numerical  linear  algebra,  such  as  dense 
eigenvalue  problems,  sparse  elimination, 
iterative  methods,  and  other  topics. 
(Same  as  MAPL  600.) 

CMSC  772  Numerical  Solution  of  Non- 
Linear  Equations.  (3)  Prerequisites,  MAPL 
470,  471  and  MATH  410;  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Numerical  solution  of  non- 
linear equations  in  one  and  several 
variables.  Existence  questions.  Minimiza- 
tion methods.  Selected  applications. 
(Same  as  MAPL  604.) 

CMSC  780  Computer  Applications  to  the 
Physical  Sciences.  (3)    Prerequisites, 
CMSC  210,  STAT  400,  and  a  graduate 
course  in  physical  science.  Applications 
of  computers  to  numerical  calculation, 
data  reduction,  and  modeling  in  the 
physical  sciences.  Stress  will  be  laid  on 
the  features  of  the  applications  which 
have  required  techniques  not  usually 
considered  in  more  general  contexts. 

CMSC  782  Modeling  and  Simulation  of 
Physical  Systems.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
CMSC  210  and  STAT  401.  Monte-Carlo 
and  other  methods  of  investigating 
models  of  interest  to  physical  scientists. 


Generation  and  testing  of  random 
numbers.  Probabilistic,  deterministic  and 
incomplete  models. 

CMSC  798  Graduate  Seminar  in  Com- 
puter Science.  (1-3) 

CMSC  799  Master's  Thesis  Research 
(1-6) 

CMSC  818  Advanced  Topics  in  Computer 
Systems  (1-3)    Prerequisite,  permission 
of  instructor.  Advanced  topics  selected 
by  the  faculty  from  the  literature  of  com- 
puter systems  to  suit  the  interest  and 
background  of  students.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit. 

CMSC  828  Advanced  Topics  in  Informa- 
tion Processing.  (1-3)  Prerequisite,  per- 
mission of  instructor.  Advanced  topics 
selected  by  the  faculty  from  the  liter- 
ature of  information  processing  to  suit 
the  interest  and  background  of  students. 
May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

CMSC  838  Advanced  Topics  in  Program- 
ming Languages.  (1-3)  Prerequisite,  per- 
mission of  instructor.  Advanced  topics 
selected  by  the  faculty  from  the  liter- 
ature of  programming  languages  to  suit 
the  interest  and  background  of  students. 
May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

CMSC  840  Advanced  Automata  Theory. 
(3)    Prerequisite  CMSC  740.  Advances 
and  innovations  in  automata  theory.  Var- 
iants of  elementary  automata;  multitape, 
multihead,  and  multidimensional 
machines.  Counters  and  stack  automata. 
Wang  machines;  Shepherdson-Sturgis 
machines.  Recursive  hierarchies.  Effec- 
tive computability;  relative  uncomputabil- 
ity.  Probabilistic  automata. 

CMSC  858  Advanced  Topics  in  Theory  of 
Computing.  (1-3)  Prerequisite,  permission 
of  instructor.  Advanced  topics  selected 
by  the  faculty  from  the  literature  of 
theory  of  computing  to  suit  the  interes- 
tand  background  of  students.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit. 

CMSC  878  Advanced  Topics  in  Numeri- 
cal Methods.  (1-3)    Prerequisite,  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  Advanced  topics 
selected  by  the  faculty  from  the 
literature  of  numerical  methods  to  suit 
the  interest  and  background  of  students. 
May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

CMSC  898  Advanced  Topics  in  Applica- 
tions. (1-3)  Prerequisite,  permission  of 
instructor.  Advanced  topics  selected  by 
the  faculty  from  the  literature  of  applica- 
tions of  computer  science  to  suit  the  in- 
terest and  background  of  students.  May 
be  repeated  for  credit. 

CMSC  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research.  (1-8) 


Counseling  and  Personnel 
Services  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Marx 
Professors:  Byrne,  Magoon1.2,  Pumroy1, 

Schlossberg 
Associate  Professors:  Allan,  Birk2, 


Greenberg,  Lawrence,  Medvene2,  Ray, 
Rhoads 
Assistant  Professors:  Boyd,  Cambridge, 
Chasnoff,  Freeman,  Hoffman, 
Knefelkamp,  Leonard,  Levine, 
McMullan,  Thomas,  Westbrook 
'Joint  appointment  with  Psychology 
2Joint  appointment  with  Counseling 
Center. 

Historically,  the  programs  of  the 
Department  of  Counseling  and  Per- 
sonnel Services  have  been  respon- 
sive to  societal  needs  in  providing 
leadership  in  the  training  of 
specialized  personnel  service 
workers.  The  programs  are  designed 
for  the  preparation  of  professionals 
who  serve  in  a  variety  of  social  set- 
tings including  schools,  colleges, 
rehabilitative  agencies,  government 
agencies  and  other  community 
agencies.  These  professionals  may 
serve  one  of  several  roles  either  at 
the  practitioner's  level  or  at  an  ad- 
vanced level  of  leadership,  supervi- 
sion and  research.  Programs  of 
preparation  for  practitioners  are  of- 
fered at  the  master's  and  Advanced 
Graduate  Specialist  level  while  the 
advanced  offerings  for  researchers, 
supervisors,  and  personnel  ad- 
ministrators are  conducted  at  the 
doctoral  level.  The  master's  and  Ad- 
vanced Graduate  Specialist  pro- 
grams are  offered  among  the  follow- 
ing six  specialty  programs  within 
the  Department. 

1)  The  Elementary  School  Coun- 
seling Specialty  Program  prepares 
the  student  as  a  child  development 
consultant,  individual  and  group 
counselor  and  coordinator  of  pupil 
services.  2)  The  Secondary  School 
Counseling  Program  prepares  the 
student  to  serve  as  a  member  of  a 
human  resources  team  in  individual 
and  group  counseling,  as  informa- 
tion specialist  regarding    personal, 
social,  educational  and  vocational 
matters,  and  pupil  personnel  pro- 
gram coordination.  3)  The  School 
Psychology  Program  prepares  the 
student  to  be  certified  as  a  school 
psychologist  where  his  principal 
functions  are  to  assess 
psychological  conditions  and  devise 
intervention  strategies  to  enhance 
the  learning  of  pupils.  4)  The  Col- 
lege Student  Personnel  Specialty 
Program  prepares  specialists  at  the 
higher  education  level  in  two  areas 
of  concentration:  college  counseling 
and  Student  Personnel  Administra- 
tion which  includes  areas  such  as 
Student  Development,  Student 
Union,  Housing,  Admissions,  Place- 
ment, Deans  of  Students  and  Vice 
Presidents  of  Student  Affairs.  5)  The 
Community  Counseling  Specialty 


92  /  Graduate  Programs 


Program  provides  three  emphases 
within  the  program:  Career  develop- 
ment and  vocational  counseling, 
personal-social  counseling  and  com- 
munity mental  health  consultation, 
and  adult  counseling.  6)  The 
Rehabilitation  Counseling  Specialty 
Program  prepares  counselors  to 
work  with  mentally,  emotionally, 
socially  and  physically  handicapped 
persons  in  public  and  private 
agencies. 

The  doctoral  programs  in 
Counseling  and  Personnel  Services 
are  designed  to  prepare  students  to 
achieve  exceptional  competence  in 
the  areas  of  research,  theory,  and 
practice  related  to  personnel  ser- 
vices. Graduates  typically  assume 
positions  of  leadership,  research  or 
supervision  of  personnel  services  in 
public  units  such  as  large  school 
systems,  universities,  or  state 
rehabilitation  and  community  agen- 
cies; as  professors  in  personnel  ser- 
vice programs;  as  counselors  in 
higher  education  institutions.  The 
program  leading  to  the  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  degree,  has  as  its  major 
emphasis  theory  and  research  in  the 
behavioral  sciences  and  applied 
fields.  The  primary  thrust  at  the 
master's  and  Advanced  Graduate 
Specialist  levels  is  upon  excellence 
in  practice. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Admission  to  these  programs  is  not 
only  based  on  meeting  minimum  re- 
quirements, but  is  also  competitively 
based  on  staff  resources  available. 

The  requirements  for  the  master's 
and  Advanced  Graduate  Specialist's 
diplomas  are  spelled  out  for  each  of 
the  six  specialty  areas.  Write  or  call 
for  the  specialty  area  brochure(s) 
which  interest  you.  (301)  454-2026. 

The  doctoral  program  of  studies 
is  developed  with  an  advisor.  The 
single  required  course  is  Advanced 
Statistics.  There  are  no  language  re- 
quirements for  the  Ph.D.  degree. 

Courses 

EDCP  410  Introduction  to  Counseling 
and  Personnel  Services.  (3)  Presents  prin- 
ciples and  procedures,  and  examines  the 
function  of  counselors,  psychologists  in 
schools,  school  social  workers,  and 
other  personnel  service  workers. 

EDCP  411  Mental  Hygiene.  (3)  The  prac- 
tical application  of  the  principles  of  men- 
tal hygiene  to  classroom  problems. 

EDCP  413  Behavior  Modification.  (3) 

Knowledge  and  techniques  of  interven- 
tion in  a  variety  of  social  situations,  in- 
cluding contingency  contracting  and 
time  out  will  be  acquired. 


EDCP  414  Principles  of  Behavior.  (3) 

Development  of  student  proficiency  in 
analyzing  complex  patterns  of  behavior 
on  the  basis  of  empirical  evidence. 

EDCP  415  Behavior  Mediation.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, EDCP  414.  Basic  principles  of 
human  behavior  will  be  reviewed  and  ap- 
plication of  these  principles  will  be  im- 
plemented under  supervision. 

EDCP  417  Group  Dynamics  and  Leader- 
ship. (3)  The  nature  and  property  of 
groups,  interaction  analysis,  developmen- 
tal phases,  leadership  dynamics  and 
styles,  roles  of  members  and  interper- 
sonal communications.  Two  hours  of  lec- 
ture discussion  and  two  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week,  laboratory  involves 
experimental  based  learning. 

EDCP  420  Education  and  Racism.  (3) 

Strategy  development  for  counselors  and 
educators  to  deal  with  problems  of 
racism. 

EDCP  460  Introduction  to  Rehabilitation 
Counseling.  (3)  Introductory  course  for 
majors  in  rehabilitation  counseling, 
social  work,  psychology,  or  education 
who  desire  to  work  professionally  with 
physically  or  emotionally  handicapped 
persons. 

EDCP  470  Introduction  to  Student  Per- 
sonnel. (3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor. A  systematic  analysis  of 
research  and  theoretical  literature  on  a 
variety  of  major  problems  in  the 
organization  and  administration  of  stu- 
dent personnel  services  in  higher  educa- 
tion. Included  will  be  discussion  of  such 
topics  as  the  student  personnel 
philosophy  in  education,  counseling  ser- 
vices, discipline,  housing,  student  ac- 
tivities, financial  aid.  health,  remedial  ser- 
vices, etc. 

EDCP  489  Field  Experience  in  Counsel- 
ing and  Personnnel  Services.  (1-4) 
Prerequisites,  at  least  six  semester  hours 
in  education  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  plus  such  other  prerequisites 
as  may  be  set  by  the  major  area  in 
which  the  experience  is  to  be  taken. 
Planned  field  experience  may  be  pro- 
vided for  selected  students  who  have 
had  teaching  experience  and  whose  ap- 
plication for  such  field  experience  has 
been  approved  by  the  education  faculty. 
Field  experience  is  offered  in  a  given 
area  to  both  major  and  nonmajor 
students.  Note:  the  total  number  of 
credits  which  a  student  may  earn  is 
EDCP  489,  888,  and  889  is  limited  to  a 
maximum  of  20  semester  hours. 

EDCP  498  Special  Problems  in  Counsel- 
ing and  Personnel  Services.  (1-3)  Prereq- 
uisite, consent  of  instructor.  Available 
only  to  major  students  who  have  formal 
plans  for  individual  study  of  approved 
problems. 

EDCP  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  Institutes. 
(1-6)  The  maximum  number  of  credits 
that  may  be  earned  under  this  course 
symbol  toward  any  degree  is  six 
semester  hours;  the  symbol  may  be  used 


two  or  more  times  until  six  semester 
hours  have  been  reached.  The  following 
type  of  educational  enterprise  may  be 
scheduled  under  this  course  heading: 
workshops  conducted  by  the  department 
of  counseling  and  personnel  services  (or 
developed  cooperatively  with  other 
departments,  colleges  and  universities) 
and  not  otherwise  covered  in  the  present 
course  listing;  clinical  experiences  in 
counseling  and  testing  centers,  reading 
clinics,  speech  therapy  laboratories,  and 
special  education  centers;  institutes  de- 
veloped around  specific  topics  or  prob- 
lems and  intended  for  designated 
groups. 

EDCP  611  Occupational  Choice  Theory 
and  Information.  (3)  Research  and  theory 
related  to  occupational  and  educational 
decisions;  programs  of  related  informa- 
tion and  other  activities  in  occupational 
decision. 

EDCP  614  Personality  Theories  in 
Counseling  and  Personnel  Services.  (3) 

Examination  of  constructs  and  research 
relating  to  major  personality  theories 
with  emphasis  on  their  significance  for 
working  with  the  behaviors  of  individuals. 

EDCP  615  Cases  in  Appraisal.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, EDMS  446  or  EDMS  451.  Collect- 
ing and  interpreting  non-standardized 
pupil  appraisal  data,  synthesis  of  all 
types  of  data  through  case  study 
procedures. 

EDCP  616  Counseling  —  Theoretical 
Foundations  and  Practice.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite. EDCP  615.  Exploration  of  learning 
theories  as  applied  to  counseling  in 
school,  and  practices  which  stem  from 
such  theories. 

EDCP  617  Group  Counseling.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, EDCP  616.  A  survey  of  theory, 
research  and  practice  of  group  counsel- 
ing and  psychotherapy  with  an  introduc- 
tion to  growth  groups  and  the  laboratory 
approach,  therapeutic  factors  in  groups, 
composition  of  therapeutic  groups,  prob- 
lem clients,  therapeutic  techniques, 
research  methods,  theories,  ethics  and 
training  of  group  counselors  and 
therapists. 

EDCP  619  Practicum  in  Counseling.  (2-6) 

Prerequisites.  EDCP  616  and  permission 
of  instructor.  Sequence  of  supervised 
counseling  experiences  of  increasing 
complexity.  Limited  to  eight  applicants  in 
advance.  Two  hours  class  plus 
laboratory. 

EDCP  626  Group  Counseling  Practicum. 

(3)  Prerequisite.  EDCP  617,  EDCP  619, 
and  consent  of  instructor.  A  supervised 
field  experience  in  group  counseling. 

EDCP  627  Process  Consultation.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  graduate  course  in  group 
process.  Study  of  case  consultation, 
systems  consultation,  mental  health  con- 
sultation and  the  professional's  role  in 
systems  intervention  strategies. 

EDCP  633  Diagonstic  Appraisal  of 
Children  I.  (4)  Assessment  of  develop- 


Graduate  Programs  /  93 


ment,  emotional  and  learning  problems 
of  children  in  schools.  Practicum 
experience. 

EDCP  634  Diagnostic  Appraisal  of 
Children  II.  (4)  Prerequisite,  EDCP  633. 
Assessment  of  development,  emotional, 
and  learning  problems  of  adolescents  in 
schools.  Practicum  experience. 

EDCP  635  Therapeutic  Techniques  and 
Classroom  Management  I.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite. EDCP  414.  Diagnosis  and  treat- 
ment of  problems  presented  by  teacher 
and  parents.  Practicum  experience. 

EDCP  636  Therapeutic  Techniques  and 
Classroom  Management  II.  (3)  Prerequi- 
site, EDCP  635.  The  objective  of  this 
course  is  to  understand  and  to  treat 
children's  problems.  The  focus  is  primar- 
ily on  the  older  child  in  secondary 
school  and  the  orientation  is  essentially 
behavioral.  Practicum  experience  will  be 
provided. 

EDCP  645  Counseling  in  Elementary 
Schools.  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDCP  615  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Counseling  theory 
and  practices  as  related  to  children.  Em- 
phasis will  be  placed  on  an  awareness  of 
the  child's  total  behavior  as  well  as  on 
specific  methods  of  communicating  with 
the  child  through  techniques  of  play  in- 
terviews, observations,  and  the  use  of 
non-parametric  data. 

EDCP  655  Organization  and  Administra- 
tion of  Personnel  Services.  (2)  Prerequi- 
site, EDCP  619  or  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. Exploration  of  personnel  services 
programs  and  implementing  personnel 
services  practices. 

EDCP  656  Counseling  and  Personnel  Ser- 
vices Seminar.  (2)  Prerequisite,  advanced 
standing.  Examination  of  issues  that 
bear  on  professional  issues  such  as 
ethics,  interprofessional  relationships 
and  research. 

EDCP  661  Psycho-Social  Aspects  of 
Disability.  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDCP  460  or 
consent  of  instructor.  This  course  is  part 
of  the  core  curriculum  for  rehabilitation 
counselors.  It  is  designed  to  develop  an 
understanding  of  the  nature  and  impor- 
tance of  the  personal  and  psycho-social 
aspects  of  adult  disability. 

EDCP  662  Psychiatric  Aspects  of 
Disability  I.  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDCP  460  or 
equivalent  and  consent  of  instructor.  Part 
of  core  curriculum  in  rehabilitation  coun- 
seling. It  is  designed  to  develop  an 
understanding  of  the  rehabilitation  proc- 
ess, clients  served,  and  skills  and  at- 
titudes necessary  for  working  effectively 
with  the  physically  disabled. 

EDCP  663  Psychiatric  Aspects  of  Disabil- 
ity II.  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDCP  460  or 
equivalent  and  consent  of  instructor.  Part 
of  core  curriculum  in  rehabilitation  coun- 
seling. The  psychiatric  rehabilitation 
client:  understanding  his  needs,  treat- 
ment approaches  available,  and  society's 
reaction  to  the  client. 


EDCP  668  Special  Topics  in  Rehabilita- 
tion. (1-6)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  the 
instructor.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of 
six  hours. 

EDCP  718  Advanced  Seminar  in  Group 
Processes.  (2-6)  Prerequisites,  EDCP  626. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

EDCP  735  Seminar  in  Rehabilitation 
Counseling.  (2)  This  course  is  part  of  the 
core  curriculum  for  rehabilitation  coun- 
selors. It  is  designed  to  provide  the  ad- 
vanced rehabilitation  counseling  student 
with  a  formal  seminar  to  discuss, 
evaluate  and  attempt  to  reach  personal 
resolution  regarding  pertinent  profes- 
sional problems  and  issues  in  the  field. 

EDCP  771  The  College  Student.  (3)  A 

demographic  study  of  the  characteristics 
of  college  students  as  well  as  a  study  of 
their  aspirations,  values,  and  purposes. 

EDCP  776  Modification  of  Human 
Behavior  Laboratory  and  Practicum.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  In- 
dividual and  group  supervised  introduc- 
tion to  intake  and  counseling 
relationships. 

EDCP  777  Modification  of  Human 
Behavior  —  Laboratory  and  Practicum. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  EDCP  776  and  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  Continuation  of  EDCP 
776.  Further  experience  under  direct  su- 
pervision of  more  varied  forms  of  coun- 
seling   relationships. 

EDCP  778  Seminar  in  Student 
Personnel.(2-6)  An  intensive  study  of  the 
various  student  personnel  functions.  A 
means  to  integrate  the  knowledge  from 
various  fields  as  they  relate  to  student 
personnel  administration. 

EDCP  788  Advanced  Practicum  in 
Counseling.  (1-6)  Prerequisite,  permis- 
sion of  instructor,  previous  practicum  ex- 
perience. Individual  supervision  of  coun- 
seling, and  group  consultation. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

EDCP  789  Advanced  Topics  in  Counsel- 
ing and  Personnel  Services.  (1-6) 

Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

EDCP  798  Special  Problems  in  Counsel- 
ing and  Personnel  Services.  (1-6) 

Master's  AGS,  or  Doctoral  candidates 
who  desire  to  pursue  special  research 
problems  under  the  direction  of  their  ad- 
visors may  register  for  credit  under  this 
number. 

EDCP  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6)  Registration  required  to  the  extent 
of  six  hours  for  master's  thesis. 

EDCP  888  Apprenticeship  in  Counseling 
and  Personnel  Services.  (1-8)  Apprentice- 
ships in  the  major  area  of  study  are 
available  to  selected  students  whose 
application  for  an  apprenticeship  has 
been  approved  by  the  education  faculty. 
Each  apprentice  is  assigned  to  work  for 
at  least  a  semester  full-time  or  the 
equivalent  with  an  appropriate  staff 
member  of  a  cooperating  school,  school 
system,  or  eductional  institution  or 


agency.  The  sponsor  of  the  apprentice 
maintains  a  close  working  relationship 
with  the  apprentice  and  the  other  per- 
sons involved.  Prerequisites,  teaching  ex- 
perience, a  master's  degree  in  education, 
and  at  least  six  semester  hours  in  educa- 
tion at  the  University  of  Maryland.  NOTE: 
the  total  number  of  credits  which  a  stu- 
dent may  earn  in  EDCP  489,  888,  and  889 
is  limted  to  a  maximum  of  twenty  (20) 
semester  hours. 

EDCP  889  Internship  in  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services.  (3-8)  Internships  in 
the  major  area  of  study  are  available  to 
selected  students  who  have  teaching  ex- 
perience. The  following  groups  of  stu- 
dents are  eligible:  (a)  any  student  who 
has  been  advanced  to  candidacy  for  the 
Doctor's  degree:  and  (b)  any  student  who 
receives  special  approval  by  the  educa- 
tion faculty  for  an  internship,  provided 
that  prior  to  taking  an  internship,  such 
student  shall  have  completed  at  least  60 
semester  hours  of  graduate  work,  in- 
cluding at  least  six  semester  hours  in 
education  at  the  University  of  Maryland. 
Each  intern  is  assigned  to  work  on  a  full- 
time  basis  for  at  least  a  semester  with 
an  appropriate  staff  member  in  a  cooper- 
ating school,  school  system,  or  educa- 
tional institution  or  agency.  The  intern- 
ship must  be  taken  in  a  school  situation 
different  from  the  one  where  the  student 
is  regularly  employed.  The  intern's  spon- 
sor maintains  a  close  working  relation- 
ship with  the  intern  and  the  other  per- 
sons involved.  Note:  the  total  number  of 
credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in 
EDCP  489,  888,  and  889  is  limited  to  a 
maximum  of  twenty  (20)  semester  hours. 

EDCP  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research.  (1-8)  Registration  required  to 
the  extent  of  6-9  hours  for  an  Ed.D.  proj- 
ect and  12-18  hours  for  a  Ph.D. 
Dissertation. 


Criminal  Justice  and 
Criminology  Program 

(Institute  of  Criminal  Justice  and 
Criminology) 

Professor  and  Director:  Lejins 
Associate  Professors:  Ingraham,  Maida, 

Tennyson 
Assistant  Professors:  Debro,  B.  Johnson, 

K.  Johnson,  McKenzie,  Minor 

The  Program  of  graduate  study 
leading  to  a  Master  of  Arts  and 
Ph.D.  degree  in  the  area  of  Criminal 
Justice  and  Criminology  is  intended 
to  prepare  students  for  research, 
teaching  and  professional  employ- 
ment in  the  operational  agencies  in 
the  field  of  criminal  justice.  This 
program  combines  an  intensive 
background  in  a  social  science 
discipline  such  as  sociology, 
psychology,  public  administration, 
etc.,  with  graduate-level  study  of 


94  /  Graduate  Programs 


selected  aspects  of  the  criminal 
justice  field. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

In  addition  to  the  general  Graduate 
School  requirements,,  special  admis- 
sion requirements  include  the 
Graduate  Record  Examination  Ap- 
titude Test,  a  major  in  a  social 
science  discipline,  and  9  hours  of 
course  work  in  the  appropriate  area 
of  criminal  justice.  For  the  M.A.  ap- 
plicant, the  undergraduate  social 
science  major  must  have  included  at 
least  one  course  each  in  theory, 
statistics  and  research  methods. 
The  Ph.D.  applicant  must  have  com- 
pleted two  statistics,  two  research 
methods  and  two  theory  courses, 
one  of  each  being  at  the 
master's-level.  Admission  to  the 
Ph.D.  program  presupposes  comple- 
tion of  the  M.A.  degree.  At  the 
discretion  of  the  Graduate  Admis- 
sions Committee  of  the  Institute, 
deficiencies  in  some  of  the  above 
areas  may  be  made  up  by  noncredit 
work  at  the  beginning  of  the 
program. 

Students  enrolled  in  the  M.A.  pro- 
gram have  two  options:  a 
Criminology  option  and  a  Criminal 
Justice  option.  The  general  plan  of 
study  for  both  options,  totaling  to  30 
semester  hours,  is  as  follows:  1) 
Three  social  science  courses  on  an 
appropriate  level  in  theory, 
methodology,  and  statistics.  2)  Three 
appropriate-level  courses  in  Crim- 
inology or  Law  Enforcement, 
depending  upon  the  option.  Two  of 
these  must  be  at  the  600  level  or 
above.  One  of  these  should  be  a 
general  seminar  dealing  with  the 
overall  field  of  criminal  justice 
(LENF  600).  3)  Two  elective  courses. 
4)  Tutorial  courses  may  be  taken  on- 
ly as  elective  courses.  5)  The  stu- 
dent has  a  choice  between:  a)  an 
M.A.  degree  with  an  M.A.  thesis,  b) 
an  M.A.  degree  without  thesis,  but 
with  some  additional  requirements. 

For  completion  of  the  Ph.D. 
degree,  in  addition  to  the  general 
Graduate  School  Ph.D.  requirements, 
competence  in  the  theory  of  at  least 
one  social  science  discipline,  in 
research  methodology  and  in  quan- 
titative techniques  is  expected,  as 
well  as  competence  in  the  general 
theory  of  the  criminal  justice  field 
and  in  the  specialization  area  se- 
lected by  the  student.  The 
necessary  coursework  is  determined 
on  the  basis  of  the  student's 
previous  preparation,  needs,  and  in- 
terests. The  candidate  is  required  to 
pass  4  comprehensive  examinations. 


Financial  Assistance 

Several  graduate  teaching  assistant- 
ships  are  available  on  a  competitive 
basis.  Further,  graduate  research 
assistantships  are  sometimes 
available  for  graduate  students  to 
participate  in  research  projects 
directed  by  faculty  members  and 
funded  by  outside  sources. 

Additional  Information 

A  brochure  describing  the  Institute 
of  Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology 
and  its  programs  is  available  upon 
request.  Inquiries  should  be  directed 
to:  Dr.  Peter  P.  Lejins,  Director. 

Courses 

CRIM  432  Law  of  Corrections.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, LENF  230  or  234  and  CRIM  220.  A 
review  of  the  law  of  criminal  corrections 
from  sentencing  to  final  release  or 
release  on  parole.  Probation,  punish- 
ments, special  treatments  for  special  of- 
fenders, parole  and  pardon,  and  the 
prisoner's  civil  rights  are  also  examined. 

CRIM  450  Juvenile  Delinquency.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, SOCY  100.  Juvenile  delinquen- 
cy in  relation  to  the  general  problem  of 
crime;  analysis  of  factors  underlying 
juvenile  delinquency;  treatment  and 
prevention. 

CRIM  451  Crime  and  Delinquency 
Prevention.  (3)  Prerequisite,  CRIM  220  or 
CRIM  450  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Methods  and  programs  in  prevention  of 
crime  and  delinquency. 

CRIM  452  Treatment  of  Criminals  and 
Delinquents  in  the  Community.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  CRIM  220  or  CRIM  450  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Analysis  of  the 
processes  and  methods  in  the  modifica- 
tion of  criminal  patterns  of  behavior  in  a 
community  setting. 

CRIM  453  Institutional  Treatment  of 
Criminals  and  Delinquents.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, CRIM  220  or  CRIM  450  or  consent 
of  instructor.  History,  organization  and 
functions  of  penal  and  correctional  in- 
stitutions for  adults  and  juveniles. 

CRIM  454  Contemporary  Criminological 
Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite,  CRIM  220,  CRIM 
450,  and  CRIM  451  or  CRIM  452  or  CRIM 
453.  Brief  historical  overview  of  Crim- 
inological Theory  up  to  the  50's.  De- 
viance. Labeling.  Typologies.  Most  recent 
research  in  Criminalistic  subcultures  and 
middle  class  delinquency.  Recent  pro- 
posals for  'Decriminalization.' 

CRIM  498  Selected  Topics  in  Crim- 
inology. (3)  Topics  of  special  interest  to 
advanced  undergraduates  in  criminology. 
Such  courses  will  be  offered  in  response 
to  student  request  and  faculty  interest. 
No  more  than  six  credits  may  be  taken 
by  a  student  in  selected  topics. 

CRIM  610  Research  Methods  in  Criminal 
Justice  and  Criminology.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
completion  of  research  methods  and 


statistics  requirements  for  the  M.A. 
degree.  Examination  of  special  research 
problems  and  techniques. 

CRIM  650  Advanced  Criminology.  (3) 

First  semester.  Survey  of  the  principal 
issues  in  contemporary  Criminological 
Theory  and  research. 

CRIM  651  Seminar  in  Criminology.  (3) 

Second  semester. 

CRIM  652  Seminar  in  Juvenile  Delinquen- 
cy. (3)  First  semester. 

CRIM  653  Crime  and  Delinquency  as  a 
Community  Problem.  (3)  Second 
semester.  An  intensive  study  of  selected 
problems  in  adult  crime  and  juvenile 
delinquency  in  Maryland. 

CRIM  654  History  of  Criminological 
Thought.  (3)  Prerequisite,  CRIM  454  or  its 
equivalent.  A  study  of  the  development 
of  criminological  thought  from  antiquity 
to  the  present. 

CRIM  699  Special  Criminological  Prob- 
lems. (3) 

CRIM  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

CRIM  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research.  (1-8)  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research  in  Criminal  Justice  and 
Criminology. 

Courses 

LENF  444  Advanced  Law  Enforcement 
Administration.  (3)  Prerequisite,  LENF 
340  or  consent  of  instructor.  The  struc- 
turing of  manpower,  material,  and 
systems  to  accomplish  the  major  goals 
of  social  control.  Personnel  and  systems 
management.  Political  controls  and 
limitations  on  authority  and  jurisdiction. 

LENF  455  Dynamics  of  Planned  Change 
in  Criminal  Justice  I.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
consent  of  instructor.  An  examination  of 
conceptual  and  practical  issues  related 
to  planned  change  in  criminal  justice. 
Emphasis  on  the  development  of  in- 
novative ideas  using  a  research  and 
development  approach  to  change. 

LENF  456  Dynamics  of  Planned  Change 
in  Criminal  Justice  II.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
LENF  455  or  consent  of  instructor.  An 
examination  of  conceptual  and  practical 
issues  related  to  planned  change  in 
criminal  justice.  Emphasis  on  change 
strategies  and  tactics  which  are  appropri- 
ate for  criminal  justice  personnel  in  entry 
level  positions. 

LENF  462  Special  Problems  in  Security 
Administration.  (3)  Prerequisites,  LENF 
360  and  consent  of  instructor.  An  ad- 
vanced course  for  students  desiring  to 
focus  on  specific  concerns  in  the  study 
of  private  security  organizations; 
business  intelligence  and  espionage; 
vulnerability  and  criticality  analyses  in 
physical  security;  transportation,  banking, 
hospital  and  military  security  problems; 
uniformed  security  forces;  national 
defense  information;  and  others. 


Graduate  Programs  /  95 


LENF  498  Selected  Topics  in  Criminal 
Justice.  (1-6)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor. Supervised  study  of  a  selected 
topic  to  be  announced  in  the  field  of 
criminal  justice.  Repeatable  to  a  max- 
imum of  six  credits. 

LENF  600  Criminal  Justice  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites, admission  to  the  graduate  pro- 
gram in  criminal  justice  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Current  concept  of  criminal 
justice  in  relationship  to  other  concepts 
in  the  field.  Historical  perspective. 
Criminal  justice  and  social  control. 
Operational  implications.  Systemic 
aspects.  Issues  of  evaluation. 

LENF  630  Seminar  in  Criminal  Law  and 
Society.  (3)  Prerequisite,  LENF  230  or  its 
equivalent  and  a  course  in  introductory 
criminology.  The  criminal  law  is  studied 
in  the  context  of  general  studies  in  the 
area  of  the  sociology  of  law.  The  evolu- 
tion and  social  and  psychological  factors 
affecting  the  formulation  and  administra- 
tion of  criminal  laws  are  discussed.  Also 
examined  is  the  impact  of  criminal  laws 
and  their  sanctions  on  behavior  in  the 
light  of  recent  empirical  evidence. 

LENF  640  Seminar  in  Criminal  Justice 
Administration.  (3)  Prerequisites,  one 
course  in  the  theory  of  groups  or 
organizations,  one  course  in  administra- 
tion; or  consent  of  instructor.  Examina- 
tion of  external  and  internal  factors  that 
currently  impact  on  police  administra- 
tion. Intra-organizational  relationships 
and  policy  formulation;  the  conversion  of 
inputs  into  decisions  and  policies. 
Strategies  for  formulating,  implementing 
and  assessing  administrative  decisions. 
LENF  699  Special  Problems  in  Criminal 
Justice.  (1-3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor. Supervised  study  of  a  selected 
problem  in  the  field  of  criminal  justice. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 
LENF  720  Criminal  Justice  System  Plan- 
ning. (3)  Prerequisites,  one  course  in 
criminal  justice  and  one  course  in 
research  methodology.  System  theory 
and  methods;  examination  of  planning 
methods  and  models  based  primarily  on 
a  systems  approach  to  the  operations  of 
the  criminal  justice  system. 
LENF  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

Early  Childhood- 
Elementary  Education 
Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Sublett 
Professors:  Ashlock,  Duffey  O'Neill, 

Weaver,  J.  Wilson,  R.  Wilson 
Associate  Professors.  Amershek,  Church, 
Dietz,  Eley,  Gantt,  Heidelbach,  Her- 
man, Jantz,  Johnson,  Roderick, 
Seefeldt,  Williams. 
Assistant  Professors:  Gambrell,  Garner, 
Knifong,  Madison,  Schumacher,  Sunal 
Graduate  programs  leading  to  M.A., 
M.Ed.,  D.Ed.,  and  Ph.D.  degrees  in 
the  Department  of  Early  Childhood- 


Elementary  Education  are  designed 
to  prepare  teachers,  curriculumm 
specialists,  supervisors,  adminis- 
trators, and  higher  education  in- 
structors to  function  effectively  in 
leadership  positions  in  programs  for 
young  children. 

Students  have  opportunities  to 
specialize  in  any  of  the  following 
areas:  early  childhood  education, 
elementary  education,  reading  sci- 
ence education,  mathematics  educa- 
tion, language  arts,  social  studies 
education,  or  nursery-kindergarten 
education. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 
Masters  Degree  programs  average 
30-36  semester  hours.  D.Ed,  and 
Ph.D.  programs  average  90  semester 
hours,  including  work  at  the 
master's  level.  All  applicants  must 
submit  the  Miller  Analogy  Test 
score  as  prerequisite  to  admission. 

EDEL  500  and  501,  qualifying 
courses  for  which  no  graduate 
credit  is  offered,  may  be  required  of 
some  students. 

Programs,  particularly  at  the  doc- 
toral level,  are  individualized  to 
reflect  the  students'  backgrounds 
and  to  meet  their  particular  career 
goals.  Regular  counseling  with  an 
advisor  is  an  important  aspect  of 
each  program.  An  effort  is  made  to 
ascertain  that  graduate  programs  in- 
clude both  theory  and  practicum, 
professional  work  and  academic 
courses. 

There  is  a  comprehensive  exami- 
nation near  the  completion  of  work 
at  the  master's  level.  The  Ph.D.  pro- 
gram includes  a  preliminary  examin- 
ation after  approximately  12  se- 
mester hours  of  work  and  a  com- 
prehensive examination  near  the 
completion  of  the  program. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Special  facilities  for  graduate  study 
include  the  Reading  Center,  the 
Science  Teaching  Center,  the  Arith- 
metic Center,  the  Teacher  Education 
Centers  in  local  schools,  and  the 
Center  for  Young  Children. 

Financial  Assistance 

The  Department  is  able  to  give  fi- 
nancial aid,  in  the  form  of  graduate 
assistantships,  to  students  of 
proven  ability  who  have  had  public 
school  teaching  experience. 

Courses 

EDEL  401  Science  in  Early  Childhood 
Education.  (3)  Designed  primarily  to  help 
in-service  teachers,  nursery  school 
through  grade  3,  to  acquire  general 
science  understandings  and  to  develop 
teaching  materials  for  practical  use  in 


classrooms.  Includes  experiments,  dem- 
onstrations, constructions,  observations, 
field  trips  and  use  of  audio-visual 
materials.  The  emphasis  is  on  content 
and  method  related  to  science  units  in 
common  use  in  nursery  school  through 
grade  3.  Offered  during  summer  sessions 
and  in  off-campus  programs  taught 
through  University  College.  Ordinarily 
there  is  no  field  placement. 

EDEL  402  Science  in  the  Elementary 
School.  (3)  Designed  primarily  to  help  in- 
service  teachers,  grades  1-6,  to  acquire 
general  science  understandings  and  to 
develop  teaching  materials  for  practical 
use  in  classrooms.  Includes  experiments, 
demonstrations,  constructions,  observa- 
tions, field  trips  and  use  of  audio-visual 
materials.  The  emphasis  is  on  content 
and  method  related  to  science  units  in 
common  use  in  grades  1-6.  Offered  dur- 
ing summer  sessions  and  in  off-campus 
programs  taught  through  University  Col- 
lege. Ordinarily  there  is  no  field 
placement. 

EDEL  404  Language  Arts  in  Early  Child- 
hood Education.  (3)  Teaching  of  spelling, 
handwriting,  oral  and  written  expression 
and  creative  expression.  Designed  pri- 
marily for  in-service  teachers,  nursery 
school  through  grade  3.  Offered  during 
summer  sessions  and  in  off-campus  pro- 
grams taught  through  University  College. 
Ordinarily  there  is  no  field  placement. 

EDEL  405  Language  Arts  in  the  Elemen- 
tary School.  (3)  Teaching  of  spelling, 
handwriting,  oral  and  written  expression 
and  creative  expression.  Designed  pri- 
marily for  in-service  teachers,  grades  1-6. 
Offered  during  summer  sessions  and  in 
off-campus  programs  taught  through  Uni- 
versity College.  Ordinarily  there  is  no 
field  placement. 

EDEL  406  Social  Studies  in  Early 
Childhood  Education.  (3)  Consideration 
given  to  curriculum,  organization  and 
methods  of  teaching,  evaluation  of  newer 
materials  and  utilization  of  environmental 
resources.  Designed  for  in  —  service 
teachers,  nursery  school  through  grade 
3.  Offered  during  summer  sessions  and 
in  off-campus  programs  taught  through 
University  College.  Ordinarily  there  is  no 
field  placement. 

EDEL  407  Social  Studies  in  the  Elemen- 
tary School.  (3)  Consideration  given  to 
curriculum,  organization  and  methods  of 
teaching,  evaluation  of  newer  materials 
and  utilization  of  environmental  re- 
sources. Designed  for  in-service 
teachers,  grades  1-6.  Offered  during 
summer  session  and  in  off-campus  pro- 
grams taught  through  University  College. 
Ordinarily  there  is  no  field  placement. 
EDEL  410  The  Child  and  the  Curriculum 
—  Early  Childhood.  (3)  Relationship  of 
the  school  curriculum,  nursery  school 
through  grade  3,  to  child  growth  and  de- 
velopment. Recent  trends  in  curriculum 
organization;  the  effect  of  environment 
on  learning;  readiness  to  learn;  and  adap- 
ting curriculum  content  and  methods  to 


96  /  Graduate  Programs 


maturity  levels  of  children.  Designed  for 
in-service  teachers,  nursery  school 
through  grade  3.  Offered  during  summer 
sessions  and  in  off-campus  programs 
taught  through  University  College.  Or- 
dinarily there  is  no  field  placement. 

EDEL  411  The  Child  and  the  Curriculum 
—  Elementary.  (3)  Relationship  of  the 
school  curriculum,  grades  1-6,  to  child 
growth  and  development.  Recent  trends 
in  curriculum  organization;  the  effect  of 
environment  on  learning;  readiness  to 
learn;  and  adapting  curriculum  content 
and  methods  to  maturity  levels  of  chil- 
dren. Designed  for  in-service  teachers, 
grades  1-6.  Offered  during  summer  ses- 
sions and  in  off-campus  programs  taught 
through  University  College.  Ordinarily 
there  is  no  field  placement. 

EDEL  412  Art  in  the  Elementary  School. 

(3)  Concerned  with  art  methods  and 
materials  for  elementary  schools.  In- 
cludes laboratory  experiences  with 
materials  appropriate  for  elementary 
schools. 

EDEL  413  Mathematics  in  Early 
Childhood  Education.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
Math  210  or  equivalent.  Emphasis  on 
materials  and  procedures  which  help 
pupils  sense  arithmetic  meanings  and  re- 
lationships. Designed  to  help  in-service 
teachers,  nursery  school  through  grade 
3,  gain  a  better  understanding  of  the 
number  system  and  arithmetical  proc- 
esses. Offered  during  summer  sessions 
and  in  off-campus  programs  taught 
through  University  College.  Ordinarily 
there  is  no  field  placement. 

EDEL  414  Mathematics  in  the  Elementary 
School.  (3)  Prerequisite.  Math  210  or 
equivalent.  Emphasis  on  materials  and 
procedures  which  help  pupils  sense 
arithmetic  meanings  and  relationships. 
Designed  to  help  in-service  teachers, 
grades  1-6,  gain  a  better  understanding 
of  the  number  system  and  arithmetical 
processes.  Offered  during  summer  ses- 
sions and  in  off-campus  programs  taught 
through  University  College.  Ordinarily 
there  is  no  field  placement. 

EDEL  415  Diagnosis  and  Treatment  of 
Learnning  Disabilities  in  Mathematics  I. 

(3)  Prerequisite.  EDEL  351  or  equivalent 
and  approval  of  instructor.  Diagnosis  and 
treatment  of  disabilities  in  mathematics. 
Theoretical  models,  specific  diagnostic 
and  instructional  techniques  and  mater- 
ials for  working  with  children  in  both 
clinical  and  classroom  settings.  Practice 
using  techniques  by  conducting  case 
studies  with  children  previously  diagnos- 
ed as  primarily  corrective  rather  than 
severely  disabled.  Clinic  hours  to  be  ar- 
ranged. 

EDEL  416  The  Mathematics  Laboratory. 

(3)  Prerequisite.  EDEL  351  or  equivalent, 
or  consent  of  instructor.  The  definition, 
design,  and  uses  of  an  elementary 
school  mathematics  laboratory.  Labora- 
tory visitations.  The  design  of  instruc- 
tional activities  and  field  tested  activities 
with  children. 


EDEL  417  Social  Studies  and  Multi- 
Ethnic  Education.  (3)  Prerequisite,  a 
preservice  social  studies  methods  course 
or  permission  of  the  instructor.  Seminars 
will  be  held  relating  to  general  social 
science  principles  that  are  applicable  to 
multi-ethnic  education  as  a  component 
of  social  studies  instruction.  Cultural  ex- 
periences arranged  on  an  independent 
basis  for  each  participant. 

EDEL  424  Literature  for  Children  and 
Young  People,  Advanced.  (3)  Develop- 
ment of  literary  materials  for  children 
and  young  people.  Timeless  and  ageless 
books,  and  outstanding  examples  of  con- 
temporary publishing.  Evaluation  of  the 
contributions  of  individual  authors  and  il- 
lustrators and  children's  book  awards. 

EDEL  425  The  Teaching  of  Reading  — 
Early  Childhood.  (3)  Concerned  with  the 
fundamentals  of  developmental  reading 
instruction,  including  reading  readiness, 
use  of  experience  stories,  procedures  in 
using  basal  readers,  the  improvement  of 
comprehension,  teaching  reading  in  all 
areas  of  the  curriculum,  uses  of 
children's  literature,  the  program  in  word 
analysis,  and  procedures  for  determining 
individual  needs.  Designed  for  in-service 
teachers,  nursery  school  through  grade 
3  Offered  during  summer  sessions  and 
in  off-campus  programs  taught  through 
University  College.  Ordinarily  there  is  no 
field  placement. 

EDEL  426  The  Teaching  of  Reading  — 
Elementary.  (3)  Concerned  with  the  fun- 
damentals of  developmental  reading  in- 
struction, including  reading  readiness, 
use  of  experience  stories,  procedures  in 
using  basal  readers,  the  improvement  of 
comprehension,  teaching  reading  in  all 
areas  of  the  curriculum,  uses  of 
children's  literature,  the  program  in  word 
analysis,  and  procedures  for  determining 
individual  needs.  Designed  for  in-service 
teachers,  grades  1-6.  Offered  during 
summer  sessions  and  in  off-campus  pro- 
grams taught  through  University  College. 
Ordinarily,  there  is  no  field  placement. 

EDEL  427  The  Reading  Process.  (1-3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  the  department. 
A  survey  of  the  reading  process  to  pro- 
vide needed  knowledge  for  graduate 
studies  in  reading.  Students  will  be  pre- 
tested prior  to  registration  and  take  oniy 
those  modules  of  the  course  identified 
as  needed. 

EDEL  430  Con-ective- Remedial  Reading 
Instruction.  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDEL/EDSE 
427  or  equivalent,  and  consent  of  the  de- 
partment. For  teachers,  supervisors,  and 
administrators  who  wish  to  identify  and 
assist  pupils  with  reading  difficulties. 
Concerned  with  diagnostic  techniques, 
instructional  materials  and  teaching  pro- 
cedures useful  in  the  regular  classroom. 

EDEL  431  Laboratory  Practices  in 
Reading.  (3)  Prerequisite.  EDEL  430.  A 
laboratory  course  in  which  each  student 
has  one  or  more  pupils  for  analysis  and 
instruction.  At  least  one  class  meeting 
per  week  to  diagnose  individual  cases 
and  to  plan  instruction. 


EDEL  488  Special  Topics  in  Elementary 
Education  (1-3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor  Special  treatment  of  current 
topics  and  issues  in  elementary  educa- 
tion. Repeatable  to  maximum  of  6 
credits,  provided  content  is  different. 

EDEL  489  Field  Experience  in  Education 
(1-4)  Prerequisites,  at  least  six  semester 
hours  in  education  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  plus  such  other  prerequisites 
as  may  be  set  by  the  major  area  in 
which  the  experience  is  to  be  taken. 
Planned  field  experience  may  be  provid- 
ed for  selected  students  who  have  had 
teaching  experience  and  whose  applica- 
tion for  such  field  experience  has  been 
approved  by  the  education  faculty.  Field 
experience  is  offered  in  a  given  area  to 
both  major  and  nonmajor  students.  Note 
—  the  total  number  of  credits  which  a 
student  may  earn  in  EDEL  489,  888,  and 
889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  20 
semester  hours. 

EDEL  498  Special  Problems  in  Education. 
(1-3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 
Available  only  to  mature  students  who 
have  definite  plans  for  individual  study  of 
approved  problems. 

EDEL  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  and  Insti- 
tutes. (1-6)  The  maximum  number  of 
credits  that  may  be  earned  under  this 
course  symbol  toward  any  degree  is  six 
semester  hours;  the  symbol  may  be  used 
two  or  more  times  until  six  semester 
hours  have  been  reached.  The  following 
types  of  educational  enterprise  may  be 
scheduled  under  this  course  heading: 
workshops  conducted  by  the  college  of 
education  (or  developed  cooperatively 
with  other  colleges  and  universities)  and 
not  otherwise  covered  in  the  present 
course  listing;  clinical  experiences  in 
pupil-testing  centers,  reading  clinics, 
speech  therapy  laboratories,  and  special 
education  centers;  institutes  developed 
around  specific  topics  or  problems  and 
intended  for  designated  groups  such  as 
school  superintendents,  principals  and 
supervisors. 

EDEL  500  Education  of  the  Young  Child. 

(3)  Prerequisites,  a  baccalaureate  degree 
and  consent  of  the  department.  An  initial 
course  for  persons  entering  graduate 
study  in  early  childhood  education,  to 
provide  a  foundation  for  further  graduate 
study  or  a  supplement  to  other  areas.  In- 
tensive study  of  current  education  pro- 
grams, teacher  roles,  and  planning,  staff- 
ing, and  organizing  for  children's  learning 
needs.  Not  applicable  towards  graduate 
degrees. 

EDEL  501  Materials  and  Practices  in  Ear- 
ly Childhood  Education.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
a  baccalaureate  degree  and  consent  of 
the  department.  An  overview  of  practices 
and  media  available  for  innovative  ap- 
proaches in  early  childhood  programs,  in- 
cluding diagnostic  and  prescriptive 
techniques.  Not  applicable  toward 
graduate  degrees. 

EDEL  600  Seminar  in  Elementary  Educa- 
tion. (3)    Primarily  for  individuals  who 


Graduate  Programs  /  97 


wish  to  write  seminar  papers.  Prereq- 
uisite, at  least  12  hours  of  graduate  work 
in  education. 

EDEL  601  Problems  in  Teaching  Science 
in  Elementary  Schools.  (3)    Prerequisites, 
EDEL  353  or  402  or  consent  of  the  in- 
structor. Analysis  of  the  teaching  of 
science  to  children  through  (1)  the  iden- 
tification of  problems  to  teaching 
science,  (2)  the  investigation  and  study 
of  research  reports  related  to  the  iden- 
tified problems,  and  (3)  the  hypothesizing 
of  methods  for  improving  the  effective- 
ness of  science  education  for  children. 

EDEL  605  Problems  of  Teaching  Lan- 
guage Arts  in  Elementary  Schools.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  EDEL  404  or  approval  of  in- 
structor. This  course  is  designed  to 
allow  each  student  an  opportunity  (1)  to 
analyze  current  issues,  trends,  and  prob- 
lems in  language  arts  instruction  in 
terms  of  research  in  fundamental  educa- 
tional theory  and  the  language  arts,  and 

(2)  to  use  this  analysis  in  effecting 
changes  in  methods  and  materials  for 
classroom  instruction. 

EDEL  607  Problems  of  Teaching  Social 
Studies  in  Elementary  Schools.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, EDEL  406  or  approval  of  in- 
structor. An  examination  of  current 
literature  and  research  reports  in  the 
social  sciences  and  in  social  studies  cur- 
riculum design  and  instruction,  with  an 
emphasis  on  federally-sponsored  projects 
as  well  as  programs  designed  for  urban 
children. 

EDEL  613  Theoretical  and  Research 
Foundations  of  Elementary  School  Math- 
ematics. (3)  Prerequisite,  EDEL  351  or 
equivalent,  or  permission  of  the  instruc- 
tor. Theoretical  and  research  literature  in- 
terrelating mathematics  education  with 
psychology,  sociology,  philosophy,  and 
history.  Evaluation  of  the  influence  of 
this  literature  on  research,  teacher 
preparation,  and  mathematics  instruction 
in  schools. 

EDEL  614  Elementary  School 
Mathematics  Curricula.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
EDEL  314  or  equivalent  and  approval  of 
instructor.  Critical  evaluation  of  past  and 
present  curricular  projects,  experimental 
programs,  and  instructional  materials. 
Design  and  implementation  of  elemen- 
tary school  mathematics  curricula. 

EDEL  615  Diagnosis  and  Treatment  of 
Learning  Disabilities  in  Mathematics  II. 

(3)  Prerequisite.  EDEL  415  or  equivalent 
and  approval  of  instructor.  Diagnosis  and 
treatment  of  severe  learning  disabilities 
in  elementary  school  mathematics. 
Theoretical  models,  relevant  research 
and  specific  techniques  appropriate  for 
accessing  the  interaction  of  subject  mat- 
ter, organismic,  and  instructional 
variables  will  be  developed.  Clinic  hours 
for  case  study  work  to  be  arranged. 

EDEL  618  Practicum  in  Diagnoses  and 
Treatment  of  Learning  Disabilities  in 
Mathematics.  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDEL  615 
or  equivalent  and  approval  of  instructor. 
Supervised  clinical  research  studies  with 


children  experiencing  learning  difficulties 
in  mathematics.  Extension  of  diagnostic 
treatment  and  reporting  procedures  de- 
veloped in  EDEL  415  and  615.  Course 
may  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  6 
hours. 

EDEL  624  Reading  Diagnostic  Assess- 
ment and  Prescription.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
12  credits  of  graduate  study  in  educa- 
tion, or  consent  of  instructor.  Survey 
course  in  reading  diagnosis  and  prescrip- 
tion for  graduate  students  not  majoring 
in  reading.  The  interpretation  of  reading 
diagnostic  techniques  with  an  overview 
of  various  prescriptions  based  on 
diagnosis. 

EDEL  626  Problems  in  the  Teaching  of 
Reading  in  the  Elementary  School.  (3)  Im- 
plications of  current  theory  and  the 
results  of  research  for  the  teaching  of 
reading  in  the  elementary  school.  Atten- 
tion is  given  to  all  areas  of  developmen- 
tal reading  instruction,  with  special  em- 
phasis on  persistent  problems. 

EDEL  627  Clinical  Assessment  in 
Reading.  (3)  Prerequisites,  EDEL  430, 
EDEL  626,  EDMS  446  and  EDMS  622. 
Clinical  diagnostic  techniques  and 
materials  useful  to  the  reading  specialist 
in  assessing  serious  reading  difficulties. 

EDEL  630  Clinical  Remediation  of 
Reading  Disabilities.  (3)  Prerequisites. 
EDEL  430,  EDEL  626,  EDMS  446  and  622. 
Remedial  procedures  and  materials 
useful  to  the  reading  specialists  in  plan- 
ning programs  of  individual  and  small 
group  instruction. 

EDEL  631  Advanced  Laboratory  Practices 
(Diagnosis).  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDEL  630. 
Diagnostic  work  with  children  in  clinic 
and  school  situations.  Administration, 
scoring,  interpretation,  and  prescription 
via  diagnostic  instruments  is  stressed. 
Case  report  writing  and  conferences  are 
also  stressed.  EDEL  631  is  taken  with 
EDEL  632. 

EDEL  632  Advanced  Laboratory  Practices 
(Instruction).  (3)  Prerequisite.  EDEL  630. 
Remedial  instruction  with  children  in 
clinic  and  school  situations.  Develop 
competency  in  various  remedial  techni- 
ques, diagnostic  teaching  and  evaluation. 
Development  of  the  reading  resource  role 
is  stressed   EDEL  632  is  taken  with 
EDEL  631. 

EDEL  636  Communications  and  the 
School  Curriculum.  (3)  Curriculum 
development  based  on  communication 
as  the  major  vehicle  for  describing  the 
Learner's  interactions  with  persons, 
knowledge,  and  materials  in  the 
classroom  and  school  environment. 

EDEL  640  Curriculum  Planning  in 
Nursery-Kindergarten  Education.  (3)   An 

examination  of  significant  new 
developments  in  curriculum  theory  and 
practice. 

EDEL  641  The  Young  Child  in  the  Com- 
munity. (3)  Planned  observation,  related 
research,  and  analysis  of  the  experiences 
of  young  children  in  such  community 


centers  as  foster  homes,  orphanages, 
day  care  centers,  Sunday  schools,  etc. 
One-half  day  a  week  observation  re- 
quired. 

EDEL  642  The  Young  Child  in  School.  (3) 

An  examination  of  significant  theory  and 
research  on  the  characteristics  of  young 
children  which  have  special  implications 
for  teaching  children  in  nursery- 
kindergarten  groups. 

EDEL  643  Teacher- Parent  Relationships. 

(3)  A  study  of  the  methods  and 
materials,  trends,  and  problems  in 
establishing  close  home-school  relation- 
ships. 

EDEL  644  Intellectual  and  Creative  Ex- 
periences of  the  Nursery-Kindergarten. 

(3)  A  critical  examination  of  materials, 
methods  and  programs  in  such  areas  as 
reading,  literature,  science,  mathematics, 
the  social  studies,  art,  music,  dance,  etc. 

EDEL  650  Seminar  in  Early  Childhood 
Education.  (3)  A  problem  seminar  in  early 
childhood  education   Prerequisites,  at 
least  12  hours  of  graduate  work  in  early 
childhood  education. 

EDEL  651  Staffing  in  Early  Childhood 
Programs.  (3)  Prerequisite,  admission  to 
doctoral  programs  in  early  childhood 
education  or  educational  administration; 
administrative  experience  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

EDEL  652  Education  and  Group  Care  of 
the  Infant  and  Young  Child.  (3)  Prerequi- 
site, EDMS  446  or  consent  of  the  in- 
structor. The  historical,  theoretical  and 
empirical  basis  for  the  group  care  and 
education  of  young  children  with  special 
emphasis  on  the  child  under  the  age  of 
three. 

EDEL  653  Curriculum  Innovations  in  Ear- 
ly Childhood- Elementary  Science  Educa- 
tion. (3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. A  study  of  the  most  recently 
developed  curricula  in  early 
childhood-elementary  science  education 
including  the  psychological  basis  of 
each  science  curriculum;  analysis  of  the 
components  of  each  curriculum;  and  in- 
teraction with  early  childhood-elemen- 
tary school  children  using  selected  ac- 
tivities from  science  curricula. 

EDEL  701  Seminar  in  Research  and 
Development  of  Science  Education  for 
Children.  (3)  Prerequisites,  EDEL  601  and 
EDEL  653;  or  consent  of  instructor.  The 
development  of  science  education  for 
children;  the  study,  description  and  inter- 
pretation of  science  education  research 
reports;  the  identification  and  critical 
analysis  of  one  specific  topic  in  early 
childhood-elementary  science  education; 
and  the  development  of  a  research  pro- 
posal for  an  investigation  designed  to 
further  the  student's  knowledge  of  the 
selected  topic  in  early  childhood-elemen- 
tary science  education. 

EDEL  707  Elementary  School  Social 
Studies  Research.  (3)  Prerequisites.  EDEL 
607,  EDMS  446,  and  12  graduate  hours  in 
the  social  sciences.  The  identification  of 


98  /  Graduate  Programs 


a  significant  problem  in  elementary 
school  social  studies,  the  design  and  ex- 
ecution of  a  research  study  to  resolve 
the  problem.  Intended  for  advanced 
graduate  students  whose  concentration 
is  in  elementary  school  social  studies. 

EDEL  719  Research  Seminar  in  Teaching 
and  Learning  of  Elementary  School 
Mathematics.  (3)  Prerequisites.  EDMS  645 
and  EDEL  613.  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Critical  evaluation  of  past  and  current 
research,  formulation  of  researchable 
questions,  design  and  conduct  of 
research  in  the  teaching  and  learning  of 
elementary  school  mathematics.  Course 
may  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  6 
credits. 

EDEL  726  Research  Design  in  Early 
Childhood  Education.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
EDMS  646  or  equivalent.  Provides  oppor- 
tunity for  designing  and  conducting 
research  with  children  from  birth  to  eight 
years  of  age  based  on  reviews,  evalua- 
tions and  discussions  of  significant  and 
relevant  early  childhood  research 
literature. 

EDEL  788  Special  Topics  in  Elementary 
Education.  (1-3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor.  Special  and  intensive  treat- 
ment of  current  topics  and  issues  in 
elementary  education.  Repeatable  to 
maximum  of  6  credits. 

EDEL  798  Special  Problems  in  Education. 
(1-6)  Master's  AGS.  or  doctoral  can- 
didates who  desire  to  pursue  special 
research  problems  under  the  direction  of 
their  advisors  may  register  for  credit 
under  this  number.  Course  card  must 
have  the  title  of  the  problem  and  the 
name  of  the  faculty  member  under 
whom  the  work  will  be  done. 
EDEL  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6)  Registration  required  to  the  extent 
of  six  hours  for  master's  thesis. 
EDEL  888  Apprenticeship  in  Education. 
(1-8)  Apprenticeships  in  the  major  area 
of  study  are  available  to  selected 
students  whose  application  for  an  ap- 
prenticeship has  been  approved  by  the 
education  faculty.  Each  apprentice  is 
assigned  to  work  for  at  least  a  semester 
full-time  or  the  equivalent  with  an  ap- 
propriate staff  member  of  a  cooperating 
school,  school  system,  or  educational  in- 
stitution or  agency.  The  sponsor  of  the 
apprentice  maintains  a  close  working 
relationship  with  the  apprentice  and  the 
other  persons  involved.  Prerequisites, 
teaching  experience,  a  master's  degree 
in  education,  and  at  least  six  semester 
hours  in  education  at  the  University  of 
Maryland.  Note:  the  total  number  of 
credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in 
EDEL  489.  888  and  889  is  limited  to  a 
maximum  of  twenty  (20)  semester  hours. 

EDEL  889  Internship  in  Education.  (3-8) 
Internships  in  the  major  area  of  study 
are  available  to  selected  students  who 
have  teaching  experience.  The  following 
groups  of  students  are  eligible;  (a)  any 
student  who  has  been  advanced  to  can- 
didacy for  the  doctor's  degree;  and  (b) 
any  student  who  receives  special  ap- 


proval by  the  education  faculty  for  an  in- 
ternship, provided  that  prior  to  taking  an 
internship,  such  student  shall  have  com- 
pleted at  least  60  semester  hours  of 
graduate  work,  including  at  least  six 
semester  hours  in  education  at  the 
University  of  Maryland.  Each  intern  is 
assigned  to  work  on  a  full-time  basis  for 
at  least  a  semester  with  an  appropriate 
staff  member  in  a  cooperating  school, 
school  system,  or  educational  institution 
or  agency.  The  internship  must  be  taken 
in  a  school  situation  different  from  the 
one  where  the  student  is  regularly 
employed.  The  intern's  sponsor  main- 
tains a  close  working  relationship  with 
the  intern  and  the  other  persons  in- 
volved. Note;  the  total  number  of  credits 
which  a  student  may  earn  in  EDEL  489, 
888.  and  889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of 
twenty  (20)  semester  hours. 

EDEL  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research.  (1-8)  Registration  required  to 
the  extent  of  6-9  hours  for  an  Ed.D.  proj- 
ect and  12-18  hours  for  a  Ph.D 
dissertation. 

Economics  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Marris 
Professors:  Aaron.  Adelman,  Almon, 

Bailey.  Bergmann,  Cumberland.  Dillard. 

Gruchy,  Harris.  Kelejian.  McGuire. 

Mueller,  O'Connell,  Olson,  Schultze, 

Straszheim,  Ulmer,  Wonnacott 
Associate  Professors:  Adams,  Bennett, 

Betancourt,  Clague.  Dodge,  Johnson, 

Knight.  Meyer.  Singer,  Weinstein 
Assistant  Professors:  Brown.  Clotfelter, 

Dorman,  Lieberman.  Murrell,  Pelcovits, 

Snower,  Swartz,  Vavrichek 
Programs  are  offered  leading  to  the 
Master  of  Arts  and  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  degrees.  Areas  of 
specialization  include:  economic 
theory,  advanced  economic  theory, 
comparative  economic  systems  and 
planning,  econometrics,  economic 
development,  economic  history,  en- 
vironmental and  natural  resource 
economics,  history  of  economic 
thought,  industrial  organization,  in- 
stitutional economics,  international 
economics,  labor  economics,  mone- 
tary economics,  public  finance,  re- 
gional and  urban  economics,  and 
social  policy. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 
Applicants  should  have  taken  (or 
should  plan  to  take  immediately)  at 
least  one  advanced  undergraduate 
course  in  each  of  microeconomics, 
macroeconomics,  statistics,  and 
calculus.  In  addition,  the  Aptitude 
Test  section  of  the  Graduate  Record 
Examination  is  required,  and  the  Ad- 
vanced Economics  Test  is  strongly 
recommended.  Letters  of  recommen- 
dation from  three  persons  compe- 
tent to  judge  the  probability  of  the 
applicant's  success  in  graduate 
school  should  be  sent  directly  to 


the  Director  of  Graduate  Studies  in 
Economics.  While  part-time  graduate 
study  is  possible,  few  courses  are 
taught  at  night. 

The  Master  of  Arts  degree  in 
Economics  may  be  taken  under  ei- 
ther (1)  the  thesis  option  (24  hours 
plus  a  thesis)  or  (2)  the  non-thesis 
option  (30  hours,  including  Eco- 
nomics 621-622,  plus  a  written  ex- 
amination in  Economic  Theory  and  a 
research  paper).  The  requirements 
for  the  non-thesis  option  for  the 
M.A.  are  met  automatically  in  the 
course  of  the  Ph.D.  program  in 
Economics. 

The  main  requirements  of  the 
Ph.D.  program  are  (1)  a  written  ex- 
amination in  economic  theory,  nor- 
mally taken  at  the  beginning  of  the 
second  year  of  full-time  graduate 
study;  (2)  written  examinations  in 
two  approved  optional  fields;  (3)  a 
comprehensive  oral  examination 
covering  economic  theory  and  the 
two  optional  fields;  (4)  two  courses 
(ECON  621-622)  in  Quantitative 
Methods  in  Economics;  (5)  two 
courses  (ECON  606,  607)  in  the 
History  of  Economic  Thought;  or 
one  in  Thought  and  one  in 
Economic  History  (ECON  611  or 
613);  (6)  foreign  language  competen- 
cy or  one  of  several  options;  (7)  a 
research  paper  available  to  the  facul- 
ty at  the  time  of  the  oral  compre- 
hensive examination;  (8)  a  disser- 
tation and  its  successful  oral  defense. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  graduate  program  in  Economics 
is  a  comprehensive  one.  The  depart- 
ment possesses  special  strength  in 
the  Economics  of  the  Public  Sector 
and  Public  Choice.  The  department 
has  general  strengths  in  social 
policy,  poverty,  natural  resources 
and  the  environment,  in  international 
economics  and  economic  develop- 
ment, and  other  applied  areas. 
Special  research  projects  under  the 
supervision  of  faculty  members  are 
carried  on  in  the  Economics  of  En- 
vironmental Management  and  Inter- 
industry Forecasting. 

Financial  Assistance 

Research  assistantships  are  avail- 
able in  special  projects.  Numerous 
teaching  assistantships  are  also 
available.  The  department  can  usu- 
ally help  graduate  students  find  half- 
time  employment  in  Federal  agen- 
cies engaged  in  economic  research. 
There  are  a  limited  number  of 
fellowships  available,  including 
several  for  members  of  groups 
presently  underrepresented  among 
economists. 

Graduate  Programs  /  99 


Additional  Information 

A  complete  description  of  the  re- 
quirements of  the  degrees  in  eco- 
nomics and  the  admission  process 
is  available  on  request  from:  Direc- 
tor of  Graduate  Studies  in 
Economics,  Department  of  Econom- 
ics, University  of  Maryland. 

Courses 

ECON  401  National  Income  Analysis.  (3) 

Prerequsite,  ECON  201,  203.  Required  for 
economics  majors.  Analysis  of  the  deter- 
mination of  national  income,  employ- 
ment, and  price  levels.  Discussion  of 
consumption,  investment,  inflation,  and 
government  fiscal  and  monetary  policy. 

ECON  402  Business  Cycles.  (3)  First 
semester.  Prerequisite,  ECON  430.  A 
study  of  the  causes  of  depressions  and 
unemployment.  Cyclical  and  secular  in- 
stability, theories  of  business  cycles,  and 
the  problem  of  controlling  economic 
instability. 

ECON  403  Intermediate  Price  Theory.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ECON  201,  203.  Required 
for  economics  majors.  An  analysis  of  the 
theories  of  consumer  behavior  and  of  the 
firm,  and  of  general  price  and  distribu- 
tion theory,  with  applications  to  current 
economic  issues. 

ECON  407  Contemporary  Economic 
Thought.  (3)  Prerequisites,  ECON  201, 
203,  and  senior  standing.  Graduate  stu- 
dents should  take  ECON  705.  A  survey 
of  the  development  of  economic  thought 
since  1900  with  special  reference  to 
Thorstein  Veblin  and  other  pre-1939  in- 
stitutionalists  and  to  post-1945  Neo- 
Institutionalists  such  as  J.K.  Galbraith 
and  Gunnar  Myrdal. 
ECON  415  Introduction  to  Economic 
Development  of  Underdeveloped  areas. 
(3)  Prerequisite  ECON  201  and  203;  or 
205  An  analysis  of  the  economic  and 
social  characteristics  of  underdeveloped 
areas.  Recent  theories  of  economic  de- 
velopment, obstacles  to  development, 
policies  and  planning  for  development. 

ECON  418  Economic  Development  of 

Selected  Areas.  (3) 

A  —  Latin  America 

B  —  Asia 

C  —  Africa 

Prerequisite,  ECON  415.  Institutional 

characteristics  of  a  specific  area  are 

discussed  and  alternate  strategies  and 

policies  for  development  are  analyzed. 

ECON  421  Economic  Statistics.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  MATH  110  or  equivalent. 
Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken 
BSAD  230  or  BSAD  231.  An  introduction 
to  the  use  of  statistics  in  economics. 
Topics  include:  probability,  random 
variables  and  their  distributions,  sampl- 
ing theory,  estimation,  hypothesis 
testing,  analysis  of  variance,  regression 
analysis,  correlation. 

ECON  422  Quantitative  Methods  in 
Economics.  (3)  Prerequisites,  ECON  201, 
203,  and  421  (or  BSAD  230);  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  Emphasizes  the  inter- 

100  /  Graduate  Programs 


action  between  the  economic  problems 
posed  by  economists  and  the  as- 
sumptions employed  in  statistical  theory. 
Deals  with  the  formulation,  estimation 
and  testing  of  economic  models.  Topics 
include  single  variable  and  multiple 
variable  regression  techniques,  theory  of 
identification,  autocorrelation  and 
simultaneous  equations.  Independent 
work  relating  the  material  in  the  course 
to  an  economic  problem  chosen  by  the 
student  is  required. 

ECON  425  Mathematical  Economics.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  ECON  401  and  403  and 
one  year  of  college  mathematics.  A 
course  designed  to  enable  economics 
majors  to  understand  the  simpler  as- 
pects of  mathematical  economics.  Those 
parts  of  the  calculus  and  algebra  re- 
quired for  economic  analysis  will  be 
presented. 

ECON  430  Money  and  Banking.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, ECON  201,  203.  Relation  of 
money  and  credit  to  economic  activity 
and  prices;  impact  of  public  policy  in 
financial  markets  and  for  goods  and  ser- 
vices; policies,  structure,  and  functions 
of  the  federal  reserve  system;  organiza- 
tion, operation,  and  functions  of  the 
commercial  banking  system,  as  related 
particularly  to  questions  of  economic 
stability  and  public  policy. 

ECON  431  Theory  of  Money,  Prices  and 
Economic  Activity.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ECON 
430.  A  theoretical  treatment  of  the  in- 
fluence of  money  and  financial  markets 
on  economic  activity  and  prices,  and  of 
the  effects  of  monetary  policy  on  the 
markets  for  goods  and  services;  the  role 
of  money  in  the  classical  and  Keynesian 
macro-systems;  topics  of  theoretical  in- 
terest in  monetary  policy  formation  and 
implementation. 

ECON  440  International  Economics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ECON  201,  203.  A  descrip- 
tive and  theoretical  analysis  of  interna- 
tional trade,  balance  of  payments  ac- 
counts, the  mechanism  of  international 
economic  adjustment,  comparative  costs, 
economics  of  customs  unions. 

ECON  441  International  Economic 
Policies.  (3)  Prerequisites,  ECON  401, 
403,  and  440.  Contemporary  balance  of 
payments  problems;  the  international  liq- 
uidity controversy  investment,  trade  and 
economic  development;  evaluation  of 
arguments  for  protection. 

ECON  450  Introduction  to  Public 
Finance.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ECON  201,  203; 
or  ECON  205.  The  role  of  federal,  state, 
and  local  governments  in  meeting  public 
wants.  Analysis  of  tax  theory  and  policy, 
expenditure  theory,  government  budget- 
ing, benefit-cost  analysis,  and  income 
redistribution. 

ECON  451  Public  Choice  and  Public 
Policy.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ECON  201  203,  or 
205.  Analysis  of  collective  decision  mak- 
ing. Economic  models  of  government, 
program  budgeting,  and  policy  implemen- 
tation; emphasis  on  models  of  public 
choice  and  institutions  which  affect  deci- 
sion making. 


ECON  454  State  and  Local  Public 
Finance.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ECON  201  and 
203;  or  205.  Principles  and  problems  of 
governmental  finance  with  special  ref- 
erence to  state  and  local  jurisdictions. 
Topics  to  be  covered  include  taxation, 
expenditures  and  intergovernmental 
fiscal  relations. 

ECON  460  Industrial  Organization.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ECON  201  and  203;  or  205. 
Changing  structure  of  the  American 
Economy;  price  policies  in  different  in- 
dustrial classifications  of  monopoly  and 
competition  in  relation  to  problems  of 
public  policy. 

ECON  471  Current  Problems  in  Labor 
Economics.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ECON  470. 
For  students  who  wish  to  pursue,  in 
depth,  selected  topics  in  the  labor  field. 
Issues  and  topics  selected  for  detailed 
examination  may  include:  manpower 
training  and  development,  unemployment 
compensation  and  social  security,  race 
and  sex  discrimination  in  employment, 
wage  theory,  productivity  analysis,  the 
problems  of  collective  bargaining  in 
public  employment,  wage-price  controls 
and  incomes  policy. 

ECON  474  Economic  Problems  of 
Women.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ECON  201,  203, 
or  205.  Discrimination  against  women  in 
the  labor  market;  the  division  of  labor  in 
the  home  and  the  workplace  by  sex;  the 
'child  care  industry';  women  in  poverty. 

ECON  475  Economics  of  Poverty  and 
Discrimination.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ECON 
201  and  203;  or  205.  Topics  include  the 
causes  of  the  persistence  of  low  income 
groups;  the  relation  of  poverty  to  tech- 
nological change,  to  economic  growth, 
and  to  education  and  training;  economic 
motivations  for  discrimination;  the 
economic  results  of  discrimination;  pro- 
posed remedies  for  poverty  and 
discrimination. 

ECON  482  Economics  of  the  Soviet 
Union.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ECON  201  and 
203;  or  205.  An  analysis  of  the  organiza- 
tion, operating  principles  and  perform- 
ance of  the  Soviet  economy  with  atten- 
tion to  the  historical  and  ideological 
background,  planning,  resources,  in- 
dustry, agriculture,  domestic  and  foreign 
trade,  finance,  labor,  and  the  structure 
and  growth  of  national  income. 

ECON  484  The  Economy  of  China.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ECON  201  and  203;  or  205. 
Policies  and  performances  of  the  Chi- 
nese economy  since  1949.  Will  begin 
with  a  survey  of  modern  China's  eco- 
nomic history.  Emphasizes  the  strategies 
and  institutional  innovations  that  the 
Chinese  have  adopted  to  overcome  the 
problems  of  economic  development. 
Some  economic  controversies  raised  dur- 
ing the  'cultural  revolution'  will  be 
covered  in  review  of  the  problems  and 
prospects  of  the  present  Chinese 
economy. 

ECON  486  The  Economics  of  National 
Planning.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ECON  201  and 


203;  or  205.  An  analysis  of  the  principles 
and  practice  of  economic  planning  with 
special  reference  to  the  planning  prob- 
lems of  West  European  Countries  and 
the  United  States. 

ECON  490  Survey  of  Urban  Economic 
Problems  and  Policies.  (3)  Prerequisites. 
ECON  201  and  203;  or  205.  An  introduc- 
tion to  the  study  of  urban  economics 
through  the  examination  of  current  pol- 
icy issues.  Topics  may  include  subur- 
banization of  jobs  and  residences,  hous- 
ing and  urban  renewal,  urban  transporta- 
tion, development  of  new  towns,  ghetto 
economic  development,  problems  in  ser- 
vices such  as  education  and  police. 

ECON  491  Economics  and  Control  of  Ur- 
ban Growth.  (3)  Prerequisite.  ECON  490. 
An  analysis  of  metropolitan  development 
processes,  the  consequences  of  alter- 
native growth  patterns,  and  the  evalua- 
tion of  policies  to  control  growth. 

ECON  492  Economics  of  Location  and 
Regional  Growth.  (3)  Prerequisite.  ECON 
403.  or  consent  of  instructor.  Study  of 
the  theories,  problems,  and  policies  of 
regional  economic  development  and  the 
location  of  economic  activity  for  both 
rural  and  metropolitan  regions.  Methods 
of  regional  analysis. 

ECON  601  Macro- Economic  Analysis.  (3) 

First  semester  of  a  two-semester  se- 
quence. 601  and  602.  Topics  normally  in- 
clude general  equilibrium  theory  in 
Classical,  Keynesian,  and  Post-Keynesian 
treatments;  the  demand  for  money:  theo- 
ries of  consumption  behavior  and  of 
inflation. 

ECON  602  Economic  Growth  and  In- 
stability. (3)  Second  semester.  A  con- 
tinuation of  ECON  601.  Major  topics  in- 
clude growth  and  technological  change, 
investment,  business  cycles,  and  large 
empirical  macroeconomic  models.  Also 
included  are  material  on  wages  and 
employment  and  on  international  and 
domestic  stability. 

ECON  603  Micro-Economic  Analysis  I. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  a  calculus  course  or  con- 
current registration  in  ECON  621.  The 
first  semester  of  a  two-semester  se- 
quence which  analyzes  the  usefulness 
and  shortcomings  of  prices  in  solving 
the  basic  economic  problem  of  allocating 
scarce  resources  among  alternative  uses. 
The  central  problem  of  welfare  eco- 
nomics and  general  equilibrium  as  a 
framework  for  a  detailed  analysis  of  con- 
sumption and  production  theories  in- 
cluding linear  programming  with  deci- 
sions under  uncertainty. 

ECON  604  Micro-Economic  Analysis  II. 

(3)  Prerequisite.  ECON  603.  A  continua- 
tion of  ECON  603.  Theory  of  capital,  in- 
terest and  wages.  Qualifications  of  the 
basic  welfare  theorem  caused  by 
noncompetitive  market  structures,  exter- 
nal economies  and  diseconomies  and 
secondary  constraints.  Application  of 
price  theory  to  public  expenditure  deci- 
sions, investment  in  human  capital,  inter- 


national trade,  and  other  areas  of 
economics. 

ECON  605  Welfare  Economics.  (3)  First 
semester.  Prerequisite.  ECON  603.  The 
topics  covered  include  pareto  optimality, 
social  welfare  functions,  indivisibilities, 
consumer  surplus,  output  and  price  pol- 
icy in  public  enterprise,  and  welfare 
aspects  of  the  theory  of  public 
expenditures. 

ECON  606  History  of  Economic  Thought. 

(3)  First  semester.  Prerequisite.  ECON 
403  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  A  study 
of  the  development  of  economic  thought 
and  theories  including  the  Greeks.  Ro- 
mans, Canonists.  Mercantilists,  Phys- 
iocrats. Adam  Smith.  Malthus.  Ricardo. 
Relation  of  ideas  to  economic  policy. 

ECON  607  Economic  Theory  in  the  Nine- 
teenth Century.  (3)  Second  semester. 
Prerequisite.  ECON  606  or  consent  of 
the  instructor.  A  study  of  nineteenth- 
century  and  twentieth-century  schools  of 
economic  thought,  particularly  the 
Classicists.  Neo-Classicists.  Austrians, 
German  Historical  School.  American 
Economic  Thought,  the  Socialists,  and 
Keynes. 

ECON  611  Seminar  in  American 
Economic  Development.  (3) 

ECON  613  Origins  and  Development  of 
Capitalism.  (3)  Second  semester.  Studies 
the  transition  from  feudalism  to  modern 
capitalistic  economies  in  Western  Eu- 
rope. Whenever  possible,  this  economic 
history  is  analyzed  with  the  aid  of  tools 
of  modern  economics,  and  in  the  light  of 
comparisons  and  contrasts  with  the  less 
developed  areas  of  the  present  day. 

ECON  615  Economic  Development  of 
Underdeveloped  Areas.  (3)  First  semester 
Prerequisite.  ECON  401  and  403.  An  anal- 
ysis of  the  forces  contributing  to  and 
retarding  economic  progress  in  underde- 
veloped areas.  Macro  and  micro- 
economic  aspects  of  development  plan- 
ning and  strategy  are  emphasized. 

ECON  616  Seminar  in  Economic 
Development.  (3)  Second  semester.  Pre- 
requisite. ECON  615  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. A  continuation  of  ECON  615. 
Special  emphasis  is  on  the  application  of 
economic  theory  in  the  institutional  set- 
ting of  a  country  or  area  of  particular  in- 
terest to  the  student. 

ECON  617  Money  and  Finance  in 
Economic  Development.  (3)  First  se- 
mester. Economic  theory,  strategy,  and 
tactics  for  mobilizing  real  and  financial 
resources  to  finance  and  accelerate  eco- 
nomic development.  Monetary,  fiscal,  and 
tax  reform  policy  and  practice  by  the 
government  sector  to  design  and  imple- 
ment national  development  plans. 

ECON  621  Quantitative  Economics  I.  (3) 

First  semester.  An  introduction  to  the 
theory  and  practice  of  statistical  infer- 
ence. Elements  of  computer  program- 
ming and  a  review  of  mathematics  ger- 
mane to  this  and  other  graduate  eco- 
nomics courses  are  included. 


ECON  622  Quantitative  Economics  II.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite.  ECON 
621.  Techniques  of  estimating  relation- 
ships among  economic  variables.  Multi- 
ple regression,  the  analysis  of  variance 
and  covariance.  and  techniques  for  deal- 
ing in  time  series.  Further  topics  in 
mathematics. 

ECON  661  Advanced  Industrial  Organiza- 
tion. (3)  First  semester.  Prerequisite, 
ECON  401  and  403  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Analysis  of  market  structure  and  its 
relation  to  market  performance. 

ECON  662  Industrial  Organization  and 
Public  Policy.  (3)  Second  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, ECON  661  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Analysis  of  the  problems  of 
public  policy  in  regard  to  the  structure, 
conduct,  and  performance  of  industry. 
Examination  of  anti-trust  policy  from  the 
point  of  view  of  economic  theory. 

ECON  671  Seminar  in  Labor  Economics. 

(3)  First  semester.  Formal  models  of 
labor  demand,  supply,  utilization  and 
price  formation.  Factors  affecting  labor 
supply:  the  determination  of  factor 
shares  in  an  open  economy;  bargaining 
models,  labor  resources,  trade  union 
theories  as  they  affect  resource 
allocation. 

ECON  672  Selected  Topics  in  Labor 
Economics.  (3)  Second  semester.  The 
wage-price  issue;  public  policy  with 
respect  to  unions,  labor-management  re- 
lations, and  the  labor  market:  institu- 
tional aspects  of  the  American  Labor 
Movement:  manpower  development  and 
training. 

ECON  682  Seminar  in  Economic 
Development  of  the  Soviet  Union.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite.  ECON 
482  or  consent  of  instructor.  Measure- 
ment and  evaluation  of  Soviet  Economic 
growth  including  interpretation  and  use 
of  Soviet  statistics,  measurement  of  na- 
tional income,  fiscal  policies,  investment 
and  technological  change,  planning  and 
economic  administration,  manpower  and 
wage  policies,  foreign  trade  and  aid. 
Selected  topics  in  bloc  development  and 
reform. 

ECON  686  Economic  Growth  in  Mature 
Economies.  (3)  A  comparative  analysis  of 
measures  for  achieving  economic  stabil- 
ity and  progress  in  mature  economies 
such  as  the  major  West  European  coun- 
tries and  the  United  States,  including 
fiscal  and  monetary  policies,  tax  incen- 
tives, manpower  programs,  redistribu- 
tional efforts,  planning  procedures  and 
nationalization. 

ECON  698  Selected  Topics  in 
Economics.  (3). 

ECON  703  Advanced  Economic  Theory  I. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  background  in  calculus 
and  matrix  algebra  such  as  provided  by 
ECON  621  and  622.  Optimization  tech- 
niques such  as  Lagrangian  multipliers 
and  linear  programming.  Mathematical 
treatment  of  general  equilibrium,  in- 
cluding interindustry  analysis,  the  theory 
of  production,  consumption,  and  welfare. 


Graduate  Programs  /  101 


ECON  704  Advanced  Economic  Theory  II. 

(3)  Prerequisite.  ECON  703.  Multi-Sectoral 
growth  models  and  questions  of  optimal 
growth.  Last  half  of  course  consists  of 
presentations  of  seminar  papers. 

ECON  705  Seminar  in  Institutional 
Economic  Theory.  (3)  Second  semester. 
A  study  of  the  recent  developments  in 
the  field  of  institutional  economic  theory 
in  the  United  States  and  abroad. 

ECON  706  Seminar  in  Institutional 
Economic  Theory.  (3). 

ECON  721  Econometrics  I.  (3)  First 
semester.  Special  topics  in  mathematical 
statistics  necessary  for  understanding 
econometric  theory,  with  particular  em- 
phasis on  multivariate  analysis.  The 
estimation  of  simultaneous  equation  sys- 
tems, problems  involving  errors  in  vari- 
ables, distributed  lags,  and  spectral 
analysis. 

ECON  722  Seminar  in  Quantitative 
Economics.  (3)  Second  semester.  Prereq- 
uisite. ECON  622  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Analysis  of  data  sources  for  eco- 
nomic research;  critical  evaluation  of 
previous  and  current  quantitative 
economic  studies;  and  class  discussion 
and  criticism  of  student  research 
projects. 

ECON  731  Monetary  Theory  and  Policy. 

(3)  First  semester.  An  adequate 
knowledge  of  micro  and  macro- 
economics is  assumed.  Theory  of 
money,  financial  assets,  and  economic 
activity;  review  of  Classical,  Neo- 
classical and  Keynesian  contribution; 
emphasis  on  Post-Keynesian  contribu- 
tions, including  those  of  Tobin,  Patinkin, 
Gurley-Shaw,  Friedman,  and  others. 

ECON  732  Seminar  in  Monetary  Theory 
and  Policy.  (3)  Second  semester.  Prereq- 
uisite, ECON  731  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Theory  of  the  mechanisms  through 
which  central  banking  affects  economic 
activity  and  prices;  formation  and  im- 
plementation of  monetary  policy;  theo- 
rectical  topics  in  monetary  policy. 

ECON  741  Advanced  International 
Economics  I.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ECON  601. 
The  international  mechanism  of  adjust- 
ment: price,  exchange  rate,  and  income 
changes.  The  flexible  exchange  rate 
system,  international  monetary  reform 
and  international  investment  and  capital 
flows. 

ECON  742  Advanced  International 
Economics  II.  (3)  Prerequisite.  ECON  603 
and  ECON  741.  The  pure  theory  of  inter- 
national trade.  Comparative  costs,  the 
Heckscher-Ohlin  Theorem,  and  the  effect 
of  trade  on  factor  prices.  Tariff  analysis, 
commercial  policy  and  customs  unions. 
The  gains  from  trade  and  ranking  of 
policy  interventions. 

ECON  751  Advanced  Theory  of  Public 
Finance.  (3)  Review  of  utility  analysis  to 
include  the  theory  of  individual  con- 
sumer resource  allocation  and  exchange 
and  welfare  implications.  Effects  of  alter- 
native tax  and  subsidy  techniques  upon 


allocation,  exchange,  and  welfare  out- 
comes. Theories  of  public  goods,  their 
production,  exchange  and  consumption. 
Principles  of  benefit-cost  analysis  for 
government  decisions. 

ECON  752  Seminar  in  Public  Finance.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Theory  of  taxation  and 
tax  policy,  with  particular  emphasis  on 
income  taxation;  empirical  studies;  the 
burden  of  the  public  debt.  Research  pa- 
per by  each  student  to  be  presented  to 
seminar. 

ECON  775  Poverty  and  the  Labor  Market. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  ECON  603  and  622,  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Theories  of  in- 
come distribution  and  factor  shares;  hu- 
man capital  theory,  empirical  applica- 
tions, and  criticisms;  theories  and 
measurement  of  discrimination;  the  oper- 
ation of  labor  markets,  trade  unions,  and 
minimum  wage  laws;  economic  fluctua- 
tions and  income  distribution. 

ECON  776  Policies  Affecting  Income 
Distribution.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ECON  603 
and  622,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Ethics 
of  Distribution;  measures  of  income,  in- 
come distribution,  and  poverty;  incidence 
of  taxation  and  public  expenditures;  the 
design  of  distributional  policies,  in-kind 
versus  cash  assistance;  particular  policy 
areas,  education  finance,  housing  assis- 
tance, medical  care,  child  care,  cash 
transfer  programs. 

ECON  781  Advanced  Environmental 
Economics.  (3)  Prerequisites.  ECON  603 
and  621,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Theory 
in  externalutes,  microeconomic  models 
of  pollution  damage  functions,  benefits 
and  costs  of  alternative  pollution  control 
measures,  macroeconomic  models  of 
material  and  energy  balance,  limits  to 
economic  growth  and  long-run  problems 
of  intergenerational  and  interregional  effi- 
ciency and  equity. 

ECON  785  Advanced  Economics  of 
Natural  Resources.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
ECON  603  and  621,  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. The  rate  of  use  of  renewable 
and  non-renewable  resources  from  the 
normative  and  positive  points  of  view; 
evaluation  of  alternative  uses  of  natural 
environments;  irreversibilities,  discount- 
ing and  intergenerational  transfers. 
Discussion  of  natural  resource  problems 
and  policies. 

ECON  790  Advanced  Urban  Economics. 

(3)  Market  processes  and  public  policies 
as  related  to  urban  problems  and  metro- 
politan change.  Employment,  housing, 
discrimination,  transportation  and  the 
local  public  sector. 
ECON  792  Regional  and  Urban  Eco- 
nomics. (3)  Theoretical  and  empirical 
analysis  of  the  location  and  spatial 
distribution  of  economic  activity.  Anal- 
ysis of  regional  growth  and  development. 
The  study  of  analytical  methods  and 
forecasting  models. 

ECON  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6). 

ECON  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research.  (1-8). 


Electrical  Engineering 
Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Harger 
Professors:  Chu',  Davisson,  DeClaris, 

Hochuli,  Ligomenides,  Lin,  Newcomb, 

Reiser2,  Taylor,  Weiss3 
Associate  Professors:  Baras,  Basham, 

Emad,  Ephremides,  Lee,  Levine, 

Pugsley,  Rhee,  Silio,  Simons,  Tretter, 

Zajac,  Zaki 
Assistant  Professors:  Conn,  Davis, 

Destler,  Striffler,  Wang,  Yee 
'joint  appointment  with  Computer 
Science 

2joint  appointment  with  Physics 
2joint  appointment  with  Institute  for 
Physical  Sciences  and  Technology 
The  Electrical  Engineering  Depart- 
ment offers  graduate  work  leading 
to  the  Master  of  Science  with  or 
without  thesis  and  the  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  degrees  with  specializa- 
tion in  bioelectrical  engineering,  cir- 
cuits, communication,  computers, 
control,  and  eletrophysics.  In  con- 
junction with  his  Graduate  Advisor, 
each  graduate  student  plans  and 
pursues  an  individual  study  program 
which  includes  an  appropriate  se- 
quence of  courses  and  a  thesis  or 
scholarly  paper. 

Areas  of  study  in  Bioelectrical  En- 
gineering include  neural  and 
muscular  control  of  movement  in 
animals  and  man,  neural  electro- 
physiology,  system  and  computer 
approaches  to  medical  diagnostics 
and  health  care. 

Areas  of  study  in  Circuits  empha- 
size the  analysis  and  synthesis  of 
passive  and  active  linear  and 
nonlinear  networks,  microwave  ac- 
tive circuit  synthesis,  integrated  cir- 
cuits and  devices,  and  computer 
aided  designs. 

In  Control,  areas  of  study  apply 
the  mathematics  of  dynamical 
systems,  optimization  and  random 
processes  to  the  synthesis  and 
analysis  of  control  systems.  Topics 
included  are  modern  control  system 
design  methods,  control  systems 
with  time  delay,  non-linear  systems, 
discrete  time  systems,  control  and 
identification  of  stochastic  systems, 
and  control  of  distributed  parameter 
systems. 

Areas  of  study  in  Communica- 
tions emphasize  the  mathematics  of 
random  processes  and  statistical  in- 
ference, the  analysis  and  design  of 
communication  systems,  coding 
theory,  optical  communications, 
radar  systems,  digital  signal  proc- 
essing, and  communication 
networks. 

Areas  of  study  in  Electrophysics 
include  electromagnetic  theory  and 
applications  (microwaves  and  optics, 


102  /  Graduate  Programs 


stochastic  media,  plasma  propaga- 
tion), biological  effects  of  micro- 
waves, charged  particle  dynamics 
and  accelerator  design,  including 
high-power  microwave  engineering 
applications  of  relativistic  beams, 
controlled  thermonuclear  fusion,  and 
cyclotron  design;  quantum  elec- 
tronics (laser  technology  and  non- 
linear optics);  scattering  systems. 

Admissions  and  Degree  Information 

Present  minimum  requirement  for 
admission  to  the  Graduate  School 
as  an  Electrical  Engineering  student 
is  graduation  from  an  ECPD  ac- 
credited undergraduate  program  in 
Electrical  Engineering  with  an 
average  no  lower  than  B.  or  similar 
undergraduate  preparation  in  math- 
ematics, computer  science,  physics, 
or  other  areas  of  engineering  or 
science. 

Requirements  for  the  master's, 
thesis  and  nonthesis  option  are  not 
in  excess  of  general  Graduate 
School  requirements  for  these 
degrees.  All  requirements  must  be 
completed  within  5  years. 

Requirements  for  the  Ph.D.  degree 
include  a  minimum  of  42  semester 
hours  of  graduate  approved  courses; 
a  pass  on  the  Ph.D.  qualifying  exam- 
ination; and  completion  of  all  disser- 
tation and  oral  examination 
requirements. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Among  the  up-to-date  research  lab- 
oratories and  computational 
facilities  within  the  department  are 
the  following:  the  Biomedical 
Laboratory  is  equipped  with  instru- 
mentation for  studying  the  motor 
control  mechanisms  of  man  and 
animals.  The  Laboratory  for  Charged 
Particle  Studies  contains  an  ion 
beam  facility  for  source  develop- 
ment and  ion  implantation.  The 
Computer  Architecture  Design 
Laboratory  includes  a  PDP  11/40  for 
studies  on  computer  structures.  The 
System  Simulation  Laboratory  con- 
tains a  digital  processor  core  and 
drum  memory  with  analog  hardware 
and  graphics.  The  Gas  Laser 
Laboratory  is  devoted  to  He-Ne  and 
CO?  lasers  while  the  Solid  State 
Laser  Laboratory  features  a  mode- 
locked  Nd  glass  laser  and  an  injec- 
tion GaAs  laser.  The  Integrated  Cir- 
cuits Laboratory  contains  a  full-line 
facility  capable  of  producing 
monolithic,  thin-film  and  MOS  struc- 
tures. The  Computational  Facility 
contains  conversational  and  remote- 
batch  terminals  to  the  University's 
IBM  7094  and  UNIVAC  1108  digital 
computers.  The  Electron  Ring 


Research  laboratory  has  facilities  for 
studying  beam  diagnostic,  formation 
of  electron  rings,  relativistic  electron 
beam  diode,  non-neutral  plasma  in- 
stabilities and  collective  ion  ac- 
celerations. 

Financial  Assistance 

Financial  aid  is  available  to  graduate 
students  in  the  form  of  Graduate 
Research  Assistantships,  Graduate 
Teaching  Assistantships  and 
Fellowships.  Applications  for 
Graduate  Research  and  Teaching 
Assistantships  should  be  completed 
and  sent  to  the  Electrical  Engineer- 
ing Office  of  Graduate  Studies. 

Graduate  Research  Assistantships 
are  awarded  subject  to  availability  of 
funds  and  are  renewed  subject  to 
satisfactory  research  progress.  Sum- 
mer appointments  are  often 
available. 

Graduate  Teaching  Assistantships 
are  usually  awarded  in  April.  Prefer- 
ence is  given  to  United  States  citi- 
zens. Duties  may  include  laboratory 
teaching  assignments,  assistance  in 
the  computation  facility,  or  assist- 
ance in  courses.  Teaching 
Assistants  must  register  for  at  least 
nine  credit  hours  per  semester. 

Local  industries  and  government 
agencies  have  work-study  programs 
in  which  about  half  of  the  Electrical 
Engineering  graduate  student  body 
participates.  Application  should  be 
made  directly  to  the  agencies. 

Additional  Information 

Special  brochures  or  publications  of- 
fered by  the  Department  may  be  ob- 
tained by  writing  to  this  address; 

Electrical  Engineering  Office  of 

Graduate  Studies 

University  of  Maryland 

Courses 

ENEE  400  Computer  Aided  Circuit 
Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENEE  314. 
Computer  aided  analysis  of  electronic 
devices  and  components.  Network 
topology,  computer  formulation  of  Kirch- 
hoff  laws,  Nodal  analysis  of  linear  and 
non-linear  networks,  computer  formula- 
tion of  the  state  equations,  time  domain 
and  frequency  domain  solution,  sensitiv- 
ity calculations. 

ENEE  402  Advanced  Pulse  Techniques. 

(3)  (See  ENEE  403  for  optional  related 
laboratory  course).  Prerequisites,  ENEE 
314  or  410  or  equivalent.  Bistable,  mono- 
stable,  and  astable  circuits,  sweep  cir- 
cuits, synchronization,  counting,  gates, 
comparators.  Magnetic  core  circuits, 
semi-conductor  and  vacuum-tube 
circuits. 

ENEE  407  Microwave-Circuits  Laboratory 

(2)  Prerequisite,  senior  standing  in  elec- 
trical engineering  or  consent  of  instruc- 


tor. One  lecture  and  three  lab  hours  per 
week.  Experiments  concerned  with  cir- 
cuits constructed  from  microwave  com- 
ponents providing  practical  experience  in 
the  design,  construction  and  testing  of 
such  circuits.  Projects  include  microwave 
filters  and  s-parameter  design  with  appli- 
cations of  current  technology. 

ENEE  410  Electronic  Circuits.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, ENEE  300  or  equivalent  knowl- 
edge of  circuit  theory  or  consent  of  the 
instructor.  This  course  is  intended  for 
students  in  the  physical  sciences,  and 
for  engineering  students  requiring  addi- 
tional study  of  electron  circuits.  Credit 
not  normally  given  for  this  course  in  an 
electrical  engineering  major  program. 
(ENEE  413  may  optionally  be  taken  as  an 
associated  laboratory).  P-N  junctions, 
transistors,  vacuum  tubes,  biasing  and 
operating  point  stability,  switches,  large- 
signal  analysis,  models,  small-signal 
analysis,  frequency  response,  feedback 
and  multistage  amplifiers,  pulse  and 
digital  circuits. 

ENEE  412  Telemetry  Systems.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, ENEE  314.  Selected  digital  cir- 
cuits; frequency  division  multiplexing; 
FM/AM  systems,  SSB/FM  systems;  time 
division  multiplexed  systems;  pulse 
amplitude  modulation;  pulse  duration 
modulation;  pulse  code  modilation; 
analog  to  digital  converters;  multiplexers 
and  DC-commutators. 

ENEE  413  Electronics  Laboratory.  (2) 

Corequisite.  ENEE  314.  One  lecture  and 
three  lab  hours  per  week.  Provides  expe- 
rience in  the  specification,  design,  and 
testing  of  basic  electronic  circuits  and 
practical  interconnections.  Emphasis  on 
design  with  discrete  solid  state  and  in- 
tegrated circuit  components  for  both 
analog  and  pulse  circuits. 

ENEE  414  Network  Analysis.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, ENEE  304.  Network  properties: 
linearity,  reciprocity,  etc.;  2-port  descrip- 
tions and  generalization;  Y,  S,  hybrid 
matrices;  description  properties;  sym- 
metry, para-unity,  etc,;  basic  topological 
analysis;  state-space  techniques; 
computer-aided  analysis;  sensitivity 
analysis;  approximation  theory. 

ENEE  416  Network  Synthesis.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite. ENEE  304.  Active  and  passive 
components,  passivity,  bounded  and 
positive  real,  RC  properties  and  syn- 
thesis, Brune  and  Darlington  synthesis, 
transfer-voltage  and  Y21  synthesis,  active 
feedback  configurations,  image  param- 
eter design,  computer-aided  optimization 
synthesis  via  the  embedding  concept. 

ENEE  418  Projects  in  Electrical  Engineer 
ing.  (1-3)  Hours  to  be  arranged.  Prereq- 
uisites, senior  standing  and  permission 
of  the  instructor.  May  be  taken  for  re- 
peated credit  up  to  a  total  of  4  credits, 
with  the  permission  of  the  student's  ad- 
visor and  the  instructor.  Theoretical  and 
experimental  projects. 
ENEE  419  Apprenticeship  in  Electrical 
Engineering.  (2-3)  Hours  to  be  arranged. 
Prerequisite,  Completion  of  sophomore 


Graduate  Programs  /  103 


courses  and  permission  of  an  apprentice- 
ship director.  May  be  taken  for  repeated 
credit  up  to  a  total  of  nine  credits.  A 
unique  opportunity  for  experience  in  ex- 
perimental research  and  engineering 
design.  A  few  highly  qualified  students 
will  be  selected  as  apprentices  in  one  of 
the  research  facilities  of  the  electrical 
engineering  department  and  will  partici- 
pate in  the  current  research  under  the 
supervision  of  the  laboratory  director.  In 
the  past,  apprenticeships  have  been 
available  in  the  following  laboratories: 
biomedical,  electron  ring  accelerator,  gas 
laser,  integrated  circuits,  simulation  and 
computer,  and  solid  state  laser. 

ENEE  420  Communication  Systems.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ENEE  324.  Fourier  series, 
Fourier  transforms  and  linear  system 
analysis;  random  signals,  autocorrela- 
tions functions  and  power  spectral  den- 
sities; analog  communication  systems; 
amplitude  modulation,  single-sideband 
modulation,  frequency  and  phase  mod- 
ulation, sampling  theorem  and  pulse- 
amplitude  modulation;  digital  communi- 
cation systems  pulse-code  modulation, 
phase-shift  keying,  differential  phase 
shift  keying,  frequency  shift  keying;  per- 
formance of  analog  and  digital  com- 
munication systems  in  the  presence  of 
noise. 

ENEE  421  Information  Theory  and 
Coding.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENEE  324. 
Definition  of  information  and  entropy; 
memoryless  and  Markov  sources;  source 
coding;  Kraft  and  MacMillan  inequalities; 
Shannon's  first  theorem;  Hoffman  codes; 
channels,  mutual  information,  and  capac- 
ity; Shannon's  noisy  channel  coding 
theorem;  error  correcting  codes. 

ENEE  425  Digital  Signal  Processing.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ENEE  322.  Sampling  as  a 
modulation  process;  aliasing;  the  sampl- 
ing theorem;  the  Z-transform  and 
discrete-time  system  analysis;  direct  and 
computer-aided  design  of  recursive  and 
nonrecursive  digital  filters;  the  discrete 
Fourier  transform  (DFT)  and  the  fast 
Fourier  transform  (FFT);  digital  filtering 
using  the  FFT;  analog-to-digital  and 
digital-to  analog  conversion;  effects  of 
quantization  and  finite-word-length 
arithmetic. 

ENEE  432  Electronics  for  Life  Scientists. 
(4)  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours 
of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites,  col- 
lege algebra  and  a  physics  course,  in- 
cluding basic  electricity  and  magnetism. 
Not  accepted  for  credit  in  an  electrical 
engineering  major  program.  The  concept 
of  an  instrumentation  system  with  em- 
phasis upon  requirements  for  trans- 
ducers, amplifiers,  and  recording  devices, 
design  criteria  and  circuitry  of  power 
supplies  amplifiers,  and  pulse  equip- 
ment, specific  instruments  used  for 
biological  research,  problems  of 
shielding  against  hum  and  noise  pickup 
and  other  interference  problems  charac- 
teristic of  biological  systems. 

ENEE  433  Electronic  Instrumentation  for 
Physical  Science.  (3)  Two  hours  of  lec- 


ture and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisites,  ENEE  300  or  306, 
PHYS  271  or  equivalent,  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. The  concept  of  the  instrumenta- 
tion systems  from  sensor  to  readout; 
discussions  of  transducers,  system 
dynamics,  precision  and  accuracy; 
measurement  of  electrical  parameters; 
direct,  differential,  and  potentiometric 
measurements;  bridge  measurements, 
time  and  frequency  measurements,  wave- 
form generation  and  display. 

ENEE  434  Introduction  to  Neural  Net- 
works and  Signals.  (3)  Prerequisites. 
ENEE  204  or  300.  Introduction  in  the 
generation  and  processing  of  bioelectric 
signals  including  structure  and  function 
of  the  neuron,  membrane  theory,  genera- 
tion and  propagation  of  nerve  impulses, 
synaptic  mechanisms,  transduction  and 
neural  coding  of  sensory  events,  central 
nervous  system  processing  of  sensory 
information  and  correlated  electrical 
signals,  control  of  effector  organs,  mus- 
cle contraction  and  mechanics,  and 
models  of  neurons  and  neural  networks. 

ENEE  435  Electrodes  and  Electrical  Proc- 
esses in  Biology  and  Medicine.  (3)  Pre- 
requisites, ENEE  204  or  300.  Techniques 
for  recording  biological  signals  such  as 
brain,  muscle  and  cardial  electrical 
potentials;  membrane  theory;  half-cell 
potentials,  liquid  junction  potentials, 
polarization  of  electrodes;  biological  and 
medical  instrumentation;  and  applica- 
tions in  the  design  of  cardial  pace- 
makers, or  a  similar  case  study. 

ENEE  438  Topics  in  Biomedical 
Engineering.  (1-3)  Prerequisite,  permis- 
sion of  the  instructor.  May  be  taken  for 
repeated  credit.  The  content  may  vary 
from  semester  to  semester.  Selected 
topics  of  current  interest  from  such 
areas  as  bioelectric  systems,  modeling 
instrumentation,  automated  diagnostic, 
health-care  delivery,  etc.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  9  hours. 

ENEE  442  Software  Engineering.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  ENES  240;  ENEE  250  or 
equivalent.  Architectural  aspects  of  soft- 
ware engineering.  Machine  language  and 
machine  structure;  assembly  language 
and  assemblers;  Macro-language  and 
Macro-processors;  loaders  and  linkers; 
programming  languages  and  language 
structure;  compilers  and  interpreters; 
operating  systems. 

ENEE  444  Logic  Design  of  Digital 
Systems.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENEE  250. 
Review  of  switching  algebra;  Gates  and 
Logic  modules;  map  simplification  tech- 
niques; multiple-output  systems;  memory 
elements  and  sequential  systems;  large 
switching  systems;  iterative  networks; 
sample  designs,  computer  oriented 
simplification  algorithms;  state  assign- 
ment; partition  techniques;  sequential 
system  decompositions. 

ENEE  445  Computer  Laboratory.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  ENEE  444.  One  lecture  and 
three  lab  hours  per  week.  Hardware 
oriented  experiments  providing  practical 


experience  in  the  design,  construction, 
and  checkout  of  components  and  inter- 
faces for  digital  computers  and  data 
transmission  systems.  Projects  include 
classical  design  techniques  and  applica- 
tions of  current  technology. 

ENEE  446  Digital  Computer  Design.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ENEE  250.  Essential  ele- 
ments of  the  hardware  design  of  digital 
computers.  Arithmetic  and  logic  units, 
adders,  multipliers,  dividers,  logic  and 
shifting  operations,  floating  point 
arithmetic.  Memory  organization,  design 
of  a  basic  computer:  instruction  set,  bus 
structure,  fetch-execute  microoperations, 
hard-wired  control  unit,  micropro- 
grammed control  unit,  index  registers,  in- 
direct addressing,  interrupt  operation, 
direct  memory  access.  Organization  of 
commercially  available  computers.  No 
student  will  be  allowed  credit  for  both 
CMSC  410  and  ENEE  446. 

ENEE  450  Discrete  Structures.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite,  ENES  240  or  equivalent.  Review  of 
set  algebra  including  relations,  partial 
ordering  and  mappings.  Algebraic  struc- 
tures including  semigroups  and  groups. 
Graph  theory  including  trees  and 
weighted  graphs.  Boolean  algebra  and 
prospositional  logic.  Applications  of 
these  structures  to  various  areas  of  com- 
puter engineering. 

ENEE  460  Control  Systems.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, ENEE  322.  Mathematical  models 
for  control  system  components.  Trans- 
form and  time  domain  methods  for  linear 
control  systems.  Introductory  stability 
theory.  Root  locus,  bode  diagrams  and 
nyquist  plots.  Design  specifications  in 
the  time  and  frequency  domains.  Com- 
pensation design  in  the  time  and  fre- 
quency domain.  Introduction  to  sampled 
data  systems.  Introduction  to  computer 
aided  design  of  control  systems. 
ENEE  461  Control  Systems  Laboratory. 
(2)  Prerequisite,  ENEE  460.  One  lecture 
and  three  lab  hours  per  week.  Projects  to 
enhance  the  student's  understanding  of 
feedback  control  systems  and  to  famil- 
iarize him  with  the  characteristics  and 
limitations  of  real  control  devices. 
Students  will  design,  build,  and  test  ser- 
vomechanisms,  and  will  conduct  analog 
and  hybrid  computer  simulations  of  con- 
trol systems. 

ENEE  462  Systems,  Control  and  Com- 
putation. (3)  Prerequisites,  ENEE  300  or 
304,  and  MATH  246  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Matrix  algebra,  state  space 
analysis  of  discrete  systems,  state  space 
analysis  of  continuous  systems,  com- 
puter algorithms  for  circuit  analysis,  op- 
timization and  system  simulation. 

ENEE  472  Transducers  and  Electrical 
Machinery.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENEE  304. 
Electromechanical  transducers,  theory  of 
electromechanical  systems,  power  and 
wideband  transformers,  rotating  electrical 
machinery  from  the  theoretical  and  per- 
formance points  of  view. 

ENEE  473  Transducers  and  Electrical 
Machinery  Laboratory.  (1)  Corerequisite, 


104  /  Graduate  Programs 


ENEE  472.  Experiments  on  transformers, 
synchronous  machines,  induction 
motors,  synchros,  loudspeakers,  other 
transducers. 

ENEE  480  Fundamentals  of  Solid  State 
Electronics.  (3)  Prerequisite.  ENEE  381. 
Review  of  Maxwell's  equation,  electro- 
magnetic properties  of  dielectrics;  intro- 
duction to  quantum  mechanics  and 
quantum  statistics;  classical  and  quan- 
tum theory  of  metals;  theory  of  semicon- 
ductors and  semiconductor  devices;  prin- 
ciple of  magnetic  devices  and  selected 
topics. 

ENEE  481  Antennas.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
ENEE  381.  Introduction  to  the  concepts 
of  radiation,  generalized  for  field  for- 
mulas; antenna  theoreums  and  fun- 
damentals, antenna  arrays,  linear  and 
planar  arrays;  aperture  antennas;  terminal 
impedance:  propagation. 

ENEE  483  Electromagnetic  Measure- 
ments Laboratory.  (2)  Prerequisites. 
ENEE  305  and  ENEE380.  One  lecture  and 
three  lab  hours  per  week.  Experiments 
designed  to  provide  familiarity  with  a 
large  class  of  micro-wave  and  optical 
components,  techniques  for  intercon- 
necting them  into  useful  systems,  and 
techniques  of  high  frequency  and  optical 
measurements. 

ENEE  487  Particle  Accelerators.  Physical 
and  Engineering  Principles.  (3)    Prereq- 
uisites. ENEE  380  and  PHYS  420.  or  con- 
sent of  the  instructor.  Sources  of 
charged  particles:  methods  of  accelera- 
tion and  focusing  of  ion  beams  in  elec- 
tromagnetic fields;  basic  theory,  design, 
and  engineering  principles  of  particle 
accelerators. 

ENEE  488  Topics  in  Electrical  Engineer- 
ing. (3)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  the  in- 
structor. May  be  taken  for  repeated 
credit  up  to  a  total  of  six  credits,  with 
the  permission  of  the  student's  advisor 
and  the  instructor. 

ENEE  496  Lasers  and  Electro-Optic 
Devices.  (3)  Pre-  or  corequisite.  ENEE 
381.  Optical  resonators.  Fabry-Perot 
Etalon.  Theory  of  laser  oscillation,  rate 
equations.  Gaseous,  solid  state,  semi- 
conductor and  dye  laser  systems. 
Electro-optic  effects  and  parametric 
oscillators.  Holography. 

ENEE  601  Active  Network  Analysis.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  ENEE  406  or  equivalent. 
The  complex  frequency  plane,  conven- 
tional feedback  and  sensitivity,  theorems 
for  feedback  circuits,  stability  and 
physical  reliability  of  electrical  networks, 
Nyquist's  and  Routh's  criteria  for  stabil- 
ity, activity  and  passivity  criteria. 

ENEE  602  Transients  in  Linear  Systems. 
(3)  Prerequisite,  undergraduate  major  in 
electrical  or  mechanical  engineering  or 
physics.  Operational  circuit  analysis,  the 
Fourier  integral,  transient  analysis  of 
electrical  and  mechanical  systems  and 
electronic  circuits  by  the  Laplace 
transform  method. 


ENEE  603  Transients  in  Linear  Systems. 
(3)  Prerequisite,  undergraduate  major  in 
electrical  or  mechanical  engineering  or 
physics.  Continuation  of  ENEE  602. 

ENEE  604  Advanced  Electronic  Circuit 
Design.  (3)  Prerequisite.  ENEE  312  or 
consent  of  the  instructor.  Comparison  of 
bipolar  and  field  effect  transistors,  de- 
tailed frequency  response  of  single  and 
multistage  amplifiers,  design  of  feedback 
amplifiers.  DC  coupling  techniques, 
design  of  multistage  tuned  amplifiers. 

ENEE  605  Graph  Theory  and  Network 
Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENEE  600. 
Linear  graph  theory  as  applied  to  elec- 
trical networks,  cut  sets  and  tie  sets,  in- 
cidence matrices,  trees,  branches,  and 
mazes,  development  of  network  equa- 
tions by  matrix  and  index  notation,  net- 
work characteristic  equations  for  natural 
circuit  behavior,  signal-flow-graph  theory 
and  mason's  rule,  stability  of  active  two- 
part  networks. 

ENEE  608  Graduate  Seminar.  (1-3)  Pre- 
requisite, consent  of  instructor.  Every 
semester  regular  seminars  are  held  in 
electrical  science  and  in  the  six  areas  of 
specialization  offered  by  the  electrical 
engineering  department.  They  may  be 
taken,  by  arrangement  with  the  student's 
advisor,  for  repeated  credit. 

ENEE  609  Projects  in  Electrical  Engineer- 
ing. (1-3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  the  in- 
structor. Individual  projects  on  advanced 
systems  in  electrical  engineering.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit  up  to  a  maximum  of 
three  credits. 

ENEE  610  Electrical  Network  Theory.  (3) 

Undergraduate  circuit  theory  or  consent 
of  the  instructor.  Matrix  algebra,  network 
elements,  ports,  passivity  and  activity, 
geometrical  and  analytical  descriptions 
of  networks,  state  variable  characteriza- 
tions, scattering  matrices,  signal  flow 
graphs,  sensitivity. 

ENEE  620  Random  Processes  in  Com- 
munication and  Control.  (3)  Prerequisite. 
ENEE  324  or  equivalent.  Introduction  to 
random  processes:  characterization, 
classification,  representation;  Gaussian 
and  other  examples.  Linear  operations 
on  random  processes,  stationary  proc- 
esses; covariance  function  and  spectral 
density.  Linear  least  square  waveform 
estimating  Wiener-Kolmogroff  filtering. 
Kalman-Bucy  recursive  filtering:  function 
space  characterization,  non-linear  opera- 
tions on  random  processes. 

ENEE  621  Estimation  and  Detection 
Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite.  ENEE  620  or 
equivalent  or  consent  of  instructor.  Esti- 
mation of  unknown  parameters.  Cramer- 
RAO  lower  bound:  optimum  (map) 
demodulation;  filtering,  amplitude  and 
angle  modulation,  comparison  with  con- 
ventional systems;  statistical  decision 
theory  Bayes.  Minimax.  Neyman/Pearson. 
criteria-68  simple  and  composite  hypoth- 
eses; application  to  coherent  and  in- 
coherent signal  detection:  M-ary 
hypotheses;  application  to  uncoded  and 


coded  digital  communication  systems. 
(Listed  also  as  MAPL  644.) 

ENEE  630  Advanced  Topics  —  Radar 
Signals  and  Systems.  (3)  Corequisite, 
ENEE  620.  Review  of  linear  systems  and 
signals:  Fourier  transform  representation 
time  bandwidth  product,  resolution,  com- 
plex representation;  maximum  signal-to- 
noise  radio  criterion  receiver  and  signal 
design,  radar  range  equation;  statistical 
detection  theory;  probability  of  error  per- 
formance; statistical  estimation  theory; 
unknown  parameters,  range-doppler 
radar,  ambiguity  problem,  asymptotic 
maximum  likelihood  estimation  and 
Cramer-RAO  lower  bound;  resolution  of 
multiple  objects. 

ENEE  633  Modeling  of  Nerves  and 
Muscles  with  Applications  to  Prosthetic 
Devices.  (3)  Prerequisite,  undergraduate 
degree  in  engineering  or  physics,  or  per- 
mission of  the  instructor.  Principles  and 
circuit  models  for  resting  and  active 
membrane  potentials  of  nerves  and 
muscles;  synaptic  mechanisms  including 
probabilistic  models  of  neuromuscular 
transmission;  electrode  potentials  and 
reactions;  propagation  of  biopotentials  in 
a  volume  conductor,  properties, 
mechanical  models,  and  circuit  analogs 
for  muscles  and  proprioceptors;  spinal 
reflexes  in  the  control  of  posture;  ap- 
plications of  the  above  in  the  design  of 
prosthetic  and  orthotic  devices. 

ENEE  634  Models  of  Transduction  and 
Signal  Processing  in  Sensory  Systems. 
(3)  Prerequisite,  ENEE  633  or  ENEE  435 
or  permission  of  the  instructor.  General 
organization  of  sensory  systems;  recep- 
tor mechanism;  receptor  and  neural 
models;  statistics  of  neural  spike  trains; 
peripheral  signal  processing  in  sensory 
systems,  with  emphasis  on  vision  and 
audition;  introduction  to  signal  process- 
ing in  the  central  nervous  system;  ap- 
plications to  development  of  sensory 
protheses. 

ENEE  640  Arithmetic  and  Coding 
Aspects  of  Digital  Computers.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite. ENEE  440  or  446  or  permission  of 
the  instructor.  Digital  logic  design 
aspects:  sequential  circuits;  computer 
number  systems:  arithmetic  codes  for  er- 
ror correction;  residue  number  theory; 
arithmetic  unit  design;  fault  detection 
and  correction  circuits. 

ENEE  642  Software  System  Implementa- 
tion. (3)  Prerequisite,  ENEE  442  or 
equivalent.  Implementation  aspects  of 
software  engineering.  Programming  lan- 
guages: architectural  designs;  program 
design;  structured  programming; 
peripheral  storage  devices;  I/O  program- 
ming; debugging  and  evaluation. 

ENEE  646  Digital  Computer  Design.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  ENEE  446.  Introduction  to 
design  techniques  for  digital  computers; 
digital  arithmetic;  logic  circuits;  digital 
memories:  design  of  computer  elements; 
arithmetic  unit;  and  control  unit.  A  sim- 
ple digital  computer  will  be  designed. 


Graduate  Programs  /  105 


ENEE  648  Advanced  Topics  in  Electrical 
Engineering.  (3)  Every  semester  courses 
intended  for  high  degree  of  specializa- 
tion are  offered  by  visiting  or  regular 
electrical  engineering  faculty  members  in 
two  or  more  of  the  areas  listed  in  488. 
The  student  should  check  with  the  elec- 
trical engineering  office  of  graduate 
studies  for  a  list  and  the  description  of 
the  topics  offered  currently. 

ENEE  651  Coding  Theory  and  Applica- 
tions. (3)  Prerequisite  ENEE  450  and 
some  knowledge  of  logic  of  switching 
systems.  Introduction  to  coding  and  brief 
review  of  modern  algebra;  theory  of 
linear  codes;  decoding,  hamming,  cyclic 
and  Bose-Chaudhuri  codes;  error- 
checking  codes  for  arithmetic;  an  +  B 
type  codes;  residue  checks;  practical  self 
checking  arithmetic  units;  simple  auto- 
matic fault  diagnosing  techniques. 

ENEE  652  Automata  Theory.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, ENEE  421  or  CMSC  640.  This  is 
the  same  course  as  CMSC  740.  Introduc- 
tion to  the  theory  of  abstract  math- 
ematical machines;  structural  and  behav- 
ioral classification  of  automata;  finite- 
state  automata;  theory  of  regular  sets; 
pushdown  automata;  linear-bounded 
automata;  finite  transducers;  turing 
machines;  universal  turing  machines. 

ENEE  654  Combinatorial  Switching 
Theory.  (3)  Prerequisites,  ENEE  450  and 
ENEE  444.  Application  of  algebraic  tech- 
niques to  combinatorial  switching  net- 
works; multi-valued  systems;  symmetries 
and  their  use;  optimization  algorithms; 
heuristic  techniques:  majority  and 
threshold  logic;  function  decomposition; 
cellular  cascades. 

ENEE  655  Structure  Theory  of  Machines. 

(3)  Prerequisites,  ENEE  450  and  ENEE 
444.  Machine  realizations;  partitions  and 
the  substitution  property;  pair  algebras 
and  applications;  variable  dependence; 
decomposition;  loop-free  structures;  set 
system  decompositions;  semigroup 
realizations. 

ENEE  657  Simulation  of  Dynamic  Sys- 
tems. (3)  Mechanistic  methods  for  differ- 
ential equation  solution;  application  of 
analog  or  hybrid  computers  and  digital 
differential  analyzers  for  that  purpose; 
design  and  structure  of  languages  for 
digital-analog  simulation  on  a  general 
purpose  digital  computer;  mimic  langu- 
age and  examples  of  its  use.  Class  will 
run  simulation  programs  on  a  larger- 
scale  computer. 

ENEE  660  Modem  Control  System 
Design  Method.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENEE 
663  and  ENEE  620.  or  equivalent,  or  con- 
sent of  the  instructor.  Applications  of 
state  space  design  methods;  linear  reg- 
ulator problem  and  applications  to  track- 
ing, stabilization  and  disturbance  elimina- 
tion; self-tuning  regulators.  State 
estimators.  The  second  method  of 
Liapunov  and  applications  in  control  sys- 
tems design.  Applications  of  modern  fre- 
quency domain  methods  in  control 


system  design;  diagonal  dominance, 
dynamic  compensation,  decoupling.  Ap- 
plications of  the  linear  quadratic  gaus- 
sian  problem  in  control  systems  design. 
Case  studies  from  industrial,  guidance 
and  other  engineering  control  problems. 
Analysis  of  computer  algorithms  are 
analyzed  for  each  of  the  above  four 
basic  design  methods  provided.  Analysis 
of  interactive  computer  aided  design 
methods  and  validation  procedures  are 
extensively  analyzed. 

ENEE  661  Non-linear  Control  Systems. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  ENEE  460  or  consent  of 
instructor.  State  space  methods  of  stabil- 
ity analysis  including  second  order 
systems  and  the  phase  plane,  lineariza- 
tion and  stability  in  the  small,  stability  in 
the  large  and  Lyapunov's  second 
method.  Frequency  domain  methods  in- 
cluding the  describing  function.  Popov's 
method  and  functional  analytic  methods. 
Introduction  to  Volterra  series  represen- 
tations of  non-linear  systems.  Applica- 
tions to  control  system  design. 

ENEE  662  Sampled-Data  Control  Sys- 
tems. (3)  Prerequisite,  preparations  in 
linear  feedback  control  theory  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Z-transform  and  modified 
Z-transform  method  of  analysis,  root 
locus  and  frequency  response  methods 
of  analysis,  ideal  and  finite  width  sampl- 
ing, discrete  and  continuous  compensa- 
tion of  digital  control  systems,  state 
space  equations,  controllability  and  ob- 
servability of  discrete  systems,  stability, 
minimum  time  and  minimum  energy  con- 
trol, statistical  design  and  the  discrete 
Kalman  filter. 

ENEE  663  System  Theory.  (3)  General 
systems  models.  State  variables  and 
state  spaces.  Differential  dynamical 
systems.  Discrete  time  systems.  Linear- 
ity and  its  implications,  controllability 
and  observability.  State  space  structure 
and  representation.  Realization  theory 
and  algorithmic  solutions.  Parameteriza- 
tions  of  linear  systems;  canonical  forms. 
Basic  results  from  stability  theory.  Stabil- 
izability.  Fine  structure  of  linear 
multivariable  systems;  minimal  indices 
and  polynomial  matrices.  Inverse  Nyquist 
array.  Geometric  methods  in  design.  In- 
terplay between  frequency  domain  and 
state  space  design  methods.  Interactive 
computer-aided  design  methods.  (Listed 
also  as  MAPL  640.) 

ENEE  664  Optimal  Control.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, ENEE  460  or  consent  of  the  in- 
structor General  optimization  and  con- 
trol problems.  Static  optimization  prob- 
lems. Linear  and  non-linear  programming 
methods.  Geometric  interpretations. 
Dynamic  optimization  problems.  Discrete 
time  maximum  principle  and  applica- 
tions. Pontryagin  maximum  principle  in 
continous  time.  Dynamic-programming. 
Feedback  realization  of  solutions.  Exten- 
sive applications  to  problems  in  optimal 
design,  navigation  and  guidance,  power 
systems.  Introduction  to  state  con- 
strained and  singular  optimal  control 
problems.  (Listed  also  as  MAPL  641.) 


ENEE  665  Linear  System  ldentification.(3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  400  and  ENEE  322  or 
equivalent,  ENEE  620.  Representations 
for  linear  systems.  Parameter  estimation 
techniques  such  as  least  square  and 
maximum  likelihood.  Correlation  methods 
with  white  noise  inputs.  Stochastic  ap- 
proximation and  gradient  algorithms.  Ap- 
plications of  quarilinearization  and  in- 
variant imbedding.  Effect  of  abbreviation 
noise. 

ENEE  680  Electromagnetic  Theory  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ENEE  381  or  equivalent. 
Theoretical  analysis  and  engineering  ap- 
plications of  Maxwell's  equations.  Boun- 
dary value  problems  of  electrostatics  and 
magnetostatics. 

ENEE  681  Electromagnetic  Theory  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ENEE  381  or  equivalent. 
Continuation  of  ENEE  680.  Theoretical 
analysis  and  engineering  applications  of 
Maxwell's  equations.  The  homogeneous 
wave  equation.  Plane  wave  propagation. 
The  interaction  of  plane  waves  and  ma- 
terial media.  Retarded  potentials.  The 
Hertz  potential.  Simple  radiating  sys- 
tems. Relativisitic  covariance  of 
Maxwell's  equations. 

ENEE  683  Mathematics  for  Electro- 
magnetism.  (3)  Prerequisite,  undergrad- 
uate preparation  in  electromagnetic 
theory  and  advanced  calculus.  Tensors 
and  curvilinear  coordinates,  partial  dif- 
ferential equations  of  electrostatics  and 
electrodynamics,  functionals,  integral 
equations,  and  calculus  of  variations  as 
applied  to  electromagnetism. 

ENEE  686  Charged  Particle  Dynamics, 
Electron  and  Ion  Beams.  (3)  Three  hours 
per  week.  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor. General  principles  of  single- 
particle  dynamics;  mapping  of  the  elec- 
tric and  magnetic  fields;  equation  of  mo- 
tion and  methods  of  solution;  production 
and  control  of  charge  particle  beams; 
electron  optics;  Liouville's  theorem; 
space  charge  effects  in  high  current 
beams;  design  principles  of  special  elec- 
tron and  ion  beam  devices. 

ENEE  690  Quantum  and  Wave 
Phenomena  with  Electrical  Application. 

(3)  Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
ENEE  381  and  ENEE  382  or  equivalent. 
Introduction  of  Quantum  and  Wave 
Phenomena  from  electrical  engineering 
point  of  view.  Topics  included:  general 
principles  of  quantum  mechanics,  oper- 
ator algebra,  the  microwave  resonant 
cavity  and  the  analagous  potential  well 
problem,  harmonic  oscillator,  hydrogenic 
atom.  Perturbation  method  applied  to  the 
transmission  line  and  potential  well  prob- 
lems. Periodically  loaded  transmission 
line  and  Kronig-Penny  model  of  band 
theory. 

ENEE  696  Intergrated  and  Microwave 
Electronics.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENEE  310. 
Registration  in  ENEE  793  recommended. 
Active  and  passive  elements  used  in 
semiconductor  structures.  Design  appli- 
cation of  linear  and  digital  integrated 
circuits. 


106  /  Graduate  Programs 


ENEE  697  Semiconductor  Devices  and 
Technology.  (3)  Prerequisite  ENEE  496  or 
equivalent.  Registration  in  ENEE  793 
recommended.  The  principles,  structures 
and  characteristics  of  semiconductor 
devices.  Technology  and  fabrication  of 
semiconductor  devices. 

ENEE  700  Network  Synthesis.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, ENEE  605  or  equivalent.  Design  of 
driving-point  and  transfer  impedance 
functions  with  emphasis  of  the  transfer 
loss  and  phase  of  minimum-phase  net- 
works, flow  diagrams,  physical  network 
characteristics,  including  relations  ex- 
isting between  the  real  and  imaginary 
components  of  network  functions,  mod- 
ern methods  of  network  synthesis. 

ENEE  701  Network  Synthesis.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite. ENEE  700  or  equivalent.  Design  of 
driving-point  and  transfer  impedance 
functions  with  emphasis  of  the  transfer 
loss  and  phase  of  minimum-phase  net- 
works, flow  diagrams,  physical  network 
characteristics,  including  relations  ex- 
isting between  the  real  and  imaginary 
components  of  network  functions, 
modern  methods  of  network  synthesis. 

ENEE  703  Semiconductor  Device  Models. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  ENEE  605  or  equivalents. 
Single-frequency  models  for  transistors: 
small-signal  and  wide-band  models  for 
general  non-reciprocal  devices.  hybrid-PI 
and  tee  models  for  transitors;  relation- 
ship of  models  to  transistor  physics; 
synthesis  of  wide-band  models  for  ter- 
minal behavior,  computer  utilization  of 
models  for  other  semiconductive 
devices. 

ENEE  707  Applications  of  Tensor 
Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisite.  ENEE  600  or 
602.  The  mathematical  background  of 
tensor  notation,  which  is  applicable  to 
electrical  engineering  problems.  Applica- 
tions of  tensor  analysis  to  electric  circuit 
theory  and  to  field  theory. 

ENEE  721  Information  Theory.  (3)  Coreq- 
uisite.  ENEE  620.  Prerequisite,  STAT  400 
or  equivalent.  Information  measure,  en- 
tropy, mutual  information;  source  en- 
coding; noiseless  coding  theorem,  noisy 
coding  theorem;  exponential  error 
bounds;  introduction  to  probabilistic  er- 
ror correcting  codes,  block  and  convolu- 
tional  codes  and  error  bounds;  channels 
with  memory;  continuous  channels;  rate 
distortion  function.  (Same  as  MAPL  731.) 

ENEE  722  Error  Correcting  Codes.  (3)  In- 
troduction to  linear  codes;  bounds  on 
the  error  correction  capabilities  of  codes; 
convolutional  codes  with  threshold,  se- 
quential and  Viterbi  decoding;  cyclic  ran- 
dom error  correcting  codes;  P-N  se- 
quences; cyclic  and  convolutional  burst 
error  correcting  codes. 

ENEE  724  Digital  Signal  Processing.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  ENEE  620  or  consent  of  in- 
sructor.  Review  of  2  transforms;  correla- 
tions functions  and  power  spectral  den- 
sities for  discrete  time  stochastic  proc- 
esses; discrete  time  wiener  filters; 
methods  for  designing  digital  filters  to 
meet  precise  frequency  domain  specifi- 


cation; effects  of  truncation,  round-off 
and  finite  word  length  arithmetic  on  the 
accuracy  and  stability  of  digital  filters; 
adaptive  equalizers  for  narrow  band  data 
channels:  discrete  Fourier  transform  and 
fast  Fourier  transform;  homomorphic 
filtering;  Gauss-Markov  estimates;  spec- 
tral density  estimation. 

ENEE  728  Advanced  Topics  in  Com- 
munication Theory.  (3)  Topics  selected, 
as  announced,  from  advanced  communi- 
cation theory  and  its  applications. 

ENEE  730  Advanced  Topics  —  Radar 
Signals  and  Systems.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
ENEE  620  or  equivalent.  The  theory  of 
imaging  radar  systems.  Classifications, 
resolution  mechanisms,  and  principles. 
System  design  for  additive  noise;  effects 
of  ambiguity,  multiplicative  noise,  motion 
errors,  non-linearities,  and  scattering 
mechanism.  System  design  for  ambiguity 
and  multiplicative  noise.  Optical  process- 
ing. Application  to  synthetic  aperture, 
astronomical,  and  hologram  radar. 

ENEE  733  Neural  Control  of  Animal 
Movement.  (3)  Prerequisite.  ENEE  633  or 
634.  Properties  of  muscles,  propriocep- 
tors, reflexes,  and  central  nervous 
system  structures;  linear  and  non-linear 
models;  field  potential  analysis  and 
theories  of  cerebellar  function;  and  the 
control  and  coordination  of  these  struc- 
tures during  voluntary  and  involuntary 
movement  in  animals. 

ENEE  746  Digital  Systems  Engineering. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  ENEE  646.  Systems 
aspects  of  digital-computer-based  sys- 
tems; data  flow  analysis;  system 
organization;  control  languages;  consoles 
and  displays;  remote  terminals;  software- 
hardware  tradeoff;  system  evaluation; 
case  studies  from  selected  applications 
areas  such  as  data  acquisition  and  redu 
ction  information  storage,  or  the  like. 

ENEE  748  Topics  in  Computer  Design. 
(1-3)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  the  in- 
structor. Such  topics  as  computer  arith- 
metic, computer  reliability,  and  threshold 
logic  will  be  considered.  May  be  taken 
for  repeated  credit. 

ENEE  760  Mathematical  Methods  in  Con- 
trol Engineering.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENEE 
663  or  consent  of  instructor.  Applica- 
tions of  compactness  in  control  and 
communications,  geometric  methods  in 
optimal  control  of  lumped  and  dis- 
tributed systems  and  harmonic  analysis 
of  linear  systems.  Applications  to  control 
and  estimation  problems.  (Listed  also  as 
MAPL  740.) 

ENEE  761  Control  of  Distributed 
Parameter  Systems.  (3)  Prerequisite,  an 
introductory  course  in  functional  analytic 
methods  at  the  level  of  ENEE  760,  and 
background  in  control  and  system 
theory.  Study  of  systems  governed  by 
paritial  differential  equations.  Delay 
systems.  Boundary  and  distributed  con- 
trol, Lyapunov  stability.  Optimal  control 
of  systems  governed  by  paritial  differen- 
tial equations  and  of  delay  systems.  Ap- 
plications to  continuum  mechanics,  dis- 


tributed networks,  biology,  economics, 
and  engineering.  (Same  as  MAPL  741.) 

ENEE  762  Stochastic  Control.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites, ENEE  620  or  equivalent;  and 
ENEE  633/MAPL  640;  or  consent  of  the 
instructor.  Stochastic  control  systems, 
numerical  methods  for  the  Ricatti  equa- 
tion, the  separation  principle,  control  of 
linear  systems  with  Gaussian  signals  and 
quadratic  cost,  non-linear  stochastic  con- 
trol, stochastic  stability,  introduction  to 
stochastic  games.  (Same  as  MAPL  742.) 

ENEE  769  Advanced  Topics  in  Control 
Theory.  (3)  Topics  selected,  as  an- 
nounced, from  advanced  control  theory 
and  its  applications. 
ENEE  772  Advanced  Methods  and 
Algorithms  in  Detection  and  Filtering.  (3) 
Prerequisite.  ENEE  621.  Foundations  of 
random  processes.  Conditional  expecta- 
tions. Markov  processes  and  Martingales. 
ITO  calculus.  Detection  and  estimation 
of  continuous  signals  with  continuous 
observations.  Jump  processes.  Detection 
and  estimation  with  discontinuous  obser- 
vations. Discrete-time  case.  Fast 
algorithms  for  digital  filtering  problems. 
(Listed  also  as  MAPL  735.). 

ENEE  774  Mathematics  of  Continuous 
Networks.  (3)  Nonoriented  systems, 
ports,  linear  orientations,  theory  of 
distributions,  scattering  matrices,  oper- 
ator theory  of  networks,  activity,  invariant 
embedding,  multivariate  PR  and  BR 
state-determined  systems,  synthesis,  in- 
terval functions,  tolerance  analysis, 
neuron  networks  and  models,  Manley- 
Rowe  relations,  oscillators  and  non-linear 
subharmonic  generation. 

ENEE  780  Microwave  Engineering.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ENEE  681.  Mathematical 
methods  for  the  solution  of  wave  equa- 
tion, transmission  lines  and  waveguides, 
selected  topics  in  the  theory  of  wave- 
guide structures,  surface  guides  and  ar- 
tificial dielectrics. 

ENEE  781  Optical  Engineering.  (3) 

Fourier  analysis  in  two  dimensions,  dif- 
fraction theory,  optical  imaging  systems, 
spatial  filtering,  holography. 

ENEE  782  Radio  Wave  Propagation.  (3) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
ENEE  681.  General  solutions  of 
Maxwell's  equations,  geometrical  optics 
approximations,  propagation  above  a 
plane  earth,  effects  of  surface  irregu- 
larities and  stratified  atmospheres,  scat- 
tering by  turbulence. 

ENEE  783  Radio  Wave  Propagation.  (3) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite 
ENEE  782.  Continuation  of  ENEE  782. 

ENEE  784  Antenna  Theory.  (3)  Two  lec- 
tures per  week.  Prerequisite,  ENEE  681 
or  equivalent.  Review  of  Maxwell's  equa- 
tions; radiative  networks;  linear  antennas: 
antenna  arrays;  aperture  antennas;  ad- 
vanced topics. 

ENEE  790  Quantum  Electronics  I.  (3)  Two 

lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  a 
knowledge  of  quantum  mechanics  and 
electromagnetic  theory.  Spontaneous 


Graduate  Programs  /  107 


emission,  interaction  of  radiation  and 
matter,  masers,  optical  resonators,  the 
gas,  solid  and  semi-conductor  lasers, 
electro-optical  effect,  propagation  in 
anisotropic  media  and  light  modulation. 

ENEE  791  Quantum  Electronics  II.  (3) 

Non-linear  optical  effects  and  devices, 
tunable  coherent  light  sources:  optical 
parametric  oscillator;  frequency  conver- 
sion and  dye  laser.  Ultrashort  pulse 
generation  and  measurement,  stimulated 
raman  effect,  and  applications.  Interac- 
tion of  acoustic  and  optical  waves,  and 
holography. 

ENEE  793  Solid  State  Electronics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  a  graduate  course  in  quan- 
tum mechanics  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Properties  of  crystals;  energy  bands; 
electron  transport  theory;  conductivity 
and  hall  effect;  statistical  distributions; 
fermi  level;  impurities;  non-equilibrium 
carrier  distributions;  normal  modes  of 
vibration;  effects  of  high  electric  fields; 
P-N  junction  theory,  avalanche  break- 
down; tunneling  phenomena;  surface 
properties. 

ENEE  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

ENEE  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research.  (1-8) 


Engineering  Materials 
Program 

Professor  and  Director:  Arsenault 
Professor  and  Department  Chairman: 

Cadman' 
Professors:  Spain1,  Dieter2 
Adjunct  Professor:  Kramer 
Assistant  Professor:  Mathers' 
Associate  Faculty:  Marcinkowski3,  Park4 
'Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineering 
2Dean,  College  of  Engineering 
'Mechanical  Engineering 
'Physics  and  Astronomy 

The  Engineering  Materials  program 
is  interdisciplinary  between  Chem- 
ical and  Mechanical  Engineering.  It 
is  administered  by  the  Department 
of  Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineer- 
ing. Special  areas  of  concentration 
include  diffraction,  dislocation  and 
mechanical  behavior  of  materials, 
x-ray  and  electron  microscopic 
techniques,  electronic  and  magnetic 
behavior  of  materials,  and  the 
chemical  physics  of  materials. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  programs  leading  to  the  M.S. 
and  Ph.D.  degrees  are  open  to  quali- 
fied students  holding  the  B.S. 
degree.  Admission  may  be  granted 
to  students  with  degrees  in  any  of 
the  engineering  and  science  areas 
from  accredited  programs.  In  some 
cases  it  may  be  necessary  to  re- 
quire courses  to  fulfill  the  back 
ground. 
The  candidate  for  the  M.S.  degree 


has  the  choice  of  following  a  plan 
of  study  with  thesis  or  without 
thesis.  The  equivalent  of  at  least 
three  years  of  full-time  study  beyond 
the  B.S.  degree  is  required  for  the 
Ph.D.  degree.  All  students  seeking 
graduate  degrees  in  Engineering 
Materials  must  enroll  in  ENMA  650, 
660  and  671.  In  addition  to  the 
general  rules  of  the  Graduate  School 
certain  special  degree  requirements 
are  set  forth  by  the  Department  in 
their  departmental  publications. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Special  facilities  available  for 
graduate  study  in  Engineering  Ma- 
terials are  coordinated  through  the 
Center  for  Materials  Research,  the 
Laboratory  for  Radiation  and 
Polymer  Science,  the  Laboratory  for 
High  Pressure  Science  and  various 
central  facilities.  Special  equipment 
available  includes  a  scanning  elec- 
tron microscope,  x-ray  diffraction 
equipment,  crystal  growing,  sample 
preparation  and  mechanical  testing 
facilities,  and  high  pressure  and 
cryogenic  equipment. 

Additional  Information 

Information  is  available  from  the  Di- 
rector, Engineering  Materials  Pro- 
gram, Department  of  Chemical  and 
Nuclear  Engineering. 

Courses 

ENMA  462  Deformation  of  Engineering 
Materials.  (3)  Prerequisites,  ENES  230  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Relationship  of 
structure  to  the  mechanical  properties  of 
materials.  Elastic  and  plastic  deforma- 
tion, microscopic  yield  criteria,  state  of 
stress  and  ductility.  Elements  of  disloca- 
tion theory,  work  hardening,  alloy 
strengthening,  creep,  and  fracture  in 
terms  of  dislocation  theory. 

ENMA  463  Chemical,  Liquid  and  Powder 
Processing  of  Engineering  Materials.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  ENES  230  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Methods  and  processes  used 
in  the  production  of  primary  metals.  The 
detailed  basic  principles  of  beneficiation 
processes,  pyrometallurgy,  hydrometal- 
lurgy,  electrometallurgy,  vapor  phase  pro- 
cessing and  electroplating.  Liquid  metal 
processing  including  casting,  welding, 
brazing  and  soldering.  Powder  process- 
ing and  sintering.  Shapes  and  structures 
produced  in  the  above  processes. 

ENMA  464  Environmental  Effects  on  En- 
gineering Materials.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
ENES  230  or  consent  of  instructor.  Intro- 
duction to  the  phenomena  associated 
with  the  resistance  of  materials  to 
damage  under  severe  environmental  con- 
ditions. Oxidation,  corrosion,  stress  cor- 
rosion, corrosion  fatigue  and  radiation 
damage  are  examined  from  the  point  of 
view  of  mechanism  and  influence  on  the 
properties  of  materials.  Methods  of  cor- 


rosion protection  and  criteria  for  selec- 
tion of  materials  for  use  in  radiation 
environments. 

ENMA  470  Structure  and  Properties  of 
Engineering  Materials.  (3)  A  comprehen- 
sive survey  of  the  atomic  and  electronic 
structure  of  solids  with  emphasis  on  the 
relationship  of  structure  to  the  physical 
and  mechanical  properties. 

ENMA  471  Physical  Chemistry  of  Engi- 
neering Materials.  (3)  Equilibrium 
multicomponent  systems  and  relation- 
ship to  the  phase  diagram.  Thermody- 
namics of  polycrystalline  and  polyphase 
materials.  Diffusion  in  solids,  kinetics  of 
reactions  in  solids. 

ENMA  472  Technology  of  Engineering 
Materials.  (3)  Relationship  of  properties 
of  solids  to  their  engineering  applica- 
tions. Criteria  for  the  choice  of  materials 
for  electronic,  mechanical  and  chemical 
properties.  Particular  emphasis  on  the 
relationships  between  structure  of  the 
solid  and  its  potential  engineering 
application. 

ENMA  473  Processing  of  Engineering 
Materials.  (3)  The  effect  of  processing  on 
the  structure  of  engineering  materials. 
Processes  considered  include  refining, 
melting  and  solidification,  purification  by 
zone  refining,  vapor  phase  processing, 
mechanical  working  and  heat  treatments. 

ENMA  495  Rheology  of  Engineering 
Materials.  (3)  Prerequisites,  ENES  230  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Study  of  the  defor- 
mation and  flow  of  engineering  materials 
and  its  relationship  to  structural  type. 
Elasticity,  viscoelasticity,  anelasticity  and 
plasticity  of  single  phase  and  multiphase 
materials.  Students  who  have  credit  for 
ENMA  495  may  not  take  ENCH  495  for 
credit. 

EMNA  496  Polymeric  Engineering 
Materials.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENES  230.  A 
comprehensive  summary  of  the  funda- 
mentals of  particular  interest  in  the 
science  and  applications  of  polymers. 
Polymer  single  crystals,  transformations 
in  polymers,  fabrication  of  polymers  as 
to  shape  and  internal  structure.  Students 
who  have  credit  for  ENMA  496  may  not 
take  ENCH  496  for  credit. 

ENMA  650  Structures  of  Engineering 
Materials.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENMA  470  or 
equivalent.  The  structural  aspects  of 
crystalline  and  amorphous  solids  and 
relationships  to  bonding  types.  Point  and 
space  groups.  Summary  of  diffraction 
theory  and  practice.  The  reciprocal  lat- 
tice. Relationships  of  the  microscopically 
measured  properties  to  crystal  symmetry. 
Structural  aspects  of  defects  in  crystal- 
line solids. 

ENMA  651  Electronic  Structure  of 
Engineering  Materials.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
ENMA  650.  Electronic  and  magnetic  ma- 
terials in  relationship  to  their  applica- 
tions. Metallic  conductors,  resistive 
alloys,  superconducting  materials, 
semiconductors,  hard  and  soft  magnetic 
materials,  piezo-electric  and  piezo- 
magnetic  materials,  optical  materials. 


108  /  Graduate  Programs 


Emphasis  on  relationships  between  elec- 
tronic configuration,  crystal  structure, 
defect  structure  and  physical  properties. 

ENMA  659  Special  Topics  in  Structure  of 
Engineering  Materials.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
consent  of  instructor. 

ENMA  660  Chemical  Physics  of  Engi- 
neering Materials.  (3)  Prerequisite.  ENMA 
650.  Thermodynamics  and  statistical 
mechanics  of  engineering  solids.  Cohen- 
sion.  thermodynamic  properties.  Theory 
of  solid  solutions.  Thermodynamics  of 
mechanical,  electrical,  and  magnetic 
phenomena  in  solids.  Chemical  thermo- 
dynamics, phase  transitions  and  ther- 
modynamic properties  of  polycrystalline 
and  polyphase  materials.  Thermodynam- 
ics of  defects  in  solids. 

ENMA  661  Kinetics  of  Reactions  in 
Materials.  (3)  Prerequisite.  ENMA  660. 
The  theory  of  thermally  activated  proc- 
esses in  solids  as  applied  to  diffusion, 
nucleation  and  interface  motion. 
Cooperative  and  diffusioniess  transfor- 
mations. Applications  selected  from  pro 
cesses  such  as  allotropic  transforma- 
tions, precipation.  martensite  formation, 
solidification,  ordering,  and  corrosion. 

ENMA  669  Special  Topics  in  the 
Chemical  Physics  of  Materials.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, consent  of  instructor. 

ENMA  671  Dislocations  in  Crystalline 
Materials.  (3)  Prerequisite.  ENMA  650. 
The  nature  and  interactions  of  defects  in 
crystalline  solids,  with  primary  emphasis 
on  dislocations.  The  elastic  and  electric 
fields  associated  with  dislocations.  Ef- 
fects of  imperfections  on  mechanical 
and  physical  properties. 

ENMA  672  Mechanical  Properties  of 
Engineering  Materials.  (3)  Prerequisite. 
ENMA  671.  The  mechanical  properties  of 
single  crystals,  polycrystalline  and  poly- 
phase materials.  Yield  strength,  work 
hardening,  fracture,  fatigue  and  creep  are 
considered  in  terms  of  fundamental  ma- 
terial properties. 

ENMA  679  Special  Topics  in  the 
Mechanical  Behavior  of  Materials.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 

ENMA  680  Experimental  Methods  in 
Materials  Science.  (3)  Methods  of  meas- 
uring the  structural  aspects  of  materials. 
Optical  and  electron  microscopy. 
Microscopic  analytical  techniques. 
Resonance  methods  Electrical,  optical 
and  magnetic  measurement  techniques. 
Thermodynamic  methods. 

ENMA  681  Diffraction  Techniques  in 
Materials  Science.  (3)  Prerequisite.  ENCH 
620.  Theory  of  diffraction  of  electrons, 
neutrons  and  x-rays.  Strong  emphasis  on 
diffraction  methods  as  applied  to  the 
study  of  defects  in  solids.  Short  range 
order,  thermal  vibrations,  stacking  faults, 
microstrain. 

ENMA  689  Special  Topics  in  Experimen- 
tal Techniques  in  Materials  Science.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 


ENMA  691  Special  Topics  in  Engineering 
Materials.  (3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor. 

ENMA  697  Seminar  in  Engineering 
Materials.  (1) 

ENMA  698  Special  Problems  in  Engineer- 
ing Materials.  (1-16) 

ENMA  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

ENMA  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research.  (1-8) 


English  Language  and 
Literature  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Kenny 
Professors:  Bode.  Bradley.  Bryer.  Freed- 

man.  Hovey.  Isaacs.  Lawson.  Lutwack. 

Mish.  Murphy.  Myers.  Panichas. 

Peterson.  Russell,  Salamanca 

Schoenbaum,  Whittemore.  Winton, 

Wittreich 
Associate  Professors     Barnes.  Barry. 

Birdsall.  Brown.  Coogan.  Cooper,  Fry, 

Greenwood.  D.  Hamilton,  G.  Hamilton. 

Herman.  Holton.  Houppert.  Howard, 

Jellema.  Kinnaird.  Kleine.  Mack,  Miller. 

Moore.  Portz.  Smith.  Thorberg.  Vitzt- 

hum,  Wilson 
Assistant  Professors:  Burger.  Cate.  Dunn. 

James.  I.  Ousby.  Rutherford, 

Trousdale.  Van  Egmond 

The  Department  of  English  offers 
graduate  work  leading  to  the  de- 
grees of  Master  of  Arts  and  Doctor 
of  Philosophy.  Areas  of  specializa- 
tion for  the  M.A.  and  Ph.D.  include: 
English  literature,  American  litera- 
ture, and  folklore.  In  addition,  candi- 
dates for  the  M.A.  degree  may  spe- 
cialize in  creative  writing,  and  in 
linguistics. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

In  addition  to  the  general  Graduate 
School  requirements,  applicants  to 
the  M.A.  program  ordinarily  should 
present  a  3.5  GPA  in  English  and  a 
minimum  of  24  hours  of  upper-level 
English  courses.  Applicants  to  the 
Ph.D.  program  should  present  a  3.75 
GPA  and  an  M.A.  degree  in  English. 

Departmental  requirements  for  the 
degree  of  Master  of  Arts  include 
ENGL  601  and  nine  credits  of  sem- 
inars. Candidates  have  a  non-thesis 
option  under  which  they  take  31 
credits,  submit  an  independent  re- 
search paper,  and  pass  a  three-hour 
written  comprehensive  examination. 

Departmental  requirements  for  the 
degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy  in- 
clude: (1)  a  foreign  language  require- 
ment: (2)  at  least  three  hours  of 
linguistics:  (3)  a  comprehensive  writ- 
ten examination  on  three  fields  (dis- 
sertation field  and  two  additional 


fields)  which  may  be  taken  with  per- 
mission after  nine  hours  beyond  the 
Master  of  Arts  and  must  be  taken 
upon  the  completion  of  30  hours. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

In  addition  to  drawing  on  the  cul- 
tural and  intellectual  resources  of 
Washington.  D.C..  the  English  de- 
partment is  an  active  participant  in 
the  Folger  Institute  of  Renaissance 
and  18th  Century  Studies.  Folger  In- 
stitute fellowships  have  been 
awarded  to  advanced  graduate  stu- 
dents in  the  English  department. 

The  Department  is  also  a  member 
of  South  Atlantics  Graduate  English 
(SAGE).  Graduate  students  from 
Maryland  may  take  courses  at  other 
SAGE  institutions,  and  the  English 
department  is  eligible  for  a  lecturer 
of  its  choice  from  another  SAGE 
institution. 

Financial  Assistance 

Financial  assistance  is  available  in 
the  form  of  fellowships  and  teaching 
assistantships.  Fellowships  are 
awarded  directly  by  the  Graduate 
School  to  nominees  from  the  Eng- 
lish department.  The  number  of 
teaching  assistantships  is  contin- 
gent on  available  funds:  currently  96 
students  are  teaching  assistants. 

Additional  Information 

Additional  information  on  admission, 
financial  aid,  and  degree  require- 
ments can  be  obtained  from  Cal- 
houn Winton,  Director  of  Graduate 
Studies.  Department  of  English. 
University  of  Maryland. 

Courses 

ENGL  401  English  Medieval  Literature  in 
Translation.  (3) 

ENGL  402  Chaucer.  (3) 

ENGL  403  Shakespeare.  (3)  Early  period 

—  histories  and  comedies. 

ENGL  404  Shakespeare.  (3)  Late  period 

—  tragedies  and  romances. 

ENGL  405  The  Major  Works  of 
Shakespeare.  (3)  Students  who  have 
credit  for  ENGL  403  or  404  cannot 
receive  credit  for  ENGL  405. 

ENGL  407  Literature  of  the  Renaissance. 
(3) 

ENGL  410  Edmund  Spenser.  (3) 

ENGL  411  Literature  of  the  Renaissance. 
(3) 

ENGL  412  Literature  of  the  Seventeenth 
Century,  1600-1660.  (3) 

ENGL  414  Milton.  (3) 

ENGL  415  Literature  of  the  Seventeenth 
Century,  1660-1700.  (3) 


Graduate  Programs  /  109 


ENGL  416  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth 
Century.  (3)  Age  of  Pope  and  Swift. 

ENGL  417  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth 
Century.  (3)  Age  of  Johnson  and  the 
preromantics. 

ENGL  418  Major  British  Writers.  (3)  Two 

writers  studied  intensively  each 
semester. 

ENGL  419  Major  British  Writers.  (3)  Two 

writers  studied  intensively  each 
semester. 

ENGL  420  Literature  of  the  Romantic 
Period.  (3)  First  generation:  Blake,  Words- 
worth, Coleridge,  et.  al. 

ENGL  421  Literature  of  the  Romantic 
Period.  (3)  Second  generation:  Keats, 
Shelly,  Byron,  et.  al. 

ENGL  422  Literature  of  the  Victorian 
Period.  (3)  Early  years. 

ENGL  423  Literature  of  the  Victorian 
Period.  (3)  Middle  years. 

ENGL  424  Late  Victorian  and  Edwardian 
Literature.  (3)  A  study  of  the  literary 
movements  and  techniques  which  ef- 
fected the  transition  from  Victorian  to 
modern  literature. 

ENGL  425  Modern  British  Literature.  (3) 

An  historical  survey  of  the  major  writers 
and  literary  movements  in  English  prose 
and  poetry  since  1900. 

ENGL  430  American  Literature,  Begin- 
ning to  1810,  the  Colonial  and  Federal 
Periods.  (3) 

ENGL  431  American  Literature,  1810  to 
1865,  the  American  Renaissance.  (3) 

ENGL  432  American  Literature,  1865  to 
1914,  Realism  and  Naturalism.  (3) 
ENGL  433  American  Literature,  1914  to 
the  Present,  the  Modern  Period.  (3) 
ENGL  434  American  Drama.  (3) 
ENGL  435  American  Poetry  —  Beginning 
to  the  Present.  (3) 

ENGL  436  The  Literature  of  American 
Democracy.  (3) 

ENGL  437  Contemporary  American  Liter- 
ature. (3)  A  survey  of  the  poetry,  prose, 
and  drama  written  in  America  in  the  last 
decade. 

ENGL  438  Major  American  Writers.  (3) 

Two  writers  studied  intensively  each 
semester. 

ENGL  439  Major  American  Writers.  (3) 

Two  writers  studied  intensively  each 
semester. 

ENGL  440  The  Novel  in  America  to  1910. 
(3). 

ENGL  441  The  Novel  in  America  Since 
1910.  (3) 

ENGL  442  Literature  of  the  South.  (3)  A 

historical  survey,  from  eighteenth-century 
beginnings  to  the  present. 

ENGL  443  Afro-American  Literature.  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  literary  expression 


of  the  Negro  in  the  United  States,  from 
its  beginning  to  the  present. 

ENGL  444  Experimental  Approaches  to 
Literature  —  Emerson  and  Thoreau.  (3) 

Variable  subject  matter  presented  in  ex- 
perimental methods  and  approaches. 
Grading  in  satisfactory/fail  only.  Consent 
of  instructor  required  for  admission. 

ENGL  445  Modern  British  and  American 
Poetry.  (3)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  in- 
structor required  for  students  with  credit 
in  ENGL  345.  A  study  of  the  formation  of 
the  'Modern  Tradition'  in  British  and 
American  poetry,  exploring  the  dis- 
tinctive energy  and  consciousness  in  the 
poets  of  the  early  twentieth  century 
(1896-1930).  Special  emphasis  on 
Hopkins,  Yeats,  Pound,  Eliot,  and 
Stevens.  Collateral  readings  in  essays  on 
modern  poets,  and  other  poets  of  the 
period. 

ENGL  446  Contemporary  British  and 
American  Poetry.  (3)  Prerequisite,  permis- 
sion of  instructor  required  for  students 
with  credit  in  ENGL  345.  A  study  of 
British  and  American  poetry  from  the 
Depression  to  the  present.  Special  em- 
phasis on  Auden,  Williams,  Dylan 
Thomas,  Theodore  Roethke,  Robert 
Lowell.  A  more  general  study  of  the  work 
of  some  of  these:  Berryman,  Jarrell, 
Fuller,  Bishop,  Wright,  Kinnell,  Larkin 
and  including  the  Projectivists,  the  Beats 
and  the  present  scene. 

ENGL  447  Satire.  (3)  An  introduction  to 
English  and  American  satire  from 
Chaucer  to  the  present. 

ENGL  449  Playwriting.  (3) 

ENGL  450  Elizabethan  and  Jacobean 
Drama.  (3)    Beginnings  to  Marlowe. 

ENGL  451  Elizabethan  and  Jacobean 
Drama.  (3)  Jonson  to  Webster. 

ENGL  452  English  Drama  from  1660  to 
1800.  (3) 

ENGL  453  Literary  Criticism.  (3) 

ENGL  454  Modern  Drama.  (3) 

ENGL  455  The  English  Novel.  (3)  Eigh- 
teenth century. 

ENGL  456  The  English  Novel.  (3)  Nine- 
teenth century. 

ENGL  457  The  Modern  Novel.  (3) 

ENGL  460  Introduction  to  Folklore.  (3) 

ENGL  461  Folk  Narrative.  (3)  Studies  in 
legend,  tale  and  myth.  Prerequisite, 
ENGL  460. 

ENGL  462  Folksong  and  Ballad.  (3)  Prere 
quisite,  ENGL  460. 

ENGL  463  American  Folklore.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, ENGL  460.  An  examination  of 
American  folklore  in  terms  of  history  and 
regional  cultures.  Exploration  of  collec- 
ting of  folklore  from  various  areas  to 
reveal  the  difference  in  regional  and 
ethnic  groups  as  witnessed  in  their  oral 
and  literary  traditions. 


ENGL  464  Afro-American  Folklore  and 
Culture.  (3)  An  examination  of  the  culture 
of  the  Negro  in  the  United  States  in 
terms  of  history  (antebellum  to  the  pres- 
ent) and  social  changes  (rural  to  urban). 
Exploration  of  aspects  of  Negro  culture 
and  history  via  oral  and  literary  traditions 
and  life  histories. 

ENGL  465  Urban  Folklore.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, ENGL  460.  An  examination  of  the 
folklore  currently  originating  in  white,  ur- 
ban, American  culture. 

ENGL  476  Modern  Fantasy  and  Science 
Fiction.  (3)  Major  works  of  fantasy  and 
science  fiction  since  the  mid-eighteenth 
century,  emphasizing  their  continuity  and 
their  relationships  to  philosophical  spec- 
ulation, scientific  discovery,  literary 
history  and  cultural  change. 

ENGL  478  Selected  Topics  in  English 
and  American  Literature  Before  1800.  (3) 

ENGL  479  Selected  Topics  in  English 
and  American  Literature  After  1800.  (3) 

ENGL  481  Introduction  to  English  Gram- 
mar. (3)  A  brief  review  of  traditional 
English  grammar  and  an  introduction  to 
structural  grammar,  including  phonology, 
morphology  and  syntax. 

ENGL  482  History  of  the  English 
Language.  (3) 

ENGL  483  American  English.  (3) 

ENGL  484  Advanced  English  Grammar. 

(3)  Credit  may  not  be  granted  in  both 
ENGL  484  and  LING  402. 

ENGL  485  Advanced  English  Structure. 

(3) 

ENGL  486  Introduction  to  Old  English.  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  grammar,  syntax, 

and  phonology  of  Old  English.  Selected 

readings  from  old  English  Prose  and 

poetry. 

ENGL  489  Special  Topics  in  English 

Language.  (3)  Studies  in  topics  of  current 

interest;  repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  9 

hours. 

ENGL  493  Advanced  Expository  Writing. 

(3) 

ENGL  498  Creative  Writing.  (3) 

ENGL  499  Advanced  Creative  Writing.  (3) 

ENGL  601  Bibliography  and  Methods.  (3) 

ENGL  602  Middle  English.  (3) 

ENGL  603  Readings  in  English  Language 
History.  (3)  An  historical  survey  of  the 
syntactic,  lexical,  and  phonological  pat- 
terns of  English  from  Old  English  and  its 
sources  in  Germanic  and  Indo-European 
through  Modern  English. 

ENGL  604  Old  English.  (3)  Grammar,  syn- 
tax, phonology  and  prosody  of  Old 
English.  Designed  to  give  graduate 
students  a  working  knowledge  of  Old 
English  and  to  introduce  them  to  the  ma- 
jor Old  English  texts  in  the  original. 

ENGL  611  Approaches  to  College  Com- 
position. (3)  A  seminar  emphasizing 


110  I  Graduate  Programs 


rhetorical  and  linguistic  foundations  for 
the  handling  of  a  course  in  freshman 
composition.  For  graduate  assistants  (op- 
tional to  other  graduate  students). 

ENGL  620  Readings  in  Medieval  English 
Literature.  (3) 

ENGL  621  Readings  in  Renaissance 
English  Literature.  (3) 

ENGL  622  Readings  in  Seventeenth- 
Century  English  Literature.  (3) 

ENGL  623  Readings  in  Eighteenth- 
Century  English  Literature.  (3) 

ENGL  624  Readings  in  English  Romantic 
Literature.  (3) 

ENGL  625  Readings  in  English  Victorian 
Literature.  (3) 

ENGL  626  Readings  in  American  Lit- 
erature Before  1865.  (3) 

ENGL  627  Readings  in  American  Lit- 
erature Since  1865.  (3) 

ENGL  630  Readings  in  20th  Century 
English  Literature.  (3) 

ENGL  718  Seminar  in  Medieval  Lit- 
erature. (3) 

ENGL  719  Seminar  in  Renaissance  Lit- 
erature. (3) 

ENGL  728  Seminar  in  Seventeenth- 
Century  Literature.  (3) 

ENGL  729  Seminar  in  Eighteenth-Century 
Literature.  (3) 

ENGL  738  Seminar  in  Nineteenth-Century 
Literature.  (3) 

ENGL  739  Seminar  in  Nineteenth-Century 
Literature.  (3) 

ENGL  748  Seminar  in  American  Lit- 
erature. (3) 

ENGL  749  Studies  in  Twentieth-Century 
Literature.  (3) 

ENGL  758  Literary  Criticism.  (3) 

ENGL  759  Seminar  in  Literature  and  the 
Other  Arts.  (3) 

ENGL  768  Studies  in  Drama.  (3) 

ENGL  769  Studies  in  Fiction.  (3) 

ENGL  778  Seminar  in  Folklore.  (3) 

ENGL  788  Studies  in  the  English  Lan- 
guage. (3)  May  be  repeated  for  credit  to 
a  maximum  of  9  hours. 

ENGL  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

ENGL  819  Seminar  in  Themes  and  Types 
in  English  Literature.  (3) 

ENGL  828  Seminar  in  Themes  and  Types 
in  American  Literature.  (3) 

ENGL  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research.  (1-8) 

Linguistics 

LING  401  Phonetics  and  Phonemics.  (3) 

Training  in  the  identification,  description 
and  symbolization  of  various  sounds 
found  in  language.  Study  of  scientific 


techniques  for  classifying  sounds  into 
units  which  are  percectually  relevant  for 
a  given  language. 

LING  402  Morphology  and  Syntax.  (3)  A 

detailed  study  of  language  structure.  No 
student  may  receive  credit  for  both  LING 
402  and  ENGL  484. 

LING  403  Historical  Linguistics.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, LING  401  and  402,  or 
equivalent.  A  study  of  change  in  the 
phonological,  grammatical  and  semantic 
structures  of  natural  languages;  language 
typology;  reconstruction  and  various 
allied  topics  will  be  treated. 

LING  498  Seminar  in  Linguistics  (3) 

Prerequisite,  LING  100.  Advanced  topics 
in  linguistics.  Lectures  and  discussions 
by  faculty,  students  and  invited  outside 
scholars.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of 
six  credits  provided  content  is  different. 

LING  609  Seminar  in  Linguistics.  (3) 

Entomology  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Steinhauer 
Professors:  Bickley,  Davidson,  Harrison, 

Jones,  Menzer,  Messersmith,  Wirth 
Associate  Professors:  Caron,  Miller, 

Reichelderfer,  Wood 
Assistant  Professors:  Armstrong,  Denno, 

Dively,  Hellman,  Linduska,  Nelson 
Lecturer:  Spang  ler 

The  Department  of  Entomology  of- 
fers both  the  M.S.  and  Ph.D.  de- 
grees. Graduate  students  may  spe- 
cialize in  physiology  and  morphol- 
ogy, toxicology,  biosystematics, 
ecology  and  behavior,  medical  ento- 
mology, apiculture,  insect  pathology, 
economic  entomology  and  pest 
management. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 
Students  applying  for  graduate  work 
in  entomology  are  expected  to  have 
strong  backgrounds  in  the  biological 
sciences,  chemistry  and  mathemat- 
ics. Since  the  Department  is  par- 
ticularly anxious  to  find  strong  basic 
preparation,  an  undergraduate  major 
in  entomology  is  not  required  for  ad- 
mission to  the  program.  Students 
lacking  certain  specific  courses  in 
their  undergraduate  program  may 
need  to  extend  the  normal  period  of 
time  required  for  the  degree. 

In  the  M.S.  and  Ph.D.  programs, 
the  student  is  given  great  latitude  in 
the  selection  of  the  advisory  study 
committee,  choice  of  the  major 
study  areas  and  supporting  course 
work  and  choice  of  the  research  pro- 
gram. The  M.S.  degree  is  awarded 
following  the  successful  completion 
of  the  course  requirements  and  a 
satisfactory  thesis.  A  non-thesis 
M.S.  option  is  available  for  those  in- 
terested in  qualifying  as  pest  man- 
agement specialists.  In  this  program 
a  field  experience  course  including  a 


comprehensive  report  is  substituted 
for  the  thesis. 

The  demonstration  of  competence 
in  one  foreign  language  is  required 
for  the  Ph.D.  Upon  admission  to  the 
Ph.D.  program,  the  student  is  given 
a  preliminary  interview  (which  may 
be  combined  with  the  M.S.  final  oral 
examination)  in  which  the  program 
of  course  work  and  collateral  read- 
ing, the  plan  for  demonstration  of 
competence  in  the  foreign  language 
chosen,  and  the  general  outline  of 
the  proposed  research  area  are  es- 
tablished and  approved.  Following 
the  completion  of  most  course  work 
and  the  demonstration  of  foreign 
language  competency,  the  oral  quali- 
fying examination  is  administered 
before  the  student  applies  for  ad- 
mission to  candidacy. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Facilities  are  maintained  in  the 
Department  for  research  in  all  areas 
of  specialization  offered,  and  in 
addition,  cooperative  programs  with 
other  departments  in  Agricultural 
and  Life  Sciences  are  possible.  Co- 
operative research  programs  are 
often  maintained  by  the  Department 
with  several  government  agencies, 
such  as  the  Beltsville  Agricultural 
Research  Center,  the  U.S.  National 
Museum  of  Natural  History,  and  the 
Walter  Reed  Army  Institute  of  Re- 
search. Specialized  facilities  are  fre- 
quently made  available  to  graduate 
students  in  these  programs.  In  many 
instances  graduates  of  the  programs 
in  entomology  find  employment  in 
such  government  agencies  because 
of  the  contacts  made  in  these  co- 
operative projects. 

Financial  Assistance 

There  are  a  limited  number  of 
teaching  and  research  assistant- 
ships  available  to  entomology  grad- 
uate students  on  a  competitive 
basis.  Several  part-time  employment 
opportunities  are  available  in  govern- 
mental and  private  research  and  de- 
velopmental laboratories  in  the  area. 

Additional  Information 

The  Department's  "Guidelines  for 
Graduate  Students"  give  additional 
information  on  the  graduate  pro- 
gram, including  requirements  for  ad- 
mission, course  requirements,  ex- 
aminations, seminars  and  research 
areas  and  facilities.  Copies  ina 
available  from  the  Department  of  En- 
tomology, University  of  Maryland. 

Courses 

ENTM  407  Entomology  for  Science 
Teachers.  (4)  Summer.  Four  lectures  and 
four  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a 


Graduate  Programs  /  111 


week.  This  course  will  include  the  ele- 
ments of  morphology,  taxonomy  and  bi- 
ology of  insects  using  examples  com- 
monly available  to  high  school  teachers. 
It  will  include  practice  in  collecting,  pre- 
serving, rearing  and  experimenting  with 
insects  insofar  as  time  will  permit. 

ENTM  412  Advanced  Apiculture.  (3)  One 

lecture  and  two  three-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  ENTM  111. 
The  theory  and  practice  of  apiary  man- 
agement. Designed  for  the  student  who 
wishes  to  keep  bees  or  requires  a  prac- 
tical knowledge  of  bee  management. 

ENTM  421  Insect  Taxonomy  and  Biology. 

(4)  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour 
laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
ENTM  204.  Introduction  to  the  principles 
of  systematic  entomology  and  the  study 
of  all  orders  and  the  important  families 
of  insects;  immature  forms  considered. 

ENTM  432  Insect  Morphology.  (4)  Two 

lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  ENTM  204. 
A  basic  study  of  insect  form,  structure 
and  organization  in  relation  to  function. 

ENTM  442  Insect  Physiology.  (4)  Prereq- 
uisites, ENTM  204  and  CHEM  104  or 
equivalent.  Three  lectures  and  one  three- 
hour  laboratory  per  week.  Functions  of 
internal  body  systems  in  insects. 

ENTM  451  Economic  Entomology.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  labora- 
tory periods  a  week.  Prerequisite.  ENTM 
204.  The  recognition,  biology  and  control 
of  insects  injurious  to  fruit  and  vegetable 
crops,  field  crops  and  stored  products. 

ENTM  452  Insecticides.  (2)  Prerequisite, 
consent  of  the  department.  The  develop- 
ment and  use  of  contact  and  stomach 
poisons,  fumigants  and  other  important 
chemicals,  with  reference  to  their  chem- 
istry, toxic  action,  compatibility,  and  host 
injury.  Recent  research  emphasized. 

ENTM  453  Insect  Pests  of  Ornamental 
Plants.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENTM  204.  Two 
lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory 
period  a  week.  The  recognition,  biology 
and  control  of  insects  and  mites  injur- 
ious to  ornamental  shrubs,  trees  and 
greenhouse  crops.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  the  pests  of  woody  ornamental 
plants. 

ENTM  462  Insect  Pathology.  (3)  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  three-hour  laboratory 
period  per  week.  Prerequisite,  MICB  200, 
prerequisite  or  corequisite,  ENTM  442  or 
consent  of  the  instructor.  An  introduc- 
tion to  the  principal  insect  pathogens 
with  special  reference  to  symptomology, 
epizootiology,  and  microbial  control  of 
insect  pests. 

ENTM  472  Medical  and  Veterinary  En- 
tomology. (4)  Three  lectures  and  one 
two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite, ENTM  204  or  consent  of 
department.  A  study  of  the  morphology, 
taxonomy,  biology  and  control  of  the 
arthropod  parasites  and  disease  vectors 
of  man  and  animals.  The  ecology  and 


behavior  of  vectors  in  relation  to  disease 
transmission  will  be  emphasized. 

ENTM  498  Seminar.  (1)  Prerequisite, 
senior  standing.  Presentation  of  original 
work,  reviews  and  abstracts  of  literature. 

ENTM  612  Insect  Ecology.  (3)  Prerequi- 
site, a  course  in  general  ecology  or  per- 
mission of  instructor.  An  advanced 
course  in  population  and  community 
ecology,  plant-insect  interactions,  and  in- 
sect biogeography.  Emphasis  on  current 
entomological  literature. 

ENTM  625  Experimental  Honey  Bee 
Biology.  (2)  First  semester.  One  three- 
hour  lab  a  week.  Fifteen  labs  during 
semester  will  include  topics  such  as 
communication,  nest  construction  and 
organization,  behavior,  insect  societies 
and  bee  and  wasp  biology. 

ENTM  641  Advances  in  Insect  Phys- 
iology. (2)  First  semester,  alternate  years. 
Two  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites, 
ENTM  442  or  consent  of  instructor.  Lec- 
tures on  current  literature  with  reading 
assignments  and  discussion. 

ENTM  643  Aspects  of  Insect  Biochem- 
istry. (2)  First  semester.  Two  lectures  a 
week.  (Alternate  years)  One  year  of 
biochemistry,  or  equivalent,  or  consent 
of  the  instructor.  Lectures  and  group 
discussions  on  the  energy  sources  of  in- 
sects. Intermediary  metabolism,  utlization 
of  energy  sources,  specialized  subjects 
of  curent  interest,  such  as  light  produc- 
tion, insect  pigment  formation, 
pheromones,  venoms,  and  chemical 
defense  mechanisms. 

ENTM  653  Toxicology  of  Insecticides.  (4) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  and  one 
three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week. 
(Alternate  years,  not  offered  1973-1974). 
Prerequisite,  permission  of  the  instructor. 
A  study  of  the  physical,  chemical,  and 
biological  properties  of  insecticides.  Em- 
phasis is  placed  on  the  relationship  of 
chemical  structures  to  insecticidal  activ- 
ity and  mode  of  action.  Mechanisms  of 
resistance  are  also  considered. 

ENTM  654  Insect  Pest  Population 
Management.  (2)  Two  lectures  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Cur- 
rent developments  in  pest  management 
theory  and  practice.  Emphasis  on  Agro- 
ecosystem  components  and  their  manip- 
ulation. Population  sampling,  damage 
thresholds,  cost-benefit  relationships, 
and  modeling  in  pest  management. 

ENTM  672  Culicidology.  (2)  Second 
semester.  One  lecture  and  one  three- 
hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  (Alternate 
years.)  The  classification,  distribution, 
ecology,  biology,  and  control  of 
mosquitoes. 

ENTM  689  Entomological  Topics.  (1-3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  One  lecture 
or  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week 
for  each  credit  hour.  Prerequisite,  con- 
sent of  department.  Lectures,  group 
discussions  or  laboratory  sessions  on 
selected  topics  such  as:  aquatic  insects, 


biological  control  of  insects,  en- 
tomological literature,  forest  entomology, 
history  of  entomology,  insect 
biochemistry,  insect  embryology,  im- 
mature insects,  insect  behavior,  prin- 
ciples of  economic  entomology,  insect 
communication,  principles  of  en- 
tomological research. 

ENTM  698  Seminar.  (1)  Presentation  of 
topics  of  current  interest,  including 
thesis  and  dissertation  research,  by 
faculty  members,  students,  and  outside 
speakers. 

ENTM  699  Advanced  Entomology.  (1-6) 

Credit  and  prerequisites  to  be  deter- 
mined by  the  department.  First  and  se- 
cond semesters.  Studies  of  minor  pro- 
blems in  morphology,  physiology,  tax- 
onomy and  applied  entomology,  with  par- 
ticular reference  to  the  preparation  of  the 
student  for  individual  research. 

ENTM  789  Field  Experience  in  Pest 
Management.  (1-6)  Prerequisite.  ENTM 
654  or  consent  of  the  department.  In- 
volvement   in  practical  problems  of  pest 
management  in  field  situations.  The  stu- 
dent will  be  assigned  to  a  problem  area 
for  intensive  experience,  usually  during 
the  summer.  A  final  written  report  is  re- 
quired for  each  assignment.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

ENTM  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

ENTM  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research.  (1  -8) 


Family  And  Community 
Development  Program 

Assoc.  Professor  and  Acting  Chairman: 
Rubin 

Professor:  Gaylin 

Associate  Professors:  Brabble,  Myricks, 
Wilson 

Assistant  Professors:  Churaman,  Gar- 
rison, Macklin,  Phillips,  Royer 

A  Master  of  Science  Degree  in  Fam- 
ily and  Community  Development  is 
offered  under  a  graduate  program 
within  the  College  of  Human  Ecol- 
ogy. The  program  is  particularly  re- 
sponsive to  the  contemporary  needs 
of  families  and  the  most  effective 
ways  of  providing  programs  and  ser- 
vices in  the  community. 

The  program  objectives  of  the  De- 
partment of  Family  and  Community 
Development  are  directed  toward  ed- 
ucating professionals  who  are  pre- 
pared to  develop  and  direct  a  variety 
of  programs  and  services  that  are 
both  family-oriented  and  community 
based.  The  areas  of  specialization  in 
the  Department  are:  family  studies, 
community  studies  with  particular 
emphasis  on  programs  serving  fami- 
lies, and  management  and  consumer 


112  /  Graduate  Programs 


studies.  Faculty  members  use  and 
encourage  an  interdisciplinary  ap- 
proach to  the  study  of  human  prob- 
lems related  to  social  change  and  to 
helping  students  become  agents  of 
change,  through  the  family  unit. 

An  integrated  practicum  experi- 
ence is  offered  which  enables  stu- 
dents to  work  directly  with  families 
and  community  agencies. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  Department  will  continue  to 
adopt  the  policies  of  the  Graduate 
School  as  the  basic  criteria  for  ad- 
mission to  the  Master's  program.  In 
addition,  it  is  recommended  that  in- 
dividuals take  the  Aptitude  section 
of  the  GRE,  and  have  adequate  un- 
dergraduate preparation  in  one  or 
more  of  the  following  areas:  family 
development,  psychology,  sociology, 
or  human  ecology.  A  course  in  ele- 
mentary statistics  at  the  undergrad- 
uate level  is  required. 

The  Master's  program  is  30  hours. 
The  student  may  choose  either  the 
thesis  or  non-thesis  option.  Six 
hours  of  thesis  research  are  re- 
quired for  those  students  selecting 
the  thesis  option.  The  non-thesis  op- 
tion permits  more  extensive  field 
experience  in  lieu  of  the  research 
thesis.  Any  student  selecting  this 
option  will  complete  30  hours  of 
course  work  with  oral  and  written 
comprehensive  examinations  upon 
completion. 

Financial  Assistance 

Due  to  the  limited  number  of  avail- 
able Graduate  Teaching  Assistant- 
ships,  and  the  high  demand,  applica- 
tion for  financial  aid  should  be 
made  prior  to  April  1st,  for  the  fall 
semester  of  the  coming  year. 

Additional  Information 

Further  information  regarding  this 
program  should  be  obtained  by  con- 
tacting the  Department  or  the  Col- 
lege of  Human  Ecology  directly. 

Courses 

FMCD  431  Family  Crises  and  Rehabilita- 
tion. (3)  Deals  with  various  types  of  fam- 
ily crises  situations  and  how  families 
cope  with  the  rehabilitation  process.  It 
covers  issues  at  various  stages  of  the 
family  cycle  ranging  from  divorce,  teen- 
age runaways,  abortion,  to  the  effect  of 
death  on  a  family.  Role  playing  and  in- 
terviewing techniques  are  demonstrated 
and  ways  of  helping  the  family  through 
the  crises  are  emphasized. 

FMCD  443  Consumer  Problems.  (3)  Con- 
sumer practices  of  American  families. 
Merchandising  practices  as  they  affect 
the  consumer.  Organizations  and  laws  in 
the  interest  of  the  consumer. 


FMCD  446  Living  Experiences  with  Fami- 
lies. (3-6) 

A  —  Domestic  Intercultural 
B  —  International  Intercultural 
Prerequisites,  FMCD  330,  ANTH 
101,  FMCD  250;  optional,  language  com- 
petence. An  individual  experience  in  liv- 
ing with  families  of  a  sub-culture  within 
the  U.S.  or  with  families  of  another  coun- 
try, participating  in  family  and  commu- 
nity activities.  A  foreign  student  may  par- 
ticipate and  live  with  an  American  family. 

FMCD  447  Home  Management  for  the 
Disabled.  (3)  Application  of  home 
management  concepts  in  the  use  of  re- 
sources to  promote  maintenance  of 
homemaker  independence  through  physi- 
ological and  psychological  adjustments 
in  the  family  and  home  environment.  The 
purpose  of  this  course  is  to  prepare 
students  for  working  effectively  with 
disabled  homemakers. 

FMCD  448  Selected  Topics  in  Home 
Management.  (3)  Seminar  format  will  be 
used  to  examine  the  ways  families  set 
priorities  and  organize  their  efforts  and 
resources  to  achieve  both  social  and 
economic  goals.  Prior  registration  in 
FMCD  250,  341,  or  other  courses  in 
management  theory,  systems  analysis  or 
research  methods  is  desirable. 
Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  6  credits 
provided  subject  matter  is  different. 

FMCD  453  Family-Community  Advocacy. 

(3)  Legislative  efforts,  state  and  federal, 
which  have  impact  on  families.  The  tech- 
niques, tactics,  and  strategies  of 
lobbyists. 

FMCD  485  Introduction  to  Family 
Counseling.  (3)  Provides  the  fundamental 
theoretical  concepts  and  clinical  pro- 
cedures that  are  unique  to  marital  and 
family  therapy.  These  techniques  are 
contrasted  with  individually-oriented  psy- 
chotherapy. Pre-marital,  marital  and  fam- 
ily, and  divorce  counseling  techniques 
are  demonstrated  and  evaluated. 

FMCD  487  Legal  Aspects  of  Family  Prob- 
lems. (3)  Laws  and  legal  involvement  that 
directly  affect  specific  aspects  of  the 
family:  adoption,  marriage,  estate  plan- 
ning, property  rights,  wills,  etc.  Emphasis 
will  be  given  to  the  involvement  of  a  pro- 
fessional lawyer;  principles  and  interpre- 
tation of  the  law. 

FMCD  499  Special  Topics.  (1-3) 

A  —  Family  Studies 

B  —  Community  Studies 

C  —  Management  and  Consumer 

Studies 

FMCD  600  Readings  in  Research  and 
Theory  of  the  Family.  (3)  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  surveying  current  research, 
concepts  and  theory  in  marital  and  fam- 
ily dynamics.  The  relationship  of  the  con- 
temporary family  to  the  society  and  com- 
munity are  discussed  and  family  patterns 
within  various  social  classes  and  across 
different  cultures  are  compared.  Changes 
in  family  functioning  throughout  the  fam- 


ily life  cycle  and  over  the  last  hundred 
years  are  described  and  analyzed. 

FMCD  602  Integrative  Aspects  of  Human 
Ecology.  (3)  The  philosophical  foundation 
for  the  home  economics  profession  are 
explored  in  this  course.  An  historical  ap- 
proach is  used  in  part  to  indicate  the 
growth  of  home  economics,  its  relation- 
ship to  other  disciplines  and  its  integra- 
tive function  for  the  practitioner  of  the 
applied  human  sciences.  Emphasis  is 
placed  upon  recent  trends  and  future  di- 
rections for  the  professional  as  change 
agent  and  his  role  within  society. 

FMCD  609  Seminar  Current  Issues  in 
Family  and  Community  Development. 
(1-4)  This  seminar  will  be  open  to  all 
graduate  students  for  non-credit  or  vari- 
able credit  by  prior  arrangement.  It  is 
considered  an  informal  vehicle  to  gen- 
erate communication  and  discussion 
among  all  members  of  the  department. 
Presentations  will  include  reviews  and 
critiques  of  recent  articles  and  books 
within  the  field  and  those  relevent  to  it. 
In  addition,  original  informal  discussion 
papers  from  faculty  and  students  will  be 
generated  for  presentation  and  discus- 
sion. Guest  speakers  and  discussants 
will  be  encouraged  when  deemed 
appropriate. 

FMCD  610  Familimetrics.  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites, FMCD  401  and  statistics.  The  pri- 
mary focus  is  on  the  advantages  and 
limitations  of  family  research  procedures 
and  the  degree  of  correspondence  be- 
tween these  methods.  Ways  of  devel- 
oping and  evaluating  adequate  research 
procedures  will  be  emphasized  and  re- 
cent innovations  in  the  field  will  be 
considered. 

FMCD  615  Community  Interaction  with 
Families.  (3)  A  study  of  relationships  of 
the  individual  within  the  family  and  in- 
volvement with  the  community.  Commu- 
nity organization  and  structure  will  be 
studied  from  the  perspective  of  (1)  indi- 
vidual involvement;  (2)  family  involve- 
ment; (3)  intergroup  involvement,  i.e., 
racial,  ethnic,  religious  and  class  groups. 
Theoretical  frameworks  are  to  be  devel- 
oped with  effective  operational  ap- 
proaches applied  in  local  community  or- 
ganizations. Students  will  participate  in 
studying  available  community  groups 
and  their  effects  on  individuals.  Govern- 
mental agency  programs  and  funded 
community  projects  will  be  studied,  with 
special  attention  given  to  the  philosophy 
of  various  funding  agencies. 

FMCD  625  Advanced  Consumer  Affairs. 

(3)  An  analysis  of  current  consumer  be- 
havior found  in  various  family  life  styles 
and  of  community  processes  for  dealing 
with  consumer  problems.  Emphasis  is 
given  to  recent  research  and  theoretical 
frameworks  in  the  consumer  area. 

FMCD  660  Program  Planning  and  Evalua- 
tion. (1-6)  Consideration  is  given  to 
research  program  development  and/or 
evaluation  of  an  existing  research  pro- 
gram in  relation  to  objectives  and  need. 


Graduate  Programs  /  113 


Reporting  of  research  for  publication  in  a 
journal  and  periodicals  will  also  be 
stressed. 

FMCD  668  Special  Topics  in  Family  Life. 
(1-6)  Individual  study  or  arranged  group 
study. 

FMCD  678  Special  Topics  in  Community 
Services.  (1-6)  Individual  study  or  ar- 
ranged group  study. 

FMCD  686  Introduction  to  Family  Coun- 
seling. (3)  This  course  gives  the  funda- 
mental theoretical  concepts  and  clinical 
procedures  that  are  unique  to  family  and 
marital  therapy.  Family  and  marital  ther- 
apy are  contrasted  with  individually- 
oriented  psychotherapy  in  terms  of  his- 
torical development,  assumptions  and 
techniques.  Various  types  of  clinical 
techniques  for  marital  and  family  thera- 
pists are  presented.  Premarital,  marital 
and  family,  divorce  counseling  ap- 
proaches are  considered. 

FMCD  688  Special  Topics  in 
Management-Consumer.  (1-6)  Individual 
study  or  arranged  group  study. 

FMCD  691  Family-Community  Consulta- 
tion. (3)  The  foci  of  this  course  are  upon 
defining  areas  of  behavior  which  can  be 
referred  to  the  family-community  consul- 
tant and  upon  methodology  which  can 
be  applied  by  the  consultant  to  family  or 
professional  situations.  Roles  such  as 
homemaker  rehabilitation  consultant 
could  receive  added  emphasis  through 
field  experience  participation  which  is 
encouraged  in  the  course. 

FMCD  695  Practicum  in  Family  and  Com- 
munity Services.  (3)  A  field  experience 
which  provides  one  of  the  following:  (1) 
direct  contact  with  family  life  styles  dif- 
ferent from  one's  own  (2)  observation 
and/or  (3)  experience  of  a  professional 
role  in  working  with  families  (consulting, 
counseling,  informal  education,  leader- 
ship training,  community  action,  case 
work,  etc.).  Observation  and/or  experi- 
ence with  services,  educational  programs 
or  action  programs  dealing  with  a  partic- 
ular type  of  family  problem  (financial, 
consumer,  help  in  emergencies,  health, 
housing,  homemaker  rehabilitation,  fam- 
ily relationships  and  management)  will  be 
included. 

FMCD  698  Special  Topics  in  General 
Human  Ecology.  (1-6)  Individual  study  or 
arranged  group  study. 

FMCD  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 


Food,  Nutrition  and 
Institution  Administration 
Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Prather 
Professors:  Ahrens,  Beaton 
Associate  Professors:  Butler,  Cox, 

Williams 
Assistant  Professors:  Howe.  Poplai. 

Rosebrough,  Wodarski 


Adjunct  Associate  Professors:  Kelsay. 

Szepesi 
Adjunct  Professors:  Bodwell.  Reiser, 

Trout 

The  Department  offers  a  program 
leading  to  a  Master  of  Science 
degree  in  each  of  the  following  ma- 
jor areas:  food,  nutrition,  and  institu- 
tion administration.  The  Department 
participates  in  an  interdepartmental 
program  for  Master  of  Science  and 
Doctor  of  Philosophy  degrees  in 
nutritional  science  which  is  de- 
scribed under  that  title.  The  area  of 
food  includes  study  in  experimental 
foods  as  well  as  cultural  and  con- 
sumer aspects  of  food.  Nutrition  in- 
cludes the  science  of  nutrition  as 
well  as  the  broad  area  of  community 
and  clinical  nutrition.  Institution  ad- 
ministration includes  all  phases  of 
food  service  systems. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

In  addition  to  minimum  Graduate 
School  requirements,  a  satisfactory 
score  on  the  aptitude  portion  of  the 
Graduate  Record  Examination  is  re- 
quired. A  minimum  combination  of 
900  with  a  minimum  of  400  on  both 
the  verbal  and  quantitative  is  re- 
quired for  admission. 

Thesis  and  non-thesis  options  are 
available  for  the  Masters  of  Science 
degree  in  food,  nutrition  or  institu- 
tion administration. 

All  students  are  required  to  take 
Seminar,  Research  Methods  and  a 
statistics  course.  Other  courses  are 
selected  with  the  guidance  of  an  ad- 
visor and/or  a  committee.  Non-thesis 
option  students  must  prepare  a 
research  paper,  present  an  addi- 
tional seminar  and  take  a  written 
comprehensive  examination  in  addi- 
tion to  an  oral  examination.  An 
average  of  three  or  four  semesters 
is  usually  required  to  complete  the 
M.S.  thesis  option  and  two  or  three 
semesters  for  the  non-thesis  option. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  has  special  arrange- 
ments and  cooperative  agreements 
with  laboratories  at  the  Nutrition  In- 
stitute. A.R.S.,  U.S.D.A.,  the  Univers- 
ity Affiliated  Program  in  Child 
Development  at  Georgetown  Univer- 
sity Hospital  Clinic  and  Children's 
Hospital  for  students  in  nutrition 
and  foods.  There  are  faculty  with  ad- 
vanced degrees  in  the  areas  of  food 
chemistry,  cultural  foods,  commun- 
ity nutrition,  clinical  nutrition,  human 
and  animal  nutrition,  and  food  ser- 
vice systems. 

Financial  Assistance 

There  are  a  limited  number  of 


graduate  teaching  assistantships 
and  research  assistantships 
available. 

Additional  Information 

Copies  of  a  Department  mimeograph 
with  additional  information  concern- 
ing admission  requirements, 
courses,  faculty,  facilities,  etc.  are 
available  from  the  Department 
Chairman. 

Courses 
Food 

FOOD  440  Advanced  Food  Science.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
FOOD  250  and  CHEM  261  or  461.  Chem- 
ical and  physical  properties  of  food  as 
related  to  consumer  use  in  the  home 
and  institutions. 

FOOD  445  Advanced  Food  Science 
Laboratory.  (1)  One  three-hour  laboratory 
per  week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM  201  and 
consent  of  instructor.  Chemical  deter- 
mination of  selected  components  in 
animal  and  plant  foods. 

FOOD  450  Experimental  Food  Science. 

(3)  One  lecture,  two  laboratories  per 
week.  Prerequisite.  FOOD  440  or  equiva- 
lent. Individual  and  group  laboratory  ex- 
perimentation as  an  introduction  to 
methods  of  food  research. 

FOOD  480  Food  Additives.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, FOOD  440  or  equivalent.  Effects 
of  intentional  and  incidental  additives  on 
food  quality,  nutritive  value  and  safety. 
Current  regulatory  procedures. 

FOOD  490  Special  Problems  in  Foods. 
(2-3)  Prerequisite,  FOOD  440  and  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Individual  selected 
problems  in  the  area  of  food  science. 

FOOD  498  Special  Topics.  (1-3)  Prereq- 
uisite, consent  of  instructor.  Selected 
current  aspects  of  food.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits  if  the  subject 
matter  is  subs.antially  different. 

FOOD  610  Readings  in  Food.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite. FOOD  440  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. A  critical  survey  of  the  literature  of 
recent  developments  in  food  research. 

FOOD  620  Nutritional  and  Quality  Evalua- 
tion of  Food.  (3)  Prerequisite.  FOOD  440 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Effects  of  pro- 
duction, processing,  marketing,  storage, 
and  preparation  on  nutritive  value  and 
quality  of  foods 

FOOD  640  Food  Enzymes.  (3)  First 
semester,  alternate  years.  Two  lectures 
and  one  three-hour  laboratory.  Prereq- 
uisite, FOOD  440  or  equivalent.  The 
classification  and  behavior  of  naturally 
occurring  and  added  enzymes  in  food;  in- 
cludes the  effects  of  temperature,  pH, 
radiation,  moisture,  etc.,  on  enzyme 
activity. 

FOOD  650  Advanced  Experimental  Food. 
(3-5)  Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and 
three  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Selected 


114  /  Graduate  Programs 


readings  of  literature  in  experimental 
foods.  Development  of  individual 
problem. 

FOOD  660  Research  Methods.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, a  statistics  course.  A  study  of  ap- 
propriate research  methodology  and 
theories  including  experimental  design. 
Each  student  is  required  to  develop  a 
specimen  research  proposal. 

FOOD  678  Special  Topics  in  Foods.  (1-6) 

Individual  or  group  study  in  an  area  of 
foods. 

FOOD  688  Seminar.  (1-2)  Reports  and 
discussions  of  current  research  in  foods. 

FOOD  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

Nutrition 

NUTR  425  International  Nutrition.  (2)  Two 

lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  course  in 
basic  nutrition.  Nutritional  status  of 
world  population  and  local,  national  and 
international  programs  for  improvement. 

NUTR  430  Nutritional  Biochemistry.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  CHEM  261  or  equivalent. 
Nutritional  biochemistry  with  special  em- 
phasis on  the  relationship  between  bio- 
chemistry and  nutrition. 

NUTR  435  History  of  Nutrition.  (2)  Two 

lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  course  in 
basic  nutrition.  A  study  of  the  develop- 
ment of  the  knowledge  of  nutrition  and 
its  interrelationship  with  social  and  eco- 
nomic developments. 

NUTR  450  Advanced  Human  Nutrition.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  consent  of  department; 
NUTR  300  and  CHEM  261  or  concurrent 
registration  in  CHEM  462.  Two  lectures 
and  one  two-hour  laboratory,  A  critical 
study  of  the  physiological  and  metabolic 
influences  on  nutrient  utilization,  with 
particular  emphasis  on  current  problems 
in  human  nutrition. 

NUTR  460  Therapeutic  Human  Nutrition. 

(3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory 
period  a  week.  Prerequisites,  NUTR  300, 
450.  Modifications  of  the  normal  ade- 
quate diet  to  meet  human  nutritional 
needs  in  pathological  conditions. 

NUTR  470  Community  Nutrition.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  NUTR  300,  450,  460.  A 
study  of  different  types  of  community 
nutrition  programs,  problems  and 
projects. 

NUTR  480  Applied  Diet  Therapy.  (3)  Open 
only  to  students  accepted  into  and  par- 
ticipating in  the  U.S.  Army  Dietetic  In- 
ternship Program  at  Walter  Reed  General 
Hospital  or  the  coordinated  undergrad- 
uate dietetics  program.  Application  of 
principles  of  normal  and  therapeutic 
nutrition  in  total  medical  care  and  in- 
struction of  patients.  Clinical  experiences 
in  hospital  therapeutics,  pediatrics, 
research  and  a  variety  of  clinics  are  in- 
cluded. For  students  in  the  coordinated 
undergraduate  dietetics  program,  238 
hours  of  clinical  experience  is  required 
and  this  course  must  be  accompanied  by 
NUTR  460. 


NUTR  485  Applied  Community  Nutrition. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  NUTR  460  and  concur- 
rent registration  in  NUTR  470.  Open  only 
to  students  accepted  into  and  partici- 
pating in  the  coordinated  undergraduate 
program  in  dietetics.  Application  of  prin- 
ciples in  community  nutrition  through 
guided  experiences  in  different  aspects 
of  nutrition  programs  in  the  community. 
This  course  requires  238  hours  of  clinical 
experience. 

NUTR  490  Special  Problems  in  Nutrition. 
(2-3)  Prerequisites,  NUTR  300  and  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Individual  selected 
problems  in  the  area  of  human  nutrition. 

NUTR  498  Special  Topics.  (1-3)  Prereq- 
uisite, consent  of  instructor.  Selected 
current  aspects  of  nutrition.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if  the  sub- 
ject matter  is  substantially  different. 

NUTR  600  Recent  Progress  in  Human 
Nutrition.  (3)  Recent  developments  in  the 
science  of  nutrition  with  emphasis  on 
the  interpretation  of  these  findings  for 
application  in  health  and  disease. 

NUTR  610  Readings  in  Nutrition.  (1-3) 

Reports  and  discussions  of  significant 
nutritional  research  and  investigation. 

NUTR  615  Maternal  and  Infant  Nutrition. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  NUTR  460  or  equivalent, 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Current  litera- 
ture concerning  the  importance  of  diet 
during  pregnancy  and  infancy  on  the 
health  of  the  mother  and  infant.  Phys- 
iological and  biochemical  changes  during 
pregnancy  and  infancy,  current  issues  in 
infant  feeding,  such  as  possible  effects 
of  diet  during  infancy  on  obesity  and 
degenerative  diseases  in  later  life,  and 
current  public  health  programs  designed 
to  serve  pregnant  women  and  infants. 

NUTR  620  Nutrition  for  Community  Ser- 
vices. (3)  Application  of  the  principles  of 
nutrition  to  various  community  problems 
of  specific  groups  of  the  public. 
Students  may  select  specific  problems 
for  independent  study. 

NUTR  630  Nutritional  Aspects  of  Energy 
Balance.  (3)  Prerequisite,  CHEM  462  or 
equivalent,  or  consent  of  instructor.  The 
prevalence  and  basic  causes  of  caloric 
imbalance,  along  with  a  wide  variety  of 
approaches  to  weight  control. 

NUTR  660  Research  Methods.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, a  statistics  course.  A  study  of  ap- 
propriate research  methodology  and 
theories  including  experimental  design. 
Each  student  is  required  to  develop  a 
specimen  research  proposal. 

NUTR  670  Intermediary  Metabolism  in 
Nutrition.  (3)  Second  semester.  Prereq- 
uisite, CHEM  461,  462  or  equivalent.  The 
major  routes  of  carbohydrate,  fat,  and 
protein  metabolism  with  particular  em- 
phasis on  metabolic  shifts  and  their 
detection  and  significance  in  nutrition. 

NUTR  678  Special  Topics  in  Nutrition. 
(1-6)  Individual  or  group  study  in  an  area 
of  nutrition. 


NUTR  680  Human  Nutritional  Status.  (3) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  Methods 
of  appraisal  of  human  nutritional  status, 
to  include  dietary,  biochemical  and  an- 
thropometric techniques. 

NUTR  698  Seminar  in  Nutrition.  (1-3)  A 

study  in  depth  of  a  selected  phase  of 
nutrition. 

NUTR  699  Problems  in  Nutrition.  (1-4) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  faculty.  Ex- 
perience in  a  phase  of  nutrition  of  in- 
terest to  the  student.  Use  is  made  of  ex- 
perimental animals,  human  studies  and 
extensive,  critical  studies  of  research 
methods,  techniques  or  data  of  specific 
projects. 

NUTR  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

Institution  Administration 

IADM  410  School  Food  Service.  (3)  Two 

lectures  and  one  morning  a  week  for 
field  experience  in  a  school  food  service. 
Prerequisite,  FOOD  200,  or  240  and  250, 
and  NUTR  300,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Study  of  organization  and  management, 
menu  planning,  food  purchasing,  prepar- 
ation, service,  and  cost  control  in  a 
school  lunch  program. 

IADM  420  Quantity  Food  Purchasing.  (2) 

Prerequisites,  FOOD  240  and  IADM  300, 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Food  selection 
and  the  development  of  integrated  pur- 
chasing programs.  Standards  of  quality; 
marketing  distribution  systems. 

IADM  430  Quantity  Food  Production.  (4) 

Two  hours  of  lecture  and  one  six-hour 
laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisites,  FOOD 
240  and  IADM  300,  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Scientific  Principles  and  Procedures. 
Laboratory  experience  in  management 
techniques  and  in  quantity  food  produc- 
tion and  service. 

IADM  440  Food  Service  Personnel  Ad- 
ministration. (2)  Prerequisite,  IADM  300. 
Principles  of  personnel  administration  in 
food  services,  emphasis  on  personnel  se- 
lection, supervision  and  training,  job 
evaluation,  wage  and  payroll  structure, 
current  labor  regulations,  and  interper- 
sonal relationships  and  communications. 

IADM  450  Food  Service  Equipment  and 
Planning.  (2)  Two  lectures  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite, consent  of  instructor.  Equip- 
ment design  selection,  maintenance  and 
efficient  layout,  relation  of  the  physical 
facility  to  production  and  service. 

IADM  460  Administrative  Dietetics  I.  (3) 

Open  only  to  students  accepted  into  and 
participating  in  the  U.S.  Army  Dietetic  In- 
ternship Program  at  Walter  Reed  General 
Hospital  or  the  coordinated  undergrad- 
uate dietetics  program.  Application  of 
management  theory  through  guided  ex- 
perience in  all  aspects  of  hospital  dietary 
department  administration.  For  students 
in  the  coordinated  undergraduate 
dietetics  program,  238  hours  of  hospital 
food  service  management  experience  is 
required  and  this  course  must  be  accom- 
panied by  IADM  300  and  430. 


Graduate  Programs  /  115 


IADM  470  Administrative  Dietetics  II.  (3) 

Open  only  to  students  accepted  into  and 
participating  in  the  U.S.  Army  Dietetic  In- 
ternship Program  at  Walter  Reed  General 
Hospital  or  the  coordinated  undergrad- 
uate dietetics  program.  Continuation  of 
IADM  460.  For  students  in  the  coor- 
dinated undergraduate  program,  238 
hours  of  food  service  experience  is  re- 
quired and  this  course  must  be  accom- 
panied by  IADM  420  and  440. 

IADM  490  Special  Problems  in  Food  Ser- 
vice. (2-3)  Prerequisites,  senior  standing, 
five  hours  in  IADM  courses  and  consent 
of  instructor.  Individual  selected  prob- 
lems in  the  area  of  food  service. 

IADM  498  Special  Topics.  (1-3)  Prereq- 
uisite, consent  of  instructor.  Selected 
current  aspects  of  institution  administra- 
tion. Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits  if  the  subject  matter  is  substan- 
tially different. 

IADM  600  Food  Service  Administration. 

(3)  First  or  second  semester.  Principles 
of  organization  and  management  related 
to  a  food  system.  Control  of  resources 
through  the  use  of  quantitative  methods. 
Administrative  decision-making,  and  per- 
sonnel policies  and  practices. 

IADM  610  Readings  in  Food  Administra- 
tion. (3)  Reports  and  discussion  of 
significant  research  and  development  in 
the  area  of  food  administration. 

IADM  630  Computer  Application  in  Food 
Service.  (3)  Alternate  years.  Prerequisite, 
IADM  600  or  equivalent.  The  use  of  auto- 
matic data  processing  and  programming 
for  the  procurement  and  issuing  of  food 
commodities,  processing  of  ingredients, 
menu  seleciion,  and  labor  allocations. 

IADM  640  Sanitation  and  Safety  in  Food 
Service.  (3)  Alternate  years.  Prerequisite, 
MICB  200.  Principles  and  practices  of 
sanitation  and  safety  unique  to  the  pro- 
duction, storage  and  service  of  food  in 
quantity;  includes  current  legislation. 

IADM  650  Experimental  Quantity  Food 
Production.  (3)  Alternate  years.  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  three-hour  laboratory. 
Prerequisites,  IADM  430  and  FOOD  450 
or  equivalents.  Application  of  experimen- 
tal methods  to  quantity  food  production, 
recipe  development  and  modification; 
relationship  of  food  quality  to  production 
methods. 

IADM  660  Research  Methods.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, a  statistics  course.  A  study  of  ap- 
propriate research  methodology  and 
theories  including  experimental  design. 
Each  student  is  required  to  develop  a 
research  proposal. 

IADM  678  Special  Topics  in  Institutional 
Food.  (1-6)  Individual  or  group  study  in 
an  area  of  institutional  food  service. 

IADM  688  Seminar.  (1)  Reports  and 
discussion  of  current  research  in  institu- 
tion administration.  May  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  of  three  semester  hours  of 
credit. 


IADM  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6)  First  and  second  semesters.  Credit 
in  proportion  to  work  done  and  results 
accomplished.  Investigation  in  some 
phases  of  institution  administration 
which  may  form  the  basis  of  a  thesis. 


Food  Science  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  King  (Dairy 
Science) 

Professors:  Bender  (Agricultural  and 
Resource  Economics),  Young  (Animal 
Science),  Keeney  (Chemistry),  Davis 
and  Mattick  (Dairy  Science),  Kramer, 
Twigg  and  Wiley(Horticulture),  Thomas 
(Poultry  Science) 

Associate  Professors:  Wheaton 
(Agricultural  Engineering),  Buric 
(Animal  Science),  Westhoff  (Dairy 
Science),  Heath  (Poultry  Science) 

Assistant  Professors:  Vijay  (Dairy 
Science),  Solomos  (Horticulture) 

Visiting  Lecturer:  Bednarczyk 

The  Food  Science  Program  offers 
the  Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  degrees.  The  Program  is 
interdepartmental  with  participation 
or  support  from  the  Departments  of 
Animal  Science,  Dairy  Science,  Hor- 
ticulture, Poultry  Science,  Agricul- 
tural Engineering,  Chemistry,  and 
Agricultural  and  Resource 
Economics.  Programs  of  study  and 
research  are  individually  planned 
with  the  student  and  an  appropriate 
committee.  Areas  of  study  encom- 
pass animal,  plant,  seafood,  and 
fabricated  food  products.  Specializa- 
tion is  available  in  food  micro- 
biology and  fermentations,  food 
chemistry  and  biochemistry,  quality 
assurance,  food  engineering  and 
product  development,  nutritional 
evaluation,  food  sanitation,  packag- 
ing, and  distribution. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

There  are  no  special  admission  re- 
quirements above  those  required  by 
the  Graduate  School.  The  Food 
Science  Admissions  Committee 
evaluates  and  makes  recommenda- 
tions on  all  applications  based  on 
academic  and  professional  ex- 
perience and  letters  of  recommenda- 
tions (at  least  3  required).  When 
feasible  the  Committee  may  conduct 
a  personal  interview.  In  the  absence 
of  a  bachelor's  degree  in  Food 
Science  or  Food  Technology  a 
strong  background  in  physical  and 
biological  sciences  is  recommended. 
Inadequate  prerequisites  may  result 
in  a  recommendation  to  complete  a 
remedial  program  as  a  special  stu- 
dent, undergraduate  status.  Program 
requirements  are  as  follows:  1)  Food 
Science;  the  equivalent  of  the 


following  courses:  FDSC  412,  413, 
Principles  of  Food  Processing; 
FDSC  421,  Food  Chemistry;  FDSC 
430,  Food  Microbiology;  FDSC  431, 
Food  Quality  Control.  2)  Biochem- 
istry —  minimum  of  3  hours 
graduate  credit.  3)  Colloquium 
(seminar).  Attendance  each  semester 
and  at  least  2  presentations  for 
credit  during  the  program  of  study. 
4)  Provisional  requirements  based 
on  admission  must  be  satisfied  as 
soon  as  practical. 

For  the  M.S.  degree,  a  student 
must  complete  the  program  of  study 
as  approved  by  his  committee  which 
will  include  the  minimum  require- 
ments. Students  entering  the  Pro- 
gram without  a  background  in  Food 
Science  will  probably  complete 
about  30  hours  of  course  work  to 
obtain  the  M.S.  degree.  For  the  M.S. 
with  thesis,  a  research  proposal 
must  be  submitted  to  the  student's 
committee  for  review  and  approval 
by  the  end  of  the  second  semester 
of  study.  Students  who  for  various 
reasons  or  circumstances  cannot 
readily  satisfy  the  thesis  research 
may  complete  an  additional  6  hours 
of  courses  at  the  600  level  in  addi- 
tion to  the  program  requirements 
above.  A  scholarly  paper  on  a  sub- 
ject approved  by  the  committee 
must  be  prepared  and  presented  at 
a  regular  FDSC  colloquium.  A  final 
comprehensive  examination  in- 
cluding defense  of  the  scholarly 
paper  will  be  conducted  by  the  stu- 
dent's committee.  Part  of  this  ex- 
amination will  be  written.  The  above 
programs  should  be  completed 
within  3  semesters  and  a  summer 
session. 

For  admission  to  the  doctoral  pro- 
gram, the  M.S.  degree  is  not  re- 
quired but  is  generally  recom- 
mended. Students  completing  an 
M.S.  degree  in  the  FDSC  Program, 
UMCP  must  receive  a  favorable 
recommendation  from  the  M.S. 
degree  final  examining  committee. 
Students  admitted  from  outside  the 
FDSC  Program,  UMCP  will  be  exam- 
ined orally  by  their  committee  as  a 
basis  for  developing  a  suitable  pro- 
gram of  study.  The  student  must 
complete  a  program  of  study  as  ap- 
proved by  the  student's  committee 
including  minimum  requirements  of 
the  Graduate  School  and  FDSC  Pro- 
gram requirements.  There  is  no  re- 
quired number  of  hours  of  course 
work.  Programs  are  developed  on  an 
individual  basis.  There  is  no 
language  requirement.  A  proposal 
for  dissertation  research  must  be 
presented  to  the  student's  commit- 


116  /  Graduate  Programs 


tee  for  review  and  approval  by  the 
end  of  the  third  semester  of  study. 
A  comprehensive  oral  examination 
will  be  conducted  by  the  committee 
and  other  interested  faculty 
members  after  substantial  comple- 
tion of  the  program  of  study  and 
usually  before  the  end  of  the  fourth 
semester.  Satisfactory  performance 
in  this  examination  is  required 
before  recommendation  for  admis- 
sion to  candidacy  is  granted.  Each 
student  will  assist  in  teaching  at 
least  one  course  regardless  of 
whether  employed  as  a  graduate 
assistant.  The  candidate  will  defend 
the  dissertation  before  a  committee 
of  at  least  5  members  appointed  by 
the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies.  The 
candidate's  advisor  is  usually  chair- 
man of  the  committee.  It  is  recom- 
mended that  the  candidate  prepare 
initial  drafts  of  intended  publications 
for  review  before  the  final  examina- 
tion. This  program  should  be  com- 
pleted in  3  years  or  less  depending 
on  the  candidate's  previous 
background. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  combined  resources  of  the  par- 
ticipating Departments  are  available 
for  Food  Science  research.  Labora- 
tories, pilot  plants,  and  equipment 
are  located  in  the  Animal  Sciences 
Center,  Holzapfel  Hall,  Turner 
Laboratory  and  Shriver  Hall. 
Facilities  are  available  for  the  ex- 
perimental processing  of  fruits, 
vegetables,  poultry,  red  meat,  and 
dairy  products.  A  seafood  process- 
ing facility  is  located  off  campus. 
Laboratories  are  equipped  for 
microbiological,  biochemical,  bio- 
physical, and  engineering  research 
including  facilities  for  laboratory 
animals.  Instrumentation  includes 
gas-liquid  chromatographs.  atomic 
absorption  spectrophotometers, 
electron  microscope,  radioisotope 
counters,  amino  acid  analyzer,  ultra- 
centrifuge,  fermenters,  and  con- 
trolled environment  incubator. 
University  research  farms  are 
available  for  both  plant  and  animal 
production  studies.  Specialized 
facilities  of  nearby  government  and 
food  industry  laboratories  are 
regularly  made  available  for  graduate 
student  research.  The  National 
Agricultural  Library  is  about  3  miles 
from  the  campus.  The  FDSC  Pro- 
gram has  an  exchange  agreement 
with  the  Food  Science  Department 
of  the  Central  University  of 
Venezuela  for  graduate  study  and 
research. 

Financial  Assistance 

Teaching  and  research  assistant- 


ships  are  made  available  by  the  par- 
ticipating Departments.  Financial 
support  is  also  available  from  con- 
tracts and  grants  and  by  special  ar- 
rangements with  several  nearby  gov- 
ernment laboratories. 

Additional  Information 

A  detailed  brochure,  "Graduate 
Study  in  Food  Science,"  is  available 
in  the  Program  Office  and  can  be 
obtained  by  contacting:  Dr.  R.L. 
King,  Coordinator  and  Chairman, 
Food  Science  Program,  Animal 
Sciences  Center,  University  of 
Maryland.  Telephone  #:  301-454-3928. 

Courses 

FDSC  412  Principles  of  Food  Processing 

I.  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per 
week.  A  study  of  the  basic  methods  by 
which  foods  are  preserved  (unit  opera- 
tions). Effect  of  raw  product  quality  and 
the  various  types  of  processes  on  yield 
and  quality  of  the  preserved  products. 

FDSC  413  Principles  of  Food  Processing 

II.  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  A  detailed 
study  of  food  processing  with  emphasis 
on  line  and  staff  operations,  including 
physical  facilities,  utilities,  pre-  and  post- 
processing operations,  processing  line 
development  and  sanitation. 

FDSC  421  Food  Chemistry.  (3)  Three  lee 
tures  per  week.  Prerequisites.  CHEM  203 
and  204.  The  application  of  basic  chem- 
ical and  physical  concepts  to  the  com- 
position and  properties  of  foods.  Em- 
phasis on  the  relationship  of  processing 
technology,  to  the  keeping  quality,  nutri- 
tional value,  and  acceptability  of  foods. 

FDSC  422  Food  Product  Research  and 
Development.  (3)  Two  lectures,  and  one 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites.  FDSC 
413,  CHEM  461,  or  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. A  study  of  the  research  and  develop- 
ment function  for  improvement  of  exist- 
ing products  and  development  of  new, 
economically  feasible  and  marketable 
food  products.  Application  of  chemical- 
physical  characteristics  of  ingredients  to 
produce  optimum  quality  products,  cost 
reduction,  consumer  evaluation,  equip- 
ment and  package  development. 

FDSC  423  Food  Chemistry  Laboratory.  (2) 
Pre-  or  Corequisite.  FDSC  421.  Two 
laboratories  per  week.  Analysis  of  the 
major  and  minor  constituents  of  food  us- 
ing chemical,  physical  and  instrumental 
methods  in  concordance  with  current 
food  industry  and  regulatory  practices. 
Laboratory  exercises  coincide  lecture 
subjects  in  FDSC  421. 

FDSC  430  Food  Microbiology.  (2)  Two 

lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite.  MICB 
200  or  equivalent.  A  study  of  microorgan- 
isms of  major  importance  to  the  food  in- 
dustry with  emphasis  on  food-borne  out- 
breaks, public  health  significance, 
bioprocessing  of  foods  and  control  of 
microbial  spoilage  of  foods. 

FDSC  431  Food  Quality  Control.  (4)  Three 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week. 


Definition  and  organization  of  the  quality 
control  function  in  the  food  industry; 
preparation  of  specifications:  statistical 
methods  for  acceptance  sampling;  in- 
plant  and  processed  product  inspection. 
Instrumental  and  sensory  methods  for 
evaluating  sensory  quality,  identity  and 
wholesomeness  and  their  integration  into 
grades  and  standards  of  quality. 

FDSC  434  Food  Microbiology  Laboratory. 

(2)  Two  laboratories  per  week.  Pre-  or 
corequisite,  FDSC  430.  A  study  of  tech- 
niques and  procedures  used  in  the 
microbiological  examination  of  foods. 

FDSC  442  Horticultural  Products  Proc- 
essing. (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  labor- 
atory per  week.  Commercial  methods  of 
canning,  freezing,  dehydrating,  ferment- 
ing, and  chemical  preservation  of  fruit 
and  vegetable  crops. 

FDSC  451  Dairy  Products  Processing.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per 
week.  Method  of  production  of  fluid  milk, 
butter,  cheese,  condensed  and  evap- 
orated milk  and  milk  products  and  ice 
cream. 

FDSC  461  Technology  of  Market  Eggs 
and  Poultry.  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  per  week.  A  study  of  the  tech- 
nological factors  concerned  with  the 
processing,  storage,  and  marketing  of 
eggs  and  poultry  and  the  factors  affect- 
ing their  quality. 

FDSC  471  Meat  and  Meat  Processing.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  a  week. 
Prerequisite.  CHEM  461  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Physical  and  chemical  charac- 
teristics of  meat  and  meat  products, 
meat  processing,  methods  of  testing  and 
product  development. 

FDSC  482  Seafood  Products  Processing. 

(3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  a 
week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM  461  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  The  principal  preserva- 
tion methods  for  commercial  seafood 
products  with  particular  reference  to  the 
invertebrates.  Chemical  and  micro- 
biological aspects  of  processing  are  em- 
phasized. 

FDSC  621  Systems  Analysis  in  the  Food 
Industry.  (3)  Construction  and  solution  of 
models  for  optimizing  feed,  product  for- 
mulations, nutrient-palatability  costs. 
Methods  for  optimizing  processes,  inven- 
tories, and  transportation  systems. 

FDSC  631  Advanced  Food  Microbiology. 

(2)  One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period 
a  week.  Prerequisite.  FDSC  430  or  per- 
mission of  instructor.  An  in  depth 
understanding  and  working  knowledge  of 
a  selected  number  of  problem  areas  and 
contemporary  topics  in  food 
microbiology. 

FDSC  689  Seminar  in  Food  Science. 
(1-3) 

A  —  Lipids 

B  —  Proteins 

C  —  Carbohydrates 

D  —  Organoleptic  Properties 

E  —  Fermentation 

F  —  Enzymes  and  Microorganisms 


Graduate  Programs  /  117 


G  —  Flavor  Analysis 
I  —  Assays 

Studies  in  depth  of  selected  phases  of 
food  science  are  frequently  best  ar- 
ranged by  employment  if  a  lecturer  from 
outside  the  university  to  teach  a  specific 
phase.  Flexibility  in  the  credit  offered 
permits  adjustment  to  the  nature  of  the 
course. 

FDSC  698  Colloquium  in  Food  Science. 

(1)  First  and  second  semester.  Oral 
reports  on  special  topics  or  recently 
published  research  in  food  science  and 
technology.  Distinguished  scientists  are 
invited  as  guest  lecturers.  A  maximum  of 
three  credits  allowed  for  the  M.S. 

FDSC  699  Special  Problems  in  Food 
Science.  (1-4)  First  and  second 
semesters.  Prerequisite,  CHEM  461  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Credit  accor- 
ding to  time  scheduled  and  magnitude  of 
problem.  An  experimental  program  on  a 
topic  other  than  the  student's  thesis 
problem  will  be  conducted.  Four  credits 
shall  be  the  maximum  allowed  toward  an 
advanced  degree. 

FDSC  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

FDSC  811  Advances  in  Food  Technology. 

(3)  First  semester,  alternate  years.  Pre- 
requisite. CHEM  461  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. A  systematic  review  of  new  pro- 
ducts, processes  and  management  prac- 
tices in  the  food  industry. 

FDSC  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research.  (1-8) 


French  Language  and 
Literature  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Therrien 
Professors:  Bingham,  MacBain. 

Rosenfield 
Associate  Professors:  Demaitre,  Fink, 

Hall,  Meijer,  Tarica 
Assistant  Professors:  Campagna,  Colvile, 

Daniel,  Russell 

The  Department  of  French  and 
Italian  prepares  students  for  the 
M.A.  and  Ph.D.  degrees  in  French 
language  and  literature.  The  com- 
position of  the  Graduate  faculty  and 
the  variety  of  course  offerings  make 
it  possible  for  students  to  specialize 
in  any  period  or  movement  of 
French  literature  or  any  aspect  of 
the  French  language,  with  the  con- 
sent of  their  advisers. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Entry  into  the  M.A.  program  is  open 
to  students  having  a  solid  grounding 
in  French  language  and  literature. 
All  applicants,  whether  graduates  of 
the  University  of  Maryland  or  not, 
must  take  all  parts  of  the  G.R.E.,  in- 
cluding the  Advanced  Examination 
in  French. 

The  students'  knowledge  of 
French  is  screened  at  the  beginning 


of  their  first  semester  through  a 
Language  Proficiency  Examination. 
In  addition  to  evidence  of  indepen- 
dent scholarly  research  in  the  form 
of  a  thesis  (thesis  option)  or  a 
substantial  research  paper  (non- 
thesis  option),  successful  comple- 
tion of  the  M.A.  program  involves 
passing  a  comprehensive  examina- 
tion (  a  six-hour  written  examination 
followed  by  a  one-hour  oral  examina- 
tion) in  French  literature  from  the 
Middle  Ages  to  the  present.  The 
M.A.  program  is  generally  completed 
in  four  semesters,  or  less  if  Summer 
Session  offerings  are  utilized. 

Entry  into  the  Ph.D.  program  is 
open  to  the  most  highly  qualified 
and  most  highly  motivated  can- 
didates, who  can  show  that  in- 
dividual research  is  their  major  in- 
terest and  who  give  evidence  of 
strong  qualifications  to  pursue  that 
interest. 

All  applicants  for  the  Ph.D.  pro- 
gram (except  M.A.  graduates  of  this 
Department)  must  pass  a  three-part 
preliminary  examination  ad- 
ministered at  the  start  of  the  Fall 
semester,  consisting  of  an   explica- 
tion de  texte,  an  essay  and  an  oral 
examination,  before  being  fully  ad- 
mitted to  the  program.  They  are 
then  required  to  complete  a  program 
of  seminars  related  to  their  field  of 
interest  and  to  pass  five  Special 
Topic  examinations  and  a  Foreign 
Language  translation  examination 
before  being  admitted  to  candidacy 
and  beginning  work  on  their  disser- 
tation. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

In  addition  to  the  University  grad- 
uate and  undergraduate  libraries,  the 
Department  maintains  a  reference 
library.  Area  research  facilities  in- 
clude the  Library  of  Congress  and 
the  Folger  Library  (specializing  in 
16th  and  18th-century  literature). 

Financial  Assistance 

Financial  support  is  available  in  the 
form  of  assistantships  and  fellow- 
ships; for  information  contact  the 
Department  of  French  and  Italian. 

Additional  Information 

For  complete  information  concern- 
ing the  Department's  requirements, 
set  forth  in  the  Guide  to  Graduate 
Programs  in  French,  write  to  the 
Department  of  French  and  Italian 
Language  and  Literature. 

Courses 

FREN  400  Applied  Linguistics.  (3)  The 

nature  of  applied  linguistics  and  its  con- 
tribution to  the  effective  teaching  of 
foreign  languages.  Comparative  study  of 
English  and  French,  with  emphasis  upon 


points  of  divergence.  Analysis,  evaluation 
and  construction  of  related  drills. 
FREN  401  Introduction  to  Stylistics.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  FREN  302,  or  course  chair- 
man's consent.  Comparative  stylistic 
analysis;  detailed  grammatical  analysis; 
translation. 

FREN  404  Oral  Practice  for  Teachers  of 
French.  (3)  Prerequisites,  FREN  311  and 
FREN  312.  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 
Development  of  fluency  in  French,  stress 
on  correct  sentence  structure  and  idio- 
matic expression.  Credit  may  not  be  ap- 
plied toward  the  French  major. 

FREN  405  Explication  De  Textes.  (3)  Oral 
and  written  analysis  of  short  literary 
works,  or  of  excerpts  from  longer  works 
chosen  for  their  historical,  structural,  or 
stylistic  interest,  with  the  purpose  of 
training  the  maior  to  understand  litera- 
ture in  depth  and  to  make  mature 
esthetic  evaluations  of  it. 

FREN  411  Introduction  to  Medieval  Lit- 
erature. (3)  French  literature  from  the 
ninth  through  the  fifteenth  century.  La 
Chanson  epique.  le  Roman  courtois.  le 
Lai;  la  litterature  bourgeoise,  le  theatre, 
la  poesie  lyrique. 

FREN  412  Introduction  to  Medieval  Liter- 
ature. (3)  French  literature  from  the  ninth 
through  the  fifteenth  century.  La  Chan- 
son epique.  le  Roman  courtois.  le  Lai;  la 
litterature  bourgeoise,  le  theatre,  la 
poesie  lyriques. 

FREN  421  French  Literature  of  the  Six- 
teenth Century.  (3)  The  Renaissance  in 
France;  Humanism.  Rabelais.  Calvin,  the 
Pleiade,  Montaigne,  baroque  poetry. 

FREN  422  French  Literature  of  the  Six- 
teenth Century.  (3)  The  Renaissance  in 
France;  Humanism.  Rabelais,  Calvin,  the 
Pleiade.  Montaigne,  baroque  poetry. 

FREN  431  French  Literature  of  the  Sev- 
enteenth Century.  (3)  Descartes,  Pascal. 
Corneille,  Racine;  the  remaining  great 
classical  writers,  with  special  attention 
to  Moliere. 

FREN  432  French  Literature  of  the  Sev- 
enteenth Century.  (3)  Descartes.  Pascal. 
Corneille.  Racine;  the  remaining  great 
classical  writers,  with  special  attention 
to  Moliere. 

FREN  441  French  Literature  of  the  Eigh- 
teenth Century.  (3)  Development  of  philo- 
sophical and  scientific  movement; 
Montesquieu.  Voltaire.  Diderot, 
Rousseau. 

FREN  442  French  Literature  of  the  Eigh- 
teenth Century.  (3)  Development  of  philo- 
sophical and  scientific  movement; 
Montesquieu.  Voltaire,  Diderot, 
Rousseau. 

FREN  451  French  Literature  of  the  Nine- 
teenth Century.  (3)  Drama  and  poetry 
from  romanticism  to  symbolism;  the  ma- 
jor prose  writers  of  the  same  period. 

FREN  452  French  Literature  of  the  Nine- 
teenth Century.  (3)  Drama  and  poetry 
from  romanticism  to  symbolism;  the  ma- 
jor prose  writers  of  the  same  period. 


118  /  Graduate  Programs 


FREN  461  Studies  in  Twentieth  Century 
Literature  —  The  Early  Years.  (3)  French 
poetry,  theater  and  the  novel  during  the 
age  of  Proust  and  Gide. 

FREN  462  Studies  in  Twentieth  Century 
Literature  —  Mid-Century  Writers.  (3) 

Modern  French  poetry,  theater  and  the 
novel,  with  special  emphasis  on  the  liter- 
ature of  anxiety  and  existentialism. 

FREN  463  Studies  in  Twentieth  Century 
Literature  —  The  Contemporary  Scene. 

(3)  French  writers  and  literary  movements 
since  about  1950,  with  special  emphasis 
on  new  forms  of  the  novel  and  theater. 

FREN  471  French  Civilization  I.  (3) 

French  life,  customs,  culture,  traditions 
(800-1750). 

FREN  472  French  Civilization  II.  (3) 

French  life,  customs,  culture,  traditions 
(1750  —  Present-day  France). 

FREN  478  Themes  and  Movements  of 
French  Literature  in  Translation.  (3) 

Studies  treatments  of  thematic  problems 
or  of  literary  of  historical  movements  in 
French  literature.  Topic  to  be  determined 
each  semester.  Given  in  English. 

FREN  479  Masterworks  of  French  Litera- 
ture in  Translation.  (3)  Treats  the  works 
of  one  or  more  major  French  writers. 
Topic  to  be  determined  each  semester. 
Given  in  English. 

FREN  488  Pro-Seminar  in  a  Great 
Literary  Figure.  (3)  Each  semester  a 
specialized  study  will  be  made  of  one 
great  French  writer  chosen  from  some 
representative  literary  period  or  move- 
ment since  the  middle  ages.  Repeatable 
for  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

FREN  489  Pro-Seminar  in  Themes  or 
Movements  of  French  Literature.  (3) 

Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

FREN  491  Honors  Reading  Course, 
Poetry.  (3) 

H  —  Honors,  poetry 

Supervised  readings  to  be  taken  normally 

only  by  students  admitted  to  the  honors 

program. 

FREN  492  Honors  Reading  Course, 
Novel.  (3) 

H  —  Honors,  novel 

Supervised  readings  to  be  taken  normally 

only  by  students  admitted  to  the  honors 

program. 

FREN  493  Honors  Reading  Course 
Drama.  (3) 

H  —  Honors,  drama 

Supervised  readings  to  be  taken  normally 

only  by  students  admitted  to  the  honors 

program. 

FREN  494  Honors  Independent  Study.  (3) 

H  —  Honors 

Honors  independent  study  involves 
guided  readings  based  on  an  honors 
reading  list  and  tested  by  a  6  hours  writ- 
ten examination.  Honors  494  and  495  are 
required  to  fulfill  the  departmental 
honors  requirement  in  addition  to  two 
out  of  the  following,  491 H,  492H,  493H. 


Open  only  to  students  admitted  to  the 
departmental  honors  program. 

FREN  495  Honors  Thesis  Research.  (3) 

H  —  Honors 

Honors  thesis  research  involves  the  writ- 
ing of  a  paper  under  the  direction  of  a 
professor  in  this  department  and  an  oral 
examination.  Honors  494  and  495  are  re- 
quired to  fulfill  the  departmental  honors 
requirement  in  addition  to  two  out  of  the 
following,  491 H,  492H,  493H.  Open  only 
to  students  admitted  to  the  departmental 
honors  program. 

FREN  498  Special  Topics  in  French 
Literature.  (3)  Repeatable  for  a  maximum 
of  six  credits. 

FREN  499  Special  Topics  in  French 
Studies.  (3)  An  aspect  of  French  studies, 
the  specific  topic  to  be  announced  each 
time  the  course  is  offered.  Repeatable 
for  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

FREN  600  Problems  in  Bibliography  and 
Research  Methods.  (3) 

FREN  601  The  History  of  the  French 
Language.  (3) 

FREN  602  Comparative  Romance 
Linguistics.  (3)  Also  listed  as  SPAN  612. 

FREN  603  Stylistics.  (3)  Advanced  com- 
position, translation,  stylistic  analysis. 

FREN  609  Special  Topic  in  the  French 
Language.  (3) 

FREN  610  La  Chanson  de  Roland.  (3) 

Close  reading  of  the  text,  study  of  epic 
formulae  and  early  medieval  literary  tech- 
niques; reading  knowledge  of  old  French 
desirable. 

FREN  619  Special  Topic  in  Medieval 
French  Literature.  (3) 

FREN  629  Special  Topic  in  Sixteenth 
Century  French  Literature.  (3) 

FREN  630  Corneille.  (3) 

FREN  631  Moliere.  (3) 

FREN  632  Racine.  (3) 

FREN  639  Special  Topic  in  Seventeenth 
Century  French  Literature.  (3) 

FREN  640  Voltaire.  (3) 

FREN  641  Rousseau.  (3) 

FREN  642  Diderot.  (3) 

FREN  649  Special  Topic  in  Eighteenth 
Century  French  Literature.  (3) 

FREN  650  French  Poetry  in  the  Nine- 
teenth Century.  (3) 

FREN  651  French  Poetry  in  the  Nine- 
teenth Century.  (3) 

FREN  652  The  French  Novel  in  the  Nine- 
teenth Century.  (3) 

FREN  653  The  French  Novel  in  the  Nine- 
teenth Century.  (3) 

FREN  659  Special  Topic  in  Nineteenth 
Century  French  Literature.  (3) 

FREN  660  French  Poetry  in  the  Twen- 
tieth Century.  (3) 


FREN  662  The  French  Novel  in  the 
Twentieth  Century.  (3) 

FREN  663  The  French  Novel  in  the 
Twentieth  Century.  (3) 

FREN  664  The  French  Theatre  in  the 
Twentieth  Century.  (3) 

FREN  665  The  French  Theatre  in  the 
Twentieth  Century.  (3) 

FREN  669  Special  Topic  in  Twentieth 
Century  French  Literature.  (3) 

FREN  679  The  History  of  Ideas  in 
France.  (3)  Analysis  of  currents  of  ideas 
as  reflected  in  different  periods  and 
authors  of  French  literature. 

FREN  689  Seminar  in  a  Great  Literary 
Figure.  (3) 

FREN  699  Seminar.  (3)  Topic  to  be  deter- 
mined each  semester. 

FREN  702  Structural  French  Linguistics. 

(3)  Synchronic  description  of  the  phono- 
logy, morphology  and  syntax  of  modern 
spoken  French:  standard  French  in  con- 
trast with  other  varieties. 

FREN  709  College  of  Teaching  of 
French.  (1)  Introduction  to  the  teaching 
of  French  at  the  college  level  with  partic- 
ular emphasis  on  methodology.  Seminars 
in  theory,  demonstration  of  different 
teaching  techniques,  supervised  practice 
teaching,  training  in  language  laboratory 
procedures,  evaluation  of  instructional 
materials.  Required  of  all  graduate 
assistants  in  French.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  two  credits. 

FREN  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

FREN  801  Independent  Study.  (3)  De- 
signed to  permit  doctoral  candidates  to 
work  independently  in  areas  of  special 
interest  to  them,  under  the  close  supervi- 
sion of  a  professor  of  their  choice. 

FREN  802  Independent  Study.  (3)  De- 
signed to  permit  doctoral  candidates  to 
work  independently  in  areas  of  special 
interest  to  them,  under  the  close  supervi- 
sion of  a  professor  of  their  choice. 

FREN  818  French  Literary  Criticism.  (3) 

Analysis  and  evaluation  of  various  trends 
in  literary  criticism  as  a  manifestation  of 
the  French  literary  genius.  Topic  to  be 
determined  each  semester. 

FREN  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research.  (1-8) 


Italian 

ITAL  410  The  Italian  Renaissance.  (3) 

A  study  of  major  trends  of  thought  in  Re- 
naissance literature,  philosophy,  art,  and 
science. 

ITAL  498  Special  Topics  in  Italian  Literature. 

(3)  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

ITAL  499  Special  Topics  in  Italian  Studies. 

(3)  An  aspect  of  Italian  studies,  the  specific 
topic  to  be  announced  each  time  the  course  is 
offered.  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  6 
credits. 

Graduate  Programs  /  119 


Geography  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Harper 
Professors:  Deshler,  Fonaroff 
Associate  Professors:  Brodsky,  Chaves. 

Groves,  Mitchell,  Thompson, 

Wiedel 
Assistant  Professors:  Christian, 

Cirrincione,  Garst,  Petzold, 

Roswell,  Thorn, 

The  programs  for  both  the  Master  of 
Arts  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy 
degrees  in  the  Department  of 
Geography  are  designed  to  provide 
the  student  with  an  opportunity  for 
specialization  in  several  areas. 

Considering  particular  advantages 
inherent  in  the  College  Park  location 
the  Department  has  built  its  grad- 
uate program  around  three  major 
areas  of  concentration  and  has 
assembled  in  each  a  group  of  facul- 
ty members  with  complementary 
and  overlapping  interests.  The  areas 
are:  1)  Physical  geography  with  em- 
phasis on  physical  systems  involv- 
ing the  inter-relationships  between 
landforms,  climate,  and  other  en- 
vironmental elements  and  their  rela- 
tionship with  man's  activities.  The 
University's  meteorology  program 
and  Water  Resources  Research 
Center  and  work  in  agriculture  and 
biology  provide  support  for  this  pro- 
gram as  do  various  Federal  Govern- 
ment environmental  programs  and 
the  special  consortium  studying 
Chesapeake  Bay  and  its  resources. 
2)  A  cultural-historical  geography 
area,  with  particular  attention  to 
tropical  settlement  and  resource 
utilization,  health  and  disease,  and 
various  themes  of  historical  geo- 
graphy of  the  Americas.  This 
specialty  draws  on  the  incomparable 
archival  material  in  the  Washington 
area,  in  state  historical  agencies, 
and  in  Baltimore.  3)  The  geography 
of  metropolitan  areas  and  urban 
systems  supported  by  affiliation 
with  the  University's  Institute  for  Ur- 
ban Studies  and  regional  and  local 
planning  agencies.  There  are  par- 
ticular strengths  in  social  aspects, 
land  use  and  transportation,  and  his- 
torical geography  of  urban  areas. 

Individual  faculty  members  have 
other  interests  that  enable  students 
to  work  on  special  programs  such 
as  human  ecology,  environmental 
problems,  medical  geography,  Latin 
America,  Africa,  and  cartography. 
Students  planning  such  programs 
should  contact  the  Department  or 
appropriate  faculty  member  to  deter- 
mine their  feasibility. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

While  progress  in  the  graduate  pro- 
gram is  largely  an  individual  matter, 

120  /  Graduate  Programs 


students  entering  the  M.A.  program 
should  consider  a  two-year  program 
normal;  those  entering  the  Ph.D. 
should  think  of  three  years  as  the 
norm.  The  Department  requires  very 
few  particular  courses  —  students 
at  both  levels  initiate  their  own  pro- 
grams of  coursework  and  submit  a 
plan  of  study  for  approval. 

Incoming  M.A.  students  are  ex- 
pected to  have  an  undergraduate 
degree  in  the  field  or  in  a  closely 
related  field,  with  substantial  work 
in  geography.  In  the  latter  case, 
remedial  work  may  be  required  prior 
to  admission  to  the  degree  program. 
All  graduate  applicants  should  sub- 
mit GRE  examination  results. 

Because  of  the  degree  of  special- 
ization inherent  in  Ph.D.  training,  the 
Department  only  considers  ap- 
plicants whose  interests  coincide 
with  departmental  staff  competence 
—  in  general,  the  three  major  areas 
of  geography  described  above.  Pro- 
spective students  who  are  unsure 
whether  their  interests  match  those 
of  the  Department  are  encouraged 
to  submit  a  proposal  for 
consideration. 

For  admission  to  the  doctoral  pro- 
gram, the  Department  normally  re- 
quires a  grade-point  average  higher 
than  3.0  and  an  M.A.  degree  from  a 
recognized  geography  department, 
or  competence  in  terms  of  fields  of 
study  and  level  of  achievement  com- 
parable to  the  M.A.  degree  of  the 
Department. 

A  non  M.A.  —  direct  Ph.D.  pro- 
gram is  possible  by  petition  from 
the  student  and  upon  approval  of  a 
faculty  committee  appointed  by  the 
Department  Chairman. 

M.A.  students  have  the  choice  of 
either  thesis  or  non-thesis  programs. 
The  non-thesis  option  involves  the 
preparation  of  two  substantial 
research  papers.  All  M.A.  students 
take  an  oral  examination  defense  of 
a  research  proposal  prior  to  work  on 
the  thesis  or  papers  and  a  final  oral 
examination  based  either  on  the 
thesis  or  one  of  the  two  research 
papers. 

After  completion  of  formal  course- 
work  requirements  for  the  Ph.D., 
there  is  a  two-part  qualifying  ex- 
amination. Part  One  is  a  written  ex- 
amination in  the  student's  two  major 
fields  of  specialization.  Part  Two  is 
an  oral  examination  evaluating  the 
dissertation  proposal.  Upon  satisfac- 
tory completion  of  the  dissertation 
there  is  a  final  oral  examination. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Departmental  research  facilities  in- 
clude a  reference  library  with  exten- 


sive journal  collection,  a  map  collec- 
tion, and  a  cartographic  laboratory. 
A  remote  computer  terminal  in  the 
building  provides  direct  connection 
with  the  University's  Computer 
Science  Center.  The  Department  ex- 
pects to  move  into  new  quarters  in 
1978  with  expanded  computation 
and  laboratory  facilities.  Several 
faculty  members  have  particular 
skills  in  quantitative  methods  and 
other  analytical  tools,  and  the 
Department  has  its  own  publication 
of  monographs  in  an  Occasional 
Paper  series. 

Additional  Information 

More  detailed  information  on  the 
M.A.  and  Ph.D.  programs  can  be  ob- 
tained from  the  Department  which 
has  available  a  booklet  on  the 
graduate  programs. 

Courses 

GEOG  400  Geography  of  North  America. 

(3)  An  examination  of  the  contemporary 
patterns  of  American  and  Canadian  lite 
from  a  regional  viewpoint.  Major  topics 
include:  the  significance  of  the  physical 
environment,  resource  use,  the  political 
framework,  economic  activities,  demo- 
graphic and  socio-cultural  characteristics, 
regional  identification,  and  regional 
problems. 

GEOG  402  Geography  of  Maryland  and 
Adjacent  Areas.  (3)  An  anal/sis  of  the 
physical  environment,  natural  resources, 
and  population  in  relation  to  agriculture, 
industry,  transport,  and  trade  in  the  state 
of  Maryland  and  adjacent  areas. 

GEOG  406  Historical  Geography  of  North 
America  before  1800.  (3)  An  analysis  of 
the  changing  geography  of  the  U.S.  and 
Canada  from  pre-Columbian  times  to  the 
end  of  the  18th  century.  Emphasis  on 
areal  variations  and  changes  in  the  set- 
tlements and  economies  of  Indian  and 
colonial  populations.  Areal  specialization 
and  the  changing  patterns  of  agriculture, 
industry,  trade,  and  transportation. 
Population  growth,  composition  and  in- 
terior expansion.  Regionalization. 

GEOG  407  Historical  Geography  of  North 
America  after  1800.  (3)  An  analysis  of  the 
changing  geography  of  the  U.S.  and 
Canada  from  1800  to  the  1920's.  Empha- 
sis on  the  settlement  expansion  and 
socio-economic  development  of  the  U.S., 
and  comparisons  with  Canadian  ex- 
perience. Immigration,  economic  ac- 
tivities, industrialization,  transportation 
and  urbanization. 

GEOG  410  Geography  of  Europe.  (3) 

Agricultural  and  industrial  development 
of  Europe  and  present-day  problems  in 
relation  to  the  physical  and  cultural  set- 
ting of  the  continent  and  its  natural 
resources. 

GEOG  411  Historical  Geography  of 
Europe  after  1500.  (3)  An  analysis  of  the 
changing  geography  of  Europe  from  the 


Columbian  discoveries  until  the  early 
20th  century  with  particular  emphasis  on 
western  Europe,  the  medieval  legacy,  the 
impact  of  overseas  expansion,  and 
changing  patterns  of  population, 
agriculture,  industry,  trade,  and  transpor- 
tation. Attention  to  the  development  of 
the  nation-state  and  to  agricultural  and 
industrial  revolutions. 
GEOG  415  Economic  Resources  and 
Development  of  Africa.  (3)  The  natural 
resources  of  Africa  in  relation  to  agricul- 
tural and  mineral  production;  the  various 
stages  of  economic  development  and  the 
potentialities  of  the  future. 

GEOG  420  Geography  of  Asia.  (3)  Lands, 
climates,  natural  resources,  and  major 
economic  activities  in  Asia  (except 
Soviet  Asia).  Outstanding  differences  be- 
tween major  regions. 

GEOG  421  Economic  and  Political 
Geography  of  Eastern  Asia.  (3)  Study  of 
China.  Korea,  Japan,  the  Philippines: 
physical  geographic  setting,  population, 
economic  and  political  geography.  Poten- 
tialities of  major  regions  and  recent 
developments. 

GEOG  422  Cultural  Geography  of  China 
and  Japan.  (3)  Survey  of  geographical 
distribution  and  interpretation  of  cultural 
patterns  of  China  and  Japan.  Emphasis 
on  basic  cultural  institutions,  outlook  on 
life,  unique  characteristics  of  various 
groups.  Trends  of  cultural  change  and 
contemporary  problems. 

GEOG  423  Economic  and  Political 
Geography  of  South  and  Southeast  Asia. 

(3)  Study  of  the  Indian  subcontinent.  Far- 
ther India.  Indonesia:  physical  geographic 
setting,  population,  economic  and  politi- 
cal geography.  Potentialities  of  various 
countries  and  regions  and  their  role  in 
present  Asia. 

GEOG  431  Economic  and  Cultural  Geo- 
graphy of  Caribbean  America.  (3)  An 

analysis  of  the  physical  framework, 
broad  economic  and  historical  trends, 
cultural  patterns,  and  regional  diversifica- 
tion of  Mexico.  Central  America,  the 
West  Indies. 

GEOG  432  Economic  and  Cultural  Geo- 
graphy of  South  America.  (3)  A  survey  of 
natural  environment  and  resources, 
economic  development  and  cultural  di- 
versity of  the  South  American  Republics, 
with  emphasis  upon  problems  and  pro- 
spects of  the  countries. 

GEOG  434  Historical  Geography  of  the 
Hispanic  World.  (3)  An  examination  of 
the  social,  economic,  political  and  cul- 
tural geography  of  the  countries  of  the 
Iberian  peninsula  and  Latin  America  in 
the  past  with  concentration  on  specific 
time  periods  of  special  significance  in 
the  development  of  these  countries. 

GEOG  435  Geography  of  the  Soviet 
Union.  (3)  The  natural  environment  and 
its  regional  diversity.  Geographical  fac- 
tors in  the  expansion  of  the  Russian 
state.  The  geography  of  agricultural  and 
industrial  production  in  relation  to 


available  resources,  transportation  prob- 
lems, and  diversity  of  population. 

GEOG  437  Introduction  to  Regional 
Methods.  (3)  Inquiry  into  the  evolution  of 
regional  methodology  with  specific 
reference  to  geographic  problems. 
Critical  analysis  and  evaluation  of  past 
and  contemporary  theories  and  a  thor- 
ough examination  of  alternate  regional 
methodologies.  Application  of  quan- 
titative and  qualitative  techniques  of 
regional  analysis  and  synthesis  to  tradi- 
tional and  modern  regional  geography 
emphasizing  principles  of  regionahzation. 

GEOG  440  Process  Geomorphology.  (3) 

Study  of  the  major  processes  involved  in 
the  development  of  landforms.  especially 
weathering,  wasting,  and  fluvial  erosion. 
Evaluation  of  models  of  slope  and  land- 
scape evolution. 

GEOG  441  Geomorphological  Environ- 
ment. (3)  Prerequisite,  GEOG  440.  An  ex- 
amination of  environments,  coastal, 
glacial,  lithologic.  etc..  which  lead  to  the 
spatial  differentiation  of  landforms. 

GEOG  445  Climatology.  (3)  The 
geographic  aspects  of  climate  and  em- 
phasis on  energy-moisture  budgets. 
Steady-state  and  non-steady-state 
climatology,  and  climatic  variations  at 
both  macro  and  micro-scales. 

GEOG  446  Applied  Climatology.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite. GEOG  445  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. An  in-depth  analysis  of  the 
components  of  the  earth's  radiation 
balance  and  energy  budgets:  radiation, 
soil  heat  flux,  and  the  evaporation  pro- 
cess. Measurement  and  estimation 
techniques.  Practical  applications  of 
microclimatological  theory  and 
techniques. 

GEOG  450  Cultural  Geography.  (3)  Pre- 
requisites. GEOG  201.  202.  or  consent  of 
instructor.  An  analysis  of  the  impact  of 
man  through  his  ideas  and  technology  of 
the  evolution  of  geographic  landscapes. 
Major  themes  in  the  relationships  bet- 
ween cultures  and  environments. 

GEOG  451  Political  Geography.  (3) 
Geographical  factors  in  national  power 
and  international  relations:  an  analysis  of 
the  role  of  geopolitics'  and  geostrategy.' 
with  special  reference  to  the  current 
world  scene. 

GEOG  452  Cultural  Ecology.  (3)  Basic 
issues  concerning  the  natural  history  of 
man  from  the  perspective  of  the 
geographer.  Basic  components  of 
selected  behavioral  and  natural  systems 
their  evolution  and  adaptation,  and  sur- 
vival strategies. 

GEOG  453  Population  Geography.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite. GEOG  202  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Emphasis  on  the  spatial  charac- 
teristics of  population  distribution  and 
growth,  migration,  fertility  and  mortality 
from  a  global  perspective.  Basic 
population-environmental  relationships; 
carrying  capacity,  density,  relationships 
to  national  development. 


GEOG  455  Urban  Geography.  (3)  Origins 
of  cities,  followed  by  a  study  of  ele- 
ments of  site  and  location  with  reference 
to  cities.  The  patterns  and  functions  of 
some  major  world  cities  will  be  analyzed. 
Theories  of  land  use  differentiation 
within  cities  will  be  appraised. 

GEOG  456  The  Social  Geography  of 
Metropolitan  Areas.  (3)  A  socio-spatial 
approach  to  man's  interaction  with  his 
urban  environment;  the  ways  people  per- 
ceive, define,  behave  in.  and  structure 
their  cities  and  metropolitan  areas. 
Spatial  patterns  of  social  activities  as 
formed  by  the  distribution  and  interac- 
tion of  people  and  social  institutions. 

GEOG  457  Historical  Geography  of 
Cities.  (3)  The  course  is  concerned  with 
the  urbanization  of  the  United  States  and 
Canada  prior  to  1920.  Both  the  evolution 
to  the  urban  system  across  the  countries 
and  the  spatial  distribution  of  activities 
within  cities  will  be  considered.  Special 
attention  is  given  to  the  process  of  in- 
dustrialization and  the  concurrent  struc- 
turing of  residential  patterns  among 
ethnic  groups. 

GEOG  459  Proseminar  in  Urban 
Geography.  (3)  A  problems-oriented 
course  for  students  with  a  background  in 
urban  geography  using  a  discussion/ 
lecture  format.  It  will  focus  on  a  par- 
ticular sub-field  within  urban  geography 
each  time  it  is  taught  taking  advantage 
of  the  special  interests  of  the  instructor. 

GEOG  460  Advanced  Economic  Geo- 
graphy I  —  Agricultural  Resources.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  GEOG  201  or  203.  The 
nature  of  agricultural  resources,  the  ma- 
jor types  of  agricultural  exploitation  in 
the  world  and  the  geographic  conditions. 
Main  problems  of  conservation. 

GEOG  461  Geographic  Aspects  of  Envir- 
onmental Quality.  (3)  Prerequisite.  GEOG 
202  or  consent  of  instructor.  Basic 
issues  of  human-environment  interac- 
tions. Reactions  of  natural  systems  to 
human  intervention.  Examination  of  the 
geographic  characteristics  of  en- 
vironmental disruptions. 

GEOG  462  Water  Resources  and  Water 
Resource  Planning.  (3)  GEOG  201  or  203. 
or  permission  of  instructor.  Water  as  a 
component  of  the  human  environment.  A 
systematic  examination  of  various 
aspects  of  water,  including  problems  of 
domestic  and  industrial  water  supply,  ir- 
rigation, hydroelectric  power,  fisheries, 
navigation,  flood  damage  reduction  and 
recreation. 

GEOG  463  Geographic  Aspects  of  Pollu- 
tion. (3)  The  impact  of  man  on  his  en- 
vironment and  resultant  problems.  Exam- 
ination of  the  spatial  aspects  of  physical 
and  socio-economic  factors  in  air.  water, 
ana  land  pollution. 

GEOG  465  Geography  of  Transportation. 

(3)  The  distribution  of  transport  routes  on 
the  earth's  surface,  patterns  of  transport 
routes,  the  adjustment  of  transport 
routes  and  media  to  conditions  of  the 


Graduate  Programs  /  121 


natural  environment,  population  centers 
and  their  distribution. 

GEOG  466  Industrial  Localization.  (3)  Fac- 
tors and  trends  in  the  geographic  distri- 
bution of  the  manufacturing  industries  of 
the  world,  analyzed  with  reference  to 
theories  of  industrial  location. 

GEOG  470  History  and  Theory  of  Car- 
tography. (3)  The  development  of  maps 
throughout  history.  Geographical  orienta- 
tion, coordinates  and  map  scales.  Map 
projections,  their  nature,  use  and  limita- 
tions. Principles  of  representation  of 
features  on  physical  and  cultural  maps. 
Modern  uses  of  maps  and  relationships 
between  characteristics  of  maps  and  use 
types. 

GEOG  471  Cartography  and  Graphics 
Practicum.  (3) 

GEOG  472  Problems  of  Cartographic  Re- 
presentation and  Procedure.  (3)  Two 
hours  lecture  and  two  hours  laboratory  a 
week.  Study  of  cartographic  compilation 
methods.  Principles  and  problems  of 
symbolization,  classification  and 
representation  of  features  at  different 
scales  and  for  different  purposes.  Place- 
name  selection  and  lettering.  Stick-up 
and  map  composition. 

GEOG  473  Problems  of  Map  Evaluation. 

(3)  Two  hours  lecture  and  two  hours 
laboratory  a  week.  Schools  of  topo- 
graphic concepts  and  practices.  Theoret- 
ical and  practical  means  of  determining 
map  reliability,  amp  utility,  and  source 
materials.  Nature,  status  and  problems  of 
topographic  mapping  in  different  parts  of 
the  world.  Non-topographic  special  use 
maps.  Criteria  of  usefulness  for  purposes 
concerned  and  of  reliability. 

GEOG  490  Geographic  Concepts  and 
Source  Materials.  (3)  A  comprehensive 
and  systematic  survey  of  geographic 
concepts  designed  exclusively  for 
teachers.  Stress  will  be  placed  upon  the 
philosophy  of  geography  in  relation  to 
the  social  and  physical  sciences,  the  use 
of  the  primary  tools  of  geography, 
source  materials,  and  the  problems  of 
presenting  geographic  principles. 

GEOG  498  Topical  Investigations.  (1-3) 

Independent  study  under  individual 
guidance.  Restricted  to  advanced 
undergraduate  students  with  credit  for  at 
least  24  hours  in  geography  and  to  grad- 
uate students.  Any  exception  should 
have  the  approval  of  the  head  of  the 
department. 

GEOG  499  Undergraduate  Research.  (3) 

Directed  regional  or  systematic  study  in- 
volving several  subfields  of  geography, 
including  cartographic  presentation,  and 
usually  requiring  field  work,  and  leading 
to  an  undergraduate  thesis. 

GEOG  600  Introduction  to  Graduate 
Study  in  Geography.  (3)  Introduces  the 
student  both  to  research  procedures 
needed  in  graduate  work  and  to  current 
trends  and  developments  in  geographic 
research.  Lectures  by  various  staff 


members  form  basis  for  discussion. 
Research  paper  required. 
GEOG  601  Field  Course.  (3) 

GEOG  605  Quantitative  Spatial  Analysis. 

(3)  This  course  will  provide  students  with 
a  working  knowledge  of  various  tools  of 
multivariate  analysis  in  the  context  of 
scientific  geographic  methodology  rather 
than  from  the  statistical  theory  view- 
point. Emphasis  is  on  the  application  of 
statistical  tools  and  a  working 
knowledge  of  them  will  be  a  basis  for 
evaluation  of  professional  literature  in 
the  various  fields  of  geography  using 
quantitative  techniques.  Students  should 
gain  a  background  suitable  for  using  the 
techniques  in  research. 

GEOG  610  Seminar  in  Geographic 
Methodology.  (3)  The  seminar  will  em- 
phasize an  intensive  survey  of  the  basic 
concepts  of  geography,  a  critical  evalua- 
tion of  major  approaches  to  the  study  of 
geography,  and  a  detailed  analysis  of  the 
principal  methodological  problems  both 
theoretical  and  practical  confronting 
geography  today. 

GEOG  615  Geomorphology.  (3) 
GEOG  618  Seminar  in  Geomorphology. 

(3)  Study  and  discussion  of  empirical  and 
theoretical  research  methods  applied  to 
geomorphological  problems  including 
review  of  pertinent  literature. 

GEOG  625  Advanced  Climatology.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GEOG  445  or  consent  of 
the  instructor.  Advanced  study  of 
elements  and  controls  of  the  earth's 
climates.  Analysis  of  the  energy  and 
water  balances  at  the  earth's  surface  and 
their  importance  and  application  to  life 
on  this  planet:  radiation,  soil  heat  flux, 
evaporation  and  evapotranspiration. 

GEOG  626  Applied  Climatology.  (3)  Se- 
cond semester.  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor.  Study  of  principles,  tech- 
niques, and  data  of  micro-climatology, 
physical  and  regional  climatology  relating 
to  such  problems  and  fields  as  transpor- 
tation, agriculture,  industry,  urban  plan- 
ning, human  comfort,  and  regional  geo- 
graphic analysis. 

GEOG  628  Seminar  in  Meteorology  and 
Climatology.  (3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor.  Selected  topics  in  meteor- 
ology and  climatology  chosen  to  fit  the 
individual  needs  of  advanced  students. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

GEOG  638  Seminar  in  Physical 
Geography.  (3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor.  An  examination  of  themes 
and  problems  in  the  fields  of  physical 
geography.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of 
six  credits. 

GEOG  640  Theory  and  Practice  in 
Cultural  Geography.  (3)  An  introductory 
survey  of  the  basic  structure  and  recent 
trends  in  the  field  of  cultural  geography. 
Emphasis  on  theoretical  principles  and 
analytical  procedures  employed  in  in- 
vestigating cultural  problems  and  on 
literature  which  has  resulted  from  this 
research. 


GEOG  648  Seminar  in  Cultural  Geo- 
graphy. (3)  Prerequisite,  GEOG  450  or 
consent  of  instructor.  An  examination  of 
themes  and  problems  in  the  field  of 
economic  geography.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits. 

GEOG  655  Theory  and  Methods  in 
Historical  Geography.  (3)  The  philoso- 
phical and  methodological  issues 
associated  with  historical  approaches  to 
human  geography.  Introduction  to  the 
use  and  interpretation  of  sources  for  the 
study  of  the  North  American  past.  Em- 
phasis on  incorporation  of  time  in 
geographic  studies,  on  the  evaluation  of 
traditional  approaches  to  past  geo- 
graphies and  on  present  theoretical, 
analytical,  and  empirical  procedures 
employed  in  historical  inquiry. 

GEOG  658  Seminar  in  Historical 
Geography.  (3)  An  examination  of  themes 
and  problems  in  historical  geography 
with  reference  to  selected  areas.  Prereq- 
uisite, consent  of  instructor. 

GEOG  668  Seminar  in  Economic 
Geography.  (3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor.  An  examination  of  themes 
and  problems  in  the  field  of  economic 
geography.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of 
six  credits. 

GEOG  670  Theory  and  Method  in  Urban 
Geography.  (3)  Introductory  survey  of  the 
structure  and  recent  trends  in  urban  geo- 
graphy. Emphasis  on  concepts  in  urban 
geography  using  a  problem  solving  ap- 
proach. Urban  literature,  data  sources,  ur- 
ban information  systems,  and  survey 
research  and  sampling. 
GEOG  678  Seminar  in  Political  Geo- 
graphy. (3)  Beginning  with  a  review  of 
contemporary  advanced  theory,  the 
seminar  will  turn  to  problems  such  as 
the  spatial  consequences  of  political 
behavior,  the  political  system  and  the 
organization  of  space  including  perceived 
space,  the  organization  of  political 
space.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
semester  hours. 

GEOG  679  Seminar  in  Urban  Geography. 

(3)  Flexible  in  format  to  allow  adaptation 
to  particular  topic  being  considered,  this 
seminar  is  for  advanced  students  in  the 
department's  metropolitan  areas  spec- 
ialty. Students  normally  will  have  had  the 
seminar  in  economic  geography.  Possi- 
ble topics  include:  metropolitan  systems, 
the  impact  of  migrants  and  immigrants 
on  the  internal  structure  of  the  city,  the 
development  of  black  ghettos,  the  use  of 
particular  techniques  in  urban  geograph- 
ical research. 

GEOG  698  Seminar  in  Cartography.  (1-6) 

GEOG  718  Seminar  in  the  Geography  of 
Europe  and  Africa.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
GEOG  410,  415  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Analysis  of  special  problems  concerning 
the  resources  and  development  of 
Europe  and  Africa.  Repeatable  to  a  max- 
imum of  six  credits. 

GEOG  738  Seminar  in  the  Geography  of 
East  Asia.  (3)  Analysis  of  problems  con- 


122  /  Graduate  Programs 


cerning  the  geography  of  East  Asia  with 
emphasis  on  special  research  methods 
and  techniques  applicable  to  the  prob- 
lems in  this  area.  Repeatable  to  a  max- 
imum of  six  credits. 

GEOG  748  Seminar  in  the  Geography  of 
Latin  America.  (3)  Prerequisite.  GEOG 
431,  432  or  consent  of  instructor.  An 
analysis  of  recent  changes  and  trends  in 
industrial  development,  exploitation  of 
mineral  resources  and  land  utilization. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

GEOG  758  Seminar  in  the  Geography  of 
the  U.S.S.R.  (3)  Prerequisite,  reading 
knowledge  of  Russian  and  GEOG  435  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Investigation  of 
special  aspects  of  Soviet  geography.  Em- 
phasis on  the  use  of  Soviet  materials. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

GEOG  768  Seminar  in  the  Geography  of 
the  Near  East.  (3) 

GEOG  788  Selected  Topics  in 
Geography.  (1-3)  Readings  and  discus- 
sion on  selected  topics  in  the  field  of 
geography.  To  be  taken  only  with  the 
joint  consent  of  advisor  and  head  of  the 
Department  of  Geography. 

GEOG  789  Independent  Readings.  (1-3) 

Independent  reading  as  arranged  be- 
tween a  graduate  faculty  member  and 
student.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits. 

GEOG  790  Internship  in  Geography.  (3) 

Field  experience  in  the  student's  spec- 
ialty in  a  federal,  state,  or  local  agency 
or  private  business.  A  research  paper 
required. 

GEOG  798  Independent  Study.  (1-6) 

Open  only  to  students  in  the  non-thesis 
M.A.  option. 

GEOG  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

GEOG  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research.  (1-8) 


German  Language  and 
Literature  Program 

Associate  Professor  and  Acting 

Chairman:  Pfister 
Professors:  Best,  Jones,  Hering 
Associate  Professors:  Fleck,  Beicken 
Assistant  Professors:  Frederiksen,  Mehl 

The  Germanic  Section  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Germanic  and  Slavic  Lan- 
guages and  Literatures  offers  pro- 
grams of  study  leading  to  the  M.A. 
and  Ph.D.  degrees.  Specialization  in- 
cludes the  following  areas:  Lan- 
guage Pedagogy  and  Applied 
Linguistics;  Germanic  Philology;  Me- 
dieval Literature  and  Culture; 
Literature  of  the  German  Speaking 
Countries  from  the  Renaissance  to 
the  Present. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

In  addition  to  the  Graduate  School 


requirements,  candidates  must  have 
a  bachelor's  degree  with  an  under- 
graduate major  in  German  language 
and  literature  or  the  equivalent,  and 
fluency  in  the  written  and  spoken 
language.  Candidates  for  the  doc- 
torate must  have  a  master's  degree 
in  Germanic  Studies  or  in  a  related 
discipline,  for  example:  German, 
Scandinavian  Studies,  Language 
Education,  Medieval  Studies,  etc. 

Degree  requirements  for  the  M.A. 
(thesis  option)  are:  24  hours  of 
coursework,  the  thesis,  and  a  writ- 
ten comprehensive  examination.  The 
M.A.  (non-thesis  option)  requires  30 
hours  of  coursework,  a  mini-thesis 
with  oral  defense,  and  a  written 
comprehensive  examination.  For 
both  options  the  comprehensives 
consist  of  four  two-hour  examina- 
tions based  on  the  coursework  and 
the  M.A.  Reading  List. 

Degree  requirements  for  the  Ph.D. 
are  as  follows:  1)  completion  of  at 
least  30  hours  of  coursework 
beyond  the  master's  degree,  over  a 
period  of  residency  at  the  University 
of  Maryland  of  at  least  one  year,  and 
a  further  12  hours  of  dissertation 
research;  2)  a  reading  skill  examina- 
tion in  a  language  other  than 
English  or  German,  which  may  be 
another  Germanic  language  or  a 
language  related  to  the  candidate's 
research;  3)  comprehensive  written 
examinations;  4)  presentation  of  the 
dissertation  topic  to  the  Germanic 
Section  graduate  faculty  before  the 
topic  is  approved;  5)  the  disserta- 
tion; 6)  oral  dissertation  defense. 
The  doctoral  comprehensives  con- 
sist of  six  three-hour  examinations. 
The  candidate  has  considerable 
freedom  in  choosing  the  subject  to 
be  covered  in  three  of  the  examina- 
tions; the  other  three  being  the  re- 
quired fields  of  philology  or  applied 
linguistics,  medieval  litertaure,  and 
modern  literature.  Candidates  who 
opt  for  all  three  selected  topics  in 
German  literature  will  choose  sub- 
jects in  the  following  periods:  16th 
and  17th  centuries,  18th  century, 
19th  century,  20th  century;  in  which 
case  the  required  modern  literature 
examination  will  require  interpreta- 
tion of  a  text.  Candidates  who 
select  topics  from  other  fields  such 
as  philology,  Scandinavian  Studies, 
medieval  studies,  etc.,  will  take  a 
general  examination  in  the  modern 
literature  required  exam. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

In  addition  to  its  course  offerings 
listed  below,  the  Germanic  Section 
of  the  Department  of  Germanic  and 
Slavic  Languages  and  Literatures 


sponsors  the  German  Club,  the  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland  Chapter  of  Delta 
Phi  Alpha  (the  national  German 
language  honors  society).  Dis- 
tinguished scholars  and  lecturers,  as 
well  as  visiting  professors,  visit  the 
metropolitan  area  and  campus 
regularly.  College  Park's  closeness 
to  Washington,  D.C.  facilitates  par- 
ticipation in  the  many  cultural  func- 
tions of  the  capital  with  its  wealth 
of  German  and  Scandinavian  social 
groups  and  national  societies. 

Financial  Assistance 

The  Germanic  Section  is  able  to 
contribute  to  the  financial  support 
of  its  graduate  students  in  the  form 
of  teaching  and  non-teaching 
assistantships  as  well  as  several 
fellowships. 

Additional  Information 

For  further  information  write  to: 
Director  of  Graduate  Studies, 
Department  of  Germanic  and  Slavic 
Languages  and  Literature. 

Courses 

GERM  001  Elementary  German  for 
Graduate  Students.  (3)  Intensive  elemen- 
tary course  in  the  German  language 
designed  particularly  for  graduate 
students  who  wish  to  acquire  a  reading 
knowledge.  This  course  does  not  carry 
credit  towards  any  degree  at  the 
university. 

GERM  401  Advanced  Conversation.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GERM  302  or  equivalent.  An 
opportunity  for  the  advanced  student  to 
gain  further  conversational  fluency  and 
polish  through  intensive  exercise  in  the 
aural/oral  skills.  Conducted  in  German. 

GERM  402  Stylistics.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
GERM  302  or  equivalent.  An  advanced 
level  presentation  of  German  written 
style  shifting  concern  from  what  is  gram- 
matically correct  to  usage  that  is 
stylistically  superior.  Conducted  in 
German. 

GERM  409  Selected  Topics  in  German 
Language  Study.  (3)  Prerequisite,  GERM 
302  and  permission  of  instructor. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits 
if  subject  matter  is  different. 

GERM  410  Structure  of  the  German 
Language.  (3)  Prerequisite,  GERM  302  or 
equivalent.  An  introduction  to  applied 
linguistics  suited  to  the  needs  of  the  ad- 
vanced student  and/or  teacher  of  Ger- 
man. Structural  analysis  of  the 
phonetics,  phonology,  morphology,  syn- 
tax and  vocabulary  of  modern  German 
contrasted  with  the  structure  of  Modern 
English.  Instruction  in  English. 

GERM  420  Literary  Bibliography  and 
Research  Methods.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
GERM  115  or  equivalent.  Introduction  to 
the  use  of  German  bibliographies, 
catalogues,  and  reference  works  in  order 
to  locate  both  primary  and  secondary 


Graduate  Programs  /  123 


sources.  Techniques  of  conducting  re- 
search, composing  and  documenting 
term  papers  and  theses.  Instruction  in 
English. 

GERM  421  Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages. 
(3)  Prerequisites,  GERM  321  and  322,  or 
permission  of  instructor.  German  litera- 
ture from  the  8th  through  the  15th  cen- 
turies. Reading  include  Old  High  German 
texts;  the  German  heroic,  courtly  and 
popular  epic;  Minnesang,  Meistersang, 
the  late  medieval  epic;  folk  literature  of 
the  late  Middle  Ages.  Read  in  modern 
German  translation. 

GERM  422  German  Literature  of  the 
Baroque  Period.  (3)  Prerequisites,  GERM 

321  and  322,  or  permission  of  instructor. 
The  Baroque  Period  readings  include 
such  authors  as  Opitz,  Grimmelhausen, 
Gryphius,  Bidermann,  Scheffler,  Gerhardt, 
Lohenstein,  Hofmannswaldau,  Beer, 
Weise.  Readings  and  instruction  in 
German. 

GERM  423  Enlightenment;  Storm  and 
Stress.  (3)  Prerequisites,  GERM  321  and 
322,  or  permission  of  instructor.  The  per- 
iod (ca.  1720-1786)  from  Gottsched's  in- 
fluence to  Goethe's  Italian  Journey. 
Readings  include  such  authors  as  Gott- 
sched,  Gellert,  Lessing,  Wieland,  Klop- 
stock,  Claudius,  Herder.  Klinger,  Lenz, 
Schiller,  and  Goethe.  Readings  and  in- 
struction in  German. 

GERM  424  Classicism.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
GERM  321  and  322,  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. The  period  (ca.  1786-1832)  from 
Goethe's  Italian  Journey  to  his  death. 
Readings  include  such  authors  as 
Goethe,  Schiller,  Jean  Paul,  Hoelderlin. 
Readings  and  instruction  in  German. 

GERM  431  Romanticism  and  Bieder- 
meier.  (3)  Prerequisites,  GERM  321  and 

322  or  permission  of  instructor.  The 
Romantic  and  Biedermeier  periods.  Read- 
ings include  such  authors  as  Tieck, 
Wackenroder,  Novalis,  Brentano,  Arnim, 
Kleist,  E.T.A.  Hoffmann,  Eichendorff, 
Grillparzer,  Raimund,  Nestroy,  Lenau, 
Moerike,  Droste-Huelshoff,  Stifter. 
Readings  and  instruction  in  German. 

GERM  432  Junges  Deutschland  and 
Realism.  (3)  Prerequisite,  GERM  321  and 
322,  or  permission  of  instructor.  Realism 
and  periods  of  political  unrest  surround- 
ing the  year  1848.  Readings  include  such 
authors  as  Heine,  Grabbe,  Boerne, 
Buechner,  Gutzkow,  Hebbel,  Keller, 
Storm,  Raabe,  Meyer,  Fontane.  Readings 
and  instruction  in  German. 

GERM  433  Naturalism  and  its  Counter 
Currents.  (3)  Prerequisites,  GERM  321 
and  322  or  permission  of  instructor.  The 
periods  of  Naturalism,  Impressionism, 
NeoRomanticism  and  NeoClassicism. 
Readings  include  such  authors  as  An- 
zengruber,  Holz,  Sudermann,  Hauptmann, 
George,  Wedekind,  Hofmannsthal, 
Schnitzler,  Rilke,  Heinrich  Mann,  Hesse. 
Readings  and  instruction  in  German. 

GERM  438  German  Literature  in  Transla- 
tion. (3)  Different  movements,  genres,  or 
other  special  topics  will  be  treated  each 


semester.  Repeatable  up  to  a  maximum 
of  six  credits  if  subject  matter  is  dif- 
ferent. May  not  be  counted  in  fulfillment 
of  German  major  requirement  for  Ger- 
man literature.  Readings  and  instruction 
in  English. 

GERM  439  Proseminar  in  German  Lit- 
erature. (3)  Prerequisites,  GERM  321  and 
322,  or  permission  of  instructor.  Spe- 
cialized study  of  an  author,  school, 
genre,  or  theme.  Repeatable  to  a  max- 
imum of  six  credits  if  subject  matter  is 
different.  Readings  and  instruction  in 
German. 

GERM  462  Expressionism  to  the  Present. 

(3)  Prerequisites,  GERM  321  and  322. 
Prose  and  dramatic  writings  from  Expres- 
sionism to  present.  Modern  literary  and 
philosophical  movements. 

GERM  471  Introduction  to  Indo- 
European  Philology.  (3)  Basic  principles 
of  historical  language  study:  terminology 
of  phonetics  and  morphology,  language 
families,  writing  systems.  Reconstructed 
Indo-European  and  surveys  of  the  most 
important  ancient  Indo-European  lan- 
guages: Sanskrit,  Old  Church  Slavonic, 
Lithuanian,  Classic  Greek,  Latin,  Gothic. 
Instruction  in  English;  no  knowledge  of 
German  required. 

GERM  472  Introduction  to  Germanic 
Philology.  (3)  Prerequisites,  GERM  115 
and  GERM  471,  or  equivalent.  Recon- 
structed proto-Germanic  and  surveys  of 
Gothic,  Old  Norse,  Old  English,  Old  Sax- 
on. The  development  of  High  German 
from  the  Old  High  German  period 
through  Middle  High  German  to  Modern 
German;  a  short  introduction  to  Modem 
German  dialectology.  Instruction  in 
English. 

GERM  473  Reading  Swedish,  Danish  and 
Norwegian  I.  (3)  Develops  reading  facility 
in  three  languages  in  one  semester. 
Texts  read  include  Bergman's  Seventh 
Seal,  Tales  by  H.C.  Andersen,  excerpts 
works  by  Ibsen  and  Hamsun,  and  se- 
lected folk  literature.  No  foreign  lan- 
uguage  prerequisite. 

GERM  474  Reading  Swedish,  Danish  and 
Norwegian  II.  (3)  Prerequisite,  GERM  473 
or  permission  of  the  instructor.  Further 
development  of  reading  facility. 

GERM  475  Old  Norse.  (3)  The  language 
of  the  Old  Icelandic  Saga,  the  Eddas  and 
Skaldic  poetry.  Reading  of  texts  in  the 
original;  historical  development  of  Old 
Norse  and  its  role  in  the  Germanic  lan- 
guage family.  No  knowledge  of  German 
or  a  Scandinavian  language  required;  in- 
struction in  English. 

GERM  479  Proseminar  in  Germanic 
Philology.  (3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor. Selected  topics  such  as  com- 
parative Germanic  studies,  Old  Norse 
language  or  readings  in  Old  Norse  liter- 
ature, Modern  German  dialectology.  Re- 
peatable to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if 
subject  matter  is  different. 

GERM  489  Proseminar  in  Germanic 
Culture.  (3)  Selected  topics  in  the 


cultural  and  intellectual  history  of  the 
German  and  Germanic  language  areas.  In 
English.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits  if  subject  matter  is  different. 

GERM  499  Directed  Study  in  German. 
(1-3)  For  advanced  students,  by  permis- 
sion of  department  chairman.  Course 
may  be  repeated  for  credit  if  content  dif- 
fers. May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of 
six  credits. 

GERM  611  College  Teaching  of  German. 

(3)  Instruction,  demonstration  and 
classroom  practice  under  supervision  of 
modern  procedures  in  the  presentation 
of  elementary  German  courses  to  college 
age  students. 

GERM  621  Medieval  Narrative.  (3)  An  in- 
troduction to  the  form  and  structure  of 
the  medieval  narrative,  treatment  of  the 
most  important  authors  and  works  of  the 
period. 

GERM  631  German  Lyric  Poetry.  (3)  An 

exposition  of  the  genre  of  lyric  poetry, 
its  metrical  and  aesthetic  background,  il- 
lustrated by  characteristic  examples  from 
the  Middle  Ages  to  the  present. 

GERM  641  German  Novelle.  (3)  Study  of 

the  development  of  the  genre  from  the 
18th  century  to  the  present. 

GERM  651  German  Novel.  (3)  The  theory 
and  structure  of  the  German  novel  from 
the  Baroque  to  the  present. 

GERM  661  German  Drama.  (3)  An  intro- 
duction to  the  theory  and  structure  of 
the  German  drama  from  the  Baroque  to 
the  present  with  extensive  interpretation 
of  characteristic  works. 

GERM  671  Gothic,  Old  High  German, 
Middle  High  German  I.  (3)  The  first 
semester  of  a  two-semester  practicum  in 
reading  Gothic,  Old  and  Middle  High 
German,  with  emphasis  on  linguistic 
analysis. 

GERM  672  Gothic,  Old  High  German, 
Middle  High  German  II.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
GERM  671.  Continuation  of  German  671. 

GERM  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

GERM  819  Individual  Study.  (1-3)  Prereq- 
uisite, consent  of  instructor.  May  be  re- 
peated to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if 
content  differs. 

GERM  829  Seminar  in  German  Literature 
of  the  Middle  Ages.  (3)  Exhaustive  study 
of  one  or  more  representative  authors  or 
works  of  the  Middle  Ages.  May  be  re- 
peated to  a  maximum  of  nine  credits  if 
content  differs. 

GERM  839  Seminar  in  16th  and  17th 
Century  Literature.  (3)  The  German  lit- 
erature of  the  Humanists,  the  Reforma- 
tion and  the  Baroque  is  illustrated  by 
study  of  one  or  more  authors  of  the  16th 
or  17th  centuries.  May  be  repeated  up  to 
a  total  of  nine  credits  when  content 
differs. 

GERM  849  Seminar  in  18th  Century 
Literature.  (3)  In  depth  study  of  one  or 


124  /  Graduate  Programs 


more  authors  from  the  periods  Enlighten- 
ment, Sentimentalism  or  Storm  and 
Stress  or  Classicism.  May  be  repeated 
up  to  a  total  of  nine  credits  when  con- 
tent differs. 

GERM  859  Seminar  in  19th  Century 
Literature.  (3)  Comprehensive  coverage 
from  one  or  more  authors  of  Roman- 
ticism, Biedermeier,  Young  Germany  or 
Realism.  May  be  repeated  for  a  total  of 
up  to  nine  credits  when  content  differs. 

GERM  869  Seminar  in  20th  Century 
Literature.  (3)  Concentrated  investigation 
of  a  literary  movement  or  of  one  or  more 
authors  from  the  period  of  Naturalism  to 
the  present.  May  be  repeated  to  a  max- 
imum of  nine  credits  if  the  content  is 
different. 

GERM  879  Seminar  in  Germanic 
Philology.  (3)  In  depth  study  of  a  topic  in 
Germanic  or  Indo-European  philology; 
comparative  Germanic  grammar,  runol- 
ogy.  dialect  geography,  Eddie  or  Skaldic 
poetry,  Indo-European  studies.  May  be 
repeated  to  a  maximum  of  nine  credits  if 
content  differs. 

GERM  889  Seminar  in  Germanic  Area 
Studies.  (3)  Comprehensive  study  of  a 
selected  topic  in  German  or  Germanic 
area  studies:  history  of  ideas,  cultural 
history,  Germanic  literatures  other  than 
German,  folk  literature  and  folklore.  May 
be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  nine 
credits  if  content  differs. 

GERM  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research.  (1-8) 

Russian 

RUSS  001  Elementary  Russian  for 
Graduate  Students.  (3)  Intensive  elemen- 
tary course  in  the  Russian  language  de- 
signed particularly  for  graduate  students 
who  wish  to  acquire  reading  knowledge. 
This  course  does  not  carry  credit 
towards  any  degree  at  the  University. 

RUSS  401  Advanced  Composition.  (3) 

RUSS  402  Advanced  Composition.  (3) 

RUSS  421  Russian  Civilization  (in  Rus- 
sian) I.  (3)  An  historical  survey  of  Russian 
civilization,  emphasizing  architecture, 
painting,  sculpture,  music,  ballet  and  the 
theater  to  the  beginning  of  the  19th  cen- 
tury pointing  out  the  inter-relationship  of 
all  with  literary  movements.  Taught  in 
Russian. 

RUSS  422  Russian  Civilization  (in  Rus- 
sian) II.  (3)  An  historical  survey  of  Rus- 
sian civilization  emphasizing  architecture, 
painting,  sculpture,  music,  ballet,  and  the 
theater,  from  the  beginninng  of  the  19th 
century  to  the  present  pointing  out  the 
inter-relationships  of  all  with  literary 
movements.  Taught  in  Russian. 

RUSS  441  Russian  Literature  of  the  Eigh- 
teenth Century.  (3) 

RUSS  451  Russian  Literature  of  the  Nine- 
teenth Century.  (3) 

RUSS  452  Russian  Literature  of  the  Nine- 
teenth Century.  (3) 


RUSS  461  Soviet  Russian  Literature  .  (3) 

RUSS  462  Soviet  Russian  Literature.  (3) 

RUSS  465  Modern  Russian  Poetry.  (3) 

RUSS  466  Modern  Russian  Drama.  (3) 

RUSS  467  Modern  Russian  Fiction.  (3) 

RUSS  468  19th  Century  Russian 
Literature  in  Translation.  (3)  Development 
of  Russian  literary  thought  in  the  Rus- 
sian novel  and  short  prose  of  the  19th 
century.  Influence  of  western  literatures 
and  philosophies  considered.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  when  con- 
tent differs. 

RUSS  470  Applied  Linguistics.  (3)  The 

nature  of  applied  linguistics  and  its  con- 
tributions to  the  effective  teaching  of 
foreign  languages.  Comparative  study  of 
English  and  Russian,  with  emphasis 
upon  points  of  divergence.  Analysis, 
evaluation  and  construction  of  related 
drills. 

RUSS  471  Comparative  Slavic 
Linguistics.  (3)  Comparative  Slavic 
linguistics  and,  especially,  a  concept  of 
the  place  of  the  Russian  language  in  the 
world  of  Slavic  culture  through  the 
reading  of  selected  texts  illustrating 
common  Slavic  relationships  and 
dissimilarities. 

RUSS  478  Soviet  Literature  in  Transla- 
tion. (3)  Russian  literature  since  1917, 
both  as  a  continuation  of  prerevolu- 
tionary  traditions  and  as  a  reflection  of 
Soviet  ideology.  Repeatable  to  a  max- 
imum of  six  credits  when  content  differs. 


Government  and  Politics 
Program 

Professor  and  Acting  Chairman:  Hathorn 

Professors:  Anderson,  Bobrow,  Hathorn, 
Hsueh,  Jacobs,  McNelly,  Murphy, 
Phillips,  Piper,  Plischke,  Segal,  Young 

Associate  Professors:  Butterworth, 
Claude,  Conway,  Devine,  Elkin,  Glass, 
Glendening,  Hardin,  Heisler,  Koury, 
Oppenheimer,  Pirages,  Ranald,  Reeves, 
Stone,  Terchek,  Wilkenfeld 

Assistant  Professors:  Christensen, 
Goodin,  Lanning,  McCarrick,  Nzuwah, 
Oliver,  Peroff,  Postbrief,  Uslader, 
Werbos,  Woolpert 

The  Department  of  Government  and 
Politics  offers  programs  leading  to 
the  degrees  of  Master  of  Arts  and 
Doctor  of  Philosophy.  Areas  of  spec- 
ialization include  American  politics, 
comparative  politics,  international 
politics,  political  behavior,  nor- 
mative, empirical  and  formal  theory, 
public  administration,  and  public 
policy. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Master's  degree  candidates  may  se- 
lect a  thesis  or  a  non-thesis  option, 
both  of  which  require  six  semester 
hours  of  research  methods  and  sta- 
tistics, six  semester  hours  of  politi- 


cal theory,  and  a  comprehensive  ex- 
amination in  one  field  of  poltical 
science.  Both  options  require  a  total 
of  30  semester  hours  of  credit. 

The  doctoral  program  is  designed 
for  completion  within  five  years  and 
involves  seminars,  directed  research 
and  opportunities  for  teaching  expe- 
rience. A  minimum  of  at  least  36  se- 
mester hours  of  course  work  at  the 
600-800  level  is  required.  All  stu- 
dents must  complete  nine  hours  of 
research  methods  and  statistics, 
nine  hours  of  normative,  empirical, 
and  formal  political  theory,  and  a 
comprehensive  examination  in  two 
fields  of  political  science.  The  exam- 
ination fields  are  defined  by  each 
student  in  consultation  with  an  ad- 
visor and  may  cut  across  traditional 
departmental  and  disciplinary 
boundaries. 

Financial  Assistance 

In  addition  to  teaching  assistant- 
ships,  the  Department  also  has  a 
government  internship  program  for 
students  interested  in  public  ad- 
ministration and  a  limited  and  vari- 
able number  of  research  positions 
with  research  grants. 

Additional  Information 

Further  information  and  a  manual  on 
graduate  study  can  be  secured  from 
the  Department's  Office  of  the  Di- 
rector of  Graduate  Studies. 

Courses 

GVPT  401  Problems  of  World  Politics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  170.  A  study  of  gov- 
ernmental problems  of  international 
scope,  such  as  causes  of  war,  problems 
of  neutrality,  and  propaganda.  Students 
are  required  to  report  on  readings  from 
current  literature. 

GVPT  402  International  Law.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, GVPT  170.  A  study  of  the  basic 
character,  general  principles  and  specific 
rules  of  international  law,  with  emphasis 
on  recent  and  contemporary  trends  in 
the  field  and  its  relation  to  other  aspects 
of  international  affairs. 

GVPT  411  Public  Personnel  Administra- 
tion. (3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  410  or  BMGT 
360.  A  survey  of  public  personnel  admin- 
istration, including  the  development  of 
merit  civil  service,  the  personnel  agency, 
classification,  recruitment,  examination 
techniques,  promotion,  service  ratings, 
training,  discipline,  employee  relations, 
and  retirement. 

GVPT  412  Public  Financial  Administra- 
tion. (3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  410  or  ECON 
450.  A  survey  of  governmental  financial 
procedures,  including  processes  of  cur- 
rent and  capital  budgeting,  the  adminis- 
tration of  public  borrowing,  the  tech- 
niques of  public  purchasing,  and  the  ma- 
chinery of  control  through  pre-audit  and 
post-audit. 

Graduate  Programs  /  125 


GVPT  413  Governmental  Organization 
and  Management.  (3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT 
410.  A  study  of  the  theories  of  organiza- 
tion and  management  in  American  gov- 
ernment with  emphasis  on  new  trends, 
experiments  and  reorganizations. 

GVPT  414  Administrative  Law.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite. GVPT  170.  A  study  of  the  discre- 
tion exercised  by  administrative  agen- 
cies, including  analysis  of  their  func- 
tions, their  powers  over  persons  and 
property,  their  procedures,  and  judicial 
sanctions  and  controls. 

GVPT  417  Comparative  Study  of  Public 
Administration.  (3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT 
280  or  410,  or  consent  of  instructor.  An 
introduction  to  the  study  of  governmen- 
tal administrative  systems  viewed  from 
the  standpoint  of  comparative  typologies 
and  theoretical  schemes  useful  in  cross- 
national  comparisons  and  empirical  stud- 
ies of  the  politics  of  the  administrative 
process  in  several  nations.  Both  western 
and  non-western  countries  are  included. 

GVPT  422  Quantitative  Political  Analysis. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  220,  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Introduction  to  quantitative 
methods  of  data  analysis,  including  se- 
lected statistical  methods,  block  anal- 
ysis, content  analysis,  and  scale 
construction. 

GVPT  426  Public  Opinion.  (3)  Prerequi- 
site, GVPT  170.  An  examination  of  public 
opinion  and  its  effect  on  political  action, 
with  emphasis  on  opinion  formation  and 
measurement,  propaganda  and  pressure 
groups. 

GVPT  427  Political  Sociology.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, GVPT  220,  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. A  study  of  the  societal  aspects  of 
political  life  including  selected  aspects 
of  the  sociology  of  group  formation  and 
group  dynamics,  political  association, 
community  integration  and  political  be- 
havior presented  in  the  context  of  the 
societal  environments  of  political 
systems. 

GVPT  429  Problems  in  Political  Behavior. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  170.  The  problem 
approach  to  political  behavior  with  em- 
phasis on  theoretical  and  empirical 
studies  on  selected  aspects  of  political 
process. 

GVPT  431  Introduction  to  Constitutional 
Law.  (3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  170.  A  sys- 
tematic inquiry  into  the  general  prin- 
ciples of  the  American  Constitutional 
system,  with  special  reference  to  the 
role  of  the  judiciary  in  the  interpretation 
and  enforcement  of  the  federal 
constitution. 

GVPT  432  Civil  Rights  and  the  Constitu- 
tion. (3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  431.  A  study 
of  Civil  Rights  in  the  American  constitu- 
tional context,  emphasizing  freedom  of 
religion,  freedom  of  expression,  minority 
discrimination,  and  the  rights  of 
defendants. 

GVPT  433  The  Judicial  Process.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite. GVPT  170.  An  examination  of 
judicial  organization  in  the  United  States 


at  all  levels  of  government,  with  some 
emphasis  on  legal  reasoning,  legal  re- 
search and  court  procedures. 

GVPT  434  Race  Relations  and  Public 
Law.  (3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  170.  A  politi- 
cal and  legal  examination  of  the  con- 
stitutionally protected  rights  affecting 
racial  minorities  and  of  the  constitutional 
power  of  the  federal  courts.  Congress, 
and  the  executive  to  define,  protect  and 
extend  these  rights. 

GVPT  435  Judicial  Behavior.  (3)  A  study 
of  judicial  decision  making  at  the  state 
and  national  levels,  drawing  primarily  on 
the  more  recent  quantitative  and  behav- 
ioral literature. 

GVPT  436  The  Legal  Status  of  Women. 

(3)  An  examination  of  Judicial  interpreta- 
tion and  application  of  common,  statu- 
tory, and  constitutional  law  as  these  af- 
fect the  status  of  women  in  American 
Society. 

GVPT  441  History  of  Political  Theory  — 
Ancient  and  Medieval.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
GVPT  170.  A  survey  of  the  principal  poli- 
tical theories  set  forth  in  the  works  of 
writers  before  Machiavelli. 

GVPT  442  History  of  Political  Theory  — 
Modem  and  Recent.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
GVPT  170.  A  survey  of  the  principal  poli- 
tical theories  set  forth  in  the  works  of 
writers  from  Machiavelli  to  J.S.  Mill. 

GVPT  443  Contemporary  Political  Theory. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  441  or  442.  A 
survey  of  the  principal  political  theories 
and  ideologies  from  Karl  Marx  to  the 
present. 

GVPT  444  American  Political  Theory.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  170.  A  study  of  the 
development  and  growth  of  American 
political  concepts  from  the  colonial 
period  to  the  present. 

GVPT  445  Russian  Political  Thought.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  170.  A  survey  and 
analysis  of  political  ideas  in  Russia  and 
the  Soviet  Union  from  early  times  to  the 
present. 

GVPT  448  Non-Western  Political 
Thought.  (3)  Political  thought  originating 
in  Asia,  the  Middle  East,  and  Africa.  This 
is  not  a  survey  of  all  non-western  pol- 
itical thought,  but  a  course  to  be  limited 
by  the  professor  with  each  offering. 
When  repeated  by  a  student,  consent  of 
instructor  is  required. 

GVPT  450  Comparative  Study  of  Foreign 
Policy  Formation.  (3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT 
280  or  300,  or  consent  of  instructor.  An 
introduction  to  the  comparative  study  of 
foreign  policy  formation  structures  and 
processes  followed  by  a  survey  of  the 
domestic  sources  of  policy  for  major 
states.  A  conspectus  of  substantive  pat- 
terns of  foreign  policy  in  analytically 
salient  types  of  systems  is  presented. 
Domestic  and  global  systemic  sources  of 
foreign  policy  are  compared. 

GVPT  451  Foreign  Policy  of  the  U.S.S.R. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  170.  A  study  of 
the  development  of  the  foreign  policy  of 


the  Soviet  Union,  with  attention  paid  to 
the  forces  and  conditions  that  make  for 
continuities  and  changes  from  Tsartist 
policies. 

GVPT  452  Inter-American  Relations.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  170.  An  analytical  and 
historical  study  of  the  Latin-American 
policies  of  the  United  States  and  of 
problems  in  our  relations  with  individual 
countries,  with  emphasis  on  recent 
developments. 

GVPT  453  Recent  East  Asian  Politics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  170.  The  background 
and  interpretation  of  recent  political 
events  in  East  Asia  and  their  influence 
on  world  politics. 

GVPT  454  Contemporary  African  Politics. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  170.  A  survey  of 
contemporary  development  in  the  inter- 
national politics  of  Africa,  with  special 
emphasis  on  the  role  of  an  emerging 
Africa  in  world  affairs. 

GVPT  455  Contemporary  Middle  Eastern 
Politics.  (3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  170.  A 
survey  of  contemporary  development  in 
the  international  politics  of  the  Middle 
East,  with  special  emphasis  on  the  role 
of  emerging  Middle  East  nations  in  world 
affairs. 

GVPT  457  American  Foreign  Relations. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  170.  The  principles 
and  machinery  of  the  conduct  of  Ameri- 
can foreign  relations,  with  emphasis  on 
the  department  of  State  and  the  Foreign 
Service,  and  an  analysis  of  the  major 
foreign  policies  of  the  United  States. 

GVPT  460  State  and  Local  Administra- 
tion. (3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  170.  A  study 
of  the  administrative  structure,  proce- 
dures and  policies  of  state  and  local  gov- 
ernments with  special  emphasis  on  the 
state  level  and  on  intergovernmental  rela- 
tionships, and  with  illustrations  from 
Maryland  Governmental  arrangements. 

GVPT  461  Metropolitan  Administration. 

(3)  Prerequisite.  GVPT  170.  An  examina- 
tion of  administrative  problems  relating 
to  public  services,  planning  and  coordi- 
nation in  a  metropolitan  environment. 

GVPT  462  Urban  Politics.  (3)  Urban 
political  process  and  institutions  consid- 
ered in  the  light  of  changing  social  and 
economic  conditions. 

GVPT  473  Legislatures  and  Legislation. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  170.  A  comprehen- 
sive study  of  legislative  organization  pro- 
cedure and  problems.  The  course  in- 
cludes opportunities  for  student  contact 
with  congress  and  with  the  legislature  of 
Maryland. 

GVPT  474  Political  Parties.  (3)  Prerequi- 
site, GVPT  170.  A  descriptive  and  analyti- 
cal examination  of  American  political 
parties,  nominations,  elections,  and  polit- 
ical leadership. 

GVPT  475  The  Presidency  and  the  Exec- 
utive Branch.  (3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  170. 
An  examination  of  the  executive,  legisla- 
tive and  party  roles  of  the  president  in 
the  political  process. 


126  /  Graduate  Programs 


GVPT  479  Problems  of  American  Public 
Policy.  (3)  Prerequisite.  GVPT  170.  The 
background  and  interpretation  of  various 
factors  which  affect  the  formation  and 
execution  of  American  public  policy. 

GVPT  480  Comparative  Political  Systems. 
(3)  Prerequisite.  GVPT  280  and  at  least 
one  other  course  in  comparative  govern- 
ment. A  study,  along  functional  lines,  of 
major  political  institutions,  such  as  leg- 
islatures, executives,  courts,  bureau- 
cracies, public  organizations,  and  politi- 
cal parties. 

GVPT  481  Government  and  Administra- 
tion of  the  Soviet  Union.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
GVPT  170.  A  study  of  the  adoption  of 
the  communist  philosophy  by  the  Soviet 
Union,  of  its  governmental  structure  and 
of  the  administration  of  government  pol- 
icy in  the  Soviet  Union. 

GVPT  482  Government  and  Politics  of 
Latin  America.  (3)  Prerequisite.  GVPT  170 
A  comparative  study  of  the  governmental 
systems  and  political  processes  of  the 
Latin  American  countries,  with  special 
emphasis  on  Argentina  Brazil.  Chile,  and 
Mexico. 

GVPT  483  Government  and  Politics  of 
Asia.  (3)  Prerequisite.  GVPT  280  or  453. 
or  HIST  261.  or  262  or  HIFN  442.  or  445. 
A  comparative  study  of  the  political  sys- 
tems of  China  Japan.  India  and  other  se- 
lected Asian  countries. 

GVPT  484  Government  and  Politics  of 
Africa.  (3)  Prerequisite.  GVPT  170.  A  com- 
parative study  of  the  governmental  sys- 
tems and  political  processes  of  the 
African  countries,  with  special  emphasis 
on  the  problems  of  nation-building  in 
emergent  countries. 

GVPT  485  Government  and  Politics  of 
the  Middle  East.  (3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT 
170.  A  comparative  study  of  the  govern- 
mental systems  and  political  processes 
of  the  Middle  Eastern  countries,  with 
special  emphasis  on  the  problems  of 
nation-building  in  emergent  countries. 

GVPT  486  Comparative  Studies  in  Euro- 
pean Politics.  (3)  Prerequisite.  GVPT  280. 
or  consent  of  instructor.  A  comparative 
study  of  political  processes  and  govern- 
mental forms  in  selected  European 
countries. 

GVPT  487  The  Government  and  Politics 
of  South  Africa.  (3)  Political  systems  and 
governments  of  such  countries  as  India 
Pakistan,  Bangla  Desh.  Ceylon,  and 
Nepal. 

GVPT  492  The  Comparative  Politics  of 
Race  Relations.  (3)  Impact  of  government 
and  politics  on  race  relations  in  various 
parts  of  the  world.  The  origins,  problems, 
and  manifestations  of  such  racial  poli- 
cies as  segregation,  apartheid,  integra- 
tion, assimilation,  partnership,  and  non- 
racialism  will  be  analyzed. 

GVPT  600  Proseminar  in  Government 
and  Politics.  (3)  Required  of  M.A.  candi- 
dates. A  proseminar  offering  a  survey  of 
major  concepts,  approaches,  and  re- 
search trends  in  political  science. 


GVPT  700  Scope  and  Method  of  Political 
Science.  (3)  Required  of  all  Ph.D.  candi- 
dates. A  seminar  in  the  methodologies  of 
political  science,  and  their  respective  ap- 
plications to  different  research  fields.  In- 
terdisciplinary approaches  and  bibliogra 
phical  techniques  are  also  reviewed. 

GVPT  707  Functional  Problems  in  Inter- 
national Relations  —  Comparative  Sys- 
tems. (3)  A  survey  from  Kautilya  to  Kap- 
lan of  the  literature  in  IR  theory  with  an 
emphasis  on  comparative  historical 
systems. 

GVPT  708  Seminar  in  International  Rela- 
tions Theory.  (3)  An  examination  of  the 
major  approaches,  concepts,  and  theo- 
ries in  the  study  of  world  politics  with 
special  emphasis  on  contemporary  litera- 
ture. Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6 
hours. 

GVPT  710  Introduction  to  Graduate 
Study  in  Public  Administration.  (3)  An  ex- 
amination of  the  history,  background, 
and  trends  of  public  administration  and 
the  basic  concepts  and  the  approaches 
utilized  in  the  organizational  process  of 
public  bureaucracies.  Readings  from  tex- 
tual sources  will  include  the  following: 
the  study  of  public  administration.  The 
societal  and  political  environment,  or- 
ganization theory  and  behavior,  adminis- 
trative law,  comparative  and  development 
administration,  policy  and  systems  anal- 
ysis, program  planning  and  budgeting, 
manpower  resources  development,  orga- 
nizational performance  and 
accountability. 

GVPT  720  Policy  Evaluation.  (3)  An  exam- 
ination of  the  application  of  social  indi- 
cators and  accounts,  field  and  laboratory 
experimentation,  formal  modeling,  and 
other  techniques  drawn  from  the  social 
sciences  to  problems  of  public  policy 
selected  from  various  levels  of  the 
political  system. 

GVPT  780  Seminar  in  the  Comparative 
Study  of  Politics.  (3)  An  examination  of 
the  salient  approaches  to  and  conceptual 
frameworks  for  the  comparative  study  of 
politics,  followed  by  the  construction  of 
models  and  typologies  of  political 
systems. 

GVPT  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

GVPT  802  Seminar  in  International  Law. 
(3)  Reports  on  selected  topics  assigned 
for  individual  study  and  reading  in  sub- 
stantive and  procedural  international  law. 

GVPT  803  Seminar  in  International  Politi- 
cal Organization.  (3)  A  study  of  the  forms 
and  functions  of  various  international 
organizations. 

GVPT  808  Selected  Topics  in  Functional 
Problems  in  International  Relations.  (3) 
An  examination  of  the  major  substantive 
issues  in  contemporary  international 
relations. 

GVPT  810  Governmental  Organization 
Theory.  (3)  A  study  of  recent  develop 
ments  in  the  area  of  organizational 


theory  with  an  emphasis  on  empirical 
studies  of  organizational  behavior. 

GVPT  812  Seminar  in  Public  Financial 
Administration.  (3)  Readings  and  reports 
on  topics  assigned  for  individual  or 
group  study  in  the  field  of  public  finan- 
cial administration. 

GVPT  813  Problems  of  Public  Personnel 
Administration.  (3)  Reports  on  topics 
assigned  for  individual  study  and  reading 
in  the  field  of  public  personnel 
administration. 

GVPT  814  Developmental  Public  Ad- 
ministration. (3)  Reports,  readings  and/or 
field  surveys  on  topics  assigned  for  indi- 
vidual or  group  study  in  international,  na- 
tional, regional  or  local  environments. 

GVPT  815  Government  Administrative 
Planning  and  Management.  (3)  Reports 
on  topics  assigned  for  individual  study 
and  reading  in  administrative  planning 
and  management  in  government. 

GVPT  816  Studies  in  Comparative 
Governmental  Administration.  (3)  An  ex- 
amination of  theoretical  concepts  and 
empirical  findings  in  the  field  of  com- 
parative administration.  Individual  read- 
ings and  research  dealing  with  the  civil 
services  of  western  and  non-western  na 
tions  will  be  assigned. 

GVPT  818  Problems  of  Public  Adminis- 
tration. (3)  Reports  on  topics  assigned 
for  individual  study  and  reading  in  the 
field  of  public  administration. 

GVPT  822  Problems  in  Quantitative 
Political  Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisite,  three 
hours  of  statistics  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Study  of  selected  problems  in  quan- 
titative political  analysis. 

GVPT  826  Seminar  in  Public  Opinion.  (3) 

Reports  on  topics  assigned  for  individual 
study  and  reading  in  the  field  of  public 
opinion. 

GVPT  827  Seminar  in  Political  Sociology. 
(3)  Prerequisite.  GVPT  427  or  equivalent. 
Inquiries  into  the  conceptual  and  theoret- 
ical foundations  of  and  empirical  data  in 
the  field  of  political  sociology.  Individual 
readings  and  research  problems  will  be 
assigned,  dealing  with  the  social  con- 
texts of  politics  and  the  political  aspects 
of  social  relationships. 

GVPT  828  Selected  Problems  in  Political 
Behavior.  (3)  Individual  reading  and 
research  reports  on  selected  problems  in 
the  study  of  political  behavior. 

GVPT  830  Seminar  in  Public  Law.  (3) 

Reports  on  topics  for  individual  study 
and  reading  in  the  fields  of  constitutional 
and  administrative  law. 

GVPT  840  Analytical  Systems  and  Theory 
Construction.  (3)  Prerequisite.  GVPT  700. 
Examination  of  the  general  theoretical 
tools  available  to  political  scientists  and 
of  the  problems  of  theory  building.  At- 
tention is  given  to  communications 
theory,  decision-making,  game  theory 
and  other  mathematical  concepts,  per- 
sonality theory,  role  theory.  structural- 


Graduate  Programs  / 127 


functional  analysis,  and  current 
behavioral  approaches. 

GVPT  841  Great  Political  Thinkers.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  441.  Intensive  study 
of  one  or  more  men  each  semester. 

GVPT  842  Man  and  the  State.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, GVPT  442.  Individual  reading  and 
reports  on  such  recurring  concepts  in 
political  theory  as  liberty,  equality, 
justice,  natural  law  and  natural  rights, 
private  property,  sovereignty,  nationalism 
and  the  organic  state. 

GVPT  844  American  Political  Theory.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  444.  Analytical  and 
historical  examination  of  selected  topics 
in  American  political  thought. 

GVPT  845  Marxist  Political  Theory.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  443  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Intensive  study  and  analysis  of 
the  leading  ideas  of  Marx  and  Engels 
and  their  development  in  the  different 
forms  of  social  democracy  and  of 
communism. 

GVPT  846  Theories  of  Democracy.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  442.  A  survey  and 
analysis  of  the  leading  theories  of  demo- 
cratic government,  with  attention  to  such 
topics  as  freedom,  equality,  representa- 
tion, dissent,  and  critics  of  democracy. 

GVPT  847  Seminar  in  Non-Western 
Political  Theory.  (3)  Intensive  study  of 
selected  segments  of  political  theory 
outside  of  the  western  European 
tradition. 

GVPT  848  Current  Problems  in  Political 
Theory.  (3)  Intensive  examination  of  the 
development  of  political  theory  since  the 
second  world  war. 

GVPT  850  Applied  Foreign  Policy  Analy- 
sis. (3)  Individual  research  and  reporting 
on  standards  of  policy  performance  and 
analysis  with  emphasis  on  data  display, 
information  organization,  forecasting,  and 
rational  resource  allocation. 

GVPT  851  Area  Problems  in  International 
Relations  —  Soviet  Union.  (3)  An  exami- 
nation of  problems  in  the  relations  of 
states  involving  the  Soviet  Union. 

GVPT  852  Area  Problems  in  International 
Relations  —  Latin  America.  (3)  An  exami- 
nation of  problems  in  the  relations  of 
states  within  Latin  America. 

GVPT  853  Area  Problems  in  International 
Relations  —  Asia.  (3)  An  examination  of 
problems  in  the  relations  of  states  within 
Asia. 

GVPT  854  Area  Problems  in  International 
Relations  —  Africa.  (3)  An  examination  of 
problems  in  the  relations  of  states  within 
Africa. 

GVPT  855  Area  Problems  in  International 
Relations  —  Middle  East.  (3)  An  examina- 
tion of  problems  in  the  relations  of 
states  within  the  Middle  East. 

GVPT  856  Area  Problems  in  International 
Relations  —  Europe.  (3)  An  examination 
of  problems  in  the  relations  of  states 
within  Europe. 


GVPT  857  Seminar  in  American  Foreign 
Relations.  (3)  Reports  on  selected  topics 
assigned  for  individual  study  and  reading 
m  American  foreign  policy  and  the  con- 
duct of  American  foreign  relations. 

GVPT  858  Selected  Topics  in  Area  Prob- 
lems in  International  Relations.  (3)  Spec- 
ial topics  concerning  regional  problems 
in  the  relations  of  states. 

GVPT  862  Seminar  on  Intergovernmental 
Relations.  (3)  Reports  on  topics  assigned 
for  individual  study  and  reading  in  the 
field  of  recent  intergovernmental 
relations. 

GVPT  868  Problems  of  State  and  Local 
Government.  (3)  Report  on  topics  as- 
signed for  individual  study  in  the  field  of 
state  local  government  throughout  the 
United  States. 

GVPT  869  Seminar  in  Urban  Administra- 
tion. (3)  Selected  topics  are  examined  by 
the  team  research  method  with  students 
responsible  for  planning,  field  investiga- 
tion, and  report  writing. 

GVPT  870  Seminar  in  American  Political 
Institutions.  (3)  Reports  on  topics  as- 
signed for  individual  study  and  reading 
in  the  background  and  development  of 
American  government. 

GVPT  873  Seminar  in  Legislatures  and 
Legislation.  (3)  Reports  on  topics  as- 
signed for  individual  study  and  reading 
about  the  composition  and  organization 
of  legislatures  and  about  the  legislative 
process. 

GVPT  874  Seminar  in  Political  Parties 
and  Politics.  (3)  Reports  on  topics 
assigned  for  individual  study  and  reading 
in  the  fields  of  political  organization  and 
action. 

GVPT  876  Seminar  in  National  Security 
Policy.  (3)  An  examination  of  the  com- 
ponents of  United  States  security  policy. 
Factors,  both  internal  and  external,  affec- 
ting national  security  will  be  considered. 
Individual  reporting  as  assigned. 

GVPT  878  Problems  in  American  Govern- 
ment and  Politics.  (3)  An  examination  of 
contemporary  problems  in  various  fields 
of  government  and  politics  in  the  United 
States,  with  reports  on  topics  assigned 
for  individual  study. 

GVPT  881  Comparative  Governmental  In- 
stitutions —  Soviet  Union.  (3)  An  exam- 
ination of  government  and  politics  in  the 
Soviet  Union. 

GVPT  882  Comparative  Governmental  In- 
stitutions —  Latin  America.  (3)  An  exami- 
nation of  governments  and  politics 
within  Latin  America. 

GVPT  883  Comparative  Governmental  In- 
stitutions —  Asia  (3)  An  examination  of 
governments  and  politics  within  Asia. 

GVPT  884  Comparative  Governmental  In- 
stitutions —  Africa.  (3)  An  examination 
of  governments  and  politics  within 
Africa. 

GVPT  885  Comparative  Governmental  In- 
stitutions —  Middle  East.  (3)  An  exam- 


ination of  governments  and  politics 
within  the  Middle  East. 

GVPT  886  Comparative  Governmental  In- 
stitutions —  Europe.  (3)  An  examination 
of  governments  and  politics  within 
Europe. 

GVPT  887  Seminar  in  the  Politics  of 
Developing  Nations.  (3)  An  examination 
of  the  programs  of  political  development 
in  the  emerging  nations  with  special 
references  to  the  newly  independent  na- 
tions of  Asia  and  Africa,  and  the  less 
developed  countries  of  Latin  America.  In- 
dividual reporting  as  assigned. 

GVPT  888  Selected  Topics  in  Com- 
parative Governmental  Institutions.  (3)  An 

examination  of  special  topics  in  com- 
parative politics. 

GVPT  898  Readings  in  Government  and 
Politics.  (3)  Guided  readings  and  discus- 
sions on  selected  topics  in  political 
science. 

GVPT  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research.  (1-8) 


Health  Education  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Burt 
Professors:  Johnson,  Leviton 
Associate  Professors:  D.A.  Girdano, 

D.E.  Girdano,  Miller,  Tifft,  Clearwater 
Assistant  Professors:  Althoff,  Decker, 

Stone,  Yarian 
The  Department  of  Health  Education 
offers  a  program  designed  to  pre- 
pare students  as  teachers  and  com- 
munity health  workers.  Graduates  of 
the  program  have  placement  oppor- 
tunities in  public  school  systems, 
colleges  and  universities,  govern- 
ment service  and  community  health. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  Department  offers  courses  of 
study  leading  to  the  degrees  of 
Master  of  Arts,  Doctor  of  Education 
and  Doctor  of  Philosophy.  Admis- 
sion is  open  to  students  holding  the 
bachelor's  degree  in  areas  related  to 
the  social,  psychological  or  biologi- 
cal basis  of  health  education. 

Each  student  is  required  to  sub- 
mit a  thesis,  to  present  the  work 
orally  in  a  seminar,  and  to  defend  it 
to  the  satisfaction  of  his  examining 
committee.  All  students  must  take 
Health  Education  600  and  710. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  student  may  experience  specific 
application  of  theory  through  numer- 
ous field  studies  and  departmental 
clinics  in  the  areas  of  children's 
health  and  development,  develop- 
mental programs  for  the  aged, 
obesity  and  weight  control,  control- 
ling stress  and  tension,  smoking 
cessation,  and  driver  and  safety 
education. 


128  /  Graduate  Programs 


The  proximity  of  the  National  In- 
stitutes of  Health  and  the  National 
Library  of  Medicine  render  the  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland  unusually  suited 
for  graduate  work  in  health 
education. 

Financial  Assistance 

A  limited  number  of  Graduate 
Teaching  Assistantships  are 
available. 

Additional  Information 

For  information  and  departmental 
publication  write  to  Dr.  Daniel  A. 
Girdano,  Director  of  Graduate 
Studies. 

Courses 

HLTH  420  Methods  and  Materials  in 
Health  Education.  (3)  Prerequisites.  HLTH 
105  or  140,  310  or  consent  of  instructor. 
The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  present 
the  interrelationships  of  curriculum  plan- 
ning, methodology  and  the  selection  and 
use  of  teaching  aids  and  materials.  Spe- 
cial problems  associated  with  health 
teaching  are  discussed.  Students  will 
become  familiar  with  a  variety  of 
resources  as  well  as  planning  for  and 
presenting  demonstration  lessons. 

HLTH  450  Health  Problems  of  Children 
and  Youth.  (3)  This  course  involves  a 
study  of  the  health  needs  and  problems 
of  pupils  from  the  primary  grades 
through  high  school.  Physical,  mental 
and  psychosomatic  aspects  of  health  are 
considered  in  relation  to  the  develop- 
mental and  school  levels.  Consideration 
is  given  to  such  topics  as  diet  selection 
and  control;  exercise,  recreation  and  rest; 
emotional  upset  and  its  implications;  and 
psychosexual  development  and  prob- 
lems. The  role  of  the  teacher  and  parent 
in  encouraging  optimal  health  is 
emphasized. 

HLTH  455  Physical  Fitness  of  the  Indi- 
vidual. (3)  A  study  of  the  major  physical 
fitness  problems  confronting  the  adult  in 
modern  society.  Consideration  is  given 
to  the  scientific  appraisal,  development 
and  maintenance  of  fitness  at  all  age 
levels.  Such  problems  as  obesity,  weight 
reduction,  chronic  fatigue,  posture,  and 
special  exercise  programs  are  explored. 
This  course  is  open  to  persons  outside 
the  fields  of  physical  education  and 
health. 

HLTH  456  Health  Problems  of  the  Aging 
and  the  Aged.  (3)  Psychological,  phys- 
iological, and  socio-economic  aspects  of 
aging;  nutrition;  sexuality;  death,  dying, 
and  bereavement;  self  actualization  and 
creativity;  health  needs  and  crises  of  the 
aged. 

HLTH  460  Problems  in  School  Health 
Education  in  Elementary  and  Secondary 
Schools.  (2-6)  This  is  a  workshop  type 
course  designed  particularly  for  inservice 
teachers  to  acquaint  them  with  the  best 
methods  of  providing  good  health  ser- 
vices, healthful  environment  and  health 
instruction. 


HLTH  470  The  Health  Program  in  the 
Elementary  School.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
HLTH  105  or  140;  310.  This  course, 
designed  for  the  elementary  school 
classroom  teacher,  analyzes  biological 
and  sociological  factors  which  determine 
the  health  status  and  needs  of  the  indi- 
vidual elementary  school  child.  The  vari- 
ous aspects  of  the  school  program  are 
evaluated  in  terms  of  their  role  in  health 
education.  The  total  school  health  pro- 
gram is  surveyed  from  the  standpoint  of 
organization  and  administration,  and 
health  appraisal   Emphasis  is  placed 
upon  modern  methods  and  current  ma- 
terials in  health  instruction.  (The  State 
Department  of  Education  accepts  this 
course  for  biological  science  credit). 

HLTH  471  Women's  Health.  (3)  The 

women's  health  movement  from  the  per- 
spective of  consumerism  and  feminism. 
The  physician-patient  relationship  in  the 
gynecological  and  other  medical  set- 
tings. The  gynecological  exam,  gyneco- 
logical problems,  contraception,  abortion, 
pregnancy,  breast  and  cervical  cancer 
and  surgical  procedures.  Psychological 
aspects  of  gynecological  concerns. 

HLTH  476  Death  Education.  (3)  Examina- 
tion of  the  genesis  and  development  of 
present  day  death  attitudes  and  behavior 
by  use  of  a  multidisciplinary  life  cycle 
approach. 

HLTH  477  Fundamentals  of  Sex  Educa- 
tion. (3)  This  course  is  concerned  with 
basic  information  regarding  the  physical, 
psychological,  social,  historical,  semantic 
and  comparative  cultural  aspects  of  sex. 
The  adjustment  needs  and  problems  of 
children  and  adults  during  the  course  of 
maturing  and  aging  are  studied;  and 
special  consideration  is  given  to  the  sex 
education  program  in  schools. 

HLTH  480  Measurement  in  Health.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods 
per  week.  The  application  of  the  princi- 
ples and  techniques  of  educational 
measurement  to  the  teaching  of  health 
and  physical  education;  study  of  func- 
tions and  techniques  of  measurements 
in  the  evaluation  of  student  progress 
toward  the  objectives  of  health  and 
physical  education,  and  in  the  evaluation 
of  the  effectiveness  of  teaching. 

HLTH  485  Controlling  Stress  and  Ten- 
sion. (3)  Health  problems  related  to 
stress  and  tension.  Analysis  of  causative 
psycho-social  stressors  and  intervening 
physiological  mechanisms.  Emphasis  on 
prevention  and  control  of  stress  through 
techniques  such  as  biofeedback,  medita- 
tion and  neuromuscular  relaxation. 

HLTH  489  Field  Laboratory  Projects  and 
Workshop.  (1-6)  A  course  designed  to 
meet  the  needs  of  persons  in  the  field 
with  respect  to  workshop  and  research 
projects  in  special  areas  of  knowledge 
not  covered  by  regularly  structured 
courses.  Note:  the  maximum  total  num- 
ber of  credits  that  may  be  earned  toward 
any  degree  in  physical  education,  recrea- 
tion, or  health  education  under  PHED, 
RECR,  or  HLTH  489  is  six. 


HLTH  600  Seminar  in  Health.  (1) 

HLTH  650  Health  Problems  in  Guidance. 
(3) 

HLTH  651  Seminar  on  the  Health  Cor- 
relates of  the  Aging  and  Aged.  (3)  Inves- 
tigates the  most  recent  theoretical  for- 
mulations, research  data,  and  clinical 
and  therapeutic  approaches  to  improving 
the  health  status  of  the  aging.  Extensive 
readings  and  research  project  are 
required. 

HLTH  652  Seminar  in  Death  Education. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  HLTH  456  or  permission 
of  the  instructor.  The  advanced  study 
and  investigation  of  human  dying,  death, 
bereavement,  suicidal  behavior,  and  their 
relationship  to  human  health  utilizing  a 
multidisciplinary  approach. 

HLTH  670  Status  and  Trends  in  Health 
Education.  (3) 

HLTH  687  Advanced  Seminar.  (1-3) 

HLTH  688  Special  Problems  in  Health 
Education.  (1-6) 

HLTH  690  Administrative  Direction  of 
Health  Education.  (3) 

HLTH  710  Methods  and  Techniques  of 
Research.  (3) 

HLTH  720  Scientific  Foundations  of 
Health  Education.  (3) 

HLTH  730  Problems  in  Weight  Control. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  HLTH  720  or  permission 
of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  causes, 
health  cost,  and  control  of  obesity 
through  analysis  of  lipid-glucose  interac- 
tion; hunger-satiety  theories  and  mecha- 
nisms; pyscho-social  forces  in  obesity; 
body  composition,  energy  output;  and 
disease  states  related  to  obesity. 

HLTH  740  Modern  Theories  of  Health.  (3) 

HLTH  750  Stress  and  Disease.  (3)  A 

study  of  the  causative  agents  of  chronic 
disease  with  particular  emphasis  on 
stress  including  the  physiological  re- 
sponse of  the  human  organism  to  con- 
temporary psycho-social  stressors  and 
mechanisms  of  adaptation  and 
prophylaxis. 

HLTH  760  Public  Health.  (3) 

HLTH  791  Curriculum  Construction  in 
Health  Education.  (3) 

HLTH  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

HLTH  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 


Hearing  and  Speech 
Sciences  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  McCall 
Professor:  Newby 

Associate  Professors:  Baker,  Hamlet' 
Assistant  Professors:  Bennett,  Bernthal, 

Cicci2,  Diggs,  Doudna,  Suter2 
Lecturer:  Sedge 
Research  Professor:  Causey 

Graduate  Programs  /  129 


Research  Associates:  Punch,  Schweitzer 
'Joint  appointment  with  School  of  Den- 
tistry 
'Joint  appointment  with  School  of 

Medicine 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 
The  Department  of  Hearing  and 
Speech  Sciences  offers  the  M.A.  de- 
gree with  either  the  thesis  or  the 
non-thesis  option,  and  with  major 
emphasis  either  in  speech  and  lan- 
guage pathology  or  in  audiology. 
The  Master's  degree  is  required  for 
individuals  preparing  for  positions 
as  speech  pathologists  or  audiolo- 
gists  in  the  schools,  in  the  hospitals 
or  rehabilitation  facilities,  in  hearing 
and  speech  centers,  or  in  other  clini- 
cal settings.  Academic  course  work 
is  combined  with  supervised  clinical 
practice  in  the  University  Speech 
and  Hearing  Clinic  and  in  selected 
outside  clinical  facilities,  so  that  the 
graduate  will  meet  the  academic  re- 
quirements for  clinical  certification 
by  the  American  Speech  and  Hear- 
ing Association,  and  for  licensing  in 
the  State  of  Maryland.  The  Master's 
degree  program  is  accredited  by  the 
American  Boards  of  Examiners  in 
Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology. 

Applicants  for  the  M.A.  degree 
must  have  completed  the  equivalent 
of  an  undergraduate  major  in  hear- 
ing and  speech  sciences.  The  M.A. 
program  usually  requires  three  se- 
mesters and  a  summer  session  to 
complete.  Only  full-time  students 
are  admitted  to  the  program. 

The  Department  also  offers  the 
Ph.D.  degree  with  major  emphasis  in 
speech  and  language  pathology,  au- 
diology, speech  science,  or  hearing 
science.  Ordinarily  a  Master's  de- 
gree is  required  for  admission  to  the 
doctoral  program.  Advanced  courses 
in  statistics  and  research  design  are 
required  of  all  doctoral  candidates. 
Although  no  formal  minor  is  re- 
quired, students  are  encouraged  to 
take  appropriate  courses  in  other 
departments.  The  Department  does 
not  require  proficiency  in  a  foreign 
language.  Course  programs  for  the 
doctorate  are  planned  by  the  stu- 
dent and  a  committee  of  three  fac- 
ulty members.  Qualifying  interviews 
are  scheduled  for  each  candidate 
after  completion  of  12  semester 
hours  in  the  program.  Written  and 
oral  comprehensive  examinations  for 
admission  to  candidacy  are  sched- 
uled at  the  completion  of  the  formal 
course  program. 

In  addition  to  the  application  ma- 
terials required  by  the  Graduate 
School,  the  Department  requires  ap- 
plicants to  furnish  scores  on  the  ap- 
titude portions  of  the  Graduate 


Record  Examination.  Prospective  ap- 
plicants should  note  that  decisions 
on  summer  and  fall  admissions  are 
made  in  early  March,  and  on  spring 
admissions  in  early  October. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department's  facilities  include  a 
biocommunications  laboratory  with 
an  anechoic  chamber,  a  speech  sci- 
ence laboratory,  electronics  work- 
shop, two  2-room  audiology  testing 
suites,  and  nine  therapy  rooms 
equipped  for  observation.  Additional 
research  and  clinical  facilities  are 
available  in  the  Washington  and 
Baltimore  metropolitan  areas.  The 
Library  of  Congress,  the  National 
Library  of  Medicine,  and  the  libraries 
of  the  various  medical  schools  in 
the  Washington-Baltimore  area  sup- 
plement the  University's  library  at 
College  Park. 

Financial  Assistance 

The  Department  is  able  to  provide 
some  financial  support  in  the  form 
of  teaching  or  clinical  assistantships 
or  traineeships  to  approximately  40 
percent  of  the  graduate  students 
enrolled. 

Additional  Information 

Additional  information  about  the 
M.A.  and  Ph.D.  programs  may  be  ob- 
tained by  writing  to  the  Chairman, 
Department  of  Hearing  and  Speech 
Sciences. 

Courses 

HESP  400  Speech  and  Language  Devel- 
opment of  Children.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
HESP  202.  Analysis  of  normal  processes 
of  speech  and  language  development  in 
children. 

HESP  401  Survey  of  Speech  Disorders. 

(3)  Communication  disorders  in  school 
children.  May  not  be  used  by  majors  in 
hearing  and  speech  sciences  to  satisfy 
major  or  supporting  course  requirements. 

HESP  403  Introduction  to  Phonetic 
Science.  (3)  Prerequisites,  HESP  202  and 
PHYS  102.  Phonetic  transcription  and 
phonetic  principles.  Acoustical  and  per- 
ceptual phonetics. 

HESP  404  Speech  Pathology  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  HESP  302,  305.  Etiology  and 
therapeutic  management  of  cleft  palate 
and  stuttering. 

HESP  406  Speech  Pathology  III.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, HESP  302,  305.  Etiology  and 
therapeutic  management  of  aphasia  and 
delayed  language. 

HESP  408  Clinical  Practice.  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites, completion  of  the  21  hours  of 
specified  courses  for  the  major,  HESP 
404  or  HESP  406,  and  permission  of  the 
clinical  staff.  Observation  and  participa- 
tion in  the  speech  and  hearing  clinic.  Re- 
peatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits, 
but  only  three  credits  may  apply  toward 


satisfaction  of  the  major  course  require- 
ment in  hearing  and  speech  sciences. 

HESP  410  Principles  and  Methods  in 
Speech  Therapy.  (3)  Prerequisite,  HESP 
404  or  406.  Comparative  methods  in  the 
clinical  management  of  speech 
problems. 

HESP  411  Introduction  to  Audiology.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  HESP  202  and  PHYS  102. 
Anatomy  and  physiology  of  hearing,  in- 
troduction to  measurement  and  to  reha- 
bilitation of  the  hearing-handicapped. 

HESP  412  Rehabilitation  of  the  Hearing 
Handicapped.  (3)  Prerequisite,  HESP  411. 
Speech  reading,  auditory  training,  and 
speech  training  for  hard-of-hearing 
children  and  adults. 

HESP  414  Seminar.  (3)  Prerequisite,  per- 
mission of  instructor.  Individual  projects 
in  phonetic  science,  speech  pathology, 
and  audiology. 

HESP  499  Independent  Study.  (1-3)  Pre- 
requisite, departmental  approval.  May  be 
repeated  for  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

HESP  604  Acoustical  and  Perceptual 
Phonetics.  (3)  Laboratory  techniques  in 
analysis  of  the  acoustical  and  perceptual 
characteristics  of  the  speech  signal. 

HESP  606  Basic  Hearing  Measurements. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  HESP  411  or  equivalent. 
Administration  and  interpretation  of  hear- 
ing tests  by  pure  tones  and  by  speech; 
screening  and  clinical  test  procedures. 

HESP  610  Aphasia.  (3)  Language  prob- 
lems of  adults  associated  with  brain 
injury. 

HESP  612  Stuttering.  (3) 

HESP  614  Orofacial  Anomalies.  (3) 

HESP  616  Language  Disorders  of  Chil- 
dren. (3) 

HESP  620  Articulation  Disorders.  (3) 

HESP  622  Neuromotor  Disorders  of 
Speech.  (3) 

HESP  624  Voice  Disorders.  (3) 

HESP  626  Language  Disorders  and 
Learning  Disabilities.  (3)  Language 
disorders  in  children:  pre-school  through 
adolescence.  Effects  of  oral  language 
disabilities  on  social  and  emotional  de- 
velopment and  learning  of  academic 
skills,  including  implications  for  assess- 
ment and  remediation. 

HESP  630  Electrophysiological  Measure- 
ments. (3)  Prerequisite,  HESP  606  or  per- 
mission of  instructor.  Principles  and 
techniques  of  impedance/admittance  and 
electronystagmographic  testing. 

HESP  634  Medical  Aspects  of  Speech 
and  Hearing  Disorders.  (1-3)  Lectures  by 
physicians  on  embryological,  anatomical, 
physiological,  and  neurological  bases  of 
speech  and  hearing  disorders. 

HESP  638  Minor  Research  Problems. 

(1-3)  Special  projects  in  hearing  and 
speech  science.  Repeatable  for  a  max- 
imum of  6  credits. 


130  /  Graduate  Programs 


HESP  639  Special  Topics  in  Hearing  and 
Speech  Sciences.  (1-3)  Prerequisite,  de- 
partmental permission.  Intensive  cover- 
age of  selected  topics  of  current  in- 
terest. Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6 
credits  when  content  differs. 

HESP  640  Advanced  Principles  of  Hear- 
ing and  Speech  Therapy.  (3)  Analysis  of 
the  clinical  process  with  emphasis  on 
the  application  of  learning  theory  to 
treatment  of  speech  disorders. 

HESP  648  Clinical  Practice  in  Speech. 
(1-3)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. Supervised  training  in  the  application 
of  clinical  methods  in  the  diagnosis  and 
treatment  of  speech  disorders.  Repeat- 
able  for  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

HESP  649  Clinical  Practice  in  Audiology. 
(1-3)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. Supervised  training  in  the  application 
of  clinical  methods  in  the  diagnosis  and 
treatment  of  hearing  disorders.  Repeat- 
able  for  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

HESP  700  Hearing-Aid  Characteristics 
and  Performance.  (3)  Electroacoustic 
characteristics  of  hearing  aids.  Methods 
of  hearing-aid  evaluation  and  selection. 

HESP  702  Diagnostic  Procedures  in 
Speech  Pathology.  (3)  Diagnostic  tools 
and  methods  in  the  analysis  of  various 
types  of  speech  disorders.  Practicum 
required. 

HESP  704  Physiological  Phonetics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  HESP  604.  Laboratory  tech- 
niques in  the  study  of  the  speech 
mechanism. 

HESP  706  Advanced  Clinical  Audiology. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  HESP  606  or  equivalent. 
Techniques  for  evaluation  of  children 
and  adults  presenting  special  diagnostic 
problems. 

HESP  708  Independent  Study.  (1-6)  Pre- 
requisite, permission  of  instructor.  In- 
dividual research  projects  under 
guidance  of  a  faculty  member. 
Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

HESP  710  Industrial  and  Environmental 
Noise  Problems.  (3)  Prerequisite,  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  Evaluation  and  control 
of  noise  hazards.  Effects  of  noise  on 
man.  Medico-legal  aspects  of  noise- 
induced  hearing  impairment. 

HESP  720  Structure  and  Function  of  the 
Hearing  Mechanism.  (3)  Anatomy  and 
physiology  of  the  peripheral  auditory  and 
vestivular  systems  and  pathologies  of 
the  peripheral  hearing  mechanism. 

HESP  722  Experimental  Audiology.  (3) 

Experimental  techniques  in  the  investiga- 
tion of  problems  in  audiology. 

HESP  724  Quantitative  Methods  in  Hear- 
ing and  Speech  Science.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
a  course  in  basic  statistics.  Analysis  of 
current  procedures  used  in  quantifying 
phenomena  observed  in  hearing  and 
speech  science. 

HESP  728  Advanced  Clinical  Practice  in 
Speech.  (1-8)  Prerequisite,  HESP  648  and 
permission  of  instructor.  Clinical  intern- 


ship in  selected  off-campus  facilities.  Re- 
peatable to  a  maximum  of  8  credits. 

HESP  729  Advanced  Clinical  Practice  in 
Audiology.  (1-8)  Prerequisite,  HESP  649 
and  permission  of  instructor.  Clinical  in- 
ternship in  selected  off-campus  facilities. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  8  credits. 

HESP  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 

(1-6) 

HESP  804  Instrumental  Phonetics.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  HESP  604  and  704  or  per- 
mission of  instructor.  Instrumental  tech- 
niques in  phonetic  science. 

HESP  806  Administration  of  Hearing  and 
Speech  Programs.  (3)  Problems  of  staff- 
ing, budgeting,  and  operating  training 
and  clinical  service  programs. 

HESP  810  Experimental  Design  in  Hear- 
ing and  Speech  Science.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
HESP  724  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Design  and  evaluation  of  research  proj- 
ects. Preparation  for  undertaking  the 
doctoral  dissertation. 

HESP  820  Bioacoustics.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
permission  of  instructor.  Functioning  of 
the  hearing  mechanism  in  animals  and 
humans.  Laboratory  research  methods. 

HESP  822  Psychoacoustics.  (3)  Prerequi- 
site, permission  of  instructor.  Study  of 
human  response  to  acoustic  stimulation. 

HESP  826  Neurophysiology  of  Hearing. 

(3)  Processing  of  stimuli  by  the  auditory 
nervous  system. 

HESP  848  Seminar  in  Audiology.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, permission  of  instructor.  Re- 
peatable for  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

HESP  858  Seminar  in  Speech  Pathology. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor. 
Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

HESP  868  Seminar  in  Speech  Science.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor. 
Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

HESP  878  Seminar  in  Language  Disor- 
ders. (3)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  in- 
structor. Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  6 
credits. 

HESP  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 


History  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Evans 

Professors:  Belz,  Brush1,  Callcott, 
Cockburn,  Cole,  Duffy,  Foust,  Gilbert, 
Gordon,  Haber,  Harlan,  Jashemski, 
Kent,  Merrill,  A.  Olson,  Prange, 
Rundell,  E.  Smith,  Sparks,  Yaney 

Associate  Professors:  Breslow,  Farrell2, 
Flack,  Folsom,  Hoffman,  Giffin,  Green- 
berg,  Grimsted,  Kaufman,  Matossian, 
Mayo,  K.  Olson,  Stowasser,  Warren, 
Wright 

Assistant  Professors:  Bradbury.  Darden3, 
Harris,  Holum,  Lampe,  Majeska, 
McCluster,  Nicklason,  Perinbam,  Ridg- 
way,  Ruderman,  H.  Smith,  Spiegel, 
Williams 


'joint  appointment  with  Institute  for 

Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied 

Mathematics 
!joint  appointment  with  Secondary 

Education 

'joint  appointment  with  Philosophy 
The  Department  of  History  offers 
programs  leading  to  the  degrees  of 
Master  of  Arts  and  Doctor  of  Phi- 
losophy. Areas  of  specialization  in- 
clude: United  States,  Ancient,  Med- 
ieval, Early  Modern  European, 
Modern  European,  British,  Russian, 
Latin  American,  African*,  Middle 
Eastern*,  East  Asian,  Diplomatic, 
Science,  and  Women's  History*. 
'Asterisked  fields  at  M.A.  level  only. 
Admission  and  Degree  Information 
The  Master  of  Arts  degree  serves 
both  as  a  firm  grounding  in  a  field 
of  history  for  teaching  purposes  and 
as  preparation  for  the  expeditious 
pursuit  of  the  doctorate.  In  addition 
to  general  Graduate  School  require- 
ments, the  aptitude  parts  of  the 
GRE  are  required;  it  should  be  noted 
that  an  undergraduate  major  in  his- 
tory is  not  as  such  required  for  ad- 
mission. Of  the  thirty  credit  hours 
required  for  the  degree,  six  are  in 
M.A.  thesis  research  courses  (HIST 
799),  fifteen  are  normally  in  the  ma- 
jor field  of  history  and  nine  in  a  mi- 
nor (which  may  be  taken  within  or 
outside  of  the  Department).The  his- 
toriography course  (HIST  600  or 
HIST  601)  is  required  and  may  be 
used  as  a  part  of  the  major  or  minor; 
two  800-level  research-writing  sem- 
inars are  required.  Fifteen  credit 
hours  at  the  level  of  600  or  above 
are  required  in  addition  to  the  thesis 
research  courses. 

A  written  examination,  which  is 
based  in  large  part  on  a  list  of 
books  pertaining  to  the  thesis  and 
its  field  submitted  by  the  student 
and  approved  by  the  advisory  com- 
mittee, is  required  upon  completion 
of  the  coursework.  There  will  also 
be  a  final  oral  examination  which 
will  be  confined  to  the  thesis  and 
the  field  in  which  it  lies. 

Admission  to  the  doctoral  pro- 
gram will  be  decided  by  the 
student's  M.A.  examining  committee 
on  the  basis  of  the  student's  written 
and  oral  examinations,  thesis,  and 
record  of  achievements  in 
coursework. 

The  M.A.  degree  in  history  is  nor- 
mally required  for  admission  to  the 
doctoral  program,  but  it  does  not 
guarantee  admission.  Students  with 
M.A.  degrees  awarded  at  other  insti- 
tutions will  be  asked  to  submit  sub- 
stantial evidence  of  their  written 
work  and  will  normally  be  expected 
to  have  completed  the  equivalent  of 

Graduate  Programs  /  131 


the  work  required  of  Maryland  M.A. 
students.  Every  student  must  pass  a 
written  examination  on  his  major 
field  normally  within  eighteen 
months  of  entry  into  the  doctoral 
program;  this  examination  will  test  a 
broad,  intelligent,  and  informed 
handling  of  the  major  historical 
problems  and  literature  of  that  field. 
A  secondary  or  minor  field  of  study, 
supportive  of  the  major,  is  required 
of  all  doctoral  students;  it  may  be 
taken  within  or  outside  of  the  De- 
partment. The  minor  requirement 
may  be  fulfilled  by  taking  a  certain 
combination  of  courses,  or  by  pass- 
ing a  general  written  examination  in 
the  appropriate  field  of  study,  or, 
with  approval  of  the  Department's 
Graduate  Committee,  by  having 
done  an  M.A.  major  field  in  history 
substantially  different  from  the  Ph.D. 
major  field. 

An  oral  examination  on  the  stu- 
dent's dissertation  prospectus  and  a 
bibliography  on  the  dissertation  field 
is  required.  The  dissertation  is  to  be 
understood  as  constituting  the  larg- 
est single  portion  of  the  doctoral 
program:  it  is  expected  to  be  a  dis- 
tinct contribution  to  historical 
knowledge  and/or  interpretation. 

All  doctoral  students  must  show  a 
reading  competence  in  one  foreign 
language;  the  language  examination 
must  be  passed  before  the  student 
takes  the  written  examination  in  the 
major  field. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

In  addition  to  the  field  concentra- 
tions described  above,  the  Depart- 
ment of  History  offers  several  forms 
of  specialized  training.  In  the  field  of 
historical  editing  the  Department 
has  introduced  a  successful  intern- 
ship course  in  archival  work,  in  con- 
junction with  the  National  Archives. 
Since  1970  the  Department  has 
sponsored  a  journal  of  history,  The 
Maryland  Historian,  which  features 
scholarly  articles  and  reviews  and 
which  provides  practical  experience 
for  graduate  students  in  the  produc- 
tion of  a  journal.  The  journal  was 
founded  and  is  managed  and  pro- 
duced by  graduate  students  in  the 
Department  of  History.  The  Depart- 
ment also  sponsors  three  major 
editorial  projects:  the  Booker  T. 
Washington  Papers;  the  Samuel 
Gompers  Papers;  and  the  Freedmen 
in  Southern  Society  Papers.  A 
number  of  History  Department  grad- 
uate students  have  gained  valuable 
research  and  editing  experience  on 
these  projects,  which  also  receive 
support  from  the  National  Historical 
Publications  and  Records  Commis- 

132  /  Graduate  Programs 


sion  and  the  National  Endowment 
for  the  Humanities.  In  conjunction 
with  the  Department  of  Philosophy, 
the  Department  of  History  offers  a 
special  program  of  study  in  the  his- 
tory and  philosophy  of  science.  This 
program,  administered  by  a  joint 
committee  comprising  members  of 
both  departmental  faculties,  offers 
undergraduate  and  graduate 
courses,  sponsors  lectures,  issues  a 
newsletter,  and  holds  colloquia. 
Along  with  several  other  universities, 
the  Department  of  History  sponsors 
and  participates  in  the  Folger  In- 
stitute of  Renaissance  and 
Eighteenth-Century  Studies.  The  In- 
stitute offers  seminars  for  graduate 
students  and  faculty,  workshops, 
conferences,  colloquia,  and  lectures. 
The  Institute  awards  fellowships  to 
graduate  students,  and  several  of 
these  awards  have  gone  to  doctoral 
candidates  from  the  University  of 
Maryland  History  Department.  Still 
another  project  supported  by  the  De- 
partment of  History  is  the  Pompeii 
excavations  under  the  direction  of 
Professor  Wilhelmina  Jashemski. 
This  project,  which  is  funded  in  part 
by  the  National  Endowment  for  the 
Humanities,  has  furnished  subjects 
for  theses  and  dissertations  for 
graduate  students  in  Ancient  History 
who  have  worked  en  it. 

Financial  Assistance 

The  Department  of  History  offers  fi- 
nancial assistance  principally  in  the 
form  of  teaching  assistantships  to 
outstanding  graduate  students. 
These  positions,  which  vary  in  num- 
ber according  to  the  availability  of 
funds  and  of  which  there  were  54  in 
the  academic  year  1977-78,  are 
awarded  to  advanced  students  work- 
ing toward  the  Ph.D.  or  M.A.  degree. 
Appointment  as  a  teaching  assistant 
provides  students  an  opportunity  to 
work  closely  with  faculty  members 
in  the  teaching  of  undergraduate 
survey  courses  in  history. 
Additional  Information 
Complete  descriptions  of  programs 
and  requirements  may  be  obtained 
from  the  History  Department. 

Courses 

HIST  400  Independent  Study.  (1-6)  Pre- 
requisite, departmental  approval  of  re- 
search project  and  consent  of  the  de- 
partment. Available  to  all  students  who 
wish  to  pursue  a  specific  research  topic. 

HIST  401  The  Scientific  Revolution  — 
From  Copernicus  to  Newton.  (3)  Major 
events  in  the  history  of  physical  science 
during  the  16th  and  17th  centuries  and 
their  relation  to  philosophy,  religion  and 
society  in  western  Europe.  The  attack  on 
ancient  and  medieval  scientific  theories; 


the  transition  from  geocentric  to  helio- 
centric astronomy;  discoveries  of  Kepler, 
Galileo  and  Newton;  and  the  establish- 
ment of  the  'mechanical  philosophy'  that 
dominated  early  modern  science. 

HIST  402  The  Development  of  Modern 
Physical  Science  —  From  Newton  to 
Einstein.  (3)  The  history  of  physics  in  the 
18th  and  19th  centuries,  including  some 
of  its  connections  with  mathematics, 
technology,  chemistry  and  planetary 
science.  Emphasis  on  internal  technical 
developments  in  physical  theory,  with 
some  discussion  of  experimental,  phi- 
losophical and  sociological  aspects.  This 
is  the  second  part  of  a  three-semester 
sequence  (HIST  401,  HIST  402,  PHYS 
490);  each  part  may  be  taken  in- 
dependently of  the  others.  For  HIST  402 
the  prerequisites  are  MATH  110  and 
PHYS  112  or  117,  or  equivalent  compe- 
tence in  mathematics  and  physics. 
HIST  404  History  of  Modern  Biology.  (3) 
The  internal  development  of  biology  in 
the  nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries, 
including  evolution,  cell  theory,  heredity 
and  development,  spontaneous  genera- 
tion, and  mechanism  —  vitalism  con- 
troversies. The  philosophical  aspects  of 
the  development  of  scientific  knowledge 
and  the  interaction  of  biology  with 
chemistry  and  physics. 

HIST  407  History  of  Technology.  (3)  A 

survey  course  designed  for  junior,  senior 
and  graduate  students  with  a  solid  base 
in  either  engineering  or  history;  it  will 
cover  the  time  span  from  Greek  Antiqui- 
ty to  the  first  World  War.  Technology  will 
be  studied  as  a  cultural  force  controlled 
by  laws  of  its  own  and  operating  within 
a  distinctive  conceptual  framework.  The 
course  will  concentrate  on  the  changing 
character  of  technology  in  history  and  on 
the  interactions  between  technology  and 
other  cultural  forces  such  as  science, 
philosophy,  art,  material  culture,  and  the 
economy. 

HIST  408  Selected  Topics  in  Women's 
History.  (3)  In-depth  study  of  selected 
topics  on  women  in  American  society  in- 
cluding such  areas  as  women  and  the 
law,  women  and  politics,  the  'feminine 
mystique,'  and  the  'new  feminism.'  May 
be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  semes- 
ter hours. 

HIST  410  History  of  Early  Medicine: 
From  Thaumaturgy  and  Theurgy  to  the 
17th  Century  Theories.  (3)  A  historical 
survey  of  the  development  of  medicine 
in  Europe  and  Asia  from  earliest  times  to 
the  eighteenth  century.  Topic  discussed 
include:  primitive  diseases,  Egyptian, 
Chinese,  Greek  and  Medieval  medicine, 
epidemics,  surgical  developments,  the 
physician  and  the  development  of  public 
health  administration.  Enrollment  limited 
to  upper  division  and  graduate  students. 
HIST  411  History  of  the  Emergence  of 
Modern  Medicine.  (3)  Prerequisite,  junior 
standing.  Development  of  modern  medi- 
cine from  the  eighteenth  century  to  the 
present  with  emphasis  on  the  United 
States,  including  American  Indian  medi- 
cine, growth  of  medical  professions,  hos- 


pitals  and  public  health  facilities, 
surgery,  clinical  medicine,  psychiatry  and 
modern  medical  specialization. 

HIST  412  Readings  in  Psycho-History.  (3) 
Application  of  psychological  theories  to 
the  study  of  historical  personalities  and 
collective  behavior  survey  of  relevant 
personality  theorists,  and  an  evaluation 
of  recent  contributions. 

HIST  414  History  of  European  Ideas  I.  (3) 
Review  of  the  basic  western  intellectual 
traditions  as  a  heritage  from  the  ancient- 
world.  Selected  important  currents  of 
thought  from  the  scientific  revolution  of 
the  16th  and  17th  centuries  down  to  the 
end  of  the  18th  century. 

HIST  415  History  of  European  Ideas  II.  (3) 

A  continuation  of  HIST  414  emphasizing 
19th  and  20th  century  thought. 

HIST  416  Modem  Jewish  Intellectual 
History  I.  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  major 
ideas  and  ideologies  of  the  Jewish 
people  form  the  period  of  the  expulsion 
from  Spain  in  1492  until  the  generation 
of  Moses  Mendelssohn  and  his  contem- 
poraries at  the  end  of  the  eighteenth 
century.  The  course  will  emphasize  the 
major  intellectual  developments  within 
the  Jewish  community  shaped  by  its  en- 
counter with  major  cultural  developments 
such  as  the  Renaissance.  Reformation 
and  religious  scepticism  as  well  as  by 
the  constant  threats  to  its  collective 
identity  and  physical  well-being  through- 
out this  entire  period. 

HIST  417  Modern  Jewish  Intellectual 
History  II.  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  ma- 
jor ideas  and  ideologies  of  the  Jewish 
people  from  the  end  of  the  eighteenth 
century  until  the  present.  The  course  will 
consider  the  major  intellectual  responses 
to  the  problem  of  Jewish  identity  in  the 
context  of  the  effects  of  political  and 
social  emancipation,  nationalism  and  so- 
cialism, secularism  and  cultural  assim- 
ilation, as  well  as  political  anti-semitism 
and  physical  extermination  upon  the 
Jewish  community. 

HIST  419  Special  Topics  in  History.  (3) 

May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  nine 
hours. 

HIST  420  Ancient  Greece.  (3)  Greek 
history  and  culture  from  the  bronze  age 
to  200  B.C.  Concentration  of  the  life  and 
institutions  of  the  city-state,  poetry  and 
society,  the  Peloponnesian  War.  and 
Alexander  the  Great. 

HIST  421  History  of  Rome.  (3)  Roman 
history  from  the  foundation  of  the  city  to 
the  time  of  Constantine  the  Great,  con- 
centrating on  imperialism,  the  crisis  of 
the  republic,  Augustus  and  the  organiza- 
tion of  monarchy,  and  city  life  during  the 
principate.  (Students  who  have  received 
credit  for  HIFN  410  not  admitted.) 

HIST  422  Byzantine  Empire  I.  (3)  The 

eastern  Roman  empire  from  Constantine 
the  Great  to  the  crisis  of  the  ninth  cen- 
tury. The  development  of  the  late  Roman 
state  into  medieval  Christian  Byzantine 
empire  and  the  evolution  of  a  distinctive 
Byzantine  culture. 


HIST  423  Byzantine  Empire  II.  (3)  The 
Byzantine  empire  from  the  Macedonian 
Renaissance  to  the  conquest  of  Constan- 
tinople by  the  Turks  in  1453:  the  Byzan- 
tine empire  at  its  height,  the  Crusades. 
Byzantium  as  a  minor  power,  and  its 
contributions  to  the  Renaissance  and  the 
cultures  of  Russia  and  the  Balkans. 

HIST  424  History  of  Russia  to  1801.  (3)  A 
history  of  Russia  from  earliest  times  to 
1917. 

HIST  425  History  of  Russia  from 
1801-1917.  (3)  A  history  of  Russia  from 
earliest  times  to  1917. 

HIST  426  The  History  of  Spain  and  Por- 
tugal to  1700.  (3)  A  survey  of  the  ancient, 
medieval,  and  early  modern  history  of 
the  Iberian  peninsula  with  attention  to 
Spanish  and  Portuguese  expansion  over- 
seas and  the  role  of  Spain  in  Europe 
under  the  Hapsburg  Kings. 

HIST  427  The  History  of  Spain  and  Por- 
tugal Since  1700.  (3)  The  social,  political 
and  cultural  devlopment  of  modern  Spain 
and  Portugal,  emphasizing  the  decline  of 
the  monarchies.  Napoleonic  intervention, 
the  loss  of  the  main  part  of  the  overseas 
empires,  civil  strife,  and  the  rise  of 
strong-man  government. 

HIST  430  Tudor  England.  (3)  An  examina- 
tion of  the  political,  religious  and  social 
forces  in  English  life.  1485-1603.  with 
special  emphasis  on  Tudor  government, 
the  English  reformation  and  the  Eliza- 
bethan era. 

HIST  431  Stuart  England.  (3)  An  examina- 
tion of  the  political,  religious  and  social 
forces  in  English  life.  1603-1714,  with 
special  emphasis  on  puritanism  and  the 
English  revolutions. 

HIST  432  Britain  in  the  18th  Century.  (3) 

Developments  in  Great  Britain  from  the 
revolution  of  1688  to  the  end  of  the 
Napoleonic  wars. 

HIST  433  Modem  Britain.  (3)  A  survey  of 
British  history  from  the  age  of  the 
French  Revolution  to  World  War  I  with 
emphasis  upon  such  subjects  as 
Britain's  role  in  the  world,  the  democrat- 
ization of  the  state,  the  problems  arising 
from  industrialism  and  urbanism,  and 
Irish  and  imperial  problems. 

HIST  434  Constitutional  History  of  Great 
Britain  I.  (3)  Constitutional  development 
in  England,  with  emphasis  on  the  history 
of  the  royal  prerogative,  the  growth  of 
the  common  law.  the  development  of 
parliament,  and  the  emergence  of  sys- 
tematized government.  First  semester,  to 
1485. 

HIST  435  Constitutional  History  of  Great 
Britain  II.  (3)  Constitutional  development 
in  England,  with  emphasis  on  the  history 
of  the  royal  prerogative,  the  growth  of 
the  common  law.  the  development  of 
parliament,  and  the  emergence  of  sys- 
tematized government.  Second  semester, 
since  1485. 

HIST  436  History  of  the  British  Empire. 

(3)  An  analysis  of  the  development  of  the 


British  empire  since  the  American  Rev- 
olution. Particular  emphasis  is  given  to 
the  problems  of  responsible  self-govern- 
ment, the  evolution  of  the  British  Empire 
into  a  commonwealth  of  nations  and  the 
problems  of  the  dependent  empire. 
Recommended  prerequisites.  HIST  112. 
113.  141.  or  254. 

HIST  437  Modem  France  from  Napoleon 
to  DeGaulle.  (3)  The  changing  political 
and  cultural  values  of  French  society  in 
response  to  recurrent  crises  throughout 
the  19th  and  20th  centuries.  Students 
should  have  had  some  previous  survey 
of  either  western  civilization  or  European 
history. 

HIST  440  Germany  in  the  Nineteenth 
Century,  1815-1914.  (3)  The  development 
of  modern  Germany  and  the  rise  of  na- 
tional socialism. 

HIST  441  Germany  in  the  Twentieth  Cen- 
tury, 1914-1945.  (3)  Germany's  aims  and 
policies  during  World  War  I,  its  condition 
and  policies  in  the  inter-war  period,  the 
rise  of  national  socialism,  and  Germany's 
part  in  World  War  II. 

HIST  442  The  Soviet  Union.  (3)  A  history 
of  Soviet  Russia  and  the  Soviet  Union 
from  1917  to  the  present.  Stress  on  the 
relationship  between  Marxist  theory  and 
practice,  and  the  development  of 
peculiarly  socialist  institutions  and 
practices. 

HIST  443  Modem  Balkan  History.  (3)  A 
political,  socio-economic,  and  cultural 
history  of  Yugoslav.  Bulgaria.  Romania, 
Greece,  and  Albania  from  the  breakdown 
of  Ottoman  domination  to  the  present. 
Emphasis  is  on  movements  for  national 
liberation  during  the  nineteenth  century 
and  on  approaches  to  modernization  in 
ihe  twentieth  century. 

HIST  444  Nineteenth  Century  European 
Diplomatic  History.  (3)  The  development 
and  execution  of  European  diplomacy 
from  the  Congress  of  Vienna  to  the  out- 
break of  World  War  I.  concentrating  on 
central  and  western  Europe. 

HIST  445  Twentieth  Century  European 
Diplomatic  History.  (3)  The  development 
and  execution  of  European  diplomacy 
from  the  outbreak  of  World  War  I  to  the 
conclusion  of  World  War  II.  concen- 
trating on  central  and  western  Europe. 

HIST  446  European  Economic  History  to 
1750.  (3)  Economic  development  of  Eu- 
rope from  the  manorial  economy  of  med- 
ieval feudalism  through  the  emergence 
of  capitalist  institutions  and  overseas 
empires  to  the  advent  of  the  industrial 
revolution. 

HIST  447  European  Economic  History 
Since  1750.  (3)  The  mainsprings  of  the  in- 
dustrial revolution  first  in  18th  century 
England  and  then  across  the  rest  of 
Europe  during  the  19th  and  20th  cen- 
turies. Emphasis  on  the  English,  French. 
German.  Austro-Hungarian  and  Russian 
experiences  with  private  capitalism  and 
public  policy,  including  facism  and  com- 
munism. Social  consequences  of  in- 

Graduate  Programs  /  133 


dustrial  development  such  as  urbaniza- 
tion and  the  rise  of  labor  movements. 

HIST  450  Economic  History  of  the  United 
States  to  1865.  (3)  The  development  of 
the  American  economy  from  Columbus 
through  the  Civil  War. 

HIST  451  Economic  History  of  the  United 
States  after  1865.  (3)  The  development  of 
the  American  economy  from  the  Civil 
War  to  the  present. 

HIST  452  Diplomatic  History  of  the 
United  States  to  1898.  (3)  American 
foreign  relations  from  the  beginning  of 
the  American  Revolution  in  1775  through 
the  Spanish-American  War  of  1898,  in- 
cluding both  international  developments 
and  domestic  influences  that  contributed 
to  American  expansion  in  world  affairs, 
and  analyses  of  significant  individuals 
active  in  American  diplomacy  and  foreign 
policy. 

HIST  453  Diplomatic  History  of  the 
United  States  Since  1898.  (3)  American 
foreign  relations  in  the  twentieth  century 
during  the  age  of  imperialism.  World  War 
I,  the  Great  Depression,  World  War  II, 
and  the  cold  war.  A  continuation  of  HIUS 
422. 

HIST  454  Constitutional  History  of  the 
United  States  —  From  Colonial  Origins 
to  1860.  (3)  The  interaction  of  govern- 
ment, law,  and  politics  in  the  constitu- 
tional system.  The  nature  and  purpose  of 
constitutions  and  constitutionalism;  the 
relationship  between  the  constitution 
and  social  forces  and  influences,  the 
way  in  which  constitutional  principles, 
rules,  ideas,  and  institutions  affect 
events  and  are  in  turn  affected  by 
events.  The  origins  of  American  politics 
and  constitutionalism  through  the  con- 
stitutional convention  of  1787.  Major  con- 
stitutional problems  such  as  the  origins 
of  judicial  review,  democratization  of 
government,  slavery  in  the  territories  and 
political  system  as  a  whole. 

HIST  455  Constitutional  History  of  the 
United  States  —  Since  1860.  (3) 

American  public  law  and  government, 
with  emphasis  on  the  interaction  of 
government,  law,  and  politics.  Emphasis 
on  the  political-constitutional  system  as 
awhole,  rather  than  simply  the  develop- 
ment of  constitutional  law  by  the 
Supreme  Court.  Major  crises  in  American 
government  and  politics  such  as  civil 
war,  reconstruction,  the  1890's,  the  new 
deal  era,  the  civil  disorders  of  the  1960's. 

HIST  456  History  of  Ideas  in  America  to 
1865.  (3)  The  ideas,  conflicts,  myths,  and 
realities  that  shaped  American  character 
and  society  from  the  first  settlements  to 
the  Civil  War. 

HIST  457  History  of  Ideas  in  America 
Since  1865.  (3)  A  continuation  of  HIUS 
424. 

HIST  459  Society  in  America  — 
Historical  Topics.  (3)  A  consideration  of 
selected  aspects  of  American  society 
from  colonial  times  to  the  present. 
Special  emphasis  on  regionalism,  im- 


migration, nativism,  minorities,  urbaniza- 
tion, and  social  responses  to 
technological  changes.  May  be  repeated 
to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if  topics  are 
different. 

HIST  460  A  Cultural  and  Social  History 
of  the  American  Worker.  (3)  Examines 
the  free  American  working  class  in  terms 
of  its  composition;  its  myths  and 
Utopias;  its  social  conditions;  and  its  im- 
pact on  American  institutions. 

HIST  461  Blacks  in  American  Life;  1865 
to  Present.  (3)  The  role  of  the  black  in 
America  since  slavery,  with  emphasis  on 
twentieth  century  developments;  the 
migration  from  farm  to  city;  the  growth 
of  the  civil  rights  movement;  the  race 
question  as  a  national  problem. 

HIST  463  History  of  the  Old  South.  (3) 

The  golden  age  of  the  Chesapeake,  the 
institution  of  slavery,  the  frontier  south, 
the  Antebellum  Plantation  Society,  the 
development  of  regional  identity  and  the 
experiment  in  independence. 

HIST  464  History  of  the  New  South.  (3) 

The  experience  of  defeat,  the  restructur- 
ing of  southern  society,  the  impact  of  in- 
dustrialization and  the  modern  racial 
adjustment. 

HIST  465  History  of  the  American  Fron- 
tier —  The  Trans-Allegheny  West.  (3)  Ma- 
jor historical  interpretation  of  the 
significance  to  the  period  of  the  Trans- 
Allegheny  west.  Assesses  the  impact  of 
the  frontier  experience  on  American 
history.  Equal  attention  is  given  to 
political,  economic,  social  and  cultural 
problems  associated  with  the  develop- 
ment of  the  west.  Indian  culture,  treat- 
ment of  the  Indians,  and  Indian-white 
relations  are  integrated  into  the  course 
through  readings  and  lectures. 
HIST  466  History  of  the  American  Fron- 
tier —  The  Trans-Mississippi  West.  (3) 
Exploration,  settlement  and  development 
of  the  Trans-Mississippi  west.  Assesses 
the  impact  of  the  frontier  experience  on 
American  history.  Equal  attention  is 
given  to  political,  economic,  social  and 
cultural  problems  associated  with  the 
development  of  the  west.  Indian  culture, 
treatment  of  the  Indians,  and  Indian- 
white  relations  are  integrated  into  the 
course  through  readings  and  lectures. 

HIST  467  History  of  Maryland.  (3) 

Political,  social  and  economic  history  of 
Maryland  from  seventeenth  century  to 
the  present. 

HIST  470  Diplomatic  History  of  Latin 
America.  (3)  A  survey  of  the  political, 
economic  and  cultural  relations  of  the 
Latin  American  nations  with  emphasis 
on  their  relations  with  the  United  States 
and  the  development  of  the  inter- 
American  system. 

HIST  471  History  of  Brazil.  (3)  The  history 
of  Brazil  with  emphasis  on  the  national 
period. 

HIST  472  History  of  the  Argentine 
Republic.  (3)  Concentration  upon  the  re- 
cent history  of  Argentina  with  emphasis 


upon  the  social  and  economic  develop- 
ment of  a  third  world  nation. 

HIST  474  History  of  Mexico  and  the 
Caribbean  I.  (3)  History  of  Mexico,  Cen- 
tral America  and  the  Antilles,  beginning 
with  the  pre-Spanish  Indian  cultures  and 
continuing  through  European  contact, 
conquest,  and  colonial  dominance,  down 
to  the  beginning  of  the  Mexican  war  for 
independence  in  1810. 

HIST  475  History  of  Mexico  and  the 
Caribbean  II.  (3)  A  continuation  of  HIFN 
406  with  emphasis  on  the  political 
development  of  the  Mexican  nation. 

HIST  476  History  of  Canada.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites, HIST  241,  242,  or  253,  254.  A 
history  of  Canada,  with  special  emphasis 
on  the  nineteenth  century  and  upon 
Canadian  relations  with  Great  Britain  and 
the  United  States. 

HIST  480.  History  of  Traditional  China.  (3) 

China  from  earliest  times  to  1644  A.D. 
Emphasis  on  the  development  of  tradi- 
tional Chinese  culture,  society,  and 
government. 

HIST  481  A  History  of  Modern  China.  (3) 

Modern  China  from  1644  to  the  People's 
Republic  of  China.  Emphasis  on  the 
coming  of  the  west  to  China  and  the 
various  stages  of  the  Chinese  reaction. 

HIST  482  History  of  Japan  to  1800.  (3) 

Traditional  Japanese  civilization  from  the 
age  of  Shinto  mythology  and  introduc- 
tion of  continental  learning  down  to  the 
rule  of  military  families,  the  transition  to 
a  money  economy,  and  the  creation  of  a 
townsmen's  culture.  A  survey  of  political, 
economic,  religious,  and  cultural  history. 

HIST  483  History  of  Japan  Since  1800.  (3) 

Japan's  renewed  contact  with  the 
western  world  and  emergence  as  a 
modern  state,  industrial  society,  and 
world  power,  1800-1931;  and  Japan's 
road  to  war.  occupation,  and  recovery. 
1931  to  the  present. 

HIST  485  History  of  Chinese  Com- 
munism. (3)  An  analysis  of  the  various 
factors  in  modern  Chinese  history  that 
led  to  the  victory  of  the  Chinese  Com- 
munist party  in  1949  and  of  the  subse- 
quent course  of  events  of  the  People's 
Republic  of  China,  from  ca.  1919  to  the 
present. 

HIST  491  History  of  the  Ottoman  Empire. 

(3)  Survey  of  the  Ottoman  Turkish  empire 
from  1300  A.D.  to  its  collapse  during 
World  War  I.  Emphasis  on  the  empire's 
social  and  political  institutions  and  its 
expansion  into  Europe,  the  Arab  East 
and  North  Africa. 

HIST  492  The  Contemporary  Middle  East. 

(3)  This  course  covers  the  break-up  of 
the  Ottoman  empire  and  the  emergence 
of  contemporary  states  of  the  area. 

HIST  495  Twentieth  Century  Algeria.  (3)  A 

brief  survey  of  the  history  of  Algeria  and 
an  mdepth  study  of  twentieth  century 
events  leading  up  to  and  including  the 
war  of  liberation  and  Algerian  inde- 
pendence. Reading  knowledge  of  French 
desirable. 


134  /  Graduate  Programs 


HIST  496  A  History  of  West  Africa.  (3) 

West  Africa  from  approximately  4500 
B.C.  to  the  colonial  era.  The  development 
of  agricultural  and  technological  achieve- 
ments, which  made  it  possible  for  West 
African  civilizations  to  emerge  and  en- 
dure and  the  development  of  the 
medieval  and  early  modern  state 
systems.  The  structure  of  West  African 
societies,  the  people  and  their  cultural 
history. 

HIST  497  Economic  History  of  West 
Africa.  (3)  The  economic  history  of  West 
Africa  from  neolithic  times  to  the  end  of 
the  colonial  era.  Reading  knowledge  of 
French  desirable. 

HIST  600  Historiography.  (3) 

HIST  601  Methods  in  Historical 
Research.  (3)  Techniques  of  historical 
research  and  writing,  emphasizing  arch- 
ival research,  evaluation  of  sources, 
bibliography,  and  form  and  style  in 
writing. 

HIST  605  The  Teaching  of  History  in  In- 
stitutions of  Higher  Learning.  (1) 

HIST  608  Occupational  Internship.  (1-6). 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  department 
chairman.  Individually  arranged  internship 
tailored  to  individual  student  needs  with 
a  cooperating  public  or  private  agency  in 
the  metropolitan,  Washington/Baltimore 
area.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6 
hours. 

HIST  609  Readings  in  the  History  of 
Medicine  and  Modern  Science.  (3) 

HIST  618  Readings  in  the  History  of 
Women.  (3) 

HIST  619  Special  Topics  in  History.  (3) 

HIST  628  Readings  in  Colonial  American 
History.  (3) 

HIST  629  Readings  in  the  American 
Revolution  and  the  Formative  Period.  (3) 

HIST  638  Readings  in  the  Middle  Period 
and  Civil  War.  (3) 

HIST  639  Readings  in  Reconstruction 
and  the  New  Nation.  (3) 

HIST  648  Readings  in  Recent  American 
History.  (3) 

HIST  658  Readings  in  American  Constitu- 
tional History.  (3) 

HIST  659  Readings  in  American  Intellec- 
tual History.  (3) 

HIST  668  Readings  in  American  Social 
History.  (3) 

HIST  669  Readings  in  the  Economic 
History  of  the  United  States.  (3)  An  ex- 
amination of  the  major  issues  in  the 
history  of  the  economy  of  the  United 
States  from  the  17th  century  to  the  pres- 
ent, as  these  have  been  discussed  by 
the  more  important  economic  historians. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  hours. 

HIST  678  Readings  in  American  Labor 
History.  (3)  Social  and  cultural  history  of 
the  American  working  class  with  special 
attention  to  communities  based  on 


ethnicity,  race,  sex,  residence  and 
ideology;  history  of  the  labor  movement; 
selected  comparisons  with  working-class 
communities  of  other  countries. 

HIST  679  Readings  in  the  History  of 
American  Foreign  Policy.  (3) 

HIST  689  Readings  in  Southern  History. 
(3) 

HIST  698  Readings  in  the  History  of  the 
American  Frontier.  (3)  The  American  fron- 
tier experience  1763-1890.  Equal  em- 
phasis on  the  Trans-Appalachian  and 
Trans-Mississippi  west.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  6  credits. 

HIST  718  Readings  in  Medieval  History. 
(3) 

HIST  719  Readings  in  the  History  of  the 
Renaissance  and  Reformation.  (3) 

HIST  728  Readings  in  Early  Modern  Euro- 
pean History.  (3) 

HIST  729  Readings  in  Modern  European 
History.  (3)  Reading  knowledge  of  some 
European  language  recommended  but 
not  required. 

HIST  739  Readings  in  the  History  of 
Great  Britain  and  the  British-Empire 
Commonwealth.  (3) 

HIST  748  Readings  in  Modern  French 
History.  (3) 

HIST  749  Readings  in  German  History, 
1815  to  the  Present.  (3)  Reading  knowl- 
edge of  German  is  encouraged,  but  not 
required.  May  be  repeated  for  a  max- 
imum of  nine  semester  hours. 

HIST  758  Readings  in  Eastern  European 
History.  (3)  Selected  topics  in  the  history 
of  the  Habsburg  monarchy  and  the  suc- 
cessor states,  Poland  and  the  Balkans. 
Emphasis  on  the  rise  of  nationalism  dur- 
ing the  19th  century  and  the  experience 
with  fascism  and  communism  in  the 
20th  century. 

HIST  759  Readings  in  Russian  History. 
(3) 

HIST  768  Readings  in  Chinese  History. 
(3) 

HIST  769  Readings  in  Japanese  History. 
(3) 

HIST  778  Readings  in  Latin  American 
History.  (3) 

HIST  779  Readings  in  Middle  Eastern 
History.  (3) 

HIST  788  Readings  in  European  Eco- 
nomic and  Labor  History.  (3)  Selected 
topics  in  European  economic  history 
from  1648  to  the  second  world  war.  At- 
tention to  the  mainsprings  of  in- 
dustrialization, the  economic  conse- 
quences of  war  and  revolution,  and  the 
variety  of  European  labor  movements.  An 
introduction  to  the  use  of  quantitative 
methods  is  provided. 
HIST  789  Readings  in  Modern  European 
Intellectual  History.  (3) 

HIST  798  Readings  in  Jewish  History.  (3) 

Readings  on  selected  topics  in  Jewish 


history.  Emphasis  on  analysis  of  primary 
sources.  Reading  knowledge  of  Hebrew 
recommended.  May  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  of  6  credits. 

HIST  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

HIST  808  Seminar  in  the  History  of 
Medicine  and  Modern  Science.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, HIST  708  or  consent  of  instructor. 

HIST  809  Seminar  in  the  History  of 
Women.  (3) 

HIST  818  Seminar  in  Historical  Editing. 

(3)  An  apprenticeship  in  the  editing  of 
documentary  sources  and  scholarly  arti- 
cles for  publication.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  hours. 

HIST  820  Seminar  in  Chinese  History.  (3) 

HIST  821  Seminar  in  Japanese  History. 
(3) 

HIST  828  Seminar  in  Middle  Eastern 
History.  (3) 

HIST  829  Seminar  in  Latin  American 
History.  (3) 

HIST  839  Seminar  in  Medieval  and  Early 
Modern  European  History.  (3) 

HIST  840  Seminar  in  Greek  History.  (3) 

HIST  841  Seminar  in  Roman  History.  (3) 

HIST  844  Seminar  in  the  History  of  the 
Rennaisance  and  Reformation.  (3) 

HIST  848  Seminar  in  Modern  European 
History.  (3) 

HIST  849  Seminar  in  Russian  History.  (3) 

HIST  850  Seminar  in  East  European 
History.  (3)  Research  papers  on  the 
history  of  the  lands  which  are  now 
Austria,  Hungary,  Czechoslovakia,  Poland 
and  the  Balkan  States,  from  the  18th 
century  to  the  present. 

HIST  851  Seminar  in  German  History.  (3) 

Prerequisite  HIFN  798,  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Reading  knowledge  of  German 
is  required.  May  be  repeated  to  a  max- 
imum of  six  semester  hours. 

HIST  852  Seminar  in  Modern  French 
History.  (3) 

HIST  853  Seminar  in  Nineteenth  Century 
Europe.  (3) 

HIST  854  Seminar  in  20th  Century  Euro- 
pean History.  (3)  Seminar  in  20th  Euro- 
pean history,  1914  to  present.  Prereq- 
uisite, HIFN  758,  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. 

HIST  855  Seminar  in  Modern  European 
Intellectual  History.  (3) 

HIST  856  Seminar  in  Modern  European 
Diplomatic  History.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
reading  ability  of  either  French  or  Ger- 
man; a  course  in  modern  European  his- 
tory. May  be  repeated  for  a  maximum  of 
nine  semester  hours. 

HIST  857  Seminar  in  the  Social  and 
Cultural  History  of  Europe.  (3)  Research 
methods  for  multi-generational  family 
history,  the  comparative  study  of  folk 
cultures,  and  the  study  of  creative 


Graduate  Programs  / 135 


minorities.  Includes  a  general  intro- 
duction to  research  in  European  society 
and  culture. 

HIST  858  Seminar  in  the  History  of  Great 
Britain  and  the  British  Empire- 
Commonwealth.  (3) 

HIST  859  Seminar  in  History  of  Modern 
Wars.  (3) 

HIST  860  Seminar  in  Tudor  and  Stuart 
England.  (3) 

HIST  861  Seminar  in  English  Law  and 
Government,  1550-1760.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
one  of  the  following  courses;  HIFN  423, 
434,  435,  436  or  consent  of  instructor. 
From  the  accession  of  Elizabeth  I  to  the 
death  of  George  II. 

HIST  878  Seminar  in  Colonial  American 
History.  (3) 

HIST  879  Seminar  in  the  American 
Revolution  and  Formative  Period.  (3) 

HIST  880  Seminar  in  Southern  History. 
(3) 

HIST  881  Seminar  in  American  Frontier 
History.  (3)  A  research-writing  seminar 
dealing  with  selected  topics  related  to 
the  American  frontier,  especially  the 
Trans-Appalachian  and  Trans-Mississippi 
west,  1774  to  the  20th  century.  Repeat- 
able  to  a  maximum  of  six  semester 
hours. 

HIST  882  Seminar  in  the  History  of 
Maryland.  (3) 

HIST  888  Seminar  in  the  Middle  Period 
and  Civil  War.  (3) 

HIST  889  Seminar  in  Reconstruction  and 
the  New  Nation.  (3) 

HIST  890  Seminar  in  American  Intellec- 
tual History.  (3) 

HIST  892  Seminar  in  American  Social 
History.  (3) 

HIST  893  Seminar  in  the  Economic 
History  of  the  United  States.  (3)  A 

research-writing  seminar  dealing  with 
selected  topics  in  American  economic 
development  from  the  colonial  period  to 
the  present.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum 
of  six  semester  hours. 

HIST  894  Seminar  in  American  Labor 
History.  (3)  Advanced  research  and 
writing  on  selected  topics  in  the  history 
of  American  workers,  their  conditions, 
communities,  organizations  and  ideas. 

HIST  895  Seminar  in  American  Constitu- 
tional History.  (3) 

HIST  896  Seminar  in  the  History  of 
American  Foreign  Policy.  (3) 

HIST  898  Seminar  in  Recent  American 
History.  (3) 

HIST  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research. 
d-8) 


Concentration  in  the 
History  and  Philosophy  of 
Science 


The  Committee  on  the  History  and 
Philosophy  of  Science  supervises 
graduate  study  leading  to  the  M.A. 
and  Ph.D.  degrees  in  History  or  Phi- 
losophy. Courses  are  offered  in  a 
wide  range  of  subjects  in  the  history 
and  philosophy  of  science,  medi- 
cine, and  technology,  and  research 
facilities  are  available  on  the  College 
Park  campus  and  in  the  Washington 
area.  For  advanced  research  the  em- 
phasis is  on  the  history  and  philos- 
ophy of  physical  and  biological 
science  in  the  19th  and  20th  cen- 
turies; history  of  the  philosophy  of 
science  and  scientific  ideas;  genet- 
ics, computer  science,  geophysics 
and  astronomy;  scientific  institu- 
tions, medicine  and  public  health  in 
the  United  States.  Integration  of  his- 
torical and  philosophical  interpreta- 
tions of  science  is  stressed  in  both 
teaching  and  research. 

Students  should  apply  for  admis- 
sion to  either  the  History  Depart- 
ment or  the  Philosophy  Department, 
indicating  History  and  Philosophy  of 
Science  as  the  field  of  specializa- 
tion. Since  people  with  diverse  back- 
grounds can  be  successful  in  this 
field,  there  are  no  rigid  requirements 
for  admission;  the  quality  of  a  stu- 
dent's work  in  science,  history,  and 
philosophy,  as  demonstrated  not 
only  by  grades  and  test  scores  but 
also  by  papers  and  independent 
projects,  is  more  important  than  the 
numbers  of  credit  hours  in  these 
subjects.  But  prospective  students 
should  also  be  warned  that  the  min- 
imum requirement  for  doing  re- 
search in  the  history  and  philosophy 
of  science  covers  substantially  more 
areas  than  normally  expected  of 
Ph.D.'s  in  any  one  of  the  traditional 
fields  of  history  or  philosophy  or  a 
science;  it  includes  training  in  a 
science  equivalent  to  a  B.S.  (pref- 
erably M.S.)  degree,  proficiency  in 
both  oral  and  written  expression, 
and  ability  to  read  at  least  one  for- 
eign language  (preferably  both 
French  and  German). 

The  Committee  also  encourages 
applications  from  students  who  do 
not  intend  to  obtain  a  Ph.D.  in  his- 
tory and  philosophy  of  science  but 
desire  only  the  M.A.  as  preparation 
for  careers  in  science  teaching,  gov- 
ernment service,  technical  adminis- 
tration, museum  work,  etc.,  or  who 
plan  to  proceed  to  the  Ph.D.  in 
another  field. 


A  few  teaching  assistantships  are 
available  in  the  History  and  Philos- 
ophy departments  for  students  who 
have  adequate  backgrounds  in  those 
subjects. 

Detailed  information  may  be  ob- 
tained by  writing  to:  Chairperson, 
Committee  on  the  History  and  Phi- 
losophy of  Science,  Skinner  Build- 
ing, University  of  Maryland. 


Course  of  Directed  Study 
Leading  to  the  M.A.  in 
History  and  the  M.L.S. 

The  Department  of  History  and  the 
College  of  Library  and  Information 
Services  collaborate  in  offering 
courses  that  lead  to  the  two 
master's  degrees.  They  have  under- 
taken this  collaboration  to  meet  the 
need  for  graduate  training  for  archi- 
vists, manuscript  curators,  rare  book 
librarians,  and  those  wishing  to  be- 
come subject  specialists  in  aca- 
demic, special,  and/or  research  li- 
braries. Because  of  the  University's 
proximity  to  a  variety  of  immensely 
rich  research  collections,  students 
are  able  through  internships  to  gain 
first-hand  experiences  that  reinforce 
their  classroom  instruction. 

The  aim  of  the  sequence  of 
courses  leading  to  the  *wo  degrees 
is  to  prepare  students  to  understand 
the  intellectual  approach  of  the  re- 
search scholar  through  historical 
training  and  to  meet  those  research 
needs  through  the  information  ser- 
vices offered  in  CLIS.  The  fifty-four 
hours  required  for  the  degrees  com- 
bine twenty-four  hours  in  each  com- 
ponent, plus  six  elective  hours.  The 
M.A.-M.L.S.  is  a  non-thesis  plan,  but 
a  student  may  write  a  thesis  if  he 
chooses. 

Students  may  apply  for  admission 
under  the  rubric  HILS  (History- 
Library  Science)  either  through  the 
Department  of  History  or  CLIS.  Each 
has  a  co-ordinator  who  serves  as  an 
advisor  for  students.  Since  many  of 
these  courses  are  offered  in  se- 
quence, it  is  important  for  students 
to  work  closely  with  these  advisors. 
The  two  degrees  are  awarded  simul- 
taneously, and  a  student  who  fails 
to  complete  either  portion  of  the 
program  may  not  receive  either  de- 
gree. If  the  student  subsequently 
wishes  to  receive  only  one  degree, 
he  must  transfer  from  HILS  either  to 
the  graduate  program  in  History 
(HIST)  or  to  the  College  of  Library 
and  Information  Services  (LBSC). 

A  few  teaching  assistantships  are 
available  in  the  Department  of  His- 


136  /  Graduate  Programs 


tory  and  the  College  of  Library  and 
Information  Services  has  some  fel- 
lowship aid  for  students  in  the 
Course  of  Directed  Study.  These  are 
awarded  on  a  competitive  basis  in 
both  components. 

Detailed  information  may  be  ob- 
tained by  writing  to  the  Co-ordinator, 
Advanced  Studies  in  Archives,  Man- 
uscripts, and  Historical  Collections, 
in  either  the  Department  of  History 
or  the  College  of  Library  and  Infor- 
mation Services. 


Horticulture  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Twigg 
Professors:  Kramer,  Link,  Reynolds, 

Rogers,  Scott  (emeritus),  Shanks. 

Stark,  Thompson,  Wiley 
Adjunct  Professor:  Galletta 
Associate  Professors:  Baker.  Beste, 

Bouwkamp,  Gouin,  Schales 
Assistant  Professors:  Funt,  Gould, 

Kissida,  McClurg,  Ng,  Pitt,  Solomos, 

Stiles 

The  Department  of  Horticulture  of- 
fers graduate  study  leading  to  the 
Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  degrees.  The  Master  of 
Science  degree  is  offered  with  both 
thesis  and  non-thesis  options.  Can- 
didates place  major  emphasis  in  the 
areas  of  pomology,  olericulture,  flori- 
culture, or  ornamental  horticulture. 
Within  these  commodity  areas,  stu- 
dents may  direct  their  studies  and 
research  efforts  to  mineral  nutrition, 
postharvest  physiology,  plant 
breeding,  chemical  growth  regula- 
tion, water  relations,  plant  propaga- 
tion, histochemistry,  photoperiodism 
and  environmental  control,  and  other 
factors  affecting  production,  post- 
harvest  handling,  and  preservation  of 
horticultural  crops.  The  candidate's 
program  may  be  directed  toward  a 
career  in  research,  teaching,  exten- 
sion education,  or  industry.  The 
research  activities  required  for  the 
thesis  or  dissertation  are  normally 
carried  out  in  conjunction  with  the 
research  programs  of  the  depart- 
mental staff. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Students  entering  with  a  B.S.  degree 
in  Horticulture  can  normally  com- 
plete all  requirements  for  the  M.S.  in 
2  years  on  a  half-time  basis,  4  years 
for  the  Ph.D.  Full-time  students 
should  complete  the  requirements  in 
a  shorter  time.  Students  seeking  ad- 
mission should  present  undergrad- 
uate preparation  in  horticulture, 


botany,  chemistry,  and  supporting 
agricultural  disciplines.  Those  with- 
out this  background  are  advised  to 
enroll  as  undergraduate  students  to 
correct  these  deficiencies.  The 
Graduate  Record  Examination  is  not 
required. 

Students  entering  the  doctoral 
program  should  have,  or  plan  on 
completing,  a  Master  of  Science  de- 
gree in  Horticulture,  although  pre- 
sentation of  the  M.S.  in  a  related 
plant  science  field  may  be 
acceptable. 

Upon  admission,  the  student  se- 
lects a  faculty  advisor  and  an  ad- 
visory committee  is  appointed.  It  is 
an  early  function  of  the  committee 
to  work  with  the  candidate  in  devel- 
oping a  program  of  courses  and 
research,  to  meet  the  goals  and 
aspirations  of  the  students.  The 
Department  requires  no  foreign 
language  proficiency.  A  comprehen- 
sive, oral  examination  is  given  each 
candidate  for  the  M.S.;  candidates 
for  the  Ph.D.  take  an  oral  qualifying 
examination  covering  the 
dissertation. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Modern  laboratory  and  greenhouse 
facilities  are  located  at  the  College 
Park  campus.  Laboratory  instrumen- 
tation provides  for  chromatography, 
spectrometry,  elemental  analysis, 
histology,  and  other  procedures.  A 
system  for  automatically  monitoring 
respiratory  gases  and  volatiles  is 
available  in  connection  with  con- 
trolled atmosphere  chambers. 
Controlled-temperature  storages  and 
growth  chambers  provide  facilities 
for  postharvest  and  environmental 
control  studies.  Greenhouse  and 
plot  areas  are  available  for  research 
with  floricultural  and  ornamental 
plants.  Orchards  for  research  with 
fruits  are  located  at  the  Plant  Re- 
search Farm  7  miles  from  the  cam- 
pus. Other  research  studies  are  con- 
ducted cooperatively  with  fruit 
growers  in  the  western  part  of  the 
state.  Field  research  with  vegetable 
crops  is  carried  on  at  the  Vegetable 
Research  Farm,  Salisbury,  and  with 
ornamental  and  vegetable  crops  at 
Cheston-on-Wye  near  Grasonville. 
The  Beltsville  Research  Center  of 
the  United  States  Department  of  Ag- 
riculture is  located  3  miles  from  the 
campus.  Students  have  the  oppor- 
tunity to  attend  seminars  at  the  Re- 
search Center,  to  take  specialized 
courses  of  the  USDA  graduate 
school  and,  in  certain  cases,  to  con- 
duct research  projects  in  coopera- 


tion with  the  personnel  at  the  USDA 
Research  Center.  In  addition  to  li- 
brary facilities  at  the  University,  the 
National  Agricultural  Library  at  the 
Research  Center  is  readily  available 
to  graduate  students  of  the 
University. 

Financial  Assistance 

Some  graduate  students  are  sup- 
ported with  financial  aid.  Research 
and  teaching  assistantships  are  of- 
fered to  students  on  full  admission 
status,  as  available.  All  graduate 
assistants  are  expected  to  assist  in 
the  teaching  program  of  the  Depart- 
ment, and  those  in  the  M.S.  program 
will  follow  the  thesis  option. 

Courses 

HORT  411  Technology  of  Fruits.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
HORT  112,  or  concurrent  BOTN  441.  A 
critical  analysis  of  research  work  and  ap- 
plication of  the  principles  of  plant 
physiology,  chemistry,  and  botany  to 
practical  problems  in  commercial 
production. 

HORT  417  Tree  and  Small  Fruit  Manage- 
ment. (1)  Primarily  designed  for  voca- 
tional agriculture  teachers  and  extension 
agents.  Special  emphasis  will  be  placed 
upon  new  and  improved  commercial 
methods  of  production  of  the  leading 
tree  and  small  fruit  crops.  Current  pro- 
blems and  their  solution  will  receive 
special  attention. 

HORT  422  Technology  of  Vegetables.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
HORT  222,  prerequisite  or  concurrent, 
BOTN  441.  A  critical  analysis  of  research 
work  and  application  of  principles  of 
plant  physiology,  chemistry,  and  botany 
to  practical  problems  in  commercial  veg- 
etable production. 

HORT  427  Truck  Crop  Management.  (1) 

Primarily  designed  for  teachers  of  voca- 
tional agriculture  and  extension  agents. 
Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  upon 
new  and  improved  methods  of  produc- 
tion of  the  leading  truck  crops.  Current 
problems  and  their  solutions  will  receive 
special  attention. 

HORT  432  Fundamentals  of  Greenhouse 
Crop  Production.  (3)  Three  lectures  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  HORT  231.  This 
course  deals  with  a  study  of  the  com- 
mercial production  and  marketing  of  or- 
namental plant  crops  under  greenhouse, 
plastic  houses  and  out-of-door 
conditions. 

HORT  433  Plants  for  Interior  Decoration. 

(2)  Prerequisite.  HORT  231  or  permission 
of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  selection, 
production  and  use  of  plants  for  interior 
decoration  and  their  installation  and 
maintenance  under  interior  conditions. 

HORT  451  Technology  of  Ornamentals. 

(3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite. 


Graduate  Programs  /  137 


or  concurrent  BOTN  441.  A  study  of  the 
physiological  processes  of  the  plant  as 
related  to  the  growth,  flowering  and 
storage  of  ornamental  plants. 

HORT  453  Woody  Plant  Materials.  (3) 
Prerequisite.  BOTN  212.  A  field  and  lab- 
oratory study  of  trees,  shrubs,  and  vines 
used  in  ornamental  plantings. 

HORT  454  Woody  Plant  Materials.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  BOTN  212.  A  field  and  lab- 
oratory study  of  trees,  shrubs,  and  vines 
used  in  ornamental  plantings. 

HORT  456  Production  and  Maintenance 
of  Woody  Plants.  (3)  Two  lectures  and 
one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prereq- 
uisite or  corequisite,  HORT  271,  454.  A 
study  of  the  production  methods  and  op- 
eration of  a  commercial  nursery  and  the 
planting  and  care  of  woody  plants  in  the 
landscape. 

HORT  457  Ornamental  Horticulture.  (1)  A 

course  designed  for  teachers  of  agricul- 
ture and  extension  agents  to  place 
special  emphasis  on  problems  of  the  cul- 
ture and  use  of  ornamental  plants. 

HORT  471  Systematic  Horticulture.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a 
week.  A  studey  of  the  origin,  taxonomic 
relationship  and  horticultural  classifica- 
tion of  fruits  and  vegetables. 

HORT  472  Advanced  Plant  Propagation. 

(2)  Prerequisite.  HORT  271.  A  study  of 
the  anatomy,  morphology  and  physiology 
of  the  seed  and  plant  as  related  to 
macro  and  micro  forms  of  propagation.  A 
review  of  research  in  propagation. 

HORT  474  Physiology  of  Maturation  and 
Storage  of  Horticultural  Crops.  (2)  Two 

lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  441. 
Factors  related  to  maturation  and  appli- 
cation of  scientific  principles  to  handling 
and  storage  of  horticulture  crops. 

HORT  489  Special  Topics  in  Horticulture. 
(1-3)  Credit  according  to  time  scheduled 
and  organization  of  course.  A  lecture 
and/or  laboratory  series  organized  to 
study  in  depth  a  selected  phase  of  horti- 
culture not  covered  by  existing  courses. 

HORT  682  Methods  of  Horticultural  Re- 
search. (3)  Second  semester.  One  lecture 
and  one  four-hour  laboratory  period  a 
week.  The  application  of  biochemical  and 
biophysical  methods  to  problems  in  bio- 
logical research  with  emphasis  on  plant 
materials. 

HORT  689  Special  Topics  in  Horticulture. 

(1-3)  First  and  second  semester.  Credit 
according  to  time  scheduled  and  organi- 
zation of  the  course.  Organized  as  a  lec- 
ture series  on  a  specialized  advanced 
topic. 

HORT  699  Special  Problems  in  Horticul- 
ture. (1-3)  First  and  second  semester. 
Credit  according  to  time  scheduled  and 
organization  of  the  course.  Organized  as 
an  experimental  program  other  than  the 
student's  thesis  problem.  Maximum 
credit  allowed  toward  an  advanced  de- 


gree shall  not  exceed  four  hours  of  expe- 
rimental work. 

HORT  781  Edaphic  Factors  and  Horticul- 
tural Plants.  (3)  First  semester,  alternate 
years.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  441.  A  critical 
study  of  scientific  literature  and  current 
research  concerning  factors  of  the  soil 
affecting  production  of  horticultural 
plants.  Selected  papers  are  studied  and 
critically  discussed.  Attention  is  given  to 
experimental  procedures,  results  ob- 
tained, interpretation  of  the  data,  and  to 
evaluation  of  the  contribution. 

HORT  782  Chemical  Regulation  of 
Growth  of  Horticultural  Plants.  (3)  Sec- 
ond semester,  alternate  years.  Prerequi- 
site, BOTN  441.  A  critical  review  of  litera- 
ture and  current  research  relating  to  the 
use  of  chemicals  in  controlling  growth, 
and  useful  in  the  production,  ripening, 
and  handling  of  horticultural  plants  and 
products.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  experi- 
mental procedures  and  the  interpretation 
of  results,  current  usage  in  the  poten- 
tials for  future  research. 

HORT  783  Environmental  Factors  and 
Horticultural  Plants.  (3)  First  semester, 
alternate  years.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  441. 
A  study  of  the  literature  and  a  discus- 
sion of  current  research  concerned  with 
the  effects  of  environmental  factors  on 
the  growth  and  fruiting  of  horticultural 
plants.  Effects  of  temperature,  light,  and 
atmospheric  conditions  will  be 
considered. 

HORT  784  Current  Advanced  in  Plant 
Breeding.  (3)  Second  semester,  alternate 
years.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequi- 
site, HORT  274  or  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. Studies  of  the  genetic  and  cytoge- 
netic basis  of  plant  breeding,  systems  of 
pollination  control  and  their  application, 
mutation  breeding,  methods  of  breeding 
for  resistance  to  plant  diseases  and  en- 
vironmental pollutants. 

HORT  798  Advanced  Seminar.  (1)  Three 
credit  hours  maximum  allowed  toward 
the  M.S.  degree  or  six  credit  hours  maxi- 
mum toward  the  Ph.D.  degree. 

HORT  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

HORT  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 


Human  Development 
Education  Program 
(Institute  for  Child  Study) 

Professor  and  Acting  Chairman:  Perkins 
Professors:  Chapin,  Dittmann,  Goering, 

Morgan 
Associate  Professors:  Bennett,  Eliot, 
Flatter,  Gardner,  Hardy,  Hatfield, 
Huebner,  Kyle,  Matteson,  Mihollan, 
Rogolsky,  Svoboda,  Tyler,  Wolk 


Assistant  Professors:  Green,  Hunt, 
Koopman,  Marcus 

The  interdisciplinary  programs  of  the 
Institute  for  Child  Study  attempt  to 
collect,  interpret,  and  synthesize  the 
findings  of  the  human  sciences  that 
are  concerned  with  human  growth, 
development,  and  learning,  and  to 
communicate  this  synthesis  to  per- 
sons who  need  such  understandings 
as  a  basis  for  their  practice  and 
planning. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  Institute  for  Child  Study  offers 
graduate  programs  leading  to  Mas- 
ter of  Education,  Master  of  Arts  with 
thesis,  Doctor  of  Philosophy,  and 
Doctor  of  Education  degrees,  and 
Advanced  Graduate  Specialist  Cer- 
tificate (a  planned  program  of  30 
graduate  hours  beyond  the  Master's 
degree).  In  addition  to  the  general 
requirements  of  the  Graduate 
School  and  the  College  of  Educa- 
tion, the  Program  requires  scores  on 
the  Miller's  Analogies  Test  competi- 
tive with  other  applicants  for  admis- 
sion to  master's  and  doctoral  pro- 
grams, and  the  possession  of  a 
master's  degree  prior  to  admission 
to  the  doctoral  programs.  The 
research  oriented  M.A.  and  Ph.D. 
degree  programs  in  human  develop- 
ment are  designed  to  develop  stu- 
dent competencies  in  the  theoretical 
areas  of  biological,  psychological, 
and  sociocultural  processes,  and 
related  research  methods  in  human 
development.  The  practice  oriented 
M.Ed,  and  Ed.D.  programs  are 
designed  to  develop  student  compe- 
tencies in  identifying  the  implica- 
tions of  scientific  knowledge  for 
specific  situations  through  training 
in  program  design,  management,  de- 
livery, and  evaluation  of  human  ser- 
vices consistent  with  current  scien- 
tific knowledge  of  human 
development. 

The  primary  thrust  of  Institute 
programs  is  focused  upon  educa- 
tional institutions  and  services  and 
secondarily  with  other  human  ser- 
vices which  might  also  draw  upon 
scientific  knowledge  of  human 
growth  and  development.  Graduate 
students  in  Institute  programs  in- 
clude teachers,  administrators,  coun- 
selors, certified  therapists  and 
psychologists,  health  professionals, 
college  teachers  of  child  develop- 
ment, and  others  engaged  in  prac- 
tical fields  as  well  as  students  with 
training  in  the  traditional  scientific 
disciplines.  A  student's  program  is 
individually  developed  through  con- 


138  /  Graduate  Programs 


sultation  with  advisers  and  appropri- 
ate committees  to  meet  the  unique 
needs  of  the  student  consistent 
with  the  purposes  and  goals  of  the 
Institute  for  Child  Study.  Knowledge 
of  foreign  languages  is  generally  not 
required  unless  a  need  for  foreign 
languages  is  indicated  in  the  stu- 
dent's program. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Washington,  D.C.  area  and  the 
University  of  Maryland  are  particu- 
larly rich  in  resources  for  graduate 
study  in  human  development.  The 
faculty  of  the  Institute  is  uniquely 
multi-disciplinary,  representing  the 
broad  range  of  the  human  sciences 
and  related  applied  fields.  The  In- 
stitute has  a  special  book  collection 
available  for  use  by  faculty  and 
students,  ongoing  in-service  field 
programs  in  child  and  youth  study, 
and  opportunities  for  participating  in 
research.  Internship  experiences  are 
available  through  cooperation  with 
various  agencies  and  schools  in  the 
area.  Resources  of  the  College  of 
Education  include  a  Center  for 
Young  Children,  a  Curriculum  Mater- 
ials Center,  an  Educational  Tech- 
nology Center,  a  Reading  Center, 
Science  Center,  and  financial  and 
advisory  support  services  for 
research  and  evaluation. 


Courses 

EDHD  400  Introduction  to  Gerontology. 

(3)  An  overview  of  the  processes  of  ag- 
ing including  physiological,  sociological, 
and  psychological  aspects  as  an  intro- 
duction to  the  field  of  gerontology.  Anal- 
ysis of  physiological  changes,  cultural 
forces  and  self  processes  that  have  a 
bearing  on  life  quality  in  the  late  years. 
Examination  of  community  action  in 
response  to  problems  of  the  elderly. 
Direct  field  contact  with  programs  for 
the  elderly. 

EDHD  411  Child  Growth  and  Develop- 
ment. (3)  Growth  and  development  of  the 
child  from  conception  through  the  early 
childhood  years,  with  emphasis  on  devel- 
opment sequences  in  physical,  psycho- 
logical and  social  areas.  Implications  for 
understanding  and  working  with  young 
children  in  the  home,  school,  and  other 
settings. 

EDHD  413  Adolescent  Development.  (3)  A 

study  of  the  interplay  of  physical,  cul- 
tural and  self  forces  as  they  influence 
behavior,  development,  learning  and  ad- 
justment during  adolescence.  Includes 
observation  and  case  study.  This  course 
cannot  be  used  to  meet  the  psycholog- 
ical foundations  requirements  for  teacher 
certification. 

EDHD  416  Scientific  Concepts  in  Human 
Development  III.  (3)  Guided  reading  and 


observation  of  pupils  throughout  the 
school  year.  Emphasis  on  human  devel- 
opment concepts  relating  to  impact  of 
family,  school,  society,  and  peer  group 
on  the  student.  Collection  and  analysis 
of  data  affecting  learning  and  behavior. 
For  in-service  educators.  (Not  open  to 
persons  with  credit  in  EDHD  402,  403.) 

EDHD  417  Laboratory  in  Behavior 
Analysis  III.  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDHD  416. 
Guided  reading  and  observation  of  pupils 
throughout  the  school  year.  Emphasis  on 
analysis  of  intrinsic  aspects  of  learning 
and  behavior  including  cognitive  proc- 
esses, motivation,  self-concept,  attitudes, 
and  values.  For  in-service  educators.  (Not 
open  to  persons  with  credit  in  EDHD 
402,  403.) 

EDHD  419  Human  Development  and 
Learning  in  School  Settings.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, classroom  teaching  experience  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Advanced  study  of 
human  development  and  learning  prin- 
ciples in  the  continuous  study  and  eval- 
uation of  several  different  phases  of  the 
school  program  over  an  extended  period 
of  time.  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  6 
credits  if  the  topics  differ. 

EDHD  445  Guidance  of  Young  Children. 

(3)  Development  of  an  appreciation  and 
understanding  of  young  children  from 
different  home  and  community  back- 
grounds; study  of  individual  and  group 
problems. 

EDHD  460  Educational  Psychology.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  PSYC  100  or  EDUC  300  or 
equivalent.  Offers  an  examination  of 
research  and  problems  in  educational 
psychology.  Includes  consideration  of 
measurement  and  the  significance  of  in- 
dividual differences,  learning,  motivation 
and  emotions,  transfer  of  learning,  in- 
telligence, attitudes,  problem  solving, 
understanding,  thinking,  and  communi- 
cating knowledge.  The  course  is  in- 
tended to  provide  an  overview  of  educa- 
tional psychology  with  an  emphasis  on 
learning  processes.  It  may  not  be 
substituted  for  EDUC  300  by  regularly 
matriculated  students  in  the  teacher 
education  program. 

EDHD  489  Field  Experiences  in  Educa- 
tion. (1-4)  Prerequisites,  at  least  six 
semester  hours  in  education  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland  plus  such  other  pre- 
requisites as  may  be  set  by  the  major 
area  in  which  the  experience  is  to  be 
taken.  Planned  field  experience  may  be 
provided  for  selected  students  who  have 
had  teaching  experience  and  whose  ap- 
plication for  such  field  experience  has 
been  approved  by  the  education  faculty. 
Field  experience  is  offered  in  a  given 
area  to  both  major  and  non-major 
students.  NOTE:  the  total  number  of 
credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in 
EDHD  489,  888,  and  889  is  limited  to  a 
maximum  of  20  semester  hours. 

EDHD  498  Special  Problems  in  Educa- 
tion. (1-3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor. Available  only  to  mature  stu- 
dents who  have  definite  plans  for  in- 
dividual study  of  approved  problems. 


EDHD  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  and  In- 
stitutes. (1-6)  The  maximum  number  of 
credits  that  may  be  earned  under  this 
course  symbol  toward  any  degree  is  six 
semester  hours;  the  symbol  may  be  used 
two  or  more  times  until  six  semester 
hours  have  been  reached.  The  following 
type  of  educational  enterprise  may  be 
scheduled  under  this  course  heading: 
workshops  conduced  by  the  college  of 
education  (or  developed  cooperatively 
with  other  colleges  and  universities)  and 
not  otherwise  covered  in  the  present 
course  listing;  clinical  experiences  in 
pupil-testing  centers,  reading  clinics, 
speech  therapy  laboratories,  and  special 
education  centers;  institutes  developed 
around  specific  topics  or  problems  and 
intended  for  designated  groups  such  as 
school  superintendents,  principals  and 
supervisors. 

EDHD  600  Introduction  to  Human  Devel- 
opment and  Child  Study.  (3)  Offers  a 
general  overview  of  the  scientific  prin- 
ciples which  describe  human  develop- 
ment and  behavior  and  makes  use  of 
these  principles  in  the  study  of  individual 
children.  Each  student  will  observe  and 
record  the  behavior  of  an  individual  child 
throughout  the  semester  and  must  have 
one  half-day  a  week  for  this  purpose.  It 
is  basic  to  further  work  in  child-study 
and  serves  as  a  prerequisite  for  ad- 
vanced courses  where  the  student  has 
not  had  field  work  or  at  least  six  weeks 
of  workshop  experience  in  child  study. 
When  offered  during  the  summer  inten- 
sive laboratory  work  with  case  records 
may  be  substituted  for  the  study  of  an 
individual  child. 

EDHD  601  Biological  Bases  of  Behavior. 

(3)  EDHD  600  or  its  equivalent  must  be 
taken  before  EDHD  601  or  concurrently. 
Emphasizes  that  understanding  human 
life,  growth  and  behavior  depends  on 
understanding  the  ways  in  which  the 
body  is  able  to  capture,  control  and  ex- 
pend energy.  Application  throughout  is 
made  to  human  body  processes  and  im- 
plications for  understanding  and  working 
with  people. 

EDHD  602  Social  Bases  of  Behavior.  (3) 

EDHD  600  or  its  equivalent  must  be 
taken  before  EDHD  602  or  concurrently. 
Analyzes  the  socially  inherited  and  trans- 
mitted patterns  of  pressures,  expecta- 
tions and  limitations  learned  by  an  in- 
dividual as  he  grows  up.  These  are  con- 
sidered in  relation  to  the  patterns  of  feel- 
ing and  behaving  which  emerge  as  the 
result  of  growing  up  in  one's  social 
group. 

EDHD  603  Integrative  Bases  of  Behavior. 

(3)  EDHD  600  or  its  equivalent.  Prerequi- 
sites are  EDHD  601  and  602.  Analyzes 
the  organized  and  integrated  pattern  of 
feeling,  thinking  and  behaving  which 
emerge  from  the  interaction  of  basic 
biological  drives  and  potentials  with 
one's  unique  experience  growing  up  in  a 
social  group. 

EDHD  610  Physiological  Aspects  of  Ag- 
ing. (3)  Prerequisite,  ZOOL  201  or  202  or 


Graduate  Programs  /  139 


equivalent,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Physiological  changes  with  advancing 
age  including  cells  and  tissues;  metabo- 
lism; homeostasis;  and  sensorium,  with 
implications  with  respect  to  coping  with 
these  changes. 

EDHD  613  Advanced  Laboratory  in 
Behavior  Analysis  I.  (3)  First  of  a  three- 
hour  sequence  in  the  study  of  behavior. 
Analysis  focuses  upon  the  major  forces 
which  shape  the  development  and  learn- 
ing of  children  and  youth.  Summer  ses- 
sion only. 

EDHD  615  Advanced  Laboratory  in 
Behavior  Analysis  II.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
EDHD  613  or  equivalent.  Second  of  a 
three-course  sequence  in  the  behavior 
analysis  of  children  and  youth  focusing 
on  self-developmental  and  self-adjustive 
processes.  Summer  session  only. 

EDHD  617  Advanced  Laboratory  in 
Behavior  Analysis  III.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
EDHD  615  or  equivalent.  Third  of  a  three- 
course  sequence  in  the  behavior  analysis 
of  children  and  youth  which  contrasts 
the  child's  concept  of  self  and  the  world 
and  the  world's  concept  of  the  child. 
Summer  session  only. 

EDHD  619  Advanced  Scientific  Concepts 
in  Human  Development.  (3)  A  critical  ex- 
amination of  concepts  and  issues  in  con- 
temporary culture  as  these  relate  to  the 
development  and  learning  of  children 
and  youth.  Summer  session  only.  Re- 
peatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

EDHD  620  Aging  in  the  Cultural  Context. 

(3)  The  factors  and  forces  that  affect  life 
quality  in  the  late  years.  Identification  of 
economic,  social  and  governmental  influ- 
ences in  the  cultural  context  that 
enhance  or  impede  continued  growth  of 
the  person.  Individual  projects  involving 
direct  field  experience. 

EDHD  630  Cognitive  Processes  During 
Aging.  (3)  Cognitive  functioning  of  the 
aged.  The  roles  of  cultural,  environmental 
and  affectional  variables  as  they  con- 
tribute to  the  healthy  functioning  of 
cognitive  processes.  On-site  field  trips  to 
consolidate  an  understanding  of  these 
interrelationships.  Designed  for  those 
who  desire  a  fuller  understanding  of  life- 
span human  development  and/or  are  in- 
terested in  working  with  the  elderly. 

EDHD  659  Direct  Study  of  Children.  (1) 

May  not  be  taken  concurrently  with 
EDHD  402,  403,  or  404.  Provides  the  op- 
portunity to  observe  and  record  the 
behavior  of  an  individual  child  in  a  near- 
by school.  These  records  will  be  used  in 
conjunction  with  the  advanced  courses 
in  human  development  and  this  course 
will  be  used  in  conjunction  with  the  ad- 
vanced courses.  Teachers  active  in  their 
jobs  while  taking  advanced  courses  in 
human  development  may  use  records 
from  their  own  classrooms  for  this 
course.  A  minimum  of  one  year  of  direct 
observation  of  human  behavior  is  re- 
quired of  all  human  development  stu- 
dents at  the  master's  level.  This  require- 
ment may  be  satisfied  by  this  course. 


EDHD  710  Affectional  Relationships  and 
Processes  in  Human  Development.  (3) 

EDHD  600  or  its  equivalent  must  be 
taken  before  or  concurrently.  Describes 
the  normal  development,  expression  and 
influence  of  love  in  infancy,  childhood, 
adolescence  and  adulthood.  Deals  with 
the  influence  of  parent-child  relationship 
involving  normal  acceptance,  neglect,  re- 
jection, inconsistency,  and  over- 
protection  upon  health,  learning,  emo- 
tional behavior  and  personality  adjust- 
ment and  development. 

EDHD  711  Peer-Culture  and  Group  Proc- 
esses in  Human  Development.  (3)  EDHD 
600  or  its  equivalent  must  be  taken 
before  or  concurrently.  Analyzes  the 
process  of  group  formation,  role-taking 
and  status-winning,  describes  the 
emergence  of  the  'peer-culture'  during 
childhood  and  the  evolution  of  the  child 
society  at  different  maturity  levels  to 
adulthood.  Analyzes  the  developmental 
tasks  and  adjustment  problems 
associated  with  winning,  belonging,  and 
playing  roles  in  the  peer  group. 

EDHD  721  Learning  Theory  and  the 
Educative  Process  I.  (3)  Provides  a 
systematic  review  of  the  major  theories 
and  their  impact  on  education.  Considers 
factors  that  influence  learning. 

EDHD  722  Learning  Theory  and  the 
Educative  Process  II.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
EDUC  300  or  equivalent.  Provides  an  ex- 
ploration in  depth  of  current  theoretical 
and  research  developments  in  the  field 
of  human  learning,  especially  as  related 
to  educational  processes.  Considers  fac- 
tors that  influence  learning. 

EDHD  730  Field  Program  in  Child  Study 

I.  (3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 
Offers  introductory  training  and  appren- 
ticeship preparing  persons  to  become 
staff  members  in  human  development 
workshops,  consultants  in  child  study 
field  programs  and  coordinators  of 
municipal  or  regional  child  study  pro- 
grams for  teachers  or  parents.  Extensive 
field  experience  is  provided.  In  general, 
this  training  is  open  only  to  persons  who 
have  passed  their  preliminary  examina- 
tions for  the  doctorate  with  a  major  in 
human  development  or  psychology. 

EDHD  731  Field  Program  in  Child  Study 

II.  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDHD  730  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Offers  advanced  training 
and  apprenticeship  preparing  persons  to 
become  staff  members  in  human  devel- 
opment workshops,  consultants  to  child 
study  field  programs  and  coordinators  of 
municipal  or  regional  child  study  pro- 
grams for  teachers  or  parents.  Extensive 
field  experience  is  provided.  In  general, 
this  training  is  open  only  to  persons  who 
have  passed  their  preliminary  examina- 
tions for  the  doctorate  with  a  major  in 
human  development  or  psychology. 

EDHD  779  Seminars  in  Special  Topics  in 
Human  Development.  (2-6)  Prerequisite, 
consent  of  instructor. 

EDHD  798  Special  Problems  in  Educa- 
tion. (1-6)  Master's  AGS,  or  doctoral  can- 


didates who  desire  to  pursue  special 
research  problems  under  the  direction  of 
their  advisors  may  register  for  credit 
under  this  number. 

EDHD  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 

(1-6)  Registration  required  to  the  extent 
of  six  hours  for  master's  thesis. 

EDHD  810  Physical  Processes  in  Human 
Development  I.  (3)  Prerequisite,  admis- 
sion to  doctoral  program  in  human 
development  education.  Examines  the 
physiology  of  homeostasis  including  the 
roles  of  temperature,  biochemical  fac- 
tors, respiration,  circulation,  digestion, 
and  utilization  of  energy  as  these  in- 
fluence the  health,  functioning,  and 
behavior  of  human  beings. 
EDHD  811  Physical  Processes  in  Human 
Development  II.  (3)  Prerequisite,  admis- 
sion to  doctoral  program  in  human 
development  education.  Focuses  upon 
the  physiology  of  communication  in- 
cluding a  study  of  the  roles  of  the  ner- 
vous system,  endocrines,  nucleic  acids, 
and  pheramones  as  these  influence  the 
health,  functioning  and  behavior  of 
human  beings. 

EDHD  820  Socialization  Processes  in 
Human  Development  I.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
admission  to  doctoral  program  in  human 
development  education.  Study  of  com- 
parative cultures  serve  as  a  medium  for 
analyzing  the  processes  by  which  human 
beings  internalize  the  culture  of  the 
society  in  which  they  live. 

EDHD  821  Socialization  Processes  in 
Human  Development  II.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
EDHD  820  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Study  of  major  sub-cultures  in  the  United 
States,  their  institutions,  training  pro- 
cedures, and  their  characteristic  human 
expressions  in  folk-knowledge,  habits,  at- 
titudes, values,  goals,  and  adjustment 
patterns  as  they  relate  to  the  processes 
in  which  human  beings  in  our  society  in- 
teralize  the  culture  in  which  they  live. 

EDHD  830  Self  Processes  in  Human 
Development  I.  (3)  Prerequisite,  admis- 
sion to  doctoral  program  in  human 
development  education.  The  personality 
theories  of  Freud,  Jung,  Adler,  Horney, 
Fromm,  Sullivan,  Murray,  Lewin,  and 
Allport. 

EDHD  831  Self  Processes  in  Human 
Development  II.  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDHD 
830  or  consent  of  instructor.  The  per- 
sonality theories  of  Erickson,  Rogers, 
Maslow,  and  others.  Synthesis  of  the 
student's  theory  of  personality. 

EDHD  860  Synthesis  of  Human  Develop- 
ment Concepts.  (3)  Prerequisites,  EDHD 
810,  820  and  830.  A  seminar  wherein  ad- 
vanced students  work  toward  a  personal 
synthesis  of  their  own  concepts  in 
human  growth  and  development.  Em- 
phasis is  placed  on  seeing  tne  dynamic 
interrelations  between  all  process  in  the 
behavior  and  development  of  an 
individual. 

EDHD  888  Apprenticeship  in  Education. 
(1-8)  Apprenticeships  in  the  major  area 


140  /  Graduate  Programs 


of  study  are  available  to  selected  stu- 
dents whose  application  for  an  appren- 
ticeship has  been  approved  by  the 
educational  faculty.  Each  apprentice  is 
assigned  to  work  for  at  least  a  semester 
full-time  or  the  equivalent  with  an  ap- 
propriate staff  member  of  a  cooperating 
school,  school  system,  or  educational  in- 
stitution or  agency.  The  sponsor  of  the 
apprentice  maintains  a  close  working 
relationship  with  the  apprentice  and  the 
other  persons  involved.  Prerequisites, 
teaching  experience,  a  master's  degree 
in  education,  and  at  least  six  semester 
hours  in  education  at  the  University  of 
Maryland.  NOTE:  The  total  number  of 
credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in 
EDHD  489,  888  and  889  is  limited  to  a 
maximum  of  twenty  (20)  semester  hours. 

EDHD  889  Internship  in  Education.  (3-9) 

Internships  in  the  major  area  of  study 
are  available  to  selected  students  who 
have  teaching  experience.  The  following 
groups  of  students  are  eligible:  (a)  any 
student  who  has  been  advanced  to  can- 
didacy for  the  doctor's  degree:  and  (b) 
any  student  who  receives  special  ap- 
proval by  the  education  faculty  for  an  in- 
ternship, provided  that  prior  to  taking  an 
internship,  such  student  shall  have  com- 
pleted at  least  60  semester  hours  of 
graduate  work,  including  at  least  six 
semester  hours  in  education  at  the 
University  of  Maryland.  Each  intern  is 
assigned  to  work  on  a  full-time  basis  for 
at  least  a  semester  with  an  appropriate 
staff  member  in  a  cooperating  school, 
school  system,  or  educational  institution 
or  agency.  The  internship  must  be  taken 
in  a  school  situation  different  from  the 
one  where  the  student  is  regularly  em- 
ployed. The  intern's  sponsor  maintains  a 
close  working  relationship  with  the  intern 
and  the  other  persons  involved.  NOTE: 
The  total  number  of  credits  which  a  stu- 
dent may  earn  in  EDHD  489,  888,  and 
889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  twenty 
(20)  semester  hours. 

EDHD  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research.  (1-8)  Registration  required  to 
the  extent  of  6-9  hours  for  an  Ed.D.  proj- 
ect and  12-18  hours  for  a  Ph.D. 
dissertation. 


Industrial  Education 
Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Maley 
Professors:  Harrison,  Hornbake, 

Luetkemeyer 
Associate  Professors:  Beatty, 

Herschbach,  Mietus,  Stough,  Tierney 
Assistant  Professors:  Elkins,  Gemmill, 

Starkweather 

The  graduate  programs  in  Industrial 
Education  are  designed  to  prepare 
specialized  personnel  in  all  fields 
related  to  Industrial  Education. 
These  fields  include  programs  both 


in  education  and  in  industry.  Pro- 
grams related  to  education  prepare 
personnel  for  teaching,  administra- 
tion, and  supervisory  positions  in 
local  schools  or  in  related  state  and 
federal  agencies,  as  well  as  prepara- 
tions for  university  teaching  and 
research.  Programs  designed  for  in- 
dustrial personnel  are  primarily  in  in- 
dustrial training,  supervision,  and 
production. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

At  the  master's  degree  level 
(M.A.-thesis  required,  and  M.Ed.-non- 
thesis)  programs  are  offered  in  four 
areas:  Industrial  Technology,  Indus- 
trial Arts  Education,  Vocational- 
Industrial  Education,  and  Technical 
Education.  The  Department  has  two 
separate  doctoral  programs  (Ph.D. 
and  Ed.D.)  in  the  allied  fields  of  In- 
dustrial Arts  Education  and 
Vocational-Industrial  Education.  The 
Department  also  offers  an  Advanced 
Graduate  Specialist  Certificate  in 
both  fields. 

Every  graduate  program  in  the 
Department  is  developed  on  an  in- 
dividual basis  to  meet  the  personal 
needs  of  the  graduate  student.  At 
the  same  time,  however,  the  grad- 
uate student  is  expected  to  have 
achieved  certain  specified  objectives 
upon  completion  of  his  program. 
The  student  should  exhibit:  com- 
petence in  a  major  field  of  Industrial 
Education;  ability  to  analyze,  con- 
duct, and  report  research  findings; 
and  a  broad  understanding  of  the 
relationships  of  education  and  in- 
dustry as  social  institutions  in  our 
technological  culture. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

In  addition  to  the  extensive  library 
and  computer  facilities  available  on 
the  College  Park  Campus,  other  in- 
stitutions located  within  the  Wash- 
ington area  are  also  available  for 
research  and  consultation  services. 
These  institutions  include  the  Li- 
brary of  Congress,  Smithsonian  In- 
stitution, U.S.  Office  of  Education, 
American  Industrial  Arts  Associa- 
tion, American  Vocational  Associa- 
tion, and  the  National  Medical 
Library. 

Financial  Assistance 

Some  Graduate  Assistantships  are 
available  to  qualified  graduate 
students. 

Additional  Information 

For  information  and  a  departmental 
brochure,  please  write  to  the  Direc- 
tor of  the  Graduate  Program. 


Courses 

EDIN  400  Technology  Activities  for  the 
Elementary  School.  (3)  Experience  in  the 
development  and  use  of  technology  and 
career  education  instructional  materials 
for  construction  activities  in  an  inter- 
disciplinary approach  to  elementary 
school  education. 

EDIN  410  Administration  and  Program 
Development  in  Industrial  Arts.  (3)  Prin- 
ciples and  practices  of  program  develop- 
ment and  supervision  with  reference  to 
the  role  of  the  departmental  chairperson 
in  vocational,  technical,  and  industrial 
arts  programs  at  the  secondary  and  post- 
secondary  levels. 

EDIN  412  Management  of  Physical 
Facilities  in  Industrial  Arts  and  Voca- 
tional Education.  (3)  Principles,  practices, 
and  theory  related  to  the  role  of  the  de- 
partmental chairperson  charged  with  the 
management  of  the  physical  facilities  in 
vocational,  technical,  and  industrial  arts 
laboratories. 

EDIN  415  Research  and  Experimentation 
in  Industrial  Arts.  (3)  This  is  a  laboratory- 
seminar  course  designed  to  develop  per- 
sons capable  of  planning,  directing  and 
evaluating  effective  research  and  ex- 
perimentation procedures  with  the  mate- 
rials, products  and  processes  of  industry. 

EDIN  416  Industrial  Hygiene.  (3)  Introduc- 
tion to  the  concept  of  industrial  hygiene 
and  environmental  health.  Evaluation 
techniques,  instrumentation  for  identifi- 
cation of  problems;  design  parameters 
for  achieving  control  over  environmental 
epidemiological  and  toxicological 
hazards. 

EDIN  421  Industrial  Arts  in  Special 
Education.  (3)  Four  hours  laboratory  per 
week,  one  hour  lecture.  Prerequisite, 
EDSP  470  and  471  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. This  course  provides  experiences  of 
a  technical  and  theoretical  nature  in  in- 
dustrial processes  applicable  for  class- 
room use.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  individ- 
ual research  in  the  specific  area  of  one 
major  interest  in  special  education. 

EDIN  425  Industrial  Training  in  Industry  I. 

(3)  An  overview  of  the  function  of  in- 
dustrial training,  including  types  of  pro- 
grams, their  organization,  development, 
and  evaluation. 

EDIN  426  Industrial  Training  in  Industry 
II.  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDIN  425.  Studies  of 
training  programs  in  a  variety  of  indus- 
tries, including  plant  program  visitation, 
training  program  development,  and  anal- 
ysis of  industrial  training  research. 
EDIN  427  Experimental  Electronics.  (2) 
Emphasis  on  student  investigation  of  an 
area  of  electronics  of  particular  interest 
or  usefulness  at  a  depth  appropriate  for 
student  background  and  need.  Course 
fouses  on  student-based  objectives  re- 
lating to  one  or  more  of  the  following: 
digital  circuitry,  communication,  energy 
conversion,  test  equipment  utilization, 
analogue  circuitry.  Six  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week. 


Graduate  Programs  /  141 


EDIN  433  Advanced  Topics  in  Power 
Technology.  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDIN  233  or 
equivalent.  Two  hours  of  lecture,  tour 
hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Intended 
for  the  advanced  undergraduate  or  grad- 
uate student  who  wishes  to  develop  a 
competency  in  building  and  evaluating 
the  performance  of  energy  transmission, 
control  and  converter  systems,  methane 
digestors,  solar  collectors,  electric 
motors,  steam  turbines,  and  fluid  power 
systems. 

EDIN  434  Color  Reproduction  in  Graphic 
Communications.  (3)  Two  hours  of  lec- 
ture, four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  EDIN  334  or  equivalent.  An 
advanced  course  on  the  theory  and  pro- 
cesses of  color  graphic  reproduction. 
Continuous  tone  color  photography,  flat 
color  preparation,  process  color  separa- 
tions and  the  reproduction  of  a  multi- 
color product  on  a  semi-or  automatic 
printing  press. 

EDIN  443  Industrial  Safety  Education  I. 

(2)  This  course  deals  briefly  with  the 
history  and  development  of  effective 
safety  programs  in  modern  industry  and 
treats  causes,  effects  and  values  of  in- 
dustrial safety  education  inclusive  of  fire 
prevention  and  hazard  controls. 

EDIN  444  Industrial  Safety  Education  II. 

(2)  In  this  course  exemplary  safety  prac- 
tices are  studied  through  conference  dis- 
cussions, group  demonstration,  and  or- 
ganized plant  visits  to  selected  industrial 
situations.  Methods  of  fire  precautions 
and  safety  practices  are  emphasized. 
Evaluative  criteria  in  safety  programs  are 
formulated. 

EDIN  445  Systems  Safety  Analysis.  (3) 

The  development  of  systems  safety,  a  re- 
view of  probability  concepts  and  the  ap- 
plication of  systems  technique  to  indus- 
trial safety  problems.  Hazard  mode  and 
effect,  fault  free  analysis  and  human  fac- 
tors considerations. 

EDIN  450  Training  Aids  Development.  (3) 

Study  of  the  aids  in  common  use  as  to 
their  source  and  application.  Special  em- 
phasis is  placed  on  principles  to  be  ob- 
served in  making  aids  useful  to  labora- 
tory teachers.  Actual  construction  and 
application  of  such  devices  will  be 
required. 

EDIN  457  Tests  and  Measurements.  (3) 

The  construction  of  objective  tests  for 
occupational  and  vocational  subjects. 

EDIN  460  Essentials  of  Design.  (2)  Two 

laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
EDIN  101  and  basic  laboratory  work.  A 
study  of  the  basic  principles  of  design 
and  practice  in  their  application  to  the 
construction  of  laboratory  projects. 

EDIN  461  Principles  of  Vocational 
Guidance.  (3)  This  course  identifies  and 
applies  the  underlying  principles  of  guid- 
ance to  the  problems  of  educational  and 
vocational  adjustment  of  students. 

EDIN  462  Occupational  Analysis  and 
Course  Construction.  (3)  Provides  a  work- 


ing knowledge  of  occupational  and  job 
analysis  and  applies  the  techniques  in 
building  and  reorganizing  courses  of 
study  for  effective  use  in  vocational  and 
occupational  schools. 

EDIN  464  Laboratory  Organization  and 
Management.  (3)  This  course  covers  the 
basic  elements  of  organizing  and  man- 
aging an  industrial  education  program  in- 
cluding the  selection  of  equipment  and 
the  arrangement  of  the  shop. 

EDIN  465  Modern  Industry.  (3)  This 
course  provides  an  overview  of  manufac- 
turing industry  in  the  American  social, 
economic  and  culture  pattern.  Represen- 
tative basic  industries  are  studied  from 
the  viewpoints  of  personnel  and  manage- 
ment organization,  industrial  relations, 
production  procedures,  distribution  of 
products,  and  the  like. 

EDIN  466  Educational  Foundations  of  In- 
dustrial Arts.  (3)  A  study  of  the  factors 
which  place  industrial  arts  education  in 
any  well-rounded  program  of  general 
education. 

EDIN  467  Problems  in  Occupational 
Education.  (3)  The  purpose  of  this  course 
is  to  secure,  assemble,  organize,  and  in- 
terpret data  relative  to  the  scope,  charac- 
ter and  effectiveness  of  occupational 
education. 

EDIN  470  Numerical  Control  in  Manufac- 
turing. (3)  The  historical  development  of 
numerical  control  (N/C)  in  manufacturing, 
recent  industrial  trends  in  N/C,  and  a  var- 
iety of  N/C  equipment  and  support  ser- 
vices. N/C  machine  operations:  Machine 
motions,  positioning  control  systems, 
N/C  tapes  and  their  preparation,  manual 
and  computer  assisted  (APT  111)  part 
programming.  Experience  in  product  de- 
sign, part  programming,  and  product 
machining. 

EDIN  471  History  and  Principles  of  Voca- 
tional Education.  (3)  An  overview  of  the 
development  of  vocational  education 
from  primitive  times  to  the  present  with 
special  emphasis  given  to  the  vocational 
education  movement  with  the  American 
program  of  public  education. 

EDIN  475  Recent  Technological  Devel- 
opments in  Products  and  Processes.  (3) 

This  course  is  designed  to  give  the  stu- 
dent an  understanding  of  recent  techno- 
logical developments  as  they  pertain  to 
the  products  and  processes  of  industry. 
The  nature  of  the  newer  products  and 
processes  is  studied  as  well  as  their  ef- 
fect upon  modern  industry  and/or 
society. 

EDIN  476  Application  of  Technology  to 
Societal  Problems.  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDIN 
311  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of 
alternative  solutions  of  a  technological 
nature  with  respect  to  such  areas  as 
housing,  transportation,  energy,  commu- 
nications, production,  trash  and  waste 
disposal,  water  development,  and  pollu- 
tion control. 

EDIN  481  Manufacture  and  Use  of  Inor- 
ganic Nonmetallic  Materials.  (3)  Prerequi- 


site, EDIN  381  or  equivalent.  Two  hours 
of  lecture,  four  hours  laboratory  per 
week.  Fabrication  of  products  from  cal- 
culated compositions;  application  of  for- 
ming process;  utilization  of  composi- 
tions; experiences  with  property  analysis 
and  product  design. 

EDIN  487  Field  Experience  in  Education. 
(1-4)  Prerequisites,  at  least  six  semester 
hours  in  education  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  plus  such  other  prerequisites 
as  may  be  set  by  the  major  area  in 
which  the  experience  is  to  be  taken. 
Planned  field  experience  may  be  pro- 
vided for  selected  students  who  have 
had  teaching  experience  and  whose  ap- 
plication for  such  field  experience  has 
been  approved  by  the  education  faculty. 
Field  experience  is  offered  in  a  given 
area  to  both  major  and  nonmajor 
students. 

Note;  The  total  number  of  credits  which 
a  student  may  earn  in  EDIN  487,  888, 
and  889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  20 
semester  hours. 

EDIN  488  Special  Problems  in  Education. 
(1-3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 
Available  only  to  mature  students  who 
have  definite  plans  for  individual  study  of 
approved  problems. 

EDIN  491  Plastics  Design  and  Equipment 
Selection.  (3)  Lecture  and  laboratory.  Pre- 
requisite, EDIN  391  or  permission  of  the 
department.  Includes  experience  with 
material  selection,  product  design,  mold 
design,  auxiliary  equipment  and  fixtures. 

EDIN  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  and  In- 
stitutes. (1-6)  The  maximum  number  of 
credits  that  may  be  earned  under  this 
course  symbol  toward  any  degree  is  six 
semester  hours;  the  symbol  may  be  used 
two  or  more  times  until  six  semester 
hours  have  been  reached.  The  following 
type  of  educational  enterprise  may  be 
scheduled  under  this  course  heading: 
Workshops  conducted  by  the  College  of 
Education  (or  developed  cooperatively 
with  other  colleges  and  universities)  and 
not  otherwise  covered  in  the  present 
course  listing;  clinical  experiences  in 
pupil-testing  centers,  reading  clinics, 
speech  therapy  laboratories,  and  special 
education  centers;  institutes  developed 
around  specific  topics  or  problems  and 
intended  for  designated  groups  such  as 
school  superintendents,  principals  and 
supervisors. 

EDIN  607  Philosophy  of  Industrial  Arts 
Education.  (3)  An  overview  of  the  devel- 
opment of  the  industrial  arts  movement 
and  the  philosophical  framework  upon 
which  it  was  founded.  Special  emphasis 
is  given  to  the  contemporary  movements 
in  industrial  arts  and  their  theoretical 
foundations. 

EDIN  614  School  Shop  Planning  and 
Equipment  Selection.  (3)  Deals  with  the 
principles  and  problems  of  providing  the 
physical  facilities  for  industrial  education 
programs.  The  selection,  arrangement 
and  placement  of  equipment  are  covered 
as  well  as  the  determination  of  labora- 


142  /  Graduate  Programs 


tory  space  requirements,  utility  services 
and  storage  requirements  for  various 
types  of  industrial  education  programs. 

EDIN  616  Supervision  of  Industrial  Arts. 
(3)  Deals  with  the  nature  and  function  of 
the  supervisory  function  in  the  industrial 
arts  field.  The  administrative  as  well  as 
the  supervisory  responsibilities,  tech- 
niques, practices  and  personal  qualifi- 
cations of  the  industrial  arts  supervisor 
are  covered. 

EDIN  620  Organization,  Administration 
and  Supervision  of  Vocational  Education. 
(3) 

EDIN  640  Research  in  Industrial  Arts  and 
Vocational  Education.  (2)  Offered  by  ar- 
rangement for  persons  who  are  conduct- 
ing research  in  the  areas  of  industrial 
arts  and  vocational  education. 

EDIN  641  Content  and  Method  of  In- 
dustrial Arts.  (3)  Various  methods  and 
procedures  used  in  curriculum  develop- 
ment are  examined  and  those  suited  to 
the  field  of  industrial  arts  education  are 
applied.  Methods  of  and  devices  for  in- 
dustrial arts  instruction  are  studied  and 
practiced. 

EDIN  642  Coordination  in  Work- 
Experience  Programs.  (3)  Surveys  and 
evaluates  the  qualifications  and  duties  of 
a  teacher-coordinator  in  a  work- 
experience  program.  Deals  particularly 
with  evolving  patterns  in  city  and  county 
schools  in  Maryland,  and  is  designed  to 
help  teacher-coordinators,  guidance 
counselors,  and  others  in  the  supervisory 
and  administrative  personnel  concerned 
with  the  functioning  relationships  of 
part-time  cooperative  education  in  a  com- 
prehensive educational  program. 

EDIN  647  Seminar  in  Industrial  Arts  and 
Vocational  Education.  (2) 

EDIN  650  Teacher  Education  in  Industrial 
Arts.  (3)  This  course  is  intended  for  the 
industrial  arts  teacher  educator  at  the 
college  level.  It  deals  with  the  function 
and  historical  development  of  industrial 
arts  teacher  education.  Other  areas  of 
content  include  administration  program 
and  program  development,  physical  facil- 
ities and  requirements,  staff  organization 
and  relationships,  college-secondary 
school  relationships,  philosophy  and 
evaluation. 

EDIN  798  Special  Problems  in  Education. 
(1-6)  Master's,  AGS,  or  doctoral  can- 
didates who  desire  to  pursue  special  re- 
search problems  under  the  direction  of 
their  advisers  may  register  for  credit 
under  this  number.  Course  card  must 
have  the  title  of  the  problem  and  the 
name  of  the  faculty  member  under 
whom  the  work  will  be  done. 

EDIN  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

Registration  required  to  the  extent  of  6 
hours  for  Master's  thesis. 

EDIN  888  Apprenticeship  in  Education. 

(1-8)  Apprenticeships  in  the  major  area 
of  study  are  available  to  selected  stu- 
dents whose  application  for  an  appren- 


ticeship has  been  approved  by  the  edu- 
cation faculty.  Each  apprentice  is  as- 
signed to  work  for  at  least  a  semester 
full-time  or  the  equivalent  with  an  ap- 
propriate staff  member  of  a  cooperating 
school,  school  system,  or  educational  in- 
stitution or  agency.  The  sponsor  of  the 
apprentice  maintains  a  close  working  re- 
lationship with  the  apprentice  and  the 
other  persons  involved.  Prerequisites, 
teaching  experience,  a  Master's  degree 
in  education,  and  at  least  six  semester 
hours  in  education  at  the  University  of 
Maryland. 

Note:  The  total  number  of  credits  which 
a  student  may  earn  in  EDIN  489,  888,  889 
is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  twenty  (20) 
semester  hours. 

EDIN  889  Internship  in  Education.  (3-8) 

Internships  in  the  major  area  of  study 
are  available  to  selected  students  who 
have  teaching  experience.  The  following 
groups  of  students  are  eligible:  (A)  Any 
student  who  has  been  advanced  to  can- 
didacy for  the  Doctor's  degree;  and  (B) 
any  student  who  receives  special  ap- 
proval by  the  education  faculty  for  an  in- 
ternship, provided  that  prior  to  taking  an 
internship,  such  student  shall  have  com- 
pleted at  least  60  semester  hours  of 
graduate  work,  including  at  least  six  se- 
mester hours  in  education  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland.  Each  intern  is  assigned 
to  work  on  a  full-time  basis  for  at  least  a 
semester  with  an  appropriate  staff  mem- 
ber in  a  cooperating  school,  school  sys- 
tem, or  educational  institution  or  agency. 
The  internship  must  be  taken  in  a  school 
situation  different  from  the  one  where 
the  student  is  regularly  employed.  The 
intern's  sponsor  maintains  a  close  work- 
ing relationship  with  the  intern  and  the 
other  persons  involved. 
Note:  The  total  number  of  credits  which 
a  student  may  earn  in  EDIN  489,  888. 
and  889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of 
twenty  (20)  semester  hours. 

EDIN  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8)  Registration  required  to  the 
extent  of  6-9  hours  for  an  Ed.D.  project 
and  12-18  hours  for  a  Ph.D.  dissertation. 


Journalism  Program 

Professor  and  Dean:  Hiebert 
Professors:  Martin,  Newsom. 
Associate  Professors:  Grunig,  Petrick. 
Assistant  Professors:  Beasley, 
Nunamaker,  McElreath,  Patrick. 

The  Master  of  Arts  degree  in  Jour- 
nalism provides  academic  work  both 
for  the  person  who  wants  a  profes- 
sional career  in  communication  and 
for  the  student  interested  in  mass 
communication  theory  and  research 
methodology.  The  first  type  of  stu- 
dent usually  builds  on  a  journalism 
background,  adding  in-depth  work  in 
a  substantive  minor  field,  as  prepa- 
ration for  a  career  in  a  specialized 
area  of  mass  communication.  The 


second  type  of  student  usually 
builds  on  a  social  science  or  hu- 
manities base  coupled  with  the 
study  of  journalism  or  mass  commu- 
nication while  preparing  for  a  career 
in  teaching,  scholarship,  or  applied 
research  in  mass  communication. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  Master's  degree  is  a  one-year 
program,  with  the  typical  student 
taking  12  hours  of  graduate  work  in 
the  fall,  12  hours  in  the  spring,  and 
6  hours  of  thesis  or  non-thesis  op- 
tion seminars  in  the  summer.  Work 
on  the  degree  may  be  started  at  any 
time.  JOUR  600  is  required  for  the 
M.A.  in  Journalism,  as  is  either 
JOUR  610  or  JOUR  612. 

Applicants  seeking  admission  to 
the  master's  program  should  hold  a 
bachelor's  degree  from  a  recognized 
institution  of  higher  learning.  Under- 
graduate study  of  Journalism  or  pro- 
fessional experience  in  journalistic 
fields  are  helpful  but  not  required. 
Students  who  have  majored  in  some 
other  field  as  undergraduates  are 
required  to  make  up  professional 
deficiencies  by  taking  four  or  five 
selected  courses  in  journalism  with- 
out graduate  credit.  Completion  of 
the  general  aptitude  portion  of  the 
Graduate  Record  Examination  is  re- 
quired, and  three  letters  of  recom- 
mendation must  be  submitted. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  in  an 
advantageous  location  for  the  study 
of  journalism.  It  is  within  easy  reach 
of  five  of  the  nation's  top  news- 
papers; The  Baltimore  Sun,  Balti- 
more News-American,  The  Washing- 
ton Post,  The  Washington  Star,  and 
Wall  Street  Journal.  It  is  also  near 
the  Washington  press  corps,  the 
large  Washington  bureaus  of  the 
Associated  Press,  United  Press  In- 
ternational, the  New  York  Times, 
and  most  important  American  and 
foreign  newspapers;  NBC,  CBS,  and 
ABC,  and  other  broadcasting  news 
bureaus:  and  news  magazines  and 
major  book  publishing  offices.  It  is 
at  the  doorstep  of  the  nation's  major 
newsmakers  in  the  executive,  legis- 
lative, and  judicial  branches  of  the 
Federal  Government. 

Special  facilities  include  photo- 
graphic, news  editing,  and  advertis- 
ing laboratories,  as  well  as  a  reading 
room  with  daily  and  weekly  news- 
papers, magazines,  and  clipping  and 
bulletin  files. 
Financial  Assistance 
The  College  of  Journalism  offers  a 
limited  number  of  assistantships,  in 
exchange  for  teaching  or  research 
assistance  in  journalism  of  up  to  20 


Graduate  Programs  /  143 


hours  per  week.  Internships  in  vari- 
ous offices  both  on  and  off  campus 
also  are  available  to  journalism 
graduate  students  as  are  some  fel- 
lowships and  scholarships. 

Courses 

JOUR  400  Law  of  Mass  Communication. 

(3)  Study  of  the  legal  rights  and  con- 
straints of  mass  media;  libel,  privacy, 
copyright,  monopoly,  and  contempt,  and 
other  aspects  of  the  law  applied  to  mass 
communication.  Previous  study  of  the 
law  not  required.  Prerequisites,  JOUR 

200  and  201. 

JOUR  410  History  of  Mass  Communica- 
tion. (3)  Study  of  the  development  of 
newspapers,  magazines,  radio,  television, 
and  motion  pictures  as  media  of  mass 
communication.  Analysis  of  the  influ- 
ences of  the  media  on  the  historical 
development  of  America.  Prerequisites, 
JOUR  200  and  201. 

JOUR  420  Government  and  Mass  Com- 
munication. (3)  Study  of  the  relationship 
between  the  news  media  and  govern- 
ment. Analysis  of  media  coverage  of  gov- 
ernment and  politics.  Study  of  govern- 
mental and  political  information  and 
persuasion  techniques.  Prerequisites, 
JOUR  200  and  201. 

JOUR  430  Comparative  Mass  Com- 
munication Systems.  (3)  Survey  of  the 
history  and  status  of  the  mass  media 
throughout  the  world;  comparative  anal- 
ysis of  the  role  of  the  press  in  different 
societies.  Prerequisites,  JOUR  200  and 

201  or  consent  of  the  instructor  for 
non-majors. 

JOUR  440  Public  Opinion  and  Mass 
Communication.  (3)  Prerequisites,  JOUR 
200  and  201.  Study  of  publics  and  their 
interrelationships  in  the  formation  of 
public  opinion;  measurement  of  public 
opinion  and  media  habits;  role  of  the 
mass  media  in  the  formation  of  public 
opinion. 

JOUR  459  Special  Topics  in  Mass  Com- 
munication. (3)  Issues  of  special  concern 
and  current  interest.  Open  to  all  stu- 
dents. Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits  provided  the  topic  differs. 

JOUR  497  Professional  Seminar.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  JOUR  200,  JOUR  201  and 
consent  of  instructor.  Projects  and  dis- 
cussions relating  professional  work  ex- 
perience to  the  study  of  Journalism.  Lim- 
ited to  students  who  participated  in  an 
approved  summer  work  experience  after 
the  junior  year. 

JOUR  499  Independent  Study.  (1-3)  In- 
dividual projects  in  Journalism.  May  be 
repeated  to  a  maximum  of  three  hours. 

JOUR  600  Research  Methods  in  Mass 
Communication.  (3). 

JOUR  610  Seminar  in  Mass  Media  and 
Society.  (3)  Analysis  and  discussion  of 
the  interrelationships  between  the  mass 
media  and  society,  including  various  so- 
cial and  cultural  elements  of  modern 


society;  responsibilities  of  the  mass 
media  and  the  mass  communicator. 

JOUR  612  Theories  of  Mass  Communica- 
tion. (3) 

JOUR  620  Seminar  in  Public  Affairs 
Reporting.  (3)  Prerequisite,  JOUR  320. 

JOUR  621  Interpretation  of  Contemporary 
Affairs.  (3)  Prerequisite,  JOUR  320. 

JOUR  630  Seminar  in  Corporate  Com- 
munication. (3) 

JOUR  640  Mass  Culture  and  Mass  Com- 
munication. (3) 

JOUR  680  Science  Communication.  (3) 

Advanced  professional  training  in  sci- 
ence reporting  and  writing  for  the  mass 
media  and  in  technical  communication  to 
specialized  audiences.  Communication 
behaviors  of  scientists  and  audiences. 
Application  of  communication  theory  and 
the  history  and  philosophy  of  science  to 
science  writing. 

JOUR  700  Seminar  in  Mass  Media  Law. 
(3) 

JOUR  710  Seminar  in  Mass  Media 
History  .(3) 

JOUR  720  Seminar  in  Government  and 
Mass  Communication.  (3) 

JOUR  721  Seminar  in  Urban  Mass  Com- 
munication. (3) 

JOUR  730  Seminar  in  Comparative  Mass 
Communication.  (3) 

JOUR  731  Cross-Cultural  Communica- 
tion^) 

JOUR  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

JOUR  800  Seminar  in  Critical  Analysis. 
(3) 

JOUR  810  Special  Problems  in  Com- 
munication. (3) 

JOUR  812  Seminar  in  Communication 
Theories.  (3) 


Library  and  Information 
Services  Program 

Professors:  Bundy,  Kidd,  Liesener,  Olson, 
Reynolds,  Soergel,  Wasserman 

Associate  Professors:  Wellisch,  Wright 

Assistant  Professors:  Fitzgibbons, 
Johnson,  Keller,  McCrank,  MacLeod, 
Travis,  White 

Lecturers:  Batty,  Cunningham 

The  College  offers  programs  leading 
to  the  Master  of  Library  Science 
(M.L.S.)  degree  and  the  Ph.D.  in 
Library  Science.  The  College  also 
provides  the  option  for  advanced 
students  who  are  not  degree  can- 
didates to  participate  in  regular 
courses,  workshops  and  seminars. 
The  degree  programs  are  avow- 
edly academic  in  the  sense  that  the 
main  emphasis  is  put  on  the  con- 


ceptual foundations  of  librarianship. 
The  objective  is  to  integrate  the  pro- 
ducts of  scholarly  research  in  the 
field  with  the  concerns  surrounding 
current  and  expected  conditions  of 
professional  practice.  A  prime  exam- 
ple of  such  concerns  emerges  from 
the  introduction  and  growing  use  of 
high  technology  in  library 
operations. 

The  programs  are  all  regarded  as 
evolutionary  in  character.  That  is, 
change  and  adaptation  are  consid- 
ered the  normal  state  of  affairs.  The 
process  is  considered  to  be  a  recip- 
rocal one  in  that  the  College's  pro- 
grams are  influenced  by  the  devel- 
opments in  the  conditions  of  pro- 
fessional practice  and  in  that, 
through  the  scholarly  and  profes- 
sional efforts  of  faculty  and  the 
capabilities  engendered  in  students, 
advances  in  quality  and  scope  of 
library  services  can  be  attained. 

The  conventional  mode  of  special- 
ization within  librarianship  is  by  type 
of  library.  Thus,  the  programs  of  the 
College  provides  for  specialization  in 
school,  public,  academic  and  special 
library  operations.  The  school-media 
area  specialization  ordinarily  leads 
to  certification.  Other  specializations 
have  less  formal  outcomes,  and  con- 
siderable flexibility  exists  for  the 
pursuit  by  students  of  their  own 
individual  interests. 

Student's  should  be  aware  also 
that  new  forms  of  specialization  are 
coming  based  upon  a  growing  ap- 
preciation of  the  interrelationships 
between  librarianship  and  such 
fields  as  mass  communication,  busi- 
ness and  public  administration,  and 
computer  technology. 

Close  ties  are  being  forged  with 
other  departments  in  the  University 
to  ensure  that  the  widest  range  of 
options  is  made  available  to  stu- 
dents and  to  facilitate  the  research 
efforts  of  the  faculty. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Admission  as  a  student  to  the  Col- 
lege is  limited  to  individuals  who 
hold  the  bachelor's  degree  from  rec- 
ognized colleges,  universities  or  pro- 
fessional schools  in  this  country  or 
abroad  or  to  those  who  can  provide 
evidence  of  successful  completion 
of  equivalent  courses  of  study.  The 
individual's  undergraduate  academic 
record  is  of  primary  importance,  but 
other  factors  are  also  taken  into  ac- 
count in  reviewing  applications.  The 
potential  student's  performance  in 
the  verbal  and  quantitative  aptitude 
tests  of  the  Graduate  Record  Exam- 
ination, letters  or  personal  recom- 
mendation, and  information  gained 


144  /  Graduate  Programs 


from  personal  interviews  with  poten- 
tial students  are  considered.  Reports 
related  to  the  applicant's  intellectual 
and  personal  development  as  an  un- 
dergraduate are  sometimes  con- 
sidered, as  are  such  factors  as  em- 
ployment experience,  military  service 
and  other  related  activities  when 
they  appear  to  be  relevant  in  a  par- 
ticular case  as  part  of  the  admis- 
sions review  process.  All  these  fac- 
tors are  considered  significant  in 
assessing  the  applicant's  capacity 
and  motivation  for  graduate  work  in 
the  College  and  for  his  later  perfor- 
mance as  a  member  of  the  library 
profession.  The  Admissions  Commit- 
tee will  consider  exceptions  to  and 
waiver  of  requirements  in  some 
cases. 

Programs  for  Master's  candidates 
are  planned  individually,  and  faculty 
advisors  recommend  courses  they 
think  most  appropriate  for  each  stu- 
dent. The  required  pro-seminar  and 
introductory  courses  in  the  organiza- 
tion of  knowledge  and  reference  pro- 
vide a  base  from  which  the  student 
can  build  a  purposeful  program  fit- 
ted to  his  or  her  personal  needs  and 
aspirations.  Reflecting  the  multidis- 
ciplinary  nature  of  librarianship  and 
its  continuing  need  for  reliance 
upon  insights  from  supportive  in- 
tellectual disciplines,  students  have 
a  high  degree  of  flexibility  in  the 
elective  portions  of  their  work.  Their 
courses  are  not  restricted  to  those 
within  the  programs  but  can  include 
relevant  courses  from  other  parts  of 
the  Univeristy. 

The  Master  of  Library  Science  de- 
gree will  be  awarded  to  the  student 
who  successfully  completes  a  pro- 
gram of  36  hours  with  an  average  of 
B  or  better  within  three  years  from 
first  registration  in  the  program. 
Under  a  full-time  program  a  student 
normally  completes  12  semester 
hours  during  the  fall  and  spring 
semesters  and  12  hours  during  the 
summer  terms.  Part-time  students 
are  also  admitted  to  the  program. 
Such  students  are  expected  to  pur- 
sue a  minimum  of  two  courses  dur- 
ing each  semester.  A  night/weekend 
program  has  recently  been  initiated 
in  response  to  the  requests  of  po- 
tential students  for  classes  to  be 
held  during  other  than  the  normal 
daytime  working  hours.  Students 
wishing  admission  to  the  night/ 
weekend  program  should  apply  to 
the  College  following  the  same  pro- 
cedures as  any  other  student.  Those 
persons  in  the  night/weekend  pro- 
gram will  be  allowed  to  carry  one 
course  a  semester,  but  they  must 


bear  in  mind  that  the  three-year  time 
limit  on  the  degree  is  still  in  force. 
No  thesis  or  comprehensive  examin- 
ation is  required  for  the  M.LS. 
degree. 

The  Ph.D.  program  requires  the 
equivalent  of  three  years  of  full-time 
work,  normally  divided  into  approxi- 
mately two  years  of  formal  course- 
work  (60  semester  hours)  and  one 
year  of  work  on  the  dissertation. 

The  College  has  no  language  re- 
quirement unless  the  individual  stu- 
dent's specialization  or  dissertation 
requires  it. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  College  of  Library  and  Informa- 
tion Services  maintains  its  own  li- 
brary and  information  service  within 
the  College.  The  Library  is  an  infor- 
mation center,  organized  for  the  ex- 
press purpose  of  affording  the  Col- 
lege's faculty  and  research  staff  the 
same  kind  of  modern  special  library 
service  as  that  provided  by  other  for- 
ward looking  agencies  committed  to 
this  ideal.  The  University  of 
Maryland  has  an  excellent  computer 
service.  In  addition,  the  College  has 
a  Data  Processing  Laboratory  which 
serves  as  a  resource  facility  for  in- 
struction in  the  areas  of  library 
automation  and  information  process- 
ing, for  faculty  and  student  research, 
as  well  as  support  for  the  CLIS 
Library.  The  instructional  De- 
velopment and  Support  Center  is 
another  service  arm  of  the  College. 
It  was  established  for  the  purpose 
of  providing  instructional  develop- 
ment and  support  and  audiovisual 
materials  production  for  the  faculty 
and  the  students.  Students  are  pro- 
vided with  the  opportunity  to  ex- 
perience nonprint  instructional  ma- 
terials production  and  the  utilization 
of  audiovisual  equipment. 

A  recently  approved  Course  of 
Directed  Study  Leading  to  the  M.A. 
in  History  and  the  M.LS.  is  now 
available  to  students  desiring  ad- 
vanced studies  in  the  field  of  ar- 
chives, manuscripts,  and  historical 
collections.  For  details  see  the  entry 
in  this  catalog  following  History.The 
Field  Study  in  Library  Service  pro- 
vides an  internship  program  de- 
signed to  familiarize  students  with 
library  operations  through  unpaid, 
supervised  experience  and/or  to  pro- 
vide opportunity  to  perform  a  study 
to  solve  a  specific  problem  in  a 
suitable  library  or  other  information 
agency. 

Financial  Assistance 

A  number  of  fellowships  and  as- 
sistantships  are  available  for 


students  enrolled  in  the  College. 
Loan  funds  administered  by  the 
University  and  federally  insured 
loans  are  also  available.  Public 
libraries  in  the  region  as  well  as 
other  local  organizations  offer  a  few 
stipends  and  scholarships.  In  addi- 
tion, a  student  in  the  College  is 
eligible  to  apply  for  scholarships, 
fellowships  and  grants  from  national 
organizations  awarded  for  graduate 
study  in  librarianship.  Information  on 
the  availability  of  such  awards  may 
be  requested  from  the  Director  of 
Admissions,  College  of  Library  and 
Information  Services. 

M.A.  in  History  and  the  M.L.S.  Course  of 
Study.  See  page  136. 

Courses 

LBSC  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  and  In- 
stitutes^ -9)  Workshops,  clinics,  and  in- 
stitutes developed  around  specific  topics 
or  problems  primarily  for  practicing 
librarians.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of 
nine  credit  hours. 

LBSC  600  Proseminar— The  Development 
and  Operation  of  Libraries  and  Informa- 
tion Services.  (3-6)  Background  and 
orientation  needed  for  advanced  study  in 
librarianship  and  information  science. 
Covers  the  major  problems  in  the 
development  and  provision  of  informa- 
tion services;  the  structure,  functions, 
and  economics  of  information  service 
organizations;  and  the  processes  by 
which  change  is  brought  about  in  the 
quality  of  information  services. 

LBSC  603  Library  Systems  Analysis.  (3) 

Introduction  to  the  total  systems  ap- 
proach to  library  and  information  prob- 
lems, emphasizing  administrative  and 
managerial  decision-making.  Will  give  a 
scientific  management  framework,  terms 
for  defining  a  system,  and  its  problems, 
and  a  set  of  tools,  techniques,  and 
methods  to  aid  in  analyzing  and  solving 
these  problems.   Topics  to  be  covered 
include  model  building,  flowcharting,  mo- 
tion and  time  study,  cost  analyses, 
systems  design,  management  informa- 
tion, and  cost-effectiveness  and 
planning-programming-budget  systems. 

LBSC  61 1  Archives  and  Libraries  in 
Western  Civilization.  (3)  An  institutional 
approach  to  the  study  of  western  civiliza- 
tion by  surveying  from  the  earliest 
records  to  the  present,  the  development 
of  archives,  libraries,  their  materials  and 
personnel.  Emphasis  on  the  socio- 
economic forces  controlling  the  develop- 
ment of  these  institutions,  their  prolifera- 
tion and  specialization,  and  their  cultural 
role  in  the  formation  and  continuation  of 
western  civilization. 

LBSC  612  History  of  Books  and  Printing. 

(3)  The  history  of  the  book  in  its  various 
forms  from  the  earliest  surviving  records 
to  contemporary  production,  including 
the  origin  and  evolution  of  the  alphabet 
and  scripts,  writing  materials,  manu- 

Graduate  Programs  /  145 


scripts  and  decorative  arts  leading  to  the 
book  as  known  today.  The  invention  of 
printing,  leading  printers  and  type 
designs,  and  book  distribution  during 
both  the  hand  and  machine  press 
periods. 

LBSC  621  Library  Service  to  the  Disad- 
vantaged. (3)  Approaches,  adaptations 
and  potentials  of  the  Public  Library  in 
relation  to  the  problem  of  poverty.  In- 
cludes field  experience  in  the  school's 
laboratory  library. 

LBSC  630  Library  Administration.  (3)  An 

introduction  to  administrative  theory  and 
principles  and  their  implications  and  ap- 
plications to  managerial  activity  in 
libraries. 

LBSC  641  Selection  and  Evaluation  of  In- 
structional Media.  (3)  Development  of 
criteria  for  selection  and  evaluation  of  in- 
structional materials  for  classroom, 
school  and  system  use:  includes 
measures  of  readability,  listenability, 
visual  difficulty  and  interest  level. 

LBSC  645  Children's  Literature  and 
Materials.(3)  A  survey  of  literature  and 
other  media  of  communication  and  the 
criteria  in  evaluating  such  materials  as 
they  relate  to  the  needs,  interests  and 
capability  of  the  child. 

LBSC  651  Introduction  to  Reference  and 
Information  Services.  (3)  Information  and 
reference  systems,  services,  and  tools 
provided  in  libraries  and  information 
centers.  Problems  and  concepts  of  com- 
munication, question  negotiation,  biblio- 
graphic control,  and  search  processes 
are  considered.  Major  types  of  informa- 
tion sources  and  modes  of  information 
delivery  are  introduced. 

LBSC  671  Organization  of  Knowledge  in 
Libraries  I.  (3)  Principles  of  the  organiza- 
tion of  library  materials  for  physical  and 
intellectual  access.  Concepts  and  prob- 
lems involved  in  subject  cataloging, 
classification,  and  descriptive  cataloging. 
Major  systems  and  rules  in  use  in  cur- 
rent practice,  particularly  those  systems 
popular  in  the  United  States. 

LBSC  675  Introduction  to  Information 
Storage  and  Retrieval  (ISAR)  Systems.  (3) 

Micro-organization  of  information  ser- 
vices and  basic  principles  underlying 
both  manual  and  mechanized  ISAR  sys- 
tems, including  the  conceptual  structure 
of  indexing  languages  and  search 
strategies,  file  organization,  typology  of 
classifications,  abstracting,  and  indexing. 

LBSC  690  Introduction  to  Data  Proces- 
sing for  Libraries.  (3)  Basic  principles  of 
data  processing  and  the  ways  in  which 
data  processing  systems  have  been  ap- 
plied to  library  problems.  Lectures  cover 
the  application  of  punched  card  proces- 
sing to  library  operations:  an  introduction 
to  systems  analysis  and  the  methodol- 
ogy for  establishing  systems  require- 
ments; and  the  application  of  electronic 
data  processing  systems  to  library  opera- 
tions. In  the  laboratory,  the  fundamentals 
of  computer  programming  are  provided 
for  developing  and  running  computer 

146  /  Graduate  Programs 


programs  designed  to  solve  typical 
library  problems. 

LBSC  701  Research  Methods  in  Library 
and  Information  Activity.  (3)  The  tech- 
niques and  strategies  of  research  and 
their  implications  for  the  definition,  in- 
vestigation and  evaluation  of  library 
problems. 

LBSC  702  Library  Systems.  (3)  Evolution 
and  current  patterns  of  regional  library 
development,  considering  the  economic, 
legal,  service  and  management  problems 
associated  with  library  systems  as  well 
as  the  significance  of  state  and  federal 
programs  and  national  information 
networks. 

LBSC  703  Seminar  in  Information 
Transfer.(3)    Prerequisite:  LBSC  704,  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Discussion  of 
significant  problems  in  information 
science:  topics  include  fundamental  con- 
cepts, theory,  methodology,  current 
research. 

LBSC  704  Seminar  in  Information 
Science.  (3)  Introduction  to  the  fun- 
damentals in  information  science.  The 
nature  of  messages  in  human  and 
machine  communication  are  approached 
from  the  viewpoint  of  the  physical, 
psychological,  and  logical  transforma- 
tions which  they  undergo  in  their  paths 
from  message  sender  to  recipient. 
Cybernetic  variety,  basic  constraints  or 
variety  in  information  systems  and 
classes  in  their  uses  in  search  and  com- 
munications are  studied,  as  well  as, 
models,  and  optimization  and  mechaniza- 
tion of  access  to  messages  for  com- 
munication of  data,  information, 
knowledge. 

LBSC  706  Seminar  in  International  and 
Comparative  Librarianship  and  Informa- 
tion Science.  (3)  Compares  and  contrasts 
bibliographical  systems,  institutions,  ser- 
vice arrangements,  and  professional  pat- 
terns in  developed  and  developing 
cultures.  Libraries,  information  organiza- 
tions and  international  information 
systems  are  viewed  against  the  backdrop 
of  national  cultures,  and  the  influence  of 
the  social,  political  and  economic  factors 
upon  these  forms  are  considered. 

LBSC  707  Field  Study  in  Library  Service. 

(3)  Prerequisite:  LBSC  600,  651,  671,  690 
and  permission  of  instructor.  Familiariza- 
tion of  students  with  library  operations 
through  unpaid,  supervised  experience 
and/or  the  opportunity  to  perform  a 
study  to  solve  a  specific  problem  in  a 
suitable  library  or  other  information 
agency. 

LBSC  708  Special  Topics  in  Library  and 
Information  Service.  (3)   No  student  may 
earn  more  than  9  hours  under  LBSC  708, 
more  than  9  hours  under  LBSC  709,  nor 
more  than  a  total  of  12  hours  in  both 
LBSC  708  and  LBSC  709. 

LBSC  709  Independent  Study.  (1-3) 

Designed  to  permit  intensive  individual 
study,  reading  or  research  in  an  area  of 
specialized  interest  under  faculty  supervi- 
sion, registration  is  limited  to  the  ad- 


vanced student  who  has  the  approval  of 
his  advisors  and  of  the  faculty  member 
involved.  No  student  may  earn  more  than 
9  hours  under  LBSC  708,  more  than  9 
hours  under  LBSC  709,  nor  more  than  a 
total  of  12  hours  in  both  LBSC  708  and 
709. 

LBSC  712  Introduction  to  Codicology 
and  Critical  Bibliography.  (3)  A  Research- 
oriented  seminar.  The  physical  form  of 
western  historical  and  literary 
documents,  manuscripts  books,  and  both 
hand  and  machine  press  book  produc- 
tion. Theoretical  concerns  in  research 
associated  with  textual  criticism  and 
descriptive  bibliography,  as  well  as  prac- 
tical experience  in  the  descriptive 
cataloging  of  rare  books. 

LBSC  722  Communication  and  Libraries. 

(3)  Theory  and  research  in  the  multi- 
discipline  domain  of  communication.  In- 
quiry is  directed  into  such  diverse  mat- 
ters as  coding  theory,  linguistic  analysis, 
decision  theory,  network  concepts,  etc. 
Connections  are  pointed-out  between 
communication  research  and  library 
practice. 

LBSC  723  Libraries  and  Information  Ser- 
vices in  the  Social  Process.  (3)  The  focus 
is  upon  the  policy  process.  Key  elements 
in  the  societal  political  environment 
which  influence  decision-making  in 
libraries  and  information  service  facilities 
are  identified  and  interrelated,  such  as 
legislation,  citizen  participation,  organ- 
ized groups,  mass  media,  professional 
associations,  technological  changes, 
financial  support.  The  significance  of 
such  contemporary  issues  as  censorship, 
manpower,  community  control,  and 
automation  are  considered  in  this 
context. 

LBSC  724  Public  Library  in  the  Political 
Process.  (3)  Seminar  on  the  principal  in- 
fluences which  affect  the  patterns  of 
organization,  support  and  service  pat- 
terns of  public  libraries  based  upon 
theoretical  and  case  studies. 

LBSC  727  Science  Information  and  the 
Organization  of  Science.  (3) 

LBSC  730  Advanced  Organization  and 
Administration  of  Libraries  and  Informa- 
tion Services.  (3)  The  student's  theore- 
tical understanding  of  organization  and 
administration  will  be  advanced  by  inten- 
sive study  in  the  various  sub-fields  of 
contemporary  library  and  information 
developments. 

LBSC  733  Seminar  in  Library  and  Infor- 
mation Networks.  (3)  Explores  the  inter- 
library  cooperative  phenomenon  and 
analyzes  critical  issues  in  network  plan- 
ning economics,  organization, 
technology,  and  services. 

LBSC  734  Seminar  in  the  Academic 
Library.  (3)  A  seminar  on  the  academic 

library  within  the  framework  of  higher 
education,  treating  problems  of  pro- 
grams, collections,  support,  planning  and 
physical  plant. 

LBSC  735  Curatorship  of  Historical  Col- 
lections. (3)  An  introduction  to  the  care 


and  unique  administrative  problems  of 
special  collections  which  are  historical  in 
nature.  Emphasis  on  American  reposi- 
tories and  the  interplay  between  libraries 
as  parent  institutions  and  collections  in 
manuscripts  and  archives,  state  and  local 
history,  museum  libraries,  oral  history, 
and  rare  books. 

LBSC  737  Seminar  in  the  Special  Library 
and  Information  Center.  (3)  A  seminar  on 
the  development,  the  uses,  the  objec- 
tives, the  philosophy  and  the  particular 
systems  employed  in  special  library 
service. 

LBSC  741  Seminar  in  the  School  Library. 
(3) 

LBSC  745  Storytelling  Materials  and 
Techniques.  (3)  Literary  sources  are 
studied  and  instruction  and  practice  in 
oral  techniques  are  offered. 

LBSC  746  Advanced  Seminar  in 
Children's  Literature.  (3)  Prerequisite: 
LBSC  636  or  permission  o<  the  instruc- 
tor. Selected  topics  in  literature  for 
children  including  historical  aspects,  in- 
dividual authors,  major  themes  and 
trends. 

LBSC  750  Advanced  Reference  Services. 

(3)  Theoretical  and  administrative  con- 
siderations, analysis  of  research  prob- 
lems, and  directed  activity  in  biblio- 
graphic method  and  search  techniques 
in  large  collections. 

LBSC  751  Literature  and  Research  in  the 
Humanities.  (3)  Bibliographic  organiza- 
tion, information  structure  and  trends  in 
the  direction  of  research  in  the  principal 
humanistic  disciplines. 

LBSC  752  Literature  and  Research  in  the 
Arts.(3)  An  advanced  reference  course 
designed  as  as  an  interdisciplinary  in- 
troduction to  the  bibliography  and  trends 
in  research  and  library  service  in  the 
fields  of  music,  dance,  film  and  theater, 
architecture  and  archeology,  painting  and 
sculpture  and  the  minor  arts,  examina- 
tions of  core  bibliographies,  organiza- 
tional patterns  and  problems,  ter- 
minology and  classification  systems. 

LBSC  753  Literature  and  Research  in  the 
Social  Sciences.  (3)  Bibliographic 
organization,  information  structure  and 
trends  in  the  direction  of  research  in  the 
principal  fields  of  the  social  sciences. 

LBSC  756  Literature  and  Research  in  the 
Sciences.  (3)  Bibliographic  organization, 
information  structure  and  trends  in  the 
direction  of  research  in  the  principal 
scientific  disciplines. 

LBSC  762  Medical  Literature  and 
Librarianship.  (3)  Introduction  to  medical 
literature  and  its  reference  sources, 
stressing  those  aspects  of  the  field  of 
medicine  which  lead  to  special 
characteristics  in  the  organization  and 
handling  of  its  literature  and  innovations 
in  medical  librarianship  and  information 
services.  Various  kinds  of  health  science 
library  and  information  centers  are 
discussed  and  biomedical  library  net- 
works are  studied.  Students  will  find  it 


necessary  to  spend  considerable  time  at 
the  National  Library  of  Medicine  or 
another  medical  library. 

LBSC  764  Legal  Literature.  (3)  Survey  and 
evaluation  of  information  sources  in  law, 
with  emphasis  upon  the  bibliographic 
organization  of  the  field. 

LBSC  765  Library  and  Information  Ser- 
vice Facilities— Objectives  and  Perfor- 
mance. (3)  The  aim  of  this  course  is  to 
describe  the  context  of  demands  and 
policies  within  which  an  IR  or  Library 
Service  Facility  must  operate. 

LBSC  766  Business  Information  Services. 

(3)  Survey  and  analysis  of  information 
sources  in  business,  finance,  and 
economics  with  emphasis  upon  their  use 
in  problem  solving. 

LBSC  767  Governmental  Information 
Systems.  (3)  Analysis  of  the  organization 
of  the  information  structure  and  the 
publication  and  dissemination  programs 
of  the  U.S.  Federal.  State  and  municipal 
governments. 

LBSC  770  Organization  of  Knowledge  in 
Libraries  II.  (3)  Conceptual  problems  in 
the  organization  of  knowledge,  specific 
cataloging  and  classification  systems, 
rules  of  entry,  application  of  the 
systems,  choice  of  system  to  suit  par- 
ticular institutional  and  patron 
characteristics. 

LBSC  772  Special  Problems  in  the 
Organization  of  Knowledge.  (3)  Seminar 
course  in  which  students  may  take 
topics  of  special  interest  to  them  in  the 
area  of  organization  of  knowledge  and 
explore  them  in  a  research  project/class 
discussion  format. 

LBSC  774  Seminar  in  Linguistic  Topics. 

(3)  Basic  notions  of  language  and  its  ef- 
fect on  various  aspects  of  librarianship 
and  information  science.  Emphasis  on 
the  problems  of  meaning  and  how 
language  affects  its  users  in  communica- 
tion situations:  bibliographic  aids  to 
literature  in  foreign  languages. 

LBSC  775  Construction  and  Maintenance 
of  Index  Languages.  (3)  Treats  the  mak- 
ing of  classification  schedules,  subject 
heading  lists  the  overall  system  of  infor- 
mation transfer.  The  information  transfer 
process  is  discussed,  as  well  as  the 
fields  of  study  concerned  with  that  pro- 
cess. Use  and  user  studies,  models  of 
communication  and  formal  and  informal 
communication  channels,  characteristics 
and  behavior  of  the  literative 
(Bibliometrics),  innovations  in  the  com- 
munication system. 

LBSC  781  Problems  of  Nonbook 
Materials.  (3)  Examination  of  nonbook 
materials  such  as  audiorecords.  motion 
pictures,  maps,  videorecords,  machine- 
readable  data  files,  and  realia.  Technical 
services  applicable  to  nonbook  materials. 

LBSC  782  Seminar  on  Manuscript  Collec- 
tions. (3)  Analysis  of  the  methods  and 
philosophy  of  handling  special  papers 
and  documentary  material  in  a  research 
library. 


LBSC  783  Seminar  in  Technical  Services. 

(3)  Special  issues  in  technical  services  in 
large  libraries  deals  with  such  areas  as 
exquisitions,  cataloging,  serial  control, 
cooperative  programs,  and  managerial 
controls. 

LBSC  784  Resources  of  American 
Libraries.  (3)  Considers  distribution  and 
extent  of  library  resources,  means  of 
surveying  collections,  mechanisms  of 
inter-institutional  cooperation  in  building 
collections,  and  means  of  developing 
research  collections  in  special  subject 
fields. 

LBSC  785  Introduction  to  Reprography. 
(3)  A  survey  of  the  processes  and 
technology  through  which  materials  are 
made  available  in  furthering  library  and 
information  services,  ranging  from 
photography  to  microforms. 

LBSC  790  Advanced  Data  Processing  in 
Libraries.  (3)  Analysis  of  retrieval  systems 
and  intensive  study  of  machine  applica- 
tions in  the  acquisition,  analysis,  coding, 
retrieval  and  display  of  information. 

LBSC  792  Programming  Systems  for  In- 
formation Handling  Applications.  (3)  The 

elements  of  programming  system  design 
and  operation  are  studied  with  special 
emphasis  on  the  influence  of  information 
handling  and  library  requirements. 

LBSC  802  Seminar  in  Research  Methods 
and  Data  Analysis.  (3) 

LBSC  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research.  1-8 


Marine-Estuarine- 
Environmental  Science 
Program 

The  Graduate  Program  in  Marine- 
Estuarine-Environmental  Science 
(MEES)  is  designed  to  meet  the 
needs  of  students  who  wish  to  pur- 
sue studies  on  the  interactions  of 
biological  systems  with  physico- 
chemical  systems.  Appropriate  areas 
of  emphasis  will  involve  organisms 
living  in  marine,  estuarine,  or  terres- 
trial environments  in  their  interac- 
tions with  chemical  and  physical  in- 
fluences on  their  environment.  Pos- 
sible areas  of  specialty  might  in- 
clude marine  and  estuarine  ecology, 
environmental  biology,  environmen- 
tal chemistry,  environmental  microbi- 
ology, environmental  toxicology,  en- 
vironmental management,  and  ma- 
rine technology,  among  others.  The 
Program  will  offer  work  leading  to 
the  M.S.  (with  thesis)  and  Ph.D.  de- 
grees. The  specific  requirements  for 
degrees  and  the  course  of  study  will 
be  developed  during  the  academic 
year  1978-79.  Students  will  be  ad- 
mitted to  the  program  beginning  in 
the  fall  semester,  1979.  Additional 


Graduate  Programs  /  147 


information  may  be  obtained  by 
communicating  with  the  Office  of 
the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies. 


Mathematical  Statistics 
Program 

Acting  Director:  Smith 
Professors:  Mikulski,  Syski,  Yang 
Associate  Professor:  Smith 
Assistant  Professors:  Kedem,  Slud, 
Traxler 

The  Mathematical  Statistics  Program 
offers  the  degrees  of  Master  of  Arts 
and  Doctor  of  Philosophy  for 
graduate  study  and  research  in 
statistics.  The  Program  is  ad- 
ministratively affiliated  with  the 
Department  of  Mathematics.  In  this 
arrangement  the  Department  of 
Mathematics  assumes  the  respon- 
sibility for  the  administration  of  the 
statistics  courses  under  the  STAT 
designation.  Moreover,  the  Depart- 
ment maintains  the  records  of  all 
students  in  the  Mathematical 
Statistics  Program  and  handles  cor- 
respondence with  those  applying  for 
admission.  However  it  is  important 
that  any  application  for  admission 
indicates  clearly  whether  a  student 
wishes  to  enter  the  Mathematics 
(MATH)  or  the  Mathematical  Stat- 
istics (STAT)  Program. 

The  Mathematical  Statistics  Pro- 
gram offers  training  in  statistics  and 
probability  theory  with  areas  of 
faculty  specialization  including 
stochastic  processes,  potential 
theory,  ergodic  theory,  statistical 
decision  theory,  biostatistics, 
stochastic  modeling,  nonparametric 
inference,  analysis  of  variance,  and 
time  series  analysis.  Students  in- 
terested in  a  graduate  degree  in 
statistics  may  pursue  a  study  either 
with  an  emphasis  on  applied  or  on 
theoretical  statistics  by  selecting  an 
appropriate  sequence  of  courses 
and  a  research  area  to  form  an  in- 
dividual plan  of  study.  The  program 
has  been  designed  with  sufficient 
flexibility  to  accommodate  the 
student's  background  and  interest. 
Moreover,  the  Program  offers 
students  from  other  disciplines  an 
opportunity  to  select  a  variety  of 
statistics  courses  to  supplement 
their  own  study. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 
In  addition  to  the  general  re- 
quirements of  the  Graduate  School, 
applicants  for  admission  should 
have  completed,  with  at  least  a  B 
average  (3.0  on  a  4.0  scale),  an 
undergraduate  program  of  study 
which  includes  a  strong  emphasis 
on  mathematics  or  statistics. 


Mathematical  preparation  at  least 
through  the  level  of  advanced 
calculus  will  normally  be  considered 
sufficient  demonstration  of  the  ex- 
pected mathematical  background.  In 
special  cases  students  may  be  pro- 
visionally admitted  without  having 
fulfilled  the  general  admission  re- 
quirements, if  there  is  evidence  on 
the  basis  of  other  criteria  of  poten- 
tial success  in  the  Program.  The 
Graduate  Record  Examination  is  not 
required  for  admission,  but  ap- 
plicants for  admission  who  have 
taken  this  examination  are  required 
to  supply  their  score. 

The  M.A.  degree  can  be  earned  by 
exercising  either  of  two  options.  To 
earn  an  M.A.  degree  by  the  non- 
thesis  option,  a  student  must  have 
30  credit  hours  with  an  average  of  at 
least  B  and  at  least  18  of  these 
credits  must  be  at  the  graduate  level 
(600/700  level).  Of  the  required  30 
credits,  at  least  12  of  the  graduate 
credits  must  be  in  statistics.  The 
student  must  also  pass  the 
Mathematics  Department  written  ex- 
amination in  probability,  statistics 
and  any  third  field  of  mathematics. 
The  student  has  the  choice  of  tak- 
ing either  the  separate  M.A.  written 
examination  or  the  Ph.D.  written  ex- 
amination and  being  scored  at  a 
lower  level.  These  examinations  can 
be  taken  only  twice  except  that  any 
attempt  during  the  first  two  years  of 
graduate  work  is  considered  a  "free 
try". 

To  earn  an  M.A.  degree  by  the 
thesis  option,  a  student  must  have: 
a)  24  credit  hours  with  at  least  15  at 
the  600/700  level  (of  these  15  hours 
at  least  12  hours  must  be  in 
statistics);  b)  maintained  an  average 
grade  of  B  or  better;  c)  taken  6 
hours  of  STAT  799  (Research)  in  ad- 
dition to  (a);  d)  written  a  satisfactory 
thesis;  and  e)  passed  a  final  oral 
examination. 

There  is  no  foreign  language  re- 
quirement for  M.A.  students. 

The  M.A.  degree  is  not  required 
for  admission  to  the  Ph.D.  program. 
A  student  in  the  doctoral  program 
must  have  a  minimum  of  36  hours 
of  formal  courses  (at  least  27  at  the 
600/700  level)  with  an  average  of  B 
or  better;  at  least  18  of  the  graduate 
credits  must  be  taken  in  statistics. 
In  addition,  there  is  a  University  re- 
quirement of  at  least  12  hours  of 
STAT  899  (Doctoral  Research). 

The  Ph.D.  aspirant  must  take  a 
written  examination  in  probability, 
statistics  and  any  third  field  of 
mathematics.  The  written  examina- 
tion can  be  taken  only  twice  except 
that,  as  in  the  case  of  the  M.A. 


degree,  any  attempt  during  the  first 
two  years  of  graduate  work  is  con- 
sidered a  "free  try."  The  written  ex- 
amination is  given  by  the 
Mathematics  Department  twice  a 
year,  in  January  and  August. 

If  successful  in  this  written  ex- 
amination, the  student  must  pass  an 
oral  examination.    The  oral  examina- 
tion, given  by  the  statistics  faculty, 
usually  takes  place  a  year  after  the 
student  passes  the  written  examina- 
tion. This  examination  serves  as  a 
test  of  the  in-depth  preparation  of 
the  student  in  the  area  of  specializa- 
tion and  of  his  or  her  research 
potential.  Successful  completion  of 
the  oral  exam  indicates  that  the  stu- 
dent is  ready  to  begin  writing  his 
doctoral  dissertation.  In  addition  to 
the  above,  there  is  a  requirement  of 
reading  competence  in  two  foreign 
languages  for  the  Ph.D.  The  student 
may  select  any  two  of  the  three 
languages:  French,  German,  or  Rus- 
sian. The  language  examination, 
given  and  graded  by  the  Mathe- 
matics Department,  consists  of 
translating  foreign  mathematical 
texts  into  competent  English. 

To  be  admitted  to  candidacy,  the 
Ph.D.  aspirant  must  pass  the  written 
examination,  the  oral  examination 
and  at  least  one  of  the  two 
language  examinations.  The  second 
language  examination  must  be  com- 
pleted before  the  candidate's  final 
oral  examination  on  the  dissertation. 

Courses 

STAT  400  Applied  Probability  and 
Statistics  I.  (3)  Prerequisites,  MATH  141 
or  221.  Random  variables,  standard 
distributions,  moments,  law  of  large 
numbers  and  central  limit  theorem. 
Sampling  methods,  estimation  of 
parameters,  testing  of  hypotheses. 

STAT  401  Applied  Probability  and 
Statistics  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  STAT  400.  Point  estima- 
tion—sufficient, unbiased,  and  consis- 
tent estimators.  Interval  estimation. 
Minimum  variance  and  maximum 
likelihood  estimators.  Testing  of 
hypotheses.  Regression  correlation  and 
analysis  of  variance.  Sampling  distribu- 
tions. Sequential  tests,  elements  of  non- 
parametric  methods. 

STAT  410  Introduction  to  Probability 
Theory  (3)  Prerequisites,  MATH  240  and 
MATH  241.  Probability  and  its  properties. 
Random  variables  and  distribution  func- 
tions in  one  and  several  dimensions. 
Moments.  Characteristic  functions.  Limit 
theorems. 

STAT  41 1  Introduction  to  Stochastic 
Processes.  (3)  Prerequisite,  STAT  250  or 
400  or  equivalent.  Elementary  Stochastic 
processes.  Renewal  process,  random 


148  /  Graduate  Programs 


walks,  branching  process,  discrete 
Markov  chains,  first  passage  times, 
Markov  chains  with  a  continuous 
parameter,  birth  and  death  processes. 
Stationary  processes. 

STAT  420  Introduction  to  Statistics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  STAT  410  or  equivalent. 
Point  estimation,  sufficiency,  com- 
pleteness, Cramer-Rao  inequality,  max- 
imum likelihood.  Confidence  intervals  for 
parameters  of  normal  distribution. 
Hypotheses  testing,  most  powerful  tests, 
likelihood  ratio  tests.  Chi-square  tests, 
analysis  of  variance,  regression,  correla- 
tion. Nonparametric  methods. 

STAT  421  Elements  of  Statistical  In- 
ference. (3)  Prerequisite,  STAT  420  or 
equivalent.  Rank  tests,  confidence  and 
tolerance  intervals,  Kolmogorov-Smirnov 
tests.  Sequential  analysis,  multivariate 
analysis.  Decision  theory,  Bayesian  and 
minimax  procedures.  Sampling  theory. 

STAT  450  Regression  and  Variance 
Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisite.  STAT  401  or 
420.  One.  two.  three  and  four  way 
layouts  in  analysis  of  variance,  fixed  ef- 
fects models,  linear  regression  in  several 
variables,  Gauss-Markov  theorem,  mul- 
tiple regression  analysis,  experimental 
designs. 

STAT  460  Applied  Nonparametric 
Statistics.  (3)  Prerequisite.  A  statistics 
course  other  than  STAT  100.  Review  of 
basic  statistical  ideas.  Sign  tests  and 
ranking  methods  for  one  and  two 
samples,  one-way  layout,  two-way  layout, 
correlation  and  regression,  including 
significance  tests,  nonparametric  con- 
fidence intervals  and  robust  point 
estimates.  Goodness  of  fit.  contingency 
tables,  exact  and  chi-square  test  for 
homogeneity  and  independence.  Tech- 
niques illustrated  using  data  from  social 
biological  and  behavioral  sciences. 

STAT  464  Introduction  to  Biostatistics. 
(3)  Prerequisite,  one  semester  of  calculus 
and  junior  standing.  Probabilistic  models. 
Sampling.  Some  applications  of  prob- 
ability in  genetics.  Experimental  designs. 
Estimation  of  effects  of  treatment.  Com- 
parative experiments.  Fisher-Irwin  test. 
Wilcoxon  tests  for  paired  comparisons. 
Not  acceptable  for  credit  towards 
degrees  in  mathematics  or  statistics. 

STAT  498  Selected  Topics  in  Statistics. 
(1-6)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  the  in- 
structor. Topics  of  special  interest  to  ad- 
vanced undergraduate  students  will  be 
offered  occasionally  under  the  general 
guidance  of  the  MATH/STAT  major  com- 
mittee. Students  register  for  reading  in 
statistics  under  this  number.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  16  credits. 

STAT  600  Probability  Theory  I.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, STAT  410  or  MATH  400  with  one 
semester  of  probability.  Probability 
space,  classes  of  events,  construction  of 
probability  measures.  Random  variables, 
convergence  theorems,  images  of 
measures.  Independence.  Expectation 
and  moments.  Lebesgue  integration.  LP 
spaces.  Radon-Nikodym  theorem, 


singular  and  absolutely  continuous 
measures.  Conditional  expectations,  ex- 
istence of  regular  distributions:  Applica- 
tions. Probabilities  on  product  spaces, 
Fubini  theorem,  Kolmogorov  extension 
theorem,  Tulcea  product  theorem. 

STAT  601  Probability  Theory  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  STAT  600.  Characteristic 
functions.  Bochner's  representation 
theorem.  Helly's  theorems  and  Levy's  in- 
version formula.  Applications  of 
Cauchy's  residue  theorem.  Infinitely 
divisible  distributions.  Kolmogorov's 
three-series  theorem.  Lab  of  the  iterated 
logarithm.  Arc  sine  law.  Central  limit 
theorems  (Lindegerg-Feller  theorem). 
Weak  and  strong  laws  of  large  numbers. 
Martingale  convergence  theorems  (for 
sequences). 

STAT  610  Stochastic  Processes  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  STAT  601.  Separability, 
measurability,  and  sample  continuity  of 
stochastic  processes.  Stopping  times. 
Martingales:  Fundamental  inequalities, 
convergence  theorems  and  their  applica- 
tions, optional  sampling,  Riesz  decom- 
position, sample  function  behavior.  Proc- 
esses with  independent  (orthogonal)  in- 
crements, Brownian  motion.  Stationary 
processes,  spectral  analysis  and  ergodic 
theory. 

STAT  611  Stochastic  Processes  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  STAT  601.  Definition  and 
classification  of  Markov  processes.  Prop- 
erties of  transition  probabilities,  forward 
and  backward  equations  (boundary  con- 
ditions), absorption  probabilities,  strong 
Markov— property,  standard  processes. 
Markovian  semi-groups.  Extended  in- 
finitesimal operator.  Sample  function 
behavior.  Connections  between 
semigroup  approach  and  sample  func- 
tion approach.  Diffusion  theory,  Ito  equa- 
tion, potential  theory,  fine  topology. 

STAT  650  Applied  Stochastic  Processes. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  STAT  410  or  MATH  410 
with  one  semester  of  probability.  Basic 
concepts  of  stochastic  processes. 
Renewal  processes  and  random  wales, 
fluctuation  theory.  Stationary  processes, 
spectral  analysis.  Markov  chains  and 
processes  (discrete  and  continuous 
parameters.)  Birth  and  death  processes, 
diffusion  processes.  Applications  from 
theories  of  queuing,  storage,  inventory, 
epidemics,  noise,  prediction  and  others. 

STAT  698  Selected  Topics  in  Probability. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 

STAT  700  Mathematical  Statistics  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  STAT  410  or  equivalent. 
Sampling  distributions  including  noncen- 
tral  chi-square,  t,  f.  Exponential  families, 
completeness.  Sufficiency,  factorization, 
likelihood  ratio.  Decision  theory,  Baye- 
sian methods,  minimax  principle.  Point 
estimation.  Lehman-Scheffe  and  Cramer- 
Rao  theorems.  Set  estimation. 

STAT  701  Mathematical  Statistics  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  STAT  700  or  equivalent. 
Testing  hypotheses — parametric 
methods.  Neyman-Pearson  lemma. 
Uniformly  most  powerful  tests.  Unbiased 


tests.  Locally  optimal  tests.  Non- 
parametric methods,  Wilcoxon,  Fisher- 
Yates,  median  tests.  Linear  models, 
analysis  of  variance,  regression  and  cor- 
relation. Sequential  analysis. 

STAT  710  Advanced  Statistics  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  STAT  421.  Concurrent 
registration  with  STAT  600  recommend- 
ed. Statistical  decision  theory.  Neyman- 
Pearson  lemma  and  its  extensions. 
Uniformly  most  powerful  test.  Monotone 
likelihood  ratio.  Exponential  families  of 
distributions,  concepts  of  similarity,  and 
tests  with  Neyman  structure.  Unbiased 
tests  and  applications  to  normal  families. 

STAT  711  Advanced  Statistics  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  STAT  710.  Invariance, 
almost  invariance,  and  applications  to 
rank  tests.  Invariant  set  estimation. 
Linear  models  with  applications  to 
analysis  of  variance  and  regression. 
Elements  of  asymptotic  theory.  Minimax 
principle  and  Hunt-Stein  theorem. 

STAT  720  Nonparametric  Statistics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  STAT  421  or  equivalent. 
Order  statistics.  Nonparametric  point  and 
set  estimation.  Tolerance  regions.  In- 
variance principle  and  its  applications. 
Large  sample  properties  and  optimality 
criteria.  Rank  statistics,  their  distribu- 
tions and  moments.  U  statistics. 

STAT  750  Multivariate  Analysis.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  STAT  420  and  MATH  400,  or 
STAT  700.  Multivariate  normal.  Wishart's 
and  Hotelling's  distributions.  Tests  of 
hypotheses,  estimation.  Generalized 
distance,  discriminant  analysis.  Regres- 
sion and  correlation.  Multivariate  analysis 
of  variance:  distribution  of  test  criteria. 

STAT  760  Sampling  Theory.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, STAT  420  or  STAT  700.  Simple 
random  sampling.  Sampling  for  propor- 
tions. Estimation  of  sample  size.  Sam- 
pling with  varying  probabilities  of  sam- 
pling. Sampling:  stratified,  systematic, 
cluster,  double,  sequential,  incomplete. 

STAT  798  Selected  Topics  in  Statistics. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 

STAT  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (I-6) 

STAT  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 


Mathematics  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Kirwan 
Professors:  Adams,  Antman,  Auslander, 
Babuska1,  Benedetto.  Bernstein, 
Brace,  Chu,  Cook,  Correl,  Douglis, 
Edmundson3,  Ehrlich,  Goldberg, 
Goldhaber,  Goldstein,   Good, 
Gray,  Greenberg,  Gulick, 
Heins,  Horvath,  Hubbard', 
Hummel,  Karlovitz',  Kellogg', 
Kirwan,  Kleppner,  Lehner, 
Lipsman,  Lopez-Escobar,  Mikulski, 
Olver',  Osborn,  Pearl,  Reinhart, 
Stellmacher,  Syski,  Vesentini,  Wolfe, 
Yorke',  Zalcman,  Zedek 
Associate  Professors:  Alexander,  Beren- 


Graduate  Programs  / 149 


stein,  Berg,  Cohen,  Cooper,  Dancis, 

Ellis,  Fey2,  Green,  Helzer, 

Henkelman2,  Johnson,  Kueker,  Lay, 

Markley,  Neri,  Owings,  Sather, 

Schafer,  Schneider,  Smith, 

Sweet,  Warner,  Winkelnkemper,  Yang 
Assistant  Professors:  Chang,  Currier, 

Davidson2,  Fitzpatrick,  Garbanati, 

Kedem,  King,  Kudla,  Lee, 

Liu,  Razar,  Slud,  Wolpert, 

Yang 
'joint  appointment  with  the  institute  for 

Physical  Science  and  Technology 
!joint  appointment  with  Secondary 

Education 
3joint  appointment  with  Computer 

Science 

There  are  three  programs  that  come 
under  the  cognizance  of  the  Mathe- 
matics Department:  the  Mathematics 
Program  proper  (MATH),  the  Mathe- 
matical Statistics  Program  (STAT) 
and  the  Interdisciplinary  Applied 
Mathematics  Program  (MAPL).  Stu- 
dents applying  for  admission  should 
indicate  the  program  of  interest  to 
them  by  employing  the  appropriate 
symbol.  The  Statistics  Program  is 
concerned  with  mathematical  statis- 
tics and  probability.  The  inter- 
disciplinary Applied  Mathematics 
Program  is  described  in  detail  else- 
where in  this  catalog  but,  as  its 
name  implies,  is  concerned  with  the 
interaction  between  mathematics 
and  applied  areas;  it  is  directed  by 
the  Graduate  Applied  Mathematics 
Committee  but  administered  by  the 
Mathematics  Department. 

M.A.  and  Ph.D.  degrees  can  be 
earned  in  each  of  these  three  pro- 
grams. The  Master's  degree  is  not 
required  for  entrance  to  the  Ph.D. 
Program. 

The  Department  offers  graduate 
programs  in  Algebra,  Complex  Anal- 
ysis, Geometry,  Mathematical  Logic 
Number  Theory,  Numerical  Analysis, 
Ordinary  Differential  Equations,  Par- 
tial Differential  Equations,  Probabil- 
ity, Real  and  Functional  Analysis, 
Statistics,  and  Topology. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Admission  is  granted  to  applicants 
who  show  promise  in  mathematics 
as  demonstrated  by  their  collegiate 
mathematics'  record.  Unless  courses 
in  Advanced  Calculus  and  (under- 
graduate) Abstract  Algebra  have 
been  taken  admission  may  be  on  a 
provisional  basis  (passing  MATH  410 
and/or  403  with  a  grade  of  B).  The 
Graduate  Record  Examination  is  not 
required  for  admission,  but  appli- 
cants for  admission  who  have  taken 
this  examination  are  requested  to 
supply  their  score. 

The  M.A.  degree  can  be  earned  by 
exercising  either  the  thesis  option 
(general  University  regulations  pre- 


vail) or  the  non-thesis  option  but  the 
great  majority  are  choosing  the  lat- 
ter. For  this  option  a  student  must 
have  30  credit  hours  with  an  average 
of  at  least  B  of  which  at  least  18  are 
at  the  600/700  level,  including  at 
least  12  hours  in  mathematics.  He 
must  have  completed  two  full-year 
sequences  at  the  600/  700  level  and 
he  must  have  passed  the  Depart- 
mental written  examinations  in  three 
mathematical  fields. 

The  student  has  the  choice  of  tak- 
ing the  separate  M.A.  battery  of  writ- 
ten examinations  or  taking  the  Ph.D. 
version  and  being  scored  at  a  lower 
level.  These  examinations  can  be 
taken  only  twice  except  that  any  at- 
tempt during  the  first  two  years  of 
graduate  work  is  considered  a  "free 
try." 

There  is  no  foreign  language  re- 
quirement for  the  M.A.  degree. 

It  generally  takes  from  two  to 
three  years  to  earn  the  M.A.  Almost 
25-30  are  granted  each  year  in 
mathematics  (MATH,  STAT,  and 
MAPL  combined). 

The  M.A.  degree  is  not  required 
for  admission  to  the  Ph.D.  program 
but  applicants  who  are  accepted 
should  show,  on  the  basis  of  their 
undergraduate  record  and  recom- 
mendations, that  they  possess  not 
only  marked  promise  in  mathe- 
matical activities  but  the  potential  to 
perform  on  a  creative  level.  Again, 
as  in  the  M.A.  case,  admission  may 
be  granted  on  a  provisional  basis. 

The  departmental  course  require- 
ments for  the  Ph.D.  are  a  minimum 
of  36  hours  of  formal  course  work 
(at  least  27  at  the  600/700  level)  with 
an  average  grade  of  B  or  better;  at 
least  18  hours  must  be  taken  in  the 
Department  of  Mathematics.  In  addi- 
tion, there  is  a  University  require- 
ment of  at  least  12  hours  of  MATH 
899  (Doctoral  Research). 

The  Ph.D.  aspirant  must  take  a 
set  of  three  written  examinations  in 
three  mathematical  fields;  these  ex- 
aminations can  be  taken  any  time 
except  that  an  attempt  during  the 
first  two  years  of  graduate  study 
constitutes  a  "free  try."  These  ex- 
aminations are  given  twice  a  year,  in 
January  and  August. 
If  successful  in  these  written  ex- 
aminations, the  student  must  satisfy 
the  particular  requirements  of  the 
field  committee  governing  his  spe- 
cial area  of  interest  before  he  can 
be  admitted  to  candidacy  and  en- 
gage in  thesis  research.  The  disser- 
tation must  represent  an  original 
contribution  to  mathematical  knowl- 
edge and  will  usually  be  published 
in  a  mathematical  journal. 


The  average  Ph.D.  aspirant  will 
spend  five  years  of  graduate  study 
before  obtaining  his  degree.  From  5 
to  10  Ph.D.'s  are  awarded  each  year 
in  the  Department. 

There  are  two  foreign  language 
requirements  for  the  Ph.D.  Before 
the  aspirant  can  be  admitted  to  can- 
didacy he  must  pass  a  writen  ex- 
amination in  either  French,  German 
or  Russian,  translating  mathematical 
texts  into  competent  English.  The 
second  language  examination  must 
be  completed  before  the  candidate's 
final  oral  examination  on  the  disser- 
tation. Both  language  examinations 
are  composed  and  graded  within  the 
Department. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  is  very  strong  in  a 
number  of  areas,  and  the  addition  of 
the  complement  of  mathematicians 
from  the  Institute  for  Physical 
Science  and  Technology  adds  fur- 
ther strength.  There  is  a  very  active 
research  atmosphere,  and  the  De- 
partment fosters  a  lively  program  of 
seminars  and  colloquia  of  which 
about  half  are  talks  by  outside  spe- 
cialists. Each  year  is  devoted  to  a 
special  mathematical  field  with  a 
number  of  outside  mathematicians 
in  residence;  the  special  year  for 
1977-78  was  in  Number  Theory,  and 
the  one  for  1978-79  will  oe  in  Har- 
monic Analysis. 

The  Engineering  and  Physical 
Sciences  Library  is  located  on  the 
ground  floor  of  the  Mathematics 
Building  and  contains  more  than 
95,000  volumes  in  mathematics, 
physics,  and  engineering;  more  than 
280  journals  in  pure  and  applied 
mathematics  are  received.  The 
Library  of  Congress,  with  its  exten- 
sive collection  of  books  and  tech- 
nical reports,  is  only  a  half  hour 
away  from  the  campus. 

The  Department  cooperates 
closely  with  the  Institute  for 
Physical  Science  and  Technology 
and  with  the  Department  of  Com- 
puter Science.  Faculty  members  of 
both  groups  offer  courses  in  the 
Department,  and  the  facilities  of  the 
computer  center  are  available  to 
serve  the  research  needs  of  both 
faculty  and  graduate  students. 
Members  of  the  Department  par- 
ticipate actively  in  the  inter- 
disciplinary Applied  Mathematics 
Program  and  staff  the  Mathematical 
Statistics  Program. 

Financial  Assistance 

The  Department  is  able  to  offer 
graduate  assistantships  to  approx- 
imately 110  graduate  students.  Gen- 
erally these  graduate  assistants  con- 


150  /  Graduate  Programs 


duct  recitation  and  quiz  sections 
associated  with  a  large  lecture  class 
taught  by  a  faculty  member.  The 
teaching  load  is  six  hours  each  se- 
mester plus  the  attendant  duties  of 
meeting  with  students  and  grading 
papers.  In  addition  graduate 
assistants  are  required  to  assist  at 
registration  time. 

The  number  of  fellows  is  small 
and  their  funding,  being  largely 
dependent  on  outside  sources,  is 
uncertain.  There  are,  however,  a  few 
dissertation  fellowships  with  a 
modest  stipend  that  are  occasionally 
available  to  Ph.D.  candidates  who 
are  in  the  final  stages  of  writing 
their  dissertations. 

Additional  Information 

Special  brochures  or  publications  of- 
fered by  the  Department  are  "Grad- 
uate Study  in  Mathematics  at  the 
University  of  Maryland";  "Depart- 
mental Policies  Concerning  Grad- 
uate Students";  Graduate  Study  in 
Applied  Mathematics";  "Graduate 
Course  Descriptions." 

Dr.  Daniel  M.  Dribin  is  the  Ex- 
ecutive of  the  Graduate  Committee 
of  the  Department  and  he  can  be 
contacted  regarding  departmental 
programs,  admission  procedures 
and  financial  aid. 

Courses 

MATH  400  Vectors  and  Matrices.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  141  or  221.  Algebra 
of  vector  spaces  and  matrices.  Recom- 
mended for  students  interested  in  the 
applications  of  mathematics.  (Not  open 
to  students  who  have  had  Math  240  or 
405). 

MATH  401  Applications  of  Linear 
Algebra.  (3)  Prerequisite,  MATH  400.  or 
MATH  240,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Various  applications  of  linear  algebra: 
theory  of  finite  games,  linear  program- 
ming, matrix  methods  as  applied  to  finite 
Markov  chains,  random  walk,  incidence 
matrices,  graphs  and  directed  graphs, 
networks,  transportation  problems. 

MATH  402  Algebraic  Structures.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  240  or  equivalent. 
For  students  having  only  limited  ex- 
perience with  rigorous  mathematical 
proofs,  and  parallels  MATH  403. 
Students  planning  graduate  work  in 
mathematics  should  take  MATH  403. 
Groups,  rings,  integral  domains  and 
fields,  detailed  study  of  several  groups; 
properties  of  integers  and  polynomials. 
Emphasis  is  on  the  origin  of  the 
mathematical  ideas  studied  and  the 
logical  structure  of  the  subject.  (Not 
open  to  mathematics  graduate  students. 
Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one  of  the 
courses,  MATH  402  or  MATH  403.). 

MATH  403  Introduction  to  Abstract 
Algebra  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  240  and 
MATH  241  or  equivalent.  Integers; 


groups,  rings,  integral  domains,  fields. 
(Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one  of  the 
courses,  MATH  402  or  MATH  403.) 

MATH  404  Field  Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
MATH  403.  algebraic  and  transcendental 
elements,  galois  theory,  constructions 
with  straight-edge  and  compass,  solu- 
tions of  equations  of  low  degrees,  in- 
solubility of  the  quintic.  sylow  theorems, 
fundamental  theorem  of  finite  abelian 
groups. 

MATH  405  Introduction  to  Linear  Algebra 

(3)  Prerequisite.  MATH  240  and  MATH 
403  or  consent  of  instructor.  An  abstract 
treatment  of  finite  dimensional  vector 
spaces.  Linear  transformations  and  their 
invariants.  (Credit  will  be  given  for  only 
one  of  the  courses,  MATH  400  or  MATH 
405.) 

MATH  406  Introduction  to  Number 
Theory  (3)  Prerequisite,  MATH  141,  or 
MATH  221  or  consent  of  instructor.  Ra- 
tional integers,  divisibility,  prime 
numbers,  modules  and  linear  forms, 
unique  factorization  theorem,  Euler's 
function,  Mobius'  function,  cyclotomic 
polynomial,  congruences  and  quadratic 
residues.  Legendre's  and  Jacobi's  sym- 
bol, reciprocity  law  of  quadratic  residues, 
introductory  explanation  of  the  method 
of  algebraic  number  theory. 

MATH  410  Advanced  Calculus  (3)  Prere- 
quisite, MATH  240  and  MATH  241.  First 
semester  of  a  year  course.  Subjects 
covered  during  the  year  are:  sequences 
and  series  of  numbers,  continuity  and 
differentiability  of  real  valued  functions 
of  one  variable,  the  Rieman  integral,  se- 
quences of  functions,  and  power  series. 
Functions  of  several  variables  including 
partial  derivatives,  multiple  integrals,  line 
and  surface  integrals.  The  implicit  func- 
tion theorem. 

MATH  411  Advanced  Calculus.  (3)  Prere- 
quisite, MATH  410,  and  MATH  240  or 
MATH  400.  Continuation  of  MATH  410. 

MATH  413  Introduction  to  Complex 
Variables.  (3)  Prerequisite.  MATH  410. 
The  algebra  of  complex  numbers,  anal- 
ytic functions  mapping  properties  of  the 
elementary  functions.  Cauchy's  theorem 
and  the  Cauchy  integral  formula. 
Residues.  (Credit  will  be  given  for  only 
one  of  the  courses  MATH  413  or  MATH 
463) 

MATH  414  Differential  Equations.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  240  and  MATH  410, 
or  equivalent.  Existence  and  uniqueness 
theorems  for  initial  value  problems. 
Linear  theory:  fundamental  matrix  solu- 
tions, variation  of  constants  formula,  Flo- 
quet  theory  for  periodic  linear  systems. 
Asymptotic  orbital  and  Lyapunov  stability 
with  phase  plane  diagrams.  Boundary 
value  theory  and  series  solutions  are  op- 
tional topics. 

MATH  415  Introduction  to  Partial  Dif- 
ferential Equations.  (3)  Prerequisites. 
MATH  410.  Topics  will  include  one  di- 
mensional wave  equation;  linear  second 
order  equations  in  two  variables,  separa- 
tions of  variables  and  Fourier  series: 


Sturm-Liouville  theory.  (Credit  will  be 
given  for  only  one  course.  MATH  415  or 
MATH  462). 

MATH  416  Introduction  to  Real  Variables. 

(3)  Prerequisite.  MATH  410.  The 
Lebesgue  integral.  Fubini's  theorem.  The 
LP  spaces.  Convergence  theorems. 

MATH  417  Introduction  to  Fourier 
Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisite.  MATH  410. 
Fourier  series.  Fourier  and  LaPlace 
transforms. 

MATH  430  Geometric  Transformations. 

(3)  Prerequisite.  MATH  240.  Recom- 
mended for  students  in  mathematics 
education.  Important  groups  of  geo- 
metric transformations,  including  the 
isometries  and  similarities  of  the  plane. 
Geometries  related  to  transformation 
groups. 

MATH  431  Foundations  of  Geometry.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  one  year  of  college 
mathematics.  Recommended  for  stu- 
dents in  mathematics  education.  The  ax- 
iomatic foundations  of  geometry.  Atten- 
tion will  be  given  to  one  or  more  ax- 
iomatic developments  of  Euclidean 
geometry  and  to  the  relation  of  Eucli- 
dean geometry  to  other  geometric 
systems 

MATH  432  Introduction  to  Point  Set 
Topology.  (3)  Prerequisite.  MATH  410  or 
450.  or  equivalent.  Connectedness,  com- 
pactness, transformations,  homomorph- 
isms;  application  of  these  concepts  to 
various  spaces,  with  particular  attention 
to  the  Euclidean  plane. 

MATH  433  Introduction  to  Algebraic 
Topology.  (3)  Prerequisite.  MATH  403  and 
432,  or  equivalent.  Chains,  cycles, 
homology  groups  for  surfaces,  the  fun- 
damental group. 

MATH  436  Introduction  to  Differential 
Geometry.  (3)  Prerequisites,  MATH  241. 
and  either  MATH  240  or  MATH  400,  or 
equivalent.  The  differential  geometry  of 
curves  and  surfaces,  curvature  and  tor- 
sion, moving  frames,  the  fundamental 
differential  forms,  intrinsic  geometry  of  a 
surface. 

MATH  444  Elementary  Logic  and 
Algorithms.  (3)  Prerequisite,  MATH  240  or 
consent  of  instructor.  An  elementary 
development  of  propositional  logic, 
predicate  logic,  set  algebra,  and  Boolean 
algebra,  with  a  discussion  of  Markov 
algorithms,  turing  machines  and  recur- 
sive functions.  Topics  include  post  pro- 
ductions, word  problems,  and  formal 
languages.  (Also  listed  as  CMSC  450). 

MATH  446  Axiomatic  Set  Theory.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  403  or  450  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Development  of  a 
system  of  axiomatic  set  theory,  choice 
principals,  induction  principles,  ordinal 
arithmetic  including  discussion  of  can- 
cellation laws,  divisibility,  canonical  ex- 
pansions, cardinal  arithmetic  including 
connections  with  the  axiom  of  choice, 
Hartog's  theorem,  Konig's  theorem,  prop- 
erties of  regular,  singular,  and  inaccessi- 
ble cardinals. 


Graduate  Programs  /  151 


MATH  447  Introduction  to  Mathematical 
Logic.  (3)  Prerequisite.  MATH  403  or  410 
or  450.  Formal  propositional  logic,  com- 
pleteness, independence,  decidability  of 
the  system,  formal  quantificational  logic, 
first  order  axiomatic  theories,  extended 
Godel  completeness  theorem, 
Lowenheim-Skolem  theorem,  model- 
theoretical  applications. 

MATH  450  Fundamental  Concepts  of 
Mathematics.  (3)  Prerequisite,  MATH  240 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Sets,  relations, 
mappings.  Construction  of  the  real  num- 
ber system  starting  with  Peano  postu- 
lates; algebraic  structures  associated 
with  the  construction:  Archimedean 
order,  sequential  completeness  and 
equivalent  properties  of  ordered  fields. 
Finite  and  infinite  sets,  denumberable 
and  non-denumberable  sets. 

MATH  462  Linear  Analysis  for  Scientists 
and  Engineers.  (3)    Prerequisites.  MATH 
241  and  some  knowledge  of  differential 
equations.  Linear  spaces  and  operators, 
orthogonality.  Sturm-Liouville  problems 
and  eigenfunction  expansions  for  ordi- 
nary differential  equations,  introduction 
to  partial  differential  equations,  boundary 
and  initial  value  problems.  (Credit  will  be 
given  for  only  one  course.  MATH  462  or 
MATH  415.) 

MATH  463  Complex  Variables  for  Scien- 
tists and  Engineers.  (3)  Prerequisite. 
MATH  241  or  equivalent.  The  algebra  of 
complex  numbers,  analytic  functions, 
mapping  properties  of  the  elementary 
functions.  Cauchy  integral  formula. 
Theory  of  residues  and  application  to 
evaluation  of  integrals.  Conformal  map- 
ping. (Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one  of 
the  courses.  MATH  413  or  MATH  463.) 

MATH  464  Transform  Methods  for  Scien- 
tists and  Engineers.  (3)  Prerequisites. 
MATH  246.  and  either  MATH  463  or 
MATH  413.  Fourier  series.  Fourier  and 
LaPlace  transforms.  Evaluation  of  the 
complex  inversion  integral  by  the  theory 
of  residues.  Applications  to  ordinary  and 
partial  differential  equations  of  mathe- 
matical physics;  solutions  using  trans- 
forms and  separation  of  variables.  Addi- 
tional topics  such  as  Bessel  functions 
and  calculus  of  variations  may  be 
included. 

MATH  472  Differential  Equations  and 
Numerical  Methods.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
MATH  240.  MATH  410.  and  CMSC  110  or 
their  equivalents.  A  general  introduction 
to  the  theory  of  ordinary  differential 
equations  emphasizing  numerical 
methods  for  constructing  approximate 
solutions.  Existence  and  uniqueness 
theorems.  Runge-Kutta  method,  systems 
of  linear  differential  equations,  phase 
plane  methods,  and  numerical  solution 
of  boundary  value  problems. 

MATH  474  Applied  Linear  Algebra.  (3) 
Prerequisites.  MATH  240,  MATH  241,  and 
CMSC  110  or  their  equivalents.  A  treat- 
ment of  finite  dimensional  linear  spaces 
and  linear  transformations  with  an 
emphasis  on  applications  and  computa- 
tional aspects. 


MATH  475  Combinatorics  and  Graph 
Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite.  MATH  240  and 
MATH  241.  General  enumeration 
methods  difference  equations,  gener- 
ating functions.  Elements  of  graph 
theory,  matrix  representations  of  graphs, 
applications  of  graph  theory  to  transport 
networks,  matching  theory  and  graphical 
algorithms.  (Also  listed  as  CMSC  475.). 

MATH  478  Selected  Topics  for  Teachers 
of  Mathematics.  (1-3)  Prerequisite,  one 
year  of  college  mathematics  or  consent 
of  instructor.  (This  course  cannot  be 
used  toward  the  upper  level  math 
requirements  for  MATH/ST  AT  majors.) 

MATH  481  Introduction  to  Number 
Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite,  one  year  of  col- 
lege mathematics  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Elementary  number  theory  and  the 
development  of  the  real  numbers  for 
teachers.  (Not  open  to  students  maioring 
in  mathematics  or  physical  sciences.) 

MATH  482  Introduction  to  Algebra.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  one  year  of  college  math- 
ematics or  consent  of  instructor.  Modern 
ideas  in  algebra  and  the  theory  of  equa- 
tions for  teachers.  (Not  open  to  students 
majoring  in  mathematics  or  physical 
science.) 

MATH  483  Introduction  to  Geometry.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  one  year  of  college  math- 
ematics or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study 
of  basic  ideas  from  Euclidean  and  non- 
Euclidean  geometry  for  teachers.  (Not 
open  to  students  majoring  in  math- 
ematics or  physical  sciences.) 

MATH  484  Introduction  to  Analysis.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  one  year  of  college  mathe- 
matics or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study 
of  the  limit  concept  and  the  calculus  for 
teachers.  Previous  knowledge  of  calculus 
is  not  required.  (Not  open  to  students 
majoring  in  mathematics  or  physical 
sciences.) 

MATH  488  National  Science  Foundation 
Summer  Institute  for  Teachers  of  Sci- 
ence and  Mathematics-  Seminar.  (1-3) 
Lectures  and  discussion  to  deepen  the 
student's  appreciation  of  mathematics  as 
a  logical  discipline  and  as  a  medium  of 
expression.  Special  emphasis  on  topics 
relevant  to  current  mathematical  cur- 
riculum studies  and  revision.  (Not  open 
to  students  majoring  in  mathematics:  not 
recommended  for  students  majoring  in 
any  physical  sciences.) 

MATH  490  History  of  Mathematics.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  MATH  240  and  241.  or  equi- 
valent. The  development  of  mathematics 
from  around  1900  B.C.  to  around  1900 
A.D.  with  special  emphasis  on  the  period 
of  the  Greeks  (600  B.C.-200  AD),  the 
period  of  development  of  the  calculus 
(17th  century),  and  the  period  of  the  in- 
stitution of  the  modern'  style  of  Rigor 
(19th  century).  Including  the  influence  of 
the  cultural  environment  on  the  develop- 
ment of  mathematics  at  various  times, 
the  development  of  the  mathematical 
concept  of  infinity  and  the  limit  process, 
the  interplay  between  algebra  and  anal- 
ysis, and  the  development  of  the  modern 
concept  of  the  mathematical  proof. 


MATH  498  Selected  Topics  in 
Mathematics.  (1-6)  Prerequisite,  permis- 
sion of  the  instructor.  Topics  of  special 
interest  to  advanced  undergraduate 
students  will  be  offered  occasionally 
under  the  general  guidance  of  the 
Departmental  Committee  on  Undergrad- 
uate Studies.  Honors  students  register 
for  reading  courses  under  this  number. 

MATH  600  Abstract  Algebra  I.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, MATH  405  or  equivalent.  Groups 
with  operators,  homomorphism  and  iso- 
morphism theorems,  normal  series,  Sy- 
low  theorems,  free  groups.  Abelian 
groups,  rings,  integral  domains,  fields, 
modules.  If  time  permits,  HOM  (A.  B). 
tensor  products,  exterior  algebra. 

MATH  601  Abstract  Algebra  II.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, MATH  600  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Field  theory.  Galois  theory,  multi- 
linear algebra.  Further  topics  from: 
Dedekind  domains.  Noetherian  domains, 
rings  with  minimum  condition,  homo- 
logical  algebra. 

MATH  602  Homological  Algebra.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite. MATH  600.  Projective  and 
injective  modules,  homological  dimen- 
sions, derived  functors,  spectral  se- 
quence of  a  composite  functor. 
Applications. 

MATH  603  Commutative  Algebra.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite. MATH  600.  Ideal  theory  of 
Noetherian  rings,  valuations,  localiza- 
tions, complete  local  rings.  Dedekind 
domains. 

MATH  604  Ring  Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
MATH  601  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Topics  selected  from  the  following:  ideal 
theory,  structure  theory  of  rings  with  or 
without  minimum  condition,  division 
rings,  algebras,  non-associative  rings. 

MATH  605  Group  Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite. 
MATH  601  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Topics  selected  from  the  following:  finite 
groups,  Abelian  groups,  free  groups, 
solvable  or  nipotent  groups,  groups  with 
operators,  groups  with  local  properties, 
groups  with  clan  conditions,  extensions. 

MATH  606  Algebraic  Geometry  I.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite. MATH  600-601  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Prime  and  primary  ideals  in 
Noetherian  rings.  Hilbert  Nullstellensatz 
places  and  valuations,  prevarieties  (in  the 
sense  of  Serre).  dimension,  morphisms, 
singularities,  varieties,  schemes, 
rationality. 

MATH  607  Algebraic  Geometry  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  MATH  606.  Topics  in  con- 
temporary algebraic  geometry  chosen 
from  among:  theory  of  algebraic  curves 
and  surfaces,  elliptic  curves,  Abelian 
varieties,  theory  of  schemes,  theory  of 
Zeta  functions,  formal  cohomology,  alge- 
braic groups,  reduction  theory. 

MATH  608  Selected  Topics  in  Algebra.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 

MATH  620  Algebraic  Number  Theory  I. 

(3)  Prerequisites.  MATH  601,  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Algebraic  numbers  and  al- 
gebraic integers,  algebraic  number  fields 
of  finite  degree,  ideals  and  units,  fun- 


152  /  Graduate  Programs 


damental  theorem  of  algebraic  number 
theory,  theory  of  residue  classes,  Min- 
kowski's theorem  on  linear  forms,  class 
numbers,  Dirichlet's  theorem  on  units, 
relative  algebraic  number  fields,  decom- 
position group,  inertia  group  and 
ramification  group  of  prime  ideals  with 
respect  to  a  relatively  Galois  extension. 

MATH  621  Algebraic  Number  Theory  II. 

(3)  Prerequisites,  MATH  600.  620  or  equi- 
valent. Valuation  of  a  field,  algebraic 
function  fields,  completion  of  a  valuation 
field,  ramification  exponent  and  residue 
class  degree,  ramification  theory,  ele- 
ments, differents,  discriminants,  product 
formula  and  characterization  of  fields  by 
the  formula.  Gauss  sum.  class  number 
formula  cyclotomic  fields. 

MATH  630  Real  Analysis  I.  (3)  Prerequi- 
site. MATH  411  or  equivalent.  Elementary 
set  theory,  elementary  topological  no- 
tions (especially  for  Euclidean  space), 
Lebesgue  measure  and  the  Lebesgue  in- 
tegral on  N,  differentiation  and  integra- 
tion of  functions,  absolute  continuity, 
metric  spaces,  completeness  and  the 
Baire  category  theorem.  LP  spaces  over 
N. 

MATH  631  Real  Analysis  II.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, MATH  630.  Locally  compact  Haus- 
dorff  spaces,  Stone-Weierstrass  theorem, 
general  measure  theory,  Radon-Nikodym 
theorem,  Riesz  representation  theorem, 
introduction  to  Banach  and  Hilbert 
spaces.  Hahn-Banach  theorem,  closed 
graph  theorem.  Alaoglu's  theorem. 

MATH  632  Functional  Analysis  I.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite. MATH  631.  Introduction  to 
linear  functional  analysis  and  operator 
theory,  normed  linear  spaces,  spectral 
theory  of  bounded  and  unbounded  self- 
adjoint  operators,  applications  to  dif- 
ferential equations,  notions  of  duality 
and  convexity,  additional  topics  as  time 
permits,  e.g.  locally  convex  spaces,  dis- 
tribution theory,  perturbation  theory. 
Note:  MATH  632  and  633  are  indepen- 
dent of  one  another  and  can  be  taken 
simultaneously. 

MATH  633  Functional  Analysis  II.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, MATH  631.  Introduction  to 
abstract  harmonic  analysis,  theory  of 
Banach  algebras,  maximal  ideal  space. 
Gelfand-Naimark  theorem,  locally  com- 
pact groups,  Fourier  analysis  on  Abelian 
groups,  Peter-Weyl  theorem,  group  repre- 
sentations, additional  topics  as  time  per- 
mits, e.g.  function  algebras.  C"-algebras. 
spectral  synthesis,  transformation 
groups.  Note:  MATH  632  and  633  are  in- 
dependent of  one  another  and  can  be 
taken  simultaneously. 
MATH  634  Linear  Spaces  I.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite. MATH  632.  Linear  topological 
spaces,  locally  convex  spaces,  inductive 
limits,  duality  theory,  Baire  spaces,  bar- 
reled spaces,  uniform  boundedness  prin- 
ciple, closed  graph  and  open  mapping 
theorems  on  Frechet  spaces, 
distributions. 

MATH  635  Linear  Spaces  II.  (3)  Prerequi- 
site. MATH  634.  Topological  tensor  prod- 


ucts, nuclear  spaces  and  mappings, 
general  closed  graph  theorems. 

MATH  636  Banach  Algebras.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite. MATH  632.  The  Gelfand  represen- 
tation; involution  algebras,  commutative 
and  non-commutative  representation 
theorems  of  Gelfand-Neumark:  applica- 
tions to  spectral  theory  and  abstract  har- 
monic analysis. 

MATH  640  Topological  Groups  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  MATH  630  and  631  or  730. 
or  consent  of  instructor.  General  nature 
of  topological  groups  including  homo- 
morphism  theorems,  Haar  measure,  rep- 
resentations of  compact  groups  and  the 
Peter-Weyl  theorem.  Pontrjagin  duality. 
Tanaka  duality  and  the  Plancherel 
theorem. 

MATH  641  Topological  Groups  II.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite. MATH  640.  or  equivalent.  The 
concept  of  Lie  groups,  the  structure  of 
compact  groups,  relations  between  Lie 
groups  and  Lie  algebras,  the  structure  of 
compact  Lie  groups.  Transformation 
groups. 

MATH  648  Selected  Topics  in  Analysis. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 

MATH  654  Non-Linear  Elasticity.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite. MATH  690.  Fundamentals  of 
non-linear  elasticity.  Finite  deformations, 
rubber  elasticity,  small  deformations 
superimposed  on  finite  deformations. 

MATH  655  Asymptotic  Analysis  and 
Special  Functions  I.  (3)  Prerequisite. 
MATH  413  or  MATH  463.  Transcendental 
equations,  gamma  functions,  orthogonal 
polynomials.  Bessel  functions,  integral 
transforms.  Watson's  lemma.  LaPlace's 
method,  stationary  phase,  analytic  theory 
of  ordinary  differential  equations, 
Liouville-Green  (or  WKBJ)  approximation. 
(Cross-listed  with  MAPL  655) 

MATH  656  Asymptotic  Analysis  and 
Special  Functions  II.  (3)  Prerequisite. 
MATH/MAPL  655.  Steepest  descents,  co- 
alescing Saddll-points,  singular  integral 
equations,  irregular  singularities,  Bessel. 
hypergeometic.  and  Legendre  functions. 
Euler-Maclaurin  formula.  Darboux's 
method,  turning  points,  phase  shift. 
(Cross-listed  with  MAPL  656) 

MATH  660  Complex  Analysis  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  MATH  410  or  equivalent. 
Linear  transformations,  analytic  func- 
tions, conformal  mappings,  Cauchy's 
theorem  and  applications,  power  series, 
partial  fractions  and  factorization, 
elementary  Riemann  surfaces.  Riemann's 
mapping  theorem. 

MATH  661  Complex  Analysis  II.  (3)  Pre- 
requisites. MATH  630.  660.  Topics  in 
conformal  mappings,  normal  families, 
Picard's  theorem,  classes  of  univalent 
functions,  extremal  properties,  variational 
methods,  elliptic  functions.  Riemann 
surfaces. 

MATH  664  Interpolation  and  Approxima- 
tion-Complex Domain.  (3)  Prerequisite. 
MATH  660  or  consent  of  instructor.  Pos- 
sibility of  approximation  by  polynomials. 


Lemniscates.  Interpolation  by  polyno- 
mials. Maximal  convergence.  Uniform 
distribution  of  points.  Interpolation  and 
approximation  by  rational  functions.  Ra- 
tional functions  with  some  free  poles. 

MATH  665  Interpolation  and  Approxima- 
tion-Real Functions.  (3)  Interpolation  of 
real  functions  and  remainder  theory.  Uni- 
form and  least  square  approximations. 
Chebychev  oscillation  theorems.  Or- 
thogonal polynomials.  Degree  of  approx- 
imation. Abstract  formulation  of  approxi- 
mation theory.  Constructive  function 
theory. 

MATH  668  Selected  Topics  in  Complex 
Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor.  Material  selected  to  suit  in- 
terests and  background  of  the  students 
Typical  courses:  Riemann  surfaces,  auto- 
morphic  functions,  several  complex 
variables,  symmetric  spaces. 

MATH  670  Ordinary  Differential  Equa- 
tions I.  (3)  Prerequisites.  MATH  405  and 
410  or  the  equivalent.  Existence  and 
uniqueness,  linear  systems  usually  with 
Floquet  theory  for  periodic  systems,  lin- 
earization and  stability,  planar  systems 
usually  with  Poincare-Bendixson  theory. 
(Same  as  MAPL  670.) 

MATH  671  Ordinary  Differential  Equa- 
tions II.  (3)  Prerequisite.  MATH  630  and 
MATH/MAPL  670  or  the  equivalent.  The 
content  of  this  course  varies  with  the  in- 
terests of  the  instructor  and  the  class. 
Stability  theory,  control,  time  delay 
systems.  Hamiltonian  systems,  bifurca- 
tion theory,  and  boundary  value  prob- 
lems, and  the  like.  (Same  as  MAPL  671.) 

MATH  673  Classical  Methods  in  Partial 
Differential  Equations  I.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
MATH  410  or  equivalent.  Cauchy  problem 
for  the  wave  equation  and  heat  equation, 
Dirichlet  and  Neumann  problem  for  La- 
Place's  equation.  Classification  of  equa- 
tions. Cauch-Kowaleski  theorem.  General 
second  order  linear  and  nonlinear  elliptic 
and  parabolic  equations.  (Same  as  MAPL 
673.) 

MATH  674  Classical  Methods  in  Partial 
Differential  Equations  II.  (3)  Prerequisite. 
MATH  673.  General  theory  of  first  order 
partial  differential  equations,  characteris- 
tics, complete  integrals.  Hamilton-Jacobi 
theory.  Hyperbolic  systems  in  two  inde- 
pendent variables,  existence  and 
uniqueness,  shock  waves,  applications  to 
compressible  flow.  (Same  as  MAPL  674.) 

MATH  680  Eigenvalue  and  Boundary 
Value  Problems  I.  (3)  Prerequisites. 
MATH  405  and  410  or  equivalent.  Opera- 
tional methods  applied  to  ordinary  dif- 
ferential equations.  Introduction  to  linear 
spaces,  compact  operators  in  Hilbert 
space,  study  of  eigenvalues.  (Same  as 
MAPL  680.) 

MATH  681  Eigenvalue  and  Boundary 
Value  Problems  II.  (3)  Prerequisite. 
MATH/MAPL  680.  Boundary  value  prob- 
lems for  linear  partial  differential  equa- 
tions. Method  of  energy  integrals  applied 
to  LaPlace's  equation,  heat  equations 


Graduate  Programs  /  153 


and  the  wave  equations.  Study  of  eigen- 
values. (Same  as  MAPL  681.) 

MATH  682  Variational  Methods.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  The 
Euler-Lagrange  equation,  minimal  prin- 
ciples in  mathematical  physics,  estima- 
tion of  capacity,  torsional  rigidity  and 
other  physical  quantities;  symmetrization, 
isoperimetric  inequalities,  estimation  of 
eigenvalues,  the  minimax  principle. 

MATH  685  Modern  Methods  in  Partial 
Differential  Equations  I.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
MATH  630  and  631.  Spaces  of  distribu- 
tions, Fourier  transforms,  concept  of 
weak  and  strong  solutions.  Existence, 
uniqueness  and  regularity  theory  for 
elliptic  and  parabolic  problems,  methods 
of  functional  analysis.  (Same  as  MAPL 
685.) 

MATH  686  Modern  Methods  in  Partial 
Differential  Equations  II.  (3)  Prerequisite. 
MATH/MAPL  685.  Emphasis  on  nonlinear 
problems.  Sobolev  embedding  theorems, 
methods  of  monotonicity  compactness, 
applications  to  elliptic,  parabolic  and 
hyperbolic  problems.  (Also  listed  as 
MAPL  686.) 

MATH  699  Proseminar  in  Research.  (1) 

Prerequisite,  one  semester  of  graduate 
work  in  mathematics.  Devoted  to  the 
foundations  of  mathematics,  including 
mathematical  logic,  axiom  systems,  and 
set  theory. 

MATH  710  Consistency  Proofs  in  Set 
Theory.  (3)  Prerequisites,  MATH  446  and 
447  Consistency  and  independence  of 
such  fundamental  principles  of  set 
theory  as  the  laws  of  choice,  of  cardinal 
arithmetic  of  constructability  and  reg- 
ularity. Godel's  model  of  constructible 
sets,  inner  models,  Cohen's  generic 
models. 

MATH  712  Mathematical  Logic  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  447.  The  fundamen- 
tals for  the  theory  of  models,  complete- 
ness and  incompleteness  in  formal 
theories,  decidable  theories,  undecidable 
theories.  Topics  include  model- 
theoretical  applications  of  the  compact- 
ness theorem  for  formal  languages,  de- 
finability theorems,  Lowenheim-Skolem 
theorems,  Godel's  incompleteness 
theorem,  el imination-of -quantifier 
methods  in  decidable  theories,  the 
undecidability  theorems  of  Church  and 
Tarski. 

MATH  713  Mathematical  Logic  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  447.  Recursion 
theory  and  proof  theory.  Topics  include 
enumeration  and  normal  form  theorems, 
the  classification  of  recursively 
enumerable  sets,  degrees  of  unsolvabil- 
ity,  the  arithmetical  hierarchy,  consis- 
tency proofs  within  arithmetic,  Godel's 
theorem  on  the  unprovability  of  the  con- 
sistency of  certain  theories  within  arith- 
metic, a  consistency  proof  for  Peano 
arithmetic. 

MATH  715  Model  Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite. 
MATH  712.  Topics  to  be  covered  include 
the  compactness  theorem  and 


Lowenheim-Skolem  theorems  for  first- 
order  logic.  'Omega'  completeness 
theorem,  ultra  products,  saturated  and 
special  models,  definability  results, 
categoricity  in  power,  omitting  types  of 
elements,  and  applications  to  algebra 
and  analysis.. 

MATH  716  Recursive  Function  Theory.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  713.  Topics  to  be 
covered  are  formal  definitions  of  compu- 
tability  and  recursive  functions,  Kleenes' 
enumeration  and  fixed-point  theorems, 
turning  reducibility,  the  arithmetical 
hierarchy.  Other  topics  are  simple  and 
hypersimple  sets,  truth-table  reducibility, 
creative  sets,  Myhill's  theorem  in  one- 
one  reducibility,  deficiency  sets, 
Friedberg's  solution  of  Post's  problem, 
maximal  sets,  retraceable  sets,  major 
subsets,  the  analytical  hierarchy,  recur- 
sive ordinals,  hyper  arithmetical  sets. 

MATH  718  Selected  Topics  in  Math- 
ematical Logic.  (3)  Prerequisite,  consent 
of  instructor. 

MATH  730  Topology  and  Manifolds  I.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  MATH  410,  411,  403  or 
equivalents.  Point  set  topology;  fun- 
damental group  and  covering  spaces;  in- 
troductory material  on  differentiate 
manifolds. 

MATH  731  Topology  and  Manifolds  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  730.  Simplicial  com- 
plexes; differential  forms,  homology 
theory  and  De  Rham  theorem;  classifica- 
tion of  two  manifolds. 

MATH  734  Algebraic  Topology  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  731.  Singular  ho- 
mology, uniqueness  theorems,  tensor 
products  and  homomorphisms,  the  func- 
tors ext  and  tor.  Universal  coefficient 
theorems,  Kunneth  and  Eilenberg-Zilber 
theorems,  products  and  duality. 

MATH  735  Algebraic  Topology  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  734.  Higher  ho- 
motopy  groups,  CW  complexes,  obstruc- 
tion theory,  Eilenberg-MacLane  spaces, 
the  Serre  spectral  sequences. 

MATH  737  Topological  Dynamics  and 
Dynamical  Systems.  (3)  Basic  ideas  in 
dynamical  systems,  such  as  minimal 
sets,  limit  sets,  recursive  properties, 
equicontinuous  systems,  and  various 
kinds  of  extensions.  In-depth  treatment 
of  a  current  area  of  research  in  dy- 
namical systems  such  as,  abstract 
theory;  symbolic  dynamics;  flows  on 
manifolds;  the  theory  of  Kryloff  and 
Bogoliouboff;  topological  ergodicity,  dis- 
jointness,  weak  mixing  and  entropy; 
Axiom  A  systems;  almost  periodic  func- 
tions and  their  generalizations;  uniformly 
distributed  sequences  and  number 
theoretic  applications 

MATH  740  Riemannian  Geometry  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  730  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Review  of  differentiable  man- 
ifolds, Riemannian  metrics,  the  Cartan 
structure  equations,  connections,  cur- 
vature, immersions  of  Riemannian 
manifolds,  the  Schwarzschild  metric. 
Kahler  manifolds.. 


MATH  741  Riemannian  Geometry  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  740  or  consent  of  in- 
structor Geodesies  and  the  calculus  of 
variations,  Myer's  theorem,  Riemannian 
geometry  of  submersions,  fiber  bundles, 
Riemannian  geometry  of  Lie  groups  and 
homogeneous  spaces,  harmonic  forms, 
characteristic  classes  using  De  Rham's 
theorem  (as  in  MATH  731),  the  Gauss- 
Bonnet  formula. 

MATH  742  Differential  Topology  I.  (3) 

Basic  techniques  in  topology  of  smooth 
manifolds.  Sard's  theorem,  immersions, 
submersion,  Whitney  embedding  theo- 
rem, transversality,  smooth  vector 
bundles,  applications. 

MATH  743  Differential  Topology  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  742  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Tubular  neighbourhoods,  in- 
tegration of  vector  fields,  smooth  approx- 
imation, isotopy.  application. 

MATH  744  Lie  Groups  I.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
MATH  403.  405,  411  and  432,  their  equi- 
valents, or  consent  of  instructor.  An  in- 
troduction to  the  fundamentals  of  Lie 
groups,  including  some  material  on 
groups  of  matrices  and  Lie  algebras. 

MATH  745  Lie  Groups  II.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
MATH  744,  or  consent  of  instructor.  A 
continuation  of  Lie  groups  I  in  which 
some  of  the  following  topics  will  be  em- 
phasized: solvable  Lie  groups,  compact 
Lie  groups,  classifications  of  semi-simple 
Lie  groups,  representation  theory,  homo- 
geneous spaces. 

MATH  748  Selected  Topics  in  Geometry 
and  Topology.  (3)  Prerequisite,  consent 
of  instructor. 

MATH  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

MATH  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 


Measurement  and 
Statistics  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Lissitz. 
Professors:  Dayton,  Giblette,  Stunkard. 
Associate  Professors:  Johnson, 
MacReady,  Schafer,  Sedlacek. 
Assistant  Professor:  Wilson 

In  the  Department  of  Measurement 
and  Statistics,  programs  are 
available  at  both  the  master's  and 
doctoral  levels  for  persons  desiring 
a  major  in  research  design, 
measurement  and  statistics  in 
education.  In  addition,  a  doctoral 
minor  is  offered  for  students  major- 
ing in  other  areas.  Each  of  these 
programs  is  designed  to  integrate 
the  three  areas  of  research  design, 
measurement  and  statistics. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  doctoral  major  program  is 
primarily  intended  to  produce  in- 
dividuals qualified  to  teach  courses 


154  /  Graduate  Programs 


at  the  college  level  in  educational 
research,  measurement  and  statis- 
tics; conduct  research  studies  in  the 
field  of  education;  advise  in  the  con- 
duct of  research  studies;  and  serve 
as  measurement  and  evaluation 
specialists  in  school  systems,  in- 
dustry and  government.  The 
master's  level  program  is  designed 
to  produce  qualified  individuals  to 
serve  as  junior  statisticians  in 
various  fields  and  to  provide 
qualified  test  administration,  scor- 
ing, and  interpretation  services  (both 
the  thesis  and  non-thesis  option  are 
offered).  Courses  within  the  program 
are  selected  from  offerings  of  the 
College  of  Education  and  other  De- 
partments of  the  University.  A 
program  for  an  individual  student  is 
planned  to  take  into  account  his 
own  background  and  future  aims. 
About  half  the  work  within  the  major 
is  elected  to  meet  the  needs  and 
special  interests  of  the  individual 
student. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Persons  planning  a  college  teaching 
career  will  have  opportunities  to 
engage  in  supervised  activities  ap- 
propriate for  future  faculty  members 
whose  specialization  will  be  in  these 
areas.  Research  experience  utilizing 
modern  electronic  data  processing 
equipment  will  be  obtained. 

Financial  Assistance 

Some  Graduate  Assistantships  are 
available  to  qualified  graduate 
students. 

Additional  Information 
For  information  and  a  departmental 
brochure,  please  write  to  the  Direc- 
tor of  the  Graduate  Program. 

Courses 

EDMS  410  Principles  of  Testing  and 
Evaluation.  (3)  Basic  principles  including 
the  steps  in  the  specification  of  instruc- 
tional objectives  and  subsequent 
development  of  teacher-made  tests;  prob- 
lems in  the  use  and  interpretation  of 
achievement  and  aptitude  tests;  introduc- 
tion to  the  development  and  use  of  non- 
testing  evaluation  procedures;  basic  con- 
sideration in  the  assignment  of  marks 
and  grades;  introduction  to  computer 
technology  as  applied  to  measurement. 

EDMS  451  Introduction  to  Educational 
Statistics.  (3)  Designed  as  a  first  course 
in  statistics  for  students  in  education. 
Emphasis  is  upon  educational  applica- 
tions of  descriptive  statistics,  including 
measures  of  central  tendency,  variability 
and  association.  Also  included  are  in- 
ferential statistics  through  one-way 
anova. 

EDMS  465  Algorithmic  Methods  in 
Educational  Research.  (3)  Introduction  to 
the  use  of  the  computer  as  a  tool  in 


educational  research.  Instruction  in  a 
basic  scientific  computer  source 
language  as  well  as  practical  experience 
in  program  writing  for  solving  statistical 
and  educational  research  problems. 

EDMS  489  Field  Experiences  in  Measure- 
ment and  Statistics.  (1-3)  Prerequisites, 
at  least  six  credits  in  education  courses 
at  the  University  of  Maryland,  plus  such 
other  prerequisites  as  may  be  set  by  the 
major  area  in  which  the  experience  is  to 
be  taken.  Planned  field  experience  for 
education  majors.  Repeatable  for  credit 
to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

EDMS  498  Special  Problems  in  Measure- 
ment and  Statistics.  (1-3)  Prerequisite, 
consent  of  instructor.  Available  only  to 
education  majors  who  have  formal  plans 
for  individual  study  of  approved  prob- 
lems. Repeatable  for  credit  to  a  max- 
imum of  six  credits. 

EDMS  622  Theory  and  Practice  of  Stan- 
dardized Testing.  (3)  Prerequisite.  EDMS 
410.  446.  or  451.  Study  of  groups  tests 
typically  employed  in  school  testing  pro- 
grams; discussion  of  evidence  relating  to 
the  measurement  of  abilities;  practice  in 
standardized  group  test  administrations. 

EDMS  626  Measurement  Techniques  for 
Research.  (3)  Theory,  development  and 
applications  of  various  measurement  in- 
struments and  procedures  used  in 
educational  research.  Questionnaires,  in- 
terviews, rating  scales,  attitude  scales, 
observational  procedures,  ecological  ap- 
proaches, Q-sort,  semantic-differential, 
sociometry  and  other  approaches. 
Prerequisite.  EDMS  451  or  646. 

EDMS  645  Quantitative  Research 
Methods  I.  (3)  An  introduction  to 
research  design  principles  and  the  scien- 
tific method  as  applied  to  behavioral 
phenomena.  Instrumentation  procedures 
including  the  planning  and  construction 
of  simple  data  collection  instruments 
and  their  analysis,  and  assessment  of 
the  reliability  and  validity  of  such  in- 
struments. Statistical  procedures  ap- 
propriate to  the  analysis  of  data  from 
simple  research  designs.  Laboratory  ex- 
periences in  instrumentation  and 
research  design  are  emphasized. 

EDMS  646  Quantitative  Research 
Methods  II.  (3)  Prerequisite.  EDMS  446. 
Special  problems  arising  in  the  im- 
plementation of  educational  research 
designs.  Instrumentation  to  measure  at- 
titudes and  collection  of  questionnaire 
data.  Additional  statistical  procedures  ap- 
propriate to  the  analysis  of  education 
research  designs.  Laboratory  experiences 
in  instrumentation  and  research  design 
are  emphasized. 

EDMS  651  Intermediate  Statistics  in 
Education.  (3)  Distributional  theory:  chi- 
square  analysis  of  contingency  tables; 
analysis  of  variance;  introduction  to 
multiple  correlation  and  regression. 

EDMS  653  Correlation  and  Regression 
Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisite.  EDMS  651. 
Systematic  development  of  simple 
regression,  multiple  regression,  and  non- 


linear regression  as  applied  to  educa- 
tional research  problems.  Emphasis  is  on 
underlying  theory  of  procedures  and  on 
analytical  approaches  which  are  amen- 
able to  computerization. 

EDMS  723  Measurement  Theory  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  EDMS  410,  451.  or  646. 
Classical  measurement  theory  dealing 
with  the  nature  of  measurement,  prin- 
ciples and  procedures  concerning  the  ac- 
curacy of  measurement  and  prediction, 
reliability,  and  validity  theory. 

EDMS  724  Measurement  Theory  II.  (3) 
Theoretical  formulations  of  reliability, 
validity  and  scaling  as  related  to  prob- 
lems in  measurement  theory  and  predic- 
tion. Prerequisites.  EDMS  651.  723. 

EDMS  726  Practicum  in  Individual 
Testing  I.  (3)  Prerequisite.  EDMS  622.  The 
administration  and  interpretation  of  the 
Stanford-Binet  and  Wechsler  scales  of 
intelligence. 

EDMS  727  Practicum  in  Individual 
Testing  II.  (3)  Prerequisite.  EDMS  622  or 
consent  of  the  instructor.  Provides  prac- 
ticum experience  in  the  administration  of 
and  the  interpretation  of  the  results  of 
individual  psychological  tests.  Designed 
to  familiarize  the  student  with  alternate 
instruments  to  the  Stanford-Binet  and 
Wechsler  scales  of  intelligence  as  well 
as  to  introduce  the  measurement  of 
special  abilities  through  the  use  of  ap- 
propriate instruments. 

EDMS  738  Seminar  in  Special  Problems 
in  Measurement.  (1-3)  Prerequisite,  con- 
sent of  the  instructor.  An  opportunity  for 
students  with  special  interests  to  focus 
in  depth  on  contemporary  topics  in  mea- 
surement. Topics  to  be  announced,  but 
will  typically  be  related  to  applied  and 
theoretical  measurement. 

EDMS  769  Special  Topics  in  Applied 
Statistics  in  Education.  (1-4)  Prerequisite, 
EDMS  771  or  equivalent,  and  consent  of 
instructor.  Designed  primarily  for  stu- 
dents majoring  or  minoring  in  measure- 
ment and  statistics  in  education.  Topics 
to  be  announced,  but  will  typically  relate 
to  the  areas  of  advanced  multivariate 
analysis  and  advanced  design  of 
experiments. 

EDMS  771  Design  of  Experiments.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  EDMS  651  or  equivalent. 
Primarily  for  the  education  student  desir- 
ing more  advanced  work  in  statistical 
methodology.  Survey  of  major  types  of 
statistical  design  in  educational  research; 
application  of  multivariate  statistical 
techniques  to  educational  problems. 

EDMS  779  Seminar  in  Applied  Statistics 

(1-3)  Enrollment  restricted  to  doctoral 
students  with  a  major  or  minor  in  mea- 
surement and  statistics.  Seminar  topics 
will  be  chosen  in  terms  of  individual  stu- 
dent interest. 

EDMS  780  Research  Methods  and 
Materials.  (3)  Research  methodology  for 
case  studies,  surveys,  and  experiments; 
measurements  and  statistical  techniques. 
Primarily  for  advanced  students  and  doc- 
toral candidates. 


Graduate  Programs  /  155 


EDMS  798  Special  Problems  in  Educa- 
tion. (1-6)  Master's,  AGS,  or  doctoral 
candidates  who  desire  to  pursue  special 
research  problems  under  the  direction  of 
their  advisors  may  register  for  credit 
under  this  number. 

EDMS  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6)  Registration  required  to  the  extent 
of  6  hours  for  Master's  thesis. 

EDMS  879  Doctoral  Seminar.  (1-3) 

Prerequisite,  passing  the  preliminary  ex- 
aminations for  a  doctor's  degree  in 
education,  or  recommendation  of  a  doc- 
toral advisor.  Analysis  of  doctoral  proj- 
ects and  theses,  and  of  other  on-going 
research  projects.  A  doctoral  candidate 
may  participate  in  the  seminar  during  as 
many  university  sessions  as  he  desires, 
but  may  earn  no  more  than  three  semes- 
ter hours  of  credit  accumulated  one  hour 
at  a  time  in  the  seminar.  An  Ed.D.  can- 
didate may  earn  in  total  no  more  than 
nine  semester  hours,  and  a  Ph.D.  can- 
didate, no  more  than  eighteen  semester 
hours  in  the  seminar  and  in  EDMS  899. 

EDMS  889  Internship  in  Measurement 
and  Statistics.  (3-16)  Internships  in  the 
major  area  of  study  are  available  to 
selected  students  who  have  teaching  ex- 
perience. The  following  groups  of 
students  are  eligible:  (a)  Any  student 
who  has  been  advanced  to  candidacy  for 
the  doctor's  degree;  and  (b)  Any  student 
who  receives  special  approval  by  the 
education  faculty  for  an  internship,  pro- 
vided that  prior  to  taking  an  internship, 
such  student  shall  have  completed  at 
least  60  semester  hours  of  graduate 
work,  including  at  least  six  semester 
hours  in  education  at  the  University  of 
Maryland.  Each  intern  is  assigned  to 
work  on  a  full-time  basis  for  at  least  a 
semester  with  an  appropriate  staff 
member  in  a  cooperating  school,  school 
system,  or  educational  institution  or 
agency.  The  internship  must  be  taken  in 
a  school  situation  different  from  the  one 
where  the  student  is  regularly  employed. 
The  intern's  sponsor  maintains  a  close 
working  relationship  with  the  intern  and 
the  other  persons  involved.  Note:  The 
total  number  of  credits  which  a  student 
may  earn  in  EDMS  489,  888,  and  889  is 
limited  to  a  maximum  of  twenty  (20) 
semester  hours. 

EDMS  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8)  Registration  required  to  the 
extent  of  6-9  hours  for  an  Ed.D.  project 
and  12-18  hours  for  a  Ph.D.  dissertation. 


Mechanical  Engineering 
Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Cunniff 
Professors:  Allen,  Anand,  Armstrong, 
Berger,  Dally,  Dieter,  Fourney,  Hsu, 
Irwin,  Marcinkowski,  Sallet,  Sayre, 
Shreeve,  Talaat,  Wockenfuss,  Yang. 
Associate  Professors:  Buckley,  Hayleck, 
Holloway,  Kirk,  Kobayashi,  Marks, 
Walston. 

156  /  Graduate  Programs 


Assistant  Professors:  Barker.  Dagalakis, 
Hannemann,  Metcalf,  Ostrowski,  Tsui, 
Wallace. 

Adjunct  Professor:  Morse. 

Lecturers:  Baker,  Belding,  Brandt, 
Carpenter,  Coder,  Dawson,  Reid. 

The  Mechanical  Engineering  Depart- 
ment offers  a  broad  based  program 
leading  to  a  Master  of  Science 
degree  with  courses  drawn  from 
four  different  areas  of  specialization: 
(1)  Energy,  (2)  Fluid  Mechanics,  (3) 
Solid  Mechanics  and  (4)  Systems 
Analysis  and  Design.  In  certain 
cases,  a  student  may  wish  to  con- 
centrate his  studies  early  in  his 
graduate  work  and  M.S.  programs  in 
each  of  the  four  areas  of  specialty 
are  available.  For  the  Ph.D.  program 
which  stresses  research  capabilities, 
an  area  of  specialization  should  be 
selected  early  so  that  the  student 
can  prepare  for  the  comprehensive 
examination  and  can  establish  the 
depth  of  understanding  in  a  given 
technical  area  necessary  to  begin 
thesis  research. 

(1)  Energy.  This  area  of  specializa- 
tion treats  the  transformation, 
transportation  and  utilization  of  all 
types  of  energy.  The  area  encom- 
passes four  main  topics  that  include 
solar  energy,  energy  conversion, 
heat  and  mass  transfer,  and  thermo- 
dynamics. Solar  energy  studies  deal 
with  the  engineering  applications  of 
solar  thermal  energy  to  heating, 
cooling,  and  the  generation  of  elec- 
tricity with  photovoltaic,  biological 
and  wind-power  systems.  Included 

in  energy  conversion  coverage  are 
thermoelectric,  thermoionic, 
photovoltaic,  fuel  cells  and 
magnetohydrodynamics.  Analytical, 
empirical,  and  experimental  solu- 
tions are  developed  in  solving  heat 
and  mass  transfer  problems.  The 
coverage  in  thermodynamics  in- 
cludes macroscopic  and  micro- 
scopic considerations  of  processes, 
statistical  methods  and  irreversible 
processes. 

(2)  Fluid  Mechanics.  This  area  of 
specialization  prepares  the  student 
for  study  in  advanced  analytical  and 
experimental  methods  in  fluid 
mechanics.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
the  development  of  methods  and 
procedures  with  the  application 
following  an  exposure  to  fundamen- 
tal procedures.  Areas  of  study  in- 
clude road  vehicle  aerodynamics, 
two  phase  flow,  boundary  layers  and 
jets,  vortex  dynamics,  shock  wave 
phenomena,  and  ocean  engineering. 
Laboratory  facilities  are  available  for 
research  in  low  speed  flow  phenom- 
ena, two  phase  flow  studies,  vortex 
motions,  and  hydromechanics. 


(3)  Solid  Mechanics.  This  area  of 
specialization  emphasizes  exposure 
to  fundamental  concepts  in 
analytical  and  experimental  methods 
of  solid  mechanics.  Areas  of  study 
include  theoretical  and  applied 
elasticity,  fracture  mechanics,  ex- 
perimental mechanics,  noise  and 
vibration  control,  acoustics, 
numerical  modeling,  and  linear  and 
nonlinear  mechanics.  Laboratory 
facilities  are  available  for  research  in 
stress  analysis,  fracture,  acoustics, 
photoelasticity,  and  holography. 

(4)  Systems  Analysis  and  Design. 
This  area  of  specialization  combines 
fields  of  science  and  technology  for 
the  purposes  of  analysis,  synthesis, 
design  and  management  of  complex 
systems.  In  addition  to  traditional 
applications  to  communication, 
transportation  and  aerospace 
systems  and  production  processes, 
this  area  of  specialization  finds  in- 
creased application  in  economics, 
biomedical  engineering  and  urban 
problems.  The  graduate  program  is 
organized  to  include  a  variety  of 
courses  in  control  systems,  op- 
timization design,  systems  analysis, 
and  economics  of  product  design 
and  processing.  Research  programs 
often  stress  specific  as  well  as 
interdisciplinary  areas  of  investi- 
gation.Experimental  research  facil- 
ities are  available  for  studies  of 
polymer  processes,  control  systems 
and  tribology. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 
The  programs  leading  to  the  M.S. 
and  Ph.D  degrees  are  open  to  quali- 
fied students  holding  the  B.S. 
degree.   Admission  may  be  granted 
to  students  with  degrees  outside  of 
mechanical  engineering.  In  some 
cases  it  may  be  necessary  to  re- 
quire undergraduate  courses  to  com- 
plete the  student's  background.  The 
general  regulations  of  the  Graduate 
School  apply  in  reviewing 
applications. 

The  candidate  for  the  M.S.  degree 
has  the  choice  between  the  thesis 
option  or  the  non-thesis  option.  The 
equivalent  of  at  least  three  years  of 
full-time  study  beyond  the  B.S. 
degree  is  required  for  the  Ph.D. 
degree.  In  addition  to  the  general 
rules  of  the  Graduate  School,  cer- 
tain special  degree  requirements  are 
set  forth  by  the  department  in  its 
departmental  publications. 
Facilities  and  Special  Resources 
The  Department  maintains 
laboratory  facilities  for  graduate 
research.  Air  guns,  impact  testers, 
vibration  shaker  tables,  and  acoustic 
analysis  equipment  are  available  for 
studies  in  dynamic  stress  analysis 


and  vibration.  Static  and  dynamic 
stress  analysis  are  conducted  by 
photoelastic  and  holographic  techni- 
ques. The  fluid  dynamics  facilities 
include  wind  tunnels,  water  tables,  a 
shock  tube,  a  high-vacuum  appara- 
tus, water  turbines,  and  diagnostic 
equipment.  Both  a  closed-loop 
magnetoplasma-dynamics  facility 
and  a  solar  energy  laboratory  are 
available  for  experimental  research 
in  the  energy  area.  An  analog  com- 
puter, function  generators, 
recorders,  and  plotters  are  utilized 
for  experimental  research  in  sys- 
tems analysis.  There  is  a  large  com- 
plement of  mechanical  testing 
equipment  for  research  in  engineer- 
ing materials.  The  Institute  for 
Physical  Science  and  Technology 
maintains  a  fully-equipped  electron 
microscopy  facility,  an  X-ray  diffrac- 
tion facility  and  equipment  for 
crystal  growing.  The  engineering 
computational  facility  contains 
remote  terminals  to  the  University's 
UNIVAC  1106  and  UNIVAC  1108 
digital  computers,  which  are  used 
in  support  of  research  programs. 
The  Engineering  Library  is  housed 
nearby  in  conjunction  with  the 
mathematics  and  physical  science 
collections. 

Financial  Assistance 

Financial  assistance  is  available  to 
outstanding  students  in  the  form  of 
teaching  assistantships.  research 
assistantships  and  instructorships 
Additional  Information 
Additional  information  may  be  ob- 
tained from  the  Graduate  Advisor. 
Department  of  Mechanical 
Engineering. 
Courses 

ENME  400  Machine  Design.  (3)  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  period  a  week. 
Prerequisite   ENME  300.  360.  Working 
stresses,  stress  concentration,  stress 
analysis  and  repeated  loadings.  Design 
of  machine  elements.  Kinematics  of 
mechanisms. 

ENME  402  Selected  Topics  in  Engineer- 
ing Design.  (3)  Three  lecture  periods  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  senior  standing  in 
mechanical  engineering  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Creativity  and  innovation  in 
design.  Generalized  performance 
analysis,  reliability  and  optimization  as 
applied  to  the  design  of  components  and 
engineering  systems.  Use  of  computers 
in  design.  Design  of  multivariable 
systems. 

ENME  403  Automatic  Controls.  (3)    Prere- 
quisites. ENME  300.  senior  standing. 
Hydraulic,  electrical,  mechanical  and 
pneumatic  automatic  control  systems. 
Open  and  closed  loops.  Steady  state  and 
transient  operation,  stability  criteria, 
linear  and  non-linear  systems.  LaPlace 
transforms. 


ENME  404  Mechanical  Engineering 
Systems  Design.  (4)  Two  lectures  and 
two  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisite, senior  standing  in  mechanical 
engineering.  Design  of  components  that 
form  a  complete  wording  system.  Engin- 
eering economics,  performance-cost 
studies,  optimization.  Engineering  design 
practice  through  case  studies.  Legal 
ethical  responsibility  of  the  designer.  Not 
open  to  students  who  have  credit  in 
ENME  401. 

ENME  405  Energy  Conversion  Design.  (3) 
Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  senior  standing  in 
mechanical  engineering.  Application  of 
thermodynamics,  fluid  mechanics  and 
heat  transfer  to  energy  conversion  pro- 
cesses. Design  of  engines,  compressors, 
heat  exchangers.  Energy  storage  and 
fuel  handling  equipment.  Not  open  to 
students  who  have  credit  in  ENME  421. 

ENME  410  Operations  Research  I.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  senior  standing  in 
mechanical  engineenng.  Applications  of 
linear  programming,  queuing  model, 
theory  of  games  and  competitive  models 
to  engineering  problems. 

ENME  411  Introduction  to  Industrial 
Engineering.  (3)  Prerequisites.  ENME  300 
and  ECON  205  or  consent  of  instructor. 
This  course  is  concerned  with  the 
design,  improvement  and  installation  of 
integrated  systems  of  men.  materials  and 
equipment.  Areas  covered  include  in- 
dustrial activities,  plant  layout  and 
design,  value  analysis,  engineering 
economics,  quality  and  production  con- 
trol, methods  engineering,  industrial  rela- 
tions, etc. 

ENME  414  Solar  Energy  Applications  in 
Buildings.  (3)  Prerequisites.  ARCH  311.  or 
ENME  321  (or  equivalent),  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Methods  of  utilizing  solar 
energy  to  providing  heating,  cooling,  hot 
water,  and  electricity  for  buildings; 
survey  or  related  techniques  for  reducing 
energy  consumption  in  buildings.  Flat- 
plate  and  focusing  solar  collectors, 
heating  and  cooling  systems,  water 
heaters,  energy  storage,  solar  cells, 
solar-thermal  power  systems.  Quan- 
titative evaluation  of  systems  efficien- 
cies: economics  of  solar  energy  utiliza- 
tion; structural  and  esthetic  integration 
of  solar  collectors  and  system  com- 
ponents into  building  designs. 

ENME  415  Engineering  Applications  of 
Solar  Energy.  (3)  Prerequisites.  ENME 
315  and  321.  Collection,  storage,  and 
utilization  of  solar  thermal  energy.  Con- 
version to  electricity.  Component  and 
system  modeling  equations.  Performance 
analysis.  Systems  design. 

ENME  420  Energy  Conversion.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite. ENME  320.  Chemical,  heat. 
mechanical,  nuclear  and  electrical  energy 
conversion  processes,  cycles  and 
systems.  Direct  conversion  processes  of 
fuel  cells,  thermionics  and  magneto 
hydromechanics. 

ENME  422  Energy  Conversion  II.  (3) 
Prerequisite.  ENME  421.  Advanced  topics 


m  energy  conversion.  Direct  conversion 
processes  of  fuel  cells,  solar  cells, 
thermionics.  thermoelecthcs  and 
magnetohydrodynamics. 

ENME  423  Environmental  Engineering.  (3) 
Prerequisite.  ENME  321  and  senior 
standing  in  mechanical  engineenng. 
Heating  and  cooling  load  computations. 
Thermodynamics  of  refhgeration.  Low 
temperature  refngeration.  Problems  in- 
volving extremes  of  temperature, 
pressure,  acceleration  and  radiation. 

ENME  424  Thermodynamics  II.  (3) 
Prerequisites.  ENME  321.  senior  stand- 
ing. Applications  to  special  systems, 
change  of  phase,  low  temperature. 
Statistical  concepts,  equilibrium. 

ENME  442  Fluid  Mechanics  II.  (3)  Prerea- 
uisite.  ENME  342.  senior  standing. 
Hydrodynamics  with  engineehng  applica- 
tions. Stream  function  and  velocity 
potential,  conformal  transformations. 
pressure  distributions,  circulation, 
numencal  methods  and  analogies. 

ENME  450  Mechanical  Engineering 
Analysis  for  the  Oceanic  Environment.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  junior  standing.  Study  of 
the  characteristics  of  the  marine  environ- 
ment which  affect  the  design,  operation 
and  maintenance  of  mechanical  equip- 
ment, effects  of  waves,  currents, 
pressure,  temperature,  corrosion,  and 
fouling.  Study  of  design  parameters  for 
existing  and  proposed  mechanical 
systems  used  in  marine  construction,  on 
shipboard,  in  search  and  salvage 
operations. 

ENME  451  Mechanical  Engineering 
Systems  for  Underwater  Operations.  (3) 
Prerequisite.  ENME  450  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Study  of  propulsion,  control  and 
environmental  systems  for  submerged 
vehicles.  Design  of  mechanical  systems 
in  support  of  diving  and  saturated  living 
operations. 

ENME  452  Physical  and  Dynamical 
Oceanography.  (3)  Prerequisite,  consent 
of  the  instructor.  Historical  review  of 
oceanography  physical,  chemical,  strati- 
fication and  circulation  properties  of  the 
ocean;  dynamics  of  frictionless.  fric- 
tional.  wind  driven  and  thermohaline  cir- 
culations: air-sea  interactions. 

ENME  453  Ocean  Waves.  Tides  and  Tur- 
bulences. (3)  Prerequisite.  METO  420  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Introduction  to  the 
theory  of  oceanic  wave  motions,  tides, 
wind  waves,  swells,  storm  surges, 
seiches,  tsunamies.  internal  waves,  tur- 
bulence, stirring,  mixing  and  diffusion. 

ENME  460  Elasticity  and  Plasticity  I.  (3) 
Prerequisite.  ENME  400.  Analysis  of 
plates  and  shells,  thick  walled  cylinders, 
columns,  torsion  of  non-circular  sections, 
and  rotating  disks. 

ENME  461  Dynamics  II.  (3)  Prerequisites. 
ENME  360.  differential  equations,  senior 
standing  in  mechanical  engineenng. 
Linear  and  non-linear  plane  and  three- 
dimensional  motion,  moving  axes. 
LaGrange's  equation.  Hamilton's  prin- 


Graduate  Programs  /  157 


ciple.  non-linear  vibration,  gyroscope, 
celestial  mechanics. 

ENME  462  Introduction  to  Engineering 

Acoustics.  (3)  Prerequisite.  ENME  380  or 
equivalent.  Study  of  the  physical 
behavior  of  sound  waves.  Introduction  to 
terminology  and  instrumentation  used  in 
acoustics.  Criteria  for  noise  and  vibration 
control.  Some  fundamentals  underlying 
noise  control  and  applications  to  ventila- 
tion systems,  machine  and  shop  quiet- 
ing, office  buildings,  jet  noise,  transpor- 
tation systems  and  underwater  sound. 

ENME  463  Mechanical  Engineering 
Analysis.  (3)  Three  lectures  a  week. 
Prerequisite.  ENME  380  or  MATH  246. 
Mathematical  modeling  of  physical  situa- 
tions. Solution  of  problems  expressed  by 
partial  differential  equations.  Application 
of  Fourier  series  and  integrals.  LaPlace 
transformation,  Bessel  functions.  Legen- 
dre  polynomials  and  complex  variables 
to  the  solution  of  engineering  problems 
in  mechanical  vibrations,  heat  transfer, 
fluid  mechanics  and  automatic  control 
theory. 

ENME  465  Introductory  Fracture 
Mechanics.  (3)  Prerequisite,  senior  stand- 
ing in  engineering.  An  examination  of  the 
concepts  of  fracture  in  members  with 
pre-existing  flaws.  Emphasis  is  primarily 
on  the  mechanics  aspects  with  the 
development  of  the  Griffith  theory  and 
the  introduction  fo  the  stress  intensity 
factor.  K,  associated  with  different  types 
of  cracks.  Fracture  phenomena  are  in- 
troduced together  with  critical  values  of 
the  fracture  toughness  of  materials. 
Testing  procedures  for  characterizing 
materials  together  with  applications  of 
fracture  mechanics  to  design  are  treated. 

ENME  480  Engineering  Experimenta- 
tion.(3)  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  senior 
standing  in  mechanical  engineering. 
Theory  of  experimentation.  Applications 
of  the  principles  of  measurement  and  in- 
strumentation systems  to  laboratory  ex- 
perimentation. Experiments  in  fluid 
mechanics,  solid  mechanics  and  energy 
conversion.  Selected  experiments  or 
assigned  projects  to  emphasize  planned 
procedure,  analysis  and  communication 
of  results,  analogous  systems  and 
leadership. 

ENME  481  Engineering  Experimenta- 
tion.^) One  lecture  and  two  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  senior 
standing  in  mechanical  engineering. 
Theory  of  experimentation.  Applications 
of  the  principles  of  measurement  and  in- 
strumentation systems  to  laboratory  ex- 
perimentation. Experiments  in  fluid 
mechanics,  solid  mechanics  and  energy 
conversion.  Selected  experiments  or 
assigned  projects  to  emphasize  planned 
procedure,  analysis  and  communication 
of  results,  analogous  systems  and 
leadership. 

ENME  488  Special  Problems.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, senior  standing  in  mechanical 
engineering.  Advanced  problems  in 
mechanical  engineering  with  special  em- 


phasis on  mathematical  and  experimen- 
tal methods. 

ENME  489  Special  Topics  in  Mechanical 
Engineering.  (3)  Prerequisite,  permission 
of  instructor.  May  be  taken  for  repeated 
credit  up  to  a  total  of  6  credits,  with  the 
permission  of  the  student's  advisor. 
Selected  topics  of  current  importance  in 
mechanical  engineering. 

ENME  600  Advanced  Mechanical 
Engineering  Design.  (3)  Synthesis  of 
stress  analysis  and  properties  and 
characteristics  of  materials  as  related  to 
design.  Areas  covered:  combined  stress 
designs,  optimizations,  composite  struc- 
tures, stress  concentrations,  design 
under  various  environmental  conditions, 
metal  working,  limit  analysis,  etc.  Review 
of  design  literature,  design  project. 

ENME  605  Systems  Analysis  I.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite. ENME  403.  Linear  control  systems 
using  time  and  frequency  techniques; 
classical  and  state  space  formulation; 
graphical  methods;  stability  and  perform- 
ance indices;  controllability  and  observ- 
ability. Examples  from  mechanical,  fluid, 
thermal,  as  well  as  hybrid  systems. 

ENME  606  Systems  Analysis  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ENME  605.  Nonlinear 
systems  using  series  and  linearizing 
techniques;  switching  systems:  classical 
and  state  space  techniques;  discrete 
systems  and  hybrid  systems:    systems 
using  stochastic  inputs;  introduction  to 
filtering  and  estimating. 

ENME  607  Systems  Modeling  and 
Simulation  (3).  Prerequisite,  MATH  462  or 
equivalent.  Modeling  of  complex  elec- 
tromechanical, fluid,  and  thermal 
systems.  Digital  and  analog    computer 
simulation  in  the  time  and  frequency  do- 
main for  dynamic  analysis.  Modification 
of  system  characteristics  to  meet 
response  requirements.  Application  to 
mechanical  engineering  systems. 

ENME  610  Optimization  Design  for 
Mechanical  Engineering.  (3)  Prerequisites. 
ENME  404  or  MAPL  477.  Analytical  and 
computational  techniques  for  solving  op- 
timization problems  in  mechanical 
engineering.  Review  of  the  basic 
parameter  and  functional  optimization 
methods.  Optimization  problems  from 
the  fields  of  structural  analysis,  vibra- 
tions, mechanisms  design,  machine 
elements,  biomedical  engineering,  and 
energy  systems. 

ENME  611  Economics  of  Product  Design 
and  Processing.  Prerequisite.  ENME  300 
or  equivalent.  Consideration  of  the  costs 
of  manufacturing  processes  in  design. 
Characterization  of  manufacturing  pro- 
cesses as  basic  (casting,  forging, 
molding,  etc.)  or   secondary  (machining, 
cold  working,  drawing,  etc.).  Description 
of  processes  in  terms  of  capabilities, 
costs  and  effects  on  mechanical  proper- 
ties of  the  product. 

ENME  624  Energy  Conversions— Plasma 
State.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENME  405.  Theory, 
design  and  performance  analysis  of 
magnetoplasmadynamic  (magnetohydro- 


dynamic)  and  thermionic-plasma  energy 
conversion,  considering  their  compatible 
energy  sources.  Certain  aspects  of  fu- 
sion plasma  and  fusion  energy  to  elec- 
trical energy  conversion. 

ENME  630  Advanced  Heat  Transfer.  (3) 

Prerequisites.  ENME  315,  321,  342,  343. 
Theory  of  conduction,  convection,  and 
radiation.  Physical  properties  and  ex- 
perimental methods.  Equations  of 
transfer  and  their  solution.  Network 
analysis  and  engineering  methods. 

ENME  631  Advanced  Conduction  and 
Radiation  Heat  Transfer.  (3)  Prerequisite. 
ENME  315.  321.  and  700.  Theory  of  con- 
duction and  radiation.  Anisotropic 
conduction  and  bidirectional  radiation 
properties  and  experiments.  General  con- 
duction and  radiation  governing  equa- 
tions. Integration,  finite-difference,  and 
finite  element  techniques.  Combined 
conduction  and  radiation.  Engineering 
applications. 

ENME  632  Advanced  Convection  Heat 
Transfer.  (3)  Prerequisite.  ENME  315.  342, 
343,  and  700.  Theory  of  convection  and 
mass  transfer  in  pipe  flow,  boundary 
layer  flow,  separated  flow,  free  convec- 
tion, boiling  and  condensing.  Flow  and 
energy  equations.  Solutions  and 
engineering  applications.  Experimental 
methods. 

ENME  633  Advanced  Classical  Ther- 
modynamics. (3)  Prerequisite.  ENME  315. 
The  laws  of  classical  thermodynamics. 
Equations  of  state.  Temperature  scales. 
Availability.  General  equilibrium.  Cor- 
ollaries to  the  second  law.  Chemical 
thermodynamics. 

ENME  634  Statistical  and  Irreversible 
Thermodynamics.  (3)  Prerequisite.  ENME 
315.  Kinetic  theory  of  gases  and  trans- 
port properties.  Quantum  mechanics  and 
statistics.  Partition  functions  and  applica- 
tions. Solids,  liquids,  and  gases.  Irrevers- 
ible processes,  coupled  phenomena  and 
applications. 

ENME  635  Analysis  of  Energy  Systems. 

(3)  Prerequisites.  ENME  403.  404,  and 
405.  Energy  conversion  systems  for 
renewable  and  non-renewable  energy 
sources.  Component  modeling.  Perform- 
ance charts.  Overall  indices  of  perform- 
ance. Environmental  effects.  Cost 
effectiveness.  Optimization  strategies. 
Case  studies. 

ENME  647  Multiphase  Flow  and  Heat 
Transfer.  (3)  Prerequisites.  ENME  321  and 
342  or  equivalent.  Phase-change  heat 
transfer  phenomenology,  analysis  and 
correlations;  boiling  and  condensation  in 
stationary  systems.  Multiphase  flow  fun- 
damentals: one-dimesional.  two-phase 
flow  analysis.  Critical  flow  rates.  Convec- 
tive  boiling  and  condensation.  Two-phase 
flow  instabilities.  Applications. 

ENME  650  Design  of  Turbomachinery.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  ENME  342  or  equivalent. 
Characteristics  and  design  of  turbines, 
pumps,  compressors  and  torque  conver- 
ters, cavitation,  stall  and  surge. 


158  /  Graduate  Programs 


ENME  651  Fundamentals  of  Fluid 
Mechanics  I.  (3)  Pre  or  corequisite, 
ENME  700  or  equivalent  mathematical 
background.  A  broad  study  ot  the  fun- 
damental principles  of  fluid  mechanics 
including  potential  flow,  viscous  flow 
and  compressible  flow. 

ENME  652  Fundamentals  of  Fluid 
Mechanics  II.  (3)  Prerequisite.  ENME  651. 
A  continuation  of  ENME  651. 

ENME  653  Topics  in  Hydrodynamics.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  ENME  651  or  equivalent. 
Analysis  of  the  flow  of  fluids  in  which 
viscosity  and  compressibility  are  not 
significant.  Complex  variable  techniques, 
method  of  images,  small  perturbation 
techniques,  surface  waves,  thin  airfoil 
theory,  and  geophysical  flows. 

ENME  654  Topics  in  Compressible  Flow. 

(3)  Prerequisite.  ENME  652  or  equivalent. 
Study  of  the  compressible  flow  of  fluids. 
Method  of  characteristics,  experimental 
techniques,  small  perturbation  theory 
and  similarity  rules,  and  gasdynamics  of 
two-phase  flows  and  reacting  mixtures. 

ENME  655  Topics  in  Viscous  Flow.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ENME  652  or  equivalent. 
Current  techniques  in  analyzing  viscous 
flows  in  engineering  applications.  In- 
tegral, and  numerical  methods,  asymp- 
totic methods,  and  their  applications. 

ENME  658  Current  Topics  in  Fluid 
Dynamics.  (3)  May  be  repeated  for  credit 
to  maximum  of  six  credits  for  the  M.S. 
degree  or  twelve  credits  for  the  Ph.D. 
degree. 

ENME  662  Linear  Vibrations.  (3)  First 
semester.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Fourier 
and  statistical  analysis,  transient,  steady- 
state,  and  random  behavior  of  linear 
lumped  mass  systems.  Normal  mode 
theory;  shock  spectrum  concepts; 
mechanical  impedance  and  mobility 
methods.  Vibrations  of  continuous  media 
including  rods,  beams,  and  membranes. 

ENME  664  Dynamics.  (3)  Fundamentals 
of  Newtonian  dynamics  which  includes 
kinematics  of  a  particle,  dynamics  of  a 
particle  and  system  of  particles, 
LaGrange's  equations,  basic  concepts 
and  kinematics  of  rigid  body  motion, 
dynamics  of  rigid  bodies.  Hamilton's 
principle.  Applications  to  mechanical 
engineering  problems. 
ENME  665  Advanced  Topics  in  Vibra- 
tions (3).  Prerequisite,  ENME  662. 
Geometrical  and  numerical  analysis  of 
nonlinear  and  damped  vibration  systems. 
Vibration  under  combined  loading  of 
bending,  shear  and  torsion.  Random 
vibrations. 

ENME  670  Continuum  Mechanics.  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  a  week. 
The  algebra  and  calculus  of  tensors  in 
Riemannian  space  are  developed  with 
special  emphasis  on  those  aspects 
which  are  most  relevant  to  mechanics. 
The  geometry  of  curves  and  surfaces  in 
E-3  is  examined.  The  concepts  are  ap- 
plied to  the  derivation  of  the  field  equa- 
tions for  the  non-linear  theory  of  con- 


tinuous media  and  to  various  problems 
arising  in  classical  dynamics. 

ENME  671  Linear  Theory  of  Elasticity.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  per 
week.  The  basic  equations  of  the  linear 
theory  are  developed  as  a  special  case 
of  the  non-linear  theory.  The  first  and 
second  boundary  value  problems  are 
discussed  together  with  the  problem  of 
uniqueness.  Solutions  are  constructed  to 
problems  of  technical  interest  through 
semi-inverse,  transform  and  potential 
methods.  Included  are  the  study  of  plane 
problems,  torsion,  dynamic  response  of 
spherical  shells  and  tubes,  microstruc- 
ture  and  anisotropic  materials. 

ENME  677  Applied  Elasticity.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, MATH  462  or  equivalent.  Analysis 
of  stress  and  strain,  equilibrium  and 
compatibility  conditions,  plane  stress 
and  plane  strain  problems,  torsion  and 
flexure  of  bars,  general  three  dimen- 
sional analysis,  energy  methods,  thermal 
stresses,  and  wave  propagation. 

ENME  678  Fracture  Mechanics.  (3)  An 

advanced  treatment  of  fracture  mech- 
anics covering  in  detail  the  analysis  con- 
cepts for  determining  the  stress  intensity 
factors  for  various  types  of  cracks.  Ad- 
vanced experimental  methods  for  evalua- 
tion of  materials  or  structures  for  frac- 
ture toughness.  Analysis  of  moving 
cracks  and  the  statistical  analysis  of 
fracture  strength.  Finally,  illustrative  frac- 
ture control  plans  are  treated  to  show 
the  engineering  applications  of  fracture 
mechanics. 

ENME  680  Experimental  Mechanics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  undergraduate  course  in  in- 
strumentation or  equivalent.  Advanced 
methods  of  measurement  in  solid  and 
fluid  mechanics.  Scientific  photography, 
moire,  photoelasticity,  strain  gages,  in- 
terferometry,  holography,  speckle,  NDT 
Techniques,  shock  and  vibration,  and 
laser  anemometry. 

ENME  681  Engineering  Acoustics.  (3) 

Analogies  in  electrical,  mechanical,  and 
acoustical  systems.  Mathematical  treat- 
ment of  electro-mechano-acoustical 
systems  such  as  speakers,  horns  and 
microphones.  Wave  equation  and  its 
solution  to  phenomena  involving  the 
propagation,  refraction  and  transmission 
of  sound.  Acoustical  measurements  and 
interpretation  of  results  toward  noise 
control.  Propagation  of  spherical  waves 
and  the  radiation  of  sound.  Architectural 
acoustics. 

ENME  682  Nonlinear  Solids.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, ENME  700.  A  survey  course  deal- 
ing with  first  principles  non-linear 
mechanics.  An  overview  of  the  classical 
Theological  relations.  Theory  of  creep 
deformation,  viscoelastic  deformation 
and  plastic  deformation.  Emphasis  on 
the  more  elementary  aspects  of  each 
topic.  Applications  to  simple  engineering 
problems. 

ENME  683  Plates  and  Shells.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites, ENME  677  or  an  equivalent 
course  in  elasticity.  Theory  of  surfaces; 


fundamental  equations  of  thin  elastic 
shells  and  the  specialization  of  these  to 
the  case  of  flat  plates.  Problems  solved 
involving  orthotropic  plates  and  shells. 
Shells  of  revolution  under  arbitrary 
loading.  Computer  usage  for  the  solution 
of  shell  and  plate  problems. 

ENME  700  Advanced  Mechanical 
Engineering  Analysis  I.  (3)  An  advanced, 
unified  approach  to  the  solution  of 
mechanical  engineering  problems,  em- 
phasis is  on  the  formulation  and  solution 
of  equilibrium,  eigenvalue  and  propaga- 
tion problems.  Review  and  extension  of 
undergraduate  material  in  applied 
mathematics  with  emphasis  on  problems 
in  heat  transfer,  vibrations,  fluid  flow  and 
stress  analysis  which  may  be  formulated 
and  solved  by  classical  procedures. 

ENME  701  Advanced  Mechanical 
Engineering  Analysis  II.  (3)  Formulation 
and  solution  of  mechanical  engineering 
problems.  Analysis  of  oscillatory  and 
non-oscillatory  systems  utilizing  discrete 
parameter  techniques  including  matrix 
methods,  finite  element  methods,  finite 
differences  and  numerical  integration. 
Study  of  non-linear  vibration  and  control 
systems  with  emphasis  on  perturbation 
theory  and  stability  analysis.  Engineering 
applications  of  statistical  analysis. 

ENME  703  Mechanical  Engineering 
Laboratory.  (3)  Prerequisite,  an 
undergraduate  course  in  instrumentation 
or  equivalent.  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  per  week.  Theory  of 
measurements,  and  art  and  science  of 
using  instruments.  Instrumentation  for 
measuring  fluid  flow,  temperature  and 
heat,  stress  and  strain,  and  sound  and 
vibrations.  Introduction  to  non- 
destructive testing,  optical  techniques 
and  electronic  data  processing.  Design, 
conduction  and  analysis  of  an 
experiment. 

ENME  760  Advanced  Structural 
Dynamics  I  (3).  Prerequisites,  ENME  602, 
603  or  equivalent.  Advanced  topics  in 
structural  dynamics  analysis:  dynamic 
properties  of  materials,  impact  and  con- 
tact phenomena,  wave  propagation, 
modern  numerical  methods  for  complex 
structural  systems,  analysis  for  wind  and 
blast  loads,  penetration  loads,  and  earth- 
quake, non-linear  systems,  random  vibra- 
tions and  structural  failure  from  random 
loads. 

ENME  788  Seminar.  (1-3)  First  or  sec- 
ond semester.  Prerequisite,  graduate 
standing  in  mechanical  engineering. 
Credit  in  accordance  with  work  outlined 
by  mechanical  engineering  staff. 

ENME  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

ENME  808  Advanced  Topics  in 
Mechanical  Engineering.  (2-3) 

ENME  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research.  (1-8) 


Graduate  Programs  /  159 


Meteorology  Program 

Professor  Emeritus:  Landsberg 
Professor:  Baer  (Director) 
Research  Professor:  Faller 
Visiting  Professor:  Fritz 
Associate  Professors:  Rodenhuis, 

Thompson,  Vernekar 
Assistant  Professors:  Ellingson,  Mass, 

Pinker,  Pitter,  Robock 
Visiting  Assistant  Professor:  Hart 
Visiting  Lecturers:  Schemm,  Schoeberl 

The  Meteorology  Program  offers  a 
full  course  of  study  leading  to  the 
degrees  of  Master  of  Science  and 
Doctor  of  Philosophy  specializing  in 
the  atmospheric  sciences.  Addi- 
tionally, a  full  complement  of  course 
work  in  meteorology  is  offered  at 
the  upper  division  and  graduate  level 
as  a  service  to  other  campus 
graduate  programs. 

The  educational  program  in  the  at- 
mospheric sciences  is  broadly 
based,  involving  many  of  the  ap- 
plications of  the  mathematical, 
physical  and  applied  sciences  that 
characterize  modern  meteorology. 
Areas  of  research  specialization 
presently  receiving  the  most  concen- 
trated attention  are  atmospheric 
dynamics,  atmospheric  radiative 
transfer,  remote  sensing  of  the  at- 
mosphere, dynamic  climatology, 
numerical  weather  prediction,  tur- 
bulence, diffusion  and 
micrometeorology. 

The  Meteorology  Program  is  in 
the  Division  of  Mathematical  and 
Physical  Sciences  and  Engineering 
and  maintains   close  research  and 
teaching  associations  with  the  Divi- 
sion's Institute  for  Physical  Science 
and  Technology. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  advanced  degree  programs  in 
meteorology  are  open  to  students 
holding  the  bachelor's  degree  in 
meteorology,  physics,  chemistry, 
mathematics,  astronomy,  engineer- 
ing or  other  programs  with  suitable 
emphasis  in  the  sciences.  Com- 
prehensive, undergraduate  level 
courses  in  meteorology  are  provided 
for  students  from  disciplines  other 
than  meteorology. 

To  qualify  for  the  Master  of 
Science  degree  in  meteorology,  the 
candidate  is  required  to  complete 
the  following  graduate  level  core 
course  work:  METO  610— Dynamic 
Meteorology  1  (3  credits);  METO 
612— Atmospheric  Turbulence  and 
Diffusion  (3  credits);  METO  620— At- 
mospheric Radiation  (3  credits). 
METO  640— Micrometeorology  may 
be  substituted  for  METO  612  at  the 
advisor's  discretion. 


A  minimum  of  21  additional  hours 
of  credit,  including  research,  is  re- 
quired. At  least  12  credits  must  be 
in  meteorology  at  the  600  level  or 
above,  and  no  more  than  6  credits 
of  400  level  meteorology  courses 
can  be  applied  to  the  degree.  The 
program  may  include  up  to  nine 
credits  of  course  work  at  the  400 
level  or  above  in  other  departments. 

The  Master's  degree  program  will 
consist  of  a  coherent  program  in 
one  of  four  options:Atmospheric 
Physics,  Atmospheric  Dynamics, 
Micrometeorology  and  Air  Pollution, 
and  Applied  Climatology.    Students 
may  elect  either  a  thesis  option  or  a 
non-thesis  option,  consisting  of  two 
scholarly  review  papers  and  a  com- 
prehensive examination.  A  final  oral 
examination  is  administered  prior  to 
the  award  of  the  degree.  Full-time 
students  with  an  appropriate  back- 
ground in  meteorology  can  complete 
the  M.S.  program  in  one  calendar 
year.  Additional  time  may  be 
necessary  for  students  entering 
from  other  disciplines. 

To  qualify  for  the  Ph.D.  degree, 
the  candidate  must  select  a  major 
and  one  or  two  closely  related  minor 
subject  areas.  Minor  course  work 
programs  are  individually  tailored  to 
the  needs  and  interests  of  the  stu- 
dent. Each  student  is  expected  to 
develop  a  major  course  work  pro- 
gram with  his  advisor  which  will  pro- 
vide adequate  preparation  for  the 
comprehensive  exams  and  adequate 
background  for  a  successful 
research  program  leading  to  a  Ph.D. 
dissertation.  Because  of  the  divers- 
ity of  subject  matter  in  meteorology, 
due  consideration  will  be  given  to 
the  area  of  specialization  of  the  in- 
dividual student,  although  the  com- 
prehensive nature  of  the  examina- 
tion will  not  be  compromised. 
Students  who  satisfy  minimum  re- 
quirements on  the  written  examina- 
tions will  be  admitted  to  oral 
examinations.  A  single  pass-fail  out- 
come of  the  examinations  will  be 
determined  from  a  combination  of 
written  and  oral  grades  with  stand- 
ards in  each  category  set  to  assure 
an  adequate  professional  level  of 
performance. 

There  is  no  special  language  re- 
quirement for  the  Ph.D.  degree  pro- 
gram in  meteorology.  Ability  to  do 
independent  research  must  be 
shown  by  a  written  dissertation 
which  embodies  an  original  con- 
tribution to  knowledge,  on  some 
topic  connected  with  meteorology. 
Departmental  requirements  for  the 
dissertation  are  essentially  the  same 


as  Graduate  School  requirements. 
Typically,  Ph.D.  programs  in 
meteorology  require  from  three  to 
five  years  of  study  beyond  the 
bachelor's  degree  depending  on  the 
prior  education  and  training  of  the 
candidate. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Special  facilities  supporting  the 
teaching  and  research  activities  of 
the  Meteorology  Program  include 
continuous  weather  facsimile  equip- 
ment on  line  with  the  National 
Weather  Service  synoptic  data  net- 
work, facsimile  equipment  for  Na- 
tional Weather  Service  meteor- 
ological radar  network,  solar  radia- 
tion monitoring  station,  Automatic 
Picture  Transmission  satellite  receiv- 
ing station,  weather  instrrument  sta- 
tion (NOAA  cooperative  observing 
station),  mobile  micrometeorological 
survey  vehicle,  laboratory  for 
analysis  of  air  pollution  samples, 
special  laboratory  facility  for  fluid 
dynamic  experimentation  in  rotating 
systems,  linear  wind-wave  tank  for 
studying  the  interaction  of  water 
waves  and  wind. 

Special  data  collections  suppor- 
ting the  teaching  and  research  ac- 
tivities include  northern  hemisphere 
meteorological  data  tabulations  on 
microfilm,  unique  historical  daily 
weather  map  series  dating  back  to 
1899,  complete  set  of  climatological 
data  for  the  United  States  dating 
back  to  1917,  files  of  the  (former) 
NOAA  State  Climatologist  for 
Maryland,  Synchronous 
Meteorological  Satellite  data  archive 
including  visible  and  infra-red 
photography  and  film  loops,  and 
meteorological  data  for  four  outlying 
weather  stations  on  University 
farms. 

The  Meteorology  Program  has  a 
modern  teaching  laboratory  in  which 
educational  color  video  tapes  and  16 
mm  films  may  be  produced  and/or 
played  back.  Sufficient  equipment  is 
installed  to  allow  students  and 
faculty  to  produce  their  own  educa- 
tional materials  for  classroom  and 
seminar  use  as  well  as  to  record  ex- 
periments, field  trials  or  lecture 
events. 

Aside  from  general  library 
facilities  on  the  campus,  there  is, 
within  the  Meteorology  Program,  a 
specialized  library  with  several  hun- 
dred text  and  reference  books  in 
meteorology  and  allied  sciences, 
many  specialized  series  of  research 
reports  and  many  current  journals  in 
meteorology  and  related  fields.  Ac- 
cess to  the  vast  holdings  of  the  at- 


160  /  Graduate  Programs 


mospheric  Sciences  Library  of 
NOAA  at  Silver  Spring,  Maryland, 
within  about  20  minutes  of  the  cam- 
pus, has  been  arranged. 

Adjacent  to  the  Meteorology  Pro- 
gram is  the  University's  Computer 
Science  Center.  The  Program  also 
has  a  computer  terminal  facility 
which  provides  remote  access  to 
computers  at  the  National  Center 
for  Atmospheric  Research  in 
Boulder.  Colorado,  and  to  the  NASA 
Goddard  Space  Flight  Center  in 
Greenbelt.  Maryland. 

Professional  interactions  with  the 
major  federal  agency  in  the  at- 
mospheric, oceanographic  and 
hydrologic  sciences  are  provided 
under  a  formal  Memorandum  of 
Agreement  with  NOAA.  This  agree- 
ment provides  for  the  development 
of  special  courses  and  seminars  by 
visiting  faculty  from  these  agencies 
as  well  as  opportunities  for  faculty 
and  students  to  work  on  site  at 
NOAA  facilities.  In  addition,  through 
membership  in  the  University  Cor- 
poration for  Atmospheric  Research, 
the  Meteorology  Program  enjoys  the 
common  facilities  offered  by  the  Na- 
tional Center  for  Atmospheric 
Research  at  Boulder.  Colorado. 

Financial  Assistance 
Graduate  Assistantships  are 
available  to  qualified  graduate 
students.  Research  Assistants  carry 
on  research  in  the  general  areas  of 
synoptic  and  dynamic  meteorology, 
satellite  meteorology, 
micrometeorology  and  air  pollution, 
theoretical  or  experimental  fluid 
dynamics,  atmospheric  radiation, 
and  general  circulation.  Stipends  are 
dependent  on  the  student's 
background  and  experience  and  are 
maintained  at  a  competitive  level. 

Additional  Information 
Application  material  or  additional  in- 
formation may  be  obtained  by 
writing:  Director.  Meteorology  Pro- 
gram. Space  Sciences  Building, 
University  of  Maryland. 

Courses 

METO  410  Descriptive  and  Synoptic 
Meteorology  I.  (3)  Prerequisites.  MATH 
241.  PHYS  294  or  PHYS  263  or 
equivalent.  METO  441  is  suggested  as  a 
companion  course.  With  METO  411.  an 
introduction  to  broad  range  of  theoretical 
and  applied  studies  in  meteorology  in 
order  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the 
interaction  of  the  physical  and  dynamic 
processes  and  the  various  scales  of  at- 
mospheric phenomena  Introduction  to 
radiational  energy  transfer  in  the  at- 
mosphere, earth-atmospheric  energy 
budgets,  atmospheric  thermodynamics. 


statics  and  mechanics  and  a  survey  of 
the  general  distribution  of  temperature, 
pressure,  moisture  and  wind  in  the 
atmosphere. 

METO  411  Descriptive  and  Synoptic 
Meteorology  II.  (3)  Prerequisite.  METO 
410.  METO  442  suggested  as  a  compan- 
ion course.  A  continuation  of  METO  410 
including  an  introduction  to  the  concepts 
of  vorticity  and  circulation  in  the  at- 
mosphere, properties  of  cold  fronts  and 
warm  fronts,  cyclones  and  anticyclones, 
air  masses,  thunderstorms,  elements  of 
dynamic  weather  forecasting,  micro- 
physics  of  cloud  formation  and  precipita- 
tion, turbulence  and  diffusion  in  the 
atmosphere. 

METO  412  Physics  and  Thermodynamics 
of  the  Atmosphere.  (3)  Prerequisites. 
MATH  241.  PHYS  284  or  equivalent.  Op- 
tical phenomena  the  radiation  balance, 
introduction  to  cloud  physics,  at- 
mospheric electrical  phenomena  basic 
thermodynamic  processes  and  their  ap- 
plication to  the  atmosphere. 

METO  413  Atmospheric  Processes  on 
Molecular  and  Atomic  Scale.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, senior  or  graduate  standing  in  the 
physical  or  engineering  sciences,  at  least 
one  year  of  college  physics,  a  familiarity 
with  differential  and  integral  calculus.  An 
introduction  to  atmospheric  processes 
with  an  emphasis  on  atomic  and  molec- 
ular effects.  Theories  of  the  gas  phase 
interactions  of  neutral  atoms  and  mole- 
cules and  charged  particles  applied  to 
meteorological  and  atmospheric  topics. 

METO  416  Introduction  to  Atmospheric 
Dynamics.  (3)  Prerequisites.  MATH  241. 
246.  PHYS  263.  The  equations  of  at- 
mospheric motion:  coordinate  systems: 
balanced  flows  and  elementary  applica- 
tion: divergence:  circulation  and  vorticity: 
the  planetary  boundary  layer  diagnostic 
analysis  with  the  quasi-geotrophic 
equations. 

METO  420  Physical  and  Dynamical 
Oceanography.  (3)  Prerequisite.  METO 
410  or  a  basic  course  in  fluid  dynamics 
such  as  ENME  340.  Historical  review  of 
oceanography:  physical,  chemical, 
stratification  and  circulation  properties  of 
the  ocean:  dynamics  of  frictionless.  fric- 
tional.  wind  driven  and  thermohaline  cir- 
culation: air-sea  interactions. 

METO  422  Oceanic  Waves.  Tides  and  Tur- 
bulence. (3)  Prerequisite.  METO  420.  In- 
troduction to  the  theory  of  oceanic  wave 
motions:  tides,  wind  waves,  swells,  storm 
surges,  seiches,  isunamis.  internal 
waves,  turbulence,  stirring,  mixing  and 
diffusion;  probability,  statistics  and  time 
series. 

METO  434  Air  Pollution.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
senior  standing  in  science  or  engineering 
or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Three  lec- 
tures per  week.  Classification  of  at- 
mospheric pollutants  and  their  effects  on 
visibility,  inanimate  and  animate  recep- 
tors. Evaluation  of  source  emissions  and 
principles  of  air  pollution  control: 
meteorological  factors  governing  the 


distribution  and  removal  of  air  pollutants: 
air  quality  measurements  and  air  pollu- 
tion control  legislation. 

METO  441  Weather  Map  Discussion  and 
Practice  Forecasting  I.  (1)  Prerequiste. 
METO  301  or  equivalent.  Corequisite. 
METO  410.  Discussion  of  current 
weather  situation  on  the  basis  of  infor- 
mation received  by  facsimile  from  na- 
tional meteorological  center.  Use  of 
computer-produced  prognostic  informa- 
tion, critique  of  previous  forecast,  and 
briefing  on  expected  weather  conditions 
by  experienced  forecasters.  Preparation 
of  practice  forecasts,  using  all  available 
information.  Readings  in  synoptic 
meteorology. 

METO  442  Weather  Map  Discussion  and 
Practice  Forecasting.  (1)  Prerequisite. 
METO  441.  A  continuation  of  METO  441. 

METO  460  Synoptic  Laboratory  I.  (3) 
Prerequisite.  METO  411  or  equivalent. 
Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per 
week.  Weather  map  plotting:  methods  of 
map  analysis:  upper  air  analysis:  radar 
charts:  satellite  data  integration  into  map 
analyses.  Procedures  for  prognostic 
charts.  Mesoscale  analysis.  Use  of  com- 
puter produced  diagnostic  and  prog- 
nostic material.  Orientation  lectures 
followed  by  laboratory  practice. 

METO  461  Synoptic  Laboratory  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  METO  460.  A  continuation 
of  METO  460. 

METO  499  Special  Problems  in  At- 
mospheric Science.  (1-3)  Prerequisite, 
consent  of  instructor.  Research  or 
special  study  in  the  field  of  meteorology 
and  the  atmospheric  and  oceanic 
sciences.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6 
credits. 

METO  610  Dynamic  Meteorology  I.  (3) 
Prerequisites.  METO  412.  416.  MATH  400. 
Review  of  dynamic  equations:  the  stress 
tensor  and  viscous  flow:  the  barotropic 
and  quasi-geostrophic  assumptions: 
potential  vorticity.  Scale  analysis,  linear 
wave  theory:  instability  mechanisms, 
especially  baroclinic  instability  in  the  at- 
mosphere: atmospheric  energy  propaga- 
tion. Numerical  weather  prediction:  the 
general  circulation. 

METO  611  Dynamic  Meteorology  II.  (3) 
Prerequisite.  METO  610.  Advanced  topics 
in  atmospheric  wave  motion  and  stability 
analysis  concentrating  on  the  sub- 
synoptic  scales;  geostrophic  adjustment 
and  energy  propagation  with  application 
to  mountain  waves:  thermal  convection 
with  application  to  the  atmosphere  and 
especially  tropical  meteorology;  the 
planetary  boundary  layer  numerical 
modeling  of  atmospheric  phenomena  on 
the  mesoscale. 

METO  612  Atmospheric  Turbulence  and 
Diffusion.  (3)  Prerequisites.  METO  610  or 
equivalent.  Statistical  description  of  tur- 
bulence: the  profiles  of  temperature  and 
wind  near  the  ground:  the  vertical 
transport  of  momentum,  heat  and  water 
vapor  spectra  and  scales  of  atmospheric 


Graduate  Programs  /161 


turbulence;  recent  theories  of  turbulent 
shear  flow  and  convection. 

METO  614  Numerical  Weather  Prediction. 

(3)  Prerequisites,  METO  611  or 
equivalent.  Numerical  techniques  for  the 
solution  or  partial  differential  equations; 
application  to  the  equations  of  at- 
mospheric motion;  Eulerian,  LaGrangian 
and  apectral  methods;  numerical  models 
of  the  general  circulation;  current  ap- 
plications to  research  and  forecasting. 

METO  616  Planetary  Fluid  Dynamics.  (3) 

Prerequisites.  METO  412.  610  or 
equivalent.  The  structure  of  the  at- 
mospheres of  the  earth  and  other 
planets;  analytical,  numerical  and  ex- 
perimental models  of  the  circulations  of 
planetary  atmospheres  and  ocean;  tidal 
motions. 

METO  617  General  Circulation  of  the  At- 
mosphere. (3)  Prerequisite,  METO  610  or 
equivalent.  Derivations  of  equations  for 
mean  axially  symmetric  field,  mean  axi- 
ally  asymmetric  field  and  transient  field 
of  atmospheric  motion;  observed  circula- 
tion, budget  of  heat,  momentum  and 
water  vapor;  energetics;  numerical 
simulation  of  the  atmosphere. 

METO  620  Atmospheric  Radiation.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  METO  412  or  equivalent.  Ra- 
diant energy  —  concepts  and  definitions: 
radiation  absorption  and  scattering  in  the 
atmosphere;  direct  and  diffuse  solar 
radiation;  thermal  radiation;  the  radiation 
balance  and  climate. 

METO  625  Satellite  Meteorology.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  METO  416.  METO  620. 
Technical  Review  of  the  satellite  program 
and  instrumentation  systems  of  the 
United  States  and/or  other  countries;  a 
brief  survey  of  the  use  of  visible,  infrared 
and  microwave  imagery  from  satellites  in 
weather  analysis  and  forecasting;  an  ex- 
tensive review  of  techniques  for 
estimating  sea  surface  temperature  and 
atmospheric  temperature  and  moisture 
profiles  from  satellite  measurements. 

METO  630  Statistical  Methods  in 
Meteorology.  (3)    Prerequisites.  METO 
411.  STAT  400,  or  equivalent.  Tests  of 
significance;  time  series  analysis: 
analysis  of  variance;  multiple  regression 
and  screening  multiple  regression; 
representation  of  meteorological  field 
variables  by  orthogonal  polynomials  and 
empirical  orthogonal  polynomials;  ap- 
plication of  multiple  discriminant 
analysis  to  the  meteorological  prediction. 

METO  634  Air  Sampling  and  Analysis.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  METO  434  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory 
per  week.  The  theory  and  techniques 
utilized  in  the  determination  of  gaseous 
and  particulate  atmospheric  pollutants. 
Reduction  and  representation  of  data 
and  consideration  in  sampling  site 
selection. 

METO  640  Micro-Meteorology.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites, METO  410,  411  or  equivalent.  A 
study  of  energy  balances  at  the  earth- 
atmosphere  interface;  statistical  and 


spectral  analysis  of  turbulence;  turbulent 
transfer  of  energy  and  momentum;  air 
motions  in  relation  to  terrain  and  land- 
scape; the  time  and  spatial  variations  of 
mechanical  and  thermodynamical  quan- 
tities in  the  micro-layer  of  the 
atmosphere. 

METO  641  Meteorology  of  Air  Pollution. 

(3)  Prerequisites,  METO  410,  411  or 
equivalent.  Review  of  basic  macro-  and 
micro-meteorological  considerations;  the 
nature  and  behavior  of  atmospheric 
aerosols;  the  description  and  measure- 
ment of  the  distribution,  dispersion,  and 
other  properties  of  air  pollution;  study  of 
the  meso-meteorology  of  cities  and  the 
climatological  influences  of  air  pollution. 

METO  646  Atmospheric  Optics.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  METO  412,  413,  MATH  246 
or  equivalent.  Quantitative  assessment  of 
radiative  energy  transfers  in  the  at- 
mosphere; absorption  and  scattering  by 
atoms,  molecules  and  particulates:  emis- 
sion by  excited  species.  Spectroscopic 
analysis  methods;  laser  assay  of  at- 
mosphere for  natural  species  and 
pollutants. 

METO  658  Special  Topics  in 
Meteorology.  (1-3)  Prerequisite,  consent 
of  instructor.  Various  special  topics  in 
meteorology  are  given  intensive  study. 
The  topic  of  concentration  varies,  from 
semester  to  semester  and  depends  on 
student  and  faculty  interests.  Often, 
specialists  from  other  institutions  are  in- 
vited to  the  campus  on  a  visiting  lec- 
tureship basis  to  conduct  the  course. 

METO  698  Seminar  in  Meteorology.  (1) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  This 
seminar  will  cover  selected  topics  of  cur- 
rent meteorological  interest.  Presenta- 
tions will  be  by  staff  members,  advanced 
graduate  students  and  invited  guest 
speakers. 

METO  699  Seminar  in  Meteorology.  (1) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  This 
seminar  will  cover  selected  topics  of  cur- 
rent meteorological  interest.  Presenta- 
tions will  be  by  staff  members,  advanced 
graduate  students  and  invited  guest 
speakers. 

METO  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

METO  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research.  (1-8) 


Microbiology 


Professor  and  Chairman:  Cook 
Professors:  Colwell,  Cooney,  Doetsch, 

Hetrick,  Young 
Associate  Professors:  MacQuillan, 

Roberson,  Voll,  Weiner 
Assistant  Professor:  Howard 
Lecturer:  Stadtman 

The  mission  of  this  Department  is 
to  disseminate  and  discover  infor- 
mation on  microorganisms  and  their 
functions. 


The  varied  research  interests  of 
the  faculty  permit  specialization  in 
many  areas:  applied,  marine  and 
pathogenic  microbiology,  bacterial 
cytology  and  systematics,  im- 
munology, microbial  ecology, 
virology,  and  genetics  and 
physiology  of  microorganisms. 
Qualified  students  are  accepted  in 
either  the  Master  of  Science  or  Doc- 
tor of  Philosophy  programs. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Applicants  for  the  M.S.  program 
must  have  acquired  a  thorough 
foundation  in  biological  and  physical 
sciences.  A  strong  background  in 
microbiology  is  desirable  but  not 
essential.  However,  lack  of  specific 
courses  may  lengthen  the  time  re- 
quired for  earning  this  degree. 
Scores  on  the  Graduate  Record  Ex- 
aminations (GRE),  both  the  Aptitude 
Test  and  the  Advanced  Test  in 
Biology,  must  accompany  applica- 
tions. Normally,  candidates  for  the 
Ph.D.  program  will  have  acquired  an 
M.S.  degree.  GRE  scores  are 
required. 

Requirements  for  the  M.S.  degree 
include  a  minimum  of  24  semester 
hours  exclusive  of  research  credits. 
A  written  thesis,  based  upon 
research,  is  required,  and  all  can- 
didates must  pass  a  final  oral  ex- 
amination given  by  an  advisory  com- 
mittee. All  candidates  for  graduate 
degrees  must  serve  as  laboratory 
teaching  assistants  for  at  least  one 
semester.  Candidates  normally  re- 
quire about  two  years  to  complete 
the  M.S.  program,  but  quality  of  per- 
formance alone  determines  awarding 
of  the  degree. 

Candidates  for  the  Ph.D.  degree, 
in  addition  to  the  above-listed  re- 
quirements, must  successfully  com- 
plete a  written  preliminary  examina- 
tion. From  subjects  outside  the 
Department,  candidates  must 
choose  supporting  minor  course- 
work  totaling  24  hours.  Usually,  two 
to  three  years  following  receipt  of 
an  M.S.  degree  are  needed  to  fulfill 
all  requirements  for  this  degree. 
Facilities  and  Special  Resources 
The  Department  maintains  facilities 
which  permit  research  in  all  of  the 
listed  areas  of  specialization.  The 
program  in  marine  microbiology  has 
access  to  laboratory  equipped 
vessels  suitable  for  research  in  the 
Chesapeake  Bay  and  other  nearby 
waters. 

Financial  Assistance 
A  limited  number  of  graduate 
teaching  assistantships  are 
available.  There  are  also  oppor- 


162  /  Graduate  Programs 


tunities  for  research  assistantships, 
contingent  upon  current  research 
funding. 

Additional  Information 

Interested  individuals  may  request 
an  information  brochure  describing 
in  detail  the  Program  of  Graduate 
Study  in  Microbiology.  For  informa- 
tion write  to:  Chairman,  Graduate 
Admissions  Committee.  Department 
of  Microbiology.  University  of 
Maryland 

Courses 

MICB  400  Systematic  Microbiology.  (2) 
Two  lecture  periods  a  week   Prerequisite, 
8  credits  in  microbiology  or  consent  of 
instructor.  History  and  philosophy  of 
classification.  Alpha,  numerical  and 
molecular  genetic  taxonomy.  Methods 
used  in  microbial  identification  and 
classification. 

MICB  410  History  of  Microbiology.  (1) 

Prerequisite,  a  major  in  microbiology  or 
consent  of  instructor.  History  and  in- 
tegration of  the  fundamental  discoveries 
of  the  science.  Modern  aspects  of 
abiogenesis.  fermentation,  and  disease 
causation  in  relation  to  early  theories. 

MICB  420  Epidemiology  and  Public 
Health.  (2)  Prerequisite.  MICB  200. 
History,  characteristic  features  of 
epidemiology;  the  important  respon- 
sibilities of  public  health;  vital  statistics. 

MICB  430  Marine  Microbiology.  (2)  Two 

lectures  per  week.  Morphology,  biochem- 
istry and  ecology  of  marine  micro- 
organisms including  fungi,  yeasts, 
bacteria  and  viruses.  Properties  of 
marine  bacteria,  such  as  luminescence, 
metal  ion  requirements  for  growth,  pro- 
duction of  ectocrine  compounds,  and 
sampling  and  cultunng  marine  micro- 
organisms, are  covered. 

MICB  431  Marine  Microbiology 
Laboratory.  (2)  Two  two-hour  laboratory 
periods  per  week.  Morphology,  bio- 
chemistry and  ecology  of  marine  micro- 
organisms. Properties  of  marine  bacteria; 
luminescence,  metal  ion  requirements, 
ectocrine  compound  production,  sam- 
pling and  culturing.  Laboratory  may  in- 
clude sampling  trips  of  the  Chesapeake 
Bay  and  a  deep  sea  research  cruise. 

MICB  440  Pathogenic  Microbiology.  (4) 
Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour 
laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
MICB  200.  The  role  of  bacteria  and  fungi 
in  the  diseases  of  man  with  emphasis 
upon  the  differentiation  and  culture  of 
microorganisms,  types  of  disease,  modes 
of  disease  transmission,  prophylactic, 
therapeutic,  and  epidemiological  aspects. 

MICB  450  Immunology.  (4)  Two  lectures 
and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisite,  MICB  440.  Principles 
of  immunity:  hypersensitiveness.  Fun- 
damental techniques  of  immunology. 

MICB  460  General  Virology.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite. MICB  440  or  equivalent.  Discus- 
sion of  the  physical  and  chemical  nature 


of  viruses,  virus  cultivation  and  assay 
methods,  virus  replication,  viral  diseases 
with  emphasis  on  the  oncogenic  viruses, 
viral  genetics,  and  characteristics  of  the 
major  virus  groups. 

MICB  470  Microbial  Physiology.  (4)  Two 

lectures  and  two  two-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  8  credits 
in  microbiology  and  CHEM  461.  462,  or 
equivalent.  Aspects  of  the  growth,  death, 
and  energy  transactions  of  microorgan- 
isms are  considered,  as  well  as  the  ef- 
fects of  the  physical  and  chemical  en- 
vironment on  them. 

MICB  490  Microbial  Fermentations.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Two  lecture  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisite.  MICB  470.  Principles 
and  practice  in  industrial  fermentation 
processes,  and  the  study  of  fermentative 
metabolism  in  microorganisms. 

MICB  491  Microbial  Fermentations 
Laboratory.  (2)  Second  semester.  Two 
two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite.  MICB  490.  or  concurrent 
registration  in  MICB  490.  and  consent  of 
instructor.  Methods  for  the  conduct,  con- 
trol and  analysis  of  fermentation 
processes. 

MICB  674  Bacterial  Metabolism.  (2)  Sec- 
ond semester.  Two  lecture  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisite.  30  credits  in 
microbiology  and  allied  fields,  including 
CHEM  461  and  462.  Bacterial  nutrition, 
enzyme  formation,  metabolic  pathways 
and  the  dissimilation  of  carbon  and 
nitrogen  substrates. 

MICB  688  Special  Topics.  (1-4)  First 
semester.  Prerequisite,  twenty  credits  in 
microbiology.  Presentation  and  discus- 
sion of  fundamental  problems  and 
special  subjects  in  the  field  of 
microbiology. 

MICB  689  Special  Topics.  (1-4)  Second 
semester.  Prerequisite,  twenty  credits  in 
microbiology.  Presentation  and  discus- 
sion of  fundamental  problems  and 
special  subjects  in  the  field  of 
microbiology. 

MICB  704  Medical  Mycology.  (4)  Two  lec- 
tures and  two  two-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  MICB  440 
and  8  additional  hours  in  microbiology  or 
advance  courses  in  allied  biological 
fields.  MICB  450  is  strongly  recom- 
mended. Primarily  a  study  of  fungi 
associated  with  human  and  animal 
diseases,  with  practice  in  the  methods  of 
isolation  and  identification. 

MICB  714  Cytology  of  Bacteria.  (2)  A  col- 
loquium for  graduate  students  in 
biological  sciences  covering  structure- 
function  relationships  in  bacteria.  Formal 
presentations  are  required.  Prior  or  con- 
current enrollment  in  ANSC  610  and/or 
ZOOL  612  is  recommended. 
MICB  750  Advanced  Immunology.  (2) 
Second  semester.  Two  lectures  a  week. 
Antigens,  antibodies,  and  their  interac- 
tions. Research  fundamentals  in  im- 
munology and  immunochemistry. 

MICB  751  Immunology  Laboratory.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Two  three-hour  labora- 


tory sessions  a  week.  Prerequisite,  con- 
sent of  the  instructor.  Techniques  in  ex- 
perimental immunology  and 
immunochemistry. 

MICB  760  Virology  and  Tissue  Culture. 
(2)  Second  semester.  Two  lecture  periods 
a  week.  Prerequisite.  MICB  440  or 
equivalent.  Physical,  chemical  and 
biological  properties  of  viruses:  viral 
replication;  major  virus  groups. 

MICB  761  Virology  and  Tissue  Culture 
Laboratory.  (2)  Second  semester.  Two 
three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  MICB  440  or  equivalent. 
Registration  only  upon  consent  of  in- 
structor. Laboratory  methods  in  virology 
with  emphasis  on  cell  culture 
techniques. 

MICB  774  Advanced  Bacterial 
Metabolism.  (1)  Second  semester.  One 
lecture  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  con- 
sent of  instructor.  A  discussion  of  recent 
advances  in  the  field  of  bacterial 
metabolism  with  emphasis  on  metabolic 
pathways  of  microorganisms. 

MICB  780  Genetics  of  Microorganisms. 

(2)  First  semester,  two  lecture  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 
An  introduction  to  genetic  principles  and 
methodology  applicable  to  microorgan- 
isms. Cellular  control  mechanisms  and 
protein  biosynthesis. 

MICB  781  Microbial  Genetics  Laboratory. 

(2)  Two  three-hour  laboratory  meetings 
per  week.  Prerequisite,  consent  of  the  in- 
structor. A  laboratory  course  designed  to 
acquaint  students  with  the  techniques 
employed  in  studying  gene  control  of 
microbial  activities. 

MICB  788  Seminar.  (1)  First  semester. 

MICB  789  Seminar.  (1)  Second  semester. 

MICB  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

MICB  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research. 
(1-8) 


Music  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Troth 

Professors:  Berman.  Bernstein,  Folstrom, 
Gordon,  Heim,  Helm,  Hudson,  John- 
son, Montgomery,  Moss.  Traver 

Associate  Professors:  Barnett,  Garvey, 
Head,  Meyer,  Pennington,  Schu- 
macher, Serwer,  Snapp,  True, 
Urban,  Wakefield 

Assistant  Professors:  Davis,  Signell. 
Wachhaus.  Wexler.  Wilson 

The  Department  of  Music  offers 
specialized  musical  training  of  a 
highly  professional  nature  which 
culminates  in  one  of  several  grad- 
uate degrees.  The  Master  of  Music 
degree  is  offered  in  five  areas  of 
specialization:  music  performance, 
historical  musicology  and  ethno- 
musicology,  theory,  composition, 
and  conducting.  The  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  degree  is  offered  in 
musicology  (historical,  theoretical 

Graduate  Programs  /  163 


and  ethnomusicology  concentra- 
tions). The  Doctor  of  Musical  Arts 
degree  is  offered  in  literature- 
performance  and  in  composition. 
Specializations  in  music  education 
are  offered  in  cooperation  with  the 
College  of  Education  and  culminate 
in  Master  of  Arts.  Master  of  Educa- 
tion, Doctor  of  Education,  or  Doctor 
of  Philosophy  degrees.  Specific  re- 
quirements and  course  offerings  for 
those  degrees  are  described  under 
the  program  descriptions  of  that 
college. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 
Admission  to  graduate  programs  in 
music  is  highly  selective  and  based 
upon  satisfactory  completion  of  ap- 
propriate undergraduate  prepara- 
tions. Evidence  of  established 
musical  proficiencies  must  be  de- 
monstrated by  audition,  examination 
in  music  literature  and  theory,  and/or 
original  musical  scores.  A  personal 
interview  is  sometimes  requested  of 
applicants. 

In  addition  to  the  requirements  for 
the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree, 
admission  to  candidacy  for  the  Doc- 
toral of  Musical  Arts  major  in  com- 
position requires  placement  and 
qualifying  examinations,  presenta- 
tion of  a  lecture  recital  and  a 
program  of  the  student's  own  com- 
positions. The  dissertation  must  be 
the  student's  original  composition  of 
major  proportions.  Applicants  for  ad- 
mission to  candidacy  in  the 
Performance-Literature  Program 
must  satisfactorily  complete  place- 
ment and  qualifying  examinations, 
present  a  lecture  recital  and  two 
full-length  recitals. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

In  addition  to  the  superb  library 
holdings  of  the  campus  itself,  the 
adjacent  city  of  Washington,  D.C., 
affords  graduate  students  in  music 
an  unexcelled  opportunity  for  spe- 
cialized research  and  musical  ex- 
posure and  development  in  a  variety 
of  private  and  public  agencies,  such 
as  the  Library  of  Congress,  the 
Smithsonian  Institution,  and  the 
John  F.  Kennedy  Center  for  the  Per- 
forming Arts. 

Financial  Assistance 

A  limited  number  of  competitive 
graduate  assistantships  are  avail- 
able. Preference  is  given  to  those 
who  have  filed  the  application  for 
admission  and  been  officially  ad- 
mitted to  the  university. 
Courses 
Music  Education 

MUED  420  Materials,  Techniques  and 
Organization  for  the  Instrumental  Music 


Program.  (2)  Prerequisites,  MUSC  113, 
114.  116.  117.  120.  121.  491  and  MUED 
470;  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of 
instructional  materials,  performing  reper- 
toire, rehearsal  techniques,  and  program 
planning  for  the  school  instrumental  pro- 
gram. Organization,  scheduling, 
budgeting  and  purchasing  are  included. 

MUED  438  Special  Problems  in  the 
Teaching  of  Instrumental  Music.  (2-3) 
Prerequisite.  MUSC  113-213  or  the 
equivalent.  A  study,  through  practice  on 
minor  instruments,  of  the  problems  en- 
countered in  public  school  teaching  of 
orchestral  instruments.  Literature  and 
teaching  materials,  minor  repairs,  and  ad- 
justment of  instruments  are  included. 
The  course  may  be  taken  for  credit  three 
times  since  one  of  four  groups  of  in- 
struments: strings,  woodwind,  brass  or 
percussion  will  be  studied  each  time  the 
course  is  offered. 

MUED  450  Music  in  Early  Childhood 
Education.  (3)  Prerequisite.  MUSC  155  or 
equivalent.  Creative  experiences  in  songs 
and  rhythms,  correlation  of  music  and 
everyday  teaching  with  the  abilities  and 
development  of  each  level;  study  of 
songs  and  materials:  observation  and 
teaching  experience  with  each  age  level. 

MUED  460  Creative  Activities  in  the 
Elementary  School.  (2-3)  Prerequisite. 
Music  Methods  or  teaching  experience. 
A  study  of  the  creative  approach  to  the 
development  of  music  experiences  for 
children  in  the  elementary  grades  em- 
phasizing contemporary  music  and  con- 
temporary music  techniques. 
MUED  470  General  Methods  for  Teaching 
Music.  (4)  Prerequisite.  MUED  197  and 
EDHD  300;  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Music  in  the  education  of  youth,  ages 
six  to  eighteen.  Basic  planning  and  im- 
plementation of  music  instruction,  vocal 
and  instrumental,  for  the  general  and 
specialized  programs  of  music  instruc- 
tion in  the  schools;  use  of  current 
methods,  materials,  and  teaching  tech- 
niques. Six  class  hours  per  week  in- 
cluding field  experiences  in  designated 
elementary  and  secondary  schools. 

MUED  472  Choral  Techniques  and  Reper- 
toire. (2)  Prerequisites.  MUED  470  and 
MUSC  490.  Rehearsal  techniques  for  de- 
veloping appropriate  diction,  tone, 
production,  intonation,  phrasing,  and  in- 
terpretation of  choral  music;  examination 
of  a  wide  variety  of  repertoire  for  use  by 
choral  performing  groups  on  the  elemen- 
tary and  secondary  levels. 

MUED  478  Special  Topics  in  Music 
Education.  (1-2)  Prerequisite,  MUED  470 
or  consent  of  department.  Each  topic 
focuses  on  a  specific  aspect  of  the 
music  instructional  program;  collectively, 
the  topics  cover  a  wide  range  of  subject 
matter  relevant  to  today's  schools   May 
be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

MUED  480  The  Vocal  Music  Teacher  and 
School  Organization.  (2)  Prerequisite,  stu- 
dent teaching,  previous  or  concurrent. 
The  role  of  the  vocal  music  specialist  in 
the  implementation  of  the  supervision 


and  administration  of  the  music  pro- 
grams in  the  elementary  and  secondary 
schools.  Open  to  graduate  students  by 
permission  of  instructor. 
MUED  499  Workshops,  Clinics.  Institutes. 
(2-6)  Innovative  and  experimental  dimen- 
sions of  music  education  will  be  offered 
to  meet  the  needs  of  music  teachers  and 
music  supervisors  and  to  allow  students 
to  individualize  their  programs.  The  max- 
imum number  credits  that  may  be  earned 
under  this  course  symbol  toward  any 
degree  is  six  semester  hours;  the  symbol 
may  be  used  two  or  more  times  until  six 
semester  hours  have  been  reached. 
MUED  635  Advanced  Orchestration  and 
Band  Arranging.  (3)  Prerequisite,  MUSC 
486  or  the  equivalent,  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. A  study  of  arranging  and  tran- 
scription procedures  in  scoring  for  the 
orchestra  and  band.  Special  attention  is 
given  to  the  arranging  problems  of  the 
instrumental  director  in  the  public 
schools. 

MUED  637  Advanced  Study  —  Develop- 
ing Musicality  through  Instrumental 
Music.  (3)  Analysis  of  new  and  estab- 
lished methods  and  materials  for 
developing  musicality.  The  study  of  the 
curriculum  for  large  and  small 
ensembles,  and  class  instruction,  and  its 
adaptation  to  the  diverse  organizations 
of  today's  schools. 

MUED  662  Advanced  Study  —  Develop- 
ing Musicality  in  Children.  (3)  Analysis  of 
new  and  established  methods  and  mate- 
rials including  Orff  and  Kodaly,  and  their 
adaptation  to  teaching  music  in  the 
diverse  organizations  of  today's  elemen- 
tary schools.  Emphasis  on  general 
musical  experiences  for  all  children. 

MUED  672  Advanced  Study  —  Develop- 
ing Musicality  in  the  Adolescent.  (3) 

Analysis  of  new  and  established 
methods  and  materials  for  developing 
musicality  through  classes  in  general 
music,  music  appreciation,  music  in  the 
humanities,  music  theory,  chorus,  small 
ensembles,  and  class  voice. 
MUED  674  Choral  Conducting  and  Reper- 
toire. (3) 

MUED  680  Administration  and  Supervi- 
sion of  Music  in  the  Public  Schools.  (3) 

The  study  of  basic  principles  and  prac- 
tices of  supervision  and  administration 
with  emphasis  on  curriculum  construc- 
tion, scheduling,  budgets,  directing  of  in- 
service  teaching,  personnel  problems, 
and  school-community  relationships. 

MUED  690  Research  Methods  in  Music 
and  Music  Education.  (3)  The  application 
of  methods  of  research  to  problems  in 
the  fields  of  music  and  music  education. 
The  preparation  of  bibliographies  and  the 
written  exposition  of  research  projects  in 
the  area  of  the  student's  major  interest. 

MUED  692  Foundations  of  Music  Educa- 
tion. (3)  Educational  thought  and  its  ap- 
plication to  instruction  and  evaluation  in 
music  education. 

MUED  698  Current  Trends  in  Music 
Education.  (2-4)  A  survey  of  current  and 


164  /  Graduate  Programs 


emerging  philosophies,  methodologies 
and  curricula  in  music  education  and 
their  implementation.  The  influence  of 
educational  and  social  changes  and  the 
expanding  musical  scene  upon  the 
music  programs  for  children  of  all  ages 
and  for  teacher  education.  The  maximum 
number  of  credits  that  may  be  earned 
under  this  course  symbol  (within  estab- 
lished limits  of  programs)  toward  any 
degree,  eight  semester  hours.  The  sym- 
bol may  be  used  two  or  more  times  until 
eight  semester  hours  have  been  com- 
pleted 

MUED  890  History  of  Music  Education  in 
the  United  States.  (3)  Prerequisite,  per- 
mission of  the  instructor.  The  study  of 
historical  development  of  pedagogical 
practices  in  music  education,  their  phil- 
osophical implications  and  educational 
values. 

Music 

MUSC  400  Music  Pedagogy.  (3)  Con- 
ference course.  Prerequisite  or  coreq- 
uisite.  MUSC  418.  or  a  more  advanced 
course  in  applied  music.  A  study  of  ma- 
jor pedagogical  treatises  in  music,  and 
an  evaluation  of  pedagogical  techniques, 
materials,  and  procedures. 

MUSC  428  Repertoire  Coaching  of  Vocal 
or  Chamber  Music.  (2)  Prerequisite  or 
corequisite.  MUSC  328.  A  course  for 
piano  students  who  wish  to  go  further 
than  the  work  offered  in  MUSC  128,  228. 
and  328  by  becoming  specialists  in  the 
areas  of  vocal  coaching  or  chamber 
music  coaching.  Elements  of  pedagogy, 
conducting,  and  responsible  artistic 
decision-making  for  the  entire  musical 
production. 

MUSC  429  Opera  Theater.  (2-3)  Ten 

hours  per  week.  Open  to  music  and  non- 
music  majors  with  consent  of  director. 
Advanced  techniques  of  operatic  produc- 
tion: preparation,  rehearsal,  and  perform- 
ance of  operatic  works  from  both  the 
traditional  and  contemporary  repertory. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  twelve 
credits. 

MUSC  430  Music  Literature  Survey  for 
the  Non-Major.  (3)  Prerequisite,  MUSC 
130  or  the  equivalent  Open  to  all 
students  except  Music  and  Music  Educa- 
tion majors.  Selected  compositions  are 
studied  from  the  standpoint  of  the  in- 
formed listener.  Choral  music,  opera,  and 
art  song. 

MUSC  431  Music  Literature  Survey  for 
the  Non-Major.  (3)  Prerequisite.  MUSC 
130  or  the  equivalent.  Open  to  all 
students  except  Music  and  Music- 
Education  maiors.  Selected  compositions 
are  studied  from  the  standpoint  of  the 
informed  listener.  Orchestral, 
chamber.and  keyboard  music. 

MUSC  432  Music  in  World  Cultures  I.  (3) 

Folk  idioms  of  eastern  and  western 
Europe,  and  the  Americas:  American  In- 
dian musics.  Historical,  social,  and 
cultural  context:  musical  instruments: 
theoretical  systems,  form  and  aesthetics: 


major  representative  musical  and 
theatrical  genres. 

MUSC  433  Music  in  World  Cultures  II.  (3) 

Art  musics  of  Asia,  including  China. 
Japan,  India,  Indonesia,  and  Arabia- 
Persia.  Historical,  social,  and  cultural 
context:  musical  instruments:  theoretical 
systems,  form,  and  aesthetics;  major 
representative  musical  and  theatrical 
genres. 

MUSC  436  Jazz:  Then  and  Now.  (3)  Major 
styles  and  influential  artists  of  the  past 
75  years  of  jazz. 

MUSC  438  Area  Studies  in  Ethnomusi- 
cology.  (3)  Prerequisite.  MUSC  432  or 
433  or  equivalent.  Advanced  study  of 
musics  in  selected  regions  of  the  world. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  nine  credits 
provided  content  is  different. 

MUSC  439  Collegium  Musicum.  (1) 
Prerequisite,  permission  of  the  instructor. 
Open  to  undergraduates  and  graduates, 
music  majors  and  non-majors.  Procure- 
ment, edition,  and  performance  of  music 
not  belonging  to  a  standard  repertory: 
early  music,  compositions  for  unusual 
performing  media,  works  which  demand 
reconstruction  of  their  original  cir- 
cumstances of  performance.  Outcome  of 
a  semester's  work  may  be  one  or  more 
performances  for  the  public.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit  five  times. 

MUSC  443  Solo  Vocal  Literature.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite. MUSC  330,  331  or  the 
equivalent.  The  study  of  solo  vocal 
literature  from  the  baroque  cantata  to 
the  art  song  of  the  present.  The  lied, 
melodie,  vocal  chamber  music,  and  the 
orchestral  song  are  examined. 

MUSC  445  Survey  of  the  Opera.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MUSC  330,  331,  or  the 
equivalent.  A  study  of  the  music,  libret- 
tos and  composers  of  the  standard 
operas. 

MUSC  448  Special  Topics  in  Music.  (2-6) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  the  instructor. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
semester  hours. 

MUSC  450  Musical  Form.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
MUSC  251.  A  study  of  the  principles  of 
organization  in  music  with  emphasis  on 
eighteenth  and  nineteenth  century  Euro- 
pean music.  Reading  and  analysis  of 
scores  exemplifying  the  musical  forms. 

MUSC  451  Analysis  of  Music  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite. MUSC  450  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. An  advanced  course  in  the 
analysis  of  tonal  music.  Discussion  of  in- 
dividual works,  with  emphasis  on  their 
unique  characteristics  and  on  the  rela- 
tion of  analysis  to  performance. 

MUSC  452  Keyboard  Harmony.  (2)  Prereq- 
uisite, MUSC  251.  Keyboard  performance 
of  musical  score  for  vocal  and  in- 
strumental ensembles  and  keyboard 
realization  of  basso  continuo  parts. 

MUSC  453  Class  Study  of  Guitar  and 
Recorder.  (2)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor or  any  four  of  the  following: 
MUSC  102.  103,  113.  114.  116,  117,  120, 


121,  202,  203.  Three  hours  per  week. 
Study  and  development  of  instrumental 
technique,  pedagogical  practices,  and 
materials  relating  to  group  performance. 

MUSC  459  Electronic  Composition.  (2) 

Prerequisite.  MUSC  250  and  permission 
of  instructor.  A  basic  course  in  the 
theory  and  practice  of  electronic  music, 
including  an  investigation  of  the  nature 
of  electronically-generated  sound  and  its 
modulation  in  the  voltage-controlled 
studio.  Primarily  for  composition  and 
theory  majors.  May  be  repeated  once  for 
credit. 

MUSC  460  Tonal  Counterpoint  I.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  MUSC  251  or  permission  of 
instructor.  A  course  in  eighteenth- 
century  contrapuntal  techniques,  analysis 
and  original  composition  of  two-voice 
dances,  preludes,  and  inventions. 

MUSC  461  Tonal  Counterpoint  II.  (2) 

Prerequisite.  MUSC  460.  A  continuation 
of  MUSC  460.  Analysis  and  original  com- 
position of  larger  works  displaying  imita- 
tion in  more  than  two  voices,  including 
the  chorale  prelude  and  fugue. 

MUSC  462  Modal  Counterpoint.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  MUSC  251  or  the 
equivalent.  An  introduction  to  the  con- 
trapuntal techniques  of  the  sixteenth 
century:  the  structure  of  the  modes, 
composition  of  modal  melodies,  and  con- 
trapuntal writing  for  two,  three  and  four 
voices. 

MUSC  465  Canon  and  Fugue.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite. MUSC  461  or  the  equivalent.  Com- 
position and  analysis  of  the  canon  and 
fugue  in  the  styles  of  the  eighteenth, 
nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries. 

MUSC  466  Structural  Counterpoint.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MUSC  461  or  permission  of 
the  instructor.  A  study  of  counterpoint 
and  its  role  in  articulating  large-scale 
tonal  structures  with  emphasis  on  anal- 
ysis and  written  exercises. 

MUSC  467  Piano  Pedagogy  1.  (3)  A  study 
of  major  pedagogical  treatises  in  music, 
and  an  evaluation  of  pedagogical  tech- 
niques, materials,  and  procedures. 

MUSC  468  Piano  Pedagogy  II.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, MUSC  467.  Application  of  the 
studies  begun  in  MUSC  467  to  the  actual 
lesson  situation.  Evaluation  of  results. 
May  be  repeated  once  for  credit. 

MUSC  470  Harmonic  and  Contrapuntal 
Practices  of  the  Twentieth  Century.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  MUSC  251  or  equivalent.  A 
theoretical  and  analytical  study  of  twen- 
tieth century  materials. 

MUSC  471  Contemporary  Composition. 

(2)  Prerequisite.  MUSC  470  or  permission 
of  instructor.  Continuation  of  MUSC  470, 
with  emphasis  on  the  analysis  of  indi- 
vidual works  written  since  1945. 

MUSC  478  Composition.  (2)  Prerequisite, 
MUSC  250,  251.  Principles  of  musical 
composition,  and  their  application  to  the 
smaller  forms.  Original  writing  in  nine- 
teenth and  twentieth  century  musical 
idioms  for  various  media. 


Graduate  Programs  /  165 


MUSC  479  Composition.  (2)  Prerequisite, 
MUSC  250,  251.  Principles  of  musical 
composition,  and  their  application  to  the 
smaller  forms.  Original  writing  in  nine- 
teenth and  twentieth  century  musical 
idioms  for  various  media. 

MUSC  480  Music  in  Antiquity  and  the 
Middle  Ages.  (3)  Survey  of  western  music 
from  Hellenic  times  to  1450. 


481  Music  in  the  Renaissance.  (3) 

of  western  music  from  1450  to 

482  Music  in  the  Baroque  Era.  (3) 

of  western  music  from  1600  to 

483  Music  in  the  Classic  Era.  (3) 

of  western  music  from  1750  to 

484  Music  in  the  Romantic  Era.  (3) 

of  western  music  from  1820  to 


MUSC 

Survey 

1600. 

MUSC 

Survey 
1750. 

MUSC 

Survey 

1820. 

MUSC 

Survey 

1900. 

MUSC  485  Music  in  the  20th  Century.  (3) 
Survey  of  western  music  from  1900  to 
the  present. 

MUSC  486  Orchestration  I.  (2)  Prereq- 
uisite, MUSC  251.  A  study  of  the  ranges, 
musical  functions  and  technical 
characteristics  of  the  instruments  and 
their  color  possibilities  in  various  com- 
binations. Practical  experience  in  or- 
chestrating for  small  and  large 
ensembles. 

MUSC  487  Orchestration  II.  (2)  Prereq- 
uisite, MUSC  486.  A  study  of  orchestra- 
tion in  the  various  historical  periods, 
with  emphasis  upon  stylistic  writing 
projects. 

MUSC  490  Conducting.  (2)  Prerequisite, 
MUSC  251.  Vocal  and  instrumental  baton 
techniques. 

MUSC  491  Conducting  II.  (2)  Prerequisite. 
MUSC  490  or  the  equivalent.  Baton  tech- 
niques applied  to  score  reading,  re- 
hearsal techniques,  tone  production, 
style  and  interpretation. 

MUSC  492  Keyboard  Music  I.  (3)  The 

history  and  literature  of  harpsichord  and 
solo  piano  music  from  its  beginning  to 
the  romantic  period.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  those  segments  of  repertoire  which 
are  encountered  in  performance  and 
teaching  situations  at  the  present  time. 

MUSC  493  Keyboard  Music  II.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, MUSC  492.  The  history  and  liter- 
ature of  harpsichord  and  solo  piano 
music  from  the  romantic  period  to  the 
present.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  those 
segments  of  repertoire  which  are  en- 
countered in  performance  and  teaching 
situations  at  the  present  time. 

MUSC  494  Survey  of  Theory.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, MUSC  251.  A  study  of  the  major 
contributions  of  music  theorists  from 
Greek  antiquity  through  the  twentieth 
century. 

MUSC  495  Acoustics  for  Musicians.  (3) 
Prerequisites,  MUSC  251  or  the  equi- 
valent, and  senior  or  graduate  standing 
in  music.  The  basic  physics  of  music. 


acoustics  of  musical  instruments  and 
music  theory,  physiological  acoustics, 
and  musico-architectural  acoustics. 

MUSC  499  Independent  Studies.  (2-3) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  In- 
dependent research  on  a  topic  chosen  in 
consultation  with  the  instructor,  which 
may  culminate  in  a  paper  or  appropriate 
project.  May  be  repeated  once  for  credit. 

MUSC  608  Chamber  Music  Repertoire. 
(1-3)  Prerequisite,  graduate  standing  as  a 
major  in  performance.  A  study,  through 
performance,  of  diversified  chamber 
music  for  standard  media.  May  be  re- 
peated for  credit  to  the  maximum  credit 
designated  in  the  student's  major  degree 
program. 

MUSC  621  Documents  of  Theory  and 
Aesthetics:  Ancient,  Medieval  and  Ren- 
aissance. (3)  Writings  about  music  in  an- 
tiquity, the  Middle  Ages,  and  the 
Renaissance. 

MUSC  622  Documents  of  Theory  and 
Aesthetics:  Baroque.  (3)  Writings  about 
western  music  from  1600  to  1750. 

MUSC  623  Documents  of  Theory  and 
Aesthetics:  Classic.  (3)  Writings  about 
western  music  from  1750  to  1820. 

MUSC  624  Documents  of  Theory  and 
Aesthetics:  Romantic.  (3)  Writings  about 
western  music  from  1820  to  1900. 

MUSC  625  Documents  of  Theory  and 
Aesthetics:  20th  Century.  (3)  Writings 
about  western  music  from  1900  to  the 
present. 

MUSC  630  Teaching  the  Theory,  History, 
and  Literature  of  Music.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
graduate  standing  and  consent  of  in- 
structor. A  course  in  teaching  method- 
ology with  emphasis  on  instruction  at 
the  college  level. 

MUSC  635  American  Music.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, permission  of  instructor.  A  survey 
of  American  art  music  from  colonial 
times  to  present. 

MUSC  639  Seminar  in  Music.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, MUSC  330,  331  and  consent  of  in- 
structor. The  work  of  one  major  com- 
poser (Bach,  Beethoven,  etc.)  will  be 
studied.  The  course  may  be  repeated  for 
credit,  since  a  different  composer  will  be 
chosen  each  time  it  is  offered. 

MUSC  640  Performance  Practice  I.  (3) 

Problems  in  the  performance  of  music 
lying  primarily  outside  the  standard 
repertory.  Mainly  for  performance  maiors. 

MUSC  641  Performance  Practice  II.  (3) 

Problems  in  the  performance  of  music 
lying  primarily  outside  the  standard 
repertory.  Mainly  for  performance  majors. 
Continuation  of  MUSC  640. 

MUSC  642  Early  Music  Notation.  (3) 

Aspects  of  notation  in  music  before 
1600;  transcription  into  modern  notation. 

MUSC  643  Seminar  in  Solo  Vocal 
Literature  I.  (3)  Prerequisite,  MUSC  444  or 
equivalent.  An  intensive  study  of  solo 
vocal  literature  from  its  origin  to  the 
present. 


MUSC  644  Seminar  in  Solo  Vocal 
Literature  II.  (3)  Prerequisite,  MUSC  643 
or  equivalent.  A  continuation  of  MUSC 
643  with  an  emphasis  on  areas  of  in- 
dividual interest. 

MUSC  645  Seminar  in  Vocal  Pedagogy. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  MUSC  400  or  the  equi- 
valent. A  study  of  the  physiological, 
psychological  and  acoustical  aspects  of 
the  teaching  of  singing  combined  with 
the  independent  studies  and  research  in 
areas  of  individual  interest. 

MUSC  648  Seminar  in  Music  Research. 

(3)  Prequisite,  MUSC  331  and  graduate 
standing.  An  introduction  to  graduate 
study  in  the  history  and  literature  of 
music.  Bibliography  and  methodology  of 
systematic  and  historical  musicology. 

MUSC  650  The  Contemporary  Idiom.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MUSC  470  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Analysis  of  various  works  of  the 
twentieth  century. 

MUSC  662  Advanced  Modal  Counter- 
point. (3)  Prerequisite,  MUSC  461  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Composition  of  music 
in  the  style  of  the  renaissance.  Analysis 
of  the  music  of  such  composers  as  Oc- 
keghem,  Dufay,  Josquin,  Palestrina. 

MUSC  670  Advanced  Analytical  Tech- 
niques I.  (3)  Prerequisite,  MUSC  451  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Analysis  of  repre- 
sentative masterpieces  of  the  eighteenth 
and  early  nineteenth  centuries. 

MUSC  671  Advanced  Analytical  Tech- 
niques II.  (3)  Prerequisite,  MUSC  451  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Analysis  of  repre- 
sentative masterpieces  of  the  nineteenth 
and  early  twentieth  centuries. 

MUSC  678  Seminar  in  Musical  Composi- 
tion. (3)  Prerequisite,  MUSC  479  or  equi- 
valent, and  graduate  standing.  An  ad- 
vanced course  in  musical  composition. 
May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

MUSC  679  Seminar  in  Ethnomusicology. 

(3)  Prerequisite.  MUSC  434-435.  Selected 
problems  in  ethnomusicology.  Indepen- 
dent research  in  such  topics  as  tran- 
scription, analysis,  and  taxonomy. 

MUSC  680  Seminar  in  Music  of  Antiquity 
and  the  Middle  Ages.  (3)  Researcn  topics 
in  music  from  antiquity  to  1450. 

MUSC  681  Seminar  in  Music  of  the 
Renaissance.  (3)  Seminar  in  music  of  the 
Renaissance.  Research  topics  in  music 
from  1450  to  1600. 

MUSC  682  Seminar  in  Music  of  the  Ba- 
roque Era.  (3)  Seminar  in  music  of  the 
baroque  era.  Research  topics  in  music 
from  1600  to  1750. 
MUSC  683  Seminar  in  Music  of  the 
Classical  Era.  (3)  Seminar  in  music  of  the 
classic  era.  Research  topics  in  music 
from  1750-1820. 

MUSC  684  Seminar  in  Music  of  the 
Romantic  Era.  (3)  Seminar  in  music  of 
the  romantic  era.  Research  topics  in 
music  from  1820  to  1900. 

MUSC  685  Seminar  in  Music  of  the  20th 
Century.  (3)  Seminar  in  music  of  the 


166  /  Graduate  Programs 


twentieth  century.  Research  topics  in 
music  from  1900  to  the  present. 

MUSC  688  Advanced  Orchestration.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  MUSC  487  or  the  equi- 
valent, and  graduate  standing.  Orches- 
tration projects  in  the  styles  of  Debussy, 
Ravel.  Stravinsky.  Schoenberg.  Bartok, 
and  others.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

MUSC  689  Advanced  Conducting.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MUSC  491  or  the  equi- 
valent. A  concentrated  study  of  the  con- 
ducting techniques  involved  in  the  reper- 
toire of  all  historical  periods.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit. 

MUSC  696  Factors  in  Musical  Learning. 
(3)  Prerequisite,  MUSC  331  or  the 
equivalent  and  at  least  one  course  in 
psychology.  The  psychology  of  intervals, 
scales,  rhythms,  and  harmony.  Musical 
hearing  and  creativity.  The  psychology  of 
musical  ability.  The  theory  of  functional 
music. 

MUSC  699  Special  Topics  in  Music.  (2-6) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  the  instructor. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  semes- 
ter hours. 

MUSC  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

MUSC  800  Advanced  Seminar  in  Music 
Pedagogy.  (3)  Prerequisites,  music  400  or 
equivalent,  doctoral  standing  and  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  A  detailed  study  of 
historical  and  contemporary  methods  of 
pedagogy,  and  analysis  of  pedagogical 
problems.  Sectioning  by  instrument.  Re- 
quired of  all  candidates  for  the  D.M.A. 
degree  in  performance  and  literature. 

MUSC  601  Advanced  Seminar  in  Music 
Pedagogy.  (3)  Prerequisites,  MUSC  400  or 
equivalent,  doctoral  standing  and  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  A  detailed  study  of 
historical  and  contemporary  methods  of 
pedagogy,  and  analysis  of  pedagogical 
problems.  Sectioning  by  instrument.  Re- 
quired of  all  candidates  for  the  D.M.A. 
degree  in  performance  and  literature. 

MUSC  830  Doctoral  Seminar  in  Music 
Literature.  (3)  Prerequisite,  at  least  twelve 
hours  in  music  history  and  literature.  An 
analytical  survey  of  the  literature  of 
music;  keyboard  music;  vocal  music; 
string  music;  wind  instrument  music.  Re- 
quired of  all  candidates  for  the  D.M.A. 
degree  in  literature-performance. 

MUSC  631  Doctoral  Seminar  in  Music 
Literature.  (3)  Prerequisite,  MUSC  830  or 
consent  of  instructor.  An  analytical 
survey  of  the  literature  of  music; 
keyboard  music;  vocal  music;  string 
music;  wind  instrument  music.  Required 
of  all  candidates  for  the  D.M.A.  degree  in 
literature-performance. 

MUSC  878  Advanced  Composition.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MUSC  678  or  the  equi- 
valent, and  permission  of  the  instructor. 
Conference  course  in  composition  in  the 
larger  forms.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

MUSC  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 


Music  Performance 

Music  performance  courses  are  available 
in  three  series: 

Minor  Series  —  MUSP  402,  403.  Intended 
for  either  music  majors  studying  a  sec- 
ondary instrument  or  non-music  majors. 

Principal  Series  —  MUSP  405,  406,  409, 
410,  609,  610.  Intended  for  majors  in 
music  programs  other  than  performance. 

Major  Series  —  MUSP  415,  416,  419,  420, 
619,  620,  815,  816,  817.  Intended  for  stu- 
dents majoring  in  performance. 

Instrument  designation:  Each  student 
taking  a  music  performance  course  must 
indicate  the  instrument  chosen  by  add- 
ing a  suffix  to  the  proper  course  number, 
such  as:  MUSP  402A  Music  Performance 
—  Piano. 

Suffix  instrument:  A— Piano,  B— Voice, 
C— Violin,  D— Viola,  E— Cello,  F— Bass, 
G— Flute,  H— Oboe,  I— Clarinet,  J— Bas- 
soon, K— Saxophone,  L— Horn, 
M— Trumpet,  N— Trombone,  O— Tuba, 
P— Euphonium,  Q— Percussion, 
R— Organ,  S— Guitar,  T— Composition, 
U— Conducting,  V  and  W— Open, 
X— HIST  INST  —  Keyboard,  Y— HIST 
INST  —  Strings,  Z— HIST  INST  — 
Winds. 

400-Level  Courses  in  the  Minor  Series. 

Half-hour  lesson  and  six  practice  hours 
per  week.  Prerequisite,  permission  of  de- 
partment chairman  and  the  next  lower 
course  on  the  same  instrument. 

400-Level  Courses  in  the  Principal  or  Ma- 
jor Series.  2  or  4  credits.  One-hour 
lesson  and  six  practice  hours  per  week  if 
taken  for  2-credits;  or  one-hour  lesson 
and  fifteen  practice  hours  per  week  if 
taken  for  4-credits.  Prerequisite,  permis- 
sion of  department  chairman  and  the 
next  lower  course  on  same  instrument. 

MUSP  402  Music  Performance.  (2)  Senior 
course,  in  the  minor  series. 

MUSP  403  Music  Performance.  (2)  Senior 
course,  in  the  minor  series. 

MUSP  405  Music  Performance.  (2-4) 

Junior  course  in  the  principal  series. 

MUSP  406  Music  Performance.  (2-4) 

Junior  course  in  the  principal  series. 

MUSP  409  Music  Performance.  (2-4) 

Senior  course  in  the  principal  series. 

MUSP  410  Music  Performance.  (2-4) 

Senior  course  in  the  principal  series. 
Recital  required. 

MUSP  415  Music  Performance.  (2-4) 

Junior  course  in  the  major  series. 

MUSP  416  Music  Performance.  (2-4) 

Junior  course  in  the  major  series. 

MUSP  419  Music  Performance.  (2-4) 

Senior  course  in  the  major  series. 

MUSP  420  Music  Performance.  (2-4) 

Senior  course  in  the  major  series.  Recital 
required. 

MUSP  609  Interpretation  and  Repertoire. 

(2)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  depart- 


ment chairman  and  graduate  standing  in 
performance  in  the  principal  series. 

MUSP  610  Graduate  Music  Performance. 

(4)  Prerequisite,  MUSP  609  and  permis- 
sion of  department  chairman.  Recital 
course  in  the  principal  series. 

MUSP  619  Interpretation  and  Repertoire. 

(2)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  depart- 
ment chairman  and  graduate  standing  in 
performance  in  the  major  series. 

MUSP  620  Graduate  Music  Performance. 

(4)  Prerequisite,  MUSP  619  and  permis- 
sion of  department  chairman.  Recital 
course  in  the  major  series. 

MUSP  815  Interpretation,  Performance, 
and  Pedagogy.  (4)  A  seminar  in  pedagogy 
and  the  pedagogical  literature  for  the 
doctoral  performer,  with  advanced  in- 
struction at  the  instrument,  covering  ap- 
propriate compositions.  Required  of  all 
candidates  for  the  D.M.A.  degree  in 
literature-performance.  Prerequisite,  doc- 
toral standing  in  performance  and  per- 
mission of  department  chairman.  Recital 
course. 

MUSP  816  Interpretation,  Performance, 
and  Pedagogy.  (4)  Recital  course.  Prereq- 
uisite, MUSP  815  and  permission  of  de- 
partment chairman. 

MUSP  817  Interpretation,  Performance, 
and  Pedagogy.  (4)  Recital  course.  Prereq- 
uisite, MUSP  816  and  permission  of  de- 
partment chairman. 


Nuclear  Engineering 
Program 

Professor  and  Director:  Munno 
Professor  and  Department  Chairman: 

Cadman 
Professors:  Duffey,  Silverman2 
Associate  Professors:  Almenas,  Roush', 

Sheaks 

'Joint  appointment  with  Physics  and 

Astronomy 
2  Director,  Institute  for  Physical  Science 

and  Technology 
The  Nuclear  Engineering  program  is 
in  the  Department  of  Chemical  and 
Nuclear  Engineering.  It  has  as  its 
primary  objective  the  maintenance 
and  extension  of  the  ever  increasing 
degree  of  engineering  sophistica- 
tion. The  courses  and  research  pro- 
grams strive  to  create  an  at- 
mosphere of  originality  and  creativ- 
ity that  prepares  the  student  for  the 
engineering  leadership  of  tomorrow. 

An  individual  plan  of  graduate 
study  compatible  with  the  student's 
interests  and  background  is 
established  between  the  student,  his 
advisor  and  the  department  head. 
General  areas  of  concentration  in- 
clude reactor  safety,  reactor  ther- 
mal/hydraulics, nuclear  fuel  manage- 
ment, transport  theory,  activation 


Graduate  Programs  /  167 


analysis,  energy  conversion,  reactor 
physics,  radiation  engineering,  reac- 
tor dynamics,  radiation  shielding 
and  nuclear  core  design.  The 
general  nuclear  engineering  program 
is  focused  toward  energy  conversion 
and  power  engineering  with  the  ad- 
ditional specialty  in  radiation  and 
polymer  science. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 
The  programs  leading  to  the  M.S. 
and  Ph.D.  degrees  are  open  to 
qualified  students  holding  the  B.S. 
degree.  Full  admission  may  be 
granted  to  students  with  degrees  in 
any  of  the  engineering  and  science 
areas  from  accredited  programs.  In 
some  cases  it  may  be  necessary  to 
require  courses  to  fulfill  the 
background.  The  general  regulations 
of  the  Graduate  School  apply  in 
reviewing  applications. 

The  candidate  for  the  M.S.  degree 
has  the  choice  of  following  a  plan 
of  study  with  thesis  or  without 
thesis.  The  equivalent  of  at  least 
three  years  of  full-time  study  beyond 
the  B.S.  degree  is  required  for  the 
Ph.D.  degree.  All  students  seeking 
graduate  degrees  in  Nuclear 
Engineering  must  enroll  in  ENNU 
620,  630,  655  and  440.  Many  of 
these  courses  are  offered  in  the  late 
afternoon  and  evening.  In  addition  to 
the  general  rules  of  the  Graduate 
School  certain  special  degree  re- 
quirements are  set  forth  by  the 
Department  in  its  departmental 
publications. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Special  facilities  available  for 
graduate  study  in  Nuclear  Engineer- 
ing include  the  nuclear  reactor,  gam- 
ma and  electron  radiation  equip- 
ment, neutron  generator,  and  various 
analyzers  and  detectors.  Activities  in 
these  areas  are  coordinated  through 
the  nuclear  reactor  facility  and  the 
laboratory  for  Radiation  and  Polymer 
Science.  The  nuclear  reactor  is  a 
250  KW  swimming  pool  type  using 
enriched  uranium. 

Courses 

ENNU  430  Radioisotope  Power  Sources. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  ENNU  215  or  permission 
of  instructor.  Principles  and  theory  of 
radioisotope  power  sources.  Design  and 
use  of  nuclear  batteries  and  small 
energy  conversion  devices. 

ENNU  435  Activation  Analysis.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, ENNU  215  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. Principles  and  techniques  of  ac- 
tivation analysis  involving  neutrons, 
photons  and  charged  particles.  Emphasis 
placed  upon  application  of  this  analytical 
technique  to  solving  environmental  and 
engineering  problems. 


ENNU  440  Nuclear  Technology 
Laboratory.  (3)  One  lecture  and  two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites, 
MATH  240,  PHYS  263.  Techniques  of 
detecting  and  making  measurements  of 
nuclear  or  high  energy  radiation.  Radia- 
tion safety  experiments.  Both  a  sub- 
critical  reactor  and  the  swimming  pool 
critical  reactor  are  sources  of  radiation. 

ENNU  450  Nuclear  Reactor  Engineering 

I.  (3)  Prerequisites,  MATH  246  and  PHYS 
263  or  consent  of  instructor.  Elementary 
nuclear  physics,  reactor  theory,  and  reac- 
tor energy  transfer.  Steady-state  and 
time-dependent  neutron  distributions  in 
space  and  energy.  Conduction  and  con- 
vective  heat  transfer  in  nuclear  reactor 
systems. 

ENNU  455  Nuclear  Reactor  Engineering 

II.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENNU  450.  General 
Plant  design  considerations  including 
radiation  hazards  and  health  physics, 
shielding  design,  nuclear  power 
economics,  radiation  effects  on  reactor 
materials,  and  various  types  of  nuclear 
reactor  systems. 

ENNU  460  Nuclear  Heat  Transport.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ENNU  450.  Heat  generation 
in  nuclear  reactor  cores,  conduction  and 
transfer  to  coolants.  Neutron  flux 
distributions,  fission  and  heat  release. 
Steady  and  unsteady  state  conduction  in 
fuel  elements.  Heat  transfer  to 
nonmetallic  and  metallic  coolants.  Heat 
transfer  with  phase  change.  Thermal 
design  of  reactor  cores. 

ENNU  468  Research.  (2-3)  Prerequisite, 
permission  of  the  staff.  Investigation  of  a 
research  project  under  the  direction  of 
one  of  the  staff  members.  Comprehen- 
sive reports  are  required.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  semester  hours. 

ENNU  470  Introduction  to  Controlled  Fu- 
sion. (3)  Prerequisite,  senior  standing  in 
engineering  or  consent  of  instructor.  The 
principles  and  the  current  status  of 
research  to  achieve  controlled  thermo- 
nuclear power  production.  Properties  of 
ionized  gases  relating  to  confinement 
and  heating.  Concepts  of  practical  fusion 
devices. 

ENNU  480  Reactor  Core  Design.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ENNU  450  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Design  of  nuclear  reactor  cores 
based  on  a  sequence  of  standard  com- 
puter codes.  Thermal  and  epithermal 
cross  sections,  multigroup  diffusion 
theory  in  one  and  two  dimensions  and 
fine  structure  flux  calculations  using 
transport  theory. 

ENNU  490  Nuclear  Fuel  and  Power 
Management.  (3)  Prerequisites,  ENNU 
460  and  480,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Physics  and  economics  of  the  nuclear 
fuel  cycle  utilizing  existing  design  codes. 
Mining,  conversion,  enrichment,  fabrica- 
tion reprocessing  processes.  Effects  of 
plutonium  recycle,  in-core  shuffling,  fuel 
mechanical  design  and  power  peaking  on 
fuel  cycle  costs. 

ENNU  609  Seminar  in  Nuclear 
Engineering.  (1) 


ENNU  620  Methods  of  Engineering 
Analysis.  (3)  Application  of  selected 
mathematical  techniques  to  the  analysis 
and  solution  of  engineering  problems;  in- 
cluded are  the  applications  of  matrices, 
vectors,  tensors,  differential  equations, 
integral  transforms,  and  probability 
methods  to  such  problems  as  unsteady 
heat  transfer,  transient  phenomena  in 
mass  transfer  operations,  stagewise  pro- 
cesses, chemical  reactors,  process  con- 
trol, and  nuclear  reactor  physics. 

ENNU  630  Nuclear  Reactor  Physics  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ENNU  450  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Introduction  to  neutron  physics. 
The  theory  of  neutron  detection  in- 
struments including  the  neutron  chopper 
and  solid  state  detectors.  Elements  of 
neutron  slowing-down  theory.  The 
Boltzman  transport  equation  is 
developed  together  with  approximations 
such  as  PN,  SN,  and  Fermi  age.  Nuclear 
systems  are  theoretically  treated  utilizing 
the  diffusion  approximation,  the  Fermi 
age  method  and  the  P-3  method.  Elemen- 
tary temperature  and  time  dependence. 

ENNU  640  Nuclear  Reactor  Physics  II.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  ENCH 
320.  Mathematical  treatment  of  nuclear 
reactor  systems.  The  foundations  of 
nuclear  reactor  kinetics,  the  multigroup 
treatment,  reflected  reactor  theory, 
heterogeneous  reactors,  perturbation 
theory.  Thermalization  theory  and  the 
pulse  and  sine-wave  techniques.  In- 
troduction to  variational  methods. 
ENNU  648  Special  Problems  in  Nuclear 
Engineering.  (1-6) 

ENNU  649  Selected  Topics  in  Nuclear 
Engineering.  (2)  Two  lectures  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor. 
Topics  of  current  interest  and  recent  ad- 
vances in  the  nuclear  engineering  field. 
Because  of  the  rapid  advances  in  the 
field,  information  on  special  topics  of 
much  practical  importance  is  continually 
becoming  available.  Since  the  content 
changes,  re-registration  may  be 
permitted. 

ENNU  655  Radiation  Engineering.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  An 
analvsis  of  such  radiation  applications  as 
synthesizing  chemicals,  preserving  foods, 
control  of  industrial  processes,  design  of 
irradiation  installations;  e.g.,  cobalt  60 
gamma  ray  sources,  electronuclear 
machine  arrangement,  and  chemonuclear 
reactors. 

ENNU  656  Radiation  Engineering.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  An 
analysis  of  such  radiation  applications  as 
synthesizing  chemicals,  preserving  foods, 
control  of  industrial  processes,  design  of 
irradiation  installations;  e.g.,  cobalt  60 
gamma  ray  sources,  electronuclear 
machine  arrangement,  and  chemonuclear 
reactors. 

ENNU  667  Radiation  Effects  Laboratory. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor. 
Effect  of  massive  doses  of  radiation  on 
the  properties  of  matter  for  purposes 
other  than  those  pointed  toward  nuclear 
power.  Radiation  processing,  Radiation- 


168  /  Graduate  Programs 


induced  chemical  reactions,  and  conver- 
sion of  radiation  energy;  isotope  power 
sources. 

ENNU  671  Nuclear  Reactor  Laboratory. 

(3)  Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  permission 
of  instructor.  The  University  of  Maryland 
swimming  pool  reactor  is  employed  in 
experiments  on  reactor  startup  and 
operation,  shielding,  control,  neutron  flux 
distributions,  neutron  and  gamma  spec- 
trum, cross  section  measurements. 

ENNU  672  Nuclear  Reactor  Laboratory. 

(3)  Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  permission 
of  instructor.  The  University  of  Maryland 
swimming  pool  reactor  is  employed  in 
experiments  on  reactor  startup  and 
operation,  shielding,  control,  neutron  flux 
distributions,  neutron  and  gamma  spec- 
trum, cross  section  measurements. 

ENNU  720  Neutral  Particle  Transport 
Theory.  (3)  First  semester.  Prerequisite, 
ENNU  630  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Transport  equations  for  neutrons  and 
gamma  rays.  Infinite  space  and  Milne 
problems.  Spherical  harmonic  and  varia- 
tional methods.  Special  methods  of  solv- 
ing transport  equations. 

ENNU  730  Radiation  Shielding  and 
Energy  Deposition.  (3)  First  semester. 
Prerequisite,  ENNU  630  or  permission  of 
instructor.  A  study  of  the  interactions  of 
nuclear  radiations  with  matter.  Includes 
electron,  gamma  and  neutron  attenua- 
tion, dose  calculations,  chemical 
changes,  heat  generation  and  removal  in 
shields. 

ENNU  740  Nuclear  Reactor  Dynamics.  (3) 
Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  ENNU 
640.  Principles  of  reactor  control  and 
operation.  Neutron  kinetics,  temperature 
and  coolant  flow  effects,  transfer  func- 
tion, stochastic  processes.  Stability 
analysis.  Accident  calculations.  Use  of 
analog  computer  or  simulation  and  prob- 
lem solving. 

ENNU  761  Nuclear  Fuel  and  Waste  Pro- 
cessing. (3)  First  semester,  three  lectures 
a  week.  Processing  of  nuclear  fuel  and 
treatment  of  nuclear  waste.  Includes: 
processing  of  uranium,  thorium,  and 
other  ores;  chemical  separation  of 
Plutonium,  uranium,  fission  products  and 
other  elements  from  materials  irradiated 
in  nuclear  reactors;  treatment  of  radioac- 
tive wastes;  isotopic  separation  of  U235; 
and  isotopic  separation  of  heavy  water 
and  other  materials. 

ENNU  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

ENNU  840  Nuclear  Reactor  Design.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ENNU  630  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. The  design  features  of  nuclear 
reactor  systems.  The  preliminary  design 
of  a  reactor  is  carried  out  by  the  student. 
Core  design  including  heat  transfer,  con- 
trol system,  safety  systems  and 
shielding.  Standard  computer  programs 
are  utilized  throughout. 

ENNU  860  Fast  Reactor  Engineering.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ENNU  630.  Engineering  and 


physics  problems  of  fast  reactors. 
Neutron  economy  and  breeding.  Trans- 
port theory  based  on  neutronic  core 
design.  Liquid  metal  and  gaseous 
coolant  heat  transfer.  Aspects  of  fast 
reactor  plant  design. 

ENNU  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research.  (1-8) 


Nutritional  Sciences 
Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Keeney 
(Chemistry) 

Professors:  Leffel,  Young  (Animal 
Science);  Goldsby,  Holmlund,  Keeney, 
Rollinson  (Chemistry);  Davis,  King, 
Mattick,  Vandersall,  Williams 
(Dairy  Science);  Ahrens,  Beaton, 
Prather  (Food,  Nutrition  &  Institu- 
tion Administration);  Thomas  (Poultry 
Science);  Hepner  (Pediatrics,  UMAB) 

Associate  Professors:  DeBarthe  (Animal 
Science);  Campagnoni,  Hansen, 
Lakshmanan,  Martin,  Sampugna 
(Chemistry);  Westhoff  (Dairy  Science); 
Cox,  Williams  (Food,  Nutrition  &  In- 
stitution Administration);  Soares 
(Poultry  Science) 

Assistant  Professors:  Kunkle,  McCall 
(Animal  Science);  Mather,  Vijay  (Dairy 
Science);  Poplai  (Food,  Nutrition  & 
Institution  Administration). 

The  Graduate  Program  in  Nutritional 
Sciences  offers  study  leading  to  the 
Master  of  Science  and  the  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  degrees.  It  is  an  inter- 
departmental program  involving 
faculty  in  the  Departments  of 
Animal  Science,  Dairy  Science, 
Chemistry,  Food,  Nutrition  &  Institu- 
tion Administration  and  Poultry 
Science  on  the  College  Park  Cam- 
pus, and  Pediatrics  at  the  University 
of  Maryland,  Baltimore  City  Campus. 

Students  interested  in  the  pro- 
gram should  contact  the  chairman 
of  the  program  for  information  on 
specific  requirements. 

Courses 

NUSC  402  Fundamentals  of  Nutrition.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  A  study  of  the 
fundamental  role  of  all  nutrients  in  the 
body,  including  their  digestion,  absorp- 
tion and  metabolism.  Dietary  re- 
quirements and  nutritional  deficiency 
syndromes  of  laboratory  and  farm 
animals  and  man  will  be  considered.  This 
course  will  be  for  both  graduate  and 
undergraduate  credit,  with  additional 
assignments  given  to  the  graduate 
students. 

NUSC  403  Applied  Animal  Nutrition.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period 
per  week.  Prerequisites,  MATH  110, 
NUSC  402  or  permission  of  instructor.  A 
critical  study  of  those  factors  which  in- 
fluence the  nutritional  requirements  of 
ruminants,  swine  and  poultry.  Practical 
feeding  methods  and  procedures  used  in 


formulation  of  economically  efficient  ra- 
tions will  be  presented. 

NUSC  415  Maternal,  Infant  and  Child 
Nutrition.  (2)  Two  lectures  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  course  in  basic  nutrition. 
Nutritional  needs  of  the  mother,  infant 
and  child  and  the  relation  of  nutrition  to 
physical  and  mental  growth. 

NUSC  425  International  Nutrition.  (2)  Two 

lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  course  in 
basic  nutrition.  Nutritional  status  of 
world  population  and  local,  national,  and 
international  programs  for  improvement. 

NUSC  435  History  of  Nutrition.  (2)  Two 

lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  course  in 
basic  nutrition.  A  study  of  the  develop- 
ment of  the  knowledge  of  nutrition  and 
its  interrelationship  with  social  and 
economic  development. 

NUSC  450  Advanced  Human  Nutrition.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one 
two-hour  laboratory.  Prerequisites  NUSC 
402  or  NUTR  300,  CHEM  461,  462  or  con- 
current registration  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. A  critical  study  of  the 
physiological  and  metabolic  influences 
on  nutrient  utilization,  particular  em- 
phasis on  current  problems  in  human 
nutrition. 

NUSC  460  Therapeutic  Human  Nutrition. 

(3)  Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  NUSC 
402  or  NUTR  300.  Two  lectures  and 
laboratory  period  per  week.  Modification 
of  normal  adequate  diet  to  meet  human 
nutritional  needs  in  pathological 
conditions. 

NUSC  463  Nutrition  Laboratory.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  ANSC/NUSC  401  or  concur- 
rent registration.  Six  hours  of  laboratory 
per  week.  Digestibility  studies  with  rumi- 
nant and  monogastric  animals,  proximate 
analysis  of  various  food  products,  and 
feeding  trials  demonstrating  classical 
nutritional  deficiencies  in  laboratory 
animals. 

NUSC  600  Recent  Progress  in  Human 
Nutrition.  (3)  First  semester.  Three  lec- 
tures per  week.  Recent  developments  in 
the  science  of  nutrition  with  emphasis 
on  interpretation  for  application  in  health 
and  disease. 

NUSC  601  Advanced  Ruminant  Nutrition. 

(2)  First  semester.  Two  1-hour  lectures 
and  one  2-hour  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  permission  of  department. 
Biochemical,  physiological  and  bacterio- 
logical aspects  of  the  nutrition  of 
ruminants  and  other  animals. 

NUSC  603  Mineral  Metabolism.  (3) 

Presentation  of  basic  nutritional  data  on 
mineral  metabolism  with  emphasis  on  in- 
teractions of  minerals.  Trace  elements 
will  be  given  special  attention.  The  role 
of  minerals  in  metabolic  regulation  is 
stressed.  Two  one-hour  lectures/one  two- 
hour  discussion  period. 

NUSC  604  Vitamin  Nutrition.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites, ANSC  401  and  CHEM  461.  Two 
one-hour  lectures  and  one  two-hour 
discussion  period  per  week.  Advanced 
study  of  the  fundamental  role  of  vitamins 


Graduate  Programs  /  169 


and  vitamin-like  cofactors  in  nutrition  in- 
cluding chemical  properties,  absorption, 
metabolism,  excretion  and  deficiency 
syndromes.  A  critical  study  of  the 
biochemical  basis  of  substances  and  of 
certain  laboratory  techniques. 

NUSC  610  Readings  in  Nutrition.  (1-3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisites.  NUSC 
402  or  NUTR  300,  CHEM  461  or  consent 
of  instructor.  One  lecture,  one  2-hour 
laboratory  per  week.  Basic  concepts  of 
animal  energetics  with  quantitative 
descriptions  of  energy  requirements  and 
utilization. 

NUSC  612  Energy  Nutrition.  (2)  Second 
semester.  Prerequisites,  NUSC  402  or 
450,  CHEM  461,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
One  lecture,  one  2-hour  laboratory  per 
week.  Basic  concepts  of  animal  ener- 
getics with  quantitative  descriptions  of 
energy  requirements  and  utilization. 

NUSC  614.  Proteins.  (2)  Second 
semester.  One  lecture  and  one  2-hour 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites,  NUSC 
402  or  NUTR  300,  and  CHEM  461  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Advanced  study  of  the 
roles  of  amino  acids  in  nutrition  and 
metabolism.  Protein  digestion,  absorp- 
tion, anabolism,  catabolism  and  amino 
acid  balance. 

NUSC  620  Nutrition  for  Community  Ser- 
vices. (3)  First  semester.  Three  lectures 
per  week.  Application  of  the  principles  of 
nutrition  to  community  problems  of 
specific  groups.  Students  may  select 
problems  for  independent  study. 

NUSC  663  Advanced  Nutrition 
Laboratory.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ANSC/NUSC 
401  and  either  CHEM  462  or  NUSC  670. 
One  hour  lecture  and  six  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Basic  instrumenta- 
tion and  techniques  desired  for  advanced 
nutritional  research.  The  effect  of  various 
nutritional  parameters  upon  intermediary 
metabolism,  enzyme  kinetics,  en- 
docrinology, and  nutrient  absorption  in 
laboratory  animals. 

NUSC  670  Intermediary  Metabolism  in 
Nutrition.  (3)  Second  semester.  Three  lec- 
tures per  week.  Prerequisites,  NUSC  402 
or  NUTR  300,  CHEM  461  or  462.  The  ma- 
jor routes  of  carbohydrate,  fat  and  pro- 
tein metabolism  with  particular  emphasis 
on  metabolic  shifts  and  their  detection 
and  significance  in  nutrition. 

NUSC  680  Human  Nutritional  Status.  (3) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  Methods 
of  appraisal  of  human  nutritional  status, 
to  include  dietary,  biochemical  and  an- 
thropometric technfques. 

NUSC  698  Seminar  in  Nutrition.  (1-3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  A  study  in 
depth  of  a  selected  phase  of  nutrition. 

NUSC  699  Problems  in  Nutrition  (1-4) 

NUSC  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6)  First  and  second  semesters.  Work 
assigned  in  proportion  to  amount  of 
credit.  Students  will  be  required  to  pur- 
sue original  research  in  some  phase  of 
nutrition,  carrying  the  same  to  comple- 


tion, and  reporting  the  results  in  the 
form  of  a  thesis. 

NUSC  898  Colloquium  in  Nutrition.  (1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Oral  reports 
on  special  topics  or  recently  published 
research  in  nutrition.  Distinguished 
scientists  are  invited  as  guest  lecturers. 
A  maximum  of  three  credits  allowed  for 
the  M.S. 

NUSC  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8)  First  and  second  semesters. 
Work  assigned  in  proportion  to  amount 
of  credit.  Students  will  be  required  to 
pursue  original  research  in  some  phase 
of  nutrition,  carrying  the  same  to  com- 
pletions, and  reporting  the  results  in  the 
form  of  a  dissertation. 


Philosophy  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Gorovitz 
Professors:  Pasch,  Perkins,  Schlaretzki, 

Shapere,  Svenonious 
Associate  Professors:  Brown,  Celarier, 

Johnson,  Lesher,  Martin,  Stich,  Suppe 
Assistant  Professors:  Ahern,  Darden, 

Hausman,  Levinson,  Odell.  Thomas 

The  Department  of  Philosophy  offers 
graduate  programs  leading  to  the 
M.A.  and  Ph.D.  degrees,  with  em- 
phasis on  contemporary  British  and 
American  philosophy  and  the  bear- 
ing of  philosophy  on  other  disci- 
plines. A  person  seeking  the  Ph.D. 
normally  enters  that  program  direct- 
ly, without  first  pursuing  the  M.A. 
program  (though  the  M.A.  may  be 
earned  on  the  way  to  the  Ph.D.). 
Whereas  the  Ph.D.  program  is 
suitable  primarily  for  persons  who 
wish  to  enter  a  career  of  teaching 
and  research  at  the  college  or 
university  level,  the  M.A.  program  is 
appropriate  for  persons  who  desire 
to  deepen  and  expand  the  knowl- 
edge they  gained  as  undergraduates 
or  to  develop  competence  in 
philosophy  for  the  sake  of  its  ap- 
plications in  some  other  profes- 
sional field. 

A  special,  interdisciplinary  cur- 
riculum in  the  history  and  phil- 
osophy of  science,  in  cooperation 
with  the  Department  of  History  and 
under  the  supervision  of  the  Com- 
mittee on  the  History  and  Phil- 
osophy of  Science,  is  also  offered, 
at  the  M.A.  and  Ph.D.  levels. 

The  Center  for  Philosophy  and 
Public  Policy,  operating  under  the 
auspices  of  the  Department  of 
Government  and  Politics  and  the 
Department  of  Philosophy,  engages 
in  research,  teaching,  and  cur- 
riculum development  in  the  ethical 
and  conceptual  issues  in'public 
policy  formation.  The  Center  offers 


graduate  students  opportunities  for 
course  work  and  research. 

The  Department  sponsors  a  series 
of  colloquia  by  visiting  and  local 
speakers  throughout  the  academic 
year. 


Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  Department  admits  to  the  Ph.D. 
program  only  students  intending  to 
undertake  full-time  study  toward  that 
degree. 

Students  seeking  admission  to 
the  Ph.D.  program  in  philosophy 
should  normally  have  completed, 
with  a  high  grade  average,  at  least 
eighteen  semester  hours  (or  the 
equivalent)  of  philosophy,  including 
one  course  in  logic,  two  courses  in 
the  history  of  philosophy,  and  two 
courses  from  among  the  following 
areas:  ethics,  epistemology,  and 
metaphysics.  The  Graduate  Record 
Examination  Aptitude  Test  (verbal 
and  quantitative  sections)  is  re- 
quired. Applications  must  be  sup- 
ported by  two  or  three  letters  of 
recommendation  from  previous  in- 
structors, at  least  one  of  whom  is 
familiar  with  the  applicant's  work  in 
philosophy.  The  applicant  is  required 
also  to  submit  a  sampie  of  his  writ- 
ten work  on  a  philosophical  topic. 
The  letters  and  paper,  as  well  as  the 
G.R.E.  test  scores,  should  be  sent 
directly  to  the  Department  of 
Philosophy. 

Students  may  be  admitted  to  the 
curriculum  in  the  history  and 
philosophy  of  science  with  fewer 
than  eighteen  hours  in  philosophy 
provided  that  this  is  compensated 
for  by  a  strong  background  in 
science.  For  details,  consult  the 
Chairperson,  Committee  on  the 
History  and  Philosophy  of  Science. 

Qualitative  criteria  for  M.A.  admis- 
sion are  substantially  less  stringent 
than  for  Ph.D.  admission,  but  the 
same  supporting  documents  must 
be  provided. 

The  M.A.  program  may  be  pur- 
sued through  either  of  two  options: 
with  thesis  or  without  thesis.  On 
either  option  candidates  demon- 
strate competence  in  symbolic  logic 
and  knowledge  of  modern  philos- 
ophy. There  are  no  specific  course 
requirements  beyond  the  Graduate 
School  requirements  applicable  to 
all  M.A.  degrees.  Foreign  language 
skills  are  required  insofar  as 
demanded  by  the  individual 
student's  research.  To  earn  the  M.A. 
without  thesis  a  student  must  pass 
a  written  comprehensive  examina- 
tion and  must  submit  a  collection  of 
v  :pers  demonstrating  competence 


170  /  Graduate  Programs 


in  philosophical  research  and 
writing. 

In  addition  to  satisfying  Graduate 
School  requirements  applicable  to 
all  Ph.D.  programs,  students  in  the 
regular  philosophy  program  are  re- 
quired to  demonstrate  competence 
by  examination  in  two  general  areas 
—ethics  and  social  and  political 
philosophy;  and  metaphysics, 
epistemology,  and  philosophy  of 
science— and  subsequently  to 
demonstrate  competence,  primarily 
by  the  writing  of  one  or  more 
papers,  in  some  specialized  area  of 
philosophy.  These  demonstrations 
must  be  achieved  within  six 
semesters,  during  which  time  the 
student  must  register  for  full-time 
study.  Other  special  requirements 
are:  qualification  in  symbolic  logic: 
fulfillment  of  certain  course  distribu- 
tion requirements;  participation  in  a 
departmental  teaching  seminar;  and 
presentation  of  a  research  paper  at 
a  departmental  colloquium.  All  Ph.D. 
students  are  required  also  to  gain 
two  semesters'  experience  in 
teaching  undergraduates  at  an  in- 
stitution of  higher  learning,  either  by 
way  of  the  Department's  teaching 
assistantship  program  or  some  other 
program  approved  by  the  Depart- 
ment's Director  of  Graduate  Studies. 

Foreign  language  skills  are  re- 
quired insofar  as  demanded  by  the 
individual  student's  research. 

An  accelerated  Ph.D.  program, 
having  somewhat  different  re- 
quirements, for  exceptionally  prom- 
ising and  well-prepared  students  per- 
mits early  concentration  on  the 
dissertation  subject. 

Philosophy  students  pursuing  the 
Ph.D.  curriculum  in  the  history  and 
philosophy  of  science  are  subject  to 
certain  special  requirements:  they 
demonstrate  competence  by  ex- 
imination,  plus  written  papers,  in  (a) 
the  history  of  science  and  the  con- 
temporaneous philosophies  of 
science,  and  (b)  the  philosophy  of 
science  and  related  metaphysical 
and  epistemological  problems.  The 
third  area  for  demonstration  of  com- 
petence is  either  a  field  of  science 
(for  students  not  possessing  an 
undergraduate  science  degree)  or  an 
area  of  philosophy.  Course  work 
must  include  courses  in  the  history 
of  science  and  technology,  the 
philosophy  of  science,  graduate-level 
courses  in  an  area  of  science,  a 
course  on  research  methods  in 
history  and  philosophy  of  science, 
and  either  Philosophy  471  or  478.  In 
addition  the  student  must  demon- 
strate reading  competency  in  a  foreign 
language,  normally  French  or  German. 


Financial  Assistance 

The  Department  administers  a 
number  of  graduate  assistantships. 
Well-prepared  entering  students 
have  a  good  chance  of  receiving 
some  financial  support  in  the  first 
year.  Beyond  the  first  year,  support 
for  a  reasonable  period  of  time  for 
students  in  good  standing  in  the 
Ph.D.  program  is  normal. 

Additional  Information 

Brochures  describing  the  regular 
M.A.  and  Ph.D.  programs  in 
philosophy  may  be  obtained  by 
writing  to  the  Committee  on 
Graduate  Admissions  and  Awards. 
Department  of  Philosophy.  Informa- 
tion concerning  the  curriculum  in 
the  history  and  philosophy  of 
science  may  be  obtained  from  the 
Chairperson,  Committee  on  the 
History  and  Philosophy  of  Science. 

Courses 

PHIL  408  Topics  in  Contemporary 
Philosophy.  (3)  Prerequisite.  PHIL  320.  An 
intensive  examination  of  contemporary 
problems  and  issues.  Source  material 
will  be  selected  from  recent  books  and 
articles.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  when 
the  topics  dealt  with  are  different. 

PHIL  412  The  Philosophy  of  Plato.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  Phil  310  and  320.  A  critical 
study  of  selected  dialogues. 

PHIL  414  The  Philosophy  of  Aristotle.  (3) 

Prerequisites.  Phil  310  and  320.  A  critical 
study  of  selected  portions  of  Aristotle's 
writings. 

PHIL  416  Medieval  Philosophy.  (3)  Preq- 
uisites,  PHIL  310  or  320.  A  history  of 
philosophic  thought  in  the  west  from  the 
close  of  the  classical  period  to  the 
Renaissance.  Based  on  readings  of  the 
stoics,  early  Christian  writers, 
neoplatonists,  later  Christian  writers,  and 
schoolmen. 

PHIL  421  The  Continental  Rationalists. 

(3)  Prerequisites.  PHIL  310  and  320.  A 
critical  study  of  the  systems  of  some  of 
the  major  17th  and  18th  century  ra- 
tionalists, with  special  reference  to 
Descartes,  Spinoza,  and  Leibniz. 

PHIL  422  The  British    Empiricists.  (3) 

Prerequisites.  PHIL  310  and  320.  A 
critical  study  of  selected  writings  of 
Locke.  Berkeley,  and  Hume. 

PHIL  423  The  Philosophy  of  Kant.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  PHIL  310  and  320.  A 
critical  study  of  selected  portions  of 
Kant's  writing. 

PHIL  428  Topics  in  the  History  of 
Philosophy.  (3)  Prerequisites.  PHIL  310 
and  320,  or  consent  of  instructor.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit  when  the  topics  dealt 
with  are  different. 

PHIL  438  Topics  in  Philosophical 
Theology.  (3)  Prerequisite,  PHIL  236  or 
consent  of  instructor.  An  examination  of 
a  basic  issue  discused  in  theological 


writings,  with  readings  drawn  from  both 
classical  and  contemporary  theologians 
and  philosophers.  May  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits  when  the  topics 
are  different. 

PHIL  440  Ethical  Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
PHIL  140.  Contemporary  problems  having 
to  do  with  the  meaning  of  the  principal 
concepts  of  ethics  and  with  the  nature 
of  moral  reasoning. 

PHIL  445  Political  and  Social  Philosophy 
II.  (3)  Prerequisite.  PHIL  140  or  345.  A 
systematic  treatment  of  the  main 
philosophical  issues  encountered  in  the 
analysis  and  evaluation  of  social 
(especially  political)  institutions. 

PHIL  447  Philosophy  of  Law.  (3)    Prereq- 
uisite, one  course  in  Philosophy.  Ex- 
amination of  fundamentsl  concepts 
related  to  law.  e.g..  legal  system,  law  and 
morality,  justice,  legal  reasoning, 
responsibility. 

PHIL  450  Scientific  Thought  I.  (3)  The 

development  of  science,  its  philosophical 
interpretations  and  implications,  and 
views  of  its  methods,  from  the  ancients 
through  Newton  and  Leibniz. 

PHIL  451  Scientific  Thought  II.  (3)  The 

development  of  science,  its  philosophical 
interpretations  and  implications,  and 
views  of  its  methods,  from  the  death  of 
Newton  to  the  early  twentieth  century. 

PHIL  452  Philosophy  of  Physics.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  PHYS  142.  263,  or  294,  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Investigation  of 
the  implications  of  20th-century  physics 
for  such  problems  as  operationalism.  the 
structure  and  purposes  of  scientific 
theories,  the  meaning  of  'probability',  the 
basis  of  geometrical  knowledge,  the 
Copenhagen  interpretation  of  quantum 
mechanics,  the  nature  and  limits  of 
measurement.  Interaction  between 
Physics  and  Philosophy  will  be  stressed 
throughout. 

PHIL  453  Philosophy  of  Science  II.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  PHIL  250  or  an  upper- 
division  course  in  Philosophy  or  a  major 
in  Science  or  permission  of  the  instruc- 
tor. A  comprehensive  survey  of  develop- 
ments in  the  main  problems  of  philos- 
ophy of  science  from  logical  positivism 
to  the  present.  The  nature  of  theories, 
models,  laws  and  counterfactuals,  test- 
ing, inductive  logic  and  confirmation 
theory,  experimental  methodology, 
measurement,  explanation,  concept  for- 
mation, scientific  change,  and  scientific 
realism. 

PHIL  455  Philosophy  of  the  Social 
Sciences.  (3)  Prerequisites.  PHIL  250  or 
six  hours  in  a  social  science  or  consent 
of  the  instructor.  A  consideration  of 
philosophical  issues  arising  in  the  social 
sciences,  with  particular  emphasis  on 
issues  of  practical  methodological  con- 
cern to  social  scientists. 

PHIL  456  Philosophy  of  Biology.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  PHIL  250  or  permission  of 
the  instructor.  Questions  about  con- 
cepts, reasoning,  explanation,  etc..  in 
biology,  and  their  relations  to  those  of 


Graduate  Programs  /  171 


other  areas  of  science.  Case  studies  of 
selected  aspects  of  the  history  of 
biology,  especially  in  the  twentieth 
century. 

PHIL  457  Philosophy  of  History.  (3)  An 

examination  of  the  nature  of  historical 
knowledge  and  historical  explanation, 
and  of  theories  of  the  meaning  of  world 
history. 

PHIL  458  Topics  in  the  Philosophy  oJ 
Science.  (3)  Prerequisite,  PHIL  250  or 
consent  of  the  instructor;  when  the  topic 
for  a  given  semester  demands,  additional 
Philosophical  or  Scientific  prerequisites 
may  be  required  by  the  instructor.  A 
detailed  examination  of  a  particular  topic 
or  problem  in  philosophy  of  science. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits 
when  the  content  is  different. 

PHIL  461  Theory  of  Meaning.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites, PHIL  170  or  371,  and  320.  A 
study  of  theories  about  the  meaning  of 
linguistic  expressions,  including  the 
verification  theory  and  the  theory  of 
meaning  as  use.  Among  topics  to  be 
considered  are  naming,  referring, 
synonymy,  intension  and  extension,  and 
ontological  commitment.  Such  writers  as 
Mill.  Frege,  Russell,  Lewis.  Carnap,  Witt- 
genstein, Austin,  and  Quine  will  be 
discussed. 

PHIL  462  Theory  of  Knowledge.  (3) 
Prerequisites,  PHIL  310  and  320.  PHIL 
371  is  recommended.  The  origin,  nature, 
and  validity  of  knowledge  considered  in 
terms  of  some  philosophic  problems 
about  perceiving  and  thinking,  knowledge 
and  belief,  and  language,  truth  and 
confirmation. 

PHIL  464  Metaphysics.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
PHIL  310  and  320.  PHIL  371  is  recom- 
mended. A  study  of  some  central 
metaphysical  concepts  (such  as 
substance,  relation,  causality,  and  time) 
and  of  the  nature  of  metaphysical 
thinking. 

PHIL  466  Philosophy  of  Mind.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, PHIL  320.  An  inquiry  into  the 
nature  of  mind  through  the  analysis  of 
such  concepts  as  consciousness, 
perception,  understanding,  imagination, 
emotion,  intention,  and  action. 

PHIL  471  Symbolic  Logic  II.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, PHIL  371  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Axiomatic  development  of  the  preposi- 
tional calculus  and  the  first-order  func- 
tional calculus,  including  the  deduction 
theorem,  independence  of  axioms,  con- 
sistency, and  completeness. 

PHIL  474  Induction  and  Probability.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  A 
study  of  inferential  forms,  with  emphasis 
on  the  logical  structure  underlying  such 
inductive  procedures  as  estimating  and 
hypothesis-testing.  Decision-theoretic 
rules  relating  to  induction  will  be  con- 
sidered, as  well  as  classic  theories  of 
probability  and  induction. 

PHIL  478  Topics  in  Symbolic  Logic  (3) 

Prerequisite.  PHIL  471.  May  be  repeated 
for  credit  when  the  topics  dealt  with  are 
different. 


PHIL  498  Topical  Investigations.  (1-3) 

PHIL  688  Selected  Problems  in 
Philosophy.  (1-3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor. 

PHIL  788  Research  in  Philosophy.  (1-6) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  chairman  of 
tutorial-advisory  committee.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

PHIL  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

PHIL  808  Seminar  in  the  Problems  of 
Philosophy.  (3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor. 

PHIL  828  Seminar  in  the  History  of 
Philosophy.  (3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor. 

PHIL  838  Seminar  in  Esthetics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 

PHIL  848  Seminar  in  Ethics.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, consent  of  instructor. 

PHIL  868  Seminar  in  Metaphysics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 

PHIL  869  Seminar  in  the  Theory  of 
Knowledge  (3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor. 

PHIL  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research. 
(1-8) 


Physical  Education 
Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Husman 
Professors:  Clarke,  Eyler,  Humphrey, 

Ingram,  Kelley,  Kramer,  Steel 
Associate  Professors:  Church,  Dotson, 

Hult,  Santa  Maria 
Assistant  Professors:  Arrighi,  Craft', 

Dainis.  Morris,  Schmidt,  Tyler, 

Vaccaro',  VanderVelden,  Wrenn 
'Joint  appointment  with  Secondary 
Education 

The  graduate  student  majoring  in 
Physical  Education  may  pursue  the 
degrees  of  Master  of  Arts  or  Doctor 
of  Philosophy.  The  two  major  objec- 
tives of  these  programs  are:  (1)  to 
study  the  discipline  of  physical 
education  by  examining  the  effects 
of  physical  activity  on  individuals 
from  a  physiological,  kinesiologica!, 
psychological,  social  and  historical 
point  of  view;  and  (2)  to  acquaint  the 
student  with  curricular  aspects  of 
physical  education,  to  improve  the 
quality  of  teaching,  and  to  offer  the 
student  ways  of  improving  the  ad- 
ministration and  supervision  of  pro- 
grams in  schools  and  colleges. 

The  graduate  program  is  organ- 
ized into  three  divisions,  offering 
major  emphasis  as  follows:  (1)  Divi- 
sion of  Sport  Studies,  including 
history  of  sport,  psychology  of 
sport,  and  sociology  of  sport;  (2) 
Division  of  Biophysical  Studies  with 


specialties  in  physiology  of  exercise, 
motor  learning  and  biomechanics; 
and  (3)  Division  of  Curricular 
Studies,  with  emphasis  on 
curriculum-supervision-administra- 
tion, teacher  eaucation,  and  adapted 
programs. 

Admission  and  Degree  information 
The  basic  minimum  guidelines  for 
admission  to  the  M.A.  program  in 
Physical  Education  is  a  B  average  or 
a  3.0  average  for  the  last  two  years 
of  undergraduate  study,  both  in  the 
major  and  related  subject  fields. 
Students  not  quite  meeting  these 
qualifications  may  be  admitted  pro- 
visionally. At  least  16  semester 
credit  hours  in  Physical  Education 
must  have  been  completed  prior  to 
admission  into  the  Program.  Under- 
graduate prerequisites  for  advanced 
study  in  Physical  Education  normal- 
ly include  history  of  physical  educa- 
tion, physiology  of  exercise, 
kinesiology,  adapted  physical  educa- 
tion, measurement  and  evaluation, 
and  motor  learning.  Students  with- 
out these  necessary  courses  may 
register  as  special  students  or  be 
admitted  provisionally  with  limited 
course  deficiencies. 

Admission  to  the  Ph.D.  program 
is  secured  upon  the  basis  of 
satisfactory  preparation  for  ad- 
vanced graduate  work  and  demon- 
strated potential  for  scholarly 
achievement.  A  B+  graduate  point 
average  (3.5  on  a  4.0  point  scale)  in 
previously  taken  graduate  work,  with 
at  least  a  3.0  overall  average  in  the 
final  two  years  of  undergraduate 
study,  is  the  scholastic  standard  for 
admission.  In  those  cases  where 
special  qualifications  are  apparent 
from  letters  of  recommendation  and 
documentations  of  special  back- 
grounds, but  where  the  scholastic 
standards  stated  above  are  not  met 
in  their  entirety,  a  student  may  be 
admitted  on  a  provisional  basis. 
Students  on  provisional  status  will 
have  their  work  carefully  reviewed 
by  a  graduate  review  committee 
usually  within  the  first  year  for  fur- 
ther classification. 

The  requirements  for  the  M.A.  in 
Physical  Education  are  a  minimum 
of  24  semester  hours,  exclusive  of 
thesis.  Six  are  required  in  the  PHED 
specialty,  with  six  additional  PHED 
hours  required.  In  addition,  the 
following  courses  are  required  of  all 
M.A.  students  majoring  in  physical 
education:  PHED  610:  Methods  and 
Techniques  of  Research  (3  semester 
hours);  PHED  496:  Quantitative 
Methods  (3  semester  hours).  The  re- 
maining six  hours  are  to  be  taken 
outside  the  major  department,  in 


172  /  Graduate  Programs 


related  courses  intended  to  supple- 
ment and  support  the  major  work. 
The  student  is  also  required  to 
register  for  six  semester  hours  of 
thesis  credits  (PHED  799).  Thus  the 
total  number  of  credit  hours  re- 
quired for  the  degree  is  30.  Two 
years  of  full-time  graduate  study  are 
usually  required  for  completion  of 
the  Master's  degree.  All  students 
are  required  to  take  a  preliminary  ex- 
amination, the  Graduate  Diagnostic 
Examination,  during  the  first  regular 
semester  or  summer  session  of  a 
student's  enrollment.  The  doctoral 
student  is  required  to  take  this  ex- 
amination only  when  entering  the 
program  without  a  master's  degree 
with  a  major  in  physical  education. 
This  examination  includes  six  sec- 
tions: tests  and  measurement, 
kinesiology,  physiology  of  exercise, 
adapted  physical  education,  psy- 
chology of  learning  and  history  of 
physica'  education.  Competency 
must  be  attained  in  each  of  these 
areas  by  course  work,  independent 
study  or  reexamination. 

The  requirements  for  the  Ph.D. 
degree  consist  of  course  work  in  the 
following  areas:  (I)  a  minimum  of  12 
hours  in  the  area  of  specialization. 
(2)  a  minimum  of  6  hours  related  to 
the  candidate's  area  of  research  in- 
terest, and  (3)  a  minimum  of  15 
hours  in  a  related  studies  area 
selected  from  outside  the  Depart- 
ment. In  some  instances  more 
credits  may  be  required  for  comple- 
tion of  this  requirement  which  must 
consist  of  subject  matter  essential 
to  support  the  dissertation  topic. 
Courses  completed  may  be  taken 
within  a  single  department  or  from 
several  departments. 

Students  within  all  divisions  of 
the  Department  must  demonstrate 
competency  in  research.  Commen- 
surate with  this  competency  is  a 
basic  understanding  of  the  scientific 
method  including  the  ability  to  apply 
logic  and  objectivity  to  the  under- 
standing of  phenomena  and  the 
ability  to  formulate  and  test  relevant 
hypotheses.  Normally,  competency 
in  the  scientific  method  includes 
demonstrating  an  understanding  of 
(1)  the  research  processes  in 
physical  education:  (2)  the  quan- 
titative methods  of  analysis 
employed  in  physical  education 
research:  and  (3)  the  principles 
underlying  the  statistical  aspects  of 
experimental  and  non-experimental 
designs  employed  in  physical  educa- 
tion research. 

Twelve  hours  is  the  minimum  and 
eighteen  the  maximum  allotted  for 
the  Ph.D.  dissertation. 


No  foreign  language  is  formally 
required  for  the  Ph.D.  degree, 
although  in  certain  situations  it  may 
be  required  by  the  advisor  of 
students  who  are  doing  extensive 
reading  in  German,  Spanish.  French, 
Russian  or  some  other  language. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 
The  Department  maintains  a  modern 
research  laboratory  for  physical 
education,  including,  but  not  limited 
to.  cinematographic  analysis,  car- 
diovascular measurement,  strength 
and  other  motor  fitness  assess- 
ments, analysis  of  motion,  and 
motor  learning  research.  In  addition, 
the  completion  of  the  new  Physical 
Education.  Recreation  and  Health 
building  complex  in  1978  offers  the 
graduate  student  access  to  research 
facilities  including  a  minicomputer 
based  data  acquisition  system  for 
real-time  laboratory  application 
which  interfaces  with  the  University 
Computer  Science  Center. 

Financial  Assistance 

Each  year  a  number  of  graduate 
assistantships  are  offered  to  men 
and  women.  Specific  responsibilities 
include  teaching  in  the  activity  pro- 
gram or  assisting  in  the  research 
laboratory. 

Additional  Information 

For  further  information  and  applica- 
tion, contact  David  H.  Clarke.  Direc- 
tor of  Graduate  Studies.  Department 
of  Physical  Education.  University  of 
Maryland. 

Courses 

Physical  Education.  Recreation,  and 
Health 

PERH  487  Adult  Health  and  Developmen- 
tal Program.  (3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor.  Training  and  experience  in  a 
clinically  oriented  development  program 
for  the  aged. 

PERH  488  Children's  Physical 
Developmental  Clinic.  (1-4)  Prerequisite, 
consent  of  instructor.  An  opportunity  to 
acquire  training  and  experience  in  a 
therapeutically  oriented  physical 
education-recreation  program  for  children 
referred  by  various  education,  special 
education,  medical  or  psychiatric  groups. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  4  credits. 

PERH  689  Selected  Problems  in  Health, 
Physical  Education  and  Recreation.  (1-6) 
Research  projects  in  special  areas  in 
health,  physical  education  and/or  recrea- 
tion which  have  interdisciplinary  implica- 
tions not  covered  in  structured  courses. 

Physical  Education 

PHED  400  Kinesiology.  (4)  Three  lectures 
and  two  laboratory  hours  a  week.  Prere- 
quisites. ZOOL  101.  201.  and  202  or  the 
equivalent.  The  study  of  human  move- 


ment and  the  physical  and  physiological 
principles  upon  which  it  depends.  Body 
mechanics,  posture,  motor  efficiency, 
sports,  the  performance  of  atypical  in- 
dividuals, and  the  influence  of  growth 
and  development  upon  motor  perfor- 
mance are  studied. 

PHED  401  Kinesiology  for  Dance.  (3) 

Mechanical  and  anatomical  components 
of  human  movement.  Integration  of  the 
scientific  knowledge  necessary  to  the 
dancer  with  the  artistic  aspects  of 
dance.  Practical  experience  in  the  ap- 
plication of  kinesiological  principles  to 
dance  and  dance  education.  May  not  be 
taken  for  credit  by  students  who  have 
credit  in  PHED  400. 

PHED  406  Perceptual-Motor  Development 
in  the  Young  Child.  (3)  Analysis  of 
perceptual-motor  components,  their  pro- 
gression, interrelationships,  developmen- 
tal activities  and  evaluation.  Study  of  the 
growth  and  other  factors  that  influence 
perceptual-motor  development  in  the 
young  child. 

PHED  420  Physical  Education  for  the 
Elementary  School.  (3)  Orientation  of  the 
general  elementary  teacher  to  physical 
education.  Principles  and  practices  in 
elementary  physical  education  are 
discussed  and  a  variety  of  appropriate 
activities  are  considered. 

PHED  421  Elementary  School  Physical 
Education  —  A  Movement  Approach.  (3) 

Prerequisites.  PHED  183  and  184.  An 
analysis  of  movement  philosophy  and 
content,  focusing  upon  cognitive, 
psychomotor  and  affective  developmen- 
tal characteristics  in  relation  to  progres- 
sion and  planning  of  games,  educational 
dance  and  educational  gymnastics  for 
elementary  school  age  children. 

PHED  450  The  Psychology  of  Sports.  (3) 

Three  hours  a  week.  An  exploration  of 
the  personality  factors,  including,  but  not 
limited  to  motivation,  aggression  and 
emotion,  as  they  affect  sports  participa- 
tion and  motor  skill  performance. 

PHED  451  Sport  and  the  American 
Woman.  (3)  The  expanding  perception  of 
the  woman's  role  in  American  society; 
etiology  of  sex  differences;  socialization 
of  sex  roles  in  America;  development  of 
masculinity'  and  femininity'  in  children 
through  early  play  experiences;  competi- 
tion and  women;  personality  of  the 
female  athlete:  and  personal  motivations 
of  female  athletes  and  projected  future 
for  sport  and  the  American. 

PHED  455  Physical  Fitness  of  the  In- 
dividual. (3)  A  study  of  the  major  physical 
fitness  problems  confronting  the  adult 
modern  society.  Consideration  is  given 
to  the  scientific  appraisal,  development, 
and  maintenance  of  fitness  at  all  age 
levels.  Such  problems  as  obesity,  weight 
reduction,  chronic  fatigue,  posture,  and 
special  exercise  programs  are  explored. 
Open  to  persons  outside  the  profession 
of  physical  education. 

PHED  460  Physiology  of  Exercise.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  hours  a 


Graduate  Programs  /  173 


week.  Prerequisites,  ZOOL  101,  201  and 
202;  PHED  400  or  equivalent.  A  study  of 
the  physiology  of  exercise,  including 
concepts  of  work,  muscular  contraction, 
energy  transformation,  metabolism,  ox- 
ygen debt,  and  nutrition  and  athletic  per- 
formance. Emphasis  is  placed  on  car- 
diovascular and  respiratory  function  in 
relation  to  physical  activity  and  training. 

PHED  461  Exercise  and  Body  Composi- 
tion. (3)  Prerequisites,  CHEM  104,  ZOOL 
201,  and  ZOOL  202;  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Physiological  concepts  relating 
body  composition  factors  to  exercise 
and  human  performance.  The  scientific 
basis  for  the  establishment  and  evalua- 
tion of  conditioning  programs  where 
body  composition  may  play  an  important 
role,  such  as  weight  control  and 
athletics. 

PHED  470  Seminar  for  Student  Teachers 

(2)  A  seminar  held  concurrently  with  stu- 
dent teaching  in  physical  education.  An 
intensive  examination  of  current  prob- 
lems and  issues  in  teaching  physical 
education. 

PHED  480  Measurement  in  Physical 
Education.  (3)  Two  lectures  and  two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
MATH  105  or  110.  A  study  of  the  prin- 
ciples and  techniques  of  educational 
measurement  as  applied  to  teaching  of 
physical  education;  study  of  the  func- 
tions and  techniques  of  measurement  in 
the  evaluation  of  student  progress 
toward  the  objectives  of  physical  educa- 
tion and  in  the  evaluation  of  the  effec- 
tiveness of  teaching. 

PHED  485  Motor  Learning  and  Skilled 
Performance.  (3)  Prerequisites,  PHED  480 
and  PSYC  100.  A  study  of  the  research 
dealing  with  motor  learning  and  motor 
performance.  Major  topics  discussed  are 
scientific  methodology,  individual  dif- 
ferences, specificity,  proprioceptive  con- 
trol of  movement,  motivation,  timing, 
transfer,  and  retention. 

PHED  487  Physical  Education  and  Sport 
in  Contemporary  Cultures  (3)  Three  lec- 
tures a  week.  Prerequisite,  SOCY  100  or 
equivalent.  A  study  of  the  cultural  impact 
of  physical  education  activities  in  the 
United  States  and  selected  countries.  In- 
dividual research  on  selected  topics  is 
required. 

PHED  489  Field  Laboratory  Projects  and 
Workshop.  (1-6)  Workshops  and  research 
projects  in  special  areas  of  knowledge 
not  covered  by  regularly  structured 
courses.  Note:  the  maximum  total 
number  of  credits  that  may  be  earned 
toward  any  degree  in  physical  education 
is  six. 

PHED  490  Organization  and  Administra- 
tion of  Physical  Education.  (3)  The 

application  of  the  principles  of  ad- 
ministration and  supervision  to  physical 
education  and  intramurals.  Students  are 
normally  enrolled  during  the  student 
teaching  semester. 

PHED  491  The  Curriculum  in  Elementary 
School  Physical  Education.  (3)  Tech- 


niques planning  and  construction  are 
considered  from  a  standpoint  of  valid 
criteria  for  the  selection  of  content  in 
elementary  school  physical  education. 
Desirable  features  of  cooperative  cur- 
riculum planning  in  providing  for  learning 
experiences  will  be  presented  and 
discussed. 

PHED  493  History  and  Philosophy  of 
Sport  and  Physical  Education.  (3)  History 
and  philosophical  implications  of  sport 
and  physical  education  through  ancient, 
medieval,  and  contemporary  periods  in 
western  civilization. 

PHED  495  Organization  and  Administra- 
tion of  Elementary  School  Physical 
Education.  (3)  Prerequisite,  PHED  420. 
Studies  the  procedures  basic  to  satisfac- 
tory organization  of  all  phases  of  the 
elementary  school  physical  education 
program.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
organizational  and  administrative  factors 
necessary  for  the  successful  operation 
of  the  program  in  various  types  of 
elementary  schools. 

PHED  496  Quantitative  Methods.  (3) 

Statistical  techniques  most  frequently 
used  in  research  pertaining  to  physical 
education.  Effort  is  made  to  provide  the 
student  with  the  necessary  skills,  and  to 
acquaint  him  with  the  interpretations  and 
applications  of  these  techniques. 

PHED  497  Independent  Studies  Seminar. 

(3)  Discussions  of  contemporary  issues 
vital  to  the  discipline,  critiques  of 
research  in  the  student's  area/areas  of 
special  interest,  completion  of  a  major 
project  where  the  student  will  be  asked 
to  demonstrate  the  ability  to  carry  out  in- 
vestigative processes  in  problem  solving 
and  critical  writing  under  faculty 
direction. 

PHED  600  Seminar  in  Physical  Educa- 
tion. (1) 

PHED  602  Status  and  Trends  in  Elemen- 
tary School  Physical  Education  (3) 

Analyzes  the  current  status  and  implica- 
tions for  future  trends  in  physical  educa- 
tion at  the  elementary  school  level.  Open 
to  experienced  persons  in  all  phases  of 
education. 

PHED  604  Physical  Education  and  the 
Development  of  the  Child.  (3)  Analyzes 
the  place  of  physical  education  in 
meeting  the  growth  and  developmental 
needs  of  children  of  elementary  school 
age. 

PHED  606  Perceptual  Motor  Develop- 
ment Through  Movement.  (3)  A  study  of 
the  development  of  perceptual-motor 
skills  through  directed  physical  activities. 
An  investigation  of  the  growth  and 
development  of  perceptual  motor  pro- 
grams. Analysis  of  common  factors  and 
differences  between  selected  programs 
and  philosophies.  Evaluation  in 
perceptual-motor  development. 

PHED  610  Methods  and  Techniques  of 
Research.  (3)  Studies  methods  and 
techniques  of  research  used  in  physical 
education;  an  analysis  of  examples  of 
their  use;  and  practice  in  their  applica- 


tion to  problems  of  interest  to  the 
student. 

PHED  612  Research  Literature.  (3) 

Studies  the  research  literature  of 
physical  education,  plus  research  in  one 
specific  problem. 

PHED  615  Principles  and  Techniques  of 
Evaluation.  (3)  Prerequisite,  and  introduc- 
tory course  in  measurement  or  permis- 
sion of  the  instructor.  A  study  of  current- 
ly used  means  of  evaluating  the  perform- 
ance of  students  and  the  effectiveness 
of  programs  of  physical  education  in 
schools  and  colleges.  Specific  problems 
concerning  evaluation,  brought  in  by 
members  of  the  class,  will  be  analyzed. 

PHED  620  Analysis  of  Contemporary 
Athletics.  (3)  Studies  current  problems, 
practices,  and  national  issues  of  perma- 
nent importance  to  the  conduct  of 
athletic  competition  in  a  democracy. 

PHED  630  Sociology  of  Sport  in  Contem- 
porary Perspective.  (3)  Studies  social 
organization  and  the  role  of  individuals 
and  groups  in  sport  situations;  the  inter- 
relationship of  sport  with  traditional 
social  institutions;  sport  as  a  sub-system 
and  its  structure;  and  sport  and  social 
problems. 

PHED  640  Supervisory  Techniques  in 
Physical  Education.  (3)  Studies  current 
concepts,  principles  and  techniques  of 
supervision  and  of  their  application; 
observation  of  available  supervising  pro- 
grams, including  visits  with  local  super- 
visors; and  practice  in  the  use  of 
selected  techniques. 

PHED  642  Administrative  Direction  of 
Physical  Education.  (3)  Analyzes  ad- 
ministrative problems  in  the  light  of 
sound  educational  practice.  Students 
concentrate  their  efforts  upon  their  own 
on-the-job  administrative  problems  and 
contribute  to  the  solution  of  other  class 
members'  problems. 

PHED  644  Curriculum  Construction  in 
Physical  Education.  (3)  Studies  the  prin- 
ciples underlying  curriculum  construction 
in  physical  education  and  practical  ap- 
plications of  these  principles  to  the  con- 
struction of  a  curriculum. 

PHED  650  Mental  and  Emotional  Aspects 
of  Sports  and  Recreation.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites, Psychology  and/or  Human 
Development.  An  exploration  of 
psychological  aspects  of  physical  educa- 
tion, sports  and  recreation,  including  per- 
sonality dynamics  in  relation  to  exercise 
and  sports.  A  study  is  made  of  the 
psychological  factors  in  athletic  perform- 
ance and  coaching. 

PHED  660  Philosophy  of  Physical  Educa- 
tion. (3)  Studies  five  important 
philosophical  disciplines  and  their  im- 
pact on  modern  physical  education  and 
sport;  and  an  exploration  of  the  valid 
philosophical  approaches  and  processes 
to  formulation  of  a  personal  philosophy 
of  physical  education. 

PHED  661  Philosophy  of  Sport.  (3)  An  ex- 
amination of  the  meaning  and 


174  /  Graduate  Programs 


significance  of  the  phenomena  of  sport. 
The  influence  of  the  major  philosophical 
points  of  view  as  related  to  modern 
physical  activity  and  sport  in  the 
America  society.  An  exploration  of  the 
valid  philosophical  approaches  and  pro- 
cesses to  the  formulation  of  a  philo- 
sophy of  sport.  Exploration  and  inquiry 
into  the  interpretations  of  facts,  mean- 
ings, and  values  in  sport. 

PHED  662  History  of  Sports  in  Western 
Culture.  (3)  Prerequisites.  PHED  493  or 
equivalent  and  12  hours  in  upper  division 
level  courses  involving  western  culture.  A 
history  of  sport  of  the  early  and  medieval 
periods. 

PHED  663  History  of  Sport  in  Western 
Culture.  (3)  Prerequisites.  PHED  493  or 
equivalent  and  12  hours  in  upper  division 
level  courses  involving  western  culture.  A 
history  of  sport  of  the  Renaissance  and 
modern  periods. 

PHED  670  Biomechanics  Theory.  (3) 
Prerequisites.  MATH  141  or  221  or 
equivalent.  Theoretical  basis  for  the 
understanding  of  the  investigation  of 
biomechanical  aspects  of  the  human 
body.  Integration  of  subject  matter  from 
physics,  engineering,  anatomy, 
kinesiology,  and  physiology  as  it  relates 
to  the  study  of  human  motion  and  the 
body  as  a  mechanical  system. 

PHED  680  Therapeutic  Exercise.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  PHED  460  or  permission  of 
instructor.  A  current,  critical  analysis  of 
the  role  of  exercise  as  a  therapeutic 
modality  in  treating  muscular-skeletal, 
neuromuscular  and  sensory  disorders; 
nutritional  disorders  and  obesity:  emo- 
tional and  stress  related  disturbances; 
and  degenerative  disease  and  aging. 

PHED  685  Advanced  Motor  Learning.  (3) 
Prerequisite.  PHED  485  or  equivalent.  A 
research  oriented  approach  to  motor 
learning,  including  instrumentation  and 
laboratory  experimental  techniques  in 
motor  learning  research.  Major  topics 
covered  are  motor  learning  theories,  in- 
formation processing,  motor  memory, 
proprioceptive  control  of  movement,  and 
feedback. 

PHED  688  Seminar  in  Motor  Learning 
and  Performance.  (3)  Prerequisites.  PHED 
485  and  496.  Discussion  of  research 
dealing  with  advanced  topics  in  motor 
learning  and  skilled  performance.  Recent 
developments  concerning  individual  dif- 
ferences, refractoriness,  anticipation  and 
timing,  transfer,  retention,  and  work  in- 
hibition are  emphasized.  May  be  re- 
peated for  a  total  of  6  hours. 

PHED  689  Special  Problems  in  Physical 
Education.  (1-6)  Master  or  doctoral  can- 
didates who  desire  to  pursue  special 
research  problems  under  the  direction  of 
their  advisor  may  register  for  1-6  hours 
of  credit  under  this  number. 

PHED  690  Scientific  Bases  of  Exercise. 
(3)  Prerequisites.  Anatomy.  Physiology. 
PHED  400.  460  or  equivalent.  A  critical 
analysis  of  the  role  of  physical  exercise 
in  modern  society  with  attention  given  to 


such  topics  as:  the  need  for  physical  ex- 
ercise, its  chronic  effects,  the  role  of  ex- 
ercise in  attaining  good  physical  condi- 
tion and  fitness,  factor  determining 
championship  performances,  and 
physical  fatigue. 

PHED  691  Muscular  Aspects  of  Exercise 
Physiology.  (3)  Prerequisite.  PHED  460  or 
equivalent.  Muscular  aspects  of  exercise 
physiology,  including  sensory  and 
mechanical  factors  controlling  contrac- 
tion. Emphasis  on  the  study  of  muscular 
fatigue,  strength  development  and  hyper- 
trophy, the  metabolic  and  nutritional  fac- 
tors affecting  physical  performance,  and 
the  cellular  events  associated  with  exer- 
cise and  training. 

PHED  692  Cardiovascular  Aspects  of  Ex- 
ercise Physiology.  (3)  Prerequisite.  PHED 
460  or  equivalent.  A  comprehensive  con- 
sideration of  the  various  cardiovascular 
factors  affecting  human  physical 
performance.  Emphasis  on  the  regulation 
of  cardiovascular  function  during 
physical  activity.  Energy  liberation  and 
transfer,  circulation,  respiration, 
temperature  regulation,  physiology  of 
work  at  altitudes,  aerobic  endurance 
training,  and  exercise,  health  and  aging. 

PHED  770  Advanced  Biomechanics.  (3) 
Prerequisites.  PHED  670:  CMSC  103  or 
equivalent.  The  application  of  scientific 
methods  to  problems  in  human 
biomechanics.  Instrumentation  for  data 
collection  and  measurement,  mechanical 
models  of  the  body  and  their 
mathematical  treatment,  and  current 
research  topics. 

PHED  775  Advanced  Analysis  of  Human 
Motion.  (3)  Prerequisites.  PHED  400.  460. 
college  algebra  or  equivalent  of  by  per- 
mission of  instructor.  A  research 
oriented  kmesiological  analysis  of  human 
movement  as  it  relates  to  sports  and  the 
activities  of  daily  living.  The  analysis  is 
accomplished  by  means  of  various  mea- 
surement procedures  including  cinema- 
tography, electronic  timing  devices  and 
similar  instruments. 

PHED  789  Advanced  Seminar.  (1-3) 

Studies  the  current  problems  and  trends 
in  selected  fields  of  physical  education. 

PHED  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

PHED  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 

Research. 

(1-8) 


Physics  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Dragt 
Professors:  Alley.  Anderson.  Banerjee, 
Bhagat,  Brill,  Currie,  Davidson, 
DeSilva.  Dorfman3.  Earl.  Falk.  Ferrell. 
Glasser.  Glover,  Gluckstern,  Green- 
berg.  Griem.  Griffin,  Holmgren, 
Hornyak.  Liu.  MacDonald.  Marion. 
Misner,  Myers.  Oneda.  Park.  Pati. 
Prange,  Reiser2.  Roos.  Slawsky.  Snow, 
Steinberg.  Sucher.  Wall,  Weber,  Woo, 
Yodh,  B.S.  Zorn,  G.T.  Zom 


Adjunct  Professors    Bennett.  Dixon, 
Friedman,  Hayward,  McDonald 
Papadopoulos.  Rado 

Associate  Professors:  Bardasis.  Beall. 
C.Y.  Chang,  Chant.  Drew.  Fivel.  Glick, 
Gloeckler,  Goldenbaum.  Kacser.  Kim, 
Korenman.  Layman'.  Redish.  Richard. 
Roush' 

Adjunct  Associate  Professor:  Pechacek 

Assistant  Professors:  Bagchi,  Boyd. 
C.C.  Chang,  Dombeck,  Einstein.  Lynn. 
Mason,  Skuja,  Wallace,  Wickes 

Visiting  Assistant  Professor:  Dworzecka 

'Joint  appointment  with  Chemical 

Engineering 
'Joint  appointment  with  Electrical 

Engineering 
'Joint  appointment  with  Institute  for 

Physical  Science  and  Technology 
'Joint  appointment  with  Secondary 

Education 

The  Department  of  Physics  and 
Astronomy  has  active  programs  in 
several  areas  of  current  research. 
Those  in  astronomy  are  listed  under 
the  heading  of  Astronomy.  Those  in 
the  physics  program  include:  astro- 
physics, atomic  physics,  chemical 
physics,  elementary  particle  theory, 
fluid  dynamics,  general  relativity, 
high  energy  physics,  many-body 
theory,  molecular  physics,  nuclear 
physics,  particle  accelerator  re- 
search, plasma  physics,  quantum 
electronics  and  optics,  quantum 
field  theory,  solid  state  physics, 
space  physics,  and  statistical 
mechanics. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 
The  Graduate  Record  Examination 
(GRE  Advanced)  is  recommended, 
and  the  average  GRE  score  for  ad- 
mission is  750.  A  minimum  overall 
score  of  500  on  the  Test  of  English 
as  a  Foreign  Language  is  required 
of  applicants  from  non-English 
speaking  countries. 

Because  of  the  large  number  of 
qualified  qpplicants,  the  Department 
of  Physics  and  Astronomy  has  had 
to  restrict  formal  admission  to  the 
Graduate  School  to  those  who  have 
shown  particularly  outstanding  work 
in  their  undergraduate  records,  or 
who  have  already  done  satisfactory 
work  in  key  senior-level  courses  at 
the  University  of  Maryland.  Students 
who  have  less  outstanding  records 
but  who.  because  of  exceptional  cir- 
cumstances, show  special  promise 
may  be  given  provisional  admission, 
with  regular  admission  pending  the 
satisfactory  completion  of  existing 
deficiencies.  Each  student  so  ad- 
mitted will  be  informed  by  an  as- 
signed departmental  advisor  what 
background  he  is  lacking,  and  what 
he  must  accomplish  to  achieve  reg- 
ular admission.  The  University  of 


Graduate  Programs  /  175 


Maryland  hopes  in  this  way  to  offer 
an  opportunity  for  advanced  study  in 
physics  and  astronomy  to  all  quali- 
fied students. 

Entering  graduate  students  are 
normally  expected  to  have  strong 
backgrounds  in  physics,  including 
courses  in  the  intermediate  level  in 
mechanics,  electricity  and  magne- 
tism, thermodynamics,  physical  op- 
tics, and  modern  physics.  A  student 
with  deficiencies  in  one  or  more  of 
these  areas  may  be  admitted,  but 
will  be  expected  to  remedy  such 
deficiencies  as  soon  as  possible. 

The  Department  offers  both  thesis 
and  non-thesis  M.S.  programs.  The 
departmental  requirements  for  the 
non-thesis  option  include  at  least 
four  courses  of  the  general  physics 
sequence,  PHYS  601,  602,  604,  606, 
622  and  623,  plus  the  graduate  lab, 
PHYS  621,  unless  specifically  ex- 
empted; a  research  paper  as  evi- 
dence of  ability  to  organize  and  pre- 
sent a  scholarly  report  contemporary 
research;  the  passing  at  the 
master's  level  of  one  section  of  the 
Ph.D.  qualifying  exam;  and  the  pass- 
ing of  a  final  oral  examination. 

The  requirements  for  the  Master 
of  Science  degree  with  thesis  in- 
clude at  least  four  courses  of  the 
general  physics  sequence  plus,  for 
students  presenting  a  theoretical 
thesis,  the  graduate  laboratory  un- 
less specially  exempted;  and  the 
passing  of  an  oral  examination  in- 
cluding a  defense  of  thesis. 

The  requirements  for  the  Ph.D.  in 
Physics  are  set  in  general  terms  to 
allow  the  individual  student  as  much 
freedom  as  possible  in  preparing  a 
course  of  study  suited  to  individual 
needs.  These  requirements  are:  com- 
petence in  basic  physics  indicated 
by  satisfactory  performance  on  a 
Qualifying  Examination  and  in  the 
Graduate  Laboratory;  advanced 
course  study  outside  the  student's 
field  of  specialization  consisting  of 
at  least  two  courses  (6  credits)  in 
physics  at  700  or  800  level  and  two 
courses  (6  credits)  recognized  for 
graduate  credit  given  outside  the 
physics  program  (this  may  include 
astronomy);  PHYS  624  or  625  for 
students  with  theoretical  theses; 
and  research  competence  through 
active  participation  in  at  least  two 
hours  of  seminar,  12  hours  of  thesis 
research  and  the  presentation  and 
defense  of  an  original  dissertation. 

In  addition  to  using  College  Park 
campus  facilities,  graduate  students 
can,  under  certain  conditions,  utilize 
resources  of  nearby  federal 
laboratories. 


Students  desiring  to  do  graduate 
work  in  physics  at  a  government 
agency  should  contact  a  member  of 
the  graduate  faculty  in  the 
Department. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  current  research  in  the  Depart- 
ment spans  an  immense  range  of 
theoretical  and  experimental  work 
on  the  forefront  of  knowledge,  far 
too  large  to  describe  here.  For  de- 
tails of  the  work  in  the  various 
fields,  the  faculty  and  the  facilities 
involved,  the  Department  annually 
puts  out  a  booklet  entitled  "Re- 
search in  Physics  and  Astronomy," 
which  may  be  obtained  upon 
request. 

To  give  some  idea  of  the  magni- 
tude of  the  program  we  note  that  of 
the  professorial  faculty  of  97,  there 
are  84  engaged  in  separately  bud- 
geted research;  faculty  members  at 
other  ranks  likewise  engaged  in  re- 
search number  63.  In  1977-78,  86 
graduate  students  and  54  undergrad- 
uate students  also  have  participated 
in  research,  under  stipends.  The  cur- 
rent federal  support  for  research 
amounts  to  over  seven  million  dol- 
lars annually,  attesting  to  both  the 
size  and  the  quality  of  the  program. 

The  Department  houses  the 
Center  for  Theoretical  Physics, 
which  provides  a  means  for  out- 
standing theoretical  physicists  to 
visit  the  Department  as  postdoctoral 
fellows  and  visiting  faculty 
members. 

There  are  close  academic  ties 
with  the  Institute  of  Physical 
Science  and  Technology  on  the 
campus;  members  of  this  institute 
supervise  graduate  research  and 
share  in  the  teaching  of  physics 
courses.  The  Department  also  has 
close  ties  with  the  University's  Com- 
puter Science  Center,  which  pro- 
vides outstanding  computer  facilities 
for  the  University. 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  lo- 
cated within  the  metropolitan  area 
of  Washington,  D.C.,  where  it  enjoys 
the  proximity  of  a  large  number  of 
outstanding  institutions  such  as 
NASA's  Goddard  Space  Flight 
Center,  the  Naval  Research  Labora- 
tory, the  Naval  Surface  Weapons 
Center,  the  National  Bureau  of  Stan- 
dards, the  Johns  Hopkins  Applied 
Physics  Laboratory,  the  Department 
of  Energy,  the  National  Institutes  of 
Health,  the  Library  of  Congress,  and 
other  Federal  Institutions.  The  De- 
partment has  close  ties  with  certain 
research  groups  at  some  of  these 
institutions.  In  order  to  facilitate 


graduate  study  in  the  Washington 
area,  the  Department  of  Physics  and 
Astronomy  has  part-time  professors 
in  certain  government  laboratories. 

Financial  Assistance 

The  Department  offers  both  teach- 
ing and  research  assistantships.  In 
1977-78  there  were  about  80  of 
each.  Summer  research  stipends  for 
advanced  graduate  students  are  cus- 
tomary, and  a  few  summer  teaching 
assistantships  are  available. 

The  deadline  for  applications  for 
financial  support  and  assistantships 
is  March  1,  for  fellowships  the 
deadline  is  February  1. 

Graduate  students  also  can  seek 
full-time  or  part-time  employment  in 
the  many  government  and  industry 
laboratories  located  within  a  few 
miles  of  the  campus. 

Additional  Information 

Three  booklets  are  available  regard- 
ing the  graduate  programs  in  As- 
tronomy and  in  Physics.  "Graduate 
Study  in  Physics  and  Astronomy:  A 
Manual"  (11  pages)  is  a  guidebook 
to  procedural  requirements  and 
rules  concerning  the  acquisitions  of 
higher  degrees.  "Research  Physics 
and  Astronomy  1977-78"  (102  pages) 
describes  the  graduate  research  ac- 
tivities and  lists  the  personnel  in- 
volved, group  by  group.  It  gives  the 
names  of  faculty  and  graduate  stu- 
dents involved  in  various  research 
projects,  together  with  brief  descrip- 
tions of  those  projects.  "Graduate 
Study,  Physics  and  Astronomy: 
1977-78"  (4  pages)  is  a  flyer  which 
lists  faculty  and  research  projects;  it 
also  provides  basic  information  for 
prospective  students  inquiring  about 
the  College  Park  programs  in  astron- 
omy and  physics. 

In  addition,  twice  yearly,  a  com- 
prehensive memorandum  is  issued 
regarding  the  course  offerings  and 
academic  program  for  the  current 
calendar  year.  The  memorandum  is- 
sued in  March  describes  the  pro- 
gram beginning  in  late  August;  the 
November  memorandum  describes 
the  spring  semester  programs. 

Regarding  admission  or  for  further 
information  write  Mrs.  Jean  Cle- 
ment, Secretary,  Graduate  Entrance 
Committee,  Department  of  Physics, 
University  of  Maryland. 

Courses 

PHYS  400  Basic  Concepts  of  Physics  I. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  junior  standing.  A 
primarily  descriptive  course  in  two 
semesters,  intended  mainly  for  those 
students  in  the  liberal  arts  who  have  not 
had  any  other  course  in  physics.  This 


176  /  Graduate  Programs 


course  does  not  serve  as  a  prerequisite 
or  substitute  for  other  physics  courses. 
The  main  emphasis  is  on  the  concepts 
of  physics,  their  evolution  and  their  rela- 
tion to  other  branches  of  human 
endeavor. 

PHYS  401  Basic  Concepts  of  Physics  II. 
(3)  Prerequisite.  PHYS  400  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

PHYS  404  Intermediate  Theoretical 
Mechanics.  (3)  Prerequisite.  PHYS  142  or 
263:  MATH  241  previously  or  concurrent- 
ly. Fundamentals  and  selected  advanced 
topics  of  physical  mechanics.  Vector  dif- 
ferential calculus  will  be  used. 

PHYS  405  Intermediate  Theoretical  Elec- 
tricity and  Magnetism.  (3)  Prerequisite. 
PHYS  142  or  263:  MATH  241.  In- 
termediate electricity  and  magnetism  and 
electromagnetic  waves  (optics).  Vector 
differential  calculus  is  used  throughout. 

PHYS  406  Optics.  (3)  Three  lectures  a 
week.  Prerequisites.  PHYS  263  or  284 
and  MATH  240.  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Geometrical  optics,  optical  instruments, 
wave  motion,  interference  and  diffraction, 
and  other  phenomena  in  physical  optics. 

PHYS  407  Sound.  (3)  (Will  be  given  only 
with  sufficient  demandi  Prerequisite. 
PHYS  122.  142  or  263.  MATH  240  is  to 
be  taken  concurrently. 

PHYS  410  Elements  of  Theoretical 
Physics  —  Mechanics.  (4)  Prerequisites. 
PHYS  284.  or  PHYS  404  and  405.  or 
PHYS  263  and  consent  of  instructor,  and 
also  MATH  241.  A  study  of  the 
theoretical  foundations  of  mechanics, 
with  extensive  applications  of  the 
methods.  Also  various  mathematical 
tools  of  theoretical  physics. 

PHYS  411  Elements  of  Physics  —  Elec- 
tricity and  Magnetism.  (4)  Prerequisites. 
PHYS  404  or  410,  and  PHYS  263  or  284 
or  405.  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  A 
study  of  the  foundations  of  electro- 
magnetic theory,  with  extensive  applica- 
tion of  the  methods.  Thorough  treatment 
of  wave  properties  of  solutions  of  Max- 
well's equations. 

PHYS  412  Kinetic  Theory  of  Gases.  (3) 
Prerequisites.  PHYS  404  and  405  or 
PHYS  410  and  MATH  240  or  equivalent. 
Dynamics  of  gas  particles.  Maxwell- 
Bultzmann  distribution,  diffusion.  Brown- 
lan  motion,  etc. 

PHYS  414  Introduction  to  Therm- 
odynamics and  Statistical  Mechanics.  (3) 
Prerequisites.  MATH  240.  PHYS  284  or 
404  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  In- 
troduction of  basic  concepts  in  ther- 
modynamics and  statistical  mechanics. 

PHYS  420  Modem  Physics  for  Engineers. 
(3)  Prerequisites.  PHYS  263  or  284  or  404 
and  405.  MATH  241  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. A  survey  of  atomic  and  nuclear 
phenoma  and  the  main  trends  in  modern 
physics.  This  course  is  appropriate  for 
students  in  engineering  and  other 
physical  sciences.  It  should  not  be  taken 
in  addition  to  PHYS  421. 


PHYS  421  Introduction  to  Modem 
Physics.  (3)  Prerequisites.  PHYS  284  or 
equivalent:  MATH  241  including  some 
knowledge  of  ordinary  differential  equa- 
tions. Introductory  discussion  of  special 
relativity,  origin  of  quantum  theory.  Bohr 
atom,  wave  mechanics,  atomic  structure, 
and  optical  spectra 

PHYS  422  Modem  Physics.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite. PHYS  421.  This  course  uses  the 
basic  ideas  of  quantum  mechanics  and 
special  relativity  to  discuss  the 
characteristics  of  many  diverse  subjects 
including  complex  atoms,  molecules, 
solids,  nuclei  and  elementary  particles. 

PHYS  423  Elementary  Quantum  Physics. 
(3)  Prerequisites.  PHYS  420  or  421: 
MATH  246:  and  a  level  of  mathematical 
sophistication  equivalent  to  that  of  a  stu- 
dent who  has  taken  PHYS  410  and  411, 
or  ENEE  380  and  382.  The  quantum 
theory  is  presented  in  a  rigorous  way  in- 
cluding the  concepts  of  operators, 
measurement  and  angular  momentum. 
These  concepts  together  with  the 
Schroedinger  equation  are  then  applied 
to  some  basic  problems  in  atomic  and 
molecular  physics. 

PHYS  429  Atomic  and  Nuclear  Physics 
Laboratory.  (3)  PHYS  395  and  consent  of 
instructor.  Classical  experiments  in 
atomic  physics  and  more  sophisticated 
experiments  in  current  techniques  in 
nuclear  physics. 

PHYS  431  Properties  of  Matter.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  PHYS  404  and  405:  or  PHYS 
410:  or  PHYS  420:  or  PHYS  421.  Introduc- 
tion to  solid  state  physics.  Electro- 
magnetic, thermal,  and  elastic  properties 
of  metals,  semiconductors  and 
insulators. 

PHYS  441  Nuclear  Physics.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite. PHYS  404  and  405:  or  PHYS  410: 
or  PHYS  420:  or  PHYS  421.  An  introduc- 
tion to  nuclear  physics  at  the  pre- 
quantum-mechanics  level.  Properties  of 
nuclei:  radioactivity:  nuclear  systematics: 
nuclear  moment:  the  shell  model,  interac- 
tion of  charged  particles  and  gamma 
rays  with  matter  nuclear  detectors:  ac- 
celerators: nuclear  reactions:  beta  decay: 
high  energy  phenomena. 

PHYS  443  Neutron  Reactor  Physics.  (3) 
Prerequisite.  PHYS  420  or  PHYS  421  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Various  related 
topics  in  neutron  reactor  physics. 

PHYS  451  Introduction  to  Elementary 
Particles.  (3)  Prerequisite.  PHYS  422  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Properties  of 
elementary  particles,  production  and 
detection  of  particles,  reiativistic 
kinematics,  invariance  principles  and 
conservation  laws. 

PHYS  461  Introduction  to  Fluid 
Dynamics.  (3)  Prerequisites.  PHYS  404 
and  MATH  240.  Kinematics  of  fluid  flow, 
properties  of  incompressible  fluids,  com- 
plex variable  methods  of  analysis,  wave 
motions. 

PHYS  463  Introduction  to  Plasma 
Physics.  (3)  Three  lectures  a  week. 


Prerequisites.  PHYS  404  or  410.  or  ENES 
221;  and  PHYS  405  or  41 1.  or  ENEE  380; 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Students 
without  the  electricity  an: 
prerequisite  but  having  a  familiar  I 
Maxwell's  equations  should  check  with 
the  instructor.  Orbit  theory,  magneto- 
hydrodynamics,  plasma  heating  and 
stability,  waves  and  transport  processes. 

PHYS  465  Modem  Optics.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites. PHYS  401  and  420  or  421.  and 
411  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  De- 
signed for  students  with  a  background  in 
fundamental  optics,  the  course  deals 
with  topics  in  modern  optics  such  as 
coherence,  holography,  principles  of 
laser  action,  electron  optics,  and  non- 
linear optics. 

PHYS  471  Introduction  to  Atmospheric 
and  Space  Physics.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
PHYS  404  and  405  or  410.  420  or  421. 
Motions  of  charged  particles  in  magnetic 
fields,  aspects  of  plasma  physics  related 
to  cosmic  rays  and  radiation  belts, 
atomic  phenomena  in  the  atmosphere, 
thermodynamics  and  dynamics  of  the 
atmosphere. 

PHYS  483  Biophysics  and  Theoretical 
Biology.  (3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  the 
instructor.  Designed  for  advanced  and 
mature  students  who  may  have  only 
minimal  knowledge  of  biological  pro- 
cesses but  are  well  grounded  in  physics. 
Areas  in  bioscience  where  pf 
biophysical  chemistry,  and  mathematical 
analysis  fuse  to  provide  definition  for 
biologic  statics  and  dynamics. 

PHYS  485  Electronic  Circuits.  (4)  Three 
hours  of  lecture  and  two  of  laboratory 
per  week.  Prerequisite,  PHYS  395 
concurrent  enrollment  in  PHYS  405  or 
411.  Theory  of  semi-conductor  and 
vacuum  tube  circuits.  Application  in  ex- 
perimental physics. 

PHYS  487  Particle  Accelerators,  Physical 
and  Engineering  Principles.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites. PHYS  410,  411  or  271,  321  and 
421,  or  equivalents.  Sources  or  charged 
particles,  methods  of  acceleration  and 
focusing  of  electron  and  ion  bea~ 
electromagnetic  fields:  electrostatic  ac- 
celerators: constant-gradient  cyclotrons 
and  synchrotrons;  betatrons  and 
microtrons;  the  alternating-gradient  and 
sector-focusing  principles:  isochronous 
cyclotrons  and  alternating-gradient 
synchrotons:  linear  accelerators.  This 
course  is  also  listed  as  ENEE  487. 

PHYS  490  History  of  Modem  Physics.  (3) 
Prerequisite.  PHYS  420  or  421  or  e 
alent.  Primarily  for  senior  physics  majors 
and  first  year  graduate  students.  A 
survey  of  major  discoveries  and  trends  in 
20th  century  physics,  including  the  rela- 
tions of  physics  to  other  sciences, 
philosophy  of  science,  technology  and 
society. 

PHYS  499  Special  Problems  in  Physics. 
(1  6)  Prerequisite,  major  in  physics  and 
consent  of  advisor.  Research  or  special 
study.  Credit  according  to  work  c 


Graduate  Programs  /  177 


PHYS  601  Theoretical  Dynamics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PHYS  410  or  equivalent. 
Lagrangian  and  Hamiltonian  mechanics, 
two-body  central  force  problem,  rigid 
body  motion,  small  oscillations,  con- 
tinuous systems. 

PHYS  602  Statistical  Physics.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, PHYS  410  or  equivalent.  Statistical 
mechanics,  thermodynamics,  kinetic 
theory. 

PHYS  604  Methods  of  Mathematical 
Physics.  (3)  Prerequisite,  advanced 
calculus,  PHYS  410  and  411,  or 
equivalent.  Ordinary  and  partial  differen- 
tial equations  of  physics,  boundary  value 
problems,  Fourier  series,  Green's  func- 
tions, complex  variables  and  contour 
integration. 

PHYS  606  Electrodynamics.  (4)  Prereq- 
uisite, PHYS  604  or  equivalent.  Classical 
electromagnetic  theory,  electro-  and 
magnetostatics,  Maxwell  equations, 
waves  and  radiation,  special  relativity. 

PHYS  621  Graduate  Laboratory.  (3)  Six 

hours  of  laboratory  work  per  week. 
Design  and  performance  of  advanced  ex- 
periments in  modern  and  classical 
physics. 

PHYS  622  Introduction  to  Quantum 
Mechanics  I.  (4)  First  and  second 
semesters.  Prerequisite,  an  outstanding 
undergraduate  background  in  physics.  A 
study  of  the  Schroedinger  equation, 
matrix  formulations  of  quantum  mech- 
anics, approximation  methods,  scattering 
theory  etc.,  and  applications  to  solid 
state,  atomic,  and  nuclear  physics. 

PHYS  623  Introduction  to  Quantum 

Mechanics  II.  (3)  First  and  second 
semesters.  Prerequisite,  an  outstand- 
ing undergraduate  background  in 
physics.  A  study  of  the  Schroedinger 
equation,  matrix  formulations  of  quantum 
mechanics,  approximation  methods,  scat- 
tering theory  etc.,  and  applications  to 
solid  state,  atomic,  and  nuclear  physics. 
Continuation  of  PHYS  622. 

PHYS  624  Advanced  Quantum 
Mechanics.  (3)  Prerequisite,  PHYS  623. 
Relativistic  wave  equations,  second 
quantization  in  many  body  problems  and 
relativistic  wave  equations,  Feynman- 
Dyson  perturbation  theory,  applications 
to  many  body  problems,  applications  to 
quantum  electrodynamics,  elements  of 
renormalization. 

PHYS  625  Non-Relativistic  Quantum 
Mechanics.  (3)  Prerequisite,  PHYS  623. 
Non-relativistic  second  quantization, 
single  particle  Green's  function,  perturba- 
tion theory,  linked  cluster  expansion, 
Feynman  and  Goldstone  diagrams;  ap- 
plications to  imperfect  Fermi  gases; 
superconductivity. 

PHYS  686  Charged  Particles  Dynamics, 
Electron  and  Ion  Beams.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites, PHYS  410,  411  or  PHYS  271,  321 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Three  hours  per 
week.  General  principles  of  single- 
particle  dynamics;  analytical  and  prac- 
tical methods  of  mapping  electric  and 


magnetic  fields;  equations  of  motion  and 
special  solutions;  Liouville's  theorem; 
electron  optics;  space  charge  effects  in 
high  current  beams;  design  principles  of 
special  electron  and  ion  beam  devices. 
This  course  is  also  listed  as  electrical 
engineering  686. 

PHYS  703  Thermodynamics.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, PHYS  602.  The  first  and  second 
laws  of  thermodynamics  are  examined 
and  applied  to  homogeneous  and  non- 
homogeneous  systems,  calculations  of 
properties  of  matter,  the  derivation  of 
equilibrium  conditions  and  phase  transi- 
tions, the  theory  of  irreversible 
processes. 

PHYS  704  Statistical  Mechanics.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  PHYS  411  and  602.  A 
study  of  the  determination  of  behavior  of 
matter  from  microscopic  models. 
Microcanonical,  canonical,  and  grand 
canonical  models.  Applications  of  solid 
state  physics  and  the  study  of  gases. 

PHYS  708  Seminar  in  Teaching  College 
Physics.  (1) 

PHYS  709  Seminar  in  General  Physics. 
(D 

PHYS  711  Symmetry  Problems  in 
Physics.  (3)  Prerequisite,  PHYS  623.  A 
study  of  general  methods  of  classifica- 
tion of  physical  systems  by  their  sym- 
metries and  invariance  properties, 
especially  in  quantum  field  theory 
applications. 

PHYS  718  Seminar  in  General  Physics. 
(D 

PHYS  719  Seminar  in  General  Physics. 
(D 

PHYS  721  Theory  of  Atomic  Spectra.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PHYS  622.  A  study  of 
atomic  spectra  and  structure;  one  and 
two  electron  spectra,  fine  and  hyper-fine 
structure,  line  strengths,  line  widths,  etc. 

PHYS  722  Theory  of  Molecular  Spectra. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  PHYS  721.  The  structure 
and  properties  of  molecules  as  revealed 
by  rotational,  vibrational,  and  electronic 
spectra. 

PHYS  723  Molecular  Physics  I.  (2)  Prereq- 
uisite, PHYS  623.  The  fundamentals  of 
the  interpretation  of  the  spectra  of  sim- 
ple molecules  with  particular  attention 
to  quantitative  considerations.  Emphasis 
on  topics  generally  regarded  as  falling 
outside  the  domain  of  molecular  struc- 
ture, notably  the  measurement  and 
analysis  of  molecular  spectroscopic  line 
intensities. 

PHYS  724  Molecular  Physics  II.  (2)  Two 

lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  PHYS 
623.  The  fundamentals  of  the  interpreta- 
tion of  the  spectra  of  simple  molecules 
with  particular  attention  to  quantitative 
considerations.  Emphasis  on  topics  gen- 
erally regarded  as  falling  outside  the  do- 
main of  molecular  structure,  notably  the 
measurement  and  analysis  of  molecular 
spectroscopic  line  intensities.  Continua- 
tion of  PHYS  723. 


PHYS  728  Seminar  in  Atomic  and 
Molecular  Physics.  (1) 

PHYS  729  Seminar  in  General  Quantum 
Mechanics  and  Quantum  Electronics.  (1) 

PHYS  731  Solid  State  Physics  —  Survey. 

(3)  A  variety  of  topics  such  as  crystal 
structure,  mechanical,  thermal,  electrical, 
and  magnetic  properties  of  solids,  band 
structure,  the  semi-surface,  and  super- 
conductivity will  be  treated.  Although  the 
emphasis  will  be  on  the  phenomena,  the 
methods  of  quantum  mechanics  are 
freely  employed  in  this  description. 

PHYS  738  Seminar  in  Experimental  Solid 
State  Physics.  (1) 

PHYS  739  Seminar  in  Theoretical  Solid 
State  Physics.  (1) 

PHYS  741  Nuclear  Structure  Physics  — 
Survey.(3)  Prerequisite,  PHYS  623.  Proper- 
ties of  the  nucleon-nucleon  interaction, 
systematics  of  nuclear  stable  states, 
theory  of  nuclear  matter,  shell  model  and 
Hartree-Fock  theory  of  nuclear  states, 
RPA  (Random-Phase-Approximation)  and 
pairing  correlations,  collective  states  of 
deformed  nuclei,  electromagnetic  transi- 
tions, beta  decay  of  nuclear  states. 

PHYS  742  Nuclear  Reaction  Theory  — 
Survey.(3)  Prerequisite,  PHYS  623. 
General  scattering  theory,  direct  reaction 
theories  for  elastic  and  inelastic  pro- 
cesses, resonance  reaction  theories  of 
Bloch  and  Feshbach,  shell  model  ap- 
proach to  reaction  theory,  statistical 
theories  of  compound  nuclear  processes, 
multiple  scattering  theory,  heavy  ion 
reactions. 

PHYS  748  Seminar  in  Experimental 
Nuclear  Physics.  (1) 

PHYS  749  Seminar  in  Theoretical  Nuclear 
Physics.  (1) 

PHYS  751  Elementary  Particle  Physics  I 
—Survey.  (3)  Three  lectures  a  week. 
Co-requisite,  PHYS  624  or  consent  of  the 
instructor.  Nuclear  forces  are  studied  by 
examining  interactions  at  high  energies. 
Meson  physics,  scattering  processes, 
and  detailed  analysis  of  high  energy 
experiments. 

PHYS  752  Elementary  Particle  Physics  II 
—  Theory.  (3)  Prerequisites,  PHYS  624 
and  751  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 
Survey  of  elementary  particles  and  their 
properties,  quantum  field  theory,  meson 
theory,  weak  interactions,  possible  exten- 
sions of  elementary  particle  theory. 

PHYS  758  Seminar  in  Elementary  Par- 
ticles and  Quantum  Field  Theory.  (1) 

PHYS  759  Seminar  in  Elementary  Par- 
ticles and  Quantum  Field  Theory.  (1) 

PHYS  761  Plasma  Physics  I  —  Survey. 

(1)  Prerequisite,  PHYS  604,  606  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  A  detailed  study  of 
plasma  physics.  The  first  semester  treats 
particle  orbit  theory,  magnetohydro- 
dynamics,  plasma  waves,  and  transport 
phenomena. 

PHYS  762  Plasma  Physics  II.  (3)  Con- 
tinuation of  PHYS  761.  Vlasov  theory,  in- 


178  /  Graduate  Programs 


eluding  waves,  stability,  and  weak  tur- 
bulence, kinetic  equation  theories  of  cor- 
relations and  radiative  processes. 

PHYS  766  Seminar  in  Fluid  Dynamics.  (1) 

PHYS  769  Seminar  in  Plasma  Physics.  (1) 

PHYS  771  Cosmic  Ray  Physics-Survey. 

(3)  Pre-  or  co-requisite.  PHYS  601  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Interaction  of  cosmic 
rays  with  matter,  geomagnetic  cutoffs, 
origin  and  propagation  of  cosmic  rays, 
the  electron  component  and  its  relation- 
ship to  cosmic  radio  noise;  experimental 
methods. 

PHYS  778  Seminar  in  Space  and  Cosmic 
Ray  Physics.  (1) 

PHYS  779  Seminar  in  General  Relativity. 

(D 

PHYS  788  Seminar  in  Applied  Physics. 

(D 

PHYS  789  Seminar  in  Interdisciplinary 

Problems.  (1) 

PHYS  798  Special  Problems  in  Advanced 
Physics.  (1-3)  Projects  or  special  study 
in  advanced  physics. 

PHYS  799  Masters  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

PHYS  808  Special  Topics  in  General 
Physics.  (1-4)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor. Credit  according  to  work  done. 

PHYS  809  Special  Topics  in  General 
Physics.  (1-4)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor. Credit  according  to  work  done. 

PHYS  818  Special  Topics  in  General 
Physics.  (1-4)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor. Credit  according  to  work  done. 

PHYS  819  Special  Topics  in  General 
Physics.  (1-4)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor. Credit  according  to  work  done. 

PHYS  828  Special  Topics  in  Atomic  and 
Molecular  Physics.  (1-4)  Prerequisite, 
consent  of  instructor.  Credit  according 
to  work  done. 

PHYS  829  Special  Topics  in  Quantum 
Mechanics  and  Quantum  Electronics. 
(1-4)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 
Credit  according  to  work  done. 

PHYS  832  Theory  of  Solids  I.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite. PHYS  623.  co-requisite.  PHYS  624. 
Advanced  topics  in  the  quantum  theory 
of  solids  from  such  fields  as  band  struc- 
ture calculations,  optical  properties, 
phonons,  neutron  scattering,  the  dynam- 
ics of  electrons  in  one-band  theory,  the 
Landau-Fermi  liquid  theory,  charged  Fer- 
mi liquids,  the  Fermi  surface  (surface  im- 
pedance, cyclotron  resonance,  the  De 
Hass-Van  Alphen  effect,  etc.). 

PHYS  833  Theory  of  Solids  II.  (3)  Con- 
tinuation of  PHYS  832.  Covers  special 
topics  such  as  magnetism,  superconduc- 
tivity and  electron-phonon  interactions. 

PHYS  838  Special  Topics  in  Experimental 
Solid  State  Physics.  (1-4)  Prerequisite, 
consent  of  instructor.  Credit  according 
to  work  done. 


PHYS  839  Special  Topics  in  Theoretical 
Solid  State  Physics.  (1-4)  Prerequisite, 
consent  of  instructor.  Credit  according 
to  work  done. 

PHYS  843  Theoretical  Nuclear  Physics  I. 
(3)  Prerequisite.  PHYS  624.  Three  lectures 
a  week.  Nuclear  properties  and  reactions, 
nuclear  forces,  two.  three,  and  four  body 
problems,  nuclear  spectroscopy,  beta 
decay,  and  related  topics. 

PHYS  844  Theoretical  Nuclear  Physics  II. 
(3)  Continuation  of  PHYS  843.  Nuclear 
properties  and  reactions,  nuclear  forces, 
two.  three,  and  four  body  problems, 
nuclear  spectroscopy,  beta  decay,  and 
related  topics. 

PHYS  848  Special  Topics  in  Experimental 
Nuclear  Physics.  (1-4)  Prerequisite,  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Credit  according  to 
work  done. 

PHYS  849  Special  Topics  in  Theoretical 
Nuclear  Physics.  (1-4)  Prerequisite,  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Credit  according  to 
work  done. 

PHYS  851  Advanced  Quantum  Field 
Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite.  PHYS  624. 
Renormalizations  of  Lagrangian  field 
theories.  Lamb  shift,  positronium  fine 
structure.  T.C.P.  invariance.  connection 
between  spin  and  statistics,  broken  sym- 
metries in  many  body  problems,  soluble 
models,  analyticity  in  perturbation  theory, 
simple  applications  of  dispersion 
relations. 

PHYS  852  Theoretical  Methods  in 
Elementary  Particles.  (3)  Prerequisite  or 
co-requisite.  PHYS  851. 

PHYS  853  Quantum  Field  Theory.  (3)  Co- 
requisite.  PHYS  851.  Introduction  to 
Hilbert  space,  general  postulates  of 
relativistic  quantum  field  theory,  asymp- 
totic conditions,  examples  of  local  field 
theory.  Jost-Lehmann-Dyson  representa- 
tion and  applications,  generalized  free 
field  theory,  general  results  of  local  field 
theory-TCP  theorem,  spin  statistics  con- 
nections. Borchers'  theorems.  Reeh- 
Schlieder  theorem. 

PHYS  858  Special  Topics  in  Elementary 
Particles  and  Quantum  Field  Theory. 
(1-4)  Prerequisites.  PHYS  851  and  PHYS 
752.  First  semester. 

PHYS  859  Special  Topics  in  Elementary 
Particles  and  Quantum  Field  Theory. 
(1-4)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 
Credit  according  to  work  done. 

PHYS  862  Controlled  Fusion  Physics  and 
Technology.  (3)  Prerequisite.  PHYS  761. 
Review  of  fusion  plasma  physics,  fol- 
lowed by  high  voltage  pulse  technology, 
ion  sources,  high  power  lasers:  magnetic 
and  inertial  confinement  schemes  major 
•matches'  in  controlled  thermonuclear 
research. 

PHYS  863  Plasma  Equilibrium,  Stability 
and  Transport  Properties.  (3)  Prerequisite. 
PHYS  762  or  equivalent.  Applications  of 
magnetohydrodynamics  and  kinetic 
theory  to  the  equilibrium,  stability  and 


transport  properties  of  magnetically  con- 
fined high  temperature  plasmas. 

PHYS  864  Nonlinear  Effects  and  Radia- 
tion Processes  in  High-Temperature 
Plasmas.  (3)  Prerequisite.  PHYS  762  Ad- 
vanced survey  of  fundamental  nonlinear 
effects  and  radiation  processes  in  high- 
temperature  plasmas. 

PHYS  868  Special  Topics  in  Fluid 
Dynamics.  (1-4)  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor.  Credit  according  to  work 
done. 

PHYS  869  Special  Topics  in  Plasma 
Physics.  (1-4)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor. Credit  according  to  work  done. 

PHYS  875  Theory  of  Relativity  —  Survey. 
(3)  Prerequisite.  PHYS  601.  A  brief  survey 
of  Einstein's  special  theory  of  relativity 
followed  by  a  solid  introduction  to  gener- 
al relativity  and  its  applications. 

PHYS  878  Special  Topics  in  Space  and 
Cosmic  Ray  Physics.  (1-4)  Prerequisite, 
consent  of  instructor.  Credit  according 
to  work  done. 

PHYS  879  Special  Topics  in  General 
Relativity.  (1-4)  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor.  Credit  according  to  work 
done. 

PHYS  888  Special  Topics  in  Applied 
Physics.  (2) 

PHYS  889  Special  Topics  in  Inter- 
disciplinary Problems.  (1-4)  Prerequisite, 
consent  of  instructor.  Credit  according 
to  work  done. 

PHYS  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research.  (1-8) 


Poultry  Science  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Thomas 
Professor  Emeritus:  Shaffner 
Associate  Professors:  Heath.  Johnson, 

Soares 
Assistant  Professors:  Doerr.  Kuenzel, 

Merka,  Ottinger 
Adjunct  Professor:  Byerly 

Coursework  and  research  activities 
leading  to  the  Master  of  Science 
and  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  de- 
grees are  offered  by  the  Department 
of  Poultry  Science.  The  student  may 
pursue  work  with  major  emphasis  in 
either  nutrition,  physiology, 
physiological  genetics,  or  the 
technology  of  eggs  and  poultry. 

Departmental  requirements,  sup- 
plementary to  those  of  the  Graduate 
School,  have  been  formulated  for 
the  guidance  of  candidates  for  grad- 
uate degrees.  Copies  of  these  re- 
quirements may  be  obtained  from 
the  Department  of  Poultry  Science. 

Courses  in  these  programs  are 
listed  elsewhere  under  the  headings 
Animal  Science.  Nutritional  Sci- 


Graduate  Programs  /  179 


ences,  and  Food  Science,  as 
appropriate. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  has  excellent  fa- 
cilities for  both  broilers  and  layers. 
The  laboratories  are  well  equipped 
with  equipment  such  as  amino  acid 
analyzer,  atomic  absorption  spec- 
trophotometer, gas  chromatography. 
Technician  auto-analyzer.  Instron 
Food  Analyzer,  Grass  polygraph, 
Leitz  Dialux  microscope,  etc. 

Financial  Assistance 

Graduate  research  assistantships 
and  teaching  assistantships  are 
available  in  the  Department. 


Psychology  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Bartlett 

Professors:  Anderson,  Crites,  Fretz, 
Goldstein,  Gollub.  Hodos,  Horton, 
Levinson,  Locke1,  Magoon',  Martin, 
Mclntire,  Mills,  D.',  Mills,  J.,  Pumroy', 
Schneider,  Scholnick,  Steinman, 
Taylor,  Tyler 

Associate  Professors:  Barrett.  Brown, 
Coursey.  Dachler.  Dies,  Freeman', 
Gelso',  Larkin,  Norman,  Penner,  Sigall, 
Smith,  B„  Sternheim 

Assistant  Professors:  Barbarin,  Bobko. 

Brauth,     Frank,  Gatz,  Gormally,  Hill, 
Johnson,  Smith,  K.,  Steele,  White 

'joint  appointment  with  Counseling 
and     Personnel  Services 

2joint  appointment  with  Business  and 
Management 

The  Department  of  Psychology  of- 
fers training  leading  to  the  degrees 
of  Master  of  Arts,  Master  of  Sci- 
ences, and  Doctor  of  Philosophy.  By 
Departmental  ruling,  the  number  of 
graduate  students  is  limited  to  a 
ratio  of  four  resident  students  per 
member  of  the  Graduate  faculty,  in- 
suring close  and  intimate  contact  in 
research  and  seminars. 

Training  for  the  Master  of  Arts 
and  Master  of  Science  degrees  dif- 
fers in  the  relative  emphasis  on  con- 
tent in  the  social  and  biological 
sciences.  Programs  leading  to  the 
Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  are  of- 
fered in  the  areas  of  clinical,  coun- 
seling, experimental,  industrial, 
quantitative,  and  social  psychology. 
The  experimental  area  is  further  sub- 
divided into  three  fields  of  study: 
biopsychology;  human  learning  and 
psycholinguistics;  and  sensory  and 
perceptual  processes.  Many  fields 
have  a  range  of  subspecialties  (e.g., 
personality  and  developmental,  engi- 
neering psychology)  in  which  the 
student  may  concentrate.  The  De- 
partment's doctoral  programs  in 
both  Clinical  and  Counseling  Psy- 


chology have  been  approved  by  the 
American  Psychological  Association. 


Admission  and  Degree  information 

The  Department  accepts  as  graduate 
students  only  those  who  have  dem- 
onstrated superior  aptitude  and 
appear  capable  of  completing  the  re- 
quirements for  the  doctoral  degree. 
All  of  the  specialty  areas  offer  doc- 
toral level  programs;  they  do  not  ac- 
cept students  who  are  interested  in 
terminal  M.A.  degrees.  The  average 
scores  of  students  admitted  for  the 
1976-77  academic  year  were  GRE 
V+Q  1200,  GRE  Psychology  600, 
G.P.A.  3.5;  Psychology  G.P.A.  3.7. 
The  Department  of  Psychology  en- 
courages applications  from  minority 
groups  and  women. 

Applicants  are  encouraged  to  sub- 
mit applications  by  February  of  each 
year  for  entrance  in  the  fall  as  the 
available  spaces  are  usually  filled 
early. 

For  a  doctoral  degree  a  minimum 
of  72  hours  beyond  the  B.A.  is  re- 
quired. All  students  entering  with  a 
B.A.  are  required  to  take  two 
courses  in  statistics  and  five 
courses  in  areas  outside  their  spe- 
cialty program.  Of  these  five 
courses,  three  must  be  core  courses 
chosen  from  a  group  of  available 
courses  designed  to  provide  basic 
information  in  a  variety  of  specialty 
areas.  The  other  two  courses  may 
be  advanced  seminars  of  additional 
core  work. 

The  remaining  credit  hours  (ap- 
proximately 50  hours)  are  devoted  to 
research  and  course  work  in  the  par- 
ticipant's specialty  program.  If  the 
student  chooses  to  have  a  second 
specialty,  the  two  advanced  courses 
specified  above  along  with  one  core 
course  may  be  taken  in  one  coher- 
ent area  to  provide  a  second 
specialty. 

While  the  course  of  study  in  the 
Department  of  Psychology  is  at  the 
doctoral  level,  most  students  choose 
to  earn  the  M.A.  or  M.S.  degree  en 
route  to  the  Ph.D.  The  M.A.  or  M.S. 
degree  requirements  are  thirty  hours 
of  work  including  the  two  courses  in 
statistics,  two  core  courses  and  one 
other  course  which  may  be  an  addi- 
tional core  offering  or  advanced 
seminar.  A  research  thesis  is  also 
required.  Advancement  to  the  third 
and  fourth  year  of  doctoral  level 
work  is  based  upon  satisfactory 
completion  of  core  courses,  work  in 
the  student's  specialty  area  and 
completion  of  a  research 
requirement. 


Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  moved  into  a  new 
building  during  the  summer  of  1971, 
and  new  facilities  were  designed  by 
the  faculty  of  the  Department  of 
Psychology  for  the  training  of  gradu- 
ate students.  In  addition,  its  geo- 
graphic location  in  a  suburb  of 
Washington,  D.C.  makes  accessible 
a  wide  variety  of  laboratory  and 
training  facilities  in  governmental 
and  other  agencies,  as  well  as  many 
psychologists  prominent  in  the 
profession. 

Financial  Assistance 

The  Department  gives  financial  aid 
to  almost  all  incoming  students.  The 
Department  of  Psychology  does  not 
offer  a  part-time  program.  Students 
are  required  to  attend  classes,  take 
part  in  research  and  teach  as  grad- 
uate assistants.  Each  of  these  as- 
signments is  considered  a  critical 
part  of  the  graduate  training  pro- 
gram. It  is  not  possible  to  obtain 
this  type  of  education  on  a  part-time 
basis.  Thus,  students  are  not  per- 
mitted to  hold  off-campus  jobs 
unless  they  are  under  the  direct 
supervision  of  the  faculty. 

Additional  Information 

Additional  information  concerning 
the  graduate  program  including  spe- 
cific program  brochures  and  applica- 
tion materials  may  be  obtained  by 
writing  professor  Irwin  L  Goldstein, 
Director  of  Graduate  Studies,  De- 
partment of  Psychology,  University 
of  Maryland. 

Courses 

PSYC  400  Experimental  Psychology  — 
Learning  and  Motivation.  (4)  F  ^.req- 
uisites, PSYC  200  and  either  206  or  301. 
Two  lectures  and  four  one-hour  labora- 
tory periods  per  week.  Primarily  for 
students  who  major  in  psychology.  The 
experimental  analysis  of  behavior  with 
emphasis  on  conditioning,  learning  and 
motivational  processes.  Experiments  are 
conducted  on  the  behavior  of  animals. 

PSYC  401  Advanced  Laboratory  in  the 
Experimental  Analysis  of  Behavior.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  PSYC  400.  An  intensified 
extension  of  the  principles  and  tech- 
niques demonstrated  in  the  laboratory  of 
PSYC  400.  Emphasis  on  complex  sched- 
ules of  reinforcement,  and  experimental 
designs  using  repeated  measures. 

PSYC  402  Physiological  Psychology.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PSYC  206  or  301.  An  in- 
troduction to  research  on  the  phys- 
iological basis  of  human  behavior,  in- 
cluding considerations  of  sensory 
phenomena,  motor  coordination,  emo- 
tion, drives,  and  the  neurological  basis  of 
learning. 


180  /  Graduate  Programs 


PSYC  403  Animal  Behavior.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, PSYC  206  or  301.  A  study  of 
animal  behavior,  including  considerations 
of  social  interactions,  learning  sensory 
processes,  motivation,  and  experimental 
methods,  with  a  major  emphasis  on 
mammals. 

PSYC  404  Introduction  to  Behavioral 
Pharmacology.  (3)  Prerequisite,  PSYC  400 
or  permission  of  instructor.  This  course 
surveys  the  basic  findings  and  theoret- 
ical viewpoints  on  the  interaction  of 
drugs  and  behavior.  Topics  include  an 
introduction  to  basic  principles  of  phar- 
macology, the  effects  of  drugs  on  vari- 
ous behavior,  experimental  analysis  of 
drug  dependence  and  abuse,  and  neuro- 
pharmacology and  behavior. 
PSYC  405  Applied  Behavior  Analysis.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  PSYC  301.  Theoretical  and 
research  literature  in  the  application  of 
operant  and  respondent  conditioning 
principles  to  human  behavior.  Ap- 
proaches to  behavior  problems  in  school, 
home  and  professional  settings. 
PSYC  410  Experimental  Psychology  — 
Sensory  Processes  I.  (4)  Three  lectures 
and  one  two-hour  laboratory/ 
demonstration  period  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisite, MATH  140,  or  111  and  220. 
Primarily  for  students  who  major  in 
psychology.  A  systematic  survey  of  the 
content,  models,  and  methodologies  of 
sensory  and  perceptual  research.  A  stu- 
dent who  has  completed  PSYC  310  must 
have  permission  of  the  instructor  in 
order  to  register  for  PSYC  410. 

PSYC  412  Experimental  Psychology  — 
Sensory  Processes  II.  (4)  Two  lectures 
and  four  hours  of  laboratory  exercise 
and  research  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
PSYC  410  or  consent  of  instructor.  Pri- 
marily for  Psychology  majors  and  majors 
in  Biological  Sciences  with  a  special  in- 
terest in  sensory  processes.  Lectures 
and  laboratory  exercises  will  emphasize 
contemporary  problems  in  sensory  proc- 
ess research.  Sufficient  latitude  will  be 
provided  so  the  exceptional  student  may 
conduct  original  research  based  on  find- 
ings reported  in  the  current  literature. 

PSYC  420  Experimental  Psychology  — 
Social  Processes.  (4)  Prerequisite,  PSYC 
20  and  221.  Primarily  for  Psychology  ma- 
jors. A  laboratory  course  which  provides 
a  basic  understanding  of  experimental 
method  in  social  Psychology  and  experi- 
ence in  conducting  research  on  social 
processes. 

PSYC  422  Language  and  Social  Commu- 
nication. (3)  Prerequisite,  PSYC  420.  The 
nature  and  significance  of  verbal  and 
nonverbal  communication  in  social  psy- 
chological processes  including  examina- 
tion of  relevant  theoretical  approaches  to 
symbolic  behavior. 

PSYC  423  Advanced  Social  Psychology. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  PSYC  420.  A  systematic 
review  of  research  and  points  of  view  in 
regard  to  major  problems  in  the  field  of 
Social  Psychology. 

PSYC  431  Abnormal  Psychology.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PSYC  100,  200,  and  400  or 


410  or  420.  The  nature,  diagnosis,  eti- 
ology, and  treatment  of  mental  disorders. 
A  student  may  not  receive  credit  for 
both  PSYC  331  and  431. 
PSYC  433  Advanced  Topics  in  Child 
Psychology.  (3)  Prerequisite,  PSYC  200, 
335.  The  growth  and  transformation  of 
basic  psychological  processes  from  birth 
to  maturity.  Emphasis  is  on  research 
data  and  methodological  issues,  espe- 
cially as  they  relate  to  other  aspects  of 
psychology.  A  student  may  not  receive 
credit  for  both  PSYC  333  and  433. 

PSYC  435  Personality.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
PSYC  200,  331,  and  400  or  410  or  420. 
Major  personality  theories,  their 
postulates  and  evidence,  assessment 
and  research  methodology  in  personality, 
major  areas  of  personality  research,  their 
methodologies,  findings,  implications, 
and  relationships  to  the  field  of  psy- 
chology. A  student  may  not  receive 
credit  for  both  PSYC  335  and  435. 
PSYC  436  Introduction  to  Clinical 
Psychology.  (3)  Prerequisites,  PSYC  451; 
either  PSYC  431  or  435;  and  either  PSYC 
400  or  410  or  420.  A  survey  and  critical 
analysis  of  clinical  psychology,  with  par- 
ticular emphasis  on  current  develop- 
ments and  trends.  Designed  to  broaden 
the  student's  perspective  on  Clinical 
Psychology,  to  increase  his  intrinsic  in- 
terest in  the  field,  and  to  provide  him 
with  a  firmer  basis  for  critical  evaluation 
of  major  theoretical  and  methodological 
foundations  in  the  field.  Students  will  be 
expected  to  conduct  individual  projects 
related  to  the  course  with  a  substantial 
amount  of  direct  supervision. 

PSYC  440  Introduction  to  Cognitive 
Psychology.  (3)  Prerequisite,  PSYC  200. 
This  course  serves  as  an  introduction  to 
selected  topics  and  theories  in  Cognitive 
Psychology.  Topics  include  visual  and 
auditory  information  processing,  atten- 
tion, memory,  concept  identification  and 
psycholinguistics. 

PSYC  441  Psychology  of  Human  Learn- 
ing. (3)  Prerequisite,  PSYC  200  and  440 
or  410  or  420.  Review  and  analysis  of  the 
major  phenomena  and  theories  of  human 
learning,  including  an  introduction  to  the 
fields  of  problem  solving,  thinking  and 
reasoning. 

PSYC  451  Principles  of  Psychological 
Testing.  (4)  Three  lectures  and  one  two- 
hour  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisite, PSYC  200  or  equivalent.  A  survey 
of  the  basic  concepts  and  theories  of 
psychological  measurement  illustrated 
through  demonstration  of  principal  ap- 
proaches to  psychological  testing. 

PSYC  452  Psychology  of  Individual  Dif- 
ferences. (3)  Prerequisite,  PSYC  200. 
Problems,  theories  and  researches  re- 
lated to  psychological  differences  among 
individuals  and  groups. 

PSYC  453  Mathematical  Psychology.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PSYC  200  or  equivalent,  and 
consent  of  instructor.  A  survey  of  mathe- 
matical formulations  in  Psychology, 
including  measurement  and  scaling 
models,  statistical  and  psychometric 


models,  and  elementary  mathematical 
representations  of  psychological  proc- 
esses in  learning,  choice,  psychophysics, 
and  social  behavior. 

PSYC  461  Personnel  and  Organizational 
Psychology.  (3)  Prerequisite,  PSYC  200  or 
equivalent,  and  one  other  200  level 
course.  For  majors.  Intensive  examina- 
tion of  issues  in  personnel  Psychology 
(recruitment,  selection  and  classification, 
job  satisfaction)  and  organizational  Psy- 
chology (motivation,  morale,  group  proc- 
esses including  leadership,  organization 
theory).  Emphasis  is  on  theories  of 
behavior  in  organizations  and  research 
results  regarding  behavior  in  on-going 
human  systems.  Where  appropriate,  rela- 
tions between  theory  and  practice  are 
discussed. 

PSYC  462  Engineering  Psychology  and 
Training  Models.  (3)  Prerequisite,  PSYC 
200  or  equivalent,  and  one  other  200 
level  course.  For  majors.  An  examination 
of  the  theories  and  research  regarding 
human  performance  capabilities  and 
skills  (information  processing,  decision- 
making, environmental  constraints,  auto- 
mation), training  procedures  (traditional 
methods,  programmed  learning, 
computer-assisted  instruction)  and 
models  and  procedures  for  evaluating 
training  programs  in  industry,  education, 
and  service  organizations. 

PSYC  467  Vocational  Psychology.  (3) 

Survey  and  critical  analysis  of  theory  and 
research  on  vocational  choice  and  voca- 
tional adjustment.  Definition  and  cor- 
relates of  vocational  aspirations,  prefer- 
ences, choices,  motivation,  success,  and 
satisfaction.  Developmental  trends  in 
career  decision-making  and  career 
patterns. 

PSYC  478  Independent  Study  in  Psy- 
chology. (1-3)  Prerequisite,  written  con- 
sent of  instructor.  A  student  who  wishes 
to  take  independent  research  study  must 
have  completed  12  hours  of  Psychology 
with  at  least  a  2.5  average.  Integrated 
reading  under  direction  leading  to  the 
preparation  of  an  adequately  docu- 
mented report  on  a  special  topic.  (In 
special  cases  a  student  who  may  need 
to  repeat  this  course  in  order  to  com- 
plete his  independent  study  will  make  a 
formal  request,  including  a  research  pro- 
posal, through  his  advisor  to  the  depart- 
mental honors  committee.) 

PSYC  479  Special  Research  Problems  in 
Psychology.  (1-3)  Prerequisite,  written 
consent  of  instructor.  A  student  who 
wishes  to  take  independent  research 
study  must  have  completed  12  hours  of 
Psychology  with  at  least  a  2.5  average. 
An  individual  course  designed  to  allow 
the  studeni  to  pursue  a  specialized  re- 
search topic  under  supervision.  (In 
special  cases  a  student  who  may  need 
to  repeat  this  course  in  order  to  com- 
plete his  research  will  make  a  formal  re- 
quest, including  a  research  proposal, 
through  his  advisor  to  the  departmental 
honors  committee.) 


Graduate  Programs  /  181 


PSYC  488  Advanced  Psychology  I 
(Honors).  (3) 

H  —  Honors 

Usually  taken  during  junior  year.  Prereq- 
uisites, PSYC  200  and  permission  of  de- 
partment honors  committee.  Seminar 
covering  topics  in  sensation,  perception, 
learning,  and  motivation. 

PSYC  489  Senior  Seminar.  (3) 

PSYC  498  Advanced  Psychology  II 
(Honors).  (3) 
H  —  Honors 

Usually  taken  during  senior  year.  Prereq- 
uisite. PSYC  488H.  Semester  covering 
topics  in  measurement,  social  processes 
and  other  subject  matter  of  current 
interest. 

PSYC  499  Honors  Thesis  Research.  (3) 
H  —  Honors 

Usually  taken  during  last  semester  in 
residence.  Prerequisite,  permission  of 
thesis  advisor. 

PSYC  601  Quantitative  Methods.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PSYC  200  or  equivalent.  A 
basic  course  in  mathematical  formula- 
tions and  quantitative  analysis  in  Psy- 
chology, with  an  emphasis  on  measure- 
ment, probability,  statistical  inference 
and  estimation,  regression,  and 
correlation. 

PSYC  602  Quantitative  Methods.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  PSYC  200  or  equivalent.  A 
basic  course  in  mathematical  formula- 
tions and  quantitative  analysis  in  Psy- 
chology, with  an  emphasis  on  measure- 
ment, probability,  statistical  inference 
and  estimation,  regression,  and 
correlation. 

PSYC  611  Advanced  Developmental 
Psychology.  (3)  Empirical,  experimental 
and  theoretical  literature  related  to 
developmental  processes. 

PSYC  612  Theories  of  Personality.  (3) 
Scientific  requirements  for  a  personality 
theory.  Postulates  and  relevant  research 
literature  for  several  current  personality 
theories. 

PSYC  619  Clinical  Research  Team.  (1-3) 

Discussion  of  research  topics;  presenta- 
tion and  critique  of  original  research  pro- 
posals in  clinical  Psychology.  May  be  re- 
peated to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

PSYC  640  Fundamentals  of  Social 
Psychology.  (3)  Method,  research  and 
theory  in  social  psychology. 

PSYC  651  Sensory  and  Perceptual  Pro- 
cesses. (3)  A  broad  coverage  of  knowl- 
edge in  sensory  and  perceptual  pro- 
cesses. Major  theories  and  antecedents 
of  contemporary  research  in  the  field. 

PSYC  661  Experimental  Analysis  of 
Behavior.  (3)  Fundamental  principles  and 
theoretical  framework  of  the  experimen- 
tal analysis  of  behavior. 

PSYC  671  Verbal  Behavior.  (3)  A 
systematic  review  of  major  topic  areas  in 
the  general  field  of  human  learning  with 
particular  emphasis  upon  learning,  mem- 
ory, and  linguistic  processes. 


PSYC  678  Seminar  in  Psycholinguistics. 

(3)  Prerequisite.  PSYC  671.  Contemporary 
psycholinguistic  theories  of  language  ac- 
quisition and  use.  Phonological,  seman- 
tic and  syntactic  aspects  of  language. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

PSYC  679  Seminar  in  Cognitive  Develop- 
ment. (3)  Prerequisite.  PSYC  611  or  671. 
Advanced  coverage  of  research  method- 
ology and  research  issues  in  various 
areas  of  cognitive  development  such  as 
discrimination  learning,  concept  iden- 
tification, form  perception,  language  ac- 
quisition, and  memory.  Emphasis  on  in- 
terrelationships among  developmental 
changes  during  infancy  and  childhood. 
Utility  of  a  developmental  perspective  in 
analyzing  the  components  of  cognition. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

PSYC  687  Historical  Viewpoints  and  Cur- 
rent Theories  in  Psychology.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, PSYC  622. 

PSYC  688  Historical  Viewpoints  and  Cur- 
rent Theories  in  Psychology.  (3) 

PSYC  701  Multivariate  Analysis  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PSYC  602  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Fundamentals  of  matrix  alge- 
bra, multivariate  distributions,  multi- 
variate estimation  problems  and  test  of 
hypotheses,  general  linear  model. 

PSYC  702  Multivariate  Analysis  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  PSYC  701  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Component  and  factor  analy- 
sis with  emphasis  on  the  appropriate- 
ness of  the  models  to  psychological 
data.  Both  theoretical  issues  and  re- 
search implications  will  be  discussed. 
The  Course  will  treat  the  factor  analytic 
model,  the  three  indeterminant  problems 
of  communalities,  factor  loadings  and 
factor  scores,  extraction  algorithms,  rota- 
tional algorithms,  and  the  principal  com- 
ponent model. 

PSYC  703  Scaling  Techniques  and 
Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite,  PSYC  602  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Theory  of  mea- 
surement as  applied  to  psychology:  and 
the  associated  experimental  techniques 
needed  to  construct  measurement 
scales.  The  principal  psychophysical  and 
psychometric  scaling  models  are 
discussed. 

PSYC  704  Test  Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
PSYC  602  or  permission  of  instructor.  A 
survey  of  theories  of  test  construction 
with  emphasis  on  reliability,  validity,  and 
criteria  problems.  Covers  measurement 
in  differential  psychology,  item  analysis, 
reliability,  validity,  reliability  of  difference 
scores,  prediction  and  the  construction 
of  test  batteries,  and  factor  theory. 

PSYC  705  Mathematical  Models  of  Learn- 
ing and  Memory.  (3)  Prerequisite,  PSYC 
602  or  consent  of  instructor.  Topics  to 
be  covered  include  a  review  of  basic 
probability  theory:  matrix  operations  and 
difference  equations:  stochastic  models 
of  learning,  memory  and  attention; 
stimulus  sampling  theory;  computer  sim- 
ulations of  learning  processes. 

PSYC  706  Seminar  in  Prediction.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PSYC  602  or  permission  of 


instructor.  In  depth  review  of  techniques 
for  prediction  in  the  behavioral  sciences. 
Emphasis  on  both  theoretical  rationale 
and  research  implications. 

PSYC  707  Theory  of  Decision  and 
Choice.  (3)  Prerequisite,  PSYC  602  or 
consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  alge- 
braic and  probabilistic  models  for  deci- 
sion and  choice  behavior,  and  related  ex- 
perimental procedures.  Topics  include: 
measurement  of  preference,  utility  and 
subjective  likelihood  models  for  certain 
and  uncertain  outcomes,  normative  strat- 
egies, competitive  strategies,  and  group 
decision  making. 

PSYC  708  Seminar  in  Psychometric 
Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite.  PSYC  602  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Study  of  the  cur- 
rent practices,  trends,  or  recent  devel- 
opments in  psychometric  theory.  Repeat- 
able  to  a  maximum  of  nine  hours. 

PSYC  709  Seminar  in  Mathematical 
Models.  (3)  Prerequisite.  PSYC  602  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Special  topics  in 
mathematical  Psychology.  A  discussion 
of  quantitative  representations  of  psy- 
chological processes  in  one  or  more 
substantive  areas  of  psychology.  Repeat- 
able  to  a  maximum  of  nine  hours. 

PSYC  711  Introduction  to  Counseling 
Psychology.  (3)  Prerequisite,  permission 
of  instructor.  Introduction  to  the  profes- 
sional field,  examination  of  pertinent  sci- 
entific and  philosophical  backgrounds, 
and  survey  of  the  major  theories,  prin- 
ciples, and  training  models  in  counsel- 
ing. Correlated  laboratory  analogue  ex- 
periences in  dyadic  and  group 
interrelationships. 

PSYC  712  Principles  and  Procedures  of 
Counselor  Functions.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
PSYC  711.  Specific  functions  and  areas 
of  specialization  of  the  counseling  psy- 
chologist including  vocational  psycho- 
logy, use  of  tests  in  counseling,  and  stu- 
dent ecology.  Principles  of  consultation, 
interprofessional  relations,  and  ethical 
standards.  Concurrent  correlated 
laboratory  experiences  for  all  topics. 

PSYC  713  Fundamentals  of  Clinical 
Psychology.  (3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
the  instructor.  Analysis  of  clinical  psy- 
chology as  a  scientist-preofessional 
paradigm,  its  historical  roots  and  its 
scientific  and  professional  evolution; 
selected  coverage  of  current  major  re- 
search topics,  e.g..  psychotherapy, 
psychopathology,  community;  current 
nature  of  clinical  psychology  and  evolv- 
ing trends. 

PSYC  718  Research  Issues  in  Clinical, 
Counseling,  and  Community  Psychology. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor. 
Issues  and  strategies  in  conceptual  sys- 
tems, designs  and  methodologies  of  cur- 
rent research  in  these  areas;  critical  anal- 
ysis of  current  research.  May  be  re- 
peated to  a  maximum  of  nine  credits. 

PSYC  719  Seminar  in  Clinical,  Counsel- 
ing, and  Community  Psychology.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, permission  of  instructor,  ad- 
vanced selected  topics  in  areas  such  as 


182  /  Graduate  Programs 


psychotherapy,  consultation,  assess- 
ment, psychopathology,  student  ecology, 
etc.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of 
nine  credits. 

PSYC  721  Seminar  and  Laboratory  in 
Behavioral  Assessment  I.  (2)  Prerequisite, 
consent  of  instructor.  PSYC  721  and  722 
must  be  taken  concurrently.  Introduction 
to  a  broad  range  of  assessment  ap- 
proaches, issues,  theories  and  research. 
Emphasizes  formulation  and  evaluation 
of  strategies  for  information  gathering 
and  problem  solving  in  a  variety  of 
clinical  situations  and  includes  be- 
havioral observations,  rating  procedures 
and  standardized  tests. 

PSYC  722  Seminar  and  Laboratory  in 
Behavioral  Assessment  I.  (2)  Prerequisite, 
consent  of  instructor.  PSYC  721  and  722 
must  be  taken  concurrently.  Introduction 
to  a  broad  range  of  assessment  ap- 
proaches, issues,  theories  and  research. 
Emphasizes  formulation  and  evaluation 
of  strategies  for  information  gathering 
and  problem  solving  in  a  variety  of 
clinical  situations  and  includes  be- 
havioral observations,  rating  procedures 
and  standardized  tests. 

PSYC  723  Seminar  and  Laboratory  in 
Behavioral  Assessment  II.  (2)  Prereq- 
uisite, consent  of  instructor.  PSYC  723 
and  724  must  be  taken  concurrently.  In- 
troduction to  a  broad  range  of  assess- 
ment approaches,  issues,  theories  and 
research.  Emphasizes  formulation  and 
evaluation  of  strategies  for  information 
gathering  and  problem  solving  in  a  vari- 
ety of  clinical  situations  and  includes  be- 
havioral observations,  rating  procedures 
and  standardized  tests. 

PSYC  724  Seminar  and  Laboratory  in 
Behavioral  Assessment  II.  (2)  Prereq- 
uisite, consent  of  instructor.  PSYC  723 
and  724  must  be  taken  concurrently.  In- 
troduction to  a  broad  range  of  assess- 
ment approaches,  issues,  theories  and 
research.  Emphasizes  formulation  and 
evaluation  of  strategies  for  information 
gathering  and  problem  solving  in  a  vari- 
ety of  clinical  situations  and  includes 
behavioral  observations,  rating  proce- 
dures and  standardized  tests. 

PSYC  727  Introductory  Counseling  Prac- 
ticum.  (3)  Prerequisite,  PSYC  711  and 
712.  Supervised  training  in  application  of 
methods  relevant  to  behavior  change 
through  counseling. 

PSYC  728  Introductory  Didactic- 
Practicum  in  Psychological  Intervention. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor. 
Introduction  to  concepts  and  skills  of 
psychological  intervention  emphasizing 
the  relationship  to  the  behavioral  science 
foundation  theories,  methods  and  re- 
search findings  with  the  development 
and  utilization  of  intervention  skills.  The 
course  includes  supervised  experience  in 
intervention  skills.  The  course  includes 
supervised  experience  in  intervention 
skills  as  designated  by  the  subtopics  of 
the  course.  May  be  repeated  to  a  max- 
imum of  nine  credits. 


PSYC  729  Advanced  DidacticPracticum 
in  Psychological  Intervention.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, consent  of  instructor  and  PSYC 
727  or  728.  Concept,  research  and  super- 
vised experience  in  intervention  skills  in 
advanced  specialized  areas,  e.g.,  college 
student  counseling,  child  evaluation, 
parent  and  school  consultation,  psycho- 
evaluation,  behavioral  therapy,  individual 
psychotherapy.  May  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  of  nine  hours. 
PSYC  730  Introduction  to  Industrial  and 
Organizational  Psychology.  (3)  Advanced 
survey  of  industrial-organizational  Psy- 
chology, including  selection,  training, 
human  engineering,  motivation,  group 
processes,  leadership,  organizational 
psychology,  and  some  topics  in  research 
methods  including  philosophy  of  sci- 
ence. Readings  stressed  and  seminar 
time  will  be  used  for  discussion  and  in- 
tegration of  the  reading  materials.  Var- 
ious faculty  members  will  serve  as  con- 
tent experts. 

PSYC  731  Training  Procedures  and 
Evaluation  in  Organizational  Settings.  (3) 
Psychological  principles  and  methods  in 
the  development  and  evaluation  of  train- 
ing procedures  in  business  and  industry, 
government  and  military,  and  educational 
and  service  institutions.  Included  are 
discussions  of  learning  foundations,  and 
training  methodology  (simulators,  pro- 
grammed instruction,  computer-assisted 
instruction).  The  focus  of  the  course  is 
the  design  of  evaluation  research  in 
social  settings. 

PSYC  732  Selection  and  Classification 
Issues  in  Organizations.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
PSYC  730,  PSYC  601-602  or  the  equiva- 
lents, or  permission  of  the  instructor. 
Consideration  of  societal,  organizational 
and  individual  demands  for  appropriate 
use  of  individual  differences  in  (primarily) 
initial  placement  of  employees.  Recruit- 
ment, and  selection  issues,  the  role  of 
governmental  regulations,  and  the  role  of 
individual  factors  in  individual  behavior 
are  considered.  Extensive  coverage  given 
to  fundamental  psycho-metric  problems 
and  the  development  of  individual  and 
organizational  criteria  of  effectiveness. 

PSYC  733  Organizational  Psychology.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PSYC  730,  PSYC  601-602  or 
their  equivalents  or  permission  of  the  in- 
structor. Emphasizes  theories  and  data 
regarding  the  impact  of  environmental 
factors  on  individual,  group,  and  organi- 
zational behavior.  Group  dynamics,  lead- 
ership, and  power,  motivation  and  satis- 
faction, and  organization  structure  and 
environment  are  examined  as  correlates 
of  behavior. 

PSYC  734  Motivation  and  Attitudes  in 
Organizations.  (3)  Prerequisite,  permis- 
sion of  the  instructor.  Major  theories  of 
human  motivation  in  organizational  con- 
texts. Included  will  be  theories  concern- 
ing some  determinants  of  performances, 
satisfaction  and  dissatisfaction,  the  rela- 
tionship between  satisfaction  and  perfor- 
mances, determinants  of  boredom  and 
fatigue,  and  the  functions  and  effects  of 
incentives. 


PSYC  735  Seminar  in  Human  Perfor- 
mance Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite,  permis- 
sion of  the  instructor.  An  examination  of 
man-machine  interaction  with  emphasis 
on  the  theories  and  research  which  fo- 
cus on  human  performance  capabilities 
and  skills.  Some  of  the  topics  covered 
are  information  processing  and  com- 
munications, decision  making,  environ- 
mental constraints  and  automation. 

PSYC  738  Seminar  in  Industrial 
Psychology.  (3)  An  advanced  seminar 
covering  specialized  topics  such  as: 
morale  and  motivation,  labor  relations, 
consumer  motivations,  man-machine  sys- 
tems, quantitative  and  qualitative  person- 
nel requirements  inventory,  job  eval- 
uation, environment  conditions  and 
safety,  occupational  choice  and  clas- 
sification, and  the  interview. 

PSYC  740  Social  Psychology  Research 
Methodology.  (3)  A  review  of  research 
methodology  in  social  psychology,  in- 
cluding research  design,  techniques  of 
data  collection,  and  the  interpretation  of 
data.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  developing 
skill  in  evaluating  studies  and  generating 
research  designs. 

PSYC  741  Attitude  Change.  (3)  A  review 
of  research  and  theory  concerning  the 
nature  of  attitudes  and  the  determinants 
of  attitude  change. 

PSYC  742  Group  Behavior.  (3)  A  review 
of  research  and  theory  concerning  group 
behavior,  including  topics  such  as  prob- 
lem solving,  communication,  leadership 
and  conformity. 

PSYC  743  Person  Perception.  (3)  A 

review  of  research  and  theory  concerning 
the  attribution  of  personal  characteris- 
tics, interpersonal  attraction  and  self- 
evaluation. 

PSYC  748  Seminar  in  Social  Psychology. 

(3)  A  seminar  on  selected  topics  in  social 
psychology.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of 
six  credits. 

PSYC  749  Current  Research  in  Social 
Psychology.  (1-3)  Repeatable  to  a  max- 
imum of  9  credits. 

PSYC  758  Seminar  in  Vision.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, PSYC  651  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Selected  topics  in  vision.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

PSYC  759  Seminar  in  Auditory 
Mechanisms.  (3)  Prerequisite,  PSYC  651 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Selected  topics 
in  auditory  and  psychoacoustic  research, 
with  emphasis  on  sensory  and  percep- 
tual phenomena  and  their  physiological 
bases.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits. 

PSYC  761  Advanced  Laboratory  Tech- 
niques. (1-3)  Methodology  of  the 
automatization  or  research  techniques 
and  apparatus;  apparatus  design  and 
construction;  telemetric  and  digital  tech- 
niques; logical  block  circuitry. 

PSYC  762  Comparative  Psychology.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PSYC  661.  The  experimental 


Graduate  Programs  / 183 


literature  on  the  behavior  of  infra-human 
organisms.  Special  topics. 

PSYC  763  Advanced  Psychophysiology. 
(3)  Alternate  years. 

PSYC  764  Comparative  Neuroanatomy. 
(3)  Prerequisites,  a  graduate  or  under- 
graduate course  in  physiological  psy- 
chology or  physiology  or  comparative 
anatomy  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Demonstrations  and  lectures  on  the 
gross,  microscopic  and  ultrastructural 
morphology  of  the  central  nervous  sys- 
tem of  vertebrates. 

PSYC  765  Seminar  in  Psychophar- 
macology.  (3)  Prerequisite,  one  year  of 
graduate  study  in  psychology  and  con- 
sent of  the  instructor.  A  critical  review 
and  detailed  analysis  of  the  literature 
and  problems  related  to  the  effects  of 
drugs  on  animal  and  human  behavior. 
Designed  for  advanced  graduate  stu- 
dents in  experimental  psychology  and 
clinical  psychology. 

PSYC  766  Laboratory  Methods  in  Neuro- 
anatomy. (3)  Permission  of  the  instructor. 
Laboratory  practice  in  the  perfusion  and 
fixation  of  neural  tissue.  Training  in  the 
use  of  the  compound  microscope,  the 
microprojector,  the  reconstruction  of 
brain  lesions  and  macro-  and  micropho- 
tography  of  neural  tissue. 

PSYC  768  Conditioning  and  Learning.  (3) 
Alternate  years.  Prerequisite,  PSYC  622. 
The  literature  on  the  experimental  analy- 
sis of  behavior,  with  examination  of 
basic  experiments  and  contemporary 
theories  related  to  them. 

PSYC  778  Seminar  in  Learning  and 
Memory.  (3)  Prerequisite,  PSYC  671.  An 
advanced  topical  seminar  covering  the 
areas  of  human  learning  and  memory. 
Acquisition  processes,  storage  and  re- 
trieval processes,  and  attention  and  in- 
formation processing.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits. 

PSYC  788  Special  Research  Problems. 
(1-4)  Supervised  research  on  problems 
selected  from  the  area  of  experimental, 
indusirial,  social,  quantitative,  or  mental 
health  psychology. 

PSYC  789  Special  Research  Problems. 
(1-4) 

PSYC  798  Graduate  Seminar.  (2) 

PSYC  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

PSYC  818  Research  Issues  in  Personality 
or  Development.  (3)  Prerequisites,  PSYC 
601.  602  and  either  611  or  612  or  their 
equivalents,  depending  on  course  con- 
tent. Experimental  design  and  methodol- 
ogy and  statistical  treatment  of  data  ap- 
propriate to  personality  or  developmental 
research;  critical  analysis  of  major  cur- 
rent areas  of  research  including  method- 
ologies, findings  and  implications.  The 
course  will  focus  on  either  personality 
research  or  developmental  research  in  a 
given  semester.  May  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  of  nine  hours. 


PSYC  819  Seminar  in  Personality  and 
Development.  (3)  An  advanced  seminar 
covering  specialized  topics.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  nine  credits. 

PSYC  858  Contemporary  Theories  in  Sen- 
sory Processes.  (3)  Prerequisites,  PSYC 
651  or  consent  of  instructor.  Specialized 
study  of  sensory  processes  with  empha- 
sis on  mathematical  models.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

PSYC  859  Special  Topics  in  Perception. 

(3)  Prerequisites.  PSYC  651  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Intensive  study  of  selected 
topics  in  perception.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits. 

PSYC  878  Current  Research  in  Language 
and  Cognition.  (3)  Prerequisite,  PSYC 
671.  Seminar  will  cover  current  research 
and  methodological  issues  in  language 
and  cognition.  Specialized  topics  include: 
computer  models  of  cognitive  behavior; 
cross-cultural  studies  in  language  and 
thought;  mathematical  and  analytical 
techniques  for  assessing  structures;  and 
others.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits. 

PSYC  888  Research  Methods  in 
Psychology.  (1-3) 

PSYC  889  Research  Methods  in 
Psychology.  (1-3) 

PSYC  898  Graduate  Seminar.  (2) 

PSYC  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 


Recreation  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Humphrey 
Associate  Professors:  Churchill,  Kuss, 

Strobell,  Verhoven 
Assistant  Professors:  Anderson,  Colton, 

Leedy,  Thompson 
Lecturer:  Lutzin 

The  Department  of  Recreation  offers 
both  the  M.A.  and  Ph.D.  degrees. 
Special  areas  of  concentration  in- 
clude Administration,  Therapeutic 
Recreation,  Program  Planning,  Out- 
door Education,  and  Resource  Plan- 
ning and  Management.  The  program 
of  advanced  studies  is  designed  to 
assist  professional  practitioners  in 
the  leisure  services  field;  and  to 
prepare  those  who  wish  to  enter  the 
teaching  profession,  government  or 
institutional  service,  and  those  who 
have  interests  in  community  ser- 
vices and  education. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Students  are  required  to  present 
Graduate  Record  Examination 
scores  and  evidence  of  any  expe- 
rience in  addition  to  fulfilling  the 
regular  admission  requirements  of 
the  Graduate  School.  Doctoral  stu- 
dents must  complete  either  a  lan- 
guage requirement  or  an  approved 


substitute.  A  thesis  or  dissertation 
is  required  of  all  students. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Recreation  students  have  access  to 
the  University's  McKeldin  Library, 
the  College's  Research  Laboratory 
and  statistical  resources,  the  Com- 
puter Science  Center,  the  almost 
unlimited  facilities  and  subjects  of 
the  metropolitan  areas  of  Baltimore 
and  Washington,  D.C.,  and  to  the 
headquarters  and  offices  of  appro- 
priate national  organizations,  agen- 
cies and  federal  governmental  units 
in  the  nation's  Capital. 

Financial  Assistance 

A  limited  number  of  teaching  and 
research  assistantships  are  available 
to  qualified  graduate  students. 

Additional  Information 

For  additional  information  about 
specific  requirements,  please  con- 
tact Dr.  Fred  R.  Kuss,  Graduate 
Coordinator,  Department  of  Recrea- 
tion, University  of  Maryland. 

Courses 

RECR  410  Measurement  and  Evaluation 
in  Recreation.  (3)  Prerequisite,  RECR  130 
or  325  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  survey 
course  in  measurement  tools  and  meth- 
ods and  application  of  measurement  to 
evaluative  processes  applicable  in  spec- 
ific and  broad  areas  of  interest  and 
specialization  in  recreation  and  parks. 

RECR  415  Quantitative  Methods.  (3)  A 

course  covering  the  statistical  tech- 
niques most  frequently  used  in  research 
pertaining  to  recreation.  An  effort  will  be 
made  to  provide  the  student  with  the 
necessary  skills,  and  to  acquaint  him 
with  the  interpretations  and  practical  ap- 
plications of  these  techniques. 

RECR  420  Program  Planning  and 
Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisite,  RECR  130  or 
325;  RECR  220  recommended.  The  es- 
sential elements  and  basic  principles  in- 
volved in  the  organization  and  adminis- 
tration of  various  types  of  recreation  pro- 
grams with  emphasis  on  the  develop- 
ment of  practical,  comprehensive  pro- 
gram plans  and  evaluations  for  a  popula- 
tion and  a  facility  within  the  student's 
particular  area  of  interest. 

RECR  426  Industrial  Employee  Recrea- 
tion. (3)  An  introductory  study  of  the 
philosophy  of  and  practices  and  prob- 
lems in  industrial  recreation.  Where 
possible  the  course  will  include  oppor- 
tunities for  observation  and  for  meeting 
visiting  specialists. 

RECR  432  Philosophy  of  Recreation.  (3) 

A  study  of  the  meanings,  relationships, 
and  services  of  recreation  as  expressed 
by  past  and  present  authorities  and 
leaders.  This  course  should  be  of  in- 
terest to  people  active  in  education, 
social  work,  and  related  fields. 


184  /  Graduate  Programs 


RECR  450  Camp  Management.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, RECR  150  or  experience.  An  ad- 
vanced camping  course  for  those  stu- 
dents with  previous  training  and  expe- 
rience; organization,  administration,  pro- 
gramming, current  trends,  evaluation,  and 
special  problems.  Whenever  possible, 
visiting  specialists  and  field  trips  will  be 
included. 

RECR  451  Recreational  Use  of  Natural 
Areas.  (3)  An  introductory  orientation  to 
the  outdoor  recreation  phenomenon.  Fac- 
tors stimulating  outdoor  recreation  in- 
volvement; federal,  state,  local,  public 
and  private  departments  and  agencies 
managing  outdoor  recreation  areas;  legis- 
lation; philosophical  concepts;  and  plan- 
ning and  management  issues. 

RECR  454  Outdoor  Education.  (6)  Field 
experience  and  resident  camping  in  an 
outdoor  setting  will  be  used  to  present 
the  activities  and  techniques  recom- 
mended for  modern  outdoor  education 
practice.  Where  possible  groups  of  par- 
ticipants will  be  utilized  as  subjects  for 
practice  instructional  work.  Activity  will 
emphasize  not  only  the  subject  matter  of 
science  and  education  but  also  the 
broad  concepts  of  conservation,  worthy 
use  of  leisure  time,  education  for  demo- 
cratic living,  etc. 

RECR  455  Historical  and  Natural  Inter- 
pretation. (3)  Prerequisite,  RECR  351.  Ex- 
amination of  the  philosophies  of  and 
techniques  appropriate  to  historical  and 
natural  interpretation.  Analysis  and  de- 
velopment of  interpretive  programs  and 
visitor  information  services.  Field  trips 
and  laboratory  experiences  will  be 
required. 

RECR  457  Concepts  and  Issues  in  Out- 
door Recreation.  (3)  A  survey  of  the  rela- 
tionships between  land,  leisure  and  peo- 
ple as  increasingly  vital  and  interdepen- 
dent issues  in  American  civilization.  The 
mainstream  of  thoughts,  methods  and 
policies  of  resource  based  recreation, 
with  special  attention  to  the  history  of 
conservation  and  the  significance  of 
wilderness. 

RECR  460  Leadership  Techniques  and 
Practices.  (3)  Prerequisite,  RECR  130  or 
325.  Various  types  and  dynamics  of  rec- 
reation leadership  at  academic,  agency, 
small  and  large  group  levels.  Acquisition 
of  tangible  techniques,  such  as  goal  set- 
ting, decision  making,  and  leadership  for 
purposes  of  organizing,  implementing, 
observing  and  analyzing  human  function 
in  organizational  settings. 

RECR  463  Supervisory  Techniques  in 
Recreation.  (3)  A  study  of  the  principles, 
methods,  techniques  as  well  as  an  analy- 
sis of  the  functions  of  supervision  in  the 
recreation  and  parks  environment.  This 
course  is  designed  to  advance  the  stu- 
dent's understanding  of  the  art  of  build- 
ing human  relationships,  and  to  apply 
the  emerging  concepts  and  principles  of 
modern  supervision  to  practical  situa- 
tions in  which  administrators,  supervi- 
sors, leaders  (both  professional  and  para- 
professional)  and  volunteers  are  working. 


RECR  475  Problems  in  Therapeutic 
Recreation.  (3)  Prerequisite,  RECR  375. 
Problems  encountered  in  the  delivery  of 
therapeutic  recreation  services  to  in- 
dividuals with  special  problems.  Current 
trends,  innovative  service  delivery  mod- 
els, literature  review,  and  identification  of 
funding  sources. 

RECR  476  Institutional  Recreation.  (3)  An 

introductory  study  of  the  philosophy  of 
and  practices  in  hospital  and  institutional 
recreation.  Where  possible  the  course 
will  include  opportunities  for  observation 
and  for  meeting  visiting  specialists. 

RECR  489  Field  Laboratory  Projects  and 
Workshop.  (1-6)  A  course  designed  to 
meet  the  needs  of  persons  in  the  field 
with  respect  to  workshops  and  research 
projects  in  special  areas  of  knowledge 
not  covered  by  regularly  structured 
courses. 

RECR  490  Organization  and  Administra- 
tion of  Recreation.  (3)  A  study  of  the 
organizational  patterns  and  administra- 
tive problems  involved  in  the  various 
types  of  operating  recreation  depart- 
ments and  agencies;  forms  of  organiza- 
tion; finance  and  budget;  personnel;  pub- 
lic relations. 

RECR  495  Recreation  Resource  and 
Facility  Planning  I.  (3)  Basic  principles  of 
planning,  design,  development,  and  main- 
tenance of  community  recreation  areas 
and  facilities.  The  interrelationships  be- 
tween local,  regional,  state  and  national 
park  and  recreation  systems. 

RECR  497  Recreation  Resource  and 
Facility  Planning  II.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
RECR  495  or  consent  of  instructor.  Prin- 
ciples of  design,  development,  proce- 
dures, and  maintenance  considerations 
for  recreation  areas  and  facilities.  Use  of 
analytical  methods  to  carry  out  park  de- 
signs and  development  of  skills  in  graph- 
ically conveying  design  concepts,  safety, 
efficiency  and  economy  as  they  affect 
design,  development  and  park 
maintenance. 

RECR  600  Seminar  in  Recreation.  (1) 

Presentation,  discussion  and  defense  of 
student  thesis  proposals  and  outlines 
and/or  of  appropriate  faculty  projects  and 
research  activities. 

RECR  610  Methods  and  Techniques  of 
Research.  (3)  A  study  of  appropriate  re- 
search methodology  including  experi- 
mental, historical,  philosophical,  socio- 
logical and  case  study  techniques,  exam- 
ples and  problems.  Each  student  is  re- 
quired to  develop  a  specimen  thesis  or 
dissertation  proposal  and  outline. 

RECR  613  Source  Material  Survey.  (3) 

Study  and  use  of  library  resources  and 
bibliographical  materials  of  all  types 
through  their  application  to  varieties  or 
research  problems  and  interests.  Each 
student  carries  out  special  projects  of 
his  own  initiation. 

RECR  633  Foundations  of  Recreation.  (3) 

A  broad  study  of  the  sociological,  psy- 
chological and  economic  forces  that  his- 


torically have  structured  attitudes  toward 
leisure  and  the  development  of 
recreation. 

RECR  634  Modern  Trends  in  Recreation. 

(3)  A  broad  study  and  overview  of  the  re- 
cent advances  in  the  several  sub-areas  of 
recreation:  public  sector  (local,  state,  fed- 
eral and  international  government  in- 
volvements); therapeutic  (for  special 
groups,  such  as  ill,  delinquent,  aging, 
etc.);  employee;  voluntary  agencies;  re- 
ligious organizations;  family,  school, 
camping  areas;  private  and  commercial 
sector.  Each  student  will  carry  out  spec- 
ial projects  according  to  his  interests. 

RECR  687  Advanced  Seminar.  (1-3) 
Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Ad- 
vanced topics  in  the  various  areas  of  rec- 
reation. May  be  taken  for  repeated  cred- 
its, up  to  a  total  of  3. 

RECR  688  Special  Problems  in  Recrea- 
tion. (1-6) 

RECR  690  Administrative  Direction  of 
Recreation.  (3)  This  course  is  concerned 
with  analyzing  various  problems  in  the 
administration  of  leisure  services  in 
parks  and  other  recreational  settings. 
Students  concentrate  on  simulated  situa- 
tions and  their  own  on-the-job  problems 
to  enhance  their  understanding  of  sound 
administrative  practice  and  to  improve 
their  problem-solving  and  decision- 
making abilities. 

RECR  700  Advanced  Doctoral  Seminar. 

(1)  Presentation,  discussion  and  defense 
of  doctoral  dissertation  proposals  and 
outlines  and/or  of  appropriate  faculty 
projects  and  research  activities. 

RECR  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

RECR  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 


Secondary  Education 
Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Risinger 

Professors:  Campbell,  Carr,  Folstrom', 
Grambs,  Lockard\  Woolf 

Associate  Professors:  Adkins,  Anderson, 
Brigham,  Carr,  Cirrincione4,  Craig, 
Davey,  Davidson5,  DeLorenzo,  Farrell6, 
Fey5,  Funaro,  Henkelman5,  Layman', 
Longley,  McWhinnie8,  Peters,  Pfister5, 
Ridky'1,  Ruchkin" 

Assistant  Professors:  Baird  (Janet)'0, 
Brewster,  Cooney,  Craft'6,  Fitzgib- 
bons",  Heikkinen2,  James'2,  Lenz', 
McCaleb",  Ridky'J,  Wheatley'5, 
Wright'5,  Vaccaro" 

Lecturers:  Ferran,  Miller' 
'  Joint  appointment  with  Music 

2  Joint  appointment  with  Chemistry 

3  Joint  appointment  with  Botany 

4  Joint  appointment  with  Geography 

5  Joint  appointment  with  Mathematics 

6  Joint  appointment  with  History 

7  Joint  appointment  with  Physics 

8  Joint  appointment  with  Housing  and 
Applied  Design 

Graduate  Programs  /  185 


9  Joint  appointment  with 

Salvic  Languages 
'Joint  appointment  with 

Portuguese 
1  Joint  appointment  with 

Dramatic  Art 
'Joint  appointment  with 
1  Joint  appointment  with 
'Joint  appointment  with 

Laboratory  Experiences 
1  Joint  appointment  with 
1  Joint  appointment  with 

Education 
'  Joint  appointment  with 

Information  Services 


Germanic  and 

Spanish  and 

Speech  and 

English 
Geology 
Office  of 

Agriculture 
Physical 

Library  and 


The  Department  offers  programs 
leading  to  the  degrees  of  Master  of 
Arts  (thesis  and  non-thesis),  Master 
of  Education,  the  Advanced  Gradu- 
ate Specialist,  Doctor  of  Education, 
and  Doctor  of  Philosophy.  The  De- 
partment offers  a  variety  of  pro- 
grams, individually  designed  to  meet 
the  personal  and  professional  goals 
of  graduate  students.  These  goals 
may  include  teaching  at  secondary 
and  college  levels,  supervision  and 
improvement  of  instruction  within 
the  disciplines,  teacher  education, 
and  research  in  any  of  these. 

Areas  of  emphasis  include  educa- 
tion in  art,  business  education,  dis- 
tributive education,  English  and  lan- 
guage arts,  foreign  languages,  home 
economics,  mathematics,  music, 
reading,  science,  social  studies, 
speech,  and  interdisciplinary 
studies. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  master's  degree  programs  re- 
quire 30  to  36  semester  hours,  the 
AGS  program  60  hours  beyond  the 
bachelor's  degree,  and  the  doctorate 
a  planned  sequence  of  approxi- 
mately 60  semester  hours  (or  the 
equivalent)  beyond  the  master's 
degree.  There  are  no  foreign  lan- 
guage requirements  unless  the 
dissertation  is  on  a  topic  that  re- 
quires it. 

Admission  to  doctoral  programs 
requires  a  master's  degree  or  its 
equivalent,  an  acceptable  Miller's 
Analogies  score,  a  good  scholastic 
record,  and  recommendations  for  ad- 
vanced study.  A  preliminary  exami- 
nation, usually  written,  is  given  at 
the  end  of  20  semester  hours  of 
doctoral  work,  to  determine  the  stu- 
dent's aptitude  for  advanced  grad- 
uate study.  A  comprehensive  exami- 
nation, also  usually  written,  is  given 
at  the  conclusion  of  course  work. 
An  oral  examination  in  defense  of 
the  thesis  constitutes  the  final  step 
in  completing  the  doctorate. 

Financial  Assistance 

A  limited  number  of  graduate  assis- 
tantships  for  selected  students  are 

186  /  Graduate  Programs 


available  in  the  Department  of  Sec- 
ondary Education.  These  assistants 
generally  provide  help  in  the  supervi- 
sion of  student  teachers,  in  teaching 
undergraduate  classes,  or  by  aiding 
in  other  ways. 

Additional  Information 

Write  or  call  the  Department 
(301—454-2021,  2022  or  2023)  for 
more  specific  information  about  the 
various  programs. 

Courses 

EDSE  402  Methods  and  Materials  in 
Teaching  Bookkeeping  and  Related  Sub- 
jects. (3)  Important  problems  and  proce- 
dures in  the  mastery  of  bookkeeping  and 
related  office  knowledge  and  the  skills 
including  a  consideration  of  materials 
and  teaching  procedures. 

EDSE  403  Problems  in  Teaching  Office 
Skills.  (3)  Problems  in  development  of  oc- 
cupational competency,  achievement 
tests,  standards  of  achievement,  instruc- 
tional materials,  transcription,  and  the  in- 
tegration of  office  skills. 

EDSE  404  Basic  Business  Education  in 
the  Secondary  Schools.  (3)  Includes  con- 
sideration of  course  objectives;  subject 
matter  selection;  and  methods  of  organi- 
zation and  presenting  business  prin- 
ciples, knowledge  and  practices. 

EDSE  415  Financial  and  Economic 
Education  I.  (3)  Problems  of  teaching 
courses  in  personal  finance  and  econom- 
ics in  the  public  schools,  including 
materials  and  resources. 

EDSE  416  Financial  and  Economic 
Education  II.  (3)  Continuation  of  EDSE 
415. 

EDSE  420  Organization  and  Coordination 
of  Distributive  Education  Programs.  (3) 

This  course  deals  specifically  with  such 
areas  as  the  organization  of  a  coopera- 
tive distributive  education  program;  the 
development  of  an  effective  cooperative 
relationship  between  coordinator  and 
training  sponsor;  the  selection,  orienta- 
tion, and  training  of  sponsors;  analysis 
of  training  opportunities,  reports  and 
records;  the  evaluation  and  selection  of 
students  for  part-time  cooperative  work 
assignments;  and  the  evaluation  of  the 
program. 

EDSE  421  Methods  and  Materials  in 
Distributive  Education.  (3)  This  course 
covers  basic  methods  and  materials 
needed  to  teach  the  preparatory  class- 
room related  instruction  of  a  one  or  two 
year  distributive  education  program.  It 
deals  specifically  with  the  organization 
of  special  supplementary  materials  for 
individual  and  group  instruction  youth 
club  programs,  organization  and 
administration. 

EDSE  423  Field  Experiences  in  Voca- 
tional Areas.  (3) 

A  —  Home  Economics  Education 
B  —  Business  Education 
C  —  Distributive  Education 


Supervised  work  experience  in  an  occu- 
pation related  to  vocational  education. 
Application  of  theory  to  work  situations 
as  a  basis  for  teaching  in  vocational 
education  programs.  By  individual  ar- 
rangement with  advisor. 

EDSE  425  Curriculum  Development  in 
Home  Economics.  (3)  An  analysis  of  cur- 
riculum development  including  the  tools 
for  planning,  managing,  and  evaluating 
the  teaching/learning  environment  of 
conceptual  curriculum  design.  Includes  a 
field  experience. 
EDSE  426  Evaluation  of  Home 
Economics.  (3)  The  meaning  and  function 
of  evaluation  in  education;  the  develop- 
ment of  a  plan  for  evaluating  a  home- 
making  program  with  emphasis  upon 
types  of  evaluation  devices,  their  con- 
struction and  use. 

EDSE  427  The  Reading  Process.  (1-3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  the  department. 
A  survey  of  the  reading  process  to  pro- 
vide needed  knowledge  for  graduate 
studies  in  reading.  Students  will  be 
pretested  prior  to  registration  and  take 
only  those  modules  of  the  course  iden- 
tified as  needed. 

EDSE  430  Corrective-Remedial  Reading 
Instruction.  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDEL/EDSE 
427  or  equivalent,  and  consent  of  the  de- 
partment. For  teachers,  supervisors,  and 
administrators  who  wish  to  identify  and 
assist  pupils  with  reading  difficulties. 
Concerned  with  diagnostic  techniques, 
instructional  materials  and  teaching  pro- 
cedures useful  in  the  regular  classroom. 

EDSE  431  Laboratory  Practices  in 
Reading.  (2-4)  Prerequisie,  EDSE  430.  A 
laboratory  course  in  which  each  student 
has  one  or  more  pupils  for  analysis  and 
instruction.  At  least  one  class  meeting 
per  week  to  diagnose  individual  cases 
and  to  plan  instruction. 

EDSE  432  The  Junior  High  School.  (2-3) 

A  general  overview  of  the  junior  high 
school.  Purposes,  functions  and  charac- 
teristics of  this  school  unit;  a  study  of 
its  population,  organization,  program  of 
studies,  methods,  staff,  and  other  topics, 
together  with  their  implications  for  pro- 
spective teachers. 

EDSE  440  Methods  of  Teaching  English 
in  Secondary  Schools.  (3) 

EDSE  441  Practicum  in  Art  Education.  (3) 

One  two-hour  lecture  discussion  period 
and  two,  two-hour  laboratory  sessions 
per  week.  Instruction  will  be  aimed  at 
reviewing  experiences  in  a  chosen  me- 
dium of  art  and  assembling  a  workable 
procedure  to  present  the  content  to 
secondary  school  students.  The  course 
will  provide  a  studio  setting  in  which  the 
student  will  assemble  materials  for  an  in- 
depth  study  of  the  practical  work  in- 
volved and  attempt  to  develop  a  total 
concept  in  a  particular  area  of  art. 

EDSE  442  Teaching  the  Audio-Lingual 
Skills  in  Foreign  Languages.  (3) 

EDSE  444  Methods  of  Teaching  Mathe- 
matics in  Secondary  Schools.  (3) 


EDSE  446  Methods  of  Teaching  Science 
in  Secondary  Schools.  (3) 

EDSE  447  Methods  ot  Teaching  Social 
Studies  in  Secondary  Schools.  (2-3) 

EDSE  450  Speech  Methods  and 
Resources  in  Secondary  Schools.  (3) 

EDSE  453  The  Teaching  of  Reading  in 
the  Secondary  School.  (3) 

EDSE  460  Environmental  Education.  (3) 
Two  lecture-discussion  periods  and  one 
three  hour  laboratory-field  experience 
session  per  week.  An  interdisciplinary 
course  covering  the  literature,  techniques 
and  strategies  of  environmental  educa- 
tion. Emphasis  is  upon  the  study  of  en- 
vironmental education  programs  and  the 
development  of  a  specific  program  which 
is  designed  to  implement  the  solution  of 
an  environmental  problem.  The 
laboratory-field  experience  is  provided  as 
a  model  for  future  activities  of  students. 
Open  to  any  student  who  wishes  to  be- 
come actively  involved  in  the  process  of 
environmental  education  program 
development. 

EDSE  461  Methods  of  Teaching  English 
to  Speakers  of  Other  Languages.  (3)  An 
introductory  course  in  methods  for 
teaching  listening,  speaking,  reading  and 
writing  techniques  and  a  review  of 
research  findings. 

EDSE  470  Teaching  of  Art  Criticism  in 
Public  Schools.  (3)  Introduction  to  var- 
ious alternative  theories  of  aesthetics  as 
related  to  the  teaching  of  art. 

EDSE  488  Special  Topics  in  Secondary 
Education.  (1-3)  Repeatable  for  a  max- 
imum of  6  hours. 

EDSE  489  Field  Experience  in  Education. 
(1-4)  Prerequisite,  at  least  six  semester 
hours  in  education  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  plus  such  other  prerequisites 
as  may  be  set  by  the  secondary  educa- 
tion department.  Planned  field  experi- 
ence may  be  provided  for  selected  stu- 
dents who  have  had  teaching  experience 
and  whose  application  for  such  field  ex- 
perience has  been  approved  by  the  sec- 
ondary education  faculty.  Field  ex- 
perience is  offered  in  a  given  area  to 
both  major  and  non-major  students. 
NOTE:  The  total  number  of  credits  which 
a  student  may  earn  in  EDSE  489.  888. 
and  889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  20 
semester  hours. 

EDSE  498  Special  Problems  in  Educa- 
tion. (1-3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor.  Available  only  to  mature  stu- 
dents who  have  definite  plans  for  in- 
dividual study  of  approved  problems. 

EDSE  499  Workshops.  Clinics,  and  In- 
stitutes. (1-6)  The  maximum  number  of 
credits  that  may  be  earned  under  this 
course  symbol  toward  any  degree  is  six 
semester  hours:  the  symbol  may  be  used 
two  or  more  times  until  six  semester 
hours  have  been  reached.  The  following 
type  of  educational  enterprise  may  be 
scheduled  under  this  course  heading: 
workshops  conducted  by  the  college  of 
education  (or  developed  cooperatively 


with  other  colleges  and  universities)  and 
not  otherwise  covered  in  the  present 
course  listing:  clinical  experiences  in 
pupil-testing  centers,  reading  clinics, 
speech  therapy  laboratories,  and  special 
education  centers:  institutes  developed 
around  specific  topics  or  problems  and 
intended  for  designated  groups  such  as 
school  superintendents,  principals  and 
supervisors. 

EDSE  600  Administration  and  Supervi- 
sion of  Business  Education.  (3)  Major 
emphasis  on  departmental  organization 
and  its  role  in  the  school  program,  cur- 
riculum, equipment,  budget-making,  su- 
pervision, guidance,  placement  and 
follow-up.  school-community  relation- 
ships, qualifications  and  selection  of 
teaching  staff,  visual  aids,  and  in-service 
programs  for  teacher  development.  For 
administrators,  supervisors,  and  teachers. 

EDSE  605  Principles  and  Problems  of 
Business  Education.  (2-3)  Pnncipies.  ob- 
jectives, and  practices  in  business 
education:  occupational  foundations:  cur- 
rent attitudes  of  business,  labor  and 
school  leaders:  general  business  educa- 
tion relation  to  consumer  business  edu- 
cation and  to  education  in  general. 

EDSE  606  Curriculum  Development  in 
Business  Education.  (2-3)  This  course  is 
especially  designed  for  graduate  stu- 
dents interested  in  a  concentrated  study 
of  curriculum  planning  in  business 
education.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on 
the  philosophy  and  objectives  of  the 
business  education  program,  and  on  cur- 
riculum research  and  organization  of  ap- 
propriate course  content. 

EDSE  624  Reading  Diagnostic  Assess- 
ment and  Prescription.  (3)  Prerequisites. 
12  credits  of  graduate  study  in  educa- 
tion, or  consent  of  instructor.  Survey 
course  in  reading  diagnosis  and  prescrip- 
tion for  graduate  students  not  majoring 
in  reading.  The  interpretation  of  reading 
with  diagnostic  techniques  with  an  over- 
view of  various  prescriptions  based  on 
diagnosis. 

EDSE  625  Introduction  to  Field  Methods 
in  School  and  Community.  (3)  Prerequi- 
site, permission  of  instructor.  Applies 
selected  field  methods  to  problems  of 
professional  practice.  Issues  pertaining 
to  the  role  and  responsibilities  of  the 
field  investigator,  working  in  schools  and 
other  service  agencies.  Students  will  de- 
sign one  or  more  field  studies  utilizing 
qualitative  field  techniques. 

EDSE  626  Problems  in  Teaching  Reading 
in  Secondary  Schools.  (3)  Problems  in 
the  teaching  of  reading  in  the  secondary 
school.  Implications  of  current  theory 
and  the  results  of  research  for  the  teach- 
ing of  reading  in  the  secondary  school. 
Attention  is  given  to  all  areas  of  develop- 
ment reading  instruction,  with  special 
emphasis  on  persistent  problems. 

EDSE  627  Clinical  Assessment  in 
Reading.  (3)  Prerequisites.  EDEL  430. 
EDEL  626.  EDMS  446  and  EDMS  622. 
Clinical  diagnostic  techniques  and 


materials  useful  to  the  reading  specialist 
in  assessing  serious  reading  difficulties. 

EDSE  630  Clinical  Remediation  of 
Reading  Disabilities.  (3)  Prerequisites. 
EDEL  430.  EDEL  626.  EDMS  446  and  622. 
Remedial  procedures  and  materials  use- 
ful to  the  reading  specialist  in  planning 
programs  of  individual  and  small  group 
instruction. 

EDSE  631  Advanced  Laboratory  Practices 
(Diagnosis).  (3)  Prerequisite.  EDSE  630. 
Diagnostic  work  with  children  in  clinic 
and  school  situations.  Administration, 
scoring,  interpretation,  and  prescription 
via  diagnostic  instruments  is  stressed. 
Case  report  writing  and  conferences  are 
also  stressed.  EDSE  631  is  taken  with 
EDSE  632. 

EDSE  632  Advanced  Laboratory  Practices 
(Instruction).  (3)  Prerequisite.  EDSE  630. 
Remedial  instruction  with  children  in 
clinic  and  school  situations.  Develop 
competency  in  various  remedial  tech- 
niques, diagnostic  teaching  and  evalua- 
tion. Development  of  the  reading 
resource  role  is  stressed.  EDSE  632  is 
taken  with  EDSE  631. 

EDSE  637  Seminar  in  Secondary  Educa- 
tion. (3) 

EDSE  640  Trends  in  Secondary  School 
Curriculum  —  General.  (3)  Recent  devel- 
opments in  educational  thinking  and 
practice  which  have  affected  the 
curriculum. 

EDSE  641  Trends  in  Secondary  School 
Curriculum  —  Art.  (3)  Recent  develop- 
ments in  educational  thinking  and  prac- 
tice which  have  affected  the  curriculum 
in  art  education. 

EDSE  642  Trends  in  Secondary  School 
Curriculum  —  Business.  (3)  Recent  de- 
velopments in  educational  thinking  and 
practice  which  have  affected  the  cur- 
riculum in  business  education. 

EDSE  643  Trends  in  Secondary  School 
Curriculum  —  Distributive  Education.  (3) 
Recent  developments  in  educational 
thinking  and  practice  which  have  af- 
fected the  curriculum  in  distributive 
education. 

EDSE  644  Trends  in  Secondary  School 
Curriculum  —  English.  (3)  Recent  devel- 
opments in  educational  thinking  and 
practice  which  have  affected  the  cur- 
riculum in  English  education. 

EDSE  645  Trends  in  Secondary  School 
Curriculum  —  Foreign  Language.  (3)  Re- 
cent developments  in  educational  think- 
ing and  practice  which  have  affected  the 
curriculum  in  foreign  language 
education. 

EDSE  646  Trends  in  Secondary  School 
Curriculum  —  Geography.  (3)  Recent  de- 
velopments in  educational  thinking  and 
practice  which  have  affected  the  cur- 
riculum in  geography. 

EDSE  647  Trends  in  Secondary  School 
Curriculum  —  Mathematics.  (3)  Recent 
developments  in  educational  thinking 


Graduate  Programs  /  187 


and  practice  which  have  affected  the  cur- 
riculum in  mathematics. 

EDSE  650  Trends  in  Secondary  School 
Curriculum  —  Science.  (3)  Recent  de- 
velopments in  educational  thinking  and 
practice  which  have  affected  the  cur- 
riculum in  science  education. 

EDSE  651  Trends  in  Secondary  School 
Curriculum  —  Social  Studies.  (3)  Recent 
developments  in  educational  thinking 
and  practice  which  have  affected  the  cur- 
riculum in  social  studies. 

EDSE  652  Trends  in  Secondary  School 
Curriculum  —  Speech.  (3)  Recent  devel- 
opments in  educational  thinking  and 
practice  which  have  affected  the  cur- 
riculum in  speech. 

EDSE  653  Trends  in  Secondary  School 
Curriculum  —  Urban  Schools.  (3)  Recent 
developments  in  educational  thinking 
and  practice  which  have  affected  the  cur- 
riculum in  urban  schools. 

EDSE  654  Trends  in  Secondary  School 
Curriculum  —  Reading.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
EDSE  453.  EDMS  446.  Recent  develop- 
ments in  educational  thinking  and  prac- 
tice which  have  affected  the  curriculum 
in  reading. 

EDSE  700  History  of  Art  Education.  (3)  A 

study  of  the  growth  of  the  art  curriculum 
in  American  schools.  Perspective  on  art 
education  philosophy  as  viewed  through 
a  historical  survey  beginning  with  the 
United  States  colonial  period  to  the 
present. 

EDSE  701  The  Teaching  of  Art  Criticism. 

(3)  The  aesthetic  foundations  of  art 
education.  Development  of  skills  neces- 
sary for  critical  investigation  of  works  of 
art,  and  identification  of  curriculum 
implications  resulting  from  various 
aesthetic  and  psychological  approaches 
to  art. 

EDSE  705  Trends  in  the  Teaching  and 
Supervision  of  Home  Economics.  (3) 

Study  of  home  economics  programs  and 
practices  in  light  of  current  educational 
trends.  Interpretation  and  analysis  of 
democratic  teaching  procedures,  out- 
comes of  instruction,  and  supervisory 
practices. 

EDSE  740  Theory  and  Research  in  Sec- 
ondary Education  —  General.  (1-3)  A 

survey  of  the  research  literature;  evalua- 
tion of  research  techniques;  considera- 
tion of  relevant  instructional  curriculum 
theory;  evaluation  of  modern  teaching 
methods  and  techniques. 

EDSE  741  Theory  and  Research  in  Sec- 
ondary Education  —  Art.  (1-3)  A  survey 
of  the  research  literature;  evaluation  of 
research  techniques;  consideration  of 
relevant  instructional  curriculum  theory; 
evaluation  of  modern  teaching  methods 
and  techniques. 

EDSE  742  Theory  and  Research  in  Sec- 
ondary Education  —  Business.  (1-3)  A 

survey  of  the  research  literature;  evalua- 
tion of  research  techniques;  considera- 
tion of  relevant  instructional  curriculum 


theory;  evaluation  of  modern  teaching 
methods  and  techniques. 

EDSE  743  Theory  and  Research  in  Sec- 
ondary Education  —  Distributive.  (1-3)  A 

survey  of  the  research  literature;  evalua- 
tion of  research  techniques;  considera- 
tion of  relevant  instructional  curriculum 
theory;  evaluation  of  modern  teaching 
methods  and  techniques. 

EDSE  744  Theory  and  Research  in 
Secondary  Education  —  English.  (1-3)  A 

survey  of  the  research  literature;  evalua- 
tion of  research  techniques;  considera- 
tion of  relevant  instructional  curriculum 
theory;  evaluation  of  modern  teaching 
methods  and  techniques. 

EDSE  745  Theory  and  Research  in  Sec- 
ondary Education  —  Foreign  Language. 
(1-3)  A  survey  of  the  research  literature; 
evaluation  of  research  techniques;  con- 
sideration of  relevant  instructional  cur- 
riculum theory;  evaluation  of  modern 
teaching  methods  and  techniques. 

EDSE  746  Theory  and  Research  in  Sec- 
ondary Education  —  Home  Economics. 
(1-3)  A  survey  of  the  research  literature; 
evaluation  of  research  techniques;  con- 
sideration of  relevant  instructional  cur- 
riculum theory;  evaluation  of  modern 
teaching  methods  and  techniques. 

EDSE  747  Theory  and  Research  in  Sec- 
ondary Education  —  Mathematics.  (1-3) 

A  survey  of  the  research  literature; 
evaluation  of  research  techniques;  con- 
sideration of  relevant  instructional  cur- 
riculum theory;  evaluation  of  modern 
teaching  methods  and  techniques. 

EDSE  750  Theory  and  Research  in  Sec- 
ondary Education  —  Music.  (1-3)  A 

survey  of  the  research  literature;  evalua- 
tion of  research  techniques;  considera- 
tion of  relevant  instructional  curriculum 
theory;  evaluation  of  modern  teaching 
methods  and  techniques. 

EDSE  751  Theory  and  Research  in  Sec- 
ondary Education  —  Reading.  (1-3)  A 

survey  of  the  research  literature;  evalua- 
tion of  research  techniques;  considera- 
tion of  relevant  instructional  curriculum 
theory;  evaluation  of  modern  teaching 
methods  and  techniques. 

EDSE  752  Theory  and  Research  in  Sec- 
ondary Education  —  Science.  (1-3)  A 

survey  of  the  research  literature;  evalua- 
tion of  research  techniques;  considera- 
tion of  relevant  instructional  curriculum 
theory;  evaluation  of  modern  teaching 
methods  and  techniques. 

EDSE  753  Theory  and  Research  in  Sec- 
ondary Education  —  Social  Studies.  (1-3) 

A  survey  of  the  research  literature; 
evaluation  of  research  techniques;  con- 
sideration of  relevant  instructional  cur- 
riculum theory;  evaluation  of  modern 
teaching  methods  and  techniques. 

EDSE  754  Theory  and  Research  in  Sec- 
ondary Education  —  Speech.  (1-3)  A 

survey  of  the  research  literature;  evalua- 
tion of  research  techniques;  considera- 
tion of  relevant  instructional  curriculum 


theory;  evaluation  of  modern  teaching 
methods  and  techniques. 

EDSE  755  Theory  and  Research  in  Sec- 
ondary Education  —  Urban  Education. 
(1-3)  A  survey  of  the  research  literature; 
evaluation  of  research  techniques;  con- 
sideration of  relevant  instructional  cur- 
riculum theory;  evaluation  of  modern 
teaching  methods  and  techniques. 

EDSE  788  Special  Topics  in  Secondary 
Education.  (1-3)  Prerequisite,  EDSE  640 
appropriate  to  area  of  concentration,  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  6  hours. 

EDSE  798  Special  Problems  in  Educa- 
tion. (1-6)  Master's,  AGS,  or  doctoral 
candidates  who  desire  to  pursue  special 
research  problems  under  the  direction  of 
their  advisors  may  register  for  credit 
under  this  number. 

EDSE  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 

(1-6)  Registration  required  to  the  extent 
of  six  hours  for  master's  thesis. 

EDSE  820  Seminar  in  Art  Education.  (3) 

EDSE  821  Seminar  in  Business  Educa- 
tion. (3) 

EDSE  822  Seminar  in  Computer  Assisted 
Instruction.  (3) 

EDSE  823  Seminar  in  Distributive  Educa- 
tion. (3) 

EDSE  824  Seminar  in  English  Education. 

(3) 

EDSE  825  Seminar  in  Foreign  Language 
Education.  (3) 

EDSE  826  Seminar  in  Home  Economics 
Education.  (3) 

EDSE  827  Seminar  in  Mathematics  Edu- 
cation. (3) 
EDSE  830  Seminar  in  Reading  Education. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  EDSE  751.  Exploration  of 
major  issues  of  theory,  research  and  pro- 
gram development  of  concern  to  those 
in  positions  of  advanced  professional 
leadership.  Interinstitutional  and  inter- 
disciplinary factors  will  be  considered. 

EDSE  831  Seminar  in  Science  Education. 

(3) 

EDSE  832  Seminar  in  Social  Studies 

Education.  (3) 

EDSE  833  Seminar  in  Speech  Education. 

(3) 

EDSE  834  Seminar  in  Urban  Education. 

(3) 

EDSE  835  Seminar  in  Behavioral  Objec- 
tives. (3) 

EDSE  888  Apprenticeship  in  Education. 

(1-8)  Apprenticeships  in  the  major  area 
of  study  are  available  to  selected  stu- 
dents whose  application  for  an  appren- 
ticeship has  been  approved  by  the 
education  faculty.  Each  apprentice  is 
assigned  to  work  for  at  least  a  semester 
full-time  or  the  equivalent  with  an  ap- 
propriate staff  member  of  a  cooperating 
school,  school  system,  or  educational  in- 
stitution or  agency.  The  sponsor  of  the 


188  /  Graduate  Programs 


apprentice  maintains  a  close  working 
relationship  with  the  apprentice  and  the 
other  persons  involved.  Prerequisites, 
teaching  experience,  a  master's  degree 
in  education,  and  at  least  six  semesters 
hours  in  education  at  the  University  of 
Maryland.  NOTE:  The  total  number  of 
credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in 
EDSE  489.  888.  and  889  is  limited  to  a 
maximum  of  twenty  (20)  semester  hours. 

EOSE  889  Internship  in  Education.  (3-8) 

Internships  in  the  major  area  of  study 
are  available  to  selected  students  who 
have  teaching  experience.  The  following 
groups  of  students  are  eligible:  (a)  any 
student  who  has  been  advanced  to  can- 
didacy for  the  doctor's  degree;  and  (b) 
any  student  who  receives  special  ap- 
proval by  the  education  faculty  for  an  in- 
ternship, provided  that  prior  to  taking  an 
internship,  such  student  shall  have  com- 
pleted at  least  60  semester  hours  of 
graduate  work,  including  at  least  six 
semester  hours  in  education  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland.  Each  intern  is 
assigned  to  work  on  a  full-time  basis  for 
at  least  a  semester  with  an  appropriate 
staff  member  in  a  cooperating  school, 
school  system,  or  educational  institution 
or  agency.  The  internship  must  be  taken 
in  a  school  situation  different  from  the 
one  where  the  student  is  regularly  em- 
ployed. The  intern's  sponsor  maintains  a 
close  working  relationship  with  the  intern 
and  the  other  persons  involved.  NOTE: 
The  total  number  of  credits  which  a  stu- 
dent may  earn  in  EDSE  489.  888.  and  889 
is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  twenty  (20) 
semester  hours. 

EDSE  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8)  Registration  required  to  the 
extent  of  6-9  hours  for  an  Ed.D.  project 
and  12-18  hours  for  a  Ph.D.  dissertation. 


Social  Foundations  of 
Education  Program 

Associate  Professor  and  Chairman: 

Huden 
Professor:  Male 
Associate  Professors:  Agre.  Finkelstein, 

Hopkins,  Lindsay,  Noll 

The  objectives  of  the  doctoral  pro- 
gram in  Foundations  of  Education 
are  to  prepare  specialists  in  the 
disciplines  of  history  of  education, 
philosophy  of  education,  educational 
sociology  and  comparative  educa- 
tion and  some  generalists  with  a 
broad  command  of  two  or  more  of 
these  fields.  The  specialists  and 
generalists  are  prepared  for  under- 
graduate and  graduate  college  or 
university  teaching,  for  research,  and 
for  policy  positions.  Foundations 
courses  are  also  used  to  enrich  pro- 
grams in  other  areas  and  to  provide 
needed  disciplinary  capacity  for 
students  whose  research  and  career 
goals  require  it. 


Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Graduate  Foundations  majors,  and 
particularly  those  at  the  doctoral 
level,  are  expected  to  have  knowl- 
edge of  the  history,  sociology,  and 
philosophy  of  education  as  well  as 
comparative  education.  Each  in  turn 
specializes  in  one  of  these  areas 
with  opportunities  for  related  course 
work  in  either  history,  philosophy, 
government  and  politics,  anthro- 
pology, or  sociology.  Programs  are 
tailored  to  a  student's  objectives 
and  background. 

The  master's  program  offers  a 
non-thesis  option  (30  hours)  and  a 
thesis  option  (24  hours).  Graduates 
of  the  master's  program  find  posi- 
tions in  research  or  policy  units  in 
public  school  systems  or  in  educa- 
tional organizations,  in  community 
agencies,  or  in  social  action  pro- 
grams with  an  eduational  compo- 
nent. Some  take  positions  with 
international  organizations  dealing 
with  education  or  teach  in  schools 
located  in  other  countries. 

In  addition  to  the  overall  B  aver- 
age a  Master  of  Arts  applicant  must 
have  a  B  average  in  the  last  two 
years  of  the  undergraduate  program 
from  a  regionally  accredited  institu- 
tion. An  applicant  for  the  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  degree  must  have  strong 
undergraduate  and  graduate  records 
and  a  Miller  Analogies  Test  score  at 
the  midpoint  or  better  of  the  gradu- 
ate education  population  at  the 
University  of  Maryland. 

The  requirements  for  the  M.A. 
with  and  without  thesis,  and  for  the 
Ph.D.  conform  to  those  of  the  Grad- 
uate School.  Students  in  the  doc- 
toral program  take  a  preliminary 
examination  (6  hours  in  length)  after 
they  have  completed  between  12 
and  18  hours  of  course  work. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  College  Park  campus  is  adja- 
cent to  embassies  which  provide 
access  to  materials  for  the  study  of 
foreign  education  systems.  The  Li- 
brary of  Congress,  Office  of  Educa- 
tion and  Archives  are  valuable  and 
accessible.  Staff  members  in  Foun- 
dations are  assigned  to  a  Com- 
parative Education  Center  which 
provides  research  facilities  to 
students  from  both  foreign  and 
American  backgrounds. 

Courses 

EDSF  409  Special  Topics  in  the  Social 
Foundations  of  Education.  (1-3)  Repeat- 
able  to  a  maximum  of  nine  hours.  An  in- 
tensive examination  of  current  problems 
and  issues  in  the  formation  of  educa- 
tional policies.  May  be  repeated  for 


credit  when  the  topics  dealt  with  are 
different. 

EDSF  410  History  of  Education  in 
Western  Civilization.  (3)  Educational  in- 
stitutions through  the  ancient,  medieval 
and  early  modern  periods  in  western  civi- 
lization, as  seen  against  a  background  of 
socio-economic  development. 

EDSF  411  History  of  Education  in  the 
United  States.  (3)  A  study  of  the  origins 
and  development  of  the  chief  features  of 
the  present  system  of  education  in  the 
United  States. 

EDSF  420  Philosophy  of  Education.  (3)  A 

study  of  the  great  educational  philos- 
ophers and  systems  of  thought  affecting 
the  development  of  modern  education. 

EDSF  421  Logic  of  Teaching.  (3)  An 

analysis  of  the  structure  of  basic  subject 
matters  in  the  curriculum  and  of  the 
standard  logical  moves  in  teaching. 

EDSF  430  Educational  Sociology.  (3) 

Deals  with  data  of  the  social  sciences 
which  are  germane  to  the  work  of 
teachers.  Implications  of  democratic 
ideology  for  educational  endeavor, 
educational  tasks  imposed  by  changes  in 
population  and  technological  trends,  the 
welfare  status  of  pupils,  the  socio- 
economic attitudes  of  individuals  who 
control  the  schools,  and  other  elements 
of  community  background. 

EDSF  489  Field  Experience  in  Education. 

(1-4)  Prerequisites,  at  least  six  semester 
hours  in  education  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  plus  such  other  prerequisites 
as  may  be  set  by  the  major  area  in 
which  the  experience  is  to  be  taken. 
Planned  field  experience  may  be  pro- 
vided for  selected  students  who  have 
had  teaching  experience  and  whose  ap- 
plication for  such  field  experience  has 
been  approved  by  the  education  faculty. 
Field  experience  is  offered  in  a  given 
area  to  both  major  and  non-major 
students.  NOTE:  The  total  number  of 
credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in 
EDSF  489.  888.  and  889  is  limited  to  a 
maximum  of  20  semester  hours. 

EDSF  498  Special  Problems  in  Educa- 
tion. (1-3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor.  Available  only  to  mature  stu- 
dents who  have  definite  plans  for  individ- 
ual study  of  approved  problems. 

EDSF  499  Workshops.  Clinics,  and  In- 
stitutes. (1-6)  The  maximum  number  of 
credits  that  may  be  earned  under  this 
course  symbol  toward  any  degree  is  six 
semester  hours;  the  symbol  may  be  used 
two  or  more  times  until  six  semester 
hours  have  been  reached.  The  following 
type  of  educational  enterprise  may  be 
scheduled  under  this  course  heading: 
workshops  conducted  by  the  college  of 
education  (or  developed  cooperatively 
with  other  colleges  and  universities)  and 
not  otherwise  covered  in  the  present 
course  listings:  clinical  experiences  in 
pupil-testing  centers,  reading  clinics, 
speech  therapy  laboratories,  and  special 
education  centers:  institutes  developed 
around  specific  topics  or  problems  and 


Graduate  Programs  /  189 


intended  for  designated  groups  such  as 
school  superintendents,  principals  and 
supervisors. 

EDSF  601  Contemporary  Social  Issues  in 
Education.  (3)  Theoretical  and  practical 
consideration  of  vital  social  issues  cur- 
rently affecting  education. 

EDSF  620  Analysis  of  Educational  Con- 
cepts. (3) 

EDSF  660  Comparative  Education.  (3) 

Analyzes  and  compares  leading  issues  in 
education  in  various  countries  of  the 
world,  particularly  as  they  relate  to 
crucial  problems  in  American  education. 

EDSF  661  International  Educational 
Change.  (3)  An  exploration  and  analysis 
of  major  trends  in  education  in  several 
parts  of  the  world,  with  attention  di- 
rected to  educational  change  as  the  out- 
come of  deliberate  efforts  by  nations 
and  international  organizations  as  well  as 
those  which  occur  without  central  plan- 
ning or  direction. 

EDSF  670  Education  in  Africa.  (3)  An  ex- 
amination of  the  development  of  modern 
educational  systems  in  Africa  south  of 
the  Sahara  out  of  the  colonial  and  pre- 
colonial  past  into  the  independent  pres- 
ent and  future.  The  focus  is  on  research 
into  the  changing  philosophies  and  per- 
sistent problems  in  African  education. 

EDSF  671  Education  in  the  Near  East.  (3) 

A  consideration  of  current  educational 
problems  of  the  Near  East  as  they  have 
emerged  from  the  confrontation  of  the 
traditional  Muslim  educational  heritage 
with  the  foreign  educational  activities 
and  the  forces  of  nationalism  and 
modernization. 

EDSF  709  Advanced  Research  Methods. 
(3)  Specific  methodologies  employed  in 
educational  studies  based  upon  social 
foundations  disciplines. 

EDSF  710  Seminar  in  History  of  Educa- 
tion. (3)  Examination  of  current  develop- 
ments and  continuing  controversies  in 
the  field  of  history  of  education.  The 
analysis  of  the  various  ways  in  which 
history  of  education  is  approached  meth- 
odologically and  interpretatively. 

EDSF  720  Seminar  in  Philosophy  of 
Education.  (3)  Examination  of  current 
developments  and  continuing  controver- 
sies in  the  field  of  philosophy  of  educa- 
tion. The  function  of  educational  philos- 
ophy, methodological  approaches,  and 
current  research  trends. 
EDSF  730  Seminar  in  Educational 
Sociology.  (3) 

EDSF  760  Seminar  in  Comparative 
Education.  (3) 

EDSF  798  Special  Problems  in  Educa- 
tion. (1-6)  Master's,  AGS,  or  doctoral 
candidates  who  desire  to  pursue  special 
research  problems  under  the  direction  of 
their  advisers  may  register  for  credit 
under  this  number. 

EDSF  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 

(1-6)  Registration  required  to  the  extent 
of  6-hours  for  master's  thesis. 


EDSF  888  Apprenticeship  in  Education. 
(1-8)  Apprenticeships  in  the  major  area 
of  study  are  available  to  selected  stu- 
dents whose  application  for  an  appren- 
ticeship has  been  approved  by  the  edu- 
cation faculty.  Each  apprentice  is 
assigned  to  work  for  at  least  a  semester 
full-time  or  the  equivalent  with  an  ap- 
propriate staff  member  of  a  cooperating 
school,  school  system,  or  educational  in- 
stitution or  agency.  The  sponsor  of  the 
apprentice  maintains  a  close  working 
relationship  with  the  apprentice  and  the 
other  persons  involved.  Prerequisites, 
teaching  experience,  a  master's  degree 
in  education,  and  at  least  six  semester 
hours  in  education  at  the  University  of 
Maryland.  NOTE:  The  total  number  of 
credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in 
EDSF  489,  888  and  889  is  limited  to  a 
maximum  of  twenty  (20)  semester  hours. 

EDSF  889  Internship  in  Education.  (3-8) 

Internships  in  the  major  area  of  study 
are  available  to  selected  students  who 
have  teaching  experience.  The  following 
groups  of  students  are  eligible:  (a)  any 
student  who  has  been  advanced  to  can- 
didacy for  the  doctor's  degree;  and  (b) 
any  student  who  receives  special  ap- 
proval by  the  education  faculty  for  an  in- 
ternship, provided  that  prior  to  taking  an 
internship,  such  student  shall  have  com- 
pleted at  least  60  semester  hours  of 
graduate  work,  including  at  least  six 
semester  hours  in  education  at  the 
University  of  Maryland.  Each  intern  is 
assigned  to  work  on  a  full-time  basis  for 
at  least  a  semester  with  an  appropriate 
staff  member  in  a  cooperating  school, 
school  system,  or  educational  institution 
or  agency.  The  internship  must  be  taken 
in  a  school  situation  different  from  the 
one  where  the  student  is  regularly  em- 
ployed. The  intern's  sponsor  maintains  a 
close  working  relationship  with  the  intern 
and  the  other  persons  involved.  NOTE: 
The  total  number  of  credits  which  a  stu- 
dent may  earn  in  EDSF  489,  888,  and  889 
is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  twenty  (20) 
semester  hours. 

EDSF  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8)  Registration  required  to  the 
extent  of  6-9  hours  for  an  Ed.D.  project 
and  12-18  hours  for  a  Ph.D.  dissertation. 


Sociology  Program 

Associate  Professor  and  Acting  Chair- 
man: Lengermann 
Professors:  Dager,  Janes,  Kammeyer, 

Lejins,  Presser,  Ritzer,  Rosenberg, 

D.  Segal 
Associate  Professors:  Brown,  Cussler, 

Finsterbusch,  Henkel,  Hirzel, 

Mclntyre,  Meeker,  Pease 
Assistant  Professors:  Blair,  Braddock, 

Elliott,  Harper,  Hornung,  J.Hunt, 

L.  Hunt,  Landry.  Mayes,  Parming, 

M.  Segal 
The  graduate  program  in  Sociology 
offers  course  work  leading  to  M.A. 
and  Ph.D.  degrees.  Particular  areas 
of  emphasis  in  the  Department  in- 


clude social  psychology  (socializa- 
tion and  personality,  small  groups, 
collective  behavior  and  social  move- 
ments, self-concept);  quantitative 
methodology  (data  analysis,  research 
design,  mathematical  sociology);  ap- 
plied sociological  research;  theory 
(history  and  development  of  theory, 
contemporary  and  critical  theory); 
sex  roles;  sociology  of  work  (formal 
organizations,  occupations  and  pro- 
fessions); urban  sociology;  demogra- 
phy; sociology  of  the  military.  Other 
areas  of  specialization  may  be  devel- 
oped by  individual  students  working 
with  one  or  more  of  the  faculty. 

Admission  and  Degree  information 

Admission  to  the  graduate  program 
is  based  upon  the  student's  prior 
academic  record,  GRE  scores,  let- 
ters of  recommendation,  and  other 
information  relevant  to  the  appli- 
cant's chances  of  successfully  com- 
pleting the  program.  Although  a  pre- 
vious major  in  sociology  is  not  re- 
quired, students  entering  the  Mas- 
ter's degree  program  should  have 
had  the  following  undergraduate 
courses;  mathematics  through  col- 
lege algebra,  elementary  statistics, 
sociological  theory,  and  sociological 
research  methods.  Students  entering 
the  Ph.D.  program  should  have  had 
at  least  one  graduate  level  course 
each  in  sociological  theory,  socio- 
logical research  methods,  and  sta- 
tistics. Students  deficient  in  any  of 
these  areas  may  be  admitted  to  the 
program  provisionally,  but  must  sat- 
isfy the  requirements  their  first  year 
in  the  program. 

A  minimum  of  30  hours  is  re- 
quired for  the  Master's  degree,  in- 
cluding one  course  each  in  statis- 
tics, sociological  theory,  and  socio- 
logical research  methods.  A  Mas- 
ter's thesis  is  required.  Usually,  this 
phase  of  the  program  can  be  com- 
pleted in  two  years. 

Ph.D.  candidates  should  have  met 
all  the  Master's  degree  require- 
ments. In  addition,  there  are  four  re- 
quired courses,  two  of  which  may 
be  taken  at  the  Master's  level  (one 
each  in  sociological  theory  and 
sociological  research  methods)  and 
two  taken  after  beginning  Ph.D. 
work  (theory  construction  and  is- 
sues in  quantitative  methods).  Stu- 
dents should  plan  on  a  minimum  of 
eighteen  hours  of  course  work,  in- 
cluding at  least  one  general  exami- 
nation in  social  organization  and/or 
social  psychology  and  at  least  one 
area  of  specialization.  The  language 
requirement  may  be  met  by  passing 
a  language  exam  or  making  a  B  or 
better  in  one  of  a  number  of  other 


190  /  Graduate  Programs 


tool  courses.  Usually  these  require- 
ments plus  the  dissertation  can  be 
completed  in  two  or  three  years. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Sociology  Department  has  just 
moved  into  a  new  building  with  am- 
ple office  space  and  research  space. 
Facilities  include  data  processing 
and  computer  capabilities,  a  small 
groups  laboratory,  a  demography 
laboratory,  and  a  department  library. 
The  university  has  excellent  com- 
puter facilities,  and  computer  time 
is  readily  available  to  faculty  and 
graduate  students. 

Financial  Assistance 

Financial  assistance  for  graduate 
students  is  available  through  teach- 
ing and  research  assistantships,  and 
for  advanced  students  through  part- 
time  instructorships.  All  carry  remis- 
sion of  tuition  and  fees. 

Additional  Information 

For  information  and  application 
forms,  write  or  call: 

Director  of  Graduate  Studies 

Sociology  Department 

University  of  Maryland 

College  Park,  Maryland  20742 

Phone  301/454-5933. 

Courses 

SOCY  401  Intermediate  Statistics  for 
Sociologists.  (3)  Prerequisite,  SOCY  201 
or  equivalent,  and  six  additional  credits 
In  sociology.  Intermediate  correlation 
techniques,  analysis  of  variance,  sam- 
pling, additional  nonparametric  tech- 
niques, additional  topics  in  inferential 
statistics. 

SOCY  403  Intermediate  Sociological 
Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite,  SOCY  203.  Major 
theoretical  approaches  e.g..  functional- 
ism  conflict,  symbolic  interactionism, 
and  their  implicit  methods  of  logic  il- 
lustrated by  case  studies.  Original  works 
of  major  theorists  in  historical 
perspective. 

SOCY  410  Population  I.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
junior  standing;  SOCY  100  or  105  not  re- 
quired. Population  distribution  and 
growth;  sources  of  demographic  data; 
population  composition;  population  theo- 
ries; mortality;  fertility  and  family  plan- 
ning; migration;  and  population  problems 
and  policy. 

SOCY  411  Population  II.  (3)  Prerequisite. 
SOCY  410  and  201  or  equivalent  statisti- 
cal training.  Application  of  statistical 
techniques  employed  in  the  analysis  of 
census  and  vital  statistics  data,  including 
methods  of  population  standardization, 
life  table  construction,  and  use  of  com- 
puterized demographic  data. 

SOCY  421  Intercultural  Sociology.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, SOCY  100  or  105.  On  the  basis 
of  a  comparative  study  of  customs,  in- 
dividual and  group  behavior  patterns  and 
institutions.  This  course  studies  the 


ideologies  of  America  and  other  modern 
societies. 

SOCY  423  Ethnic  Minorities.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, SOCY  100  or  105.  Basic  social 
processes  in  the  relations  of  ethnic 
groups;  immigration  groups  and  the 
Negro  in  the  United  States:  ethnic  minor- 
ities in  Europe. 

SOCY  424  Sociology  of  Race  Relations. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  SOCY  100  or  105.  Race 
as  a  focus  of  social  relations.  Political 
and  collective  action  centering  on  race 
relations.  New  myths  of  race.  Trends  in 
assimilation  of  racial  groupings. 

SOCY  425  Sex  Roles  and  Social  Institu- 
tions. (3)  Prerequisite,  12  credits  in 
sociology.  Relationship  between  sex 
roles  and  the  structure  of  one  or  more 
social  institutions  (e.g..  the  economy,  the 
family,  the  political  system,  religion, 
education).  The  issues  of  major  concern 
are:  How  assumptions  about  sex  roles 
are  built  into  social  institutions;  how 
social  institutions  serve  to  perpetuate  or 
transform  sex  roles;  how  changing  sex 
roles  affect  social  institutions. 

SOCY  426  Sociology  of  Religion.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  SOCY  100  or  105.  Varieties 
and  sources  of  religious  experience.  Reli- 
gious institutions  and  the  role  of  religion 
in  social  life. 

SOCY  427  Deviant  Behavior.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, SOCY  100  or  105.  Current  theories 
of  the  Genesis  and  distribution  of  de- 
viant behavior.  Definitions  of  deviance, 
labeling  theory,  secondary  deviance. 
Theories  of  specific  forms  of  deviant  be- 
havior will  be  examined  for  their  implica- 
tions for  a  general  theory  of  deviant 
behavior. 

SOCY  430  Sociology  of  Personality.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  SOCY  100  or  105.  Develop- 
ment of  human  nature  and  personality  in 
contemporary  social  life;  processes  of 
socialization;  attitudes,  individual  dif- 
ferences and  social  behavior. 

SOCY  431  Formal  and  Complex  Organi- 
zations. (3)  Prerequisite,  SOCY  100  or 
105.  The  concept  of  formal  organization. 
The  study  of  functioning  and  control  in 
the  operation  of  bureaucracies  such  as 
corporations  and  in  large-scale  organiza- 
tions such  as  military,  religious  and 
educational  hierarchies.  Forms  of  recruit- 
ment, internal  mobility  and  organizational 
personality.  Relations  between  large- 
scale  organizations  and  with  the  larger 
society. 

SOCY  432  Collective  Behavior.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, SOCY  100  or  105.  Social  interac- 
tion in  mass  behavior:  communication 
processes;  structure  and  functioning  of 
crowds,  strikes,  audiences,  mass  move- 
ments, and  the  public. 

SOCY  433  Social  Control.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
SOCY  100  or  105  or  200.  Forms,  mech- 
anism, and  techniques  of  group  influ- 
ence on  human  behavior;  problems  of 
social  control  in  contemporary  society. 

SOCY  441  Social  Stratification.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, 9  credits  of  sociology.  An  in- 


troduction to  the  sociology  of  social 
stratification.  Consideration  of  the  basic 
concepts  and  major  findings  in  the  field. 
The  relationship  of  social  stratification  to 
the  institutional  orders  of  the  society 

SOCY  443  The  Family  and  Society.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  SOCY  100  or  105.  Study  of 
the  family  as  a  social  institution;  its 
biological  and  cultural  foundation;  his- 
toric development,  changing  structure, 
and  function;  the  interaction  of  marriage 
and  parenthood,  disorganizing  and  reor- 
ganizing factors  in  present  day  trends. 

SOCY  445  Sociology  of  the  Arts.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, SOCY  100  or  105.  Functions  of 
the  arts  as  a  social  institution.  Social 
role  of  the  artist.  Recruitment  to  and  or- 
ganizational structure  of  artistic  profes- 
sions. Art  forms  and  social  characteris- 
tics of  audiences.  Changing  technology 
and  social  values  as  reflected  in  artistic 
expression. 

SOCY  447  Small  Group  Analysis.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite. SOCY  100  or  105  and  201  (soci- 
ological statistics)  or  equivalent.  Analysis 
of  small  group  structures  and  dynamics. 
Review  of  research  on  small  groups  in 
real  life  settings  and  in  laboratories.  Pre- 
sentation of  techniques  used  in  small 
groups. 

SOCY  457  Sociology  of  Law.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, SOCY  100  or  105.  Law  as  a  form 
of  social  control  interrelation  between 
legal  and  other  conduct  norms  as  to 
their  content,  sanctions,  and  methods  of 
securing  conformity;  law  as  an  integral 
part  of  the  culture  of  groups;  factors  and 
processes  operative  in  the  formation  of 
legal  norms  as  determinants  of  human 
behavior. 

SOCY  460  Sociology  of  Occupations  and 
Careers.  (3)  Prerequisite,  SOCY  100  or 
105.  The  sociology  of  work  and  occupa- 
tional life  in  modern  society.  Changing 
occupational  ideologies,  values  and 
choices.  Occupational  status  systems 
and  occupational  mobility.  The  social 
psychology  of  career  success. 

SOCY  462  Industrial  Sociology.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, SOCY  100  or  105.  The  sociol- 
ogy of  human  relations  in  American  in- 
dustry and  business.  Complex  industrial 
and  business  organization  as  social  sys- 
tems. Social  relationships  within  and  be- 
tween industry,  business,  community, 
and  society. 

SOCY  464  Military  Sociology.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, SOCY  100  or  105.  Social  change 
and  the  growth  of  military  institutions. 
Complex  formal  military  organizations. 
Military  service  as  an  occupation  or  pro- 
fession. The  sociology  of  military  life. 
Relations  between  military  institutions, 
civilian  communities  and  society. 

SOCY  465  The  Sociology  of  War.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, SOCY  100  or  105.  The  origin 
and  development  of  armed  forces  as  in- 
stitutions, the  social  causes,  operations 
and  results  of  war  as  social  conflict;  the 
relations  of  peace  and  war  and  revolution 
in  contemporary  civilizations. 


Graduate  Programs  /  191 


SOCY  466  Sociology  of  Politics.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite. 9  credits  in  sociology.  An  in- 
troduction to  the  sociology  of  political 
phenomena.  Consideration  of  the  basic 
concepts  and  major  findings  in  the  field; 
the  relationship  of  the  policy  to  other  in- 
stitutional orders  of  the  society;  the  rela- 
tionship of  political  activity  in  America  to 
the  theory  of  Democracy. 

SOCY  467  Sociology  of  Education.  (3) 

Prerequisites.  SOCY  100  or  105  or  per- 
mission of  the  instructor.  Listed  also  as 
EDSF  430.  Sociological  analysis  of  edu- 
cational institutions  and  their  relation  to 
society;  goals  and  functions,  the  mech- 
anisms of  social  control,  and  the  im- 
pacts of  stratification  and  social  change. 
Study  of  the  school  as  a  formal  organiza- 
tion, and  the  roles  and  subcultures  of 
teachers  and  students. 

SOCY  470  Rural-Urban  Relations.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, SOCY  100  or  105.  The  ecology 
of  population  and  the  forces  making  for 
change  in  rural  and  urban  life:  migration, 
decentralization  and  regionalism  as 
methods  of  studying  individual  and  na- 
tional issues.  Applied  field  problems. 

SOCY  471  The  Rural  Community.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite. SOCY  100  or  105.  A  detailed 
study  of  rural  life  with  emphasis  on  lev- 
els of  living,  the  family,  school,  and 
church  and  organizational  activities  in 
the  fields  of  health,  recreation,  welfare, 
and  planning. 

SOCY  473  The  City.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
SOCY  100  or  105.  The  rise  of  urban  civili- 
zation and  metropolitan  regions;  ecologi- 
cal process  and  structure;  the  city  as  a 
center  of  dominance:  social  problems, 
control  and  planning. 

SOCY  498  Selected  Topics  in  Sociology. 
(1-3)  Prerequisite,  SOCY  100  or  105. 
Topics  of  special  interest  to  advanced 
undergraduates  in  sociology.  Such 
courses  will  be  offered  in  response  to 
student  request  and  faculty  interest.  No 
more  than  6  credits  may  be  taken  by  a 
student  in  selected  topics. 

SOCY  600  Logic  of  Social  Inquiry.  (3) 

Analysis  through  theoretical  viewpoints 
of  the  process  of  social  inquiry.  Com- 
munalities  and  differences  in  theory  in 
all  the  social  sciences.  The  role  of  theory 
in  the  definition  of  research  problems 
and  in  the  interpretation  of  findings.  The 
relation  between  epistemology,  theory, 
and  research  techniques.  Problems  cre- 
ated by  alternative  paradigms  in  respect 
to  these  topic  and  issues. 

SOCY  601  Multivariate  Statistics.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, SOCY  201  or  equivalent.  An  in- 
troduction to  multivariate  analysis.  Ele- 
mentary matrix  algebra,  general  linear 
model,  canonical  correlation,  discrimi- 
nant analysis,  factor  analysis. 

SOCY  602  Intermediate  Procedures  of 
Data  Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisites,  under- 
graduate training  in  sociological  research 
methods,  statistics,  and  theory  of  equiv- 
alent. This  course  is  designed  to  provide 
the  graduate  student  with  practical  ex- 
perience in  analyzing  data.  Extensive  use 


of  'canned'  computer  programs  is  made 
to  analyze  available  data.  Knowledge  of 
computer  systems,  languages,  or  applica- 
tions is  not  a  prerequisite.  However,  the 
student  is  required  to  have  completed  an 
introductory  course  in  research  methods 
and  have  a  basic  grasp  of  multivariate 
statistics. 

SOCY  603  Contemporary  Issues  in  Soci- 
ological Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite,  one 
course  in  the  history  or  development  of 
sociological  theory.  Paradigm  conflicts  in 
sociology  such  as  that  between  positiv- 
ism and  humanism,  between  scientific 
and  interpretive  methods,  between  Marx- 
ism and  functionalism,  etc.  Examination 
of  issues  involved  in  differing  theoretical 
viewpoints.  Study  of  the  intellectual, 
moral,  and  political  problems  involved  in 
'knowledge  for  its  own  sake,'  and  in 
'knowledge  for  use.' 

SOCY  606  Seminar  in  Field  and  Quali- 
tative Methods.  (3)  Prerequisite,  six 
graduate  level  credits  in  sociology  and 
permission  of  instructor.  Survey  of 
qualitative  research  methods,  and  prac- 
tice, through  small-scale  field  research, 
in  design,  collection  of  data,  and  anal- 
ysis. Use  of  intensive  and  unstructured 
interviews;  participation-observation; 
unobtrusive  measures;  content  analysis 
of  personal  and  public  documents.  Re- 
search with  natural  groups. 

SOCY  609  Practicum  in  Social  Research. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor. 
The  conduct  of  research  in  collection 
and  analysis  of  social  science  data  under 
the  guidance  of  experienced  investiga- 
tors. Emphasis  on  a  particular  research 
area  of  procedure,  e.g.  secondary  anal- 
ysis of  survey  data;  experimental  design; 
evaluation  of  research;  data  collection 
techniques. 

SOCY  618  Computer  Methods  for  Socio- 
logists. (3)  Prerequisites,  SOCY  400,  401 
or  equivalents  and  elementary  knowledge 
of  a  programming  language,  CMSC  012, 
020  or  equivalent  and  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Designed  to  present  the  potential  of 
the  computer  as  a  tool  in  sociological 
research.  Projects  involving  programming 
and  running  of  data  manipulation  tech- 
niques, statistical  techniques,  and  simple 
simulations. 

SOCY  620  Development  of  European  and 
American  Sociological  Theory.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, one  undergraduate  course  in  soci- 
ological theory,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Review  of  systematic  sociological  theo- 
ries, such  as  positivism,  organicism,  con- 
flict, etc.,  from  the  enlightenment  to  ap- 
proximately 1920. 

SOCY  621  Contemporary  Sociological 
Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite,  SOCY  203  or 
equivalent,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Sys- 
tematic examination  of  sociological 
theory  since  approximately  1920. 

SOCY  622  The  Sociology  of  Knowledge. 

(3)  Analysis  of  the  relation  of  types  of 
knowledge  to  social  structure.  Role  of 
social  class  and  social  organization  in 
the  development  of  science,  political 
ideology,  belief  systems  and  social 


values.  Social  roles  associated  with  pro- 
duction of  knowledge. 

SOCY  623  Survey  of  Urban  Theory.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  SOCY  120,  473  or  equiva- 
lent. Theoretical  approaches  of  sociology 
and  other  social  sciences  to  urbanism, 
urbanization,  and  urban  phenomena.  Se- 
lected approaches:  Chicago  school;  met- 
ropolitan region;  demography; 
institutions. 

SOCY  624  Socialization  Theory  and  Re- 
search. (3)  Emphasis  on  processes  of 
theory  building,  utilizing  research  to 
compare  the  efficacy  of  several  theories 
as  they  relate  to  socialization,  cul- 
minating in  a  detailed  theory  of  so- 
cialization and  personality. 

SOCY  625  Research  Literature  in  Social 
Stratification.  (3)  Prerequisite,  SOCY  441 
or  equivalent.  A  comprehensive  review 
and  detailed  examination  of  the  major 
theoretical  and  research  problems  in  the 
sociology  of  social  stratification.  A 
critical  review  of  the  study  of  social 
stratification  in  American  sociology.  A 
detailed  examination  of  the  forms  and 
functions,  and  the  characteristics,  cor- 
relates, and  consequences  of  class  and 
status  stratification.  The  distribution  of 
power.  The  relationship  of  social  strat- 
ification to  ideology  and  the  institutional 
orders  of  the  society. 

SOCY  626  Human  Ecology.  (3)  Review  of 
research  and  theory  in  human  ecology. 
Assessment  of  the  ecological  complex 
(population,  organization,  environment, 
technology). 

SOCY  630  Population  and  Society.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Selected  problems  in 
the  field  of  population;  quantitative  and 
qualitative  aspects;  American  and  world 
problems. 

SOCY  631  Comparative  Sociology.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Comparison  of  the 
social  institutions,  organizations,  pat- 
terns of  college  behavior,  and  art 
manifestations  of  societal  values  of 
various  countries. 

SOCY  632  Personality  and  Social  Struc- 
ture. (3)  First  semester.  Comparative 
analysis  of  the  development  of  human 
nature,  personality,  and  social  traits  in 
select  social  structures. 

SOCY  633  Sociology  of  Occupations  and 
Professions.  (3)  Second  semester.  An 
analysis  of  the  occupational  and  profes- 
sional structure  of  American  society, 
with  special  emphasis  on  changing  roles, 
functions,  ideologies,  and  community 
relationships. 

SOCY  634  Attitudes  and  Public  Opinion. 

(3)  Processes  involved  in  the  formation 
of  attitudes;  effects  of  communication; 
measurement  techniques. 

SOCY  635  Sociology  of  Law.  (3) 

SOCY  640  Social  Change  and  Social  Pol- 
icy. (3)  First  semester.  Emergence  and 
development  of  social  policy  as  related 
to  social  change,  policy-making  factors 
in  social  welfare  and  social  legislation. 


192  /  Graduate  Programs 


SOCY  641  Family  Studies.  (3)  Second 
semester.  Case  studies  of  family  situa- 
tions; statistical  studies  of  family  trends, 
methods  of  investigation  and  analysis. 

SOCY  642  The  Sociology  of  Mental 
Health.  (3)  First  semester.  A  study  of  the 
sociological  factors  that  condition  men- 
tal health  together  with  an  appraisal  of 
the  group  dynamics  of  its  preservation. 

SOCY  643  Community  Studies.  (3)  First 
semester.  Intensive  study  of  the  factors 
affecting  community  development  and 
growth,  social  structure,  social  stratifica- 
tion, social  mobility  and  social  institu- 
tions; analysis  of  particular  communities. 

SOCY  645  Sociology  of  the  Self  Concept. 

(3)  Theory  and  empirical  research  dealing 
with  the  social  determination  and  social 
consequences  of  the  self-concept.  Socio- 
logical, psychological,  and  psychoanal- 
ytic approaches  to  the  self. 

SOCY  646  Collective  Behavior  and  Social 
Movements.  (3)  Transitory  and  non- 
institutionalized  social  behavior;  crowds, 
mass  hysteria,  panic,  riots;  secular  and 
sectarian  social  reform  movements;  ex- 
perimental Utopian  communities;  intensi- 
fied mass  activity  with  particular  relation 
to  dissidence  and  change;  critique  of 
trends  in  social  activism. 

SOCY  647  Interpersonal  Behavior  and 
Small  Groups.  (3)  Theory  and  empirical 
research  on  small  group  structure  and 
processes  and  interpersonal  behavior. 
Social  influence,  interpersonal  attraction, 
cohesiveness,  power  and  prestige  struc- 
tures, role  differentiation,  coalition  forma- 
tion. Laboratory  and  field  methods  of 
investigation. 

SOCY  660  Theories  of  Social  Psychol- 
ogy. (3)  Prerequisites,  undergraduate 
training  in  sociological  research  meth- 
ods, statistics,  and  theory  or  equivalent. 
An  introduction  to  some  of  the  theories 
in  social  psychology  that  are  particularly 
useful  to  sociologists.  Topics  to  be  cov- 
ered include  theories  of  cognitive  con- 
sistency, social  exchange,  symbolic  inter- 
action, role  theory,  group  processes,  and 
collective  behavior. 

SOCY  661  Theories  of  Social  Stratifica- 
tion. (3)  Prerequisites,  undergraduate 
training  in  sociological  research  meth- 
ods, statistics,  and  theory  or  equivalent. 
A  critical  examination  of  the  major 
theoretical  approaches  developed  for  un- 
derstanding societal  stratification  and 
social  mobility.  Consideration  will  be 
given  to  the  writings,  as  well  as  the  per- 
tinent research  literature,  of  Marx, 
Weber,  Parsons,  Davis,  Moore,  Dahren- 
dorf,  and  Lenski.  The  works  of  other 
theorists,  such  as  Blau  and  Duncan, 
Cooley,  McCleland,  Ossowski,  Sorokin, 
Toennies,  and  Veblen,  will  be  considered 
in  accordance  with  the  interests  of  stu- 
dents in  the  course. 

SOCY  662  Theories  of  Formal  Organiza- 
tion. (3)  An  introduction  to  the  study  of 
organization,  the  nature  of  organizations, 
types  of  organizations,  determinants  and 
consequences  of  organizational  growth, 


determinants  and  consequences  of 
growth  for  administrative  staff,  determi- 
nants of  effectiveness  and  research  in 
organizations. 

SOCY  663  Theories  of  Social  Systems. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  SOCY  603  or  equivalent. 
Study  of:  systems  models  —  logical, 
social-psychological  and  social;  types  of 
social  systems  —  ecological,  functional, 
formal,  consensual,  and  historical;  levels 
of  social  systems  —  group,  complex  or- 
ganization, collectivity  and  community; 
methods  of  study  —  analytical  and  em- 
pirical, qualitative  and  quantitative;  ex- 
amples of  specific  systems  —  profes- 
sions, science,  politics,  cities. 

SOCY  664  Armed  Forces  and  Society.  (3) 

Analysis  of  the  relationship  between  mil- 
itary organization  and  modern  industrial 
society.  Growth  and  decline  of  the  mass 
army,  the  transition  from  conscription  to 
all-volunteer  forces,  the  social  legitimacy 
of  military  organization,  the  military  as  a 
form  of  industrial  organization,  and  prob- 
lems of  civil-military  relations  in  the 
modern  world. 

SOCY  699  Special  Social  Problems. 
(1-6) 

SOCY  700  Theory  Construction.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, one  graduate  course  each  in 
statistics,  sociological  theory,  and  socio- 
logical research  methods.  Review  of 
symbolic  logic  and  the  meaning  predic- 
tion and  explanation.  The  nature  of  con- 
cepts propositions,  and  axiomatic  sys- 
tems; the  use  of  models;  the  nature  of 
casuality;  fundamental  assumptions  and 
variables  commonly  used  in  sociological 
theory.  Examples  from  current  theories. 

SOCY  701  Issues  in  Quantitative  Meth- 
ods. (3)  Prerequisites,  SOCY  401  or  601 

or  equivalent,  and  instructor's  permis- 
sion. An  examination  of  current  issues 
and  problems  in  the  application  and  in- 
terpretation of  mathematical  and  sta- 
tistical techniques  in  social  research. 

SOCY  702  Intermediate  Procedures  for 
Data  Collection.  (3)  Prerequisite,  SOCY 
202  or  equivalent,  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Research  design  including  experi- 
mental and  quasi-experimental  designs; 
measurement  problems;  reliability  and 
validity;  questionnaire  construction;  scal- 
ing; interviewing;  the  problem  of  nonre- 
sponse;  processing  and  coding  of  data; 
preparation  of  data  for  analysis. 

SOCY  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 

(1-6) 

SOCY  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 

Spanish  Language  and 
Literature  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Mendeloff 
Professors:  Goodwyn,  Gramberg, 

Marra-Lopez,  Nemes,  Sosnowski 
Associate  Professor:  Rovner 
Assistant  Professors:  Baird',  Igel 

'Joint  appointment  with  Secondary 
Education 


The  Department  of  Spanish  and  Por- 
tuguese offers  graduate  programs 
leading  to  the  degrees  of  Master  of 
Arts  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy  in 
Spanish.  The  Department's  offerings 
are  designed  to  provide  the  required 
advanced  training  in  language,  litera- 
ture, and  linguistics  for  achieving 
professional  excellence  in  high 
school  and  college  teaching  and  for 
undertaking  creative  research  in  re- 
lated fields  of  inquiry. 

Candidates  for  both  the  Master  of 
Arts  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy  de- 
grees may  elect  to  do  their  work  in 
one  of  two  complementary  areas: 
Spanish  literature  or  Spanish- 
American  literature.  Spanish  lit- 
erature embraces  four  fields:  Medie- 
val Literature;  The  Golden  Age;  En- 
lightenment, Romanticism,  and  Real- 
ism; and  the  Contemporary  Period, 
Spanish-American  literature  also  em- 
braces four  fields;  Colonial  Lit- 
erature; National  Literatures;  Mod- 
ernism; and  Present-Day  Literature. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

In  pursuing  an  M.A.  program  in 
Spanish,  the  student  may  choose 
between  the  two  areas  mentioned 
above.  Two  different  programs  are 
available  in  either  area;  the  thesis 
program  and  the  non-thesis 
program. 

Minimum  requirements  in  the  the- 
sis program  are  3  semester  hours  in 
teaching  techniques  (SPAN  605);  3 
semester  hours  in  linguistics  (SPAN 
610  or  611);  18  semester  hours  in  lit- 
erature, at  least  15  of  which  must 
be  distributed  as  evenly  as  possible 
through  the  four  fields  of  a  single 
area,  and  at  least  9  of  which  must 
be  in  courses  numbered  600  or 
above;  and  6  semester  hours  of  re- 
search (SPAN  799),  taken  while 
writing  a  thesis. 

Minimum  course  requirements  in 
the  non-thesis  program  are  3  semes- 
ter hours  in  teaching  techniques 
(SPAN  605);  3  semester  hours  in  lin- 
guistics (SPAN  610  or  611);  and  24 
semester  hours  in  literature,  at  least 
21  of  which  must  be  distributed  as 
evenly  as  possible  among  the  four 
fields  of  a  single  area  and  at  least 
15  of  which  must  be  numbered  600 
or  above.  All  M.A.  candidates  take 
comprehensive  exams. 

As  in  the  M.A.  program,  the  doc- 
toral student  may  work  in  either  the 
Spanish  or  the  Spanish-American 
area.  In  addition  to  his  specialized 
knowledge  of  his  chosen  field,  he 
will  be  expected  to  have  a  thorough 
acquaintance  with  the  whole  area  of 
his  choice.  This  acquaintance  will 
be  demonstrated  through  a  written 


Graduate  Programs  /  193 


comprehensive  examination  plus  in- 
dividually specified  courses. 

The  Ph.D.  is  primarily  a  research 
degree.  Courses  taken  for  the  Ph.D. 
are  intended  as  preparation  for  the 
fundamental  work  of  the  doctorate, 
which  is  the  dissertation.  The  only 
required  courses  are  in  the  field  of 
linguistics  where  two  courses  must 
be  taken  on  the  600-700  level,  one  of 
which  must  be  the  History  of  the 
Spanish  Language. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  maintains  a  special 
research  and  reference  library  for 
graduate  students  of  Spanish  in 
honor  of  one  of  its  former  instruc- 
tors, the  late  Pedro  F.  Entenza. 

Additional  Information 

Financial  assistance  is  available.  For 
additional  information  please  write 
to  the  Department  Chairman. 

Courses 

Spanish 

SPAN  401  Advanced  Composition.  (3)  Ex- 
ercises in  practical  stylistics,  with 
special  emphasis  on  idiomatic  and  syn- 
tactic structures. 

SPAN  402  Advanced  Composition.  (3)  Ex- 
ercises in  practical  stylistics,  with 
special  emphasis  on  idiomatic  and  syn- 
tactic structures. 

SPAN  404  Oral  Practice  for  Non-Native 
Teachers  of  Spanish  I.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
consent  of  instructor.  Development  of 
fluency  in  Spanish  with  stress  on  correct 
sentence  structure,  pronunciation  and  id- 
iomatic expression. 

SPAN  405  Oral  Practice  for  Non-Native 
Teachers  of  Spanish  II.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
SPAN  404,  a  continuation  of  SPAN  404. 

SPAN  408  Great  Themes  of  the  Hispanic 
Literature.  (3)  Pervading  themes  in  the 
literature  of  Spain  or  Spanish-America. 
Each  theme  will  be  announced  when  the 
course  is  offered. 

SPAN  409  Great  Themes  of  the  Hispanic 
Literatures.  (3)  Pervading  themes  in  the 
literature  of  Spain  or  Spanish-America. 
Each  theme  will  be  announced  when  the 
course  is  offered. 

SPAN  410  Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages. 

(3)  Spanish  literary  history  from  the 
eleventh  through  the  fifteenth  century. 
Reading  of  representative  texts.  This 
course  covers  until  1350. 

SPAN  411  Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages. 

(3)  Spanish  literary  history  from  the 
eleventh  through  the  fifteenth  century. 
Reading  of  representative  texts.  This 
course  covers  from  1350  to  1500. 

SPAN  412  The  Romancero.  (3)  Origin, 
nature  and  influence.  Extensive  reading 
in  each  of  the  respective  sub-genres. 


SPAN  418  Hispanic  Literature  in  Transla- 
tion. (3)  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum 
of  six  credits,  with  change  of  topic. 

SPAN  420  Poetry  of  the  16th  Century.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  SPAN  321  or  equivalent.  Se- 
lected readings  and  literary  analysis. 

SPAN  421  Prose  of  the  16th  Century.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  SPAN  321  or  equivalent.  Se- 
lected readings  and  literary  analysis. 

SPAN  424  Drama  of  the  Sixteenth  Cen- 
tury. (3)  From  the  earliest  autos  and 
pasos,  the  development  of  Spanish 
drama  anterior  to  Lope  de  Vega,  in- 
cluding Cervantes. 

SPAN  425  Spanish  Civilization.  (3)  A 

survey  of  2000  years  of  Spanish  history, 
outlining  the  cultural  heritage  of  the 
Spanish  people,  their  great  men,  tradi- 
tions, customs,  art,  and  literature,  with 
special  emphasis  on  the  interrelationship 
of  social  and  literary  history.  Conducted 
in  Spanish. 

SPAN  426  Spanish  Civilization.  (3)  A 

survey  of  2000  years  of  Spanish  history, 
outlining  the  cultural  heritage  of  the 
Spanish  people,  their  great  men,  tradi- 
tions, customs,  art,  and  literature,  with 
special  emphasis  on  the  interrelationship 
of  social  and  literary  history.  Conducted 
in  Spanish. 

SPAN  430  Cervantes -Don  Quijote.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  SPAN  321  or  equivalent. 

SPAN  431  Cervantes- Novelas  Ejemplares 
and  Entremeses.  (3)  Prerequisite,  SPAN 
321  or  equivalent. 

SPAN  434  Poetry  of  the  17th  Century.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  SPAN  321  or  equivalent. 
Selected  readings,  literary  analysis,  and 
discussion  of  the  outstanding  poetry  of 
the  period,  in  the  light  of  the  historical 
background. 

SPAN  435  Prose  of  the  17th  Century.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  SPAN  321  or  equivalent. 
Selected  readings,  literary  analysis,  and 
discussion  of  the  outstanding  prose  of 
the  period,  in  the  light  of  the  historical 
background. 

SPAN  436  Drama  of  the  Seventeenth 
Century.  (3)  Devoted  to  Lope  de  Vega, 
dramatic  theory  and  the  Spanish  stage. 

SPAN  437  Drama  of  the  Seventeenth 
Century.  (3)  Drama  after  Lope  de  Vega  to 
Calderon  de  la  Barca  and  the  decline  of 
the  Spanish  theater. 

SPAN  440  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth 
Century.  (3)  Traditionalism,  neo- 
classicism,  and  pre-romanticism  in  prose, 
poetry,  and  the  theater;  esthetics  and 
poetics  of  the  enlightenment. 

SPAN  441  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth 
Century.  (3)  Traditionalism,  neo- 
classicism,  and  pre-romanticism  in  prose, 
poetry,  and  the  theater;  esthetics  and 
poetics  of  the  enlightenment. 

SPAN  446  Latin  American  Civilization  I. 

(3)  A  survey  of  the  cultural  heritage  of 
the  Latin  American  peoples  from  the  pre- 
Columbian  period  to  independence.  His- 


panic and  other  European  influences. 
Conducted  in  Spanish. 

SPAN  447  Latin  American  Civilization  II. 

(3)  A  survey  of  the  cultural  heritage  of 
the  Latin  American  peoples  from  inde- 
pendence to  the  present.  Hispanic  and 
other  European  influences.  Conducted  in 
Spanish. 

SPAN  448  Special  Topics  in  Latin 
American  Civilization.  (3)  An  intensive 
study  of  a  selected  topic  related  to  Latin 
American  civilization.  This  course  may  be 
taken  no  more  than  twice.  Conducted  in 
Spanish. 

SPAN  449  Special  Topics  in  Spanish 
Civilization.  (3)  An  intensive  study  of  a 
selected  topic  related  to  Spanish  civiliza- 
tion. Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits  if  content  differs. 

SPAN  452  The  Romantic  Movement  in 
Spain.  (3)  Poetry,  prose  and  drama  of  the 
Romantic  and  post-Romantic  periods. 

SPAN  454  Nineteenth  Century  Fiction.  (3) 

Significant  novels  of  the  nineteenth 
century. 

SPAN  456  Nineteenth  Century  Drama 
and  Poetry.  (3)  Significant  dramas  and 
poetry  of  the  Realistic  period. 

SPAN  460  The  Generation  of  1898  and 
its  Successors.  (3)  Authors  and  works  of 
all  genres  of  the  generation  of  1898  and 
those  of  the  immediately  succeeding 
generation. 

SPAN  461  The  Generation  of  1898  and 
its  Successors.  (3)  Authors  and  works  of 
all  genres  of  the  generation  of  1898  and 
those  of  the  immediately  succeeding 
generation. 

SPAN  462  Twentieth  Century  Drama.  (3) 

Significant  plays  of  the  twentieth 
century. 

SPAN  464  Contemporary  Spanish  Poetry. 

(3)  Spanish  poetry  from  the  generation  of 
1927  to  the  present. 

SPAN  466  The  Contemporary  Spanish 
Novel.  (3)  The  novel  and  the  short  story 
from  1940  to  the  present. 

SPAN  468  Modernism  and  post 
Modernism  in  Spain  and  Spanish- 
America.  (3)  A  study  of  the  most  impor- 
tant works  and  authors  of  both  move- 
ments in  Spain  and  Spanish-America. 

SPAN  469  Modernism  and  Post- 
Modernism  in  Spain  and  Spanish- 
America.  (3)  A  study  of  the  most  impor- 
tant works  and  authors  of  both  move- 
ments in  Spain  and  Spanish-America. 

SPAN  480  Spanish-American  Essay.  (3)  A 

study  of  the  socio-political  contents  and 
aesthetic  qualities  of  representative 
works  from  the  colonial  to  the  contem- 
porary period. 

SPAN  481  Spanish-American  Essay.  (3)  A 

study  of  the  socio-political  contents  and 
aesthetic  qualities  of  representative 
works  from  the  colonial  to  the  contem- 
porary period,  with  emphasis  on  the 
essay  of  the  twentieth  century. 


194  /  Graduate  Programs 


SPAN  488  Spanish-American  Fiction.  (3) 
Representative  novels  anoVor  short 
stones  from  the  wars  of  indepen;-: 
to  the  present  or  close  analysis  of  major 
contemporary  works.  Subject  will  be  an- 
nounced each  time  course  is  offered. 

SPAN  489  Spanish-American  Fiction.  (3) 
Representative  novels  and/or  short 
stories  from  the  wars  of  independence 
to  the  present  or  close  analysis  of  major 
contemporary  works.  Subject  will  be  an- 
nounced each  time  course  is  offered. 

SPAN  491  Honors  Reading  Course  — 
Poetry.  (3) 
H  —  Honors 

Supervised  reading  to  be  taken  by  stu- 
dents admitted  to  the  honors  program  or 
upon  consultation  with  the  instructor. 

SPAN  492  Honors  Reading  Course  — 
Novel.  (3i 
H  —  Honors 

Supervised  reading  to  be  taken  by  stu- 
dents admitted  to  the  honors  program  or 
upon  consultation  with  the  instructor. 

SPAN  493  Honors  Reading  Course  — 
Drama.  (3) 
H  —  Honors 

Supervised  reading  to  be  taken  by  stu- 
dents admitted  to  the  honors  program  or 
upon  consultation  with  the  instructor. 

SPAN  496  Honors  Seminar.  (3) 
H  —  Honors. 

Required  of  all  students  in  the  honors 
program.  Other  students  will  be  admitted 
on  special  recommendation.  Conducted 
in  Spanish.  Discussion  of  a  central 
theme  with  related  investigation  by 
students. 

SPAN  498  Spanish-American  Poetry.  (3) 
Main  trends,  authors  and  works  from  the 
conquest  to  Ruben  Dano. 

SPAN  600  Reading  Course  for  Minors  in 
Spanish.  (3) 

SPAN  601  Reading  Course  for  Minors  in 
Spanish.  (3) 

SPAN  602  Reading  Course  for  Minors  in 
Spanish-American  Literature.  (3) 

SPAN  603  Reading  Course  for  Minors  in 
Spanish-American  Literature.  (3) 

SPAN  605  Teaching  Spanish  in  Institu- 
tions of  Higher  Learning.  (3)  Required  of 
all  graduate  students,  teaching  assis- 
tants, and  new  instructors.  Instruction, 
demonstration,  and  classroom  practice 
under  supervision.of  mooem  procedures 
in  the  presentation  of  first  year  Spanish. 

SPAN  608  Medieval  Spanish  Literature. 
(3)  Specific  authors,  genres,  and  literary 
penods  studied  in  depth. 

SPAN  609  Medieval  Spanish  Literature. 
(3)  Specific  authors,  genres,  and  literary 
periods  studied  in  depth. 

SPAN  610  The  History  of  the  Spanish 
Language.  (3) 

SPAN  611  Applied  Linguistics.  (3)  Nature 
of  applied  linguistics  and  its  contribution 
to  the  effective  teaching  of  foreign  lan- 
guages. Comparative  study  of  English 


and  Spanish  with  emphasis  on  points  of 
divergence. 

SPAN  612  Comparative  Romance  Lin- 
guistics. (3) 

SPAN  618  Poetry  of  the  Golden  Age.  (3) 
Analyses  and  studies  in  depth  of  spe- 
cific works  of  specific  poets  in  the  six- 
teenth and  seventeenth  centuries. 

SPAN  619  Poetry  of  the  Golden  Age.  (3) 
Analyses  and  studies  in  depth  of  speci- 
fic works  of  specific  poets  in  the  six- 
teenth and  seventeenth  centunes. 

SPAN  628  Seminar  —  The  Golden  Age  in 
Spanish  Literature.  (3) 

SPAN  629  Seminar  —  The  Golden  Age  in 
Spanish  Literature.  (3)  Specific  authors, 
genres,  literary  movements  and  literary 
periods  of  the  sixteenth  and  seventeenth 
centuries  studied  in  depth. 

SPAN  699  Independent  Study  in  Spanish. 
(1-3)  This  course  is  designed  to  provide 
graduate  students  an  opportunity  to  pur- 
sue independent  study  under  the  super- 
vision of  a  member  of  the  department. 
Repeatabie  to  a  maximum  of  three 
credits. 

SPAN  708  The  Eighteenth  Century.  (3) 
Specific  authors,  genres  and  literary 
movements  studied  in  depth. 
SPAN  709  The  Eighteenth  Century.  (3) 
Specific  authors,  genres,  and  literary 
movements  studied  in  depth. 

SPAN  718  The  Nineteenth  Century.  (3) 
Specific  authors,  genres,  and  literary 
movements  studied  in  depth. 

SPAN  719  The  Nineteenth  Century.  (3) 
Specific  authors,  genres,  and  literary 
movements  studied  in  depth. 

SPAN  728  The  Twentieth  Century.  (3) 
Specific  authors,  genres,  and  literary 
movements  studied  in  depth. 

SPAN  729  The  Twentieth  Century.  (3) 
Specific  authors,  genres,  and  literary 
movements  studied  in  depth. 

SPAN  738  The  Drama  of  the  Twentieth 
Century.  (3)  Specific  authors  and 
movements  studied  in  depth. 
SPAN  798  Open  Seminar.  (3) 

SPAN  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

SPAN  808  Colonial  Spanish-American 
Literature.  (3)  Didactic  and  narrative  pro- 
se and  epic,  dramatic  and  lyric  poetry; 
principal  works  and  authors. 

SPAN  809  Colonial  Spanish-American 
Literature.  (3)  Didactic  and  narrative  pro- 
se: dramatic  and  lyric  poetry. 

SPAN  818  National  Spanish-American 
Literature.  (3)  Characteristics  of  the  na- 
tional literatures.  Romantic  and  costum- 
brista  literature.  Cauchismo  and  indi- 
genismo.  Principal  works  and  authors. 

SPAN  819  National  Spanish-American 
Literature.  (3)  Characteristics  of  the  na- 
tional literatures.  Romantic  and  costum- 
bnsta  literature.  Cauchismo  and  indi- 
genismo.  Principal  works  and  authors. 


SPAN  828  Hispanic  Poetry  of  the  Nine- 
teenth and  Twentieth  Centuries.  (3) 
Specific  authors,  genres  and  literary 
movements  studied  in  depth. 

SPAN  829  Hispanic  Poetry  of  the  Nine- 
teenth and  Twentieth  Centuries.  (3) 
Specific  authors,  genres  and  literary 
movements  studied  in  depth. 

SPAN  898  Open  Seminar.  (3) 

SPAN  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 

Portuguese 

PORT  478  Themes  and  Movements  of 
Luso-Brazilian  Literature  in  Translation. 
(3)  A  study  of  specific  themes  and 
movements  in  Luso-Brazilian  literature, 
as  announced.  Designed  for  students  for 
whom  the  literatures  would  be  inaccessi- 
ble in  Portuguese.  Repeatabie  to  a  max- 
imum of  six  credits. 

PORT  699  Independent  Study  of  Por- 
tuguese. (1-3)  This  course  is  designed  to 
provide  graduate  students  an  opportunity 
to  pursue  independent  study  under  the 
supervision  of  a  member  of  the  depart- 
ment. Repeatabie  to  a  maximum  of  three 
credits. 


Special  Education  Program 

Professors:  Hebeler.  Simms 
Associate  Professor:  Seidman 
Assistant  Professors:  Blair.  Harber. 
Malouf.  McNelly.  Shroyer.  Spekman 

Graduate  studies  in  the  Department 
of  Special  Education  include  pro- 
grams leading  to  Master  of  Arts  and 
Master  of  Education  degrees.  Ad- 
vanced Graduate  Specialist  cer- 
tificates, and  Doctor  of  Education 
and  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degrees. 
Areas  of  concentration  may  include: 
integrated  special  education,  educa- 
tional diagnosis  and  prescription, 
mental  retardation,  education  of  the 
gifted,  education  of  the  emotionally 
disturbed,  and  learning  disabilities. 
Graduate  work  in  special  educa- 
tion includes  the  development  of  the 
basic  skills  necessary  for  improving 
instruction  of  children  with  learning 
problems.  Graduate  study  may  be 
used  by  a  student  to  develop  and 
extend  competencies  in  related 
areas  such  as  administration  and 
supervision  and  educational 
diagnosis.  At  advanced  graduate 
study  levels  programs  in  teacher 
education  are  also  available. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 
Graduate  programs  are  planned  in- 
dividually by  the  student  with  his 
advisor.  Each  program  reflects  the 
individual  student's  background,  his 
goals  and  the  level  of  competency 
being  sought.  There  is  no  one  pro- 
Graduate  Programs  /  195 


gram  of  study  which  all  graduate 
students  follow.  Individual  program- 
ming by  students  and  advisor  allows 
wide  latitude  of  career  direction 
within  the  field  of  special  education 
upon  completion  of  graduate  study. 

Graduate  study  in  Special  Educa- 
tion requires  advanced  competen- 
cies in  the  education  of  exceptional 
children.  Students  must  have 
undergraduate  preparation  and/or 
certification  prior  to  entry  to  the 
graduate  program.  Students  without 
graduate  or  undergraduate  prepara- 
tion in  special  education  should  ex- 
pect more  extensive  graduate  pro- 
grams so  that  they  might  develop 
the  necessary  levels  of  competence. 

Students  pursuing  the  master's 
degree  program  in  Special  Educa- 
tion may  earn  the  Master  of  Arts 
degree  or  the  Master  of  Education 
degree.  Specific  basic  course  re- 
quirements in  Special  Education  are 
the  same  for  either  program  with 
differentiation  of  thesis  re- 
quirements. The  following  core 
courses  are  required  for  completion 
of  the  master's  level  program:  EDMS 
446,  EDMS  646.  and  EDHD  721. 

The  minimum  number  of  graduate 
hours  for  the  master's  degree  pro- 
gram is  30.  The  student  generally 
takes  a  minimum  of  9  to  15  hours  in 
Special  Education.  Specific  pro- 
grams and  the  number  of  credit 
hours  required  will  be  determined 
with  the  student's  advisor  according 
to  the  student's  background  and 
career  plans. 

The  Advanced  Graduate  Specialist 
certificate  in  Special  Education  is 
available  to  students  wishing  to  take 
increased  graduate  work  beyond  the 
Masters  level.  A  student  pursuing  an 
A.G.S.  certificate  in  Special  Educa- 
tion is  required  to  take  the  following 
courses  if  they  have  not  been  part 
of  his  Master's  program:  EDMS  446. 
EDMS  646,  and  EDHD  721.  The 
minimum  number  of  graduate  hours 
for  the  A.G.S.  is  60.   The  core  of  the 
program  should  be  made  up  of 
Special  Education  courses  and  other 
work  within  the  College  of  Educa- 
tion or  other  Colleges  of  the  Univer- 
sity as  approved  by  the  student's 
advisor  and  the  Special  Education 
Graduate  Faculty. 

Students  pursuing  the  doctoral 
program  in  Special  Education  must 
have  completed  the  Master  of  Arts 
degree  or  the  Master  of  Education 
degree  and  may  elect  to  work  for 
either  the  Ed.D.  or  Ph.D.  degree. 
Students  should  consult  the  Depart- 
ment Statement  on  Graduate  Pro- 
grams. A  student  in  the  doctoral 
program  will  generally  complete  a 
196  /  Graduate  Programs 


minimum  of  90  hours  of  graduate 
study  of  which  30-40  hours  will  be 
in  his  major  field.  A  candidate  will 
be  expected  to  develop  doctoral 
level  competencies  in  the  declared 
areas  of  his  professional  goals. 
These  goals  may  include  instruc- 
tional competencies,  supervision 
and  administration  of  special  pro- 
grams, educational  diagnosis, 
teacher  education,  etc. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Special  strengths  of  the  Special 
Education  program  include  the 
focus  on  integrated  field  ex- 
periences, the  utilization  of  the 
Special  Education  Resource  Labora- 
tory which  houses  related  materials, 
and  the  wide  backgrounds  of  faculty 
members  which  enables  the  Depart- 
ment to  maintain  an  integrated 
approach. 

Additional  Information 

Prospective  graduate  students  are 
requested  to  consult  "Graduate  Pro- 
grams in  Special  Education,"  which 
is  available  in  the  departmental  of- 
fices, for  additional  specific  informa- 
tion on  departmental  programs,  ad- 
missions procedures  and  financial 
aid. 

Courses 

EDSP  470  Introduction  to  Special  Educa- 
tion. (3)  Prerequisite,  EDSP  288.  Designed 
to  give  an  understanding  of  the  needs  of 
all  types  of  exceptional  children.  Stress- 
ing preventive  and  remedial  measures. 

EDSP  471  Characteristics  of  Exceptional 
Children  —  Mentally  Retarded.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, EDSP  470  or  equivalent.  Studies 
the  diagnosis,  etiology,  physical,  social 
and  emotional  characteristics  of  excep- 
tional children. 

EDSP  472  Education  of  Exceptional 
Children  —  Mentally  Retarded.  ^(Prereq- 
uisite, EDSP  471  or  equivalent.  Offers 
practical  and  specific  methods  of 
teaching  exceptional  children.  Selected 
observation  of  actual  teaching  may  be 
arranged. 

EDSP  473  Curriculum  for  Exceptional 
Children  —  Mentally  Retarded.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, EDSP  471  or  equivalent.  Examines 
the  principles  and  objectives  guiding  cur- 
riculum for  exceptional  children;  gives 
experience  in  developing  curriculum; 
studies  various  curricula  currently  in  use. 

EDSP  475  Education  of  the  Slow  Learner. 

(3)  Studies  the  characteristics  of  the 
slow  learner  and  those  educational  prac- 
tices which  are  appropriate  for  the  child 
who  is  functioning  as  a  slow  learner. 

EDSP  481  Characteristics  of  Exceptional 
Children  —  Gifted.  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDSP 
470  or  equivalent.  Studies  the  diagnosis, 
etiology,  physical,  social,  and  emotional 
characteristics  of  exceptional  children. 


EDSP  482  Education  of  Exceptional 
Children  —  Gifted.  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDSP 
481  or  equivalent.  Offers  practical  and 
specific  methods  of  teaching  exceptional 
children.  Selected  observation  of  actual 
teaching  may  be  arranged. 

EDSP  483  Curriculum  for  Exceptional 
Children  —  Gifted.  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDSP 
481  or  equivalent.  Examines  the  prin- 
ciples and  objectives  guiding  current  cur- 
riculum for  exceptional  children;  gives 
experience  in  developing  curriculum; 
studies  various  curricula  currently  in  use. 

EDSP  489  Field  Experience  in  Special 
Education.  (1-4)  Prerequisites,  at  least 
six  semester  hours  in  Special  Education 
at  the  University  of  Maryland  plus  such 
other  prerequisites  as  may  be  set  by  the 
Special  Education  department.  Planned 
field  experience  may  be  provided  for 
selected  students  who  have  had 
teaching  experience  has  been  approved 
by  the  Special  Education  faculty. 
Note:  the  total  number  of  credits  which 
a  student  may  earn  in  EDSP  489.  888 
and  889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  20 
semester  hours. 

EDSP  491  Characteristics  of  Exceptional 
Children  —  Perceptual  Learning  Prob- 
lems. (3)  Prerequisite,  EDSP  470  or 
equivalent.  Studies  the  diagnosis, 
etiology,  physical,  social,  and  emotional 
characteristics  of  exceptional  children. 

EDSP  492  Education  of  Exceptional 
Children  —  Perceptual  Learning  Prob- 
lems. (3)  Prerequisite,  EDSP  491  or 
equivalent.  Offers  practical  and  specific 
methods  of  teaching  exceptional 
children.  Selected  observation  of  actual 
teaching  may  be  arranged. 

EDSP  493  Curriculum  for  Exceptional 
Children  —  Perceptual  Learning  Prob- 
lems. (3)  Prerequisite,  EDSP  492  or 
equivalent.  Examines  the  principles  and 
objectives  guiding  curriculum  for  excep- 
tional children:  gives  experience  in 
developing  curriculum;  studies  various 
curricula  currently  in  use. 

EDSP  498  Special  Problems  in  Special 
Education.  (1-3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor.  Available  only  to  mature 
students  who  have  definite  plans  for  in- 
dividual study  of  approved  problems. 

EDSP  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  and  In- 
stitutes in  Special  Education.  (1-6)  The 

maximum  number  of  credits  that  may  be 
earned  under  this  course  symbol  toward 
any  degree  is  six  semester  hours;  the 
symbol  may  be  used  two  or  more  times 
until  six  semester  hours  have  been 
reached.  The  following  type  of  educa- 
tional enterprise  may  be  scheduled  under 
this  course  heading:  workshops  con- 
ducted by  the  Special  Education  Depart- 
ment (or  developed  cooperatively  with 
other  departments,  colleges  and  univer- 
sities) and  not  otherwise  covered  in  the 
present  course  listing.  Laboratories,  and 
Special  Education  centers;  institutes 
developed  around  specific  topics  or 
problems  and  intended  for  designated 
groups  such  as  school  superintendents, 
principals  and  supervisors. 


EDSP  600  Exceptional  Children  and 
Youth.  (3)  Prerequisites,  9  hours  in 
Special  Education  and  consent  of  in- 
structor. Deals  primarily  with  research 
relevant  to  the  intellectual,  psychological, 
physical,  and  emotional  characteristics 
of  exceptional  children. 

EDSP  601  Emotionally  Handicapped 
Children  and  Youth.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
EDSP  600  and  consent  of  instructor. 
Deals  with  epidemiology,  etiology, 
classification,  diagnostic  procedures, 
behavioral  characteristics,  treatment  and 
prevention  of  child  and  adolescent 
disturbances. 

EDSP  605  The  Exceptional  Child  and 
Society.  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDSP  600  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Relationship  of  the 
role  and  adjustment  of  the  child  with  an 
exceptionality  to  societal  characteristics. 

EDSP  610  Administration  and  Supervi- 
sion of  Special  Education  Programs.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  EDSP  600  and  consent  of 
instructor.  Consideration  of  the  deter- 
mination, establishment  and  function  of 
educational  programs  to  exceptional 
children  for  administrative  and  super- 
visory personnel. 

EDSP  615  Evaluation  and  Measurement 
of  Exceptional  Children  and  Youth.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  EDMS  446,  646,  and  EDSP 
600.  Deals  with  the  understanding  and 
interpretation  of  the  results  of 
psychological  and  educational  tests  ap- 
plicable for  use  with  exceptional 
children. 

EDSP  620  Educational  Diagnosis  and 
Planning  for  Exceptional  Children  and 
Youth.  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDSP  615.  Deals 
with  the  identification  of  learning 
characteristics  of  exceptional  children 
and  the  planning  of  appropriate 
programs. 

EDSP  621  Psycho-Educational  Program- 
ming with  Emotionally  Handicapped 
Children  and  Youth.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
EDSP  600,  601  and  consent  of  instructor. 
Deals  with  factors  pertinent  to 
therapeutic  education  of  disturbed 
children  and  adolescents  in  special  treat- 
ment settings. 

EDSP  625  Problems  in  the  Education  of 
the  Mentally  Retarded.  (3)  Prerequisite,  9 
hours  EDSP  including  EDSP  600  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Consideration  of  the 
pertinent  psychological,  educational, 
medical,  sociological  and  other  research 
and  theoretical  material  relevant  to  the 
determination  of  trends,  practices, 
regarding  the  mentally  retarded. 

EDSP  630  Problems  in  the  Education  of 
the  Gifted.  (3)  Prerequisite,  9  hours  EDSP 
including  EDSP  600  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Consideration  of  the  pertinent 
psychological,  educational,  medical, 
sociological  and  other  relevant  research 
and  theoretical  material  relevant  to  the 
determination  of  trends,  practices, 
regarding  the  gifted. 

EDSP  635  Problems  in  the  Education  of 
Children  with  Emotional  Disturbances.  (3) 


Prerequisite,  9  hours  EDSP  including 
EDSP  600  or  consent  of  instructor.  Con- 
sideration of  the  pertinent  psychological, 
educational,  medical,  sociological  and 
other  research  and  theoretical  material 
relevant  to  the  determination  of  trends, 
practices,  regarding  the  emotionally 
disturbed. 

EDSP  640  Problems  in  the  Education  of 
Children  with  Perceptual  Impairment.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  6  hours  in  education  of  the 
perceptually  impaired,  EDSP  615  and  620 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Consideration 
of  the  pertinent  psychological,  educa- 
tional, medical,  sociological  and  other 
research  and  theoretical  material  relevant 
to  the  determination  of  trends,  practices, 
regarding  the  perceptually  impaired. 

EDSP  678  Seminar  in  Special  Education. 
(3) 

EDSP  798  Special  Problems  in  Educa- 
tional-6)  Master's,  AGS,  or  Doctoral  can- 
didates who  desire  to  pursue  special 
research  problems  under  the  direction  of 
their  advisors  may  register  for  credit 
under  this  number. 

EDSP  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6)  Registration  required  to  the  extent 
of  six  hours  for  Master's  Thesis. 

EDSP  888  Apprenticeship  in  Special 
Education.  (1-8)  Apprenticeships  in  the 
major  area  of  study  are  available  to 
selected  students  whose  application  for 
an  apprenticeship  has  been  approved  by 
the  education  faculty.  Each  apprentice  is 
assigned  to  work  for  at  least  a  semester 
full-time  or  the  equivalent  with  an  ap- 
propriate staff  member  of  a  cooperating 
school,  school  system,  or  educational  in- 
stitution or  agency.  The  sponsor  of  the 
apprentice  maintains  a  close  working 
relationship  with  the  apprentice  and  the 
other  persons  involved.  Prerequisites, 
teaching  experience,  a  Master's  Degree 
in  Education,  and  at  least  six  semester 
hours  in  Education  at  the  University  of 
Maryland. 

Note:  the  total  number  of  credits  which 
a  student  may  earn  in  EDSP  489,  888, 
and  889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of 
twenty  (20)  semester  hours. 

EDSP  889  Internship  in  Special  Educa- 
tion. (3-8)  Internships  in  the  major  area 
of  study  are  available  .to  selected 
students  who  have  teaching  experience. 
The  following  groups  of  students  are 
eligible:  (A)  any  student  who  has  been 
advanced  to  candidacy  for  the  Doctor's 
Degree;  and  (B)  any  student  who  receives 
special  approval  by  the  education  faculty 
for  an  internship,  provided  that  prior  to 
taking  an  internship,  such  student  shall 
have  completed  at  least  60  semester 
hours  of  graduate  work,  including  at 
least  six  semester  hours  in  education  at 
the  University  of  Maryland.  Each  intern  is 
assigned  to  work  on  a  full-time  basis  for 
at  least  a  semester  with  an  appropriate 
staff  member  in  a  cooperating  school, 
school  system,  or  educational  institution 
or  agency.  The  internship  must  be  taken 
in  a  school  situation  different  from  the 


one  where  the  student  is  regularly 
employed.  The  intern's  sponsor  main- 
tains a  close  working  relationship  with 
the  intern  and  the  other  persons 
involved. 

Note:  the  total  number  of  credits  which 
a  student  may  earn  in  EDSP  489,  888, 
and  889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of 
twenty  (20)  semester  hours. 

EDSP  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research.  (1-8)  Registration  required  to 
the  extent  of  6-9  hours  for  an  Ed.D.  proj- 
ect and  12-18  hours  for  a  PH.D. 
dissertation. 


Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Aylward 
Professors:  Meersman,  Pugliese 
Associate  Professors:  Falcione, 
Jamieson,  Kirkley,  Kolker,  Linkow, 
O'Leary,  Vaughan,  Weiss,  G.S.,  Wolvin 
Assistant  Professors:  Barton,  Elliott, 
Freimuth,  Hasenauer,  Lea,  Moore,  Mc- 
Caleb,  Patterson,  Philport,  Sadowski, 
Thompson 
Lecturer:  Niles 

The  Department  of  Speech  and 
Dramatic  Art  offers  the  Master  of 
Arts  degree  in  each  of  the  three  divi- 
sions: speech  communication;  the- 
atre; radio-television-film.  Within 
each  of  these  divisions  it  is  possible 
to  concentrate  in  specific  areas 
which  are  described  below. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

For  admission  to  the  graduate  pro- 
gram in  any  of  the  divisions,  the  ap- 
plicant must  meet  all  requirements 
of  the  Graduate  School  and  in  addi- 
tion, provide  acceptable  Graduate 
Record  Examination  scores.  For 
those  applicants  who  do  not  have 
the  equivalent  of  an  undergraduate 
major  in  their  field  of  interest,  op- 
portunities exist  for  the  student  to 
take  course  work  to  prepare  for  sub- 
sequent admission. 

For  the  Master  of  Arts  degree, 
there  are  no  special  departmental  re- 
quirements beyond  those  required 
of  all  M.A.  candidates  by  the  Grad- 
uate School.  Each  student  is  re- 
quired to  complete  an  "Introduction 
to  Graduate  Study"  course  in  his  or 
her  area  of  interest.  Most  students 
not  on  an  assistantship  complete 
the  30  hour  credit  program  in  a 
calendar  year,  while  teaching  or 
research  assistants  normally  are 
able  to  finish  in  18  months. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Dramatic  Art 

Although  there  are  no  formal  divi- 
sions within  the  Division  of  Dra- 
matic Art,  the  student  may  pursue  a 
general  program  or  specialize  in  one 


Graduate  Programs  /  197 


area  of  concentration.  In  addition  to 
acting,  exceptionally  talented 
students  are  given  the  opportunity 
to  direct  and  design  scenery,  lights, 
costumes  for  mainstage  produc- 
tions. Ample  opportunities  are  also 
provided  for  the  artistic  development 
of  the  students  in  the  many  theatres 
associated  with  the  Theatre  Division. 
The  Division  of  Dramatic  Art  offers 
both  the  research  thesis  and  the 
production  thesis.  Before  electing  a 
production  thesis,  a  student  must 
demonstrate  proficiency  in  his/her 
chosen  area  of  concentration. 

The  University  of  Maryland  is 
within  a  few  miles  of  the  John  F. 
Kennedy  Center  for  the  Performing 
Arts,  Arena  Stage,  and  the  National, 
Ford's  and  Folger  Theatres,  and 
Wolf  Trap  Farm  Park  for  the 
Performing  Arts.  In  addition,  a 
number  of  Equity  and  non-Equity 
dinner  theatres  and  semi- 
professional  experimental  theatres 
abound  in  the  area. 

Two  of  the  greatest  libraries  of 
the  world,  The  Library  of  Congress 
and  The  Folger  Shakespeare  Library, 
are  easily  accessible  from  the 
campus. 

Radio-Television-Film 

A  student  in  the  Radio-Television- 
Film  Division  may  concentrate  either 
in  a  particular  area  (film  or  broad- 
casting, for  example)  or  may  elect  a 
more  general  program  covering  the 
multiple  aspects  of  electronic  and 
film  communication.  A  student 
whose  academic  goals  extend  be- 
yond the  Radio-Television-Film  Divi- 
sion may,  upon  approval  of  his  ad- 
visor, take  as  many  as  twelve  credit 
hours  in  cognate  fields  in  other  divi- 
sions or  in  other  departments  of  the 
University.  Examples  of  such  pro- 
grams would  include  educational 
uses  of  media,  broadcast  manage- 
ment or  electronic  journalism. 

Students  may  either  pursue  a  tra- 
ditional research  thesis  or  complete 
a  production  thesis.  Before  a  pro- 
duction thesis  will  be  approved  the 
student  must  demonstrate  his  ability 
to  complete  such  a  project  through 
the  submission  of  a  portfolio  or 
equivalent  evidence. 

Speech  Communication 

Students  who  elect  to  pursue  a  pro- 
gram of  study  in  the  Division  of 
Speech  Communication  are  en- 
couraged to  develop  programs  re- 
flecting an  understanding  of  the 
genesis,  the  nature,  and  the  effects 
of  human  speech  behavior.  A  stu- 
dent may  concentrate  within  a 
specialized  area  of  Speech  Com- 
munication (Political  Communication 


or  Organizational  Communication, 
for  example)  or  may  elect  a  more 
general  course  of  study.  Students  in 
the  Speech  Communication  Division 
are  urged  to  augment  their  program 
of  study  with  coursework  in  com- 
plementary disciplines  and  with 
communication  internships  in  the 
Washington,  D.C.,  Metropolitan  area. 

Financial  Assistance 

The  Department  is  able  to  offer  ap- 
proximately one-half  of  all  full-time 
graduate  students  teaching  or  re- 
search assistantships.  In  addition,  a 
few  students  are  employed  in  vari- 
ous divisions  of  the  Department; 
however,  they  are  required  to  pay  all 
tuition  and  other  instructional  fees. 

Additional  Information 

For  information  write  to:  Dr.  Thomas 
J.  Aylward,  Chairman,  Department  of 
Speech  and  Dramatic  Art,  University 
of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland, 
20742. 

Courses 

Speech 

SPCH  400  Introduction  to  Research 
Methodologies  in  Speech  Communica- 
tion. (3)  Prerequisite,  speech  communica- 
tion major  or  minor  or  consent  of  the 
instructor.  An  introductory  survey  of 
empirical  and  historical-critical  research 
methodologies  in  speech  communica- 
tion. The  course  is  designed  to  prepare 
the  student  to  understand  and  to  con- 
duct basic  research  in  the  field. 

SPCH  420  Advanced  Group  Discussion. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  SPCH  220  or  consent  of 
the  instructor.  An  examination  of  current 
research  and  techniques  in  the  discus- 
sion and  conference,  including  extensive 
practice  in  various  types  of  discussions. 
Emphasis  is  upon  small  group  leadership 
and  dynamics. 

SPCH  422  Interviewing.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
permission  of  instructor.  Speech  prin- 
ciples and  practices  basic  to  recognized 
types  of  interview,  giving  special  atten- 
tion to  behavioral  objectives  and  com- 
munication variables  involved  in  the 
process  of  interviewing. 

SPCH  423  Communication  Processes  in 
Conferences.  (3)  Prerequisite,  one  course 
in  speech  communication  or  consent  of 
the  instructor.  Group  participation  in 
conferences,  methods  of  problem  solv- 
ing, semantic  aspects  of  language,  and 
the  function  of  conferences  in  business, 
industry  and  government  settings. 

SPCH  424  Business,  Industrial  and 
Government  Communication.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, permission  of  the  instructor. 
Structure,  methodology  and  application 
of  communication  theory  in  the  industrial 
setting  will  be  emphasized. 

SPCH  440  Advanced  Oral  Interpretation. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  SPCH  240.  A  study  of 
the  advanced  theories  and  techniques 


employed  in  the  interpretation  of  prose, 
poetry  and  drama.  Attention  is  given  to 
selections,  analyses,  cuttings,  script, 
compilations,  and  the  planning  of  pro- 
grams and  performances  in  oral 
interpretation. 

SPCH  441  Readers  Theatre.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, SPCH  240  or  consent  of  the  in- 
structor. Theories  and  techniques  of 
readers  theatre  will  be  analyzed  to  en- 
hance the  interpreting  and  directing 
abilities  of  students.  Special  attention 
will  be  given  to  interpretation  and  direc- 
tion of  prose,  drama,  and  script 
compilation. 

SPCH  450  Classical  and  Medieval  Rhet- 
orical Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite,  SPCH  200 
or  consent  of  instructor.  The  theories  of 
speech-making  and  speech  composition 
as  propounded  by  the  classical  rhetori- 
cians. Special  attention  is  given  to  Plato, 
Aristotle,  Socrates,  Cicero,  Quintlian,  and 
St.  Augustine. 

SPCH  451  Renaissance  and  Modern 
Rhetorical  Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite,  SPCH 
200  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  A  study 
of  the  development  of  modern  rhetorical 
theories  in  Europe  and  America  with 
consideration  of  the  application  of  the 
theories  to  public  address.  Special  atten- 
tion is  given  to  Thomas  Sheridan,  John 
Walker,  George  Campbell,  Hugh  Blair, 
Richard  Whately,  James  A.  Winans, 
Charles  Woolbert,  I.  A.  Richards,  and 
Kenneth  Burke. 

SPCH  455  Speechwriting.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
SPCH  200  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 
Intensive  study  of  rhetorical  principles  of 
speech  composition  through  study  of 
model  speeches  and  through  a  prac- 
ticum  in  speech  writing  to  various  forms 
and  styles  of  speeches. 

SPCH  460  American  Public  Address 
1635-1900.  (3)  Prerequisite,  SPCH  200  or 
consent  of  the  instructor.  Course  ex- 
amines the  rhetorical  development  of 
major  historical  movements  and  influen- 
tial spokesmen  from  1635-1900.  Em- 
phasis on  the  reign  of  theocracy,  the 
American  Revolution,  the  Presidential 
Inaugural  as  a  rhetorical  type,  the  com- 
promise of  1850,  the  Lincoln-Douglas 
debates,  the  Civil  War  rhetoric  and  the 
populist  movement. 

SPCH  461  American  Public  Address  in 
the  20th  Century.  (3)  Prerequisite,  SPCH 
200  or  consent  of  instructor.  Course  ex- 
amines the  rhetorical  development  of 
major  historical  movements  and  influen- 
tial spokesmen  from  1900  to  the  present. 
Focus  on  the  progressive  movement,  the 
rise  of  labor,  women's  suffrage,  Mc- 
Carthyism  and  the  evolution  of  pro-  and 
anti-war  rhetoric. 

SPCH  462  British  Public  Address.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  SPCH  200  or  consent  of  the 
instructor.  A  biographical,  textual  and 
critical-rhetorical  study  of  great  British 
speakers  and  their  influences.  Special  at- 
tention will  be  devoted  to  the  'Golden 
Age'  of  British  oratory  and  to  the  forms 
and  styles  of  contemporary  speakers. 


198  /  Graduate  Programs 


SPCH  470  Listening.  (3)  A  study  of  the 
listening  process,  listening  variables, 
listening  levels,  and  the  development  of 
effective  listening  behavior. 

SPCH  472  Nonverbal  Communication.  (3) 

Survey  of  nonverbal  communication  in 
human  interaction;  theory  and  research 
on  proxemics.  kinesics  and  paralinguis- 
tics as  expression  of  relationship,  affect 
and  orientation  within  and  across 
cultures. 

SPCH  474  Communication  Theory  and 
Process.  (3)  A  general  survey  of  introduc- 
tory material  in  communication  theory. 

SPCH  475  Persuasion  in  Speech.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  SPCH  200  or  230.  A  study 
of  the  bases  of  persuasion  with  empha- 
sis on  recent  experimental  developments 
in  persuasion. 

SPCH  476  Foundations  of  Speech 
Behavior.  (3)  This  course  will  provide  a 
study  of  the  acquisition  of  speech,  the 
elements  that  influence  speech  behavior, 
the  influences  of  speech  behavior,  and  a 
theoretical  framework  for  the  analysis  of 
communication  situations.  Students  will 
apply  the  theory  to  analysis  of  specific 
communication  situations. 

SPCH  477  Speech  Communication  and 
the  Study  of  Language  Acquisition.  (3) 

Survey  of  language  acquisition  and  de- 
velopment in  human  communication  be- 
havior; theory  and  research  on  language 
structure,  syntactic,  phonological,  and 
cognitive  systems  as  an  influence  of  an 
individual's  orientation  and  development 
within  and  across  cultures. 

SPCH  478  Speech  Communication  Collo- 
quium. (1)  Current  trends  and  issues  in 
the  field  of  speech  communication, 
stressing  recent  research  methods. 
Recommended  for  senior  and  graduate 
student  majors  and  minors  in  speech 
communication.  Repeatable  to  a  max- 
imum of  4  hours. 

SPCH  488  Speech  Communication  In- 
ternship. (1-6)  Registration  by  permission 
of  adviser  only.  This  independent  intern- 
ship is  designed  to  give  the  speech 
communication  student  practical  career 
experience  with  a  speech  communication 
professional  in  the  Washington  Metro- 
politan area.  Limited  to  a  maximum  of 
six  credits. 

SPCH  489  Speech  Communication 
Workshop.  (1-6)  Workshops  devoted  to 
special,  in-depth  study  in  speech  com- 
munication. Course  may  be  repeatable  to 
a  maximum  of  six  semester  hours. 

SPCH  498  Seminar.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
senior  standing  and  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Present-day  speech  research. 

SPCH  499  Honors  Seminar.  (3)  For 

honors  students  only.  Readings,  sym- 
posiums, visiting  lectures,  discussions. 

SPCH  600  Empirical  Research  in  Speech 
Communication.  (3) 

SPCH  601  Historical-Critical  Research  in 
Speech  Communication.  (3)  Intense  study 
in  critical  and  historical  methodology  as 


applicable  to  research  in  speech  commu- 
nication. Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the 
composition  and  the  evaluation  of 
historical-critical  studies  of  significance 
in  the  field  of  rhetorical  communication 
scholarship. 

SPCH  655  Seminar  in  Speechwriting.  (3) 

Theoretical  and  practical  aspects  of 
speechwriting  at  an  advanced  level. 

SPCH  680  Speech   Communication  Pro- 
grams in  Education  and  Training.  (3)  An 

analysis  of  instructional  development  in 
speech  communication.  Instructional  ob- 
jectives, strategies  and  evaluation  are 
applied  to  educational,  corporate  and  in- 
dustrial training  programs. 

SPCH  698  Special  Problems  in  Speech 
Communication.  (3) 

SPCH  720  Seminar  in  Small  Group  Com- 
munication. (3)  The  seminar  will  explore 
the  variables  involved  in  small  group 
communication  (formation  and  member- 
ship, leadership,  functions,  and  current 
research  problems).  The  focus  of  the 
course  will  be  two-fold:  (1)  to  give  the 
student  a  survey  of  small  group  com- 
munication theory,  and  (2)  to  provide 
some  indepth  analysis  of  current  prob- 
lems in  small  group  communication. 

SPCH  724  Seminar  in  Organizational 
Communication.  (3)  Prerequisite,  permis- 
sion of  the  instructor.  Theories  and  prob- 
lems of  human  communication  within, 
between,  and/or  among  formal  organiza- 
tions will  be  emphasized. 

SPCH  755  Seminar  in  Rhetorical  Theory. 

(3)  Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  SPCH 
460,  461  or  450.  Examination  of  selected 
theories  of  style  drawn  from  the  fields  of 
rhetoric  and  literature,  and  analysis  of 
model  speeches. 

SPCH  760  Seminar  in  Political  Com- 
munication. (3)  Prerequisite,  SPCH  601  or 
consent  of  the  instructor.  A  blend  of  the- 
ory and  practice  to  integrate  rhetorical- 
critical  theory  and  empirical  methods 
with  politics.  Practitioners  in  political 
communication  will  be  drawn  in  as  re- 
source persons.  Students  will  map  the 
communication  strategy  for  candidates 
and  analyze  actual  campaign  strategies. 

SPCH  762  Seminar  in  Public  Address.  (3) 

An  in-depth  study  of  national  and  inter- 
national speakers  and  issues  throughout 
the  history  of  the  spoken  word.  Empha- 
sis will  be  placed  upon  the  application  of 
rhetorical  principles  to  the  analysis  of 
world  speakers  and  their  speeches. 

SPCH  775  Seminar  in  Persuasion  and  At- 
titude Change.  (3)  This  seminar  will  con- 
centrate on  the  problem  of  making  mes- 
sage strategy  decisions.  Course  content 
will  consist  of  study  of  both  theoretical 
and  empirical  research  on  attitude  and 
attitude  change  in  persuasive 
communication. 

SPCH  776  Interpersonal  Communication. 

(3)  Problems  and  processes  of  symbolic 
representation  in  speech,  the  effects  of 
language  on  communication,  semantic 
redundancy,  and  interaction  between 


meaning  and  the  structure  of  oral 
language. 

SPCH  798  Independent  Study.  (1-3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  An  in- 
dividual course  designed  for  intensive 
study  or  research  of  problems  in  any  one 
of  the  three  areas  of  drama,  general 
speech,  or  radio/T.V. 

SPCH  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

Radio,  Television  and  Film 

RTVF  413  The  History  of  the  Film.  (3)  An 

advanced  survey  of  the  film  as  an  art 
form.  Cinema  pre-history,  actualities  and 
the  Lumiere  tradition,  Melies,  Griffith, 
and  their  contemporaries,  the  silent  film 
(1920-29);  Germany,  Russia,  and  the 
U.S.A.,  screen  comedy,  the  sound  film 
(1926-present):  American  and  foreign 
master  directors,  recent  and  current 
trends.  Recommended  prior  to  this 
course:  RTVF  314. 

RTVF  414  Contemporary  American 
Cinema.  (3)  Prerequisite,  RTVF  222.  An 
analysis  of  the  trends  and  major  social 
issues  in  American  culture  as  they  are 
expressed  through  the  film  medium.  Em- 
phasis on  'new  wave',  experimental, 
underground,  independent,  and  cinema 
verite  motion  pictures. 

RTVF  415  Contemporary  European 
Cinema.  (3)  A  comparative  and  critical 
analysis  of  the  European  motion  picture 
both  as  a  distinct  art  form  reflecting  the 
national  character  of  a  particular  country 
and  as  a  medium  for  mass  communica- 
tions demonstrating  the  universality  of 
the  human  condition. 

RTVF  417  Dramatic  Writing  for  Broad- 
casting and  Film.  (3)  Prerequisite,  RTVF 
317  or  consent  of  instructor.  An  intro- 
duction to  the  principles,  methods  and 
limitations  of  writing  comedy,  drama,  and 
the  documentary  for  radio,  television, 
and  film. 

RTVF  418  The  Film  Auteur.  (3)  The  inten- 
sive chronological  study  of  the  work  of 
one  European  or  American  film  director 
each  semester. 

RTVF  419  Film  Genres.  (3)  The  study  of 
one  major  film  genre  each  semester  (the 
gangster  film,  the  western,  science  fic- 
tion and  horror,  the  political  film). 
Cinema  develops  formal  and  thematic 
conventions  and  how,  as  a  medium  for 
reflecting  social  ideals  and  needs. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

RTVF  420  The  Documentary  Film.  (3) 

Growth,  implication,  and  the  use  of  the 
international  nonfiction  film  as  propa- 
ganda, public  service,  promotion,  educa- 
tion, and  entertainment.  Case  studies 
from  representative  documentaries  will 
be  analyzed. 

RTVF  421  Film  Criticism  and  Theory.  (3) 

Critical-aesthetic  approaches  to  film  in 
order  to  develop  a  vocabulary  for  film 
analysis.  Included  will  be  shot  analysis; 
montage  and  deep  focus;  the  auteur 
theory;  the  role  of  screenwriter,  director 


Graduate  Programs  /  199 


of  photography,  actor;  genre  analysis; 
analysis  of  film  as  popular  art. 

RTVF  425  Television  and  Politics.  (3) 

Critical  review  of  studies  of  the  effects 
of  political  broadcasts;  legal  and  social 
issues:  surveys  and  media  campaigns. 

RTVF  440  Television  Direction.  (3)  Two 

hour  lecture,  two  hour  laboratory.  Prereq- 
uisite, RTVF  340.  Principles  of  television 
direction,  including  analysis  of  script, 
casting,  rehearsing,  production,  audio 
and  video  control. 

RTVF  449  Television  Workshop.  (3)  Two- 
hour  lecture,  four-hour  laboratory.  Prereq- 
uisites, RTVF  340,  440  and  consent  of 
instructor. 

RTVF  450  Radio  and  Television  Station 
Management.  (3)  The  role  of  the  manager 
in  the  modern  broadcasting  industry.  Sta- 
tion communication  factors,  regulation, 
licensing,  personnel  functions,  sales,  pro- 
gramming supervision,  audience  analysis, 
and  station  promotion. 

RTVF  451  Broadcast  Criticism.  (3)  An 

analysis  of  the  professional,  historical, 
social,  and  psychological  criticism  of 
American  radio  and  television,  together 
with  practical  application  of  professional 
and  scholarly  critical  methods. 

RTVF  452  International  and  Comparative 
Broadcasting  Systems.  (3)  A  comparative 
study  of  international  broadcasting  pro- 
gram policies,  economic  systems,  con- 
trol and  organization.  The  use  of  broad- 
casting in  international  affairs  as  an 
instrument  of  propaganda,  culture  and 
information  dissemination.  Monitoring  of 
overseas  broadcasts,  television  programs 
and  discussions  with  representatives  of 
domestic  and  foreign  international  broad- 
cast agencies. 

RTVF  453  Broadcasting  and  Government. 

(3)  Legal  issues  involving  radio  and 
television:  freedom,  restraints,  self- 
regulation;  regulation  of  programming, 
competition,  rights  as  seen  by  the  broad- 
caster, regulatory  agencies  and  the 
public. 

RTVF  465  Advanced  Film  Production.  (3) 

Prerequisite  RTVF  355  and  consent  of  in- 
structor. Consideration  of  film  technique 
and  theory  as  they  apply  to  the  making 
of  a  full  length  motion  picture. 

RTVF  498  Seminar.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
senior  standing  and  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Present  day  radio-television-film 
research.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of 
six  credits. 

RTVF  600  Introduction  to  Graduate  Study 
in  Broadcasting.  (3) 

RTVF  601  Visual  Communication.  (3)  A 

theoretical  analysis  of  aspects  of  percep- 
tion; effects  of  visual  messages  in  hu- 
man communication  through  television 
and  film. 

RTVF  621  Formal  Film  Analysis.  (3)  The 

elements  and  composition  of  intensive 
analysis  of  selected  narrative  films  on  a 
shot  by  shot  basis. 


RTVF  628  Seminar  in  Film.  (3)  Studies  of 
various  aspects  of  film.  Subject  matter 
changed  each  semester.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  6  credits. 

RTVF  629  Special  Problems  in  Film.  (3) 

An  experimental  course  for  the  develop- 
ment of  new  ideas  in  film.  May  be  re- 
peated to  a  maximum  of  6  credits,  if 
subject  is  different. 

RTVF  640  Advanced  Television  Direction. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  RATV  440  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Principles  of  television  direc- 
tion as  applied  to  dramatic  programs,  to- 
gether with  a  consideration  of  the  spe- 
cific aesthetic  values  of  the  television 
medium. 

RTVF  642  History  of  Broadcasting.  (3) 

Seminar  study  of  the  individuals,  tech- 
nological developments,  and  social  and 
economic  factors  responsible  for  the 
development  and  direction  of  the  broad- 
cast media  in  the  United  States. 

RTVF  648  Seminar  in  Broadcasting.  (3) 

Studies  of  various  aspects  of  broadcast- 
ing. Subject  matter  changed  each 
semester. 

RTVF  649  Special  Problems  in  Broad- 
casting. (3)  An  experimental  course  for 
the  development  of  new  ideas  in 
broadcasting. 

RTVF  662  Seminar  in  Political  Broad- 
casting. (3)  A  seminar  integrating  the 
theory  of  mass  communication  with 
rhetorical-critical  theory  in  an  analysis  of 
major  political  uses  of  the  broadcast 
media. 

RTVF  699  Independent  Study.  (1-3) 

RTVF  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

Dramatic  Art 

DART  420  Styles  and  Theories  of  Acting. 

(3)  Prerequisites,  DART  120,  221,  320  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Emphasis  on  the 
philosophical  basis  and  techniques  nec- 
essary for  acting  modern  realistic  drama 
and  acting  period  style  dramas.  In-depth 
study  of  Stanislavski  system  and  applica- 
tion of  those  techniques  toward  perfor- 
mance in  scenes.  Examination  and  ap- 
plication of  the  techniques  necessary  for 
the  preparation  and  performance  of  an 
acting  score  for  performing  Shakespeare. 
Improvisation.  Required  attendance  at 
live  theatre  productions. 

DART  429  Actor's  Studio.  (1-3)  Prereq- 
uisite, consent  of  instructor.  Participation 
in  dramatic  roles  executed  under  faculty 
supervision  in  the  department's  produc- 
tions. Eligible  students  must  make  com- 
mitments and  plan  performances  with 
course  instructor  during  pre-registration. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

DART  430  Advanced  Directing  for  the 
Stage.  (3)  Prerequisite,  DART  330  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Discussion  of  the 
preparation  procedures  and  rehearsal 
practices  necessary  for  the  presentation 
of  a  variety  of  theatrical  styles  and 
forms.  Emphasis  on  understanding  the 


relationship  between  the  director,  the  ac- 
tor, the  script  and  the  audience.  A  series 
of  student  directed  scenes  supple- 
mented by  attendance  at  theatre 
productions. 

DART  440  Children's  Dramatics.  (3) 

Principles  and  methods  of  creative 
dramatics  as  applied  in  the  classroom  or 
community  center  for  elementary,  sec- 
ondary and  exceptional  children.  Super- 
vised conducting  of  classes  in  creative 
dramatics  at  the  University,  nearby  com- 
munity centers  or  schools. 

DART  445  Directing  Plays  for  Children's 
Theatre.  (3)  Prerequisite.  DART  440.  An 
introduction  into  the  formal  elements  of 
directing  plays  for  children.  The  organiza- 
tion of  large  groups  of  children  in  the 
framework  of  children's  theatre.  History 
of  children's  theatre,  script  analysis,  and 
basic  directing  skills  for  staging  chil- 
dren's theatre.  A  final  presentation  of  a 
short  established  or  original  children's 
play  is  required. 

DART  450  American  Musical  Comedy.  (3) 

The  evolution  of  musical  comedy 
through  opera  to  early  American  extrav- 
aganzas and  minstrels  to  the  musicals  of 
the  1920s  and  1930's.  The  development 
and  highlights  of  the  form  since  1940. 
The  function  and  form  of  the  libretto, 
music  and  lyrics,  and  the  roles  of  the 
creative  personnel  of  a  musical  produc- 
tion. Workshops  in  performance  skills. 

DART  460  Theatre  Management  I.  (3)  The 

practical  tools  of  theatre  management: 
production  philosophies,  selecting  and 
balancing  a  season,  tickets  and  box  of- 
fice procedures,  budgeting,  graphic  arts 
production,  advertising,  publicity  and 
other  promotional  devices. 

DART  461  Theatre  Management  II.  (3) 
Prerequisite.  DART  460  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Case  studies,  discussions,  lec- 
tures and  projects  concerning  advance 
theatre  management  decision  making 
and  administration,  including  such  areas 
as  personnel  relations,  contract  negotia- 
tions, theatrical  unions,  fund  raising, 
touring,  audience  development  and 
public  relations. 

DART  471  Advanced  Scenic  Design.  (3) 

Prerequisites.  DART  170,  273,  375  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Study  of  period  styles 
and  techniques  in  scenic  design.  Empha- 
sis on  individual  projects  and  multi-use 
theatres.  Students  may  not  receive  credit 
for  both  DART  451  and  DART  471. 

DART  476  Principles  and  Theories  of 
Stage  Lighting.  (3)  Prerequisite,  DART 
170,  recommended  DART  273.  A  study  of 
the  theories  of  electrification,  instru- 
ments, design,  color,  and  control  for 
stage  and  television.  Brief  survey  of 
sound  for  the  theatre.  Practical  work  on 
productions. 

DART  477  Advanced  Lighting  Design.  (3) 
Prerequisite.  DART  476.  Study  of  history 
and  theory  of  lighting  design.  Design  ex- 
ercises in  proscenium,  in-the-round, 
thrust,  outdoor  pageant,  circus,  concert, 
spectacle,  dance  and  television  lighting. 


200  /  Graduate  Programs 


A  survey  of  lighting  companies  and 
equipment  and  architectural  lighting. 

DART  479  Theatre  Workshop.  (1-3)  Pre 

requisite,  DART  170  and  permission  of 
the  instructor.  Participation  in  the  tech- 
nical aspects  of  theatre  production  in 
selected  university  and  experimental 
theatre  productions.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits. 

DART  480  Stage  Costume  Design  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  DART  252.  Basic  principles 
of  theatre  costume  design  and  introduc- 
tion to  rendering  skills.  Emphasis  on  de- 
velopment of  design  conception,  unity, 
character  statement,  basic  clothing  de- 
sign and  period  style  adaptation. 

DART  481  Stage  Costume  Design  II.  (3) 

One  lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory 
per  week.  Prerequisite,  DART  480.  An  ad- 
vanced study  of  costume  design  and  in- 
terpretation leading  to  understanding  and 
facility  in  design  of  stylized  productions. 
Emphasis  on  design  for  musical  comedy, 
dance  theatre,  opera  and  various  non- 
traditional  forms  of  theatre  production. 

DART  485  Advanced  Makeup.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite. DART  180  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Advanced  techniques  and  materials 
in  makeup  for  the  theatre,  television  and 
film.  Practical  work  with  three- 
dimensional  makeup  (prosthetic  devices), 
hair  pieces,  mask-making  and  stylized 
makeup.  Opportunity  to  develop  skills  in 
a  creative  approach  to  makeup  design. 

DART  490  History  of  the  Theatre  I.  (3) 

Evolution  of  the  theatre  from  primitive 
origins,  through  the  early  Renaissance 
with  emphasis  on  playwrights  and  plays, 
theatre  architecture  and  decor,  and  sig- 
nificant personalities.  Extensive  use  of 
graphic  material,  play  reading,  related 
theatre-going. 

DART  491  History  ot  the  Theatre  II.  (3)  A 

continuation  of  DART  490  beginning  with 
the  16th  century  and  progressing  into 
the  20th.  examining  the  late  Renais- 
sance, Elizabethan,  Restoration,  17th  to 
19th  century  European,  and  early  Ameri- 
can theatres.  Emphasis  on  dramatic 
forms  and  styles,  theatre  architecture 
and  decor,  and  significant  personalities. 
Extensive  use  of  graphic  material,  play 
reading,  related  theatre-going. 

DART  495  History  of  Theatrical  Theory 
and  Criticism.  (3)  The  development  of 
theatrical  theory  and  criticism  from  the 
Greeks  to  the  modern  theorist.  The  philo- 
sophical basis  of  theatre  as  an  art  form. 
Important  theorists  and  the  practical  ap- 
plication of  their  theories  in  either  play 
scripts  or  theatrical  productions.  Re- 
quired attendance  at  selected  live  theatre 
productions. 

DART  499  Independent  Study.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, permission  of  instructor.  An  in- 
dependent study  course  in  which  each 
student  completes  an  assigned  major 
theatre  project  under  close  faculty  super- 
vision. Projects  may  culminate  with  term 
papers,  scenic  or  costume  designs,  or  a 
stage  production.  Repeatable  to  a  max- 
imum of  six  credits. 


DART  600  Introduction  to  Graduate 
Study  in  Theatre.  (3) 

DART  669  Independent  Study.  (1-3) 

DART  678  Theory  of  Visual  Design  for 
the  Performing  Arts.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
DART  375  or  consent  of  instructor.  An 
historical  and  theoretical  study  of  design 
practices  in  the  performing  arts. 

DART  688  Special  Problems  in  Drama.  (3) 

The  preparation  of  adaptations  and  other 
projects  in  dramaturgy. 

DART  689  Theories  of  the  Drama.  (3)  Ad- 
vanced study  of  the  identification  and 
development  of  dramatic  form  from  the 
early  Greek  drama  to  contemporary 
forms;  the  aesthetics  of  theatre  arts;  and 
dramatic  criticism. 

DART  698  Seminar  —  Studies  in  Theatre. 

(3)  Research  projects  adapted  to  indi- 
vidual backgrounds  and  special  work. 

DART  699  The  Theory  of  Pre-Modern  Dra- 
matic Production.  (3)  An  historical  survey 
of  production  styles. 

DART  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 


Textiles  and  Consumer 
Economics  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Smith 
Professor:  Dardis 

Associate  Professors:  Buck,  Spivak 
Assistant  Professors:  Block,  Brannigan, 

Derrick,  Hacklander,  Saltzman,  Wolken, 

Yeh 
Visiting  Assistant  Professor:  Emerson 

The  Department  of  Textiles  and 
Consumer  Economics  otters  pro- 
grams of  study  leading  to  the 
Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  degrees.  Fields  of  spe- 
cialization are  TEXTILES  and/or 
CONSUMER  ECONOMICS.  In  the 
field  of  textiles,  students  may  con- 
centrate in  textile  science,  textile 
economics  and  marketing,  clothing 
and  human  behavior,  or  historic  tex- 
tiles and  costume.  In  the  field  of 
consumer  economics,  students  may 
concentrate  in  consumption  eco- 
nomics, consumer  behavior,  or  con- 
sumer technology. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

There  are  no  rigid  course  require- 
ments for  admission  to  the  graduate 
program  in  Textiles  and  Consumer 
Economics.  A  major  in  Home  Eco- 
nomics, Consumer  Economics,  Tex- 
tiles and  Clothing,  Textiles,  or  a 
relevant  discipline  such  as  chem- 
istry, economics,  or  psychology  is 
acceptable  as  background  for  study 
in  this  field.  Preparation  in  the  basic 
physical  and  social  sciences  (chem- 
istry, mathematics,  economics,  psy- 
chology, and  sociology)  is  highly 
recommended.  Necessary  course 


prerequisites  (without  graduate 
credit)  can  be  completed  after  ad- 
mission to  the  graduate  program.  All 
applicants  are  required  to  submit 
scores  of  the  Graduate  Record  Ex- 
amination Aptitude  Test. 

Thesis  and  non-thesis  options  are 
available  for  the  Master  of  Science 
degree.  In  the  thesis  option,  stu- 
dents must  complete  a  minimum  of 
24  hours  of  course  work,  a  thesis, 
and  pass  a  final  oral  examination  on 
the  thesis.  In  the  non-thesis  option, 
students  must  complete  a  minimum 
of  30  hours  of  course  work,  submit 
one  scholarly  paper,  and  pass  a  writ- 
ten comprehensive  final  examina- 
tion. Students  in  both  the  thesis  and 
non-thesis  options  must  present  one 
departmental  seminar. 

Students  with  bachelor's  degrees 
may  apply  for  the  doctoral  program 
although  they  are  encouraged  to 
complete  requirements  for  the  M.S. 
degree.  Applicants  holding  a  mas- 
ter's degree  in  an  equivalent  field 
from  an  accredited  institution  may 
be  admitted  for  immediate  doctoral 
study.  Previous  graduate  work  will 
be  evaluated  on  an  individual  basis, 
but  a  minimum  of  18  hours  of 
course  work  beyond  the  master's 
level  is  required  for  the  Ph.D.  degree 
in  addition  to  12  hours  of  disserta- 
tion research.  Qualifying  examina- 
tions are  administered  upon  com- 
pletion of  basic  course  requirements 
in  either  textiles  or  consumer  eco- 
nomics. Written  and  oral  compre- 
hensive examinations  are  given 
upon  completion  of  all  course  work. 
A  final  oral  examination  is  held  for 
the  student  to  defend  the 
dissertation. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  graduate  program  is  multidisci- 
plinary  in  nature  with  graduate  fac- 
ulty from  chemistry,  engineering, 
economics,  behavioral  sciences,  and 
the  arts.  Departmental  research  fa- 
cilities include  the  historic  textiles 
and  costume  collection,  a  full  range 
of  equipment  for  textile  research 
with  special  emphasis  on  flamma- 
bility,  and  a  Wang  minicomputer. 
Access  to  federal  agencies  where 
decisions  affecting  consumers  are 
made  provides  graduate  students 
with  a  unique  opportunity  to  con- 
duct consumer  related  research. 

Financial  Assistance 

Graduate  teaching  and/or  research 
assistantships  are  offered  to  qual- 
ified applicants  on  the  basis  of  past 
academic  performance  and  experi- 
ence. More  than  half  of  the  full-time 
students  in  the  Department  hold 
assistantships  or  some  form  of 


Graduate  Programs  /  201 


financial  aid.  Part-time  and  summer 
work  is  often  available  for  students 
not  receiving  financial  aid. 

Additional  Information 

Additional  information  on  depart- 
mental programs,  admissions,  proce- 
dures and  financial  aid  may  be 
obtained  by  contacting:  Chairman, 
Department  of  Textiles  and  Con- 
sumer Economics,  Room  3017  Tur- 
ner Laboratory,  University  of 
Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland 
20742. 

Courses 

Consumer  Economics 

CNEC  431  The  Consumer  and  the  Law. 

(3)  Three  lectures  a  week.  A  study  of 
legislation  affecting  consumer  goods  and 
services.  Topics  covered  include  product 
safety  and  liability,  packaging  and  label- 
ing, deceptive  advertising,  and  consumer 
credit.  The  implications  of  such  legisla- 
tion for  consumer  welfare  with  particular 
emphasis  on  the  disadvantaged  groups 
in  our  society  will  be  examined. 

CNEC  435  Economics  of  Consumption. 

(3)  Spring  semester.  Three  lectures  per 
week.  Prerequisites,  ECON  201  and  203 
or  ECON  205  for  non-majors.  The  appli- 
cation of  economic  theory  to  a  study  of 
consumer  decision-making  and  its  role  in 
a  market  economy  at  both  the  individual 
and  aggregate  levels.  Topics  covered  in- 
clude empirical  studies  of  consumer 
spending  and  saving,  the  consumer  in 
the  market  and  collective  consumption. 

CNEC  437  Consumer  Behavior.  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites,  PSYC 
100  and  SOCY  100.  An  application  of  the 
behavioral  sciences  to  a  study  of  con- 
sumer behavior.  Current  theories,  models 
and  empirical  research  findings  are 
explored. 

CNEC  455  Consumer  Technology:  Prod- 
uct Standards.  (3)  Prerequisite,  consent 
of  instructor.  The  process  of  product 
standard  development,  and  the  signif- 
icance of  such  standards  to  the  con- 
sumer. History,  procedures  and  uses  of 
standards  by  industry  and  government, 
including  both  voluntary  and  regulatory 
standardization:  the  impact  of  product 
standards,  and  mechanisms  for  obtaining 
consumer  input  in  the  standardization 
process. 

CNEC  457  Consumer  Technology  — 
Product  Safety.  (3)  Prerequisite,  consent 
of  instructor.  An  interdisciplinary  in- 
vestigation of  consumer  product  safety. 
Major  statutes  and  agencies  regulating 
safety.  Alternative  means  of  promoting 
consumer  product  safety.  The  application 
of  product  liability  and  cost  benefit 
analysis  to  the  economics  of  product 
safety.  Consumer  response  to  safety 
labeling,  advertising  and  educational 
efforts. 

CNEC  488  Senior  Honors  Thesis.  (1-4) 

Limited  to  undergraduate  students  in  the 


departmental  honors  program.  An  inde- 
pendent literary,  laboratory  or  field  study, 
conducted  throughout  the  student's  se- 
nior year.  Student  should  register  in  both 
fall  and  spring. 

CNEC  498  Special  Studies.  (2-4)  Indepen- 
dent study  by  an  individual  student  or  by 
a  group  of  students  in  advanced  work 
not  otherwise  provided  in  the  depart- 
ment. Students  must  prepare  a  descrip- 
tion of  the  study  they  wish  to  undertake. 
The  plan  must  be  approved  by  the  fac- 
ulty directing  the  study  and  the  depart- 
ment chairman. 

Textiles 

TEXT  420  Apparel  Design  —  Draping.  (3) 

Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per 
week.  Prerequisites,  APDS  101  and  TEXT 
222.  APDS  220  recommended  but  not  re- 
quired. Students  explore  pattern  design 
through  draping  on  the  human  form.  Em- 
phasis is  on  the  interrelationship  be- 
tween material,  design  and  form. 

TEXT  425  Apparel  Design  —  Experimen- 
tal Processes.  (3)  Two  three-hour  lab- 
oratory periods  per  week.  Prerequisites. 
APDS  101,  TEXT  250,  and  TEXT  222.  Pro- 
cesses are  related  to  fiber  and  fabric 
characteristics,  style  and  end-use.  Oppor- 
tunities are  provided  for  students  to:  1) 
learn  advanced  construction  and  tailoring 
techniques  2)  explore,  adapt  and  create 
new  processes  with  modern  textile  mate- 
rials and  3)  evaluate  results  in  terms  of 
design  quality. 

TEXT  441  Clothing  and  Human  Behavior. 

(3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequi- 
sites, PSYC  100  and  SOCY  100.  An  ex- 
ploration of  socio-psychological  ap- 
proaches to  the  study  of  clothing  in 
relation  to  human  behavior.  Social  and 
psychological  theories  will  be  examined 
as  possible  framework  for  the  study  and 
investigation  of  clothing. 

TEXT  445  History  of  Costume  I.  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week.  The  wrap-style  dress. 
A  critical  study  of  the  various  forms  of 
dress:  analyzing  shape  and  form  of  gar- 
ments and  the  component  parts  of 
which  they  are  made,  taking  special  note 
of  the  various  distinctive  styles  and 
unique  shapes  which  help  distinguish 
one  period  from  another;  relating  the  his- 
tory of  costume  to  events,  to  achieve- 
ments, to  the  social  attitudes  and  devel- 
opment of  the  various  times  and  cultures 
of  man. 

TEXT  447  History  of  Costume  II.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  The  shaped- 
style  dress.  A  critical  study  of  the  vari- 
ous forms  of  dress;  analyzing  shape  and 
form  of  garments  and  the  component 
parts  of  which  they  are  made,  taking 
special  note  of  the  distinctive  styles  and 
unique  shapes  which  help  distinguish 
one  period  from  another;  relating  the 
history  of  costume  to  events,  to  achieve- 
ments, to  the  social  attitudes  and  devel- 
opment of  the  various  times  and  cultures 
of  man. 

TEXT  452  Textile  Science  —  Chemical 
Structures  and  Properties  of  Fibers.  (3) 


Two  lectures  and  one  three-hour  labora- 
tory per  week.  Prerequisites,  CHEM  104 
or  consent  of  instructor.  The  chemical 
structure,  properties  and  reactions  of  the 
major  classes  of  natural  and  man-made 
fibers.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  rela- 
tionship between  molecular  structure 
and  physical  properties  of  fibers  and 
fabrics.  Laboratory  includes  chemical 
identification  of  fibers,  preparation  of 
selected  fibers  and  examination  of  chem- 
ical reactions  and  properties  of  fibers. 

TEXT  454  Textile  Science  —  Finishes.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  three-hour  labora- 
tory per  week.  Prerequisite.  TEXT  452  or 
consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the 
chemical  reactions  and  mechanisms  in- 
volved in  imparting  water  repellance. 
crease  resistance  and  crease  recovery 
properties,  shrink-resistance,  flame  re- 
sistance, soil-release  properties  and 
moth  and  mildew  resistance  to  textile 
materials.  Properties  of  the  finished 
material  which  effect  its  end-use  will 
also  be  examined.  Laboratory  work  in- 
cludes the  application  of  finishes,  iden- 
tification of  finishes  and  a  study  of  the 
properties  of  finished  fabrics. 

TEXT  456  Textile  Science  —  Chemistry 
and  Physics  of  Fibers  and  Polymers.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  three-hour  labora- 
tory per  week.  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor.  The  theory  of  fiber  structure 
and  its  relationship  to  chemical  and 
physical  properties  of  natural  and  man- 
made  fibers.  Laboratory  includes  study 
of  performance  of  textile  materials  in  re- 
lation to  their  chemical  and  physical 
properties. 

TEXT  463  History  of  Textiles.  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  TEXT  150 
or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  his- 
toric and  contemporary  fibers  and  fab- 
rics. Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the 
analysis  of  designs  and  techniques  of 
decorating  fabrics  and  the  relationship  of 
textiles  to  the  aesthetic  and  develop- 
mental cultures  of  society. 

TEXT  465  Economics  of  the  Textile  and 
Apparel  Industries.  (3)  Three  lectures  per 
week.  Prerequisites,  ECON  201  and  203. 
Trends  in  the  production  and  consump- 
tion of  textiles  and  apparel;  economic 
analysis  of  the  textile  and  apparel  indus- 
tries; factors  affecting  changes  in  output, 
price,  location  and  market  structure. 

TEXT  488  Senior  Honors  Thesis.  (1-4) 

Limited  to  undergraduate  students  in  the 
departmental  honors  program.  An  inde- 
pendent literary,  laboratory  or  field  study, 
conducted  throughout  the  student's  se- 
nior year.  Student  should  register  in  both 
fall  and  spring. 

TEXT  498  Special  Studies.  (2-4)  Indepen- 
dent study  by  an  individual  student  or  by 
a  group  of  students  in  advanced  work 
not  otherwise  provided  in  the  depart- 
ment. Students  must  prepare  a  descrip- 
tion of  the  study  they  wish  to  undertake. 
The  plan  must  be  approved  by  the  fac- 
ulty directing  the  study  and  the  depart- 
ment chairman. 


202  /  Graduate  Programs 


Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics 

TXCE  600  Research  Methods.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, an  introductory  course  in  statis- 
tics. Research  methodology  in  textiles 
and  consumer  economics.  The  relation- 
ship between  statistics  and  research;  ex- 
perimental techniques  and  methods  for 
data  collection  and  analysis.  Each  stu- 
dent is  required  to  prepare  a  research 
proposal. 

TXCE  608  Special  Problems.  (1-3)  Credit 
according  to  time  scheduled  and  orga- 
nization of  the  course.  The  course  may 
be  organized  as  a  lecture  series  on  a 
specialized  advanced  topic  or  may  con- 
sist of  an  experimental  problem  other 
than  the  student's  thesis  topic.  Max- 
imum credit  allowed  toward  an  advanced 
degree  shall  not  exceed  six  hours. 

TXCE  610  Consumer  Economics  I  — 
Consumer  Choice  in  the  American  Econ- 
omy. (3)  Prerequisite,  CNEC  435  or  ECON 
403  or  consent  of  instructor.  An  eco- 
nomic analysis  of  consumer  decision- 
making at  the  individual  and  aggregate 
levels.  The  economic  theory  of  consumer 
behavior  and  its  relationship  to  market 
demand;  consumer  rights  in  the  market 
and  methods  for  ensuring  such  rights; 
income  distribution  and  income  mainte- 
nance programs;  consumer  expenditures 
in  the  U.S.,  and  collective  consumption. 

TXCE  611  Consumer  Economics  II  — 
Applied  Consumption  Analysis.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, TXCE  610  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. The  application  of  the  economic 
theory  of  consumer  behavior  to  the  mea- 
surement of  consumer  demand.  Empha- 
sis on  the  allocation  of  total  consump- 
tion by  categories  of  consumption  rather 
than  on  the  determination  of  total  con- 
sumption and  saving.  Engel  curves  and 
demand  studies  based  on  time  series 
data  are  discussed. 

TXCE  620  Consumer  Behavior  I  — 
Theory  Development.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
CNEC  437  or  consent  of  instructor.  An 
application  of  the  behavioral  sciences  to 
a  study  of  consumer  behavior.  Identifica- 
tion and  critique  of  current  theories  of 
consumer  behavior. 

TXCE  621  Consumer  Behavior  II  — 
Model  Construction  and  Testing.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, TXCE  620  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. A  systematic  approach  to  the 
construction  and  testing  of  consumer 
behavior  models.  Selected  specialized 
techniques  for  consumer  behavior  re- 
search based  on  various  consumer  be- 
havior models. 

TXCE  639  Seminar  in  the  Economics  of 
Consumption.  (3)  A  critical  examination 
of  current  theories  and  research  in  the 
field.  The  application  of  research  meth- 
ods to  current  problems  in  consumption 
economics  will  be  discussed.  Course 
may  be  taken  for  a  maximum  of  six 
credits. 

TXCE  647  Clothing  and  Comfort.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  TEXT  250  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. An  examination  of  the  physical, 
psychological  and  environmental  factors 


which  affect  the  physiological  response 
of  the  human  body  to  the  clothing 
microclimate. 

TXCE  648  Seminar  in  Historic  Textiles. 
(1-3)  In  depth  studies  of  selected  areas 
of  historic  textiles  and/or  historic  textile 
products,  together  with  their  relation- 
ships to  the  cultures  and  societies  of 
man.  Maximum  credit  allowed  toward  an 
advanced  degree  shall  not  exceed  six 
hours. 

TXCE  649  Seminar  in  Clothing  and 
Human  Behavior.  (3)  An  examination  of 
theories  and  research  concerned  with 
the  relation  between  clothing  and  human 
behavior.  Special  emphasis  will  be 
placed  on  research  techniques.  Maxi- 
mum credit  allowed  toward  an  advanced 
degree  shall  not  exceed  six  hours. 

TXCE  650  Seminar  in  Textile  Economics 
and  Marketing.  (3)  A  critical  review  of 
research  literature  in  the  economics  of 
the  textile  and  apparel  industries  and  the 
marketing  of  textile  products.  The  appli- 
cation of  research  methods  to  current 
problems  of  the  textile  and  apparel  in- 
dustries will  be  discussed. 

TXCE  658  Advanced  Topics  in  Textile 
Science.  (2-3)  An  examination  of  the 
structure,  properties  and  performance  of 
textile  materials.  Topic  and  credit  will  be 
announced.  Course  may  be  taken  for  a 
maximum  of  six  credits. 

TXCE  659  Seminar  in  Textile  Science. 
(1-3)  A  critical  discussion  of  current 
research  literature  in  the  field. 

TXCE  660  Textile  Science  I.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, TEXT  452  or  consent  of  instructor. 
A  study  of  the  chemical  and  physical 
structure  of  fiber-forming  polymers  as 
they  affect  the  performance  of  textile 
materials.  Emphasis  on  structure/ 
property  relationships. 

TXCE  661  Textile  Science  II.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, TXCE  660  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Examination  of  the  principles  and  tech- 
niques of  dyeing  and  finishing  textile 
products.  Properties  of  the  finished  prod- 
ucts which  affect  their  end-use. 

TXCE  670  Textile  Evaluation  I.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, TEXT  250  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Two  lectures  and  one  three-hour  labora- 
tory per  week.  In-depth  study  of  the  prin- 
ciples and  concepts  involved  in  the  labo- 
ratory evaluation  of  textile  and  related 
materials.  The  influence  of  testing 
parameters  and  methodology  on  selected 
major  aspects  of  textile  performance  will 
be  considered. 

TXCE  671  Textile  Evaluation  II.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite. TXCE  670.  A  continuation  of  Tex- 
tile Evaluation  I. 

TXCE  699  Research  Seminar.  (1)  Sem- 
inars on  various  topics  in  textiles  and 
consumer  economics.  Colloquia  by  grad- 
uate students,  faculty  and  visiting 
speakers.  Course  may  be  repeated  for  a 
maximum  of  two  credits. 

TXCE  710  Public  Policy  and  Consumer 

Economics.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ECON  403  or 


consent  of  instructor.  The  application  of 
economic  theory  to  an  evaluation  of  pol- 
icy decisions  which  affect  the  consumer. 
The  economic,  social  and  political  frame- 
work within  which  policy  decisions  are 
made.  Consumer  protection  programs  in 
the  private  and  public  sectors. 

TXCE  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

TXCE  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 

Urban  Studies  Program 

Professor  and  Director:  Murphy 
Professors:  Janes,  Marando 
Associate  Professors:  Bish.  Levine, 

Stone 
Assistant  Professors:  Christian,  Dawkins, 

Florestano,  Montero,  Wolken,  Woody 
Lecturer:  Miller 
Instructors:  Hollander,  Rathbun 

The  Institute  for  Urban  Studies  of- 
fers a  program   leading  to  a  degree 
in  the  Master  of  Arts  in  Urban  Stud- 
ies. The  program  is  professionally 
oriented  to  educate  students  in  the 
technical  competencies  involved  in 
urban  problems  solving  and  in  an 
interdisciplinary  understanding  of 
urban  affairs.  A  graduate  of  the  pro- 
gram would  be  prepared  for  a  career 
in  governmental,  nonprofit  or  busi- 
ness activities  relating  to  urban 
affairs.  Graduates  would  also  be  eli- 
gible for  pursuing  doctoral  degrees 
in  the  discipline  selected  for  special- 
ized study  or  in  interdisciplinary  ur- 
ban studies  and  policy  analysis 
programs. 

The  Institute  provides  specializa- 
tions in  urban  management,  policy 
analysis  and  evaluation,  community 
development  and  urban  planning. 
Specializations  may  also  be  devel- 
oped in  any  other  program  offering 
sufficient  graduate  or  upper  division 
courses.  Some  of  the  departments 
providing  such  opportunities  in- 
clude: Afro-American  Studies,  Ar- 
chitecture, Business  Administration, 
Civil  Engineering,  Computer 
Science,  Criminal  Justice  and 
Criminology,  Economics,  Education, 
Family  and  Community  Develop- 
ment, Fire  Protection  Engineering, 
Geography,  Government  and  Poli- 
tics, Health,  Information  Systems 
Management,  Journalism,  Recrea- 
tion, Sociology  and  Speech  and 
Communications.  The  student's 
program  of  courses  in  his/her  spe- 
cialization are  worked  out  in  con- 
sultation with  his/her  advisor. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Institute  admissions  policy  is  de- 
signed to  achieve  a  student  mix  of 
experienced  practitioners  and  strong 
recent  graduates.  The  GRE  is  gener- 


Graduate  Programs  /  203 


ally  required  of  recent  graduates 
whose  grade  point  averages  are 
below  3.2  Applicants  with  profes- 
sional experience  should  provide 
three  letters  of  recommendation  and 
a  vita  indicating  their  education  and 
employment  history.  Experienced 
applicants  may  be  admitted  provi- 
sionally (subject  to  successful  com- 
pletion of  initial  coursework)  even  if 
their  undergraduate  grade  point 
average  is  below  regular  university 
requirements,  if  their  employment 
experience  indicates  a  high  prob- 
ability of  success  in  the  program.  To 
accommodate  part-time  students 
and  students  with  internships,  all 
required  upper  division  and  all 
graduate  courses  are  offered  either 
4  to  6:30  or  7  to  9:30  p.m.  on  a  one- 
day-a-week  schedule. 

Both  a  thesis  and  non-thesis  op- 
tion are  available.  Each  option  re- 
quires 36  credit  hours.  Fifteen  credit 
hours,  including  6  hours  in  analy- 
tical techniques,  must  be  in  core 
courses  and  a  minimum  of  12  hours 
in  an  area  of  specialization.  Both 
options  require  successful  comple- 
tion of  a  two-part  comprehensive 
examination.  The  first  part,  on  basic 
urban  studies  knowledge  and  analy- 
tical skills,  will  be  administered  by 
the  Institute  or  the  department  the 
student  selects  for  a  specialization. 

Financial  Aid 

A  limited  number  of  graduate  re- 
search and  teaching  assistant  posi- 
tions and  fellowships  are  available 
and  the  Institute  assists  students  in 
finding  internships  and  part-time 
jobs  in  government  agencies. 

Additional  Information 

Further  information  and  the  gradu- 
ate bulletin  of  the  Institute  for  Urban 
Studies  may  be  obtained  from  the 
Director  of  Graduate  Studies  of  the 
Institute. 

Courses 

URBS  420  Seminar  in  Urban  Literature. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  two  URBS  courses  or 
permission  of  the  instructor.  The  works 
of  several  of  the  major  20th  century 
writers  in  urban  studies.  A  comparative 
analysis  of  the  perspectives  of  these 
writers  on  theoretical  and  substantive 
urban  issues,  is  a  basis  for  more  ad- 
vanced study  in  the  theory  and  process 
of  urbanization. 

URBS  430  Urban  Internship.  (6)  Prerequi- 
site, permission  of  the  department,  su- 
pervised field  training  in  urban-oriented 
programs.  Emphasized  areas  of  interest 
are  (1)  neighborhoods  and  communities, 
(2)  organizations  and  agencies,  (3) 
specific  programs.  The  student  will  be 
assigned  to  a  specific  agency  or  project 
and  will  be  responsible  to  that  agency. 


Class  meetings,  written  reports,  instruc- 
tor conferences,  and  a  student's  critique 
of  his  experience  are  included. 

URBS  450  Problems  in  Urban  Law.  (3) 

Recommended  preparation,  six  credits  in 
URBS  courses.  A  survey  of  the  urban 
legal  environment  and  special  legal  prob- 
lems of  urban  governments  and  public 
interest  lawyers.  Problems  related  to 
planning,  zoning,  eminent  domain  and 
land  use  controls;  consumer  protection 
in  central  cities;  housing  codes  and 
multiple  dwelling  regulation;  public  ac- 
commodations and  civil  rights  ordi- 
nances; defending  the  indigent;  and 
welfare  delivery  systems. 

URBS  480  Urban  Theory  and  Simulation. 

(3)  Review  of  early  theories  of  the  city. 
Contemporary  theories  of  the  city  as  a 
physical  and  an  institutional  system.  Ur- 
ban theory  as  integration  of  information 
involving  economic,  political,  and  social 
dimensions  of  contemporary  cities.  Sim- 
ulation and  gaming  as  theory  testing;  ur- 
ban simulation  and  gaming  as  theory 
building. 

URBS  488  Selected  Topics  in  Urban 
Studies.  (3)  Prerequisite,  permission  of 
instructor.  Topics  of  special  interest  to 
advanced  urban  studies  students.  Re- 
peatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits 
provided  subject  matter  is  different. 

URBS  498  Honors  Seminar  in  Selected 
Topics.  (3)  Prerequisite,  admission  to 
honors  program  in  URBS  or  other  depart- 
ments. Individual  reading  and  research, 
and  group  discussion  dealing  with  se- 
lected major  contemporary  urban  issues; 
philosophy  and  growth  of  new  towns; 
emergent  forms  of  urban  policy;  federal 
legislation  and  the  cities;  citizen  at- 
titudes toward  metropolitan  government; 
housing  abandonment,  rehabilitation,  and 
new  construction;  the  urban  future;  ma- 
jor world  capitals;  and  urbanization  in 
developing  nations.  May  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits  for  credit  pro- 
vided the  topics  are  different. 

URBS  499.  Honors  Thesis.  (3-6)  Pre- 
requisite, admissions  to  honors  program 
in  URBS  or  other  departments.  Individual 
reading  and  research,  and  the  writing  of 
an  original  paper  on  an  urban  topic  of 
the  student's  choice  under  the  guidance 
of  a  faculty  member. 

URBS  601  Intermediate  Research 
Methods.  (3)  Prerequisite,  URBS  350  or 
equivalent.  Use  of  social  science  re- 
search techniques  for  problem  analysis, 
program  evaluation,  forecasting  and 
decision-making.  Emphasis  on  the  in- 
tegration of  problem  and  program  analy- 
sis skills  with  quantitative  techniques. 
Urban  data  sources,  data  collection  tech- 
niques, experimental  and  quasi- 
experimental  research  design,  sampling, 
modeling,  and  survey  research. 

URBS  602  Advanced  Research  Methods. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  URBS  601.  Continuation 
of  URBS  601  with  emphasis  on  the  inte- 
gration of  alternative  quantitative  tech- 
niques and  research  strategies.  Tests  of 


significance,  multiple  regression  analysis, 
treatment  of  time  in  investment  analysis, 
path  analysis,  factor  analysis,  scaling 
and  forecasting  techniques. 

URBS  630  Urban  Economics  and  Policy 
Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ECON  454  or 
consent  of  the  instructor.  Urban  problem 
and  policy  analysis  in  the  context  of 
urban  spatial  patterns  and  trends  and  ur- 
ban public  sector  organization,  finance 
and  operation.  Education,  zoning  and 
land  use  planning,  fiscal  diversity  and 
equal  opportunity,  new  communities,  the 
future  of  the  central  city,  and  alternative 
institutions  for  the  future. 

URBS  640  Ecology  and  Demography  of 
Urban  Studies.  (3)  Analysis  of  land-use 
patterns  and  demographic  characteris- 
tics. Examination  of  changes  in  these 
relations  and  their  influence  on  institu- 
tional structures.  Study  of  dynamics  of 
transactions  and  flows  between  local- 
ities. Metropolises  as  examples  of  ex- 
change systems.  Problems  in  indicator 
development  which  define  the  demo- 
graphic and  ecological  characteristics. 
Policy  implications  of  data  banks  based 
on  indicator  information.  Social  in- 
dicators for  metropolises  as  predictors 
of  future  development. 

URBS  660  Urban  Social  Systems.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  URBS  480  or  its  equivalent 
or  permission  of  the  instructor.  A  sub- 
stantive and  critical  overview  of  social 
science  approaches  to  the  study  of  ur- 
banism.  Cultural  and  structural  aspects 
of  urban  social  life. 

URBS  666  Urban  Management  and  Deci- 
sion Making.  (3)  The  processes  of  urban 
resource  allocation,  management,  and 
decision-making.  Problems  of  budgeting 
for  delivery  of  urban  services,  citizen 
participation,  role  of  management  and 
political  officials,  impact  of  intergovern- 
mental financial  systems  such  as  rev- 
enue sharing;  administrative  centraliza- 
tion and  decentralization;  metropolitan 
service  districts;  and  evaluation  of  urban 
services  provided  by  cities,  counties,  and 
special  districts. 

URBS  670  Urban  Public  Policy  Analysis. 

(3)  The  processes  and  structures  of 
policy-making  and  implementation  in  ur- 
ban settings.  Systematic  study  of  policy 
outputs  through  various  quantitative  in- 
dicators of  the  distribution  and  delivery 
of  public  goods  to  indicate  who  decides, 
on  what  grounds,  who  will  get  how 
much  of  what  —  and  why?  Discussion 
and  application  of  urban  indicators. 

URBS  680  Environmental  and  Land  Use 
Planning.  (3)  An  overview  of  planning 
processes  needed  by  the  urban  admin- 
istrator and  researcher.  The  elements 
and  techniques  of  the  planning  process, 
and  the  institutional  setting  in  which 
planning  takes  place. 

URBS  683  Social  Planning  and  Commu- 
nity Development.  (3)  Operational  aspects 
of  social  planning  in  communities. 
Models  such  as  those  which  view  social 
planning  as  (1)  the  delivery  of  social  ser- 


204  /  Graduate  Programs 


vices,  (2)  a  comprehensive  approach  to 
community  socio-economic  and  political 
development,  and  (3)  advocacy  of  the  in- 
terests of  the  disadvantaged.  Methods  by 
which  the  social  planner  develops  the 
legitimacy  and  power  to  catalyze  a  com- 
munity to  seek  and  achieve  social 
change. 

URBS  688  Recent  Developments  in  Ur- 
ban Studies.  (3)  Examination  of  selected 
current  aspects  of  the  rapidly  evolving 
field  of  urban  affairs,  including  for  exam- 
ple, trends  revealed  by  the  1970  census, 
evaluation  of  model  cities,  "new  towns" 
in  the  United  States. 

URBS  689  Internship  Seminar.  (3-6) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  the  depart- 
ment. A  seminar  combined  with  a  field 
internship  with  an  approved  urban  plan- 
ning or  management  office  or  organiza- 
tion. The  internship  field  supervisor  as 
well  as  the  assignment  must  be  ap- 
proved by  the  professor  and  the  director 
of  the  institute.  A  minimum  of  two  days 
a  week  must  be  spent  on  the  field  as- 
signment. The  seminar  will  stress  the 
application  of  urban  and  administrative 
theory  to  the  actual  urban  environment. 

URBS  698  Independent  Study  in  Urban 
Topics.  (3)  Directed  research  and  study 
of  selected  aspects  of  urban  affairs. 

URBS  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
d-6) 


Zoology  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Corliss 
Professors:  Anastos,  Brinkley,  Brown, 

Clark,  Grollman,  Haley,  Highton, 

Jachowski,  Morse,  Schleidt 
Associate  Professors:  Barnett,  Contrera, 

Gill-Smith,  Goode,  Imberski,  Levitan, 

Under,  Pierce,  Potter,  Small,  Vermeij 
Assistant  Professors:  Allan,  Bonar, 

Buchler,  Gill,  Higgins,  Inouye,  Love, 

Reaka 
Adjunct  Professors:  Eisenberg,  Otto, 

M.  Potter 
Adjunct  Associate  Professor:  Heinle 
Adjunct  Assistant  Professor:  Morton 

The  Department  of  Zoology  offers 
programs  of  study  leading  to  the 
degrees  of  Master  of  Science  (thesis 
and  non-thesis)  and  Doctor  of  Phi- 
losophy with  specialization  in  the 
following  fields:  cell  biology,  devel- 
opmental biology,  estuarine  and  ma- 
rine biology,  genetics,  parasitology, 
physiology,  systematics  and  evolu- 
tionary biology,  behavior,  inver- 
tebrate zoology,  endocrinology  and 
ecology. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Admission  to  graduate  study  in  the 
Department  of  Zoology  is  restricted 
to  students  with  an  adequate  under- 
graduate preparation  in  physical  as 
well  as  biological  sciences,  in- 
cluding upper  division  courses  in 


zoology  and  courses  in  mathematics 
(through  one  year  of  calculus),  sta- 
tistics, physics,  and  chemistry 
through  organic.  Able  students  who 
lack  preparation  in  a  particular  area 
may  be  admitted,  provided  that  the 
deficiency  is  corrected  early  in  the 
graduate  work.  Graduate  Record  Ex- 
aminations are  recommended  but 
are  not  required. 

The  thesis  master's  program  ena- 
bles a  student  to  engage  in  advance 
study  and  to  undertake  a  research 
project.  It  may  be  a  terminal  degree 
or  may  demonstrate  the  student's 
research  ability  and  lead  to  continu- 
ation of  graduate  work  for  the  Ph.D. 
in  the  same  or  related  area.  There 
are  no  requirements  in  excess  of 
the  general  requirements  estab- 
lished by  the  Graduate  School.  All 
requirements  for  the  master's  de- 
gree are  to  be  completed  within  a 
three  year  period.  A  final  oral  exam- 
ination on  the  thesis  is  given  when- 
ever the  student  has  completed  all 
other  requirements  for  the  degree. 

The  non-thesis  master's  program 
provides  opportunity  for  advanced 
education  and  a  terminal  degree  for 
those  who  are  not  research-oriented. 
All  non-thesis  master's  students  are 
required  to  complete  no  fewer  than 
30  hours  of  course  work,  of  which 
no  fewer  than  18  must  be  at  the  600 
level  or  above  in  Zoology  or  appro- 
priate related  fields.  No  fewer  than 
16  hours  of  courses  must  be  in  Zo- 
ology and  three  of  these  courses 
should  be  in  a  single  area  of  spe- 
cialization. In  addition,  it  is  expected 
that  at  least  one  satisfactory  schol- 
arly paper  be  written  in  an  area  ap- 
proved by  the  student's  advisor  and 
that  a  written  comprehensive  exami- 
nation in  three  areas  of  Zoology  be 
passed.  All  requirements  must  be 
completed  within  a  three-year 
period. 

The  Ph.D.  program  in  Zoology  is 
basically  a  research  program  pro- 
viding maximal  opportunity  for  the 
student  to  evolve  and  develop  his  in- 
nate capacity  for  scholarship  and  in- 
dependent work.  A  doctoral  candi- 
date must  register  for  a  minimum  of 
12  semester  hours  of  doctoral  re- 
search (899).  Opportunity  is  provided 
for  in-depth  study  in  an  area  of  spe- 
cialization. A  formal  preliminary  ex- 
amination is  given  to  all  doctoral 
students  within  the  first  two  years 
of  enrollment  in  the  Department. 
The  examination  is  basically  an  oral 
examination  focusing  primarily  on 
determination  of  whether  or  not  the 
student  has  the  proper  motivation, 
intellectual  capacity  and  curiosity, 
and  educational  background  and  has 


or  can  develop  the  technical  skills 
to  successfully  pursue  the  Ph.D. 
program.  However,  there  is  no  for- 
mal restriction  on  the  extent  or  the 
range  of  the  questions  asked  of  the 
candidate.  The  doctoral  dissertation 
must  be  completed  and  defended 
usually  within  three,  preferably  two 
years,  after  passing  of  prelims. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Since  the  summer  of  1971  the  Zool- 
ogy Department  has  been  occupying 
its  new  building,  which  provides  ad- 
equate space  for  graduate  teaching 
and  research.  The  research  labora- 
tories are  well  equipped,  and  major 
pieces  of  experimental  apparatus 
are  available  which  have  imparted  a 
tremendous  research  capability  to 
the  Department.  These  include  radia- 
tion counting  devices,  ultra  centri- 
fuges, high  speed  refrigerated  cen- 
trifuges, spectrophotometers,  amino 
acid  analyzers,  spectrofluorometers, 
mechanical  and  electrical  recording 
devices,  fraction  collectors,  ultra 
microbalances,  and  autoclaves.  In 
addition,  the  Department  has  special 
suites  for  electronmicroscopic  and 
scanning  electronmicroscopic  work, 
constant  temperature  rooms,  four 
sound  proof  rooms  —  one  being  an 
anechoic  chamber  designed  specifi- 
cally for  sophisticated  research  in 
ethology  —  photographic  dark 
rooms,  sterile  transfer  rooms,  and  a 
histochnology  suite. 

Although  the  Department  main- 
tains no  library  of  its  own,  the 
University  has  a  fine  graduate  library 
housing  a  Science  and  Technology 
Division  which  is  rated  superior.  In 
addition,  facilities  such  as  the  Na- 
tional Library  of  Medicine  and  the 
Department  of  Agriculture  Library  as 
well  as  the  Library  of  Congress 
greatly  expand  the  Library  material 
within  relatively  easy  access  to  the 
Department. 

Additional  Information 

Students  are  urged  to  communicate 
directly  with  the  faculty  in  the  area 
of  their  interest  but  additional 
general  information  and  a  statement 
of  particular  departmental  require- 
ments may  be  obtained  by  writing  to 
the  Director  of  Graduate  Studies, 
Department  of  Zoology. 

Courses 

ZOOL  411  Cell  Biology.  (4)  Two  hours  of 
lecture,  one  hour  of  demonstration- 
discussion  and  three  hours  of  laboratory 
per  week.  Prerequisites,  two  years  of 
zoology  and  organic  chemistry,  or  per- 
mission of  the  instructor.  A  study  of  cell 
structure  and  function  with  an  emphasis 
on  the  activity  of  subcellular  organoids 

Graduate  Programs  /  205 


and  the  mechanisms  of  coordination  and 
control  of  cell  function. 

ZOOL  413  Biophysics.  (3)  Three  lectures 
a  week.  Prerequisites,  one  year  of  biol- 
ogy, a  year  of  physics  and  at  least  one 
semester  of  calculus;  or  permission  of 
the  instructor.  An  introduction  to  the 
ideas  and  methods  used  in  biophysics  to 
analyze  the  functional  components  of 
cells  and  tissues  as  physical-chemical 
systems. 

ZOOL  415  Cell  Differentiation.  (3)  Three 
hours  of  lecture  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
a  course  in  development  biology,  cell 
biology,  molecular  genetics  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  Cellular  and  subcel- 
lular differentiation,  emphasizing  the 
biochemical  and  ultrastructural  bases  of 
these  development  changes. 

ZOOL  421  Neurophysiology.  (4)  Three 
hours  of  lecture  and  three  hours  of  labo- 
ratory per  week.  Prerequisites,  an  intro- 
ductory course  in  zoology  or  biology;  a 
semester  of  organic  chemistry;  physics, 
through  an  introduction  to  electricity  and 
magnetism;  MATH  110  or  115.  The  physi- 
ology of  nerves,  muscles  and  sensory 
receptors  and  aspects  of  central  nervous 
system  physiology. 

ZOOL  422  Vertebrate  Physiology.  (4) 

Three  hours  of  lecture  and  three  hours 
of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
one  year  of  zoology  and  one  semester  of 
organic  chemistry.  A  study  of  the  car- 
diovascular, hemopoietic,  gastroin- 
testinal, renal  and  respiratory  systems. 
Chemical  and  endocrine  regulation  of 
physiological  functions  in  higher  verte- 
brates with  emphasis  on  mammals. 

ZOOL  426  General  Endocrinology.  (3) 

Three  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisites, three  semesters  of  animal  bio- 
logy and  two  semesters  of  organic 
chemistry.  Functions  and  the  functioning 
of  the  endocrine  glands  of  animals  with 
special  reference  to  the  vertebrates. 

ZOOL  430  Vertebrate  Embryology.  (4) 

Two  hours  of  lecture  and  six  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  one 
year  of  biology  or  zoology.  Vertebrate 
embryogenesis,  developmental  physiol- 
ogy and  experimental  embryology. 

ZOOL  440  Evolution.  (3)  Three  hours  of 
lecture  per  week.  Prerequisites,  a  course 
in  genetics  and  a  course  in  animal  diver- 
sity. A  consideration  of  current  thought 
in  regard  to  the  evolution  of  living 
organisms. 

ZOOL  444  Advanced  Evolutionary 
Biology.  (3)  Three  hours  of  lecture  per 
week.  Prerequisites,  ZOOL  440  or  equiv- 
alent; one  semester  of  calculus.  The 
nature  and  consequences  of  organic 
evolution  in  relation  to  present  day 
geography  and  geologic  time.  Topics 
covered  will  include  organic  diversity  gra- 
dients in  space  and  time,  rates  of  evolu- 
tion, co-evolution  and  extinctions.  Par- 
ticular emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the 
synthesis  of  information  and  on  con- 
struction and  evaluation  of  hypotheses. 


ZOOL  446  Molecular  Genetics.  (3)  Three 
hours  of  lecture  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
ZOOL  246  or  equivalent  and  a  course  in 
organic  chemistry.  The  molecular  basis 
of  gene  structure  and  function.  Regula- 
tion of  differential  gene  expression. 

ZOOL  447  Experimental  Genetics.  (4) 

Two  hours  of  lecture  and  six    hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites,  two 
courses  in  genetics,  one  of  which  in- 
cluded laboratory  work,  and  permission 
of  instructor.  A  methodology  and  tech- 
niques course  considering  experimental 
design,  the  use  of  diverse  organisms  and 
instrumentation  and  the  presentation  and 
interpretation  of  data. 

ZOOL  460  Ethology.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
ZOOL  293  and  one  course  in  physiology, 
vertebrate  morphology,  or  ecology.  An  in- 
troduction to  the  principles  of  animal 
behavior  with  emphasis  on  physiological 
bases,  ecological  correlates  and  evolu- 
tionary aspects  of  behavior. 

ZOOL  461  Ethology  Laboratory.  (3)  One 

hour  of  lecture  and  six  hours  of  labora- 
tory per  week.  Prerequisite  or  corequi- 
site.  ZOOL  460  or  equivalent.  Training  in 
the  description  of  behavior,  methods  of 
quantification  and  experimentation,  and 
the  mathematical  treatment  of  behavioral 
data. 

ZOOL  470  Advanced  Animal  Ecology.  (2) 

Two  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  Prerequi- 
sites, one  year  of  zoology,  a  course  in 
calculus  and  a  course  in  statistics.  A 
course  in  genetics  is  strongly  recom- 
mended. Designed  for  majors  and  grad- 
uate students  in  the  biological  sciences. 
Topics  to  include  theory  of  population 
growth  and  regulation,  life  tables  and 
population  projection  matrices,  niche 
theory,  theory  of  competition  and  preda- 
tion,  diversity  analysis,  and  energetic 
modeling.  Emphasis  will  be  on  current 
literature  and  research  in  ecological 
theory. 

ZOOL  471  Laboratory  and  Field  Ecology. 

(2)  Three  hours  of  laboratory  and  field 
work  and  one  hour  of  discussion  per 
week.  Prerequisites.  ZOOL  470  previously 
or  concurrently.  Exercises  in  laboratory 
and  field  will  pursue  problems  of  con- 
temporary ecological  interest;  population 
density  regulation,  community  structure, 
niche  shape,  competition  coefficients, 
pattern  diversity,  and  energetics  of 
ecosystems.  Topics  will  be  coordinated 
with  those  presented  in  ZOOL  470.  Ter- 
restrial and  aquatic  systems  will  be 
studied. 

ZOOL  472  Protozoology.  (4)  Two  hours  of 
lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  in- 
cluding field  trips  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
one  year  of  biology.  Basic  conceptual 
treatment  of  free-living  and  parasitic  pro- 
tozoan functional  morphology,  life  his- 
tory, and  systematics.  The  laboratory  will 
stress  observations  of  protozoa,  living 
and  stained,  collected  from  diverse 
habitats. 

ZOOL  473  Marine  Ecology.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites, a  course  in  invertebrate  zoology 


or  animal  diversity,  and  ZOOL  470,  or 
permission  of  the  instructor.  Courses  in 
evolution  and  animal  behavior  are 
strongly  recommended.  A  detailed  anal- 
ysis of  the  evolutionary  ecology  of  ma- 
rine invertebrates;  emphasis  on  testing 
of  theories  and  on  current  literature. 

ZOOL  475  General  Parasitology.  (4)  Two 

hours  of  lecture  and  six  hours  of  labora- 
tory per  week.  Prerequisites,  two  years 
of  zoology  and  one  year  of  chemistry,  or 
permission  of  the  instructor.  A  consid- 
eration of  the  phenomenon  of  parasitism 
through  a  study  of  the  structure,  func- 
tion and  host  relationships  of  parasitic 
organisms. 

ZOOL  477  Symbiology.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
ZOOL  293.  An  introduction  to  basic  con- 
cepts of  symbiosis.  Adaptations  for  es- 
tablishment of  symbiotic  associations, 
symbiote  nutrition  and  metabolism,  re- 
sponses of  the  host  and  ecology  of  the 
host-symbiote  complex. 

ZOOL  480  Aquatic  Biology.  (4)  Two  hours 
of  lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  a  course  in  animal  di- 
versity and  a  course  in  ecology.  An  in- 
vestigation of  the  causal  relationships  of 
freshwater,  estuarine  and  marine  biotic 
communities  to  their  environment. 

ZOOL  481  The  Biology  of  Marine  and 
Estuarine  Invertebrates.  (4)  Two  hours  of 
lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  one  year  of  zoology. 
An  in-depth  consideration  of  the  tax- 
onomy and  functional  morphology  of  the 
invertebrates,  exclusive  of  insects. 
Chesapeake  Bay  forms  and  the  study  of 
living  material  will  be  emphasized. 

ZOOL  482  Marine  Vertebrate  Zoology.  (4) 

Two  hours  of  lecture  and  six  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  two 
years  of  zoology  or  permission  of  the  in- 
structor. A  consideration  of  the  evolu- 
tion, taxonomy,  morphology,  physiology, 
behavior  and  ecology  of  marine  and  estu- 
arine protochordates  and  vertebrates. 

ZOOL  483  Vertebrate  Zoology.  (4)  Two 

hours  of  lecture  and  four  hours  of  labo- 
ratory per  week.  Prerequisite,  one  year  of 
zoology  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 
The  identification,  classification,  habits, 
and  behavior  of  vertebrates  with  empha- 
sis on  fresh  water,  terrestrial  and  aerial 
forms,  and  a  consideration  of  the  evolu- 
tion of  living  and  fossil  representatives. 

ZOOL  492  Form  and  Pattern  in  Or- 
ganisms. (3)  Prerequisites,  one  year  of 
calculus;  one  year  of  physics;  one  se- 
mester of  introductory  biology.  A  lecture 
course  in  structural  and  functional  inter- 
pretation of  form  in  organisms.  Pattern 
formation  in  morphogenesis,  mathemati- 
cal description  of  shape,  methods,  and 
examples  of  functional  analysis  of  form, 
and  patterns  of  morphological  diversity 
through  space  and  time. 

ZOOL  495  Mammalian  Histology.  (4)  Two 

hours  of  lecture  and  six  hours  of  labora- 
tory per  week.  Prerequisites,  a  course  in 
vertebrate  anatomy  and  a  course  in  ver- 
tebrate physiology  or  permission  of  the 


206  /  Graduate  Programs 


instructor.  A  study  of  the  microscopic 
anatomy,  ultrastructure  and  histophysiol- 
ogy  of  tissues  and  organs  of  mammals. 

ZOOL  608  Zoology  Seminar.  (1-6) 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 
One  seminar  a  week  for  each  subject  se- 
lected: 

A  —  Cell  Biology 
B  —  Developmental  Biology 
C  —  Estuarine  +  Marine  Biology 
D  —  Genetics 
E  —  Parasitology 
F  —  Physiology 

G  —  Systematic  +  Evolutionary  Biology 
I  —  Behavior 
J  —  Recent  Advances 
K  —  Endocrinology 
L  —  Ecology 

ZOOL  609  Special  Problems  in  Zoology. 

(1-6)  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 

credits. 

One  seminar  a  week  for  each  subject 

selected: 

A  —  Cell  Biology 

B  —  Developmental  Biology 

C  —  Estuarine  +  Marine  Biology 

D  —  Genetics 

E  —  Parasitology 

F  —  Physiology 

G  —  Systematic  +  Evolutionary  Biology 

I  —  Behavior 

J  —  Recent  Advances 

K  —  Endocrinology 

L  —  Ecology 

ZOOL  610  Cellular  Physiology.  (4)  Two 
lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  a  course 
in  animal  or  plant  physiology,  one  year 
of  organic  chemistry,  one  year  of  phys- 
ics, and  a  course  in  biochemistry.  Rec- 
ommended. ZOOL  411  or  an  equivalent 
course  in  cytology  or  cell  biology.  A 
study  of  the  structure  and  functions  of 
cells  on  the  molecular,  subcellular  and 
cellular  levels  by  investigations  and 
discussions  of  their  physical,  chemical, 
and  microscopic  properties. 

ZOOL  612  Electron  Microscopy 
Laboratory  I.  (3)  Two  three-hour  lab- 
oratories per  week  and  additional  ar- 
ranged time.  Prerequisite,  a  lecture 
course  in  electron  microscopy  and  per- 
mission of  instructor.  Preparation  and 
study  of  biological  material  by  electron 
microscopy. 

ZOOL  613  Electron  Microscopy  Labora- 
tory II.  (2)  Two  three-hour  laboratories  per 
week.  Prerequisite.  ZOOL  612  or  equiva- 
lent and  permission  of  instructor.  A 
directed  individual  research  project  that 
uses  the  techniques  of  electron  micro- 
scopy to  study  biological  materials. 


ZOOL  615  Biological  Ultrastructure.  (3) 
Three  hours  of  lecture-discussion  a 
week.  Prerequisite,  cell  biology  or  his- 
tology, or  permission  of  instructor.  The 
ultrastructure  of  cells  and  tissues,  with 
emphasis  on  interpretation  and  con-ela- 
tion of  ultrastructure  and  function. 

ZOOL  616  Advanced  Topics  in  Cell 
Biology.  (3)  Three  lecture-discussion 
penods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  one  year 
of  biochemistry,  one  year  of  physics,  a 
course  in  cell  biology  or  physiology,  or 
permission  of  the  instructor.  An  inquiry 
into  the  physico-chemical  background 
and  current  advances  in  selected  aspects 
of  cell  structure  and  function. 

ZOOL  621  Comparative  Physiology.  (4) 
Three  lectures  and  one  three-hour  labora- 
tory period  each  week.  Prerequisite,  one 
year  of  zoology,  one  year  of  organic 
chemistry  and  one  semester  of  physio- 
logy. The  study  of  the  differences  and 
similarities  in  the  functioning  of  organs 
of  species  of  the  animal  kingdom. 

ZOOL  624  Experimental  Mammalian 
Physiology.  (4)  Two  four-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  a  course 
in  physiology  and  one  year  of  chemistry 
above  general  chemistry.  The  theory,  use 
and  application  to  research  of  instrumen- 
tation normally  in  the  physiology  labora- 
tory with  an  introduction  to  surgical 
techniques  on  both  large  and  small 
animals. 

ZOOL  625  Comparative  Invertebrate  En- 
docrinology. (3)  Three  lectures  a  week. 
Prerequisites,  one  year  of  organic  chem- 
istry, a  course  in  endocrinology  and  a 
course  in  physiology,  or  permission  of 
instructor.  A  systematic  approach  to  the 
structure  and  physiology  of  neuro- 
endocrine systems  of  invertebrates. 

ZOOL  626  Mammalian  Physiology.  (3) 
One  three-hour  lecture  a  week.  Prereq- 
uisite, a  course  in  physiology  and  a 
course  in  biochemistry.  A  biochemical 
and  pharmacological  approach  to  prob- 
lems in  physiology.  A  survey  of  neuro- 
chemistry  and  neuropharmacology,  the 
study  of  action  of  hormones  and  drugs 
at  the  molecular  and  cellular  level. 

ZOOL  627  Comparative  Vertebrate  En- 
docrinology. (3)  Three  lectures  each 
week.  Prerequisite,  one  semester  of  bio- 
chemistry, physiology  and  endocrinology. 
Study  of  the  difference  and  similarities 
in  the  structure  and  functioning  of  the 
endocrine  organs  of  the  vertebrate 
s:e: 53 

ZOOL  628  Electrophysiology.  (4)  Two  lec- 
tures and  two  three-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  a  course 
in  physiology,  one  year  of  physics,  and 
permission  of  the  instructor.  Concerned 
with  electrical  phenomena  occurring  in 
living  matter  and  with  the  effect  of  elec- 
trical current  on  cells,  with  special  em- 
phasis on  nerves  and  muscles. 

ZOOL  630  Organogenesis.  (2)  Two  lec- 
tures per  week.  Prerequisite,  a  course  in 
embryology  or  development  biology;  the 
experimental  basis  of  developmental 
mechanisms. 


ZOOL  631  Biochemical  Patterns  in 
Development.  (2)  Prerequisites,  a  course 
in  embryology  and  a  course  in  physiol- 
ogy or  biochemistry.  Two  lectures  per 
week.  The  biochemical  basis  of 
development. 

ZOOL  632  Invertebrate  Developmental 
Systems.  (3)  Prerequisites,  courses  in 
development,  physiology,  and  biochemis- 
try, or  permission  of  the  instructor.  Three 
hours  of  lecture-discussion  per  week.  An 
intensive  survey  of  morphogenesis,  pat- 
tern formation,  and  molecular  develop- 
ment of  invertebrate  groups. 

ZOOL  634  Experimental  Developmental 
Zoology.  (4)  Prerequisite,  permission  of 
instructor.  Two  four-hour  lecture/lab 
periods  per  week.  A  laboratory  oriented 
course  focused  on  current  problems  in 
developmental  zoology  and  designed  to 
instruct  students  in  modern  experimental 
techniques. 

ZOOL  640  Population  Genetics.  (4)  Two 
lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory 
penods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  a  course  in 
genetics.  The  role  of  mutation,  selection, 
migration,  inbreeding,  and  stochastic 
process  in  evolution. 

ZOOL  641  Ecological  Genetics.  (3)  Three 
hours  of  lecture-discussion  a  week.  Pre- 
requisites, a  course  in  genetics  and  a 
course  in  ecology,  or  permission  of  the 
instructor.  Analysis  of  the  interactions 
between  genotype  and  the  environment 
in  natural  and  experimental  populations 
of  animals. 

ZOOL  642  Developmental  Genetics.  (3) 

Three  lecture-discussion  periods  per 
week.  Prerequisites,  courses  in  molecular 
genetics  and  developmental  or  cell  biol- 
ogy, or  permission  of  the  instructor.  Dif- 
ferential gene  function  and  its  regulation 
in  developing  systems.  Genes  and  the 
analysis  of  developmental  processes. 

ZOOL  643  Cellular  Genetics.  (3)  Two  V/i 

hour  lecture-discussion  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisites.  1  year  of  genetics  in- 
cluding basic  molecular  genetics  or  per- 
mission of  the  instructor.  The  course  will 
evaluate  studies  using  protozoan  sys- 
tems as  models  for  analyzing  phenom- 
ena of  nuclear  differentiation,  cyto- 
plasmic heredity  and  control  of  cellular 
organization. 

ZOOL  650  Systematic  Zoology.  (4)  Three 
lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory 
period  a  week.  The  principles  and  meth- 
ods involved  in  the  classification  of 
animals  with  emphasis  on  population 
dynamics  and  speciation.  Methods  of 
evaluating  taxonomic  data  principles  of 
zoological  nomenclature,  field  and  mu- 
seum techniques,  and  the  factors  influ- 
encing the  distribution  of  animals  are 
also  stressed. 

ZOOL  660  Comparative  Behavior.  (4)  Two 
lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  usually  a 
course  in  behavior  and  one  in  physiol- 
ogy, and  permission  of  the  instructor. 
Orientation  and  migration,  communi- 
cation, coding,  brain  and  behavior,  bio- 
logical rhythms,  and  hormones  and  be- 
Graduate  Programs  /  207 


havior  are  the  main  subjects  that  will  be 
considered. 

ZOOL  665  Sociobiology.  (4)  Two  lectures 
and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisites,  a  course  in  behavior 
and  permission  of  the  instructor.  Deals 
with  the  description  and  analysis  of  ani- 
mal social  organizations,  the  adaptive  na- 
ture of  animal  societies,  the  effects  of 
early  experience,  and  the  role  of  commu- 
nication in  the  integration  of  animal 
groups. 

ZOOL  670  Analysis  of  Animal  Popula- 
tions. (4)  Two  lectures  and  two  three- 
hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequi- 
site, a  course  in  ecology  or  permission 
of  instructor.  An  advanced  course  in 
animal  ecology  with  a  focus  on  popula- 
tions. Studies  of  growth  and  regulation 
of  animal  populations  are  emphasized. 

ZOOL  671  Quantitative  Zoology.  (4)  Three 
lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory 
period  a  week.  Prerequisites,  MATH  140 
or  equivalent  and  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. A  consideration  of  the  statistical 
techniques  of  principal  importance  in  the 
analysis  of  biological  data. 

ZOOL  673  Advanced  Aquatic  Ecology.  (4) 

Prerequisite,  ZOOL  670  or  equivalent. 
One  discussion  session  (arranged)  and 
one  all-day  laboratory  per  week.  Em- 
phasizes field  experience  in  analyzing 
ecological  processes  in  freshwater  lakes 
and  rivers,  and  the  plankton  communities 
of  estuaries. 

ZOOL  674  Quantitative  Field  Ecology.  (4) 

One  full  day  per  week.  Prerequisites,  ani- 
mal or  plant  ecology,  statistics,  and  per- 
mission of  instructor.  Group-oriented  for- 
mulation of  hypotheses,  collection  of 
data,  analysis  and  discussion  of  results. 
Current  problems  in  community  and  pop- 
ulation ecology  to  be  studied  in  the  field. 
Extended  field  trips. 

ZOOL  675  Ecological  Models.  (3)  Three 
hours  of  lecture-discussion  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite, ZOOL  670  or  equivalent.  Ex- 
plores the  assumptions,  structure  and 
consequences  of  theoretical  models  in 
ecology. 

ZOOL  676  Behavioral  Ecology.  (4)  Prereq 
uisites,  a  course  in  ecology  and  a  course 
in  behavior,  or  permission  of  the  instruc- 
tor. Two  lecture-recitation  periods  and 
six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  The 
role  of  interactions  among  organism  and 
environment  upon  the  dynamics  and 
resource  utilization  of  animals. 

ZOOL  677  Ecology  of  Marine  Com- 
munities. (4)  Prerequisites,  ZOOL  670  or 
permission  of  the  instructor,  ZOOL  481 
strongly  recommended.  Two  lecture- 
recitation  periods  and  six  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  An  evaluation  and 
extension  of  our  current  knowledge  of 
marine  communities  and  how  their  com- 
ponent populations  are  limited  and  in- 
teract with  one  another. 

ZOOL  681  Physiological  Ecology.  (4)  Two 

lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  a  course 
in  invertebrate  zoology,  physiology  and 
208  /  Graduate  Programs 


in  ecology.  An  in-depth  comparative 
study  of  the  physiological  interactions  of 
marine  and  estuarine  invertebrates  and 
their  environment. 

ZOOL  682  Ecology  of  Marine  In- 
vertebrates. (4)  Two  lectures  and  six 
hours  of  laboratory  a  week  (including 
some  Saturday  field  trips).  Prerequisites, 
a  course  in  animal  ecology,  or  hydrobiol- 
ogy,  and  invertebrate  zoology,  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  The  distribution,  abun- 
dance, and  adaptations  of  marine  and  es- 
tuarine invertebrates  as  related  to  the 
factors  of  those  environments. 

ZOOL  686  Marine  and  Estuarine  Pro- 
tozoa. (4)  Two  lectures  and  six  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  An  in-depth  study  of 
the  taxonomic  and  morphological  diversi- 
ties, life  histories,  and  autecologies  of 
the  protozoan  fauna  of  marine  and  estu- 
arine environments.  Special  emphasis 
will  be  placed  on  Chesapeake  Bay  forms. 
Field  work  will  be  an  integral  part  of  the 
laboratory,  and  shipboard  experience  is 
anticipated.  Permission  of  instructor  re- 
quired. Offered  in  alternate  years. 

ZOOL  708  Lectures  in  Zoology.  (1-3) 

One,  two  or  three  lectures  a  week.  Ad- 
vanced lectures  by  outstanding  authori- 
ties in  their  particular  field  of  zoology. 
As  the  subject  matter  is  continually 
changing,  a  student  may  register  several 
times,  receiving  credit  for  several 
semesters. 

ZOOL  709  Lectures  in  Zoology.  (1-3) 

One,  two  or  three  lectures  a  week.  Ad- 
vanced lectures  by  outstanding  authori- 
ties in  their  particular  field  of  zoology. 
As  the  subject  matter  is  continually 
changing,  a  student  may  register  several 
times,  receiving  credit  for  several 
semesters. 

ZOOL  770  Experimental  Parasitology.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  labora- 
tory periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  a 
course  in  parasitology  and  permission  of 
the  instructor.  Experiments  performed 
utilizing  living  parasites  in  laboratory 
animals  to  illustrate  various  aspects  of 
the  host-parasite  relationship. 

ZOOL  771  Helminthology.  (4)  Two  lec- 
tures and  two  three-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  two  years 
of  zoology  and  permission  of  the  instruc- 
tor. A  study  of  the  classification,  struc- 
ture and  biology  of  the  helminths. 

ZOOL  778  Advanced  Topics  in  Pro- 
tozoology. (4)  The  advanced  study  and 
analysis  of  selected  protozoological 
topics;  e.g.;  advanced  cytology  and  tech- 
niques, morphogenesis,  and  systematics 
and  evolution.  Two  lectures  and  six 
hours  of  laboratory  per  week,  emphasiz- 
ing the  research  literature.  Prerequisite,  a 
course  in  general  protozoology  or  per- 
mission of  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate 
years.  May  be  taken  more  than  once 
since  topic  coverage  will  change.  May  be 
repeated  to  a  maximum  of  twelve 
semester  hours. 

ZOOL  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 


ZOOL  878  Advanced  Topics  in  Para- 
sitology. (1-16)  Prerequisites,  advanced 
graduate  standing  and  permission  of  the 
instructor.  The  content  of  the  course 
changes  frequently  and  students  may 
register  for  it  several  times.  The  course 
will  consist  of  critical  discussions  of  the 
published  literature  and  current  problems 
in  parasitology.  1.  Host-parasite  relation- 
ships; 2.  ecology  of  parasites;  3.  immu- 
nity to  parasites;  and  4.  physiology  of 
parasites. 

ZOOL  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 


Additional  Graduate  Level  Course  Offerings 


Afro-American  Studies 
Courses 

AASP  400  Directed  Readings  in  Afro- 
American  Studies.  (3)  The  readings  will 
be  directed  by  the  director  of  Afro- 
American  studies.  Topics  to  be  covered; 
the  topics  will  be  chosen  by  the  director 
to  meet  the  needs  and  interests  of  indi- 
vidual students. 

AASP  401  Seminar  in  Afro-American 
Studies.  (3)  The  theory  and  concepts  of 
the  social  and  behavioral  sciences  as 
they  relate  to  Afro-American  studies.  Re- 
quired for  the  certificate  in  Afro- 
American  studies.  Prerequisites,  at  least 
15  hours  of  Afro-American  studies  or  re- 
lated courses  or  permission  of  the 
director. 

AASP  403  The  Development  of  a  Black 
Aesthetic.  (3)  An  analysis  of  selected 
areas  of  black  creative  expression  in  the 
arts  for  the  purpose  of  understanding 
the  informing  principles  of  style,  tech- 
niques, and  cultural  expression  which 
make  up  a  black  aesthetic.  Prerequisite, 
completion  of  ENGL  443  or  AASP  302  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

AASP  410  Contemporary  African  Ide- 
ologies. (3)  Analysis  of  contemporary  Af- 
rican ideologies.  Emphasis  on  philoso- 
phies of  Nyerere,  Nkrumah,  Senghor, 
Sekou  Toure,  Kaunda,  Cabral,  et  al.  Dis- 
cussion of  the  role  of  African  ideologies 
on  modernization  and  social  change. 

AASP  411  Black  Resistance  Movements. 

(3)  A  comparative  study  of  the  black  re- 
sistance movements  in  Africa  and  Amer- 
ica; analysis  of  their  interrelationships  as 
well  as  their  impact  on  contemporary 
Pan-Africanism. 

AASP  428  Special  Topics  in  Black  Devel- 
opment. (3)  A  multi-disciplinary  and  inter- 
disciplinary educational  experience  con- 
cerned with  questions  relevant  to  the  de- 
velopment of  black  people  everywhere. 
Development  implies  political,  economic, 
social,  and  cultural  change  among  other 
things.  Consequently,  a  number  of  topics 
may  be  examined  and  studied. 

AASP  429  Special  Topics  in  Black  Cul- 
ture. (3)  An  interdisciplinary  approach  to 
the  role  of  black  artists  around  the 
world.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  contribu- 
tions of  the  black  man  in  Africa,  the  Ca- 
ribbean and  the  United  States  to  the  lit- 
erary arts,  the  musical  arts,  the  perform- 
ing arts,  and  the  visual  arts.  Course  con- 
tent will  be  established  in  terms  of  those 
ideas  and  concepts  which  reflect  the  cul- 
tural climate  of  the  era  in  which  they 
were  produced.  Attention  to  individual 
compositions  and  works  of  art  through 
lectures,  concepts,  field  trips,  and  audio- 
visual devices. 


Applied  Design  Courses 

APDS  430  Advanced  Problems  in  Adver- 
tising Design.  (3)  Two  studio  periods. 


Prerequisite,  APDS  331.  Advanced  prob- 
lems in  design  and  layout  planned  for 
developing  competency  in  one  or  more 
areas  of  advertising  design. 

APDS  431  Advanced  Problems  in  Adver- 
tising Design.  (3)  Two  studio  periods. 
Prerequisite,  APDS  430.  Advanced  prob- 
lems in  design  and  layout  planned  for 
developing  competency  in  one  or  more 
areas  of  advertising  design. 

APDS  437  Advanced  Photography.  (3) 

Three  studio  periods.  Continuation  of 
APDS  337. 

APDS  499  Individual  Problems  in  Applied 
Design.  (3-4) 

A  —  Advertising 

B  —  Costume 

Open  only  to  advanced  students  who, 

with  guidance  can  work  independently. 

Written  consent  of  instructor. 


Agriculture  Courses 

AGRI  401  Agricultural  Biometrics.  (3)  Two 

lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  MATH  115  or  equiva- 
lent. Probability,  measures  of  central 
tendency  and  dispersion,  frequency  dis- 
tributions, tests  of  statistical  hypotheses, 
regression  analyses,  multiway  analysis 
with  emphasis  on  the  use  of  statistical 
methods  in  agricultural  research. 

AGRI  489  Special  Topics  in  Agriculture. 

(3)  Credit  according  to  time  scheduled 
and  organization  of  the  course.  A  lecture 
series  organized  to  study  in  depth  a  se- 
lected phase  of  agriculture  not  normally 
associated  with  one  of  the  existing 
programs. 

AGRI  601  Design  of  Experiments.  (3) 

First  semester,  two  lectures  and  one  lab- 
oratory period  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
AGRI  602  or  its  equivalent.  The  applica- 
tion of  the  principles  of  experimental 
design  including  basic  and  advanced  de- 
signs, confounding,  fractional  replication 
and  relative  efficiencies. 

AGRI  602  Advanced  Agricultural  Bio- 
metrics. (3)  Second  semester,  two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  period  pe< 
week.  Prerequisite,  AGRI  401  or  equiva- 
lent. Analysis  of  variance  to  include  fac- 
torials and  split-plot  design,  analysis  of 
covariance,  multiple  and  curvilinear  re- 
gression, enumeration  data,  non- 
parametric  procedures  and  sample  sur- 
vey methods. 

AGRI  604  Statistical  Methods  in  Bio- 
logical Assay.  (3)  Spring  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, AGRI  602  or  its  equivalent.  The 
course  is  intended  to  provide  the  gradu- 
ate student  with  a  working  knowledge  of 
statistical  methods  used  in  biological 
assay.  Topics  to  be  considered  will  in- 
clude direct  assays,  quantitative  dose- 
response  relationships,  parallel  lines 
assays,  assays  based  on  quantal  re- 
sponse, transformations  and  designs 
used  in  bioassay,  and  fine  particle 
statistics. 


AGRI  607  Application  of  Least  Squares 
Methods.  (3)  First  semester,  three  lec- 
tures per  week.  Prerequisite,  AGRI  602  or 
equivalent.  Application  of  the  method  of 
least  squares  to  the  analysis  of  experi- 
mental data.  Principles  of  the  least 
squares  method,  basic  matrix  algebra, 
and  the  application  of  the  least  squares 
method  of  one-way  and  multi-way  anal- 
ysis of  variants,  analysis  of  covariants, 
and  various  component  analysis  will  be 
considered.  Emphasis  given  to  the  use 
of  least  squares  procedures  for  the  anal- 
ysis of  data  with  unequal  subclass 
numbers. 

AGRI  702  Experimental  Procedures  in  the 
Agricultural  Sciences.  (3)    First  semester. 
Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  Or- 
ganization of  research  projects  and  pre- 
sentation of  experimental  results  in  the 
field  of  agricultural  science.  Topics  in- 
cluded will  be:  sources  of  research  fi- 
nancing, project  outline  preparation, 
formal  progress  reports,  public  and  in- 
dustrial supported  research  programs, 
and  popular  presentation  of  research 
data. 


Anthropology  Courses 

ANTH  401  Cultural  Anthropology  —  Prin- 
ciples and  Processes.  (3)  Prerequisite. 
ANTH  101,  102,  or  221.  An  examination 
of  the  nature  of  human  culture  and  its 
processes,  both  historical  and  functional. 
The  approach  will  be  topical  and  theoret- 
ical rather  than  descriptive. 

ANTH  402  Cultural  Anthropology  — 
World  Ethnography.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
ANTH  101,  102,  or  221.  A  descriptive  sur- 
vey of  the  culture  areas  of  the  world 
through  an  examination  of  the  ways  of 
selected  representative  societies. 

ANTH  412  Peoples  and  Cultures  of 
Oceania.  (3)  A  survey  of  the  cultures  of 
Polynesia,  Micronesia,  Melanesia  and 
Australia.  Theoretical  and  cultural- 
historical  problems  will  be  emphasized. 

ANTH  414  Ethnology  of  Africa.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, ANTH  101  and  102.  The  native 
peoples  and  cultures  of  Africa  and  their 
historical  relationships,  with  emphasis  on 
that  portion  of  the  continent  south  of 
the  Sahara. 

ANTH  417  Peoples  and  Cultures  of  the 
Far  East.  (3)  A  survey  of  the  major  socio- 
political systems  of  China,  Korea  and 
Japan.  Major  anthropological  questions 
will  be  dealt  with  in  presenting  this 
material. 

ANTH  423  Ethnology  of  the  Southwest. 

(3)  Prerequisites,  ANTH  101  and  102.  Cul- 
ture history,  economic  and  social  institu- 
tions, religion,  and  mythology  of  the  In- 
dians of  the  southwest  United  States. 

ANTH  424  Ethnology  of  North  America. 

(3)  Prerequisites,  ANTH  101  and  102.  The 
native  people  and  cultures  of  North 
America  north  of  Mexico  and  their  histor- 
ical relationships,  including  the  effects 
of  contact  with  European-derived 
populations. 


Additional  Graduate  Level  Course  Offerings  /  209 


ANTH  426  Ethnology  of  Middle  America. 

(3)  Prerequisites,  ANTH  101  and  102.  Cul- 
tural background  and  modern  social,  eco- 
nomic and  religious  life  of  Indian  and 
Mesitzo  groups  in  Mexico  and  Central 
America;  processes  of  acculturation  and 
currents  in  cultural  development. 

ANTH  431  Social  Organization  of  Primi- 
tive Peoples.  (3)  Prerequisites,  ANTH  101 
and  102.  A  comparative  survey  of  the 
structures  of  non-literate  and  folk 
societies,  covering  both  general  princi- 
ples and  special  regional  developments. 

ANTH  434  Religion  of  Primitive  Peoples. 

(3)  Prerequisites,  ANTH  101  and  102.  A 
survey  of  the  religious  systems  of  prim- 
itve  and  folk  societies,  with  emphasis  on 
the  relation  of  religion  to  other  aspects 
of  culture. 

ANTH  436  Primitive  Technology  and 
Economy.  (3)  A  survey  of  technology, 
food  economy  and  general  economic 
processes  in  non-industrial  societies. 

ANTH  437  Politics  and  Government  in 
Primitive  Society.  (3)  A  combined  survey 
of  politics  in  human  societies  and  of  im- 
portant anthropological  theories  concern- 
ing this  aspect  of  society. 

ANTH  441  Archaeology  of  the  Old  World. 
(3)  Prerequisite,  ANTH  101  or  241.  A  sur- 
vey of  the  archaeological  materials  of 
Europe,  Asia  and  Africa,  with  emphasis 
on  chronological  and  regional 
interrelationships. 

ANTH  451  Archaeology  of  the  New 
World.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ANTH  101  or  241. 
A  survey  of  the  archaeological  materials 
of  North  and  South  America  with  empha- 
sis on  chronological  and  regional 
interrelationships. 

ANTH  461  Human  Osteology  Laboratory. 
(3)  Prerequisite,  ANTH  101.  A  laboratory 
study  of  the  human  skeleton,  its  mor- 
phology, measurement,  and  anatomic 
relationships. 

ANTH  462  Primate  Anatomy  Laboratory. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  ANTH  101.  The  gross 
anatomy  of  non-human  primates.  Labora- 
tory dissection  of  various  primate  ca- 
davers under  supervision.  Occasional 
lectures. 

ANTH  463  Primate  Studies.  (3)  Prerequi- 
site, ANTH  101.  A  combination  lecture 
and  laboratory  examination  of  non- 
human  primates.  Major  studies  of  various 
types  that  have  been  undertaken  in  the 
laboratory  and  in  the  field. 

ANTH  465  Human  Growth  and  Constitu- 
tion. (3)  Prerequisite,  ANTH  101.  A  labo- 
ratory study  of  the  growth,  development 
and  age  changes  in  the  human  body 
from  conception  through  old  age,  in- 
cluding gross  photographic,  radiographic, 
and  microscopic  study  of  growth  and 
variation. 

ANTH  466  Forensic  Anthropology  Labo- 
ratory. (3)  Prerequisite,  ANTH  461  or  per- 
mission of  the  instructor.  A  laboratory 
study  of  the  methods  used  to  identify 
human  remains  by  anthropological  tech- 


niques and  discussion  of  the  role  of  the 
anthropologist  in  medico-legal 
investigation. 

ANTH  467  Human  Population  Biology 
Laboratory.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ANTH  101.  A 
laboratory  study  of  human  population  ge- 
netics, dynamics  and  variation,  including 
anthropological  seriology,  biochemistry, 
dermatoglyphics  and  hair  microscopy. 

ANTH  498  Field  Methods  in  Ethnology. 
(1-6)  Field  training  in  the  collection  and 
recording  of  ethnological  data. 

ANTH  499  Field  Methods  in  Archaeology. 
(1-6)  Field  training  in  the  techniques  of 
archaeological  survey  and  excavation. 

ANTH  605  Theory  of  Cultural  Anthro- 
pology. (3)  History  and  current  trends  of 
cultural  anthropological  theory,  as  a 
basic  orientation  for  graduate  studies 
and  research. 

ANTH  621  Cultural  Ecology.  (3)  Prerequi- 
site, permission  of  instructor.  An  exami- 
nation of  the  nature  of  the  interrelation- 
ships between  human  cultures  and  the 
natural  environmental  in  which  they 
exist. 

ANTH  631  Evolution  in  Social  Institu- 
tions. (3)  An  inquiry  into  the  origin  and 
development  of  institutions  of  kinship, 
marriage,  and  group  formation  in  differ- 
ing socio-cultural  systems. 

ANTH  637  Political  Power  and  Organiza- 
tion. (3)  A  seminar  concerning  the  nature 
of  political  power,  distribution,  and  the 
way  it  allows  different  socio-cultural  sys- 
tems to  solve  major  adaptive  problems. 

ANTH  641  Method  and  Theory  in  Archae- 
ology. (3)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  the 
instructor.  An  examination  of  the  princi- 
ples and  purposes  involved  in  the  gath- 
ering and  interpretation  of  archaeological 
data. 

ANTH  661  Human  Morphology.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, ANTH  461  or  its  equivalent  and 
permission  of  the  instructor.  The  nature 
and  variation  of  human  skeletal  and  so- 
matic characters,  with  emphasis  on  evo- 
lutionary developments. 

ANTH  681  Processes  of  Culture  Change. 

(3)  Change  in  culture  due  to  contact,  dif- 
fusion, innovation,  fusion,  integration, 
and  cultural  evolution. 

ANTH  685  Peasant  Communities  in  the 
Modern  World.  (3)  Comparative  analysis 
of  peasant  communities  in  Latin  Amer- 
ica, Europe,  Middle  East,  Asia  and  Africa. 

ANTH  688  Current  Developments  in  An- 
thropology. (3)  Detailed  investigation  of  a 
current  problem  or  research  technique, 
the  topic  to  be  chosen  in  accordance 
with  faculty  interests  and  student  needs. 
May  be  repeated,  as  content  varies,  for  a 
total  of  not  more  than  nine  semester 
hours. 

ANTH  689  Special  Problems  in  Anthro- 
pology. (1-6) 

ANTH  698  Advanced  Field  Training  in 
Ethnology.  (1-6)  Offered  in  the  summer 
session  only. 


ANTH  699  Advanced  Field  Training  in  Ar- 
chaeology. (1-6)  Offered  in  the  summer 
session  only. 

Architecture  Courses 

ARCH  400  Architecture  Studio  III.  (4)  Pre- 
requisites, ARCH  301  with  a  grade  ot  C 
or  better,  and  ARCH  311.  Corequisite, 
ARCH  410,  except  by  permission  of  the 
dean.  Continuation  of  design  studio,  with 
emphasis  on  comprehensive  building  de- 
sign and  introduction  to  urban  design 
factors.  Lecture  and  studio  9  hours  per 
week. 

ARCH  401  Architecture  Studio  IV.  (4)  Pre- 
requisites, ARCH  400  with  a  grade  of  C 
or  better  and  ARCH  410.  Corequisite. 
ARCH  411,  except  by  permission  of  the 
dean.  Continuation  of  design  studio  with 
emphasis  on  urban  design  factors.  Lec- 
ture and  studio.  9  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  410  Architectural  Science  and 
Technology  III.  (4)  Prerequisites.  ARCH 
301  and  ARCH  311  with  a  grade  of  C  or 
better.  Corequisite.  ARCH  400.  except  by 
permission  of  the  dean.  Application  of 
principles  in  architectural  structures, 
environmental  controls  and  construction. 
Lecture  and  studio,  6  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  411  Architectural  Science  and 
Technology  IV.  (4)  Prerequisites.  ARCH 
400  and  ARCH  410  with  a  grade  of  C  or 
better.  Corequisite,  ARCH  401  except  by 
permission  of  the  dean.  Application  of 
principles  and  further  analysis  of  sys- 
tems and  hardware  in  architectural  struc- 
tures, environmental  controls  and  con- 
struction. Lecture  and  studio,  6  hours 
per  week. 

ARCH  413  Structural  Systems  in  Archi- 
tecture. (3)  Theory  and  application  of 
selected  complex  structural  systems  as 
they  relate  to  architectural  decisions. 
Prerequisite,  ARCH  410  or  by  permission 
of  the  instructor.  Seminar,  3  hours  per 
week. 

ARCH  414  Solar  Energy  Applications  for 
Buildings.  (3)  Prerequisite.  ARCH  311.  or 
ENME  321,  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Methods  of  utilizing  solar  energy  to  pro- 
vide heating,  cooling,  hot  water,  and 
electricity  for  buildings  and  related  tech- 
niques for  reducing  energy  consumption. 
Crosslisted  as  ENME  414. 

ARCH  418  Selected  Topics  in  Architec- 
tural Science.  (1-4)  Prerequisite,  consent 
of  instructor.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum 
of  7  credits,  provided  content  is 
different. 

ARCH  419  Independent  Studies  in  Archi- 
tectural Science.  (1-4)  Proposed  work 
must  have  a  faculty  sponsor  and  receive 
approval  of  the  curriculum  committee. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  7  credits. 

ARCH  420  History  of  American  Architec- 
ture. (3)  Survey  history  of  American  archi- 
tecture from  the  17th  century  to  the 
present.  Lecture.  3  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  421  Seminar  in  American  Architec- 
ture. (3)  Advanced  investigation  of  his- 


210  /  Additional  Graduate  Level  Course  Offerings 


torical  problems  in  American  architec- 
ture. Readings,  discussions,  and  papers. 
Prerequisite,  ARCH  420  or  permission  of 
instructor. 

ARCH  422  French  Architecture  1750- 
1800.  (3)  French  architectural  theory  and 
practice  of  the  second  half  of  the  eigh- 
teenth century.  A  reading  knowledge  of 
French  will  be  required.  Colloquium  and 
independent  research.  By  permission  of 
the  instructor. 

ARCH  424  History  of  Russian  Architec- 
ture. (3)  Survey  history  of  Russian  archi- 
tecture from  the  10th  century  to  the 
present.  Lecture,  3  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  426  Readings  in  Contemporary  Ar- 
chitecture. (3)  Prerequisite,  ARCH  326. 
Readings  and  analysis  of  recent  architec- 
tural criticism.  Seminar,  three  hours  per 
week. 

ARCH  428  Selected  Topics  in  Architec- 
tural History.  (3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of 
7  credits,  provided  the  content  is 
different. 

ARCH  429  Independent  Studies  in  Ar- 
chitectural History.  (3)  Proposed  work 
must  have  a  faculty  sponsor  and  receive 
approval  of  the  curriculum  committee. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

ARCH  430  Problems  and  Methods  of  Ar- 
chitectural Preservation.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
ARCH  420  or  by  permission  of  instructor. 
Examination  of  social,  cultural,  and  eco- 
nomic values  affecting  the  theory  and 
practice  of  architectural  preservation  in 
America,  with  emphasis  upon  the  ratio- 
nale and  methods  for  the  documentation, 
evaluation,  and  utilization  of  existing  ar- 
chitectural resources.  Field  trips. 

ARCH  438  Selected  Topics  in  Architec- 
tural Preservation.  (1-4)  Prerequisite,  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Repeatable  to  a  maxi- 
mum of  7  credits,  provided  the  content 
is  different. 

ARCH  439  Independent  Studies  in  Archi- 
tectural Preservation.  (1-4)  Proposed 
work  must  have  a  faculty  sponsor  and 
receive  approval  of  the  curriculum  com- 
mittee. Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6 
credits. 

ARCH  447  Advanced  Seminar  in  Photog- 
raphy. (3)  Prerequisites,  ARCH  340  or 
APDS  337  or  JOUR  351;  and  consent  of 
instructor.  Advanced  study  of  photog- 
raphic criticism  through  empirical 
methods,  for  students  proficient  in 
photographic  skills.  Photographic 
assignments,  laboratory,  seminar,  3 
hours  per  week. 

ARCH  448  Selected  Topics  in  Visual 
Studies.  (1-4)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor. Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  7 
credits,  provided  the  content  is  different. 

ARCH  449  Independent  Studies  in  Visual 
Studies.  (1-4)  Proposed  work  must  have 
a  faculty  sponsor  and  receive  approval  of 
the  curriculum  committee.  Repeatable  to 
a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

ARCH  450  Introduction  to  Urban  Plan- 
ning. (3)  Introduction  to  city  planning 


theory,  methodology  and  techniques, 
dealing  with  normative,  urban,  structural, 
economic,  social  aspects  of  the  city;  ur- 
ban planning  as  a  process.  Architectural 
majors  or  by  permission  of  the  instruc- 
tor. Lecture,  seminar,  3  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  451  Urban  Design  Seminar.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ARCH  350  or  permission  of 
the  instructor.  Advanced  investigation  in- 
to problems  of  analysis  and  evaluation  of 
the  design  of  urban  areas,  spaces  and 
complexes  with  emphasis  on  physical 
and  social  considerations,  effects  of 
public  policies,  through  case  studies. 
Field  observation. 

ARCH  453  Urban  Problems  Seminar.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  A 
case  study  of  urban  development  issues, 
dealing  primarily  with  socio-economic 
aspects  of  changes  in  the  built 
environment. 

ARCH  458  Selected  Topics  in  Urban 
Planning.  (1-4)  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of 
7  credits,  provided  the  content  is 
different. 

ARCH  459  Independent  Studies  in  Urban 
Planning.  (1-4)  Proposed  work  must  have 
a  faculty  sponsor  and  receive  approval  of 
the  curriculum  committee.  Repeatable  to 
a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

ARCH  472  Economic  Determinants  of  Ar- 
chitecture. (3)  Introduction  of  economic 
aspects  of  present  day  architecture;  gov- 
ernment policy,  land  evaluation,  and  proj- 
ect financing;  construction  materials  and 
labor  costs;  cost  analysis  and  control 
systems.  Architecture  majors,  except  by 
permission  of  instructor.  Lecture, 
seminar,  3  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  478  Selected  Topics  in  Architec- 
ture. (1-4)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor. Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  7 
credits,  provided  the  content  is  different. 

ARCH  479  Independent  Studies  in  Ar- 
chitecture. (1-4)  Proposed  work  must 
have  a  faculty  sponsor  and  receive  ap- 
proval of  the  curriculum  committee.  Re- 
peatable to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 


Chinese  Courses 


CHIN  401  Readings  in  Chinese  History 
and  Literature  I.  (3)  Prerequisite,  CHIN 
302  or  equivalent.  A  language  training 
course  using  original  sources  in  history 
and  literature. 

CHIN  402  Readings  in  Chinese  History 
and  Literature  II.  (3)  Prerequisite,  CHIN 
401  or  equivalent.  A  language  course 
training  using  original  sources  in  history 
and  literature. 

CHIN  403  Classical  Chinese  I.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, CHIN  302.  Introductory  classical 
Chinese  using  literary  and  historical 
sources  in  the  original  language. 

CHIN  404  Classical  Chinese  II.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, CHIN  302.  Further  classical  stud- 


ies by  various  writers  from  famous  an- 
cient philosophers  to  prominent  scholars 
before  the  new  culture  movement. 

CHIN  405  Advanced  Conversation  and 
Composition  I.  (3)  Prerequisite,  CHIN  202 
or  equivalent.  Review  of  contemporary 
grammar  with  emphasis  on  contempo- 
rary materials  and  free  composition. 

CHIN  406  Advanced  Conversation  and 
Composition  II.  (3)  Prerequisite,  CHIN 
405  or  equivalent.  Analysis  of  the  role  of 
language  in  literature;  study  of  principles 
and  techniques  of  advanced  composi- 
tion, speech  composition,  letter  and  re- 
port writing. 

CHIN  411  Chinese  Civilization.  (3)  This 
course  supplements  GEOG  422;  cultural 
geography  of  China  and  Japan.  It  deals 
with  Chinese  literature,  art,  folklore, 
history,  government,  and  great  men.  The 
course  is  given  in  English. 

CHIN  412  Chinese  Civilization.  (3) 

Developments  in  China  since  1911.  The 
course  is  given  in  English. 

CHIN  415  Readings  in  Current  News- 
papers and  Periodicals  I.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
CHIN  302  or  equivalent.  Translation  of 
original  sources  in  politics  and  eco- 
nomics with  special  emphasis  on  reading 
Chinese  communist  documents  written 
in  simplified  Chinese  characters. 
Readings  in  Chinese;  instruction  in 
English. 

CHIN  416  Readings  in  current  News- 
papers and  Periodicals  II.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
CHIN  415  or  equivalent.  Continuation  of 
CHIN  415. 

CHIN  421  Chinese  Linguistics.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, CHIN  102  or  equivalent. 

CHIN  422  Chinese  Linguistics.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite. CHIN  102  or  equivalent. 

CHIN  431  Translation  and  Interpretation 

I.  (3)  Prerequisite.  CHIN  202  or  equiv- 
alent. Introduction  to  the  history  and 
theories  of  translation/interpretation;  con- 
trastive  studies  of  the  structures  of  En- 
glish and  Chinese;  development  of  the 
four  language  skills. 

CHIN  432  Translation  and  Interpretation 

II.  (3)  Prerequisite,  CHIN  431  or 
equivalent. 

CHIN  441  Traditional  Chinese  Fiction  in 
Translation.  (3)  Prerequisite,  CHIN  313  or 
314,  or  permission  of  instructor.  Read- 
ings from  the  4th  century  tale  of  the 
marvelous  through  the  18th  century 
Ching  novel,  including  major  works  of 
fiction,  literary  history  and  criticism. 

CHIN  442  Modern  Chinese  Fiction  in 
Translation.  (3)  Prerequisite,  CHIN  313  or 
314,  or  permission  of  instructor.  Read- 
ings from  the  literary  revolution  of  1917 
to  the  present,  including  major  works  of 
fiction,  literary  history,  and  criticism. 

CHIN  499  Directed  Study  in  Chinese. 
(1-3)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. Readings  in  Chinese  under  faculty 
supervision.  If  content  differs,  repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

Additional  Graduate  Level  Course  Offerings  /  211 


Crafts  Courses 


CRAF  420  Advanced  Ceramics  II.  (3) 

Three  studio  periods.  Prerequisite,  CRAF 
330.  Experience  in  experimental  develop- 
ment ot  body  and  textures,  glazes  and 
colors  and  their  utilization  in  clay  prod- 
ucts of  original  design.  Calculation  of 
body  and  glaze  composition. 

CRAF  428  Individual  Problems  in 
Ceramics.  (3)  Prerequisites,  CRAF  220, 
320,  420.  Open  to  students  with  demon- 
strated ability  and  with  the  potential  for 
a  high  level  of  achievement  in  studio 
production  or  in  research.  Total  under- 
graduate credit  permitted  in  all  individual 
problems  courses  in  Crafts  is  a  max- 
imum of  nine  hours.  Consent  of  Crafts 
faculty.  No  less  than  B  average  on  pre- 
requisites and  presentation  of  work  for 
evaluation. 

CRAF  430  Advanced  Metalry  II.  (3)  Two 

studio  periods.  Prerequisite,  CRAF  330. 
Advanced  application  of  skills  to  the  de- 
sign and  fabrication  of  metals;  jewelry, 
stone  setting,  metal  casting,  cloisonne, 
hand-raised  hollow. 

CRAF  438  Individual  Problems  in  Metalry. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  CRAF  230,  330,  430,  with 
at  least  a  grade  of  'B'  in  all  three 
courses.  Open  to  students  with  demon- 
strated ability  and  with  the  potential  for 
a  high  level  of  achievement  in  studio 
production  or  in  research.  Total  under- 
graduate credit  permitted  in  all  individual 
problems  courses  in  Crafts  is  a  max- 
imum of  nine  hours.  Consent  of  Crafts 
faculty.  No  less  than  B  average  on  pre- 
requisites and  presentation  of  work  for 
evaluation. 

CRAF  448  Individual  Problems  in  Textile 
Design.  (3)  Prerequisites,  CRAF  240,  241, 
340,  or  341  with  at  least  a  grade  of  'B'  in 
all  three  courses.  Open  to  students  with 
demonstrated  ability  and  with  the  poten- 
tial for  a  high  level  of  achievement  on 
studio  production  or  in  research.  Total 
undergraduate  credit  permitted  in  all  indi- 
vidual problems  courses  in  Crafts  as  a 
maximum  of  nine  hours.  Consent  of 
Crafts  faculty.  No  less  than  'B'  average 
on  prerequisites  and  presentation  of 
work  evaluation. 


Dance  Courses 


DANC  408  Choreography  III.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, DANC  308  or  audition.  Theoretical 
and  creative  aspects  of  choreography  for 
small  groups.  Emphasis  on  individual 
projects.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6 
credits. 

DANC  410  Dance  Production  II.  (3)  One 

lecture  and  four  labs.  Prerequisite,  DANC 
210.  Continuation  of  DANC  210. 

DANC  411  Dance  Management  and  Ad- 
ministration. (3)  Prerequisite,  DANC  210. 
Principles  of  dance  management  and  ad- 
ministration, including  organization  of 


touring,  bookings,  budgets,  public  rela- 
tions, grantsmanship  and  audience 
development. 

DANC  428  Principles  of  Pointe  Work  and 
Partnering.  (2)  Prerequisite,  DANC  329  or 
audition.  An  introduction  to  pointe  work 
for  the  advanced  female  student  pur- 
suing the  tradition  of  classical  ballet. 
Principles  of  partnering  for  the  male 
dance  student.  Repeatable  to  a  maxi- 
mum of  4  credits. 

DANC  429  Ballet  Variations  and  Reper- 
tory. (3)  Pre-  or  corequisite,  DANC  428. 
Choreography,  music,  scenario  and  stag- 
ing of  standard  works  in  ballet.  Repeat- 
able  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

DANC  430  Dance  Ethnology.  (3)  Social 
and  cultural  aspects  of  dance  in  world 
cultures  with  emphasis  on  non-western 
peoples. 

DANC  448  Modern  Dance  VII.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, DANC  349  or  audition.  Advanced 
technique  in  contemporary  dance  with 
emphasis  on  physical  and  expressive 
skills.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6 
credits. 

DANC  449  Modern  Dance  VIII.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, DANC  448  or  audition.  Intensive 
work  in  modern  technique  for  the  profes- 
sional oriented  dancer.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  6  credits. 

DANC  468  Modem  Repertory.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, DANC  165  and  249  and  permis- 
sion of  the  instructor.  The  form,  content, 
music,  design  and  performance  of  se- 
lected works  of  well  known  modern  cho- 
reographers, including  Humphrey, 
Graham  and  Limon.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  6  credits. 

DANC  471  Movement  Behavior.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  DANC  165.  The  social  pys- 
chology  of  movement;  reciprocity  of 
physical  and  emotional  behavior. 

DANC  482  History  of  Dance  I.  (3)  The 

development  of  dance  from  primitive 
times  to  the  Middle  Ages  and  the  rela- 
tionship of  dance  forms  to  patterns  of 
culture. 

DANC  483  History  of  Dance  II.  (3)  The 

development  of  dance  from  the  Renais- 
sance period  to  the  present  time  and  the 
relationship  of  dance  forms  to  patterns 
of  culture. 

DANC  484  Philosophy  of  Dance.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  DANC  482,  or  483  or  per- 
mission of  instructor.  Critical  analysis  of 
dance  as  a  creative  experience  and  the 
role  of  professional,  educational  and 
recreational  dance  in  our  society.  Study 
of  selected  approaches  to  current  devel- 
opments in  dance. 

DANC  485  Survey  of  Dance  Literature.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  DANC  482  and  483.  Re- 
search methods  and  bibliography  in 
dance. 

DANC  486  Movement  and  Media.  (3)  Two 

lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods.  Pre- 
requisite, permission  of  instructor. 
Theory  and  practice  of  recording  solo 
and  group  dances  on  film  and  video-tape. 


Analysis  of  significant  dance  films, 
photographic  lighting  and  editing 
techniques. 

DANC  489  Special  Topics  in  Dance.  (1-3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  the  department 
chairman.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6 
credits  provided  subject  matter  is 
different. 

DANC  499  Dance  Workshop  IV  —  Prac- 
ticum.  (1-6)  Prerequisite,  permission  of 
the  department  chairman.  Advanced 
workshop  in  dance  presentation,  in- 
cluding performing,  production  and 
planned  field  experiences.  Repeatable  to 
a  maximum  of  6  credits. 


Engineering,  Cooperative 
Education  Courses 


ENCO  408  Co-op  Internship.  (0)  Profes- 
sional internship  in  industry  or  govern- 
ment agency  provides  the  practical  work 
experiences  which  supplement  and  en- 
hance the  theories,  principles  and  prac- 
tices in  the  normal  educational  program. 
The  student  should  register  for  ENCO 
408  for  each  summer  internship.  He 
should  register  for  both  ENCO  408  and 
ENCO  409  for  each  semester  internship. 

ENCO  409  Co-op  Internship.  (0)  Profes- 
sional internship  in  industry  or  govern- 
ment agency  provides  the  practical  work 
experiences  which  supplement  and  en- 
hance the  theories,  principles  and  prac- 
tices studied  in  the  normal  educational 
program.  The  student  should  register  for 
ENCO  408  for  each  summer  internship. 
He  should  register  for  both  ENCO  408 
and  409  for  each  summer  internship. 


Engineering  Science 
Courses 


ENES  401  Technological  Assessment.  (3) 

Intended  for  seniors  not  majoring  in  en- 
gineering. Not  applicable  as  a  technical 
elective  for  engineering  majors.  Analysis 
of  assessing  technology  in  terms  of 
goals  and  resources.  Public  and  private 
constraints,  changes  in  objectives  and 
organization.  Applications  to  engineering 
technology. 

ENES  405  Power  and  the  Environment. 

(3)  Intended  for  seniors  not  majoring  in 
engineering.  Not  applicable  as  a  techni- 
cal elective  for  engineering  majors.  An 
introduction  to  the  power  needs  of  soci- 
ety. The  interrelationship  between  man's 
use  of  energy  and  the  effect  of  the  eco- 
system. Introduction  to  the  techniques 
of  power  production  with  special  em- 
phasis on  nuclear  fueled  power  plants. 

ENES  473  Principles  of  Highway  and 
Traffic  Engineering.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
permission  of  instructor.  Designed  to 
assist  the  non-engineer  in  understanding 
highway  transportation  systems.  A  sur- 


212  /  Additional  Graduate  Level  Course  Offerings 


vey  of  the  fundamentals  of  traffic  charac- 
teristics and  operations.  Study  of  the 
methods  and  implementation  of  traffic 
control  and  regulation.  An  examination 
of  highway  design  procedures,  and  the 
role  of  traffic  engineering  in  transpor- 
tation systems  safety  improvements. 


Engineering  Technology, 
Fire  Service  Courses 


ETFS  402  Fire  Safety  Research  and 
Transfer.  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week.  An  evaluation 
of  scope  and  methods  utilized  to  ac- 
complish technological  transfer  of  scien- 
tific finding  to  the  application  of  problem 
situations  in  public  fire  safety.  An  exami- 
nation of  ongoing  and  reported  research. 

ETFS  405  Technical  Problem  Analysis.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a 
week.  Prerequisites,  12  hours  of  upper 
division  courses  in  fire  science.  The  de- 
velopment of  student  awareness  and 
competency  relating  to  concepts  of  re- 
search analysis.  Each  student  develops  a 
research  design  and  carries  out  a  study 
project.  Individual  studies  are  culminated 
with  a  project  paper. 


Fire  Protection 
Engineering  Courses 


ENFP  411  Fire  Protection  Hazard 
Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisites,  ENFP  251,  310 
corequisite,  ENFP  415.  Examination  of 
diffusion  flame  phenomena  and  material 
flame  propagation  and  development  in 
industrial  and  related  environments.  Syn- 
thesis of  design  procedures  relative  to 
the  total  application  of  fire  protection 
engineering  with  economic  and  cost 
benefit  analysis. 

ENFP  414  Life  Safety  Systems  Analysis. 
(3)  Prerequisite.  ENFP  321.  Detailed  ex- 
amination and  study  of  the  physical  and 
psychological  variables  related  to  the  oc- 
currence of  fire  casualtes.  The  investiga- 
tion of  functional  features  of  smoke 
movement  and  egress.  Review  of  sys- 
tematic procedures  for  analysis  of  life 
safety  in  structures,  and  the  incorpora- 
tion of  such  procedures  into  the  design 
process. 

ENFP  415  Fire  Protection  System  Design 
II.  (3)  Prerequisite.  ENFP  310,  312.  Study 
of  gaseous  and  particulate  fire  suppres- 
sion systems  plus  hazard  detection  sys- 
tems. Examination  and  evaluation  of 
code  criteria,  performance  specifications 
and  research  relation  to  the  study  areas. 
Application  of  fluid  theory  to  the  design 
layout  and  the  calculation  procedures  for 
gaseous  and  particulate  fire  suppression 
systems.  Functional  analysis  and  design 
layout  of  detection  systems.  An  inte- 
grated fire  protection  systems  design 
project. 


ENFP  416  Problem  Synthesis  and 
Design.  (3)  Prerequisite,  senior  standing. 
Techniques  and  procedures  of  problem 
orientation  and  solution  design  utilizing 
logical  and  numerical  procedures.  Stu- 
dent development  of  research  projects  in 
selected  areas. 

ENFP  489  Special  Topics.  (3)  Prerequi- 
site, permission  of  the  department.  Se- 
lected topics  of  current  importance  of 
fire  protection.  Limited  to  a  total  of  6 
credits. 


Foreign  Language  Courses 


FOLA  408  Foreign  Language  I.  (3)  Inten- 
sive study  of  a  foreign  language  or 
related  topic  not  available  under  one  of 
the  current  foreign  language  depart- 
ments or  programs.  May  not  be  used  to 
fulfill  the  Arts  and  Humanities  language 
requirement. 

FOLA  409  Foreign  Language  II.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite. FOLA  408  in  the  same 
language  or  topic.  A  continuation  of 
FOLA  408.  May  not  be  used  to  fulfill  divi- 
sion of  Arts  and  Humanities  language 
requirement. 

FOLA  459  Foreign  Literature  in  Transla- 
tion. (3)  Reading  and  discussion  of  se- 
lected authors,  periods  or  genres  of  a 
foreign  literature  not  otherwise  offered. 
May  be  repeated  for  six  credits  in  a  sin- 
gle literature  if  content  is  different.  All 
readings  and  instruction  in  English. 


Geology  Courses 


GEOL  421  Crystallography.  (3)  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  a  week.  Prereq- 
uisite, MATH  115  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. An  introduction  to  the  study  of 
crystals.  Stresses  the  theoretical  and 
practical  relationships  between  the  inter- 
nal and  external  properties  of  crystalline 
solids.  Encompasses  morphological,  opti- 
cal and  chemical  crystallography. 

GEOL  422  Mineralogy.  (4)  Two  lectures 
and  two  laboratories  a  week.  Prerequi- 
site. GEOL  110  and  421  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Basic  elementary  mineralogy 
with  emphasis  on  description,  identifica- 
tion, formation,  concurrence  and  eco- 
nomic significance  of  approximately  150 
minerals. 

GEOL  423  Optical  Mineralogy.  (3)  One 
lecture  and  two  laboratories  a  week. 
Prerequisite.  GEOL  422  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. The  optical  behavior  of  crystals 
with  emphasis  on  the  theory  and  applica- 
tion of  the  petrographic  microscope. 

GEOL  431  Invertebrate  Paleontology.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  a  week. 
Prerequisite.  GEOL  102  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. ZOOL  102  or  equivalent  recom- 
mended. A  systematic  review  of  the  mor- 
phology, classification,  ecology,  and 


geologic  range  of  selected  invertebrate 
groups  represented  in  the  fossil  record. 

GEOL  432  Stratigraphic  Paleontology.  (3) 
Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  a  week. 
Prerequisite.  GEOL  431.  Principles  of 
biostratigraphy,  paleoecology  and  pateo- 
geography.  Laboratory  study  emphasizes 
significant  index  fossils. 

GEOL  434  Micropaleontology.  (3)  Two 

lectures  and  one  laboratory  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite, GEOL  431  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. A  systematic  review  of  the  mor- 
phology, classification,  ecology  and 
geologic  ranges  of  important  microfossil 
groups,  particularly  ostracoses  and 
foraminifera. 

GEOL  436  Regional  Geology  of  North 
America.  (3)  Prerequisite,  GEOL  102  or 
consent  of  the  instructor.  A  systematic 
study  of  the  regional  geology  of  North 
America  including  history,  structure, 
stratigraphy  and  petrology  of  the 
physiographic  provinces  of  the  United 
States,  Canada  and  the  Caribbean. 

GEOL  441  Structural  Geology.  (4)  Three 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite, GEOL  110  and  112,  or  consent 
of  instructor.  An  examination  of  the 
deformation  of  the  earth's  crust;  stress 
and  strain;  mechanical  behavior  of  rocks; 
origin  and  significance  of  structural 
features.  Construction  of  geologic  maps 
and  cross  sections:  stereographic  and  or- 
thographic representation  of  structures. 

GEOL  442  Sedimentation.  (3)  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  a  week.  Prereq- 
uisite, GEOL  110  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. A  study  of  the  critical  variables  in 
sedimentation  systems:  origin,  disper- 
sion, accumulation,  and  properties  of 
sediments  and  sedimentary  rocks.  Labo- 
ratories will  include  the  measurement 
and  statistical  analysis  of  sediment  prop- 
erties and  study  of  sedimentation  rates. 

GEOL  443  Petrology.  (3)  Prerequisite. 
GEOL  422  or  consent  of  instructor.  Two 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  A 
detailed  study  of  rocks:  petrogenesis; 
distributions;  chemical  and  mineralogical 
relation;  macroscopic  descriptions  and 
geologic  significance. 

GEOL  444  Petrography.  (3)  One  lecture 
and  two  laboratories  a  week.  Prerequi- 
sites. GEOL  423,  442  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Microscopic  thin-section  studies 
of  rocks  stressing  the  description  and 
classification  of  igneous  and  metamor- 
phic  rocks. 

GEOL  445  Principles  of  Geochemistry.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites: 
CHEM  103  and  GEOL  422.  An  introduc- 
tion to  the  basic  principles  of  geo- 
chemistry including  geothermometry. 
geobarometry.  geochronology  and  the 
genesis  of  natural  inorganic  materials. 

GEOL  446  Geophysics.  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisite. 
PHYS  122  or  consent  of  instructor.  An 
introduction  to  the  basic  theories  and 
principles  of  geophysics  stressing  such 
important  applications  as  rock  magne- 


Additional  Graduate  Level  Course  Offerings  /  213 


tism,  gravity  anomolies,  crustal  strain 
and  earthquakes,  and  surveying. 

GEOL  447  Geochemistry  of  Fuels.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  CHEM  104  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Discussion  of  the  progenitors 
and  the  biochemical,  chemical  and  phys- 
ical agencies  that  convert  them  into 
crude  oils,  coals  of  various  ranks,  natural 
gas  and  other  organic  fuels.  The  origin, 
compostion,  mineralogy  and  organic  con- 
stituents (kerogen)  of  oil  shales.  Miner- 
alogy, geochemical  cycles  and  accumula- 
tion of  uranium  and  thorium. 

GEOL  450  Economic  Geology  of  Energy 
Sources.  (3)  Problems  related  to  current 
methods  for  exploration  for  and  recovery 
of  crude  oils,  coals,  asphalts,  tar  sands, 
oil  shales,  gas,  uranium,  and  geothermal 
energy.  Geological,  geochemical,  engi- 
neering, economic  and  environmental 
considerations. 

GEOL  451  Groundwater  Geology.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GEOL  100  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. An  introduction  to  the  basic 
geologic  parameters  associated  with  the 
hydrologic  cycle.  Problems  in  the  accu- 
mulation, distribution  and  movement  of 
ground-water  will  be  analyzed. 

GEOL  452  Geological  Oceanography.  (4) 

Prerequisite,  Geology  475  and  consent  of 
instructor.  Study  of  marine  and  estuarine 
environments  with  special  attention  to 
present  geological  and  geochemical 
processes.  Origin  and  evolution  of 
basins,  margins,  sediments  and  water: 
sediment-water  and  basalt-water  interac- 
tions; environmental  effects  of  societal 
actions;  oceanographic  and  laboratory 
techniques;  Chesapeake  Bay  Processes. 
Shipboard  excursions  requiied.  Labora- 
tory workups  on  collected  samples,  con- 
ducted on  an  individual  basis  to  the 
interests  of  the  student. 

GEOL  453  Economic  Geology.  (3)  Two 

laboratories  a  week.  Prerequisite,  GEOL 
422  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of 
the  geology  of  metallic  ore  deposits 
stressing  ore-forming  processes,  configu- 
ration of  important  ore  bodies,  and 
familiarization  with  characteristic  ore 
mineral  suites. 

GEOL  456  Engineering  Geology.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, GEOL  441  or  consent  of  the  in- 
structor. Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory 
a  week.  A  study  of  the  geological  prob- 
lems associated  with  the  location  of  tun- 
nels, bridges,  dams  and  nuclear  reactors, 
slope  control,  and  natural  hazards. 

GEOL  460  Earth  Science.  (3)  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  a  week.  Prereq- 
uisite, permission  of  instructor.  An  inter- 
disciplinary course  designed  to  show 
how  geology,  meteorology,  physical  ge- 
ography, soil  science,  astronomy  and 
oceanography  are  interrelated  in  the 
study  of  the  earth  and  its  environment  in 
space.  Recommended  for  science 
education. 

GEOL  462  Geological  Remote  Sensing. 

(3)  One  lecture  and  two  laboratories  a 
week.  Prerequisites,  GEOL  441  and  442, 
or  440.  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  An 


introduction  to  geological  remote  sens- 
ing including  applications  of  aerial 
photographic  interpretation  to  problems 
in  regional  geology,  engineering  geology, 
structural  geology,  and  stratigraphy. 
Films,  filters,  and  criteria  used  in  select- 
ing imagery  are  also  discussed.  Labora- 
tory exercises  include  measurements  of 
geologic  parameters  and  compilation  and 
transference  of  data  to  base  maps. 

GEOL  471  Geochemical  Methods  of 
Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisite,  CHEM  103  and 
104.  Principles  and  application  of  geo- 
chemical analysis  as  applied  to  a  variety 
of  geological  problems.  X-ray  and  optical 
spectroscopy,  x-ray  diffraction,  atomic 
absorption,  electron  microprobe  and 
electron  microscopy. 

GEOL  472  Tectonics.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
GEOL  441  or  consent  of  instructor.  Se- 
lected tectonic  elements  of  organic  belts 
throughout  the  world  viewed  in  the 
framework  of  plate  tectonics  and  sea 
floor  spreading. 

GEOL  475  General  Oceanography.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
CHEM  103  or  equivalent,  and  one  addi- 
tional semester  of  physical  science.  An 
introduction  to  physical,  chemical  and 
geological  processes  that  occur  in  the 
marine  environment  including  physical 
and  chemical  properties  of  sea  water, 
geology  of  the  sea  floor,  general  circula- 
tion of  the  ocean,  currents,  waves,  and 
tides. 

GEOL  476  Geochemistry  of  Biosphere. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  two  years  of  chemistry 
including  one  year  of  either  organic  or 
physical  chemistry.  An  interdisciplinary 
approach  involving  inorganic,  organic, 
physical  and  biochemistry  to  integrate 
the  available  information  necessary  to  in- 
terpret and  explain  the  major  aspects  of 
the  geochemistry  of  the  biosphere. 

GEOL  489  Special  Topics  in  Earth 
Science.  (1-3)  Prerequisite.  GEOL  460  or 
equivalent. 

GEOL  490  Geology  Field  Camp.  (6)  Pre- 
requisites, GEOL  422,  431  and  441,  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Six  weeks  of  sum- 
mer field  work  prior  to  senior  year.  Prin- 
ciples and  problems  in  sampling,  mea- 
suring, mapping,  and  reporting  of 
geologic  data.  Group  field  trips  and 
discussions. 

GEOL  499  Special  Problems  in  Geology. 

(1-3)  Prerequisites,  GEOL  102  and  110  or 
equivalent,  and  consent  of  instructor.  In- 
tensive study  of  a  special  geologic  sub- 
ject or  technique  selected  after  consulta- 
tion with  instructor.  Intended  to  provide 
training  or  instruction  not  available  in 
other  courses  which  will  aid  the  stu- 
dent's development  in  his  field  of  major 
interest. 

Greek  Courses 

GREK  400  Level  Course  Prerequisite:  The 
status  of  advanced  undergraduate  or 
graduate  and  consent  of  the  instructor. 


GREK  401  Thucydides.  (3) 

GREK  402  Greek  Philosophers.  (3) 

GREK  403  Greek  Tragedy.  (3) 

GREK  404  Greek  Comedy.  (3) 

GREK  405  Greek  Oratory.  (3) 

GREK  406  Greek  Epigraphy.  (3) 

GREK  488  Independent  Study  in  Greek 
Language  and  Literature.  (1-3)  Permis- 
sion of  departmental  chairman  and  in- 
structor required.  Repeatable  to  a  maxi- 
mum of  6  credits. 

GREK  499  Greek  Readings.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, consent  of  the  instructor.  The 
reading  of  one  or  more  selected  Greek 
authors.  Reports.  May  be  repeated  with 
different  content. 


Hebrew  Courses 


HEBR  423  The  Hebrew  Bible  in  Transla- 
tion I.  (3)  Selected  Readings  from  the 
Bible  and  its  commentaries,  classical 
and  modern.  Major  concepts  of  Biblical 
thought. 

HEBR  424  The  Hebrew  Bible  in  Transla- 
tion II.  (3)  A  continuation  of  HEBR  423. 

HEBR  431  Modern  Hebrew  Literature.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  HEBR  301  or  equivalent.  Se- 
lected readings  from  the  major  Hebrew 
prose  writers  of  the  20th  century  such  as 
J.  Steinberg.  Burla,  Berkovitz.  Shofman 
and  Agnon  describing  traditional  Jewish 
life  in  the  diaspora  mileu  and  in  the  land 
of  Israel. 

HEBR  432  Contemporary  Hebrew  Liter- 
ature. (3)  Prerequisite,  HEBR  301  or 
equivalent.  The  problems  facing  modern 
man  as  reflected  in  the  writings  of 
Agnon.  Hazaz,  Meged,  Yehoshua,  Ami- 
chai,  and  others.  Training  in  literary 
criticism.  Reading  of  periodicals  dealing 
with  current  literary  trends. 

HEBR  441  Studies  in  Classical  Hebrew 
and  Epigraphy.  (3)  Prerequisite,  HEBR 
115  or  equivalent.  Linguistic  peculiarities 
of  classical  Hebrew  from  pre-biblical 
epigraphic  records  to  the  Dead  Sea 
Scrolls.  Application  of  the  method  of 
literary  form  criticism  to  epic  poetry  and 
thanksgiving  songs,  cultic  formulae,  his- 
torical annals  and  narratives. 

HEBR  442  Classical  Hebrew  Literature. 

(3)  Prerequisite.  HEBR  115  or  equivalent. 
Pentateuchal  source  analysis,  prophetic 
oracles,  Biblical  law  in  comparison  with 
other  ancient  codes,  wisdom  literature, 
the  apocalpytic  form  and  the  manual  of 
discipline  of  the  Dead  Sea  Scrolls. 

HEBR  498  Special  Topics  in  Hebrew.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  as  announced  in  the  sched- 
ule of  classes  for  each  topic.  Repeatable 
for  a  maximum  of  six  credits  provided 
the  content  is  different. 


214  /  Additional  Graduate  Level  Course  Offerings 


Housing  and  Applied 
Design 


HSAD  440  Interior  Design  III.  (4)  Eight 
hours  studio  periods.  Prerequisite,  HSAD 
344.  Preparation  of  complete  presenta- 
tion: work  specifications,  floor  plans,  pur- 
chase orders,  renderings,  etc.  Portfolio 
preparation. 

HSAD  441  Interior  Design  IV.  (4)  Eight 
hours  studio  periods.  Prerequisite,  HSAD 
440.  Preparation  of  complete  presenta- 
tion: work  specifications,  floor  plans,  pur- 
chase orders,  renderings,  etc.  portfolio 
preparation. 

HSAD  458  Readings  in  Housing.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  SOCY  100  and  consent  of 
instructor.  Readings  in  depth  under  the 
guidance  of  a  faculty  member  on  one  or 
more  facets  of  housing,  in  support  of  in- 
dividual interests  in  urban  renewal,  pub- 
lic housing,  etc.  Repeatable  to  a  max- 
imum of  six  credits. 

HSAD  488  Selected  Topics  in  Housing 
and  Interior  Design.  (1-6)  Offered  on 
demand.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum 
of  six  hours. 

HSAD  499  Individual  Study  in  Housing 
and/or  Interior  Design.  (3-4)  Guidance  for 
the  advanced  student  capable  of  inde- 
pendent subject  matter  investigation  or 
creative  work.  Problem  chosen  with  con- 
sent of  instructor. 

HSAD  658  Special  Topics  in  Housing 
and  Interior  Design.  (3-6)  Individual  study 
or  arranged  group  study.  May  be  re- 
peated to  a  maximum  of  six  hours. 


Human  and  Community 
Resources 


DHCR  488  Selected  Topics  in  Human 
and  Community  Resources.  (1-3)  Topics 
in  interdisciplinary  processes  relevant  to 
the  study  of  human  and  community  re- 
sources. Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of 
six  credits  when  the  subject  matter  is 
different  and  when  there  is  no  suffix. 

DHCR  788  Advanced  Topics  in  Human 
and  Community  Resources.  (3)  Topics  in 
interdisciplinary  areas  relevant  to  the 
study  of  human  and  community  re- 
sources. Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of 
six  credits  if  the  subject  matter  is 
different. 


Information  Systems 
Management  Courses 


IFSM  401  Electronic  Data  Processing.  (3) 

The  electronic  digital  computer  and  its 
use  as  a  tool  in  processing  data.  Orga- 
nization of  data  processing  systems; 
environmental  aspects  of  computer 
systems;  and  management  control  prob- 


lems and  potentials  inherent  in 
mechanized  data  processing  systems. 
IFSM  202  and  401  cannot  both  be  taken 
for  credit. 

IFSM  402  Construction  of  Computer 
Based  Information  Systems.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, IFSM  202  or  IFSM  401  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  The  advanced  con- 
cepts and  tools  necessary  for  the 
construction  of  computer  based  informa- 
tion systems.  Information  systems  ar- 
chitecture, data  and  storage  structures, 
operating  system  and  software  support 
functions,  and  hardware  characteristics. 
Advanced  features  of  a  programming 
language,  operating  system  command 
languages  and  data  definition  and 
manipulation  languages.  Emphasis  on 
structured  programming,  adequate 
testing  and  documentation  standards. 

IFSM  410  Information  Processing  Prob- 
lems of  Models  of  Administrative,  Eco- 
nomic and  Political  Systems.  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites, MATH  141  or  equivalent;  IFSM  402, 
BMGT  231,  and  some  familiarity  with 
administrative,  economic  and/or  political 
models.  Prerequisites  may  be  waived 
with  the  consent  of  instructor.  Data  pro- 
cessing requirements  underlying  the 
creation  and  maintenance  of  a  data  base 
to  be  used  in  estimating  the  parameters 
of  socio-economic  models.  An  analysis 
of  the  structure  and  development  of  re- 
cent socio-economic  models  as  relevant 
to  data  processing  considerations.  Ex- 
tractions and  preparation  of  data  from 
the  data  base  to  facilitate  the  appropriate 
transformation  necessary  for  model  con- 
struction and  also  to  minimize  the  pro- 
cessing cost  of  data  in-put.  The  course 
draws  upon  a  knowledge  of  models  of 
administrative,  economic  and  political 
systems.  Case  studies  and  experience 
with  data  processing  for  selected  models 
are  included. 

IFSM  420  Information  Processing  and 
Computational  Problems  in  Operations 
Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisites,  MATH  141  or 
equivalent;  IFSM  402,  and  a  course  in 
statistics,  such  as  BMGT  430,  dealing 
with  multivariate  models.  Prerequisites 
may  be  waived  with  the  consent  of  the 
instructor.  Implementation  of  applica- 
tions requiring  the  integration  of  data 
processing  and  analytical  programming 
techniques.  Such  applications  feature  the 
calculation  of  various  statistical  esti- 
mates of  the  parameters  in  a  multivariate 
model  within  the  context  of  a  file  main- 
tenance problem  (e.g.,  the  writing  of  a 
matrix  inversion  routine  for  revenue 
forecasting  within  a  master  updating  pro- 
gram or  sales  forecasting  and/or  sales 
performance  evaluation  within  a  sales 
transaction-master  updating  program).  A 
universal,  problem-oriented  language 
such  as  cobol  will  be  used  with  strong 
emphasis  on  the  use  of  the  mathe- 
matical fortran  IV  library  subroutines. 
Class  projects  include  case  studies  and 
solutions  of  problems  using  real-world 
data. 

IFSM  436  Introduction  to  Systems 
Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisites,  IFSM  402, 


BMGT  231,  MATH    141,  or  the  equivalent. 
Prerequisites  may  be  waived  with  con- 
sent of  instructor.  The  use  of  the  com- 
puter in  the  management  and  operation 
of  organizations.  The  course  includes  the 
following  areas:  (1)  the  principals  of 
system  analysis,  (2)  recent  applications 
and  innovations  of  the  systems  concept, 
(3)  design  and  implementation  of  com- 
puter systems,  including  such  tech- 
niques as  mathematical  programming, 
simulation,  business  games  and  network 
analysis,  and  (4)  laboratory  use  of  a 
digital  computer  in  the  application  of 
these  techniques. 

IFSM  483  Information  Systems  as  a 
Research  Tool.  (3)  Prerequisite,  permis- 
sion of  department.  Strategies  for 
collecting,  organizing  and  using  data. 
Understanding  systems  interfaces:  com- 
mand language;  aspects  of  running 
special  packages  (statistics,  operations 
research,  etc.);  library  and  archival 
storage;  effect  of  charge-back  policy. 
Portability  and  transferability  of  program 
and  data;  use  of  networks.  Emphasis  on 
general  concepts  illustrated  by  the  local 
environment  with  problems  selected 
from  situations  facing  students  in  the 
class.  Not  intended  for  IFSM  or  CMSC 
students. 

IFSM  498  Special  Topics  in  Information 
Systems.  (1-3)  Permission  of  instructor. 
Topics  in  the  design  and  implementation 
of  information  processing  systems.  Re- 
peatable to  maximum  of  six  credits  when 
topics  differ. 

IFSM  606  Information  Systems  Tech- 
nology. (3)  Introduction  to  graduate 
courses  in  IFSM,  a  survey  for  interested 
graduate  students  in  other  fields.  The 
concepts,  theory  and  techniques  of  infor- 
mation systems.  The  system  life  cycle. 
The  role  of  information  systems  in  the 
management  and  control  of  the  organiza- 
tion. Effectiveness  measures  of  informa- 
tion systems.  Case  studies  of  informa- 
tion systems  as  developed  by  industry 
and  government.  Societal  impact. 

IFSM  610  Design  of  Large-Scale  Informa- 
tion Processing  Systems.  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites, IFSM    410  and  436  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Characteristics  of  large-scale 
information  processing  systems.  Rela- 
tionship of  model-building  and  simulation 
to  information  processing  system  design. 
Design  elements  and  phases.  Program- 
ming techniques  for  large-scale  informa- 
tion processing  systems,  including  time 
sharing  and  real-time.  Special  projects  in- 
clude case  studies  and  the  design  of  a 
large-scale  information  processing 
system. 

IFSM  620  Management  of  Information 
Processing  Systems.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
IFSM  436  or  consent  of  instructor.  Ad- 
ministrative uses  and  limitations  of  high- 
speed computers  in  an  information  proc- 
essing system.  Limitations  as  related  to 
system  structure  and  methods  used  to 
originate  and  process  data.  Planning  and 
installation  of  a  total  information 
processing  system  including  conversion 
problems.  Measures  of  information  proc- 


Additional  Graduate  Level  Course  Offerings  /  215 


essing  effectiveness.  Documentation  pro- 
cedures. Data  security,  legal  considera- 
tions and  auditing  the  information  proc- 
essing system.  Personnel  requirements 
for  an  on-going  system.  The  broad  state- 
ment of  the  system  requirements  is 
taken  as  given. 

IFSM  630  Application  of  Advanced 
Developments  in  Information  Processing 
Equipment.  (3)  Prerequisite,  IFSM  610  or 
consent  of  instructor.  A  study  and  an 
evaluation  of  the  operational  and  hard- 
ware characteristics  of  the  computer  and 
peripheral  equipment  available  to  meet 
the  specification  of  the  broad  classes  of 
information  processing  systems,  includ- 
ing coding  systems,  error-detecting  and 
software  considerations.  Data  commu- 
nicating devices,  including  the  functional 
characteristics  of  long-line,  telephone 
channel,  transceiver  and  communication 
satellites.  Case  studies  and  examples. 

IFSM  698  Special  Topics  in  Information 
Systems  Technology.  (1-3)  Prerequisite. 
IFSM  606  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Advanced  topics  in  the  specification, 
analysis  and  implementation  of  large 
scale  information  systems.  Repeatable  to 
a  maximum  of  six  credits  provided  the 
content  if  different. 

IFSM  721  Requirements  Analysis  and 
Logical  Design  of  Information  Systems. 

(3)  Prerequisite.  IFSM  606  or  permission 
of  instructor.  The  life  cycle  of  an  infor- 
mation processing  system.  The  early  part 
of  the  life  cycle,  i.e..  the  perception  of 
need  and  the  collection  of  requirements. 
Feasibility  analysis  of  proposed  informa- 
tion processing  systems.  Techniques  for 
statement  of  the  requirements  of  an  in- 
formation processing  system,  ranging 
from  the  early  industrial  engineering 
originated  methods  to  current  computer- 
aided  ones.  Concepts  of  logical  design 
from  the  synthesis  of  requirements. 

IFSM  722  The  Physical  Design  of  Infor- 
mation Systems.  (3)  Prerequisite,  IFSM 
606  or  permission  of  instructor.  Mapping 
the  logical  design  to  the  available  hard- 
ware and  off-the-shelf  software  in  the 
'best'  way  possible.  Human  factors  and 
social  implications. 

IFSM  723  Database  Technology.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  IFSM  606  or  permission  of 
instructor.  The  concepts,  theory  and 
models  of  data,  its  structure,  manipula- 
tion, and  storage.  The  various  architec- 
tures of  data  management  systems.  Eval- 
uation and  selection  of  database 
systems. 

IFSM  724  Application  of  Management 
Methods  to  Information  Systems.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  IFSM  606.  BMGT  734  or 
equivalent,  theory  and  practice  of 
management  techniques  from  strategic 
planning  to  system  acquisition  to  opera- 
tion as  applied  to  information  systems. 
Methods  of  organizing  the  information 
center,  allocation  of  chargeback  policies, 
performance  monitoring  and  projection, 
security  and  integrity  evaluation,  project 
selection"  and  staffing,  outside  services 
for  resource  leveling. 


IFSM  788  Seminar  in  Information 
Systems.  (1-3)  Prerequisite.  IFSM  606  or 
permission  of  instructor.  A  seminar  of 
advanced  topics  in  the  operation,  user 
interface,  management  and  social  im- 
plications, and  conceptual  methods  of 
large  scale  information  systems.  Repeat- 
able  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  pro- 
vided the  topic  is  different. 


Japanese  Courses 


JAPN  418  Japanese  Literature  in  Transla- 
tion. (3)  Representative  works  of  Ja- 
panese literature  in  translation.  May  be 
repeated  for  a  total  of  nine  credits  when 
content  differs. 

JAPN  499  Directed  Study  in  Japanese. 
(1-3)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits. 


Latin  Courses 

LATN  400  Level  Course  Prerequisite: 
LATN  361. 

LATN  401  Catullus  and  the  Roman 
Elegiac  Poets.  (3) 

LATN  402  Tacitus.  (3) 

LATN  403  Roman  Satire.  (3) 

LATN  404  Roman  Comedy.  (3) 

LATN  405  Lucretius.  (3) 

LATN  411  Advanced  Latin  Grammar.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  three  years  of  college  Latin 
or  equivalent.  An  intensive  study  of  the 
morphology  and  syntax  of  the  Latin 
language  supplemented  by  rapid  reading. 

LATN  470  Advanced  Greek  and  Roman 
Mythology.  (3)  Prerequisites.  LATN  170  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Selected 
themes  and  characters  of  Greek  and 
Roman  Myth.  History  of  the  study  of 
myth  and  research  methods  in 
mythology. 

LATN  488  Independent  Study  in  Latin 
Language  and  Literature.  (1-3)  Permis- 
sion of  departmental  chairman  and  in- 
structor required.  Repeatable  to  a  maxi- 
mum of  6  credits. 

LATN  499  Latin  Readings.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, consent  of  instructor.  The  reading 
of  one  or  more  selected  Latin  authors 
from  antiquity  through  the  Renaissance. 
Reports.  May  be  repeated  with  different 
content. 

LATN  610  Vulgar  Latin  Readings.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  An  in- 
tensive review  of  the  phonology,  mor- 
phology, and  syntax  of  classical  Latin, 
followed  by  the  study  of  the  deviations 
of  vulgar  Latin  from  the  classical  norms, 
with  the  reading  of  illustrative  texts.  The 
reading  of  selections  from  the  peregri- 
natio  ad  loca  sancta  and  the  study  of 
divergences  from  classical  usage  therein, 


with  special  emphasis  of  those  which 
anticipate  subsequent  developments  in 
the  romance  languages.  Reports. 


Women's  Studies  Courses 

WMST  400  Theories  of  Feminism.  (3)  A 
study  of  feminist  theories  from  an  inter- 
disciplinary perspective,  including  poli- 
tics, sociology,  psychology,  anthro- 
pology, and  philosophy.  Prerequisite,  a 
course  on  women  (ideally  WMST  200)  or 
consent  of  the  instructor. 

WMST  498  Special  Topics  in  Women's 
Studies.  (1-3)  Repeatable  to  a  maximum 
of  6  credits.  Prerequisite,  a  course  on 
women  (ideally  WMST  200)  or  consent  of 
instructor. 


216  /  Additional  Graduate  Level  Course  Offerings 


Other  University  of  Maryland  Campuses 


Information  concerning  graduate  pro- 
grams offered  on  University  of  Maryland 
campuses  other  than  College  Park  may 
be  obtained  by  writing  directly  to  or  call- 
ing the  appropriate  officers  for  graduate 
study. 

A  University-wide  graduate  bulletin, 
describing  programs  and  listing  courses 


available  at  UMAB,  UMBC,  and  UMCP,  is 
available  in  the  graduate  school  office  on 
each  campus,  or  directly  from: 

Editor,  Graduate  School  Publications 
Center  of  Adult  Education 
University  of  Maryland, 
College  Park,  Maryland,  20742 


Baltimore  (UMAB) 

In  addition  to  programs  leading  to  pro- 
fessional degrees,  the  following  graduate 
programs  for  M.S.  and/or  Ph.D.  degrees 
are  offered: 

School  of  Dentistry: 
Anatomy 
Biochemistry 
Microbiology 
Oral  Pathology 
Oral  Surgery 
Physiology 

School  of  Medicine: 
Anatomy 

Biological  Chemistry 
Biophysics 
Clinical  Pathology 
Pharmacology  and  Experimental 

Therapeutics 
Microbiology 
Pathology:  Medical  Pathology,  Legal 

Medicine  Pathology 
Physiology 

School  of  Nursing: 
Nursing 

School  of  Pharmacy: 
Medicinal  Chemistry 
Pharmacognosy 
Pharmacy-Pharmaceutics 
Pharmacy-Institutional  Pharmacy 
Pharmacology  and  Toxicology 

School  of  Social  Work  and  Community 
Planning 
Clinical  Social  Work 
Community  Planning 
Social  Administration 
Social  Strategy 

Contact: 

Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research 
University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore 
Baltimore,  Maryland,  21201 
(301)  528-7131 


Baltimore  County 

(UMBC) 

Programs  offered: 

Applied  Mathematics 
Applied  Sociology 
Chemistry  Related  to  Health 

Sciences 
Community-Clinical  Psychology 
Experimental  Biology-Health 

Sciences 
Historical  Studies 

Instructional  Systems  Development 
Policy  Sciences 

Contact: 

Director  of  Graduate  Studies  and 

Research 
University  of  Maryland,  Baltimore 

County 
5401  Wilkens  Avenue 
Baltimore,  Maryland,  21228 


Eastern  Shore:  (UMES) 


There  are  no  established  graduate  pro- 
grams at  UMES  but  occasionally 
graduate  level  courses  are  offered  on  the 
Eastern  Shore  Campus. 

Contact: 

Vice  Chancellor  for  Academic  Affairs 
University  of  Maryland,  Eastern  Shore 
Princess  Anne,  Maryland,  21853 
(301)  651-2200 


University  College 

(UMUC) 


University  of  Maryland  University  College 
(UMUC)  is  the  continuing  education  cam- 
pus of  the  University  system,  offering 
courses  and  programs  of  study  designed 
primarily  to  meet  the  unique  needs  of 
the  part-time  undergraduate  student.  In 
addition,  UMUC  offers  the  Master  of 
General  Administration,  a  graduate 
degree  with  a  focus  on  human  resources 
management.  UMUC  will  also  continue  to 
serve  the  increasing  number  of  students 
engaged  in  part-time  graduate  study  by 
providing  upper  level  and  graduate 
course  work  in  other  areas  of  demand. 

Contact: 

Dean,  University  of  Maryland 

University  College 

University  Boulevard  and  Adelphi  Road 

College  Park,  Maryland,  20742 

(301)  454-4755 


Other  University  of  Maryland  Campuses  /  217 


Index 


Academic  Organizations/5 
Academic  Standards,  Committee  on/4 
Access  to  and  Release  of  Student  Data  Policy 

on/15 
Additional  Graduate  Level  Courses/209 
Administration,  Supervision  and  Curriculum 

Course  Listing/48 

Faculty/48 

Program  Description/48 
Admission 
Categories  of/20 

General /1 9 

Non-Degree/21 

Offer  of/22 

Termination  of/22 
Admission  to  Candidacy,  for  Doctoral 

Degree /28 
Admissions,  Committee/4 
Advanced  Graduate  Specialist  Certificate/21 
Advanced  Special  Student  Status/21 
Advising /24 
Aerospace  Engineering 

Course  Listing/51 

Faculty /50 

Program  Description/50 
Afro-American  Studies  Courses/209 
Agricultural  and  Extension  Education 

Course  Listings/52 

Faculty /52 

Program  Description /52 
Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics 

Course  Listings/54 

Faculty /53 

Program  Description/53 
Agricultural  Engineering 

Course  Listings/55 

Faculty /55 

Program  Description /55 
Agriculture  Courses/209 
Agronomy 

Course  Listings/57 

Faculty /56 

Program  Description/56 
American  Studies 

Course  Listings/58 

Faculty /58 

Program  Description/58 
Animal  Sciences 

Course  Listings/60 

Faculty  /59 

Program  Description/59 
Anthropology  Courses /209 
Application 

Foreign  Student/23 

Instructions/22 

Senior  Year/23 
Applied  Design  Courses/209 
Applied  Mathematics 

Course  Listings/63 

Faculty /62 

Program  Description/62 
Architecture  Courses/210 
Art 

Course  Listings/66 

Faculty /65 

Program  Description /65 
Art  Education  Courses/66 
Art  History  Courses/65 
Art  Studio  Courses/67 
Assistantships/12 
Association  of  Sea  Grant  Program 

Institutions  (SGA)/11 
Astronomy 

Course  Listings/69 


Faculty  /68 

Program  Description/68 

B 

Baltimore  City  Campus/217 
Baltimore  County  Campus/217 
Biochemistry 

Course  Listings/70 

Faculty  /69 

Program  Description/69 
Board  of  Regents/2 
Botany 

Course  Listings/71 

Faculty  /70 

Program  Description/70 
Business  and  Management 

Course  Listings/74 

Faculty  /72 

Program  Description/72 


Calendar,  Academic/1 
Campuses  of  the  University/217 
Career  Development  Center/14 
Chemical  Engineering 

Course  Listings/80 

Faculty /80 

Program  Description/80 
Chemical  Physics 

Faculty  /82 

Program  Description/82 
Chemistry 

Course  Listings/83 

Faculty /82 

Program  Description/82 
Chesapeake  Bay  Center  for  Environmental 

Studies  (CBCES)/1 1 
Chesapeake  Research  Consortium,  lnc/11 
Child  Study,  Institute  for/8,  138 
Chinese  Courses/211 
Civil  Engineering 

Course  Listings/85 

Faculty /85 

Program  Description/85 
College  Park  Campus  Officers/2 
Commencement /29 
Comparative  Literature 

Course  Listings/89 

Faculty /88 

Program  Description/88 
Computer  Science 

Course  Listings/90 

Faculty /89 

Program  Description/89 
Consortia/10 
Consumer  Economics  Courses  (see  "Textiles 

and  Consumer  Economics"  Program")/201 
Counseling  and  Personnel  Services 

Course  Listings/93 

Faculty /92 

Program  Description/92 
Counseling  Center/14 
Course  Numbering  System/24 
Course  Requirements/26 
Crafts  Courses/212 
Creative  and  Performing  Arts/8 
Credit-by-Examination/26 
Credit 

For  Seniors/25 

Transfer  of/26 

Undergraduate  for  Graduate  Courses/26 
Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology 

Course  Listings/95 

Faculty /94 

Program  Description/94 


Dance  Courses/212 

Deans  of  the  College  Park  Campus/2 

Degree  Requirements/26 

Dissertation /28 

Dissertation,  Doctoral /29 

Doctor  of  Education,  Requirements  for/29 

Doctor  of  Philosophy,  Requirements  for/29 

Doctoral  Candidates,  Minimum  Registration 

Requirements/25 
Doctoral  Degree,  Requirements  for/28 
Dramatic  Art  Courses/200 


Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 

Course  Listings/96 

Faculty /96 

Program  Description/96 
Eastern  Shore  Campus/217 
Economics 

Course  Listings/100 

Faculty  /99 

Program  Description/99 
Elections,  Committee  on/4 
Electrical  Engineering 

Course  Listings/103 

Faculty /102 

Program  Description/102 
Engineering  Cooperative  Education 

Courses/212 
Engineering  Materials 

Course  Listings/108 

Faculty/108 

Program  Description/108 
Engineering  Science  Courses/212 
Engineering  Technology  Fire  Service 

Courses/213 
English  Language  and  Literature 

Course  Listings/109 

Faculty/109 

Program  Description /1 09 
English  Proficiency  test  (TOEFL)/23 
Entomology 

Course  Listings/111 

Faculty  /1 11 

Program  Description  /1 1 1 


Family  and  Community  Development 

Course  Listings/113 

Faculty/112 

Program  Description/112 
Fees  and  Expenses/11 
Fees,  Determination  of  In-State  Status/11 
Fellowships/12 
Fellowships,  Committee  on/4 
Final  Exam,  for  Doctorate/28 
Financial  Assistance/12 
Fire  Protection  Engineering  Courses/213 
Food,  Nutrition,  and  Institution  Administra- 
tion (see  also  "Food  Sciences"  and 

"Nutritional  Sciences") 

Course  Listings/114 

Faculty /1 14 

Program  Description/114 
Food,  Course  Listings/114 
Food  Science 

Course  Listings/117 

Faculty/116 

Program  Description/116 
Food  Services/14 
Foreign  Language  Courses/213 
Foreign  Language  Requirement/29 
Foreign  Student  Application/23 


218  /  Index 


French  Language  and  Literature 

Course  Listings/118 

Faculty/118 

Program  Description/118 
Full-time  Students,  Description  of/24 


Geography 

Course  Listings/120 

Faculty /120 

Program  Description /1 20 
Geology  Courses/213 
German  Language  and  Literature 

Course  Listings/123 

Faculty/123 

Program  Description/123 
Government  and  Politics 

Course  Listings/125 

Faculty/125 

Program  Description/125 
Grades /24 

Graduate  Council/3,  6 
Graduate  Credit,  for  Senior 

Undergraduates /25 
Graduate  Faculty/6,  30 
Graduate  Faculty,  Committee  on/4 
Graduate  Fees/11 
Graduate  Management  Admissions 

Test  (GMAT)/20 
Graduate  Programs/18 
Graduate  Record  Exams  (GRE)/20 
Graduate  School  Officers  and  Staff /3 
Graduate  Status 

Full/20 

Provisional /20 
Graduate  Student,  Visiting/21 
Greek  Courses/214 
Guide  to  Graduate  Life/15 

H 

Handicapped  Students.  Partial  Credit 

Registration  /25 
Health  Education 

Course  Listings/129 

Faculty/128 

Program  Description/128 
Health  Insurance/15 
Health  Service/15 
Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences 

Course  Listings/130 

Faculty/129 

Program  Description/129 
Hebrew  Courses/214 
History 

Course  Listings/132 

Faculty /131 

Program  Description/131 
History  and  Library  Science  Masters 

Degrees  Course  of  Study/136 
History  and  Philosophy  of  Science 

Concentration/136 
History  of  the  University /6 
Horticulture 

Course  Listings/137 

Faculty/137 

Program  Description/137 
Housing/14 

Housing  and  Applied  Design  Courses/215 
Human  and  Community  Resources 

Courses /215 
Human  Development  Education  (Institute  for 

Child  Study)/8.  138 

Course  Listings/139 

Faculty/138 
Program  Description/138 


I 

Industrial  Education 

Course  Listi'ngs/141 

Faculty/141 

Program  Description/141 
Information  Systems  Management 

Courses/215 
In-State  Status,  for  Fees/11 
Institute  of  Criminal  Justice  and 

Criminology /8 
Institutes,  Centers,  and  Bureaus/8 
Institution  Administration.  Course 

Listings/115 
Inter-Campus  Student/26 
Inter-University  Communications  Council 

(EDUCOM)/10 
Inter-University  Consortium  for  Political 

Science  Research /10 
Italian.  Course  Listings/119 


Japanese  Courses/216 
Journalism 

Course  Listings/144 

Faculty/143 

Program  Description/143 


Latin  Courses/216 

Libraries/8 

Library  and  Information  Services 

Course  Listings/145 

Faculty/144 

Program  Description /1 44 
Library  Science  and  History  Masters  Degrees 

Course  of  Study /136 

M 

Map/ii 
Marine-Estuarine-Environmental 

Sciences  Program/147 
Master  of  Arts.  Requirements  for/27 
Master  of  Education.  Requirements 

for/27 
Master  of  Science.  Requirements  for/27 
Master's  Degree  Requirements/26 
Mathematical  Statistics 

Course  Listings/148 

Faculty /148 

Program  Description/148 
Mathematics 

Course  Listings/151 

Faculty/149 

Program  Description/149 
MBA/JD  Degree/74 
McKeldin  Library/8 
Measurement  and  Statistics 

Course  Listings/155 

Faculty/154 

Program  Description/154 
Mechanical  Engineering 

Course  Listings/157 

Faculty/156 

Program  Description/156 
Meteorology 

Course  Listings/161 

Faculty/160 

Program  Description/160 
Microbiology  Program 

Course  Listings/163 

Faculty  /1 62 

Program  Description/162 
Miller  Analogies  Test  (MAT)/20 
Music  Program 

Course  Listings/164 


Faculty/163 

Program  Description/163 

N 

Non-Degree  Undergraduate  Student/22 
Non-discrimination  (Title  IX)  Policy/5 
Non-Thesis  Option/27 
Nuclear  Engineering  Program 
Course  Listings/168 
Faculty/167 

Program  Description/167 
Nutrition,  Course  Listings/115 
Nutritional  Sciences  Program  (see  also 
"Food.  Nutrition,  and  Institution  Ad- 
ministration" and  "Food  Sciences") 
Course  Listings/169 
Faculty/169 
Program  Description/169 


Oak  Ridge  Associated  Universites  (ORAU)10 


Part-time  Graduate  Students,  Designation 

Of/24 
Philosophy  Program 

Course  Listings/171 

Faculty /170 

Program  Description /1 70 
Physical  Education  Program 

Course  Listings/173 

Faculty /172 

Program  Description/172 
Physics  Program 

Course  Listings/176 

Faculty /1 75 

Program  Description/175 
Portuguese 

Course  Listings/195 
Poultry  Science  Program 

Faculty /1 79 

Program  Description/179 
Program  Review,  Committee  on/4 
Programs  and  Courses,  Committee  on/2 
Provosts  of  the  College  Park  Campus/2 
Psychology  Program 

Course  Listings/180 

Faculty/180 

Program  Description/180 
Publications.  Committee  on/4 
Publications.  Graduate  School/15 


Radio-TV-Film  Courses/199 
Records,  maintenance  of/23 
Recreation  Program 

Course  Listings/184 

Faculty/184 

Program  Description/184 
Registration /24 

Registration  Requirements.  Minimum/25 
Requirements  for  Doctor  of  Education/29 

Master  of  Arts/27 

Doctor  of  Philosophy/29 

Master  of  Education /27 

Master  of  Science/27 
Research,  Committee  on/4 
Research  Resources/7 
Residence  Requirement/28 
Russian,  Course  Listings/125 


Secondary  Education  Program 
Course  Listings/186 

Index  /  219 


Faculty/185 

Program  Description/185 
Social  Foundations  of  Education  Program 

Course  Listings/189 

Faculty/189 

Program  Description/189 
Sociology  Program 

Course  Listings/191 

Faculty/190 

Program  Description/190 
Spanish  Language  and  Literature  Program 

Course  Listings/194 

Faculty/193 

Program  Description/193 
Special  Education 

Course  Listings/196 

Faculty/195 

Program  Description/195 
Speech  and  Dramatic  Art  Program 

Course  Listings/198 

Faculty/197 
Program  Description/197 
Speech  Courses/198 
Student  Life,  Committee  on/4 
Student  Loans/13 
Student  Services/14 


Termination  of  Admission/22 

Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics  Program 

Course  Listings/202 

Faculty  /201 

Program  Description/201 
Textiles  Courses/202 
Thesis  Option/27 
Thesis  Requirement /27 
Time  Limits  for  Degree/22 
Title  IX  Compliance  Policy/5 
Transcripts/23 
Transfer  of  Credit/26 

u 

Undergraduate  Credit  for  Graduate  Level 

Courses /26 
Undergraduate,  Non-degree  Student/22 
Universities  Council  on  Water  Resources 

(UCOWR)/11 
Universities  Research  Association  (URA)/10 
University  College/217 
University  Corporation  for  Atmospheric 

Research  (UCAR)/10 
University-National  Oceanographic  Lab 

System  (UNOLS)/11 
University  Officers/2 
University  Policy  Statement/5 
Universities  Space  Research  Association 

(USRA)/11 
Urban  Studies'  Program 

Course  Listings/204 

Faculty /203 

Program  Description/203 

V 

v/eteran's  Benefits/14 


Zoology  Program 
Course  Listings/205 
Faculty /205 
Program  Description/205 


220  /  Index